Statutes
CALENDAR
C1—April/May 2000 Table of Contents
Notes on Format and Navigation This portable document format (PDF) file allows hard copies to be easily printed out as displayed. The comprehensive Table of Contents listed below is clickable for easy navigation. Hover or position the pointer over the required link (that is the title or page number) until it changes to a hand tool with a pointing finger. Then click the link. This will take you to the location of the required entry. Alternatively, use the scroll bar at the right-hand side of the page. To retrace your viewing path or to get back to your place in the Table of Contents, use the Go to Previous View button (denoted by an arrow pointing left) on the top command bar of the page. The Go to Next View button beside it subsequently retraces your path in the opposite direction. For more tips on viewing, reading and printing a PDF document see under Help on the Acrobat Reader menu bar. Enquiries can also be directed to the Publications Unit on (08) 9380 2024/2970 or email [email protected].
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY...... A2 SENATE ...... A3 ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION ETHICS COMMITTEE ...... A4 APPEALS COMMITTEE (DISCIPLINE) ...... A4 AUDIT AND REVIEW COMMITTEE...... A4 BERNDT MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY BOARD...... A4 BOARD OF DISCIPLINE...... A4 SENATE BOARDS AND COMMITTEES ...... A4 CHANCELLOR’S COMMITTEE...... A4 DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE...... A4 EXTERNAL STRATEGIES COMMITTEE...... A4 PATRICK BURSELUM AND MARY ESTELLE HEALY MEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE ...... A4 HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE ...... A4 HUMAN RESEARCH ETHICS COMMITTEE...... A4 LEGISLATIVE COMMITTEE...... A5 MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATION BOARD (WA) ...... A5 Advisory Committee ...... A5 PERTH INTERNATIONAL ARTS FESTIVAL BOARD OF MANAGEMENT ...... A5 ARNOLD YELDHAM AND MARY RAINE MEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE...... A5 STRATEGIC RESOURCES COMMITTEE...... A5 THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA PRESS ADVISORY BOARD ...... A5 CONVOCATION ...... A6 ACADEMIC BOARD ...... A7 STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMIC BOARD ...... A9 ACADEMIC COUNCIL...... A9 ACCOMMODATION COMMITTEE ...... A9 BOARD OF THE POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH SCHOOL ...... A9 Scholarships Committee ...... A9 COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE ...... A9 INTERNATIONALISATION COMMITTEE...... A9 International Programmes Committee ...... A10 LIBRARY COMMITTEE ...... A10 MATRICULATION AND ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE ...... A10 Admission And Quota Committee ...... A10 PLANNING AND BUDGET COMMITTEE ...... A10 RESEARCH COMMITTEE ...... A10 TEACHING AND LEARNING COMMITTEE...... A10 NOMINATING COMMITTEE...... A10 OTHER BOARDS AND COMMITTEES ...... A11 CONTINUING DENTAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE ...... A11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE ...... A11 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY COMMITTEE ...... A11 Information Technology Technical Advisory Group...... A11 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COMMITTEE ...... A11 ORTHOPAEDIC RESEARCH AND EDUCATION COMMITTEE ...... A11 COMMITTEE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES...... A11 POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE...... A12 PROMOTIONS AND TENURE COMMITTEE ...... A12 SECURITY AND PARKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE...... A12 SPORTING FACILITIES BOARD OF MANAGEMENT ...... A12 THEATRES ADVISORY BOARD ...... A12 UNIVERSITY SAFETY COMMITTEE ...... A12 Biosafety Committee ...... A12 Carcinogenic and Mutagenic Substances Committee ...... A12 Radiation Safety Committee ...... A12 Radiation and Safety Officer ...... A12 Ventilation Committee ...... A12 BOARD OF THE ARCHITECTURAL FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA...... A12 PROFESSOR RONALD M. AND DR CATHERINE H. BERNDT RESEARCH FOUNDATION SUB-COMMITTEE...... A13 COUNCIL OF THE ENGINEERING FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ...... A13 COUNCIL OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT (GSM) FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ...... A13 FACULTY ADMINISTRATION ...... A14 FACULTIES, FACULTY BOARDS AND BOARDS OF STUDIES ...... A15 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE ...... A15 FACULTY OF ARTS...... A15 Faculty Board of the Faculty of Arts ...... A15 Board of Studies in Architecture and Fine Arts ...... A15 Board of Studies in Music...... A16 Board of Studies in Social Work and Social Policy ...... A16 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE ...... A16 Faculty Board of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce...... A16 FACULTY OF EDUCATION ...... A17 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND ...... A17 Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences ...... A17 FACULTY OF LAW ...... A17 Dean’s Advisory Committee ...... A18 FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY ...... A18 Faculty Board of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry ...... A18 Board of Studies in Dentistry...... A18 FACULTY OF SCIENCE ...... A19 Faculty Board of the Faculty of Science ...... A19 ACTS ...... B1 University Endowment Act 1904 ...... B2 University Endowment Act Amendment Act 1927 ...... B3 University of Western Australia Act 1911 ...... B4 University Colleges Act 1926 ...... B15 University Buildings Act 1952 ...... B16 University Medical School, Teaching Hospitals, Act 1955...... B18 Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Act 1966 ...... B21 Western Australian Post-secondary Education Commission Act 1970 ...... B28 Western Australia...... B33 The University of Western Australia Lands By-Laws...... B34 STATUTES ...... C1 STATUTE DEALING WITH THE RENUMBERING OF STATUTES ...... C2 ADDITIONAL NEW STATUTES...... C2 Statutes of the University ...... C2 Statute No. 1: THE SENATE ...... C2 Statute No. 2: SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY...... C2 Statute No. 3: ADMISSION AD EUNDEM GRADUM ...... C3 Statute No. 4: APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO CONVOCATION UNDER SECTION 17(1)(C)...... C3 Statute No. 5: ADMISSION TO STATUS WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY ...... C3 Statute No. 6: APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION TO DEGREES UNDER SECTION 31(1)(o)...... C3 Statute No. 7: MATRICULATION OR ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY ...... C3 Statute No. 8: THE FACULTIES ...... C3 Statute No. 9: CONVOCATION ...... C5 Statute No. 10: VICE-CHANCELLOR...... C10 Statute No. 11: ACADEMIC DRESS...... C11 Statute No. 12: METHOD OF ELECTION BY CONVOCATION OF PERSONS TO BE MEMBERS OF THE SENATE ...... C11 Statute No. 13: AFFILIATED AND ASSOCIATED INSTITUTIONS...... C13 Statute No. 14: GRANTING AND CONFERRING OF DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS ...... C13 Statute No. 15 ...... C14 Statute No. 16 ...... C14 Statute No. 17: DISCIPLINE ...... C14 Statute No. 18: CONDITIONS OF AWARDING HACKETT BURSARIES AND HACKETT STUDENTSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS...... C17 Statute No. 19: ACADEMIC BOARD ...... C19 Statute No. 20: GUILD OF UNDERGRADUATES...... C20 Statute No. 21: AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD ...... C21 Statute No. 22: GLEDDEN TRUST ...... C22 Statute No. 23: REGISTRAR ...... C24 Statute No. 24: AFFILIATION OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGES ...... C24 Statute No. 25: METHOD OF ELECTION OF MEMBERS OF THE SENATE UNDER SECTIONS 10(c) AND 10A(1)(c) OF THE UNIVERSITY ACT ...... C24 Statute No. 28: SUPERANNUATION SCHEME ...... C25 Statute No. 29: METHOD OF ELECTION OF MEMBERS OF THE SENATE UNDER SECTIONS 10(fb) and 10A(1)(ca) OF THE UNIVERSITY ACT ...... C25 Statute No. 30: DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR ...... C28 Statute No. 31: SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES ...... C28 MATRICULATION REGULATIONS...... D2 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR ACADEMIC COURSES ...... D5 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE REGULATIONS ...... D15 FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS ...... D29 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE REGULATIONS...... D76 FACULTY OF EDUCATION REGULATIONS ...... D122 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS ...... D141 FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONS ...... D168 FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY REGULATIONS ...... D184 FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS ...... D203 THE LIBRARY ...... E2 CONSTITUTIONS: SENATE BOARDS AND COMMITTEES ...... E4 ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION ETHICS COMMITTEE ...... E4 APPEALS COMMITTEE (DISCIPLINE) ...... E4 AUDIT AND REVIEW COMMITTEE...... E4 AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD (AMEB) ...... E5 BERNDT MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY BOARD...... E5 BOARD OF DISCIPLINE...... E5 CHANCELLOR’S COMMITTEE...... E5 DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE...... E5 EXTERNAL STRATEGIES COMMITTEE...... E5 HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE ...... E6 HUMAN RESEARCH ETHICS COMMITTEE...... E6 LEGISLATIVE COMMITTEE...... E6 PERTH INTERNATIONAL ARTS FESTIVAL BOARD OF MANAGEMENT ...... E6 ARNOLD YELDHAM AND MARY RAINE MEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE...... E7 STRATEGIC RESOURCES COMMITTEE...... E7 THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA PRESS ADVISORY BOARD ...... E8 CONSTITUTION: COUNCIL OF CONVOCATION ...... E9 CONSTITUTIONS: STANDING COMMITTEES OF ...... E10 ACADEMIC BOARD ...... E10 ACCOMMODATION COMMITTEE ...... E10 BOARD OF THE POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH SCHOOL ...... E11 Scholarships Committee ...... E11 COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE ...... E11 INTERNATIONALISATION COMMITTEE...... E12 International Programmes Committee ...... E12 LIBRARY COMMITTEE ...... E12 MATRICULATION AND ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE ...... E12 Admission And Quota Committee ...... E12 PLANNING AND BUDGET COMMITTEE ...... E13 RESEARCH COMMITTEE ...... E13 TEACHING AND LEARNING COMMITTEE...... E13 NOMINATING COMMITTEE...... E13 CONSTITUTIONS: OTHER BOARDS AND COMMITTEES ...... E14 CONTINUING DENTAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE ...... E14 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE ...... E14 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY COMMITTEE ...... E14 Information Technology Technical Advisory Group...... E14 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COMMITTEE ...... E15 ORTHOPAEDIC RESEARCH AND EDUCATION COMMITTEE ...... E15 COMMITTEE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES...... E15 POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE...... E16 SECURITY AND PARKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE...... E16 SPORTING FACILITIES BOARD OF MANAGEMENT ...... E16 THEATRES ADVISORY BOARD ...... E16 UNIVERSITY SAFETY COMMITTEE ...... E16 Biosafety Committee ...... E17 Carcinogenic and Mutagenic Substances Committee ...... E17 Radiation Safety Committee ...... E17 Ventilation Committee ...... E17 VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT’S PROMOTIONS AND TENURE COMMITTEE ...... E17 CONSTITUTIONS: FOUNDATIONS ...... E18 THE ARCHITECTURAL FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ...... E18 PROFESSOR RONALD M. AND AND DR H. CATHERINE BERNDT RESEARCH FOUNDATION...... E20 THE DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION OF THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ... E21 THE ENGINEERING FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ...... E22 THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ...... E24 AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD (WA STATE BRANCH) GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE ...... E27 FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE ...... E28 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE ...... E28 FACULTY OF ARTS...... E30 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ...... E34 FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY ...... E37 FACULTY OF SCIENCE ...... E41 STANDING RULES AND ORDERS OF THE SENATE ...... E45 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY REGULATIONS ...... E48 COMPUTER AND SOFTWARE USE REGULATIONS ...... E52
Published by The University of Western Australia Nedlands, Western Australia 6907
Compiled and typeset by Publications Unit The University of Western Australia
The information in this Calendar was correct as at April/May 2000. Senate Boards and Committees
A UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, BOARDS, COMMITTEES, AND FACULTIES
A1—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
VISITOR GOVERNOR OF THE STATE OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA, EX OFFICIO
CHANCELLOR
CLINICAL PROFESSOR ALEXANDER KEVIN COHEN, AO, MB BS MD Adel., FRACP, FRCP, FRCPEd, FRCPI, FACP, FCCP Ceyl., FCPS Pak., Hon.AM M’sia
PRO-CHANCELLOR DR KENNETH COMNINOS MICHAEL, AM, BE W.Aust., PhD Lond., DIC Imperial Coll. (Lond.), FTSE, Hon.FIEAust, FCIT, FAIM
VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT PROFESSOR DERYCK MARSHALL SCHREUDER, BA Rhodes, DPhil Oxon., FAHA, FRHS, Em.Prof. (Macq. & UWS)
WARDEN OF CONVOCATION DR SUZANNE KAY BAKER, BSc(Agric) PhD W.Aust.
DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PROVOST PROFESSOR ALAN DAVID ROBSON, BAgrSc Melb., PhD W.Aust., FTSE, FAIAS
PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR (RESEARCH AND INNOVATION) PROFESSOR MICHAEL NEWTON BARBER, BSc N.S.W., PhD C’nell, FAA
PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR (COMMUNITY AND DEVELOPMENT)
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR MARGARET SEARES, MA PhD W.Aust., AMusA
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (ACADEMIC SERVICES) AND REGISTRAR PETER WILLIAM CURTIS, BA C.N.A.A.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (FINANCE AND RESOURCES) MARTIN LINDSAY GRIFFITH, BCom W.Aust., FCPA
A2—April/May 2000 Senate Boards and Committees
SENATE
The date in brackets at the end of each entry indicates the year a person first becomes a member of the Senate; a second date indicates the year of expiry of the current term of office.
APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR William Harold Clough, AO, OBE, BE Hon.DEng W.Aust., MSc(Eng) Calif., FTSE, FAIM, FAICD, Hon.FIEAust (1991) 2003 David Charles Griffiths, BEc W.Aust., MEc A.N.U. (1996) 2004 Gweneth June Jones, BA W.Aust., MAPsS, FAIM, FACE, FWAIEA (1993) 2006 James Lampard Paton, BE W.Aust., DipTech Imperial Coll. (Lond.), FIEAust, FIE(U.K.), (1995) 2001 Erica Lee Smyth, BSc W.Aust. MSc McG. (1996) 2002
ELECTED BY CONVOCATION Keith Abercromby, BE W.Aust., GradDipAdmin W.A.I.T., FIEAust (1992) 2001 Lesley Ann Cala, MD W.Aust., DMRD RCP(Lond.) & RCS(Eng.), FRCR, FRACR (2000) 2006 Alexander Kevin Cohen, AO, MB BS MD Adel., FRACP, FRCP, FRCPEd, FRCPI, FACP, FCCP Ceyl., FCPS Pak., Hon.AM M’sia (1993) 2005 Paul Whichelo Nichols, RFD, BA LLB W.Aust., FRSA (1991) 2003 Catherine Luise Tang, BA DipEd W.Aust., GradDipBus WACAE (1996) 2002 Kenneth Comninos Michael, AM, BE W.Aust., PhD Lond., DIC Imperial Coll. (Lond.), FTSE, Hon.FIEAust, FCIT, FAIM (1998) 2004
ELECTED BY ACADEMIC STAFF Stuart Malcolm Bunt, MA DPhil Oxon. (2000) 2004 Philippa Catherine Maddern, MA Melb., DPhil Oxon., (1997) 2003 Cheryl Elisabeth Praeger, AM, BSc Q’ld, MSc Q’ld & Oxon., DPhil Oxon., DSc W.Aust., Hon.DSc Prince of Songkla, FTICA, FAA, FAustMS (1997) 2001 Terence Ivan Quickenden, MSc N.Z., PhD Cant., FRACI, MNZIC (1994) 2002
ELECTED BY STUDENTS Samuel Archdall Rigg (1998) 2000 Emmanuel Christopher Hondros (1999) 2001
MEMBERS EX OFFICIO The Vice-Chancellor and President, Professor Deryck Marshall Schreuder, BA Rhodes, DPhil Oxon., FAHA, FRHS, Em. Prof. (Macq. & UWS) The Director-General of Education Department The President of the Guild of Undergraduates, Timothy James Huggins (1999) 2000
CO-OPTED MEMBERS Irwin Prescott Barrett-Lennard, OAM, JP, MSc(Agric) W.Aust. (1972) 2001 James Ian Gill, BE W.Aust., MPA Harv., PhD Cantab., FTSE, FIEAust, FAIM, FAICD (1995) 2003 Lyndon Geoffrey Rowe, BEc Adel. (2000) 2004 The Hon. Justice Christine Ann Wheeler, BJuris LLB W.Aust., LLM Lond. (1996) 2002
Secretary: Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar
A3—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
SENATE BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION ETHICS COMMITTEE CHANCELLOR’S COMMITTEE Scholar from the Humanities: Professor A. A. Brennan (Chair) Chancellor: Dr A. K. Cohen Three University staff members with substantial recent Pro-Chancellor: Dr K. C. Michael experience in the use of animals for scientific purposes: Chairs of Senate Standing Committees: Professor R. G. Goldie, Associate Professor A. R. Harvey, Mr I. P. Barrett-Lennard, Dr W. H. Clough, Associate Professor G. B. Martin, Mrs G. J. Jones, Dr K. C. Michael Associate Professor P. C. Withers (to 30 September 2000) Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor D. M. Schreuder Person with qualifications in veterinary science, with experience relevant to the activities of the University: Deputy Vice-Chancellor: Professor A. D. Robson Dr D. Thomas Executive Officer: Mrs W. E. Edgeley Two people not employed by the University and are not involved in the care and use of animals for scientific DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE purposes who have demonstrable commitment to and established experience in furthering the welfare of Chair of the Committee: Mrs G. J. Jones animals: Dr V. Anderson, Mr I. Weldon Senate members: Clinical Professor L. A. Cala, Independent persons who have not conducted experiments Mr D. C. Griffiths, Mr E. C. Hondros, Dr K. C. Michael, using animals: Ms A. Allen, Mrs L. M. Kirke, Ms M Vines Mr J. L. Paton, Mrs C. L. Tang Senate member: Mr K. Abercromby Warden of Convocation: Dr S. Baker Nominee of the Chief Executive Officer of Sir Charles Co-optees Gairdner Hospital: Dr D. Lynch Invitees: Mr T. J. Huggins, Associate Professor M. Seares Co-opted members: Dr B. Beynon, Dr J. C. Nelson Secretary: Mr D. Durack Secretary: Ms J. Silver EXTERNAL STRATEGIES COMMITTEE APPEALS COMMITTEE (DISCIPLINE) Chair of the Committee: Dr W. H. Clough Senate members Senate members: Dr S. Bunt, Dr J. I. Gill, Mrs G. J. Jones, Secretary: Mrs W. E. Edgeley Mr J. L. Paton, Mr S. A. Rigg, Ms E. L. Smyth Co-optees AUDIT AND REVIEW COMMITTEE Secretary: Mr R. McCormack Chair of the Committee: Dr K. C. Michael Senate members: Mr K. Abercromby, Dr P. C. Maddern, PATRICK BURSELUM AND MARY ESTELLE HEALY Mr P. W. Nichols, Professor C. E. Praeger, Ms E. L. Smyth, MEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH the Hon Justice C. A. Wheeler COMMITTEE Co-optees: Mr R. A. Kirkby, Ms G. Scully For committee membership see under ‘Arnold Yeldham and Mary Raine Medical Research Foundation Research Com- Secretary: Mrs J. Massey mittee’.
BERNDT MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY BOARD HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE Vice-Chancellor and President’s nominee: Sir J. Cruthers Chancellor (Chair), Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Head of Department of Anthropology (ex-officio): President, Chair of the Academic Board (all ex-officio) Associate Professor D. S. Trigger (Chair) Senate members: Dr J. I. Gill, Mrs C. Tang Professor of Anthropology Nominees of the Academic Board: Professor M. V. Sargent, Member of the staff of the Department of Anthropology: Professor J. Williams Dr S. D. Toussaint Secretary: Mrs W. E. Edgeley Student member of the Department of Anthropology: Ms J. Mulcock HUMAN RESEARCH ETHICS COMMITTEE Member of Western Australian Museum: Dr M. Smith The following appointees of the Vice-Chancellor and Co-opted members: Mr R. Wally, one to be advised President: Secretary: Curator of the Berndt Museum of Anthropology Researcher: Professor P. E. Hartmann Dr J. E. Stanton Two medical graduates: Associate Professor J. Olynyk, Dr B. Power BOARD OF DISCIPLINE Full-time member of the Law School teaching staff: Nominees of the Academic Board: Professor M. B. Bush, Mr D. C. Hodgson Professor M. Kamien, Dr J. Maitland, Dr S. K. Penrose, Behavioural scientist: Associate Professor P. T. Michie Mr D. W. G. Treloar Laywoman not associated with the University: Mrs R. Dring Student Panel selected by the Guild of Undergraduates: Layman not associated with the University: Mr M. Nichol Mr D. Bath, Ms. S. Davies, Ms K. Duckham, Mr T. J. Huggins, Mr M. Palassis Minister of religion: Rev. P. Kurti Secretary: Mrs W. E. Edgeley Secretary: Mrs K. R. Kirk.
A4—April/May 2000 Senate Boards and Committees
LEGISLATIVE COMMITTEE ARNOLD YELDHAM AND MARY RAINE MEDICAL Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE Deputy Chair of Academic Board: Professor R. Owens Vice-Chancellor and President’s nominee: Professor A. D. Robson (Chair) Director, Secretariat Services: Mrs W. E. Edgeley Professor of Medicine: Professor I. B. Puddey Legislative Officer: Ms S. J. Lang Professor of Surgery: Professor J. C. Hall Two members appointed by the Senate: Mrs J. A. Fetherston, Ms J. Gamble Professor of Biochemistry: Professor S. P. Klinken Invitee: University Solicitor Ms L. C. Key Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians: Clinical Professor M. F. Quinlan Secretary: Ms S. J. Lang Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons: MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE OF THE AUSTRALIAN Mr D. M. Steinberg MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD (WA) General medical practitioner: Dr J. McConnell Nominee of the Senate from staff of the School of Music: One other person: Professor L. D. Beazley (Professor of Zoology) Mr M. D. Coughlan (Chair) Secretary: Ms L. M. Ellis Members: Mr G. Gilling, Ms K. Lewis, Mr B. Maehle STRATEGIC RESOURCES COMMITTEE Advisory Committee Chair of the Committee: Mr I. P. Barrett-Lennard Chair: Mr M. D. Coughlan Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor D. M. Shreuder Members: Mrs J. Belbin, Mr G. Gilling, Mrs K. Goddard, Chair, Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Mr C. Latham, Dr S. Leong, Mrs E. Litton, President of the Guild: Mr T. J. Huggins Mrs J. Reynolds, Mr A. Sneddon, Mr M. Styles, Mr L. Vickery, Mr D. Waddell, Mr G. Wood Senate members: Dr W. H. Clough, Dr J. I. Gill, Mr D. C. Griffiths, Dr T. I. Quickenden, Mr L. Rowe PERTH INTERNATIONAL ARTS FESTIVAL Co-optees: Mr G. Gauntlett, one to be advised BOARD OF MANAGEMENT Secretary: Mr W. Browne Chair of the Festival: Professor D. M. Schreuder (Vice-Chancellor and President) THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA Lay member of Senate PRESS ADVISORY BOARD Chief Executive and Artistic Director of the Festival: Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Mr S. Doran Associate Professor M. Seares Other members: Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Ms R. Burgess, Mr M. L. Griffith, Hon. P. Jones, Mr M. L. Griffith, ex officio Mr F. Montgomery, AM, the Rt. Hon. Dr P. Nattrass, Elected by Senate: Mr J. L. Paton Mr R. Nicholas, Mr D. Ord, Mr B. Repard, Elected by the Academic Board:Professor L. D. Beazley, Mr B. Warnock, the Hon. Justice Christine Wheeler, QC Professor D. J. Haskell, Professor G. R. Shellam (Chair), Secretary: Ms T. Smith Dr S. Toussaint Co-opted members: Mr W. S. Latter, Professor S. Morgan Secretary: Dr J. A. Gregory
A5—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
CONVOCATION
The date at the end of each entry indicates the year of expiry of the current term of office. Terms of Council members expire in March.
COUNCIL OF CONVOCATION, THE UWA GRADUATES ASSOCIATION
MEMBERS EX OFFICIO Warden of Convocation: Suzanne Kay Baker, BSc(Agric) PhD W.Aust., 2001 Deputy Warden of Convocation: Peter John Clifton, BE BCom MBA W.Aust., 2001
OTHER MEMBERS Keith Abercromby, BE W.Aust., GradDipAdmin W.A.I.T., FIEAust, 2001 Julie Michelle Beeck, BCom W.Aust., 2001 Lesley Ann Cala, MD W.Aust., DMRD RCP(Lond.) & RCS(Eng.), FRCR, FRACR, 2002 Valerie Mary Casey, BA W.Aust., 2003 Rita Anne Clarke, BA W.Aust., 2003 Keith Percival Croker, MSc(Agric) W.Aust., PhD Syd., 2001 Barry Charles Ebedes, LLM W.Aust., 2003 Ross Frederick Gregory, BSc MIR W.Aust., 2002 Khim Michael Harris, BSc DipEd W.Aust., 2003 Stephen Vane Lansell, BE BCom W.Aust., MIEAust, CPEng, 2003 Isla Macphail, BA MPhil W.Aust., 2002 Diana Mead, BPsych BSc DipEd MBA W.Aust., 2002 Malcolm Randall Murray, BCom W.Aust., 2001 Douglas Barrie Purser, BSc(Agric) PhD W.Aust., 2002 Roger Charles Seares, BA W.Aust., MCom Curtin, 2002 Catherine Luise Tang, BA DipEd W.Aust., GradDipBus WACAE, 2001 Pauline Marie Louise Tremlett, BA DipEd W.Aust., DipAppSc WACAE, AALIA, MACS, 2003 Graduates Co-ordinator and Convocation Officer: Felicia Symonds, BA W.Aust.
A6—April/May 2000 Academic Board
ACADEMIC BOARD
Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod R. J. Gilkes Deputy Chair of the Academic Board: Professor R. Owens R. G. Goldie B. N. Gray The Immediate Past Chair of the Academic Board: D. M. Greenberg Professor M. V. Sargent G. Griffiths Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor D. M. Schreuder M. D. Grounds Deputy Vice-Chancellor: Professor A. D. Robson D. I. Groves J. C. Hall Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation): S. Hall Professor M. N. Barber R. W. Harding Executive Deans and Deans of the faculties: P. E. Hartmann Executive Dean, Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner D. J. Haskell Executive Dean, Arts: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) C. D. J. Holman Executive Dean, Economics & Commerce, A. K. House Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod W. D. Humpage Dean, Economics & Commerce: Professor C. Mulvey J. W. Ife Dean, Education: Professor R. C. Slee J. Imberger Dean, Law: Associate Professor I. G. Campbell G. N. Ivey Executive Dean, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: A. V. Jablensky Professor B. H. Brady K. Jamrozik Executive Dean, Medicine and Dentistry: G. Jelinek Professor L. I. Landau E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) Executive Dean, Science: Professor G. Stewart B. A. Kakulas Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community and Development): M. Kamien Associate Professor M. Seares D. L. Kepert K. Kirsner Dean of the Postgraduate Research School: S. P. Klinken Professor M. V. Sargent H. Lambers Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: L. I. Landau Mr P. W. Curtis P. N. Le Souëf University Librarian: Mr J. Arfield R. K. Lindner G. L. London Professors of the University: F. L. Mastaglia C. A. Atkins M. McAleer Y. Attikiouzel P. G. McCormick L. A. G. Aylmore J. K. McGeachie D. R. Badcock C. MacLeod A. J. Baddeley S. McShane W. J. Bailey A. I. Mees R. H. Bartlett P. W. Miller L. D. Beazley R. Mizerski L. J. Beilin V. B. Moleta D. Blair C. Mulvey B. A. Blanksby J. P. Newnham C. D. Boak M. P. Norton A. B. Bosworth J. O’Donovan R. J. B. Bosworth T. E. Oh S. Bowdler R. A. Owens S. D. Bradshaw J. M. Papadimitriou B. H. Brady D. H. Plowman A. A. Brennan P. H. Porter F. J. A. Broeze C. McA. Powell P. R. Brown C. E. Praeger M. Bush M. F. Randolph A. Cantoni T. G. Redgrave K. W. Clements G. Rhodes P. S. Cocks B. W. S. Robinson J. A. Considine B. F. Ronalds J. Constable M. V. Sargent J. L. Cordery G. R. Shellam P. M. Crawford M. Sivapalan T. M. E. Davis K. Sivasithamparam R. L. Dawkins R. C. Slee J. R. Dodson G. N. Soutar K. Durkin G. W. Stachowiak I. R. C. Eggleton F. J. Stanley B. C. Elliott G. Stewart Y. Estrin B. J. Stone N. A. Etherington R. R. Taylor J. E. Everett J. M. Tonkin R. E. Ewin R. Tonkinson L. Faraone A. White B. N. Figgis R. S. White D. R. Fletcher J. F. Williams L. Flicker K. P. Wong H. D. Fraser D. Wood R. W. Fraser
A7—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Head of each department: Head of the School of Cultural and Social Studies: Dr J. Gordon Accounting and Finance: Professor I. C. G. Eggleton Eighteen members elected by and from the lecturers in the Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner University: Anatomy and Human Biology: Dr M. Bogoyevitch (Biochemistry) Associate Professor L. Schmitt Dr T. J. Dickson (Sub-Dean, Faculty of Arts [to 30 June 2000]) Anthropology: Associate Professor D. J. Trigger Associate Professor P. M. Guppy (Biochemistry) Architecture and Fine Arts, School of: Mr P. Beale Associate Professor A. Harvey Asian Studies: Dr L. Parker (Anatomy and Human Biology) Biochemistry: Professor D. A. Day Dr G. Koutsantonis (Chemistry) Botany: Associate Professor D. I. Walker Professorial Fellow M. Levine (Philosophy) Chemistry: Professor D. L. Kepert Dr C. MacNish (Computer Science) Civil and Resource Engineering: Dr P. Manners (Paediatrics) Associate Professor M. Fahey Dr B. Mee (Microbiology) Classics and Ancient History: Dr S. Prescott (Paediatrics), Associate Professor J. R. Melville Jones Dr T. I. Quickenden (Chemistry) Computer Science: Professor R. A. Owens Associate Professor P. Rakoczy Economics: Professor P. W. Miller (Centre for Ophthalmology and Visual Science) Education, Graduate School of: Professor R. C. Slee Dr R. Stamps (Physics) Electrical and Electronic Engineering: Professor L. Faraone Associate Professor J. A. Y. Straton (Public Health) English: Dr I. R. Saunders Mrs P. Stubbs (Sub-Dean, Faculty of Engineering and Environmental Engineering: Professor J. Imberger Mathematical Sciences) European Languages and Studies: Associate Professor R. C. Thomas (Computer Science) Associate Professor P. H. Morgan Dr M. Wilce (Pharmacology) General Practice: Professor M. Kamien Associate Professor P. Withers (Zoology) Geography: Professor J. R. Dodson Geology and Geophysics: Dr M. C. Dentith Three members elected by the Board from postdoctoral research History: Mr J. I. W. Brash staff: Dr M. A. Perkins (to 31 May 2000), Dr A. Scalzo, Human Movement and Exercise Science: Dr A. Ward, Dr J. Wilce Professor B. C. Elliott Three members elected by the Board from general staff: Information Management and Marketing: Dr J. den Hollander, Mr G. Hendy, Mrs J. A. Fetherston Professor R. Mizerski President of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr T. J. Huggins Law School: Associate Professor I. G. Campbell Linguistics: Associate Professor A. C. Dench Six students nominated by the Guild Council: Management, Graduate School of: Professor G. N. Soutar Ms R. Collins, Ms S. Davies, Mr M. Lloyd, Mr H. Sciberras, Mathematics and Statistics: Professor A. J. Baddeley two to be advised Mechanical and Materials Engineering: Members of the Academic Council elected to it by and from the Professor M. B. Bush Academic Board for their stipulated term of office on the Medicine: Professor L. J. Beilin Council Microbiology: Dr G. A. Stewart Chairs of standing committees of the Academic Board or Council Music, School of: Mr M. D. Coughlan Obstetrics and Gynaecology: Professor J. Newnham Chair, Matriculation and Admissions Committee: Oral Health Sciences, School of: Professor J. K. McGeachie Mr D. W. G. Treloar Organisational and Labour Studies: Professor J. L. Cordery Up to nine co-opted persons: Paediatrics: Professor P. N. Le Souëf Dr G. Cooper (Student Services) Pathology: Dr T. Gotjamanos Associate Professor D. Bird (Women's Studies) Pharmacology: Associate Professor K. F. Ilett Mr T. Gibbs (Psychology) Philosophy: Rev. R. G. Borthwick Dr A. Mathews (Plant Sciences) Physics: Dr I. N. McArthur Dr B. Mackintosh (International Centre) Physiology: Associate Professor H. W. Mitchell Ms M. Osman (Equity Office) Political Science: Associate Professor J. W. Moon Mrs K. Reynolds (UWA Extension) Psychiatry and Behavioural Science: Mrs J. R. Rodrigues (Facilities Management) Professor A. V. Jablensky Dr J. Sweeney (Information Management and Marketing) Psychology: Professor D. R. Badcock Secretary: Mrs J. Massey Public Health: Associate Professor M. Knuiman Social Work and Social Policy: Mr M. Clare Surgery: Professor J. C. Hall Zoology: Professor S. D. Bradshaw
A8—April/May 2000 Academic Board Committees
STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMIC BOARD
Executive Committee of the Academic Board Co-opted members: Professor C. A. Atkins, Associate Professor S. Houghton, ACADEMIC COUNCIL Dr J. Maitland, Dr T. St Pierre Ex-officio Secretary: Ms T. N. Aquino Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod (Chair) Scholarships Committee Deputy Chair of the Academic Board: Professor R. Owens Dean of the Postgraduate Research School: Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor D. M. Schreuder Professor M. V. Sargent (Chair) Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost: Professor A. D. Robson Vice-Chancellor and President: Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation): Professor D. M. Schreuder (ex officio) Professor M. N. Barber Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Immediate past Chair of the Academic Board: Members elected by the Academic Board: Professor M. V. Sargent Professor L. A. G. Aylmore (Deputy Chair), Executive Deans of the faculties: Dr J. A. Gregory, Associate Professor A. R. Harvey, Executive Dean, Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner Professor M. Randolph, Dr P. C. Statham, Executive Dean, Arts: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) Dr G. Stewart Executive Dean, Economics & Commerce, Education Co-opted members:Associate Professor J. Harvey, and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod Professor M. Norton, Professor C. McA. Powell Executive Dean, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: Secretary: Mrs M. H. Edwards Professor B. H. Brady Executive Dean, Medicine and Dentistry: Professor L. I. Landau COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE Executive Dean, Science: Professor G. Stewart Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community and Development): Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Associate Professor M. Seares (Chair) Mr P. W. Curtis Nominee of the Chair of the Academic Board: Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Mr M. L. Griffith Professor R. C. Slee University Librarian: Mr J. Arfield Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: President of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr T. J. Huggins Dr J. den Hollander Seven members elected by and from the Academic Board: Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation): Professor A. B. Bosworth, Professor J. Cordery, Professor M. N. Barber Dr T. J. Dickson, Dr J. Gordon, Dr T. I. Quickenden, Chair of the Teaching and Learning Committee: Associate Professor J. A. Y. Straton, Professor A. D. Robson Associate Professor D. Walker Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Co-opted members: Professor R. G. Goldie, Professor P. Porter Mr P. W. Curtis Secretary: Mrs J. Massey President of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr T. J. Huggins Four appointees by election of the Academic Board: Committees of the Academic Council Mr M. D. Coughlan, Dr J. A. Gregory, Professor G. L. London, Professor S. L. McShane ACCOMMODATION COMMITTEE Secretary: Mr D. Durack Chair: Professor R. Owens Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost: Professor A. D. Robson INTERNATIONALISATION COMMITTEE Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod The Vice-Chancellor and President: Nominees of the Academic Board: Professor D. M. Schreuder (Chair) Professor D. R. Badcock, Professor A. J. Considine, Professor D. L. Kepert, Associate Professor G. C. Sharman Executive Deans of the faculties: Executive Dean, Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Mr M. L. Griffith Executive Dean, Arts: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) Guild President: Mr T. J. Huggins Executive Dean, Economics & Commerce, Education Co-opted members: Dr F. Haynes, and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod Associate Professor B. W. Madsen Executive Dean, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: Professor B. H. Brady Secretary: Mrs J. R. Rodrigues Executive Dean, Medicine and Dentistry: Professor L. I. Landau BOARD OF THE POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH SCHOOL Executive Dean, Science: Professor G. Stewart Dean of the Postgraduate Research School and Chair of the Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Scholarships Committee: Professor M. V. Sargent (Chair) Executive Dean (International Relations): Professor P. H. Porter Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Nominees of the Academic Board: Professor K. Clements, Mr P. W. Curtis Professor M. Grounds, Professorial Fellow M. Levine President of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr T. J. Huggins (Associate Professor B. N. Ormerod Noakes to 30 June 2000), Three members elected by the Academic Board Professor M. Norton, Associate Professor D. Robertson Co-optees President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association: Ms R. A. Collins Executive Officer: Dr J. B. Mackintosh
A9—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
International Programmes Committee Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation): Professor M. N. Barber Director of International Centre: Dr J. B. Mackintosh (Chair) Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community and Development): Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Associate Professor M. Seares Professor Y. Estrin Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Deputy Chair of the Academic Board: Professer R. Owens Appointees of the Academic Board: Professor J. L. Cordery, Professor D. A. Day, Executive Deans of the faculties: Professor K. Sivasithamparan, Professor J. M. Tonkin, Executive Dean, Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner Associate Professor D. Walker Executive Dean, Arts: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) Executive Dean, Economics & Commerce, Education Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod Mr P. W. Curtis Executive Dean, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: Academic Co-ordinator of Student Affairs: Professor B. H. Brady Mr D. W. G. Treloar Executive Dean, Medicine and Dentistry: Student representative: Mr. M. Khareel Professor L. I. Landau Executive Dean, Science: Professor G. Stewart Co-opted members: Dr H. Parker, Mrs P. A. Stubbs Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Mr M. L. Griffith Secretary: Ms M. Ingate Secretary: Mr I. Baker LIBRARY COMMITTEE Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: RESEARCH COMMITTEE Professor J. L. Cordery (Chair) Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) as Chair: University Librarian: Mr J. Arfield Professor M. N. Barber Senior Librarian nominated by University Librarian: Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost: Professor A. D. Robson Mrs I. Garner Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Nominee of the Chair of the Academic Board: Dean of the Postgraduate Research School: Professor Y. Estrin Professor M. V. Sargent Appointees of the Academic Board: Nominee of the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Dr M. Cottingham (Dr A. Mathews to mid-July 2000), Association: Ms T. Morshead Associate Professor G. Hammond, Dr G. Jones (Dr J. Johnston to mid-July 2000), Appointees by election of the Academic Board: Dr A. J. McKinley Professor R. W. Fraser, Dr G. Jones, Professor C McA Powell, Professor R. Owens, Professor S. R. White Nominee of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr D. Bath One postdoctoral research fellow appointed by the Chair of the Nominee of the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Academic Board: Dr F. Bull Association: Mr M. Cregan Co-opted members: Professor L. D. Beazley, Professor G. Ivey, Co-opted members: Associate Professor M. Fahey, Professor R. C. Slee Dr L. Murray Secretary: Dr C. J. Thomson Secretary: Ms E. Tait TEACHING AND LEARNING COMMITTEE MATRICULATION AND ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost: Academic Co-ordinator of Student Affairs as Chair: Professor A. D. Robson (Chair) Mr D. W. G. Treloar Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Nominee of the Chair of the Academic Board: Associate Professor S. Houghton Appointees of the Academic Board: Professor M. Bush, Dr R. Lancaster, Professor B. J. Stone Nominees of the Academic Board: Mr S. Anderson, Dr T. J. Dickson, Dr D. J. French, Dr S. Juniper, Director of the Centre for Staff Development: Mr O. J. Hicks Associate Professor J. A. Y. Straton, Mrs P. A. Stubbs President of the Guild of Undergraduates: Mr T. J. Huggins Nominee of the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Nominee of the Postgraduate Students’ Association: Registrar: Ms M. Choules Mr H. Sciberras Co-opted members: Associate Professor I. Campbell, one to be Co-opted members: Dr N. S. Forster, Ms S. J. Reagan advised Secretary: Ms S. Smurthwaite Secretary: Ms M. Arundale Admission And Quota Committee Committee of the Academic Board Chair of the Matriculation and Admissions Committee and NOMINATING COMMITTEE nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod (Chair) Dr D. W. G. Treloar (Chair) Deputy Chair of the Academic Board: Professor R. Owens Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod The Chair Elect of the Academic Board Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Mr P. W. Curtis A past Chair of the Academic Board Secretary: Mr R. McCormack Secretary: Mrs J. Massey
PLANNING AND BUDGET COMMITTEE Vice-Chancellor and President as Chair: Professor D. M. Schreuder Deputy Vice-Chancellor: Professor A. D. Robson
A10—April/May 2000 Other Boards and Committees
OTHER BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
CONTINUING DENTAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE a computer manager from each faculty/faculty group, nominated by the Executive Dean Chair: Dr J. Ball a member of the Library staff with information technology Nominees of the Senate: Dr D. Calder, Dr L. A. Dalton-Ecker, skills nominated by the Librarian Dr L. Lejmanoski, Dr P. Readman Nominees of the Western Australian Branch of the Australian INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COMMITTEE Dental Association: Dr B. Bishop, Dr T. Lepere, Dr R. May, Dr T. Poli Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) as Chair: Co-opted members: Professor M. N. Barber Dr G. Allen, Dr F. Welten Chair of the Academic Board: Professor C. MacLeod Secretary: Mrs J. Wood Nominee of Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Mr F. W. Steenhauer EQUAL OPPORTUNITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE Nominee of the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association: Mr R. Lan Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor A. D. Robson (Chair) Two members of the academic staff appointed by the Vice- Chancellor and President: Professor P. G. McCormick, Manager, Equity: Ms S. Y. McKnight/Ms M. R. Osman one to be advised Nominee of the Academic Staff Association: Dr T. A. Koppi One member of the general staff appointed by the Nominee of the Community Public Sector Union: Vice-Chancellor and President: Mr J. Roberts Ms M. Armstrong Co-opted members: Dr S. Meek, Mrs C. Wood Nominee of the Status of Women Group within Executive Officer: Ms J. Frodsham The University of Western Australia: Ms D. Valli Nominee of the Centre for Aboriginal Programmes: Ms M. Strother ORTHOPAEDIC RESEARCH AND Nominee of the Postgraduate Students’ Association: EDUCATION COMMITTEE Ms K. Coles Chair: Mr B. Slinger Nominee of the Guild of Undergraduates: Ms H. Ensikat Members of the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture: Orthopaedic Association: Mr J. M. Hill, Mr G. Janes, Dr A. W. Rate Mr A. Prosser Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery: Professor D. J. Wood Ms V. Bacon Members appointed by the Senate on the recommendation of Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry: & Commerce, Education and Law: Dr J. Eveline Associate Professor R. L. Prince, Mr J. Sikorski Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Engineering Co-opted members andMathematical Sciences: Dr A. White Secretary: Mr J. M. Pike Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry: Ms L. Slack-Smith COMMITTEE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science: Disability Officer: Mr M. Edwards/Ms J. Johnson Dr A. D. George Assistant to Disability Officer: Mrs J. Proud Invitees: Mr R. Farrelly, Dr J. den Hollander, Ms J. Stuart Representative of Student Services: Mr T. R. Sputore Secretary: Ms T. Maitland Representative of Human Resources: Ms A. Melvin INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY COMMITTEE Representative of the Library: Ms J. Wildy Representative of Office of Facilities Management: Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost or nominee as Chair Mr R. I. Candy Executive Director (Finance and Resources) or nominee Guild President’s nominee: Mr J. Fitzpatrick Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Manager, Equity: Mr M. Fialho Chair of the Academic Board or nominee Student representatives: Mr A. Boden, Mr B. Gauntlett, University Librarian or nominee Mr C. Smith President of the Guild of Undergraduates or nominee Nominee of the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Information Technology Officer Registrar: Dr J. den Hollander Representative from each faculty/faculty group, nominated Representative of the University Residential Colleges by the Executive Dean Representatives nominated by the Executive Dean of each three members of the academic or general staff with faculty: demonstrated information technology skills, appointed by Agriculture: Ms N. Glenn the Academic Board Arts: Dr C. J. Fox Economics & Commerce, Education and Law up to four members co-opted by the foregoing if required to faculty group: Mr K. Robertson provide balance, specific expertise or desirable linkages Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: between committees. Dr L. C. Spencer (Chair) Medicine and Dentistry: Ms S. J. Reagan Information Technology Technical Science: Dr P. Chivers Advisory Group Co-opted members: Ms J. Barrett, Ms D. L. Bowyer, Information Technology Executive Officer Secretary: Mrs J. Proud Director, Administration Computing Services
A11—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE UNIVERSITY SAFETY COMMITTEE Chair: to be advised Nominees of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor Y. Attikiouzel (Chair), Professor M. V. Sargent Nominees of the Senate: Professor A. K. House, Professor L. I. Landau, Associate Professor G. J. Riley Director, Human Resources: Mr R. B. Farrelly Nominees of the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Director, Office of Facilities Management: Mr R. I. Candy Medical Association: Dr J. House, Dr P. J. Maguire, Employee nominees: Health and Safety Representatives Dr A. D. Sharp Mr J. Anderson (Facilities Management) Co-optees Mrs K. Brameld (Public Health) Ms A Melvin (Human Resources) Executive Officer: Mrs L. Paltridge (to 30 June 2000) Mr P. Proctor (Psychology) Mrs C. Kane (from 1 July 2000) Mr R. Robinson (Human Movement and Exercise Science) PROMOTIONS AND TENURE COMMITTEE Director, University Health Service: Dr C. Pascott Executive Officer Chair: Professor C. E. Praeger Manager, Safety and Health Office: Mr M. Rafferty Nominees of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Secretary: Mr F. Easton Professor G. Rhodes (Professor H. D. Fraser (to June 2000), Professor B. F. Ronalds Nominees of the Academic Board: Sub-Committees of University Professor J. K. McGeachie, Professor M. V. Sargent, Safety Committee Professor B. Stone Academic Staff Association nominee: Professor R. E. Ewin Biosafety Committee Invitees: Manager, Equity Ms S. Y. McKnight/ Dr A. Hobbs, Mrs P. Baker, Dr A. Brown, Dr V. Dawes, Ms M. R. Osman Mr D. Hall, Mr L. Kirkham, Dr M. Lawson, Associate Professor T. Ratajczak, Dr J. Whelan, Secretary: Mrs E. J. Hutchinson Associate Professor G. C. T. Yeoh (Chair) Secretary: Mr F. Easton SECURITY AND PARKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE Carcinogenic and Mutagenic Substances Committee Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Mr M. L. Griffith (Chair) Associate Professor E. Ghisalberti (Chair) Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Secretary: Mr F. Easton Mr P. W. Curtis Radiation Safety Committee Director, Office of Facilities Management: Mr R. I. Candy Professor C. A. Atkins (Chair), Invitees: Mr G. Bates, Mr T. J. Huggins, Mr M. Lewis, NHMRC Senior Research Fellow Dr E. Baker, Associate Professor C. Whitehead Associate Professor B. W. Madsen, Dr B. Nener, Secretary: Mr G. Jones Dr P. E. Vercoe Safety and Health Office members (ex-officio): SPORTING FACILITIES BOARD OF MANAGEMENT Manager and Executive Officer: Mr M. Rafferty Senior Physicist: Mr L. Munslow-Davies Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President: Associate Professor J. B. Maund (Chair) Radiation and Safety Officer: Mr J. Thwaites Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar: Ventilation Committee Mr P. W. Curtis Mr R. I. Candy, Mr J. King, Mr L. O. Kirkham, Director, Office of Facilities Management: Mr R. I. Candy Dr T. I. Quickenden (Chair) Head of the Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science: Professor B. C. Elliott Boards, Councils and Committees Sports Council President: Ms R. Watson of Foundations Executive Director, Sport and Recreation Association: Mr B. Meakins BOARD OF THE ARCHITECTURAL FOUNDATION OF Co-opted University staff member who is also the THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA University’s representative on the WA Sports Centre Trust Board of Management: Mr M. L. Griffith The Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee Secretary: Ms K. Yip Nominee of the Senate Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: THEATRES ADVISORY BOARD Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) Executive Director (Finance and Resources): Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts: Mr M. L. Griffith (Chair) Mr P. Beale Head of the School of Music or nominee President of the Western Australian Chapter of the Royal Senior Lecturer, Theatre Studies: Mr S. Chinna Australian Institute of Architects: Mr N. Shaw Representative of the Academic Board: Nominee of the Vice-President (Education) of the Western Associate Professor C. J. Wortham Australian Chapter of the Royal Australian Institute of Architects Representative of the Perth International Arts Festival Representative on the Faculty of Arts from the Royal Representative of the Guild of Undergraduates Australian Institute of Architects: Ms S. Rodrigues Director, Office of Facilities Management: Mr R. I. Candy Nominee of the Faculty of Arts who is a member of the Manager, University Theatres: Mr K. Hamersley School of Architecture and Fine Arts: Mr W. Busfield Secretary: Mrs P. Fegan Additional members may be co-opted
A12—April/May 2000 Other Boards and Committees
PROFESSOR RONALD M. AND DR CATHERINE H. COUNCIL OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BERNDT RESEARCH FOUNDATION SUB-COMMITTEE MANAGEMENT (GSM) FOUNDATION OF THE Vice-Chancellor and President’s nominee: Sir J. Cruthers UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA Head of the Department of Anthropology as Chair: Chair of Council: Chair of the GSM Board, Mr T. Howarth Dr D. S. Trigger President of the Foundation: elected from the governors and Staff member of the Department of Anthropology fellows, by eligible voters at each Annual General Meeting Curator, Berndt Museum of Anthropology: Dr J. E. Stanton Secretary of Council/Foundation: Secretary of the GSM Director, Centre for Aboriginal Programmes: Ms J. Milroy Board, Ms T. Taylor Trustee, Estate of Catherine H. Berndt: Dr S. Toussaint Interim Council: Vice-Chancellor and President: Professor D. M. Schreuder Secretary: Dr J. E. Stanton Nominee of the Senate Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & COUNCIL OF THE ENGINEERING FOUNDATION OF Commerce, Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA Director of GSM: Professor G. N. Soutar Chair of the GSM Board: Mr T. Howarth President of the Foundation: Mr R. Male Chair of the Finance Committee of the GSM Board: Chair of Council: Mr R. Male Mr J. Schaffer Nominee of the Graduate Management Association (GMA) Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Executive Dean, Secretary of the Foundation: Ms T. Taylor Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, the Heads of the Departments in the School of Engineering, After the first meeting of the Foundation, the Council shall and immediate past Chair of Council consist of those listed under Interim Council plus: President of the Foundation (elected from the Chair of the Engineering Graduates’ Association: governors and fellows) Associate Professor B. Nener three members elected from and by the governors of Governors: the Foundation Dr W. H. Clough (Clough Engineering Group), three members elected from and by the fellows and Mr R. Leupen (Kaiser Engineers Pty Ltd), members of the Foundation Mr R. Male (Woodside Energy), Mr K. I. Mitchell (Alcoa of Australia Ltd) Members: Mr B. Kerman (Kerman Contracting) Dr D. S. Mofflin (Worley Ltd) Mr D. Morrell (Robe River Iron Associates) Mr G. Smith (Gutteridge, Haskins & Davey Pty Ltd) Mr T. J. B. Swanson (Gutteridge, Haskins & Davey Pty Ltd) Mr K. Young (Sinclair, Knight Merz Ltd) Executive Officer: Mr R. Moore Secretary: Mr P. A. Higgs
A13—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY ADMINISTRATION
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE Executive Dean: Professor R. K. Lindner 1.1.94 to 30.6.2002 Deputy Executive Dean: Professor P. S. Cocks 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000 Associate Dean (Agriculture and Animal Science): Dr G. L. Hertzler 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000 Associate Dean (Horticulture and Viticulture and Landscape Management): Dr D. W. Turner 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000 Associate Dean (Natural Resource Management): Dr R. Bencini 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000 Faculty Executive Officer: Mrs C. A. Richardson Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs N. A. Glenn FACULTY OF ARTS Executive Dean: Professor E. J. Jory 1.1.94 to 30.6.2000 (Executive Dean from 1.7.2000 to be advised) Deputy Executive Dean: Dr T. J. Dickson 1.2.99 to 30.6.2000 (Deputy Executive Dean from 1.7.2000 to be advised) Sub-Dean: Dr T. J. Dickson 1.2.99 to 30.6.2000 Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis 1.7.2000 to 28.2.2002/1.8.2000 to 28.2.2002 Associate Sub-Dean: Associate Professor A. J. Barker 1.12.98 to 30.6.2000 Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Ms R. Ingham Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms V. Coram Faculty Administrative Officer: to be advised FACULTIES OF ECONOMICS & COMMERCE, EDUCATION AND LAW Executive Dean: Dr P. B. McLeod from 14.2.2000 Executive Officer: Mr D. C. Johnston FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE Dean: Professor C. Mulvey 1.1.99 to 31.12.2001 Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson from 1.7.95 Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs J. A. Fetherston FACULTY OF EDUCATION Dean: Professor R. C. Slee 20.10.97 to 19.10.2002 Deputy Dean: Dr M. H. O’Neill 20.3.2000 to 19.3.2003 Senior Administrative Officer: Miss D. M. Valli FACULTY OF LAW Dean: Associate Professor I. G. Campbell 1.1.97 to 31.12.2000 Associate Dean: Mr M. J. Gillooly 1.7.98 to 30.6.2000 Associate Dean: Ms P. Carruthers 1.7.2000 to 30.6.2002 Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson from 1.7.95 Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. Schneider FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Executive Dean: Professor B. H. Brady 1.10.97 to 28.9.2002 Deputy Executive Dean: Professor M. B. Bush 16.2.2000 to 31.12.2001 Associate Dean: Dr A. B. Scolaro 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2001 Sub-Dean: Mrs P. A. Stubbs 1.1.99 to 31.12.2003 Faculty Executive Officer: Mr P. A. Higgs Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs A. Gilkes FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY Executive Dean: Professor L. I. Landau 7.7.96 to 6.7.2001 Deputy Executive Dean: Professor R. G. Goldie 28.6.99 to 27.6.2002 Associate Dean (Research): Associate Professor G. Yeoh 4.5.99 to 3.5.2002 Associate Dean (Student Affairs): Associate Professor J. A. Y. Straton 1.4.99 to 31.3.2002 Associate Dean (Teaching and Learning): Dr F. R. Lake 1.2.98 to 31.1.2001 Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences: Professor J. McGeachie 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000 Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Mr J. M. Pike Acting Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. J. Heibloem Faculty Administrative Officer (Admissions): Ms A. B. Winterton FACULTY OF SCIENCE Executive Dean: Professor G. Stewart 30.3.98 to 31.3.2003 Deputy Executive Dean: Professor S. Hall 1.4.98 to 1.4.2001 Sub-Dean: Dr D. G. Kepert from 1.12.95 Faculty Executive Officer: Ms J. Gamble
A14—April/May 2000 Faculties, Faculty Boards and Boards of Studies
FACULTIES, FACULTY BOARDS AND BOARDS OF STUDIES
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE Representative of the Australian Association of Social Workers (WA Branch): Dr B. Meddin Executive Dean: Professor R. K. Lindner One member of the Australian Institute of Landscape Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Architects (WA Group): Mr S. Pullyblank Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, One member of the Western Australian Chapter of the Royal Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Australian Institute of Architects: Mr S. Rodrigues Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Co-opted members: Professor D. Badcock (Psychology) appointments as professors, lecturers and other members of Ms D. M. Bird (MPhil Co-ordinator), the teaching staff in the Faculty of Agriculture Dr T. Burrows (Principal Librarian), Dr J. E. Stanton (Berndt Museum of Anthropology) Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or nominee Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Ms R. Ingham Heads of Departments and Schools or nominees of: Architecture and Fine Arts; Biochemistry; Botany; Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms V. Coram Chemistry; Geography; Geology and Geophysics; Mathematics and Statistics; Zoology Faculty Board of the Faculty of Arts Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the Executive Dean: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30.6.2000) academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint provided that they are engaged in academic research princi- Sub-Dean: T. J. Dickson (to 30.6.2000) pally related to the interests of the faculty and that they hold Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis (from 1 July/1 August 2000) full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments of Associate Sub-Dean: Associate Professor A. J. Barker not less than two years’ duration Head of the Schools: Two undergraduate student representatives: Mr S. Dawson, Architecture and Fine Arts: Mr P. Beale Ms S. Porter Humanities: Professor J. M. Tonkin One postgraduate student representative: Mr C. Allmark Music: Mr M. D. Coughlan Social and Cultural Studies: Dr J. L. Gordon One general staff representative Heads of Departments: Director of Muresk: Professor M. McGregor Classics and Ancient History: Co-opted members: Dr S. Baker, Dr D. L. Chatel, Dr M. Associate Professor J. R. Melville-Jones Ewing, Dr I. Fillery,Dr J. Hamblin, Dr J. B. Mackintosh, European Languages and Studies: Dr D. Masters, Dr N. C. Turner Associate Professor P. H. Morgan Faculty Executive Officer: Mrs C. A. Richardson History: Mr J. I. W. Brash Political Science: Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs N. A. Glenn Associate Professor C. G. Sharman (to 30 July 2000) Associate Professor J. Moon (from 31 July 2000) FACULTY OF ARTS Social Work and Social Policy: Mr M. Clare Executive Dean: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30.6.2000) Elected members: Dr G. L. Acciaioli (Anthropology) Sub-Dean: T. J. Dickson (to 30.6.2000) Dr H. Jaccomard (European Languages and Studies) Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis (from 1 July/1 August 2000) Dr J. Johnston (English) Associate Sub-Dean: Associate Professor A. J. Barker Professor M. P. Levine (Philosophy) Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Dr A. Ludewig (European Languages and Studies) Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Dr M. Pinches (Anthropology) (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, Dr N. O’Sullivan (Classics and Ancient History) Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Co-opted members: Dr T. Burrows (Principal Librarian), Professors and lecturers holding full-time or 50 per cent or Professor D. Badcock (Psychology) greater fractional appointments in the departments, schools General staff member: Mrs D. Ryan and centres in the Faculty of Arts Student members: Ms A. Griffiths, Mr B. Mercer, Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & Commerce, Ms J. Williams Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Ms R. Ingham Executive Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathemati- Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms V. Coram cal Sciences: Professor B. H. Brady Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science: Professor G. Stewart Board of Studies in Architecture University Librarian: Mr J. Arfield and Fine Arts One member of the general staff of the faculty: Mrs D. Ryan Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts: Mr P. Beale President of the Arts Union: Ms J. Williams Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: Two other members of the Arts Union: Ms A. Griffiths, Professor E. J. Jory (to 30.6.2000) Mr B. Mercer Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Arts: T. J. Dickson (to 30.6.2000) One undergraduate and one postgraduate student from Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis (from 1 July/1 August 2000) Architecture and Fine Arts: Ms M. Tomic, one to be advised Seven members elected annually by and from the teaching One student from Social Work and Social Policy staff of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts: Ms C. M. Ball, Ms K. Hislop, Professor G. L. London, Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the Mr I. McLean, Mr G. Revell, Mr N. Westbrook academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint provided that they are engaged in academic research princi- One member elected annually by and from the teaching staff pally related to the interests of the faculty and that they hold of departments contributing to the teaching for the full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments of degrees administered by the Board of Studies: Dr B. Shaw not less than two years’ duration One undergraduate student and one postgraduate student elected annually by and from the students enrolled in degrees administered by the Board of Studies: Ms M. Tomic, one to be advised
A15—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
One member of the Western Australian Chapter of the Royal One member of the academic staff of the Department of Social Australian Institute of Architects nominated by the chapter: Work at Curtin University of Technology nominated annually Mr S. Rodrigues by the head of that school: One member of the Australian Institute of Landscape Architects Ms S. Leitmann (to 30 September 2000) (WA Group) nominated by the group: Mr S. Pullyblank One member of the academic staff of the Department of Rural Such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as may be Community Studies at Edith Cowan University nominated co-opted for a period not exceeding two years and may be annually by the head of that department: co-opted again at the end of a period of office Ms M. Palmer (to 30 September 2000) Secretary: Ms V. Coram One member of the staff of the Centre for Aboriginal Programmes at this University nominated by the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the recom- Board of Studies in Music mendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Head of the School of Music: Mr M. D. Coughlan Social Policy: Ms N. Bell (to 30 September 2000) Full-time members of the teaching staff of the School of Music: Dr S. Leong, Mr P. Moore, Mr D. G. Poulsen, Mr G. Such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as may be Gilling, Mr G. Lancaster, Associate Professor J. R. Smalley, co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time, pro- Dr D. J. Symons, Dr S. Wijsman, Mr P. Wright, vided that each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding Dr B. Yourn two years and may be co-opted again at the end of a period of office: Two members of the part-time teaching staff of the School of Associate Professor P. Underwood (to 30 September 2000) Music: to be advised Secretary: Ms V. Coram Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: Mr A. L. Lynch FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Arts: T. J. Dickson (to 30.6.2000) Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis (from 1 July/1 August 2000) Dean: Professor C. Mulvey One full-time academic staff member of the Faculty of Arts: Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson Associate Professor A. W. R. Hunwick Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, One full-time academic staff member of the Faculty of Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Education: Dr F. A. Haynes (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, One representative of the WA Symphony Orchestra: Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Ms R. Kirk Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional One representative of the Education Department of WA appointments as professors and lecturers in all departments (music branch): Ms M.-J. Whitehead funded by the faculty One representative of the Australian Music Examinations Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & Commerce, Board (WA): Mrs J. Belbin Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod One member of the staff of the WA Conservatorium of Music: Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and one member of the Miss J. Farant Faculty of Arts nominated annually by it: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30 June 2000) and Dr L. Parker One undergraduate music student Nominee of the Dean of the Faculty of Law: Mr L. Gould One postgraduate music student Nominee of Head of the Department of Mathematics and Secretary: Academic Administrator Statistics: Dr M. Hazelton Head of the Department of Political Science: Board of Studies in Social Work Associate Professor J. W. Moon and Social Policy One member of the general staff of the faculty: Ms M. Russell Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy: President of the Economics and Commerce Students’ Society Mr M. Clare and two members enrolled in the faculty: Mr A. Siddique, two members to be advised Full-time members of teaching staff of the department, and part-time lecturers responsible for full units in the course for One postgraduate student enrolled in the faculty: the degree of Bachelor of Social Work and Master of Social Mr B. O’Shea Work Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint Associate Professor J. B. Maund provided that they are engaged in academic research principally related to the interests of the faculty and that they Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Arts: T. J. Dickson (to 30.6.2000) hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appoint- Dr M. Lindsay/Dr M. Partis (from 1 July/1 August 2000) ments of not less than two years’ duration Two persons at senior lecturer level or above, drawn from the Other persons co-opted by faculty members staff of the University and having a relevant academic back- ground, nominated by the Executive Dean, having regard to Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs J. A. Fetherston the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy: Faculty Board of the Faculty of Professor J. L. Cordery, Associate Professor J. Moon (both to 30 September 2000) Economics and Commerce Three persons, not otherwise included, actively engaged in Executive Dean: Dr P. B. McLeod the practice of social work and social policy appointed by the Dean: Professor C. Mulvey Faculty, having regard to the recommendation of the Board of Studies: Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson Ms A. Fielding, Ms M. Joyce, Ms D. Moran Heads of Departments: (all to 30 September 2000) Accounting and Finance: Professor I. R. C. Eggleton One representative of the Australian Association of Social Economics: Professor P. W. Miller Workers (WA Branch) nominated by that association: Information Management and Marketing: Dr B. Meddin (to 30 September 2000) Professor R. Mizerski Organisational and Labour Studies: Three undergraduate and one postgraduate student elected Professor J. L. Cordery annually by and from the students enrolled in degrees in the Management, Graduate School of: Dr G. N. Soutar, Director Department of Social Work and Social Policy
A16—April/May 2000 Faculties, Faculty Boards and Boards of Studies
Elected members: One other student enrolled in the BE Mr D. Butler, Mr R. Durand, Mr P. Lloyd, Dr J. Ng, Two postgraduate students Mrs C. Randolph, Ms A. Tarca, Mr E. Walton Co-opted members: Dr D. Hamilton, one to be advised One undergraduate student enrolled in the faculty: Mr A. Siddique Faculty Executive Officer: Mr P. A. Higgs One postgraduate student enrolled in the faculty: Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs A. Gilkes Mr B. O’Shea Co-opted member: Dr N. Forster Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs J. A. Fetherston And Mathematical Sciences Executive Dean: Professor B. H. Brady FACULTY OF EDUCATION Associate Dean: Associate Professor M. E. Fisher Dean: Professor R. C. Slee Head of the departments resourced by the faculty, or Deputy Dean: Dr M. H. O’Neill in the absence of the Head, a nominee: Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & Commerce, Civil and Resource Engineering: Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod Associate Professor M. Fahey Computer Science: Professor R. A. Owens Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Electrical and Electronic Engineering: Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Professor L. Faraone (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, Environmental Engineering: Professor J. Imberger Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Mathematics and Statistics: Professor A. J. Baddeley Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Mechanical and Materials Engineering: appointments as professors, lecturers and other members of Professor M. B. Bush the teaching staff of the Graduate School of Education One representative from each of the smaller departments and Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts: two representatives from each of the larger departments Dr S. Leong resourced by the faculty: Nominee of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science: Civil and Resource Engineering: Mr K. Harris Associate Professor A. V. Dyskin Computer Science: Dr G. F. Royle Head of the Department of Human Movement and Exercise Electrical and Electronic Engineering: Science or nominee Associate Professor K. N. Ngan Head of the Department of Psychology or nominee Associate Professor A. Zomaya Two full-time members of the Department of Human Move- Environmental Engineering: Dr C. E. Oldham ment and Exercise Science: Mathematics and Statistics: Professor A. I. Mees, Mr M. J. Anderson, Dr J. D. Larkin Associate Professor L. S. Jennings Mechanical and Materials Engineering: Member of the Faculty of Science who is not a member of the Professor Y. Estrin, Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science: Professor G. W. Stachowiak Associate Professor K. Durkin Undergraduate student: Mr L. Delaney President of the Education Union and one other Education Union student and PhD student representative Postgraduate student: Mr L. O’Neill Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the Ex-offico members: Mrs P. A. Stubbs (Sub-Dean), academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint Professor B. F. Ronalds (Director of Centre for Oil and provided that they are engaged in academic research princi- Gas Engineering) pally related to the interests of the faculty and that they hold Co-optee: Associate Professor B. D. Nener full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments of Faculty Executive Officer: Mr P. A. Higgs not less than two years’ duration Faculty Administrative Officer: Mrs A. Gilkes Co-opted members Senior Administrative Officer: Miss D. M. Valli FACULTY OF LAW Dean: Associate Professor I. G. Campbell FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND Associate Dean: Mr M. J. Gillooly (to 30 June 2000) MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Ms P. Carruthers (from 1 July 2000) Executive Dean: Professor B. H. Brady Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Executive Director (Academic Affairs) and Registrar Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & Commerce, appointments as professors, lecturers, associate lecturers, Education and Law: Dr P. B. McLeod research fellows and research associates in the Departments Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional of Civil and Resource Engineering, Computer Science, appointments as professors, lecturers and other members of Environmental Engineering, Electrical and Electronic the Law School Engineering, Mathematics and Statistics, and Mechanical and Materials Engineering President of the Blackstone Society: Mr M. di Renzo Executive Deans, or nominees, from the University’s other Members of the Blackstone Society: Mr M. Fowler, faculties: Mr L. McDonald, Mr M. Menno Agriculture Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the Arts academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint Economics and Commerce, Education and Law provided that they are engaged in academic research princi- Medicine and Dentistry pally related to the interests of the faculty and that they hold Science full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments of Two students elected from those enrolled in the BSc or BA not less than two years’ duration majoring in Mathematics or Computer Science, or for the BCM Nominee of the Chief Justice: the Hon. Justice N. J. Owen President of the Engineers’ Club of the University: Nominees of the Law Society: Mr G. Boyle, Dr P. MacMillan, Mr L. Delaney Mr B. Prentice, Mr T. Sharp
A17—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Nominees of the Legal Practice Board of WA: Co-opted members: The Directors of Medical Services of Mr W. S. Martin QC, Mr R. K. O’Connor QC Royal Perth Hospital, Sir Charles Gairdner Hospital, Co-opted members: Mr A. R. Beech, Dr P. R. Handford, Fremantle Hospital, Princess Margaret Hospital, Mr A. S. Henderson, Mr P. W. Johnston, King Edward Memorial Hospital and Mr C. W. Lockhart, Dr J. A. Thomson St John of God Hospital Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. Schnieder Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Mr J. M. Pike Acting Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. J. Heibloem Dean’s Advisory Committee Dean: Associate Professor I. G. Campbell Faculty Board of the Faculty of Associate Dean: Mr M. J. Gillooly Medicine and Dentistry Sub-Dean: Mr K. Robertson Executive Dean: Professor L. I. Landau Representatives of the faculty: Deputy Executive Dean: Professor R. G. Goldie Professor J. O’Donovan, Associate Professor S. D. Hotop, Head of School of Oral Health Sciences: Professor J. McGeachie Mr L. L. Proksch Associate Deans: Chair of the Academic Committee: Professor R. H. Bartlett Dr F. R. Lake, President of the Blackstone Society: Mr M. di Renzo Associate Professor J. A. Y. Straton Director of Postgraduate Studies: Associate Professor G. C. T. Yeoh Mr A. Gardner (to 31 May 2000) Heads of Departments within the faculty: Associate Professor G. Barton Anatomy and Human Biology: Associate Professor L. H. Schmitt FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY Biochemistry: Professor D. A. Day General Practice: Professor M. Kamien Executive Dean: Professor L. I. Landau Medicine: Professor L. J. Beilin Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Microbiology: Associate Professor G. A. Stewart Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Obstetrics and Gynaecology: Professor J. P. Newnham (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, Paediatrics: Professor P. N. Le Souëf Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Pathology: Associate Professor T. Gotjamanos Pharmacology: Associate Professor K. F. Ilett Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Physiology:Associate Professor H. Mitchell appointments as professors and lecturers in the Departments Psychiatry and Behavioural Science: of Anatomy and Human Biology, Biochemistry, General Prac- Professor A. V. Jablensky tice, Medicine, Microbiology, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Public Health: Associate Professor M. W. Knuiman Paediatrics, Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology, Psychiatry Surgery: Professor J. C. Hall and Behavioural Science, Public Health, Surgery and the School of Oral Health Sciences, and such other departments Nominee of Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science: as may from time to time be established within the faculty Associate Professor B. W. Madsen Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science: Professor G. Stewart One undergraduate student Heads of the Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Psychology, One postgraduate student Zoology Co-opted member Members of clinical teaching staff: Acting Faculty Executive Officer: Mr J. M. Pike PMH: Dr G. Baron-Hay; KEMH: Dr L. Brett; Acting Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. J. Heibloem RPH: Mr S. Rao, Clinical Professor S. Gubbay and Dr R. Tarala; FH: Dr L. Mollison; SCGH: Dr P. Platt, Dr B. Power; Department of General Practice: Board of Studies in Dentistry Dr J. McConnell, Dr P. Maguire Full-time members of the academic staff in the School of Oral Two members elected from the part-time teaching staff of the Health Sciences and those holding fractional appointments School of Oral Health Sciences: Dr A. Tan, Mr B. Bishop Executive Dean: Professor L. I. Landau Nominee of the Australian Medical Association (WA Branch): to be advised A representative from each of the following groups of departments: Nominee of the WA Committee of the Royal Australian Anatomy and Human Biology, Biochemistry, Physiology: College of Dental Surgeons: Dr T. Johnston Professor J. K. McGeachie (Anatomy and Human Biology) Two members of the dental profession: Microbiology, Pathology, Pharmacology: Dr S. B. Gairns (Australian Dental Association), Associate Professor T. Gotjamanos (Pathology) Mr J. L. Scriva (Australian Dental Association) Medicine, Surgery: Dr G. F. Watts (Medicine) Commissioner for Health: Mr A. Bansemer Agriculture, Chemistry, Physics: to be advised Executive Director of Public Health: Dr P. Psaila-Savona Nominee of the WA Committee of the Royal Australian College of Dental Surgeons: Dr T. Johnston Most senior dental officer of the Health Department of Western Australia: Mr D. C. Neesham Nominee of the WA Branch of the Australian Dental Association: Dr S. B. Gairns Chair of the Dental Board: Mr L. A. Waldon Nominee of The University of Western Australia Dental Three nominees of the WA Medical Students’ Society Alumni Society: Dr P. Lawe Davies Two nominees of the University Dental Students’ Society Most senior dental officer of the Health Department of One postgraduate student enrolled in the faculty Western Australia: Dr D. C. Neesham NHMRC Fellows: Adjunct Senior Lecturer E. Baker, Chair of the Dental Board: Mr J. Owen Dr N. G. Laing, Dr W. Y. Langdon, The University Dental Students’ Society representative Adjunct Senior Lecturer G. Yates, Adjunct Associate Professor G. C. T. Yeoh A postgraduate dental student Six postdoctoral research scientists: Dr R. Ashman, Acting Senior Faculty Administrative Officer: Ms M. J. Heibloem Dr K. D. Croft, Dr P. Rakoczy, Dr T. A. Robertson, Dr P. T. Tilbrook
A18—April/May 2000 Faculties, Faculty Boards and Boards of Studies
FACULTY OF SCIENCE Faculty Board of the Faculty of Science Executive Dean: Professor G. Stewart Executive Dean: Professor G. Stewart Deputy Executive Dean: Professor S. Hall Deputy Executive Dean: Professor S. Hall Sub-Dean: Dr D. G. Kepert Sub-Dean: Dr D. G. Kepert Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and President, Alternate Sub-Dean: Dr C. Wynne Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost, Pro Vice-Chancellor Heads, or nominees, from the following departments resourced (Research and Innovation), Chair of the Academic Board, by the faculty: Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar Anatomy and Human Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Geography, Geology and Geophysics, Human Movement appointments as professors and lecturers in the departments and Exercise Science, Physics, Psychology and Zoology in the Faculty of Science Elected representatives from each of the following depart- Executive Deans of faculties: ments and disciplines: Executive Dean, Agriculture: Professor R. K. Lindner Anthropology, Biochemistry, Computer Science, Executive Dean, Arts: Professor E. J. Jory (to 30.6.2000) Mathematics and Statistics, Microbiology, Executive Dean, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology, Soil Science and Professor B. H. Brady Plant Nutrition, and Linguistics Executive Dean, Medicine and Dentistry: Nominee of the Science Union: Mr M. Montgomery Professor L. I. Landau Nominee of the Postgraduate Students’ Association Members of the Faculty of Agriculture, the Crystallography Centre and the Centre for Microscopy and Microanalysis who Executive Deans of the following faculties who may attend are involved in teaching and research or other business of the but are not entitled to vote: Faculty of Science Agriculture, Arts, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, and Medicine and Dentistry One member of the general staff of the faculty Members of the Science Union enrolled in the faculty: Mr M. Montgomery (President), Vice-President and one member to be advised Representative of the Postgraduate Students’ Association Such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of the academic staff, as the faculty may, from time to time, appoint provided that they are engaged in academic research princi- pally related to the interests of the faculty and that they hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments of not less than two years’ duration Faculty Executive Officer: Ms J. Gamble
A19—April/May 2000 Acts
B ACTS
B1—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
UNIVERSITY ENDOWMENT ACT 1904
No. 6 of 1904 As amended by Acts: No. 98 of 1985, assented to 4 December 1985; No. 1 of 1997, assented to 6 May 1997. AN ACT for the endowment of a State University [Assented to 16 January 1904]
BE it enacted by the King’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
1. This Act may be cited as the University Endowment Act 1904. Short title.
2. The Governor may appoint seven fit and proper persons to be the trustees of an endowment for a State Power to appoint University, and may, upon the death, resignation, or absence from the State of any trustee, appoint any other fit trustees. and proper person a trustee in his place.
3. The trustees so appointed shall be a body corporate by the name of the ‘Trustees of the University Trustees to be a Endowment’, and by that name shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall be capable of body corporate. suing and being sued, and, subject to the provisions of section seven, shall have power to hold, take, purchase, sell, lease, and in any manner deal with real and personal property for the purposes of this Act.
4. By way of permanent endowment, the Governor may grant or demise to the trustees such lands of the Crown Endowment. as he may think fit.
5. All real and personal property vested in the trustees, or acquired by them by purchase, gift, devise, bequest, Property to be held in trust for State or otherwise, shall be held in trust for a State University to be established by Parliament. University.
6. The trustees shall have the entire control and management of all real and personal property at any time Power of trustees. vested in or acquired by them; and may set out roads, streets, and open spaces, and erect and maintain buildings upon and otherwise improve any land or other property as in their absolute discretion they may think fit, and may apply any trust funds in their hands to any such purposes.
7. The trustees may grant leases of any lands granted or demised to them as aforesaid for any term not Power to lease and with the approval exceeding twenty-one years and, with the approval of the Governor, but not otherwise, may grant building of the Governor to leases for any term not exceeding ninety-nine years, and may, with the like approval, mortgage such lands. mortgage lands.
8. The trustees may dispose of any real or personal property acquired by gift, devise, or bequest as they may Power to dispose of land acquired by think fit, subject only to the express trusts of any deed, will, or instrument under which such property is gift, etc. acquired by them.
9. The rents, issues, profits, and proceeds of all real and personal property vested in or acquired by the trustees, Investment of rents and profits. after payment of all expenses of and incidental to the administration of the trust, and all interest upon such Amended by No. 1 rents, issues, profits, and proceeds, may, from time to time, be applied to the improvement of such property, or of 1997, s. 18. may be invested as trust funds may be invested under Part III of the Trustees Act 1962, or, with the approval of the Governor, in the purchase of other lands to be held on the trust hereby created.
10. No tax or rate shall be charged or levied upon any property acquired by the trustees under this Act, or upon Exemption of trust the trustees in respect thereof; but the benefit of such exemption shall not extend to any other person who may property from taxation. become the owner of any estate or interest in such property, whether as purchaser, lessee, or otherwise.
11. The trustees shall meet for the transaction of the business of the trust at such times as they may appoint, and Meetings. any four of them shall be a quorum.
12. The trustees may from time to time appoint and dismiss such officers or servants as they may deem Officers. necessary, and may pay them such salaries or remuneration as they may think fit.
13. The trustees may receive, out of the income of the trust property, such remuneration as the Governor may Remuneration approve. of trustees.
14. [Repealed by No. 98 of 1985]
B2—April/May 2000 Acts
UNIVERSITY ENDOWMENT ACT AMENDMENT ACT 1927
No. 20 of 1927 AN ACT to amend the University Endowment Act 1904 [Assented to 22 December 1927]
BE it enacted by the King’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows—
1. This Act may be cited as the University Endowment Act Amendment Act 1927, and shall be read as one with the University Endowment Act 1904, and the University of Western Australia Act 1911.
2. Subject as hereinafter provided, it shall be lawful for The University of Western Australia, with the consent of the Governor, to sell any land granted or demised to the Trustees of the University Endowment or to The University of Western Australia by way of permanent endowment, and to transfer such land to a purchaser freed and discharged from any trust: Provided that the proceeds of sale shall be applied to the purchase of other land, or the purchase and improvement by the erection of buildings or otherwise of other land, or the improvement as aforesaid of land already owned by the University: Provided also that land and buildings so acquired by investment of the proceeds of the sale of endowment lands, shall be held and used for revenue producing purposes as permanent endowment, upon the same trusts as the endowment lands are held.
B3—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ACT 1911
No. 37 of 1911 As amended by Acts: No. 23 of 1917, assented to 7 August 1917; No. 17 of 1929, assented to 22 November 1929; No. 43 of 1944, assented to 12 January 1945; No. 40 of 1947, assented to 11 December 1947; No. 3 of 1955, assented to 13 October 1955; No. 25 of 1957, assented to 26 October 1957; No. 4 of 1964, assented to 2 October 1964; No. 46 of 1969, assented to 21 May 1969; No. 113 of 1970, assented to 10 December 1970; No. 58 of 1973, assented to 19 November 1973; No. 40 of 1975, assented to 11 September 1975; No. 37 of 1976, assented to 9 June 1976; No. 61 of 1977, assented to 23 November 1977; No. 62 of 1978, assented to 21 September 1978; No. 51 of 1983, assented to 5 December 1983; No. 98 of 1985, assented to 4 December 1985; No. 7 of 1988, assented to 30 June 1988; No. 92 of 1990, assented to 20 December 1990; No. 91 of 1994, assented to 5 January 1995; No. 22 of 1996, assented to 11 July 1996; No. 78 of 1996, assented to 16 January 1996; No. 57 of 1997, assented to 15 December 1997. AN ACT to establish, incorporate, and endow The University of Western Australia [Assented to 16 February 1911]
WHEREAS of the States of the Commonwealth Western Australia alone is unprovided with a University: Preamble. And whereas it is desirable that provision should be made for further instruction in those practical arts and liberal studies which are needed to advance the prosperity and welfare of the people: And whereas it is desirable that special encouragement and assistance should be afforded those who may be hindered in the acquisition of sound knowledge and useful learning by lack of opportunity or means: And whereas for these purposes it is expedient to incorporate and endow a University within the State of Western Australia: Be it therefore enacted by the King’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
PRELIMINARY 1. This Act may be cited as the University of Western Australia Act 1911. Short title.
2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates, the following terms have the meanings set against them Interpretation. respectively: ‘University’—The University of Western Australia constituted under the authority of this Act; ‘Senate’—The Senate of the University; ‘Convocation’—Convocation of the University; ‘Statutes’—Statutes of the University made under the authority of this Act.
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY
3. There shall be from henceforth for ever in the State of Western Australia a University to be called ‘The The University of Western University of Western Australia’ with such Faculties as the Statutes of the University may from time to time Australia. prescribe.
The University to 4. The University shall consist of a Senate, Convocation, and graduate and undergraduate members: consist of Senate, Convocation, and Provided that, until Convocation is constituted, the University shall consist of a Senate and the members for the members. time being: Provided also that on the appointment of the first members of the Senate the University shall be lawfully constituted for the purpose of this Act.
The governing 5. The Senate shall be the governing authority of the University. authority. Repealed and re- enacted by No. 43 of 1944, s. 2.
B4—April/May 2000 Acts
Incorporation. 6.The University shall be a body corporate, with perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall under its name be capable in law of suing and being sued, and of taking, purchasing, holding, and alienating all real and personal property whatsoever, whether the same is situated in Western Australia or elsewhere, and of doing and suffering all such acts and things as bodies corporate may by law do and suffer.
VISITOR
Visitor. 7. The Governor of the State of Western Australia shall be the Visitor of the University, and shall have authority to do all things which appertain to Visitors as often as to him shall seem meet.
SENATE 1
The Senate. 8.(1) The Senate shall consist of twenty-five persons appointed or elected as hereinafter provided. Amended by No. 43 of 1944, (2) Persons who respectively hold a full-time salaried office in the University as a dean, professor, reader, senior s. 3; No. 46 of lecturer, lecturer or such other office as the Senate may by resolution declare, are not, on that account only, incapable 1969, s. 3; No. 113 of 1970, s. 5. of being appointed or elected, or of acting as a member of the Senate, but the number of such persons in the Senate at the same time shall not exceed four in the aggregate. (3) No person who is a principal of any secondary, continuation or technical school, or School of Mines, or similar educational institution, or is a teacher engaged therein, shall, on that account only, be incapable of being appointed or elected, or of acting as a member of the Senate, but the number of such persons in the Senate at the same time shall not exceed two. 1 At the time of going to press, changes to the Constitution of Senate have been proposed due to a review of its role and function. Amendments are expected to be made to provide for such changes as might be approved.
9. [Repealed by No. 113 of 1970, s. 6]
Personnel. 10. The Senate shall consist of the following members, namely— Appointment and election of (a) six persons to be appointed by the Governor; Senate. Repealed and (b) six persons, not being such persons as are referred to in subsection (2) of section eight of this Act to be elected re-enacted by by Convocation; No. 43 of 1944, s. 4. Amended (c) four persons, being such persons as are referred to in subsection (2) of section eight of this Act, to be elected by by No. 46 of 1969, s. 4; No. the persons so referred to, except that in the case of the first three persons to become members of the Senate under 113 of 1970, s. 7; this paragraph after the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, one No. 37 of 1976, shall be elected and two shall be appointed by the Senate; s. 2; No. 7 of 1988, s. 31. (d) [Deleted by No. 113 of 1970, s. 7] Amended by (e) one person who is nominated by the Minister charged with the administration of the Education Act 1928; No. 7 of 1988, s. 31. Amended by No. 22 of 1996, s. 16. (f) the Vice-Chancellor of the University ex officio; Inserted by No. (fa) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates ex officio; 46 of 1969, s. 4. Inserted by No. (fb) two persons who are respectively enrolled as students of the University to be appointed by the Senate, in the 113 of 1970, s. 7. case of the first two persons to become members of the Senate under this paragraph, and thereafter to be elected by the persons so enrolled; (g) four persons to be selected and co-opted as members of the Senate by the other members thereof enumerated in the foregoing paragraphs of this section. Provided that one of these persons shall be a person who has served at any time in Her Majesty’s Forces and who has been honourably discharged from such forces. Provided also that two of the members to be selected and co-opted under this paragraph shall be persons who are members of Convocation.
Tenure of office. 10A.(1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, the tenure of office of the members of the Senate, other than the Added by No. members referred to in paragraphs (e), (f) and (fa) of section ten of this Act, shall be as follows— 43 of 1944, s. 4. Amended by (a) Each of the six members referred to in paragraph (a) of section ten of this Act holding office on, or appointed No. 113 of 1970, s. 8. Amended after, the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, shall, subject to this by No. 37 of Act, hold office for six years from the date of his appointment as member of the Senate and be eligible for re- 1976, s. 3. appointment as such. (b) Each of the six members referred to in paragraph (b) of section ten of this Act holding office on, or elected after, the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, shall, subject to this Act, hold office for six years from the date of his election as member of the Senate and be eligible for re-election as such. (c) Each of the four members referred to in paragraph (c) of section ten of this Act holding office on, or elected after, the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, shall, subject to this Act, hold office for four years from the date of his election as member of the Senate and be eligible for re-election as such. (ca) Each of the two members referred to in paragraph (fb) of section ten of this Act shall, subject to this Act, hold office for two years from the date of his appointment or declaration of election as member of the Senate, as the case may be, and be eligible for re-election as such. (d) Each of the four members referred to in paragraph (g) of section ten of this Act holding office on, or selected and co-opted as a member of the Senate after, the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, shall, subject to this Act, hold office for four years from the date on which he was or is so selected and co-opted as member of the Senate and be eligible for re-selection and co-option as such. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) or (fb) of section ten of this Act, in the case of the— (a) two persons to be first appointed under the first mentioned paragraph; and
B5—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) two persons to be first appointed under the second mentioned paragraph after the coming into operation of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1970, the Senate may decide that there shall be expiration of office in rotation, and if the Senate so decides, each such person as is referred to in— (c) paragraph (a) of this subsection and who is nominated by the Senate, shall be deemed to be respectively appointed for such respective term not exceeding four years; and (d) paragraph (b) of this subsection and who is nominated by the Senate, shall be deemed to be respectively appointed for such respective term not exceeding two years as, in order to give effect to the decision, the Senate thinks fit.
10B. The elections for the election of the elective members of the Senate as constituted under section ten of this Elections to be conducted as Act shall be held and conducted at such times at such places and in such manner as shall be prescribed by prescribed by Statutes made or enacted under the authority of section thirty-one of this Act. Statutes. Added by No. 43 10C. [Added by No. 43 of 1944, s. 4] of 1944, s. 4. [Repealed by No. 113 of 1970, s. 9]
11.(1) Except as provided in subsection (2) of this section no person who— Disqualifications. Amended by No. (a) is not of the full age of twenty-one years; 46 of 1969, s. 5. (b) is an undischarged bankrupt; or (c) has his affairs under liquidation by arrangement with his creditors; or (d) has been convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment, unless he has received a free pardon or has undergone the sentence passed upon him; or (e) is an insane person or patient within the meaning of the laws in force for the time being relating to lunacy; or (f) ceases to hold the qualification required to be held by him for appointment or election as a member of the Inserted by No. 113 of 1970, Senate; s. 10. shall be capable of being or continuing a member of the Senate. (2) The President of the Guild of Undergraduates and each of the two members referred to in paragraph (fb) of Added by No. 46 of 1969, s. 5. section ten of this Act, is capable of being a member of the Senate, notwithstanding that he is not of the full age of Amended by No. twenty-one years. 113 of 1970, s. 10.
CHANCELLOR AND PRO-CHANCELLOR
12. At its first meeting held after the date of its constitution, and thereafter at its first meeting held after the first Chancellor and Tuesday in March in every year, the Senate shall elect two of its members to be respectively Chancellor and Pro- Pro-Chancellor. Chancellor of the University.
POWERS OF SENATE
13. Subject to this Act and the Statutes, the Senate may from time to time appoint deans, professors, lecturers, Appointment of examiners, and other officers and servants of the University, and shall have the entire control and management of officers and management of the affairs and concerns of the University, and may act in all matters concerning the University in such manner as affairs. appears to it best calculated to promote the interests of the University.
14. The Senate shall have the control and management of all real and personal property at any time vested in or Control and management of acquired by the University; and may set out roads, streets, and open spaces, and erect and maintain buildings property. upon and otherwise improve any land or other property as in their absolute discretion they may think fit, and may See No. 6 of 1904, apply any trust funds of the University to any such purposes. s. 6.
15. The Senate, in the name and on behalf of the University, may grant leases of any lands vested in the University Power to lease land. for any term not exceeding twenty-one years and, with the approval of the Governor, but not otherwise, may See No. 6 of 1904, grant leases for any term not exceeding ninety-nine years and may, with the like approval, mortgage such lands. s. 7. Amended by No. 23 of 1917, s. 2. 15A.(1) The Senate may, as and by way of investment, use and apply any trust moneys of the University not Senate may invest immediately required for the purposes of the trusts declared in relation thereto in and for the erection and trust moneys in improvement of maintenance upon lands granted to or held by the University by way of permanent endowment or otherwise lands for belonging to the University of buildings to be used for the purpose of deriving income therefrom, but subject to purposes of deriving income. section fourteen of this Act, not for any other purpose. Added by No. 43 of 1944, s. 5. (2) Where any trust moneys aforesaid are already invested in other forms of investments the Senate may sell and realise upon such other investments for the purpose of utilising the proceeds of such sale and realisation in the manner provided and authorised by subsection (1) of this section. (3)(a) When the Senate uses and applies any trust moneys under and for the purposes mentioned in subsection (1) of this section, the amount of the trust moneys so used and applied shall be deemed to be a loan to the University from the trust estate or trust fund from which such amount is taken bearing interest and repayable by the Senate by equal half-yearly instalments which shall include interest and be payable half-yearly. (b) The rate of the said interest shall be such as the Governor shall approve. (c) The number of equal half-yearly instalments by which the interest and principal debt shall be repaid shall be such number as the Governor shall approve, but in any case shall not exceed fifty. (d) As and by way of security for the repayment of the said loan with interest as aforesaid the Senate shall issue in favour of and deliver to the Treasurer debentures which shall mature at half-yearly intervals, and each be for the amount of a half-yearly instalment. The Senate shall redeem such debentures as and when they mature respectively at the office of the Treasurer.
B6—April/May 2000 Acts
(e) As and when the Senate redeems any debenture, the Treasurer shall appropriate the amount paid to him by the Senate expressly for repayment thereof to the trust estate or trust fund from which the loan was made, and pay the same to the Senate subject to such appropriation. (4) Where buildings have been erected and are being maintained under the authority of this section for the purpose of deriving income therefrom, and as income is derived therefrom, the Senate may use and apply such income either in or towards the redemption of the debentures issued by the Senate and held by the Treasurer as provided for in paragraph (d) of subsection (3) of this section or for the general purposes of the University as the Senate may from time to time think fit. (5) Where trust moneys have been used and applied in the manner provided and authorised by subsection (1) of this section and until the same have been fully restored in the manner provided and required by subsection (4) of this section the amount of the trust moneys from time to time not so restored shall be a first charge upon the lands of the University upon which the buildings erected and maintained with such trust moneys are situated, and such charge shall run with such lands.
Loans. 15B.(1) The provisions of this section are in addition to, and do not derogate from, those of section fifteen A of Added by No. 25 of 1957, s. 2. Cf. this Act, or any of the provisions of the University Buildings Act 1930, the University Building Act 1938, the Nos. 37 of 1930, 4 University Buildings Act 1952, or the University Medical School Act 1955. of 1938, 43 of 1952, and 30 of 1955. (2) Where the University proposes to raise a loan for any purpose and desires the Treasurer of the State to guarantee repayment of the amount of the proposed loan and payment of interest thereon, the Senate shall cause particulars of the proposed loan to be submitted to the Treasurer for presentation to the Governor. (3) If the Governor approves the particulars of the proposed loan and approves the guarantee by the Treasurer and causes the Senate to be advised of the approval, the Senate may proceed to negotiate the proposed loan, but shall not finalise the negotiation for, or execute any form of instrument of security required in respect of, the proposed loan, until the form has been submitted to and approved by the Treasurer. (4) If the Governor approves the particulars of the proposed loan and the Treasurer approves the form of instrument, or if more than one, instruments, of security, the Treasurer on behalf of the State shall guarantee repayment of the amount of the loan and payment of interest thereon in accordance with the provisions of that instrument or those instruments of security, which the Treasurer is hereby authorised to execute on behalf of the State. (5) The due payment of money payable by the Treasurer under a guarantee given by him under the authority of this section— (a) is hereby guaranteed by the State; and Cf. No. 12 of 1904, s. (b) shall be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund. 4. Amended by No. 98 of 1985, s. 1. Power to dispose of 16. The Senate, in the name and on behalf of the University, may dispose of any real or personal property land acquired by gift, etc. acquired by gift, devise or bequest as they may think fit, subject only to the express trusts of any deed, will, or See No. 6 of 1904, instrument under which such property is acquired. s. 8. By-Laws. Added by 16A.(1) For the purposes of section sixteen A to section sixteen F of this Act, inclusive— No. 17 of 1929, s. 2. Renumbered and ‘authorised person’ means the Vice-Chancellor or any member of the staff of the University authorised in amended by No. writing by the Vice-Chancellor to exercise the powers conferred by by-laws made under this section; 113 of 1970, s. 14; No. 62 of 1978, s. 2. ‘lands of the University’ means the lands referred to in subsection (4) of this section and includes all buildings, structures and erections of whatsoever kind or nature, and whether permanent or temporary, standing or being on any such lands; ‘owner’ in relation to a vehicle means a person who is the owner of that vehicle for the purposes of the Road Traffic Act 1974. (2) The Senate, in the name and on behalf of the University, may, from time to time, with the approval of the Governor, make, alter, and repeal by-laws for the purpose of managing, preserving, and protecting the lands of the University, hereafter described, and for the purpose of regulating the terms and conditions on which such lands may be visited or used by any persons whomsoever, and the conduct of such persons when on or upon such lands, and in particular may by by-laws— (a) prohibit or regulate the admission to such lands of persons, vehicles, or animals; (b) prescribe the times when and the purposes for which such lands may be used, and the times when and the purposes for which the same shall be open or closed, and prohibit the use thereof or access thereto at any other times, or for any other purpose; (c) prescribe fees to be charged to the public for admission to such lands; (d) provide for the issue to persons using such lands of tickets, and requiring the production of such tickets by such persons if and whenever required by any police constable, or an authorised person; (e) regulate the conduct of persons using or being in or upon such lands; (f) prohibit any nuisance, or any offensive, indecent, or improper act, conduct, or behaviour on such lands; (g) prohibit the use of abusive or insulting language on such lands; (h) prohibit damage or injury to or interference with such lands, or any tree, shrub, hedge, plant, or flower thereon, or any fixed or movable article thereon; (i) prohibit the writing or printing of any indecent words, or the writing, printing, or drawing, or affixing of any indecent or obscene picture or representation on such lands, or on any fence, wall, tree, shrub, or hedge thereon; (j) authorise any police constable or authorised person to remove from such lands any person guilty of a breach of a by-law and to prohibit the obstruction of any such police constable or authorised person; and (k) require any person using such lands to give his name and address, whenever required so to do by any police constable, or authorised person;
B7—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(l) and generally provide for carrying out the purposes of this Act, or any Statute made by the governing authority of the said University. Provided that no such by-law shall be contrary to the express provisions of this Act, or any amendment thereof, or of any Statute made by the governing body of the University. (3) By-laws may be made under this section— (a) for regulating, controlling and managing the parking and standing of vehicles on lands of the University and in particular— (i) providing for the erection of notices, of such form and construction as the Vice-Chancellor considers necessary, within, on or adjacent to the boundaries of any area of the lands of the University indicating that the area is set aside for the purpose of parking or standing of vehicles, the persons or classes of persons who may park or stand vehicles in the area and the period or periods of time during which vehicles may be parked or may stand in the area; or (ii) prohibiting any person or class of person from parking or standing any vehicle in any area of the lands of the University; (b) exempting any person or vehicle or class of person or class of vehicle from complying with any by-law made pursuant to this subsection prohibiting or restricting the parking or standing of vehicles generally or otherwise; (c) prescribing penalties for the contravention of any by-law made pursuant to this subsection; (d) providing— (i) that where an allegation is made of a breach of a by-law and an element of the breach is the use, driving, parking, standing, or leaving of a vehicle and the identity of the driver or person in charge of the vehicle at the time of the breach cannot be immediately established a notice of the allegation may be addressed to the owner of the vehicle at his last known place of residence or business or may be served on the owner of the vehicle by leaving it in or upon, or attaching it to, the vehicle; and (ii) that if— (I) the prescribed penalty is not paid within the period specified in the notice; or— (II) the owner of the vehicle does not, within the period specified for the payment of the penalty— (A) identify the person who was the driver or person in charge of the vehicle at the relevant time to an authorised person; or (B) satisfy an authorised person that, at the relevant time the vehicle had been stolen or unlawfully taken or used, the owner is deemed to be the driver or person in charge of the vehicle at the time of the alleged breach; (e) prescribing the circumstances under which an authorised person may remove a vehicle or cause it to be removed from the lands of the University to any specified place, whether on those lands or not, prescribing his further powers in relation thereto, providing for the recovery of costs and expenses incurred by the University in moving and holding the vehicle, and authorising the University to hold the vehicle until all costs and expenses are paid; (f) prescribing the method of notifying a person alleged to have committed an offence against any by-law made pursuant to this subsection of that alleged offence and how it shall be dealt with, and prohibiting the removal by any person other than the driver or owner of a vehicle in respect of which an offence against such a by-law is alleged to have been committed of any notice relating to the offence affixed to the vehicle or left in or on the vehicle by an authorised person; and (g) prescribing a modified penalty or modified penalties payable to the University by a person or one of a class of persons who does not contest an allegation that he committed any specified breach of the by-laws and providing that the due payment of a modified penalty is a defence to a charge in respect of which that modified penalty was paid. (4) For the purposes of the exercise of the powers conferred by this section, but subject to subsection (5) of this section, the lands of the University shall comprise the lands for the time being forming the University site at Crawley and such other lands vested in or under the management and control of the University for the purposes of this Act as are prescribed by by-law, and until otherwise declared, from time to time, by order of the Governor duly published in the Gazette, the lands forming the University site at Crawley shall be those parts of Swan Location 2885, 2886, 3086, 3087, and 3088 which are comprised in Certificates of Title volume 652, folio 42; and volume 902, folio 65; and volume 902, folio 66; and volume 902, folio 67; and volume 808, folio 135. (5) A by-law made under this section shall apply to the whole of the lands of the University or to such part thereof as may be specified in any such by-law. (6) By-laws made under this section— (a) may be limited in their application to time, place or circumstance; (b) may provide that any act or thing shall be done subject to the approval or to the satisfaction of a specific person or class of person; and (c) may confer a discretionary authority. (7) In any proceedings for any contravention of a by-law, including a proceeding for a disciplinary offence pursuant to subsection (9) of this section, in the absence of proof to the contrary the allegation in the complaint that any place was on the lands of the University shall be sufficient evidence of that fact. (8) No by-law made under this section takes away, restricts or otherwise affects any liability, civil or criminal, arising under any provision of any Act other than this Act or at common law. (9) A complaint for a breach of a by-law by a person who is enrolled as a student of the University may be either— (a) brought, heard and determined under the disciplinary Statutes, by-laws, and regulations of the University; or
B8—April/May 2000 Acts
(b) dealt with pursuant to section sixteen D of this Act, but shall not be dealt with both as a disciplinary matter by the University and by way of a complaint under the Justices Act, 1902.
Approval and 16B. Every by-law as aforesaid, and every alteration and repeal thereof, shall be submitted for the approval of the publication of by- laws. Governor; and, when so approved, be published in the Gazette, and thereupon take effect and have the force of Added by No. 17 law as from the date of such publication, or from a later date specified in such publication. of 1929, s. 3. Renumbered by No. 113 of 1970, s. 14. Penalty, etc. 16C. Any by-law may impose a penalty not exceeding one hundred dollars for any breach or non-observance Added by No. 17 of 1929, s. 4. thereof, and proceedings for the recovery of such penalty may be taken by any police constable or authorised Amended by No. person in his own name; but all pecuniary penalties shall be appropriated and paid to the Senate for the use of the 113 of 1965, s. 8. Renumbered by University. No. 113 of 1970, s. 14. Amended by No. 62 of 1978, s. 3. Amended by No. 78 of 1996, s. 128. Interpretation 16D. The provisions of sections A and D of the second schedule to the Interpretation Act 1918, are incorporated Act. Added by No. 17 with the preceding sections. of 1929, s. 5. Renumbered by No. 113 of 1970, s. 14.
Regulations. 16E.(1) The Senate, in the name and on behalf of the University, may, from time to time, make, alter, and repeal Added by No. 17 regulations for the purpose of carrying out this Act, or any amendment thereof, or any Statute made by the of 1929, s. 6. Renumbered and governing body of the University, or for the purpose of securing and enforcing the management, good amended by No. government, and discipline of the University; and every such regulation shall be binding upon all deans, 113 of 1970, s. 14. Amended by No. professors, lecturers, examiners, and all other officers and servants of the University, and also on all students 40 of 1975, s. 2. attending the University.
Added by No. 40 (2) The provisions of section thirty-six of the Interpretation Act 1918 do not apply to a regulation made by the of 1975, s. 2. Senate under subsection (1) of this section, and shall be deemed never so to have applied, and any such regulation shall take effect from the date of its promulgation in the University or from such later date as may be therein specified.
Certain 16F. A certificate signed by the Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, or Registrar of the University (of certificates of whose signatures judicial notice shall be taken), that a person named therein is a dean, professor, lecturer, Chancellor, etc., to be prima facie examiner, authorised person, or other officer or servant of the University, or is a student attending the University, evidence. shall be prima facie evidence of that fact. Added by No.17 of 1929, s. 7. Renumbered by No. 113 of 1970, s. 14. Amended by No. 62 of 1978, s. 4. CONVOCATION Convocation. 17.(1) Convocation shall consist of: Repealed and re-enacted by No. (a) all members and past members of the Senate; 113 of 1970, s. 11. (b) all graduates of the University; (c) such graduates, fellows, members, licentiates and associates of universities, colleges or institutions duly authorised to grant degrees, diplomas, licences or certificates as are admitted to be members of Convocation under a Statute; (d) such persons, being representatives of commercial, industrial, scientific, professional or educational associations, institutions, societies or other bodies as the Senate may, from time to time, admit to be members of Convocation upon such conditions, including contributions to be made by the association, society or body and the term of each respective member, as the Senate may determine, but any such association, society or body shall have only one member representing it at one time; (e) such persons who have rendered services or made gifts to the University as the Senate may, from time to time, admit to be members of Convocation; (f) the duly appointed representative of the Guild of Undergraduates. (2) The Senate shall cause to be kept a roll of the members of Convocation. (3) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, all elections required by this Act to be made by Convocation may be made— (a) by postal vote in the manner prescribed by Statute; or (b) in such other manner as is so prescribed, and the members of Convocation eligible to vote at any such election are those who have maintained their names on a postal or other list in the manner so prescribed.
WARDEN
The Warden. 18.(1) Convocation shall in each year elect one of its members to be its Warden. Repealed and re- enacted by No. (2) The election of the Warden shall be held and conducted at such time and at such place and in such manner 113 of 1970, s. 12. as may be prescribed by Statute.
VACANCIES Resignation. 19.(1) A member of the Senate may resign his office by writing under his hand, addressed to the Chancellor.
B9—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) The Chancellor or Pro-Chancellor may resign his office by writing under his hand, addressed to the Pro- Chancellor or Chancellor, as the case may be. (3) The Warden of Convocation may resign his office by writing under his hand, addressed to the Chancellor. (4) Every such resignation shall be complete, and shall take effect from the time when it is received at the office of the University.
20. The office of member of the Senate shall be vacated— Vacancies. (a) if he is or has become disqualified under the provisions of this Act; or (b) if, without leave obtained from the Senate in that behalf, he has been absent from all meetings of the Senate held during a consecutive period of at least six months; or (c) upon death or resignation.
21. Any vacancy which occurs in the office of Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, or Warden from any cause whatsoever, Vacancy in except annual retirement, shall be filled as it occurs, by election, and if any such vacancy is not so filled within office of Chancellor, three months after it occurred, then it shall be filled by the Governor by the appointment of some qualified person Pro-Chancellor to the office. or Warden— how filled.
22.(1) Any vacancy which occurs in the Senate from any cause whatsoever, except termination of office by Vacancies in effluxion of time, shall be filled, in the case of a member appointed by the Governor, by the appointment by the Senate. Repealed and re-enacted Governor of another member, or, in the case of an elective member, by the election of another member by the by No. 43 of persons authorised by this Act to elect such elective member, or, in the case of a selected and co-opted member, by 1944, the selection and co-option of another such member by the Senate. s. 7. (2) Upon the occurrence of a vacancy to which this section applies the person appointed or elected or selected and co-opted as the case may be, to fill such vacancy shall be deemed to have been appointed or elected or selected and co-opted at the same time as the person whom he succeeds in office. (3) Where a vacancy has occurred as aforesaid in the office of an elective or a selected and co-opted member, and a person to fill such vacancy is not elected or is not selected and co-opted as the case may be within three months after the occurrence of the vacancy, then such vacancy shall be filled by the appointment by the Governor of a member who shall be deemed by virtue of such appointment to have been elected or selected and co-opted as the case may be, at the same time as the person whom he succeeds in office.
23. Nothing herein contained shall prevent any person from being immediately, or at any time, re-appointed or re- Re-appointment. elected to the office of Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Warden, or member of the Senate, if he is capable for the time being, under the provisions of this Act, of holding such office.
PROCEEDINGS
24.(1) At every meeting of the Senate the Chancellor, or in his absence, the Pro-Chancellor, shall, except as Chairman. hereinafter provided, preside as chairman. (2) At every meeting of Convocation the Warden shall, except as hereinafter provided, preside as chairman. (3) In the absence of the Chancellor and Pro-Chancellor the members of the Senate present, and in the absence of the Warden the members of Convocation present, shall elect a chairman of the meeting.
25. No business shall be transacted at any meeting of the Senate unless eight members, or of Convocation unless Quorum. twenty-five members, are present.
26. No proceedings of the Senate or Convocation, or of any committee thereof, or of any person acting as member Proceedings not or as Chancellor or Pro-Chancellor or Warden, shall be invalidated by reason of any defect in the appointment or invalidated in certain of any disqualification of any such person or by reason of there being any vacancy in the number of members of circumstances the Senate at the time of such proceedings.
VICE-CHANCELLOR
27.(1) At the first meeting of the Senate held after the passing of this Act or as soon thereafter as may be possible The Vice- the Senate shall proceed to appoint a Vice-Chancellor, who shall, subject to the Statutes, hold office for a period Chancellor. Amended by not exceeding ten years, but who shall be eligible for re-appointment for such further period as the Senate may No. 43 of 1944, deem fit. s. 8; No. 62 of (2) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the executive officer of the University, and shall possess such powers and 1978, s. 5. perform such duties as may be prescribed by or under this Act. (3) Subject to the Statutes, regulations and by-laws of the University, the Vice-Chancellor may, by writing under his hand, delegate any function or any power or duty conferred or imposed upon him (except this power of delegation) to any member of the staff of the University or person or persons or committee of persons.
GUILD OF UNDERGRADUATES
28.(1) There shall be a Guild of Undergraduates. The Guild of Undergraduates. (2) Subject to the conditions and qualifications for membership prescribed by Statute any student may be a Repealed and member of the Guild. re-enacted by No. 61 of 1977, (2a) It is not compulsory for any student to be a member of the Guild. s. 4. Amended by No. 51 of (2b) It is not compulsory for any student or person seeking enrolment as a student— 1983, s. 4. Amended by (a) to make a subscription or pay any fee required by the Guild, either directly or indirectly, or to pay an No. 91 of 1994, amount in lieu of such a subscription or fee; or s. 17.
B10—April/May 2000 Acts
(b) to pay an amount required by the University for the provision of any amenity, facility or service which is not, or not directly related to, an educational course provided by the University, unless that person has chosen to join the Guild or to make use of the amenity, facility or service. (2c) No academic benefit, right or privilege shall be denied to or withheld from any student by reason of that student not being a member of the Guild.
Amended by No. 61 (3) The Guild shall be an organised association of students for the furthering of their common interests, of 1977, s. 4. and shall be the recognised means of communication between its members and the governing authority of Amended by No. 91 of 1994, s.17. the University in accordance with such Statutes as the governing authority may prescribe.
Amended by No. 40 (4) The Guild of Undergraduates shall be a body corporate by that name with perpetual succession and a of 1947, s. 2. common seal; and shall by that name be capable in law of suing and being sued, and shall have such other powers and authorities and shall be subject to such obligations as shall have been or shall from time to time be prescribed by or under the Statutes for the time being in force. (5) [Repealed by No. 51 of 1983, s. 4] (6) [Repealed by No. 51 of 1983, s. 4] (7) [Repealed by No. 51 of 1983, s. 4] (8) [Repealed by No. 51 of 1983, s. 4] Amended by No. 51 (9) Members of the Guild shall pay to the Guild such subscriptions as are from time to time determined by of 1983, s. 4. the Guild and approved by the Senate. Amended by No. 51 of (10) Different subscriptions payable to the Guild may be determined and approved under subsection (9) of 1983, s. 4. this section in respect of different classes of students or different classes of membership of the Guild.
Added by No. 61 of (11) In this section— 1977, s. 4. ‘student’ means a person enrolled in the University as a student; ‘the Guild’ means the Guild of Undergraduates.
University not to 28A. The University shall not— accept certain Commonwealth (a) accept payment of any amount of financial assistance from the Commonwealth granted to the grants. University for the Guild as a result of the State taking or refusing or failing to reverse, action having the Added by No. 91 of 1994, s. 18. effect, directly or indirectly, of preventing or hindering the imposition of fees for the Guild or the collection of those fees; (b) accept payment of any amount referred to in paragraph (a) on condition that the University will pay that amount to the Guild or pay that amount to the Guild without undue delay; (c) accept payment of any advance on account of any amount referred to in paragraph (a) that is expected to become payable, or (d) accept payment of an advance referred to in paragraph (c) on condition that the University will pay that amount to the Guild or pay that amount to the Guild without undue delay.
Guild not to accept 28B. The Guild shall not— certain Common- wealth grants. (a) accept payment of, or use, any amount of financial assistance from the Commonwealth authorised to Added by be paid to the Guild as a result of the State taking or refusing or failing to reverse, action having the effect, No. 91 of 1994, s. 18. directly or indirectly, of preventing or hindering the acceptance by the University, or payment by the University to the Guild, of financial assistance from the Commonwealth; (b) accept payment of any amount referred to in paragraph (a) on condition that the Guild use that amount for the purposes of providing benefits to students or for purposes that further the objects of the Guild; (c) accept payment of any advance on account of any amount referred to in paragraph (a) that is expected to become payable, or (d) accept payment of an advance referred to in paragraph (c) on condition that the Guild will use that amount for the purposes of providing benefits to students or for purposes that further the objects of the Guild.
INSTRUCTION, DEGREES, EXAMINATIONS Instruction, degrees, 29. Subject to this Act and the Statutes the Senate may cause instruction to be given to students, whether etc. matriculated or not, and may grant degrees, diplomas, and certificates, in any branch of knowledge in which degrees, diplomas, and certificates are granted in the United Kingdom, and may also confer honorary degrees or other distinctions on approved persons: Provided that all degrees and other distinctions shall be conferred and held subject to any provisions which may be made in reference thereto by the Statutes.
Examinations. 30.(1) Subject to this Act and the Statutes the Senate may cause public examinations to be held for testing the proficiency of such candidates as may present themselves for examination in any branch or branches of knowledge, and may grant certificates of proficiency to candidates who successfully pass such examinations. (2) When any public authority is empowered by law to require any person to submit to an examination as to his proficiency in any branch or branches of knowledge, or to produce evidence of such proficiency as a condition of obtaining any appointment or any scholarship, or other reward of merit, or of being admitted to any profession, calling, or office, the Governor may require the Senate to undertake the examinations of persons desiring to submit themselves for examination in such branch or branches of knowledge, and the Senate shall cause such examinations to be held accordingly.
B11—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
STATUTES
31.(1) The governing authority may from time to time make, alter, and repeal Statutes with respect to all or Power to make any of the following matters, that is to say— Statutes. Amended by No. 43 (a) the management, good government, and discipline of the University; of 1944, s. 9; No. 40 of 1947, s. 3. (b) the use and custody of the common seal; (c) the admission as members of Convocation of any fellows, members, licentiates, or associates of colleges or institutions duly authorised to grant degrees, diplomas, licences, or certificates; (d) the election of the elective members of the Senate and of the Warden and any other officers of Amended by No. 113 of Convocation and of any committees thereof; 1970, s. 13. (e) the manner and time of convening, holding and adjourning the meetings of the Senate and Convocation; the method of voting at such meetings; the powers and duties of the Chairman thereof; the conduct and record of the business; the appointment of committees of the Senate and Convocation, and the quorum, powers, and duties of such committees; (f) the tenure of office, stipend, and powers and duties of the Vice-Chancellor; (g) the number, stipend, manner of appointment and dismissal of deans, professors, lecturers, examiners, and other officers and servants of the University; (h) the matriculation of students; (i) the times, places, and manner of holding lectures, classes, and examinations, and the number and character of such lectures, classes and examinations; (j) the promotion and extension of University teaching; (k) the granting of degrees, diplomas, certificates and honours; (l) the conditions upon which degrees, diplomas, certificates, and honours may be granted to non- resident students; (m) the granting of fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, and prizes; (n) the admission of students of other universities to any corresponding status or of graduates of other universities to any corresponding degree or diploma without examination; (o) the admission to any degree of any woman who has in any university passed such examinations as persons admitted to a corresponding degree in such university would be required to pass, if such university does not, or at the time of passing the examinations did not, grant degrees to women; (p) the fees, if any, to be paid for examinations, for the granting of degrees, diplomas, and certificates, and for attendance at the lectures and classes of the University; (q) the establishment, management, and control of libraries and museums in connection with the University; (r) the licensing and supervision of boarding houses intended for the reception of students, and the suspension or revocation of such licences; (s) the affiliation to or connection with the University of any college, whether incorporated or not, or any educational establishment wheresoever situated, to which the governing body of such college or educational establishment may consent, and the fees payable thereon; (t) providing for a scheme of superannuation for the salaried teachers and officers upon retirement; (u) the control and investment of the property of the University; (v) classes of membership and conditions or qualifications for membership of the Guild; Amended by No. 51 of 1983, s. 4. (va) the powers, authorities and obligations of the Guild of Undergraduates, the use and custody of the Amended by No. 51 of common seal of the Guild and any other matters necessary or convenient for the effective functioning of that 1983, s. 4. body; (w) academical costume; and (x) generally all other matters not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act. (2) The draft of every proposed statute as passed by the Senate shall be submitted to Convocation for its Amended by No. 43 of consideration, and if Convocation does not within three months thereafter return the same or returns the 1944, s. 9. same without any request for any amendment thereof such Statute shall be deemed to be approved by Convocation. (3) Within the time aforesaid Convocation may consider any such proposed statute and may— Inserted by No. 43 of 1944, s. 9. (a) draft any amendments of the provisions thereof or any additional provisions for inclusion therein as it may think desirable, and may return the draft of the proposed statute together with the draft of any amendments or additional provisions proposed by Convocation with a request that the Senate consider the same; or (b) return the draft of the proposed statute with a notification that Convocation approves of the same as submitted. (4)(a) When Convocation returns to the Senate the draft of a proposed statute with a notification that Inserted by No. 43 of Convocation approves of the same as submitted, or with a request that the Senate consider the amendments 1944, s. 9. or additional provisions proposed by Convocation and the Senate agrees to all such amendments or additional provisions the Senate may forthwith make the Statute. (b) When Convocation returns to the Senate the draft of a proposed statute with a request that the Senate Inserted by No. 43 of consider the amendments or additional provisions proposed by Convocation and the Senate after 1944, s. 9. Amended by No. 57 of considering the same does not agree to such amendments or additional provisions or to some of them the 1997, s. 124 Senate shall forthwith notify the Warden of Convocation of its decision and its reasons therefor, and shall ask for a conference between the Senate and Convocation to discuss the said amendments or additional provisions and if possible to come to an agreement in respect of same. Failing any such agreement the Senate may forthwith make the Statute as proposed by the Senate. In its next annual report required to be submitted under section 66 of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985, the accountable authority of the University shall include the nature of the amendments or additional provisions proposed by Convoca- tion in relation to the said Statute and the reasons of the Senate for not agreeing thereto.
B12—April/May 2000 Acts
(5) Convocation shall have no power to originate any Statute. (6) [Deleted by No. 43 of 1944, s. 9] 32. [Repealed by No. 43 of 1944, s. 10]
Statutes to be 33.(1) Every statute when made by the Senate shall be sealed with the common seal, and shall be transmitted by approved by the Chancellor for the approval of the Governor, and upon being so approved shall be published in the Governor and published. Government Gazette, and shall thereupon have the force of law. Amended by No. 43 of 1944, s. 11. (2) Copies of every such statute shall be laid before Parliament forthwith, if then sitting, and if not then sitting, within fourteen days after the commencement of the next ensuing session. If either House of Parliament within the next subsequent thirty days resolves that any such statute ought to be annulled in whole or in part, such statute or part thereof shall, after the date of such resolution, be of no effect, without prejudice to the validity of anything done in the meantime under the provisions of such statute. (3) The production of a copy of a statute under the common seal, or of the Government Gazette containing a copy of the same, shall, in all proceedings, be sufficient evidence of the statute.
AFFILIATED INSTITUTIONS
Affiliated 34. It shall be lawful for the governing authority of the University to make statutes upon such terms, conditions, institutions. and payment of fees as the said governing authority may deem fit for the affiliation to or connection with the said University of any college or educational establishment to which the governing body of such college or educational establishment may consent, and for the licensing and supervision of boarding houses intended for the reception of students and the revocation of such licences: Provided always that no such statutes shall affect the religious observances or regulations enforced in such colleges or educational establishments or boarding houses.
ENDOWMENT AND REVENUE
Endowment. 35.(1) By way of permanent endowment, the Governor may grant or demise to the University such lands of the See No. 6 of 1904, Crown as he may think fit. s. 4. (2) All real and personal property whatsoever vested in the ‘Trustees of the University Endowment’ shall, on the appointment of the Senate, by force of this Act, and without any conveyance, transfer, or assignment, vest in and become the property of the University.
Exemption of 36. No tax or rate shall be charged or levied upon any property vested in the University; but the benefit of such property from exemption shall not extend to any other person who may become the owner of any estate or interest in such taxation. See No. 6 of 1904, property, whether as purchaser, lessee, or otherwise; and notwithstanding such exemption, such property shall s. 10. be rateable while the same is leased or occupied for any private purpose.
Subsidy. Repealed 37. There shall be paid to the Senate for the purpose of defraying the charges and expenses connected with the and re-enacted by No. 43 of 1944, s. 12. establishment, management and control of the University the following sums, that is to say— Amended by No. 3 of 1955, such amounts as may be appropriated by Parliament from time to time for the purposes aforesaid. s. 2; No. 113 of 1965, s. 8; No. 58 of 1973, s. 3. Application of fees, 38. All fees and all other moneys received by the Senate under the provisions of this Act or otherwise shall be etc. applied by the Senate solely for the purposes of the University.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
No religious test. 39. No religious test shall be administered to any person in order to entitle him to be admitted as a student of the University, or to hold office therein, or to graduate thereat, or to enjoy any benefit, advantage, or privilege thereof.
Privileges of Act to 40. The provisions of this Act, and all the benefits, advantages, and privileges of the University, shall extend to extend to women. women equally with men but the University is not prohibited by this section from acquiring any property by way Amended by No. 4 of 1964, s. 2. of gift, devise or bequest and carrying out the objects or trusts thereof, by reason only of the fact that the gift, devise or bequest confers or is intended to confer benefits, advantages or privileges on women only or on men only.
Application of 41. (1) Subject to subsection (3), the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985 regulating the Financial financial administration, audit and reporting of statutory authorities apply to and in respect of the University and Administration and Audit Act 1985. its operations. Repealed and substituted by No. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985, the financial year of the 98 of 1985, s. 2. University shall end on 31 December. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985— (a) sections 21, 22, 42 and 44 of that Act shall not have effect in relation to the University; and (b) section 58 of that Act shall have effect in relation to the University as if it had been enacted in the following form—
Treasurer’s ‘58. (1) The Treasurer may prepare and issue and amend instructions, in this Act called the ‘Treasurer’s Instructions. Instructions’, with respect to the annual report required to be prepared under section 66, including instructions with respect to accounting standards and other require-ments for the preparation of financial statements required under section 67, but instructions issued under this section shall not be inconsistent with this Act or the regulations.
B13—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the Treasurer may issue instructions relating to— (a) the establishment and keeping of the accounts of statutory authorities including accounts of subsidiary and related bodies; (b) the form and content of financial statements and reports on the operations of statutory authorities Amended by No. and their subsidiary and related bodies, including information to be disclosed in respect of affiliated bodies; 92 of 1990, s. 39(4). and (c) the preparation of performance indicators of statutory authorities and their subsidiary and related bodies. (3) The Treasurer’s Instructions may be issued— (a) so as to apply— (i) at all times or at a specified time; (ii) to all statutory authorities and their subsidiary and related bodies or to specified statutory authorities or subsidiary or related bodies; (b) so as to require a matter affected by the instructions to be— (i) in accordance with a specified standard or specified requirement; (ii) approved by or to the satisfaction of a specified person or body or a specified class of person or body; (c) so as to confer a discretionary authority on a specified person or body or a specified class of person or body; (d) so as to empower the Treasurer by written direction issued generally or in a particular case to supplement the requirements of the instructions; and (e) so as to provide, or to empower the Treasurer to provide by written direction, in a specified case or class of case for the exemption of persons or things or a class of persons or things from the provisions of the instructions, whether unconditionally or on specified conditions or conditions additionally imposed and either wholly or to such an extent as is specified or otherwise determined. (4) Subject to this Act, every accountable authority and officer shall comply with the Treasurer’s Instructions. (5) In subsection (3) ‘specified’ means specified in the instructions. (6) The Treasurer shall cause to be published in the Gazette notice of the making or amendment of Treasurer’s Instructions, but notices under this subsection need not include the text of the instructions or the amendment.’
42. On the appointment of the Senate the corporation of the ‘Trustees of the University Endowment’ shall be Discharge of Trustees of dissolved, and the trustees incorporated under that name discharged from the trusts imposed upon them by University the University Endowment Act 1904, except as regards any obligation to account or report in respect of the past Endowment. administration of such trusts. See No. 6 of 1904, s. 3.
B14—April/May 2000 Acts
UNIVERSITY COLLEGES ACT 1926
No. 47 of 1926
AN ACT to establish and endow residential colleges within The University of Western Australia [Assented to 23 December 1926]
WHEREAS it is desirable to encourage and assist the establishment of residential colleges within The University of Western Australia, in which colleges domestic supervision and opportunities for study shall be provided for students of the University. Be it therefore enacted by the King’s Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
Short title. 1. This Act may be cited as the University Colleges Act 1926.
Interpretation. 2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates, the following terms have the meanings set against them respectively— ‘University’—The University of Western Australia; ‘Senate’— The Senate of the University; ‘College’—A residential College within the University; ‘Trustees’— The Trustees of a College.
Land may be 3. Any body of persons, corporate or incorporate, desiring to obtain an area of land for establishing a College set apart for purposes of under the provisions of this Act, may apply to the Senate to set apart for the purposes of such College an area of Colleges. University land. Such application shall be signed on behalf of such body of persons by trustees authorised in that behalf, and such trustees must satisfy the Senate— (a) that the constitution of the College will provide that the College shall always be governed in every respect by a Council; (b) that within five years the Trustees will have available the sum of fifteen thousand pounds at least for the purpose of erecting all necessary buildings on and improving the said area; and thereupon the Senate may, with the consent of the Governor, set apart for the purposes of the College an area of University land not exceeding five acres.
Grants of such 4. If, within five years from the date of the Governor’s consent as aforesaid, the Council of the College satisfies land. the Senate that— (a) the College then has available for building upon and improving the said area of land a sum of at least six thousand pounds in cash, or in investments approved by the Senate, and also a further sum of nine thousand pounds at least in such investments, or represented by binding and responsible promises to provide such sum when required, and that the whole sum is to be devoted exclusively to the erection of College buildings and improvements on the said area of land, and will be so expended within a further period of five years; and that (b) the College will be able to provide its students with satisfactory supervision, tuition, and opportunities for study; the Senate shall thereupon report such fact to the Governor, and recommend that the said area of land be granted in fee simple to the Trustees of the College and the Governor is hereby authorised to grant such title notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the University of Western Australia Act 1911, or any other Act. Provided that if within five years from the date of the Governor’s consent the Council of the College does not satisfy the Senate as aforesaid, the setting apart of the area of land under section three shall be cancelled.
Trust. 5. The said land shall be held by the Trustees subject to the provisions of this Act, and upon trust for and to be used as a College for University students, and for such other classes of students (if any) as the Senate may approve, and for no other purpose whatever.
Buildings to 6. No buildings shall be erected or altered or added to, and no improvements shall be made on the said land be approved by Senate. unless the plans and specifications and designs have first been submitted to and approved by the Senate.
Land not to be 7. The said land shall remain in sole possession of the College, and the College shall not, nor shall the trustees leased, and mortgages to lease or let the same or any part thereof, or mortgage or encumber the same, or any part thereof, unless the be subject to mortgage or encumbrance is made subject to the provisions of this Act and the trust aforesaid. the Trust. Rules. 8. The Council of the College shall have power from time to time to make and establish all such rules for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects of this Act as to the said Council shall seem expedient, and such rules from time to time repeal, alter, or amend.
B15—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS ACT 1952
No. 43 of 1952
AN ACT relating to the provision of certain buildings for The University of Western Australia and for other incidental purposes [Assented to 18 December 1952]
BE it enacted, by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
1. This Act may be cited as the University Buildings Act 1952.
2. In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise— ‘building’ means— (a) a building; and (b) the whole or part of its furnishings, fittings and equipment; for the provision of which, expenditure by the Senate is authorised under this Act by the Treasurer; ‘interest’ means interest at the rate for the time being applicable according to the provisions of section six of this Act; ‘investments’ means investments in which trust funds are invested but does not include land or buildings in which trust funds are invested; ‘Senate’ means the governing authority of the University, acting for and on behalf of the University; ‘specified sum’ means a sum of one hundred thousand pounds; ‘Treasurer’ means the Treasurer of the State acting for and on behalf of the State; ‘trust funds’ means trust funds of the University; ‘University’ means the body corporate constituted as The University of Western Australia by the University of Western Australia Act 1911.
3.(1) From time to time at the request of the Senate the Treasurer may authorise the Senate to spend money mentioned in section four of this Act on the provision of a building or buildings on land described by subsection (2) of section two of the University of Western Australia Act Amendment Act 1929, as the University site at Crawley. (2) The total of the sums of money which the Treasurer may so authorise the Senate to spend is irrespective of interest, the specified sum.
4. The Senate may raise money it is so authorised to spend— (a) by borrowing the whole or part of the money on the security of trust funds and investments; (b) by selling all or some of the investments; or (c) by both of those means.
5.(1) The provisions of this section apply in respect of each building if there are more than one, or if there is only one, in respect of that building. (2) The Senate shall cause the building to be completed as soon after it is commenced as is reasonably practicable. (3) In this section— ‘completion-quarter-day’ means the quarter-day next after the completion of the building; ‘quarter’ means each period of three months expiring on the last day of each of the months of March, June, September and December; ‘quarter-day’ means the first day of each of the months of January, April, July and October; ‘total cost’ means the total of the sums of money spent by the Senate with the authorisation of the Treasurer under section three of this Act, on the provision of the building, but does not include interest payable by the Senate in respect of that money. (4)(a) On or as soon as is reasonably practicable after each quarter-day from the commencement to the completion of the building, including the completion-quarter-day, the Senate shall cause to be delivered to the Treasurer— (i) certificates signed by the architect supervising the construction of the building certifying the progress or completion, as the case may be, of the building during the quarter next before the quarter-day; and (ii) a statement signed by the Vice-Chancellor showing how much of the total cost has been incurred from the commencement of the building to and including the last day of the quarter. (b) On or within fourteen days of delivery of each statement, the State shall pay to the Senate interest on so much of the total cost as is shown by the statement to have been incurred. (5) On or within fourteen days of each quarter-day following the completion-quarter-day the State shall pay to the Senate interest on so much of an amount equal to the total cost of the building as at each of those respective quarter-days remains to be paid, under subsection (6) of this section by the State. (6)(a) The State shall reimburse the Senate the total cost of the building by payments on or within fourteen days of each anniversary of the completion-quarter-day of instalments equal to two per centum of that cost.
B16—April/May 2000 Acts
(b) The State may hasten the reimbursement by making payments on or within fourteeen days of any quarter- day at a rate greater than that required by paragraph (a) of this subsection. (c) On any day the State may pay to the Senate the unpaid balance of the reimbursement on payment of interest which was accrued to that day, and which if that day is after the first fourteen days of any quarter-day, shall bear the ratio to the quarter’s interest which the part of the quarter expiring on the day of payment bears to the quarter. (d) The Senate shall apply money it receives under this subsection firstly in the discharge of loans raised under section four of this Act, and secondly in reinvestment for the benefit of trust funds from which the cost of building was met.
6.(1) In this section— ‘Commonwealth rate’ means the rate of interest payable by the Commonwealth on a loan if only one rate is so payable, but if two or more rates of interest are so payable, means the greater, if two, or the greatest, if more than two, of those rates; ‘loan’ means a loan raised by the Commonwealth under the Commonwealth Inscribed Stock Act 1911, as amended from time to time, or if another Act is substituted for that Act, under that other Act as amended from time to time; ‘specified day’ means the day on which a loan is raised next after the first day of July, one thousand nine hundred and fifty-two. (2) While the State is required by this Act to pay interest, the rate of that interest shall be equal, if only one loan is raised on the specified day, to the Commonwealth rate on that loan; or if two or more loans are raised on the specified day, to the Commonwealth rate on the loan bearing the greater rate, if there are two loans, or to the greatest rate if there are more than two loans, except where a revised rate is agreed under subsection (3) of this section, in which case the rate of interest payable by the State shall be the revised rate. (3) Prior to the commencement of each period of fifteen years, the first of which begins on the first day of July, one thousand nine hundred and sixty-eight, the Treasurer and the Senate may agree that during the particular period of fifteen years the State shall pay interest under this Act at a rate equal to the Commonwealth rate on the loan last raised before the commencement of the particular period of fifteen years.
7. To the extent required to enable the State to make payments in accordance with the provisions of this Act the Consolidated Revenue Fund is by virtue of this Act, appropriated.
B17—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
UNIVERSITY MEDICAL SCHOOL, TEACHING HOSPIT ALS, ACT 1955
As amended by Acts: No. 52 of 1981, assented to 25 September 1981; No. 28 of 1984, assented to 31 May 1984; No. 21 of 1985, assented to 19 April 1985. AN ACT to provide facilities in certain hospitals for the teaching of medical students of The University of Western Australia Medical School [Assented to 24 November 1955]
BE it enacted by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
1. This Act may be cited as the University Medical School, Teaching Hospitals, Act 1955. Short title 2. In this Act unless the context requires otherwise— Interpretations. ‘managing body’ means a board as defined by section 2 of the Hospitals Act 1927, but does not include the Cf. No. 23 of 1927, Minister to whom the administration of that Act is committed in relation to any public hospital controlled by s.2, as amended. him under section 7 of that Act; Cf. No. 34 of 1911 reprinted as amended in Vol. 3 of the Reprinted Acts, 1950, and further amended; ss. 3, 317, 319 and 320. Amended by No. 21 of 1985.
‘medical student’ means a person who studies medicine; Cf. the Medical Act, 1894-1952, ‘medicine’ means all or any of the branches of medicine or surgery or both; Vol. 6 of the Reprinted Acts, 1954, s. 19(1).
‘mental health hospital’ means— Inserted by No. 21 of 1985. (a) a hospital referred to in section 19(1)(c); (b) an in-patient unit referred to in section 19(1)(d); or (c) a geriatric centre referred to in section 19(1)(e), of the Mental Health Act 1962;
‘public hospital’ has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Hospitals Act 1927, and includes— Cf. No. 23 of 1927, s. 2, as amended.
(a) a hospital established under Part X of the Health Act 1911; and Amended by No. 21 of 1985.
(b) an approved hospital under section 10 of the Mental Health Act 1981. Cf. No. 15 of 1903 reprinted as amended in the appendix of the Sessional Volume for 1920 and as further amended. Cf. No. 9 of 1917, as amended. Cf. No. 13 of 1927, as amended. Cf. No. 52 of 1981, s. 27, as amended.
Cf. No. 37 of 1911, ‘Senate’ means the Senate constituted pursuant to the University of Western Australia Act 1911; s. 8, as amended. ‘teaching hospital’ means a public hospital which Amended by No. 21 of 1985, s. 2. (a) has been declared under section 3(1); and (b) has not ceased by reason of a declaration made under section 3(2), to be a teaching hospital to which the provisions of this Act apply.
3.(1) Where the Senate is of opinion that a public hospital is suitable for the teaching of medicine, the Senate Declaration of teaching hospitals. may give written notification to that effect to the Minister who shall, as soon after receiving it as is practicable, Cf. No. 30 of 1918, present the notification to the Governor who may by proclamation declare the public hospital to be a teaching s. 4, as to hospital to which the provisions of this Act apply. proclamation. Amended by No. 21 of 1985, s. 3.
(2) If the Senate is of opinion that a public hospital that is declared to be a teaching hospital under subsection Inserted by No. 21 of 1986. (1) should no longer be a teaching hospital to which the provisions of this Act apply, the Senate shall give written notification to that effect to the Minister who shall, as soon after receiving it as is practicable, present that notification to the Governor who may by proclamation declare that that public hospital ceases with effect from the date specified in that proclamation to be a teaching hospital to which the provisions of this Act apply.
B18—April/May 2000 Acts
(3) The Minister may, if the name of a public hospital that is declared to be a teaching hospital under subsection (1) (in this subsection called ‘the public hospital name’) has been changed, recommend to the Governor that the name of the teaching hospital (in this subsection called ‘the teaching hospital name’) be changed to accord with the public hospital name as changed, and the Governor may by proclamation change the teaching hospital name in accordance with that recommendation with effect from the date specified in that proclamation, being a date not earlier than the date on which the change to the public hospital name to which that recommendation relates took place. (4) The identity and rights and obligations of a teaching hospital the name of which is changed under subsection (3) are not affected by that change and a reference to that teaching hospital as a teaching hospital in a written law or a document or instrument by its name as it was prior to that change shall be construed as a reference to that teaching hospital by its name as so changed.
Power of managing 4. Subject to subsection (2) and to section 5— body or Minister to (a) if a teaching hospital has a managing body, its managing body; or enter into agreement with (b) if a teaching hospital does not have a managing body, the Minister, Senate. Amended by No. 21 of 1985, may s. 4. (c) enter into an agreement with the Senate in relation to— (i) the provision in the teaching hospital of facilities for research and for the teaching of medicine, including the use of land under the control of the teaching hospital and the erection of buildings thereon; (ii) the admission of medical students to the practice, referred to in that agreement, of the teaching hospital; (iii) except in the case of a teaching hospital which is on the reserve within the meaning of the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Act 1966, the formation of an electoral committee for the teaching hospital charged with the responsibility of making recommendations to the managing body of the teaching hospital or the Minister, as the case requires, concerning the appointment of persons who are concerned with teaching duties to the consultant clinical staff of the teaching hospital; (iv) the making of arrangements whereby— (A) members of the medical staff of the Faculty of Medicine of; and (B) other staff of, or persons nominated by The University of Western Australia who are recommended by: (C) the electoral committee of the teaching hospital referred to in sub-paragraph (iii); or (D) in the case of a teaching hospital which is on the reserve within the meaning of the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Act 1966, the appointments committee of that teaching hospital referred to in section 16 of that Act, may practise within the teaching hospital and participate in the teaching of medical students; and (v) any other matter necessary or convenient for the establishment or carrying on of the research, practice and teaching function, referred to in that agreement, of the teaching hospital; and (d) make by-laws— (i) regulating the admission, duties and discipline of medical students; and (ii) fixing clinical fees for medical students admitted to the practice of the teaching hospital. (2) The managing body of a teaching hospital shall not without the prior approval of the Minister enter into an agreement under subsection (1) in relation to the provision in the teaching hospital of facilities for research or for the teaching of medicine, being facilities which consist of: (a) the use of land under the control of the teaching hospital or the erection of buildings thereon; or (b) the acquisition of equipment of a type (however described or identified) or of more than a value, or of both— (i) determined by the Minister; and (ii) notified in writing to that managing body.
Advisory 5.(1) Where in respect of a teaching hospital for which there is not a managing body the Minister proposes Committees to exercising any power conferred upon him under section 4, the Minister shall before exercising the power, give advise Minister. Amended by No. 28 written notification of the proposal to the appropriate Advisory Committee mentioned in subsection (2) or (3), of 1984, s. 99; No. 21 and consider the advice of the committee on the proposal. of 1985, s. 5. (2) If the teaching hospital is an approved hospital under section 10 of the Mental Health Act 1981 the Amended by No. 52 of 1981, s. 28; Advisory Committee shall consist of: No. 21 of 1985, s. 5. (a) a person nominated by the Senate; (b) a person nominated by the Faculty of Medicine of The University of Western Australia; (c) the Director of Mental Health Services or a person nominated by him; and (d) a medical practitioner nominated by the Minister to whom the administration of the Mental Health Act 1981 is committed. (3) If a teaching hospital referred to in subsection (1) is not a mental health hospital, the Advisory Committee shall consist of: (a) a person nominated by the Senate; (b) a person well versed in hospital administration (not being a medical practitioner) nominated by the Minister; (c) a person nominated by the Faculty of Medicine of The University of Western Australia; (d) the Executive Director, Personal Health Services, in the department of the Public Service of the State principally assisting the Minister charged with the administration of the Hospitals Act 1927 or a person nominated by him; and (e) a medical practitioner nominated by the Minister.
B19—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(4) The Advisory Committee shall, as soon as is practicable after receiving notification of the proposal from the Minister, consider the proposal and give to the Minister a written report of their advice on the proposal. (5) The Minister may request the advice of the appropriate Advisory Committee on any other matter related to the provisions or operations of this Act and thereupon the committee shall consider the matter and give to the Minister a written report of their advice upon it. 6. The members of the respective Advisory Committees— Provisions as to Advisory (a) are entitled to such remuneration, leave of absence, travelling and other allowances as are prescribed by Committees. the regulations; (b) shall keep proper minutes of their proceedings and cause the minutes to be available for inspection by the Minister or any person nominated by him; and (c) may— (i) appoint deputies to act for them when they are unable to act; (ii) convene meetings; (iii) appoint their chairman; (iv) fix a quorum; (v) determine voting rights; and (vi) otherwise regulate their proceedings in such manner as they think fit, or if regulations relating to those matters or any of them are made, in accordance with the regulations.
7. The Governor may make such regulations as are required, or as appear to him to be necessary or convenient Regulations. for effecting the operation and purposes of this Act.
B20—April/May 2000 Acts
QUEEN ELIZABETH II MEDICAL CENTRE ACT 1966
No. 54 of 1966
As amended by Acts: No. 72 of 1973, assented to 6 December 1973; No. 2 of 1976, assented to 25 May 1976; No. 6 of 1977, assented to 30 September 1977; No. 59 of 1985, assented to 5 September 1985; No. 98 of 1985, assented to 4 December 1985; No. 31 of 1991, assented to 23 November 1991. AN ACT to enable a Medical Centre to be established at Hollywood by reserving certain lands therefor and constituting a body corporate for the development, management and control of those lands and for incidental and other purposes [Assented to 5 December 1966]
BE it enacted by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
Short title 1. This Act may be cited as the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Act 1966. Amended by No. 72 of 1973, s.1(3); No. 2 of 1976, s.1(3); No. 6 of 1977, s.1(3). Commencement. 2. This Act shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by proclamation.
Interpretation. 3.(1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears— Amended by No. 6 of 1977, ‘medical centre’ includes the aggregate of any medical school, hospital and other place whatsoever built on the s. 3. reserve wherein any form of diagnostic, therapeutic or rehabilitative treatment of patients is performed or given or medical education and research carried out and all clinics, dispensaries, outpatient departments, services, offices and undertakings maintained on the reserve in connection with or incidental to any such medical school, hospital or place; ‘medical education’ includes the instruction of medical and dental students, nurses and students of any services ancillary to medical or dental treatment; ‘member’ means member of the Trust; ‘Schedule’ means the Schedule to this Act; ‘the reserve’ means the land reserved to Her Majesty pursuant to section 6 of this Act as The Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Reserve; ‘the Senate’ means the Senate constituted pursuant to the University of Western Australia Act 1911; ‘the Trust’ means the body corporate constituted under this Act as The Queen Elizabeth Medical Centre Trust. Inserted by No. (a) For the purposes of this Act the term ‘medical centre’ in subsection (1) is deemed to include such facilities as 31 of 1991. are, in the opinion of the Trust, necessary and convenient for the purposes of enabling a coroner under the Coroners Act 1920 to exercise the jurisdiction of a coroner under that Act. Inserted by No. (2) A reference to the Perth Medical Centre Reserve, whether by use of that name or a similar or abbreviated 6 of 1977, s. 3. form of that name, in any Act, regulation, rule, by-law, proclamation, Order in Council, instrument, contract, or document shall, unless the context is such that it would be incorrect or inappropriate to do so, be read and construed as a reference to The Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Reserve. Inserted by No. (3) A reference to the Perth Medical Centre Trust, whether by use of that name or a similar or abbreviated form 6 of 1977, s. 3. of that name, in any Act, regulation, rule, by-law, proclamation, Order in Council, instrument, contract, or document shall, unless the context is such that it would be incorrect or inappropriate to do so, be read and construed as a reference to The Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Trust.
Vesting of 4.(1) On the coming into operation of this Act, the land described in Part I of the Schedule is hereby— land. (a) revested in Her Majesty as of Her former estate; and (b) removed from the operation of the Transfer of Land Act 1893. (2)(a) The Governor may, on the recommendation of the Trust and the Senate, by Order in Council published in the Gazette, revest in Her Majesty, as of Her former estate, the land described in Part II of the Schedule. (b) On the publication of the Order in Council in the Gazette, the land shall thereupon be removed from the operation of the Transfer of Land Act 1893.
Excision of 5. The Governor may by Order in Council published in the Gazette, excise from the land described in Part I of the certain land for Schedule an area not exceeding three hectares and may deal with, and dispose of, the land so excised for the drainage purposes. purpose of drainage or roads, or both drainage and roads. Amended by No. 2 of 1976, s. 2.
Creation of 6.(1) The land described in Part I of the Schedule, less so much of it as may be excised pursuant to section 5, is Reserve. Amended by hereby reserved for the purpose of establishing and maintaining thereon a medical centre and is classified as of No. 6 of 1977, Class ‘A’ and shall be known as The Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Reserve. s. 4.
B21—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) The land described in Part II of the Schedule shall, if and when revested pursuant to section 4(2), be included in, and form part of, the reserve created under subsection (1).
(3) Subject to this section, the land reserved pursuant to this section shall forever remain dedicated to the purpose Cf. s. 31 (1) Act for which it was so reserved, until by an Act it is otherwise enacted. No. 37 of 1933.
7.(1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be a body constituted as provided in this section. Constitution of the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Trust.
(2) The body corporate hitherto constituted under this Act by the name ‘Perth Medical Centre Trust’ is preserved Repealed and and continues in existence as a body corporate under and subject to the provisions of this Act by the name ‘The re-enacted by No. 6 of 1977, Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Trust‘, but so that the corporate identity of the body corporate and its rights and s. 5. obligations are not affected.
(3) The Trust shall consist of five members of whom— Vide s. 8 Act No. 34 of 1911. (a) one shall be a person appointed by the Governor on the written nomination of the Minister and the Senate, to Amended by hold office during the Governor’s pleasure; No. 6 of 1977, s.5; No. 59 of (b) two shall be persons appointed by the Governor on the written nomination of the Minister to hold office 1985, s. 3. during the Governor’s pleasure; and (c) two persons shall be appointed by the Senate, to hold office during its pleasure. (4)(a) The member appointed pursuant to subsection (3)(a) shall be the Chairman of the Trust and another Chairman and member shall be appointed Vice-Chairman thereof by the members from time to time. Vice-Chairman of the Trust. (b) The Vice-Chairman shall hold office of Vice-Chairman, subject to subsection (3), for a period of two years. (5) The Trust— (a) is a body corporate, with perpetual succession; (b) shall have a common seal; (c) is capable, subject to section 13 of this Act, of acquiring, holding and disposing of real and personal property and of suing and being sued in its corporate name. (6) All courts, judges and persons acting judicially shall take judicial notice of the seal of the Trust affixed to a document and shall presume that it was duly affixed.
8.(1) Four members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of the business of any meeting of the Trust. Quorum. (2) The Trust may function notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership, so long as a quorum remains.
9.(1) When a vacancy occurs in the office of member, the vacancy shall be filled by the appointment of a person to Vacancies. be a member, who shall be appointed in the same manner as the member in whose place he is appointed. (2) Where a member is absent on extended leave of more than one month, if the member was appointed by— (a) the Governor, he may appoint, on receipt of a similar written nomination as is required under section 7(3) in the case of the appointment of the member, a deputy to act in the place of that member during his absence on leave; or (b) the Senate, it may appoint a deputy to so act during the absence on leave of the member. (3) Any deputy of a member while acting as such has all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the member for whom he is acting as deputy.
10.(1) The Chairman of the Trust or if, for any reason, the Chairman is unable to act, the Vice-Chairman— Meetings of Trust. (a) shall convene such meetings of the Trust as he considers necessary for the efficient conduct of its business; and (b) shall, on receipt of a written request by not less than two members, convene a meeting of the Trust. (2) The Chairman of the Trust shall preside at all meetings of the Trust at which he is present. (3) In the event of the absence of the Chairman from a meeting of the Trust, the Vice-Chairman shall preside at that meeting. (4) All questions arising at a meeting of the Trust shall be decided by a majority of the votes of the members present and voting, and for this purpose the member presiding at the meeting has a deliberative vote. (5) In the event of an equality of votes on a resolution proposed at a meeting of the Trust, the member presiding at that meeting has a casting vote as well as a deliberative vote. (6) Subject to this Act, the Trust shall regulate its own procedure.
11. The common seal of the Trust shall not be affixed to any document except at a meeting of the Trust and the Use of execution of any document so sealed shall be attested by two members. common seal.
12.(1) The Trust may, either generally or in relation to a matter or class of matters, by writing under its seal, delegate Delegation. to a committee of members and other persons, any of its powers under this Act, except this power of delegation. Amended by No. 72 of 1973, (2) A power so delegated may be exercised by the delegate in accordance with the instrument of delegation. s. 2. (3) A delegation under this section is revocable at will and no delegation prevents the exercise of any power by the Trust.
13.(1) Subject to this section, the functions of the Trust are to undertake the development, control and management Functions of the Trust. of the reserve before and after the establishment thereon of a medical centre. Amended by (2) Subject to this section, the Trust has power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in No. 59 of 1985. connection with, or incidental to, the performance of its functions and the exercise of its powers under this Act.
(2a) The Trust may by instrument published in the Gazette set aside, without the consent of the Governor but Inserted by with the approval of the Minister, land being the whole or any part of the reserve (in this section called ‘the site‘) for No. 59 of 1985.
B22—April/May 2000 Acts such purposes incidental to the medical centre as it thinks fit and, subject to this section, delegate in respect of the site to any person specified in that instrument (in this section called ‘the delegate‘) all or any of its powers under this Act, other than— (a) this power of delegation; (b) the power to borrow money conferred on the Trust by subsection (3); and (c) the power to lease, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with any land forming part of the reserve conferred on the Trust by subsection (6). (2b) The Trust shall not without the prior consent of the person concerned make a delegation under subsection (2a) to that person or amend such a delegation. (2c) Every instrument made under subsection (2a) and every instrument amending or revoking the delegation concerned shall come into operation on the day specified therein, not being a day prior to the day on which that instrument is published in the Gazette. (2d) Notwithstanding that the Trust has, under subsection (2a), delegated any powers referred to in that subsection in respect of the site, the Trust may give directions with respect to any development of the site which the delegate proposes to undertake in the exercise of any power delegated under that subsection, and the delegate shall give effect to any such direction. (2e) Whilst a setting aside and delegation under subsection (2a) are in force, the delegate— (a) shall for the purposes for which the site was set aside have all the powers delegated to the delegate under that subsection in respect of the site as if those powers had been conferred on the delegate by this Act; and (b) if the delegate has power under another Act to make regulations or by-laws, may with the approval of the Governor given on the recommendation of the Trust make regulations or by-laws, as the case requires, under this subsection in respect of the site for all or any of the purposes for which the Trust may under section 20 make by- laws, including prescribing a fee for the use of the site for the purpose specified in the relevant instrument of delegation, as if references in that section to the Trust were references to the delegate, and section 20 shall apply to regulations or by-laws made under this subsection as if those regulations or by-laws were by-laws made under that section. (2f) The delegate may require any person using the site to pay to the delegate a fee for any service provided on or in respect of the site by the delegate under any power delegated under subsection (2a). (2g) The delegate shall pay any moneys— (a) derived from the development, control and management of any land in respect of which the delegate exercises powers delegated under subsection (2a), including any moneys received in respect of penalties or modified penalties; (b) received by way of fees paid— (i) under regulations or by-laws made under subsection (2e)(b); or (ii) in compliance with a requirement made under subsection (2f); (c) granted or lent to the delegate under subsection (2k); (d) if the delegate is the board of the Sir Charles Gairdner Hospital, deemed to have been paid lawfully to or received lawfully by that board by virtue of section 9(1) of the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Amendment Act 1985 and not applied within the meaning of section 9(2)(b) of that Act; or (c) other than moneys referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d), lawfully received by, made available to or payable to the delegate, into an account opened and maintained by the delegate in the name of the delegate followed by ‘(as delegate of The Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Trust)’ at a bank approved by the Treasurer, and may invest temporarily any moneys standing to the credit of that account in such manner and in such categories of investment as are approved by the Treasurer until those moneys are required for use in accordance with subsection (2h). (2h) The delegate may use any moneys in the account maintained under subsection (2g), including interest derived from the investment of moneys under that sub-section— (a) for the development, control and management of the site for any purpose for which the site was set aside; (b) in the exercise of any power delegated to it under subsection (2a); or (c) for the repayment of any moneys lent to the delegate under subsection (2k) and for the payment of any interest or charges payable in respect of that lending. (2i) The delegate shall as soon as possible after 30 June in each year furnish to the Trust— (a) a report relating to the exercise during the year ended on that date by the delegate of the powers delegated to or conferred on the delegate by the Trust or by this section, as the case requires; and (b) such accounts, duly audited, as the Trust requires. (2j) For the purposes of subsections (2a) to (2h), a reference to a purpose shall be construed as including anything that is incidental to that purpose. (2k) The Trust may for the purpose of enabling the exercise of any power delegated under subsection (2a) make a grant of, or lend, moneys to the delegate on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. (2l) On the revocation of a delegation made under subsection (2a)— (a) all personal property and every right or interest therein that immediately before that revocation was vested in the person to whom that delegation was made (in this subsection called ‘the former delegate‘) in his capacity as the former delegate shall without any transfer or assignment pass to and become vested in the Trust; (b) all rights, liabilities and obligations of the former delegate in his capacity as the former delegate that were in existence immediately before that revocation shall devolve on the Trust; (c) all contracts, agreements and undertakings made by and with the former delegate in his capacity as the former delegate and having effect immediately before that revocation shall have effect as contracts, agreements and undertakings made by and with the Trust and may be enforced by or against the Trust accordingly; (d) any legal or other proceedings or any remedies that might, but for that revocation, have been commenced or continued or available by or against or to the former delegate in his capacity as the former delegate may be commenced or continued, or shall be available, by or against or to the Trust, as the case requires;
B23—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
and (e) a reference to the former delegate in his capacity as the former delegate in— (i) a written law in force; or (ii) a document in existence, immediately before that revocation shall for the purposes of this subsection be construed as a reference to the Trust. (2m) The funds available for the purpose of enabling the Trust to perform its functions under this Act consist of: (a) all moneys received by the Trust from performing those functions; (b) all moneys borrowed by the Trust under subsection (3); (c) the sums and funds referred to in subsection (5); (d) the proceeds, and income from any investment of the proceeds, referred to in subsection (7); (e) any rents derived from land leased by the Trust; and (f) any other moneys lawfully received by, made available to or payable to the Trust. (2n) The funds referred to in subsection (2m) shall be paid into and placed to the credit of an account at a bank approved by the Treasurer to be known as the Queen Elizabeth II Medical Centre Trust Account. (2o) There shall be paid from the moneys from time to time in the account referred to in subsection (2n)— (a) interest on and repayments of money borrowed by the Trust under subsection (3); (b) grants or loans of moneys made under subsection (2k); and (c) all other expenditure lawfully incurred by the Trust in the performance of its functions under this Act. (3)(a) The Trust is empowered with the approval of the Governor to borrow money on such terms and conditions as the Treasurer approves for the purposes of giving effect to this Act. (b) The Treasurer on behalf of the State is authorised to guarantee, on such terms and conditions as he thinks fit, repayment of any money borrowed by the Trust under this subsection and the payment of interest thereon.
(4) The Treasurer shall cause any money required for fulfilling any guarantee given by him pursuant to this Amended by No. section, to be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund which is hereby to the necessary extent appropriated 98 of 1985, s. 3. accordingly, and the Treasurer shall cause any sums received or recovered by him from the Trust or otherwise in respect of a sum so paid by the Treasurer to be paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund. (5) The Trust is empowered to employ in developing, controlling and managing the reserve any sums provided for those purposes by Parliament and any funds arising from profits, fees, penalties or otherwise, coming to the hands of the Trust in the course of developing, controlling and managing the reserve.
(6) Subject to subsection (2a) the Trust shall not sell or, without the consent of the Governor, lease, Amended by mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with any land forming part of the reserve; but may, with such consent, No. 59 of 1985. from time to time, lease for a term not exceeding 99 years, mortgage, charge or grant easements over or under, any part of the reserve. (7) The Trust— (a) may accept any gift, devise or bequest of any property and may, subject to any trusts relating thereto apply the proceeds of the property in such manner as the Trust thinks fit in or towards the improvement of the medical centre or the extension of the objects for which it is established; or (b) may invest the proceeds in any of the investments set out in section 16 of the Trustees Act 1962, and the income of such investments shall be appropriated and used for the purposes of the medical centre.
13A.(1) The Governor may, on the recommendation of the Trust, by Order in Council published in the Gazette Additional land for reserve for the purposes of the medical centre being established on the reserve any land specified in the Order Perth Medical Centre reserve. in Council being land which has, from time to time, been acquired whether by purchase or otherwise, by the Added by No.72 of Trust. 1973, s. 3. (2) On the publication of the Order in Council in the Gazette the land specified in the Order shall be — (a) revested in Her Majesty as of Her former estate; (b) removed from the operation of the Transfer of Land Act 1893; (c) included in and form part of the reserve and shall remain dedicated to the purpose for which it was so Cf. No. 37 of 1933, reserved, until by an Act it is otherwise enacted. s. 31(1).
14.(1) The Trust may, on such terms and conditions of service or employment as the Trust may duly determine, Officers and appoint a Secretary to the Trust or engage such employees as it thinks necessary for the purposes of this Act. employees. (2) All persons so appointed or engaged shall hold their offices and continue in their employment during the pleasure of the Trust.
15.(1) The provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985 regulating the financial administration, Application of audit and reporting of statutory authorities apply to and in respect of the Trust and its operations. Financial Administration and (2) A copy of the annual report of the Trust shall be furnished to the Senate at the same time as it is Audit Act 1985. Repealed and re- submitted to the Minister. enacted by No. 98 of 1985, s. 3. 16.(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Act, each hospital on the reserve that under the University Teaching hospitals Medical School, Teaching Hospitals, Act 1955, is declared to be a teaching hospital, or is a teaching hospital within on reserve. the meaning of the interpretation of that term in section 2 of that Act, shall have a managing body. (2) Such a managing body as is referred to in subsection (1) shall be so constituted or reconstituted that not less than one-fifth of its members are persons nominated as such members by the Senate. (3) Each hospital on the reserve that is, or is so declared, a teaching hospital shall have a committee known as ‘The Appointments Committee’ which shall be charged with the duty of nominating persons for appointment by the managing body of that hospital to the medical staff thereof.
B24—April/May 2000 Acts
Amended by (4) Subject to subsection (5a), each Appointments Committee of a teaching hospital shall consist of seven No. 59 of 1985. members of whom— (a) one shall be the chairman for the time being of the managing body of the teaching hospital, and he shall be Chairman of The Appointments Committee; (b) three shall be persons appointed by that managing body of the teaching hospital; and (c) three shall be persons appointed by the Senate and of those three persons one at least shall be a member of the Faculty of Medicine at The University of Western Australia.
Amended by (4a) Each of the persons referred to in subsection (4)(b) and (c) shall be a person who is a medical practitioner No. 59 of 1985. within the meaning of section three of the Medical Act 1894.
Amended by (5) Each member of The Appointments Committee, except for the member referred to in subsection (4)(a) or a No. 59 of 1985. member co-opted under subsection (5a), shall be appointed for a period of three years. Inserted by (5a) An Appointments Committee may, for the purpose of considering the appointment to an office on the No.59 of 1985. medical staff of the teaching hospital of the Appointments Committee of a person who holds or is to be appointed to an office on the medical staff of a hospital other than that teaching hospital, co-opt a representative of that other hospital to be a member of The Appointments Committee for the duration of the whole or any part of the meeting of The Appointments Committee at which that consideration is to take place. (6) The provisions of sections 8, 9 and 10 of this Act apply with such modifications as circumstances require, to an Appointments Committee as though it were the Trust, but a written request of not less than three members shall be required to call a meeting of the Appointments Committee under section 10. (7) One of the members of an Appointments Committee shall be appointed the Vice-Chairman thereof by those members from time to time.
Inserted by (8) In this section— No. 59 of 1985, s. 6. ‘managing body’ has the meaning given by section 2 of the University Medical School, Teaching Hospitals, Act 1955.
Indemnity. 17. No action, claim or demand lies, or shall be commenced or allowed, by or in favour of any person against any member or in respect of any act, matter or thing done by any member in good faith in the exercise or purported exercise of any powers or functions under this Act or for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions or objects of this Act.
Power of 18. Notwithstanding section 38 of the University of Western Australia Act 1911, the Senate may apply fees or other Senate to apply moneys for or towards the purposes of the reserve. fees and other money to reserve.
Saving. 19.(1) Nothing in this Act, except as provided therein, affects or prejudices the provisions of the University of Western Australia Act 1911, the University Medical School, Teaching Hospitals, Act 1955, the Hospitals Act 1927, or the Cancer Council of Western Australia Act 1958. (2) The Parks and Reserves Act 1895 does not apply to the reserve.
By-laws. 20.(1) The Trust may, with the approval of the Governor, make by-laws providing for all matters affecting the development, control, management and good government of the reserve and the fulfilment of the purposes thereof and in particular for or in relation to— (a) keeping accounts of the receipts and expenditure of the Trust; (b) the conduct of persons frequenting the reserve; Amended by (c) preventing trespass upon the reserve. No. 59 of 1985. Inserted by (1a) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the Trust may, with the approval of the Governor, make No. 59 of 1985. by-laws regulating or prohibiting— (a) pedestrian traffic; and (b) the driving, use, standing or parking of vehicles on the reserve or any part thereof, and regulating the control, supervision and management of parking or standing areas, and in particular— (c) prescribing fees payable to the Trust by a person using, or in respect of a vehicle occupying, a parking or standing area and exempting any person or vehicle or class of person or class of vehicle from paying all or any of those fees; (d) providing for the sale of tickets, whether by means of vending machines or otherwise, entitling the holders of those tickets to park vehicles in parking areas or elsewhere within the reserve and for such periods and under such other terms and conditions as are specified; (e) providing for the issue of permits, whether on application to a specified person or otherwise, entitling the holders of those permits to park vehicles in parking areas or elsewhere in the reserve and for such periods and on such other terms and conditions as are specified, and for the circumstances in which any such permit may be amended, suspended or revoked by a specified person; (f) prescribing the manner in which tickets referred to in paragraph (d) and permits referred to in paragraph (e) are to be displayed, and the respective forms of those tickets and permits; (g) prescribing the terms and conditions under which and the period or periods of time during which a parking or standing area may be used or occupied; (h) providing for the protection of parking and standing areas and all equipment pertaining to them against misuse, damage, interference or attempted interference by any person; (i) regulating the parking and standing of vehicles in any parking or standing area and prohibiting any person from parking or standing any vehicle in a parking area or standing area otherwise than in accordance with by-laws made under this subsection; (j) requiring persons in charge of vehicles or animals within the reserve to obey the orders and directions of specified persons or members of specified classes of persons given for the purpose of controlling traffic; (k) providing for the display, erection or marking of signs for the purposes of by-laws made under this subsection;
B25—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(l) prohibiting, or empowering the Secretary to the Trust or any other specified person by the display, erection or marking of a sign referred to in paragraph (k) to prohibit— (i) the use of a parking area for a purpose other than a specified purpose; or (ii) the parking of a vehicle in a parking area by a person other than a specified person or a member of a specified class of persons; (m) exempting, or empowering the Secretary to the Trust or any other specified person to exempt, any person or vehicle or class of person or class of vehicle from complying with any by-law made under this subsection prohibiting or restricting the parking or standing of vehicles generally or otherwise; (n) prescribing the method and means by which any charges or modified penalties prescribed by any by- law made under this subsection may or shall be paid and collected or recovered; (o) prescribing the circumstances under which an officer or servant of the Trust may remove a vehicle or cause it to be removed from a parking or standing area or from any other area within the reserve to a specified place, whether within the reserve or not, prescribing his further powers in relation thereto, prescribing the scale of fees to be paid to the Trust to recover the vehicle from that place, and authorising the Trust to hold the vehicle until the prescribed fees are paid to the Trust; (p) prohibiting the driving of vehicles in any part of the reserve at a speed in excess of that specified in respect of that part of a by-law made under this subsection or by any sign referred to in paragraph (k); (q) prescribing, in respect of an alleged offence against any by-law made under this subsection, the circumstances under which the owner of a vehicle is deemed to be the driver or person in charge of the vehicle at the time of that alleged offence; (r) prescribing the period of time within which a person, after being served with notice of an offence alleged to have been committed by him against any by-law made under this subsection, may pay to the Trust the modified penalty prescribed for that offence, and the period within which a modified penalty is payable after receipt of notice; (s) prescribing the method of notifying a person alleged to have committed an offence against any by-law made under this subsection of that alleged offence and how it may or shall be dealt with and prohibiting the removal by any person other than the driver of a vehicle in respect of which an offence against such a by-law is alleged to have been committed of any notice relating to that offence affixed to the vehicle or left in or on the vehicle by an officer or servant of the Trust; (t) prescribing a modified penalty not exceeding $50 payable to the Trust by a person or one of a class of persons who does not contest an allegation that he committed a specified offence against a by-law made under this subsection and providing that the due payment of a modified penalty is a defence to a charge of the offence in respect of which that modified penalty was paid. (1b) In subsection (1a)— ‘specified’ means specified in by-laws made under that subsection. (1c) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1a), a person specified in by-laws made under that subsection who considers that an alleged specified offence against those by-laws cannot adequately be punished by the payment of a modified penalty may cause payment of a modified penalty in respect of that offence not to be accepted and may cause proceedings to be taken against the alleged offender in respect of that offence. (1d) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the Trust may, with the approval of the Governor, make by-laws enabling— (a) control measures to be taken with respect to vandalism, ingress, egress, security, trespass, hawkers, vending machines, the presence of animals and bill posting; (b) the provision of pathways, roadways, kerbing, signs, landscaping, lighting, sewerage and drainage; (c) the maintenance of gardens, grounds and equipment; and (d) the removal of litter and refuse, in, to or from, as the case requires, the reserve. (1e) A by-law made under this section does not take away, restrict or otherwise affect any liability, civil or criminal, arising at common law or under any written law other than this Act. (2) The Trust may, by by-law, impose a penalty of $50 for any breach of the by-laws made under this Amended by No. section. 59 of 1985. (3) Notwithstanding any other Act but subject to this Act, all pecuniary penalties imposed for offences Amended by No. 6 of 1977, against the by-laws shall, when paid, go to the use of the Trust for the purposes of this Act. s. 6. Amended by No. 59 of 1985. (4) Proceedings for an offence against the by-laws may be taken on behalf of the Trust by any person Inserted by No. 59 specified in the by-laws for the purpose in the name of the Trust and any such person taking those of 1985. proceedings shall be reimbursed out of the funds of the Trust for all damages or reasonable expenses which he may incur or for which he may become liable by reason of taking those proceedings.
21.(1) The Minister shall carry out a review of the operation and effectiveness of this Act as soon as practicable Review of Act. after 1 January 1991 and after the end of each successive period of five years calculated from that date, and in Inserted by No. 59 of 1985, s. 8. the course of that review the Minister shall consider and have regard to— (a) the attainment of the object of this Act; (b) the administration of this Act; (c) the effectiveness of the operations of the Trust and of each committee referred to in section 12, each delegate under section 13, each managing body referred to in section 16 and each Appointments Committee referred to in section 16; (d) the need for the continuation of the Trust and each committee, delegate, managing body and Appointments Committee referred to in paragraph (c); and (e) such matters, other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d), as appear to the Minister to be relevant.
B26—April/May 2000 Acts
(2) The Minister shall prepare a report based on the review referred to in subsection (1) and shall, as soon as is practicable after its preparation, cause that report to be laid before each House of Parliament.
THE SCHEDULE
PART I
Amended by 1. Swan Location 652, being the whole of the land comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1234, Folio 116. No. 72 of 1973, s. 4 (1). 2. Portion of Swan Location 1715, being the whole of the land comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1109, Folio Effective from 771, less the land comprised in Swan Locations 8697, 8698 and 8699; and 12 September 1968. 3. Portion of Swan Location 1715, being the whole of the land comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1174, Folio 745.
PART II
Portion of Swan Location 1715 being the land comprised in Swan Locations 8697, 8698 and 8699 being the balance of the land comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1109, Folio 771.
B27—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COMMISSION ACT 1970
No. 84 of 1970 as amended by No. 90 of 1972, No. 28 of 1976, No. 110 of 1979 and No. 98 of 1985
AN ACT to establish the Western Australian Post-Secondary Education Commission
[Assented to 30 November 1970]
BE it enacted by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly of Western Australia, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:
PART I—PRELIMINARY
Short title. 1. This Act may be cited as the Western Australian Post-Secondary Education Commission Act 1970.
Commence- 2. This Act shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by proclamation. ment. Arrangement. 3. The arrangement of this Act is as follows:
PART I—PRELIMINARY, SS. 1–4.
PART II—THE WESTERN AUSTRALIAN POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COMMISSION, SS. 5–25. Division 1—Establishment and Constitution of the Commission, ss. 5–11.
Division 2—Functions, Powers and Duties of the Commission, ss. 12–14B.
Division 3—Staff, ss. 15–19.
Division 4—Financial Provisions, ss. 20–22.
Division 5—Miscellaneous Provisions, ss. 23–25.
Interpretation. 4. In this Act unless the contrary intention appears— Amended by No. 28 of 1976, ‘Chairman’ means Chairman of the Commission and includes Acting Chairman; s.5. ‘member’ means member of the Commission and includes acting member; ‘section’ means a section of this Act; ‘post-secondary education’ means all those activities that are concerned with people who seek further education beyond the age of compulsory schooling and outside the institutions of secondary education and includes a form of education declared under section 23 to be post-secondary education for the purposes of this Act; ‘post-secondary education institution’ means an institution providing or proposing to provide courses at post- secondary education level; ‘proclaimed date’ means the date fixed by proclamation for the coming into operation of the Western Australian Tertiary Education Commission Act Amendment Act 1976; ‘the Commission’ means the Western Australian Post-Secondary Education Commission established by this Act.
PART II—THE WESTERN AUSTRALIAN POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COMMISSION Division 1—Establishment and Constitution of the Commission
Establishment 5.(1) On and after the proclaimed date the body corporate hitherto established under this Act and called the of Commission. Amended by ‘Western Australian Tertiary Education Commission’ is preserved and continues in existence as a body corporate No. 28 of 1976, under and subject to the provisions of this Act to be called the ‘Western Australian Post-Secondary Education s. 7. Commission‘, but so that the corporate identity of the body corporate and its rights and obligations are not affected. (1a) A reference to the Western Australian Tertiary Education Commission, whether by use of that name or a similar or abbreviated form of that name— (a) in a law of the State passed or made before the proclaimed date; (b) in any document or other instrument made, executed, entered into or done before the proclaimed date; or (c) made before the proclaimed date in any other manner, shall, unless the context is such that it would be incorrect or inappropriate so to do, be read and construed as a reference to the Western Australian Post-Secondary Education Commission. (1b) For the purposes of subsection (1a) of this section the term ‘law of the State’ means— (a) an Act; (b) regulations, rules or by-laws having effect by virtue of an Act; and
B28—April/May 2000 Acts
(c) an instrument having effect by virtue of an Act or of any regulations, rules or by-laws referred to in paragraph (b) of this subsection. (2) The Commission— (a) is a body corporate with perpetual succession and shall have a common seal; (b) is capable, in its corporate name, of acquiring, holding, and disposing of real and personal property and of suing and being sued in that name; (c) is capable of doing and suffering all such acts and things as bodies corporate may do and suffer; and (d) has, subject to the Minister, the general administration of this Act. (3) All courts, judges, and persons acting judicially shall take notice of the seal of the Commission affixed to a document and shall presume that it was duly affixed. (4) The exercise or performance of the powers or functions of the Commission shall not be affected by reason only of there being a vacancy in the office of a member.
Constitution of 6.(1) The Commission shall consist of: Commission. Repealed and (a) a person appointed as Chairman of the Commission who shall also be the chief executive officer of the re-enacted by Commission; No. 28 of 1976, s. 8 and No. 110 (b) eleven other members being persons selected for their knowledge of and interest in education, community of 1979, s. 4. affairs in the city and country, employment problems, or government. (2) Of the members other than the Chairman not more than four nor less than three shall be persons actively engaged in post-secondary education. (3) For the purposes of this section and section 6B a person shall be regarded as being actively engaged in post- secondary education if, and only if, he is a member of the staff, whether academic or otherwise, of a post-secondary education institution.
Provisions as 6A. The following provisions apply to and in relation to the Chairman, that is to say— to Chairman. (a) he shall be appointed by the Governor on the recommendation of the Minister for a term not exceeding seven years; (b) the conditions of his service shall be such as the Governor determines; (c) he shall be paid such remuneration and allowances as the Governor may from time to time determine; (d) he may be re-appointed, from time to time at the expiration of a term of office, unless he has been removed from office by the Governor under paragraph (e) of this section; (e) he may, at any time, be removed from office by the Governor for disability, bankruptcy, neglect of duty or misconduct, or if, without the consent of the Governor, he engages in any other remunerative employment; and (f) he may at any time resign his office by writing under his hand addressed to the Governor.
Provisions as 6B. The following provisions apply to and in relation to the members other than the Chairman, that is to say— to appointed members. (a) a member shall be appointed by the Governor on the recommendation of the Minister for such term not exceeding four years as is specified in the instrument of his appointment; (b) subject to paragraph (c) of this section, all members, on the expiration of their term of office, are, unless otherwise disqualified, eligible for re-appointment; (c) a member who has held office for two successive terms is not thereafter eligible to hold office as a member until the expiry of a period of twelve months from the last day on which he was a member; (d) the Minister may grant leave of absence to a member upon such terms and conditions as the Minister determines; (e) the Governor may terminate the appointment of a member for inability, inefficiency, or misbehaviour; (f) where the appointment of a member is terminated pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section or a member— (i) becomes permanently incapable of performing his duties as a member; (ii) resigns his office by writing under his hand addressed to the Minister; (iii) is an undischarged bankrupt or has his affairs under liquidation by arrangement with his creditors; (iv) is convicted of an indictable offence; or (v) becomes actively engaged in post-secondary education when there are already four members actively so engaged, his office shall become vacant and shall be filled as a casual vacancy under paragraph (g) of this section; (g) where a casual vacancy occurs in the office of a member the Governor may appoint a person to the vacant office and the person so appointed shall, subject to this Act, hold office as a member for the residue of the term of office of the member whose office has become vacant.
Acting 7.(1) Where the Minister is satisfied that the Chairman or any other member is incapacitated by illness, absence, or members. other reasonable cause, from performing the duties of his office, the Minister may appoint a person to be the Acting Chairman to act for the Chairman or an acting member to act for that other member, as the case may be, during his incapacity and that person, while he so acts, shall be deemed to be the Chairman or a member, as the case may be. (2) The Minister may at any time terminate the appointment of an Acting Chairman or an acting member. (3) No appointment of an Acting Chairman or an acting member and no act done by him shall in any proceedings be questioned on the ground that the occasion for his appointment had not arisen or had ceased.
Remuneration. 8. Members other than the Chairman shall be paid such remuneration and allowances as the Minister, on the Repealed and re-enacted by recommendation of the Public Service Board, from time to time determines. No. 28 of 1976, s .11. 9. [Repealed by No. 28 of 1976, s. 12.]
10. [Repealed by No. 28 of 1976, s. 12.]
B29—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
11.(1) The Commission shall hold such meetings as are necessary for the performance of its functions. Meeting of Commission. (2) The Minister or the Chairman may at any time convene a meeting of the Commission. (3) The Chairman shall convene the first meeting of the Commission as soon as practicable after the coming into operation of this Act and shall preside at all meetings of the Commission at which he is present. (4) Where the Chairman is absent from a meeting of the Commission and an Acting Chairman has not been appointed under section 7, or having been so appointed the Acting Chairman is also absent, the members present at the meeting shall elect a member to preside at that meeting and while so presiding the member has all the powers and duties of the Chairman. (5) At a meeting of the Commission— (a) not less than one-half of the total number of members for the time being forms a quorum; and (b) a question arising at the meeting shall be determined by a majority of the valid votes of the members present. (6) Subject to this Act and regulations, the Commission may regulate its procedure in such manner as it thinks fit.
Division 2—Functions, Powers and Duties of the Commission
12.(1) The Commission shall have the functions set out in subsection (2) of this section and shall perform those Functions of Commission. functions subject to the Minister and with due regard to the traditional autonomy of universities and to the major Repealed and role of universities in areas outside the scope of post-secondary education. re-enacted by No. 28 of 1976, (2) The functions of the Commission are— s. 13. (a) to assist the Minister, and the Government of the State, in the formation of State views on the promotion, development and co-ordination of post-secondary education and for that purpose to make recommendations to the Minister on those matters, having regard to the needs of the State, the number of students to be provided for, and the financial and other resources available; (b) to make recommendations to the Minister and where appropriate, the relevant Commonwealth education commissions on the establishment and location of, and the acquisition and reservation of sites for, new post- secondary education institutions; (c) to advise the relevant Commonwealth education commissions on— (i) the levels of financial support requested by post-secondary education institutions, or authorities governing such institutions, for the purposes of post-secondary education; and (ii) requests for a variation from an approved triennial programme of a post-secondary education institution or an authority governing such institutions; (d) for the purpose of achieving rationalisation of resources and the avoidance of unnecessary duplication, to— (i) advise the governing authorities of the respective post-secondary education institutions; and (ii) make recommendations, where appropriate, to the relevant Commonwealth education commissions, on proposals for the establishment of new post-secondary education courses of study; (e) to advise the Minister and the governing authorities of the respective post-secondary education institutions on— (i) the terms and conditions of appointment and employment, including salary payable, of the staff, whether academic or otherwise of those institutions; and (ii) all claims relating to the terms and conditions referred to in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; (ea) to advise the governing authorities of the respective post-secondary education institutions on— (i) the fees to be charged by and paid to those institutions for classes or courses, examinations, and academic awards conferred; and (ii) the criteria for entrance to those institutions with a view to avoiding multiple examinations and facilitating, where desirable, the movement of students between those institutions; (f) to determine, when so requested by a post-secondary education institution or an authority governing such institutions, the minimum requirements for new academic awards and to accredit those awards; and (g) to collaborate, where appropriate, with the relevant State and Commonwealth authorities with regard to the preparation of plans for buildings to be used by post-secondary education institutions, the letting of contracts for the building of such buildings, and the general supervision of building operations in relation to such buildings.
13. The Commission may do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with the Power of the performance of its functions and without limiting the generality of the foregoing may set up committees to Commission. Amended by investigate and advise the Commission of any aspect of post-secondary education. No. 28 of 1976, s. 14. 13A.(1) The Commission may, by instrument in writing, delegate to any person or persons or committee of Delegation. Added by persons, either generally or to the extent provided in the instrument of delegation, any of its powers or functions, No. 110 of 1979, except this power of delegation, so that the delegated powers and functions may be exercised and performed by s. 7. the delegate or delegates in accordance with the instrument of delegation. (2) Every delegation shall be revocable in writing at will, and no delegation shall prevent the Commission from acting on any matter itself.
14. The Commission shall— Duties of (a) consider requests and submissions of education institutions and authorities that relate to the proposals of Commission. Repealed and those institutions and authorities for future developments in post-secondary education; re-enacted by No. 28 of 1976, (b) confer and collaborate, on matters relating to post-secondary education, with educational institutions and s. 15. authorities and with departments of the Commonwealth and the States of the Commonwealth and other appropriate bodies or instrumentalities of the Commonwealth or the States of the Commonwealth; (c) constantly review all aspects of post-secondary education and, on its motion or the request of the Minister, make reports thereon;
B30—April/May 2000 Acts
Amended by (d) consult with post-secondary education institutions for the purpose of encouraging, where it is desirable No. 98 of 1985. and feasible, the shared use of resources such as expert staff, libraries, computers, laboratories and expensive teaching or research equipment; and (e) promote and undertake research relevant to the planning, development and effective co-ordination of post-secondary education throughout the State.
Power to 14A. The Commission may require any post-secondary education institution to consult with the Commission, or require consultation. with the Commission and any other post-secondary education institution or institutions, upon any aspect of the Added by No. affairs of the institution that is relevant to the functions or duties of the Commission, and the institution shall 110 of 1979, s. 8. comply with that requirement according to its tenor.
Duty of 14B.(1) A post-secondary education institution shall— institution to furnish (a) before making any submission to the Tertiary Education Commission, or any of its agencies, relating information. to— Added by No. 110 of 1979, s. 9. (i) the development or financing of the institution; (ii) the introduction of new courses by the institution, the continuance or discontinuance of existing courses, or any significant change in the nature, duration or content of any existing course; or (iii) any other significant matter relating to the administration of the institution, advise the Commission of the proposed submission and, subject to paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of this section, obtain the views of the Commission thereon; and (b) furnish the Commission with such other information as the Commission may reasonably require for the purpose of performing any of its functions or duties. (2) Where a post-secondary education institution has advised the Commission of a proposed submission pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of this section— (a) the Commission shall use its best endeavours to examine the proposed submission and convey its views thereon to the institution as soon as practicable; (b) the institution may make the proposed submission notwithstanding that the Commission has not yet conveyed its views thereon to the institution if— (i) it is authorised to do so by the Commission; or (ii) a period of thirty days has elapsed since the Commission was advised of the proposed submission. (3) In subsection (1) of this section ‘the Tertiary Education Commission’ means the Commission constituted under the Tertiary Education Commission Act 1977 of the Commonwealth, as amended from time to time, or any other authority constituted under a law of the Commonwealth to take over the functions of that Commission.
Division 3—Staff Secretary. 15. The Governor, on the recommendation of the Commission, shall appoint a person to be the Secretary of the Amended by No. 28 of 1976, s.16. Commission.
Other officers 16. Subject to this Act, the Commission may appoint such officers or employees as it thinks fit for the purposes and employees. of this Act, subject to the approval of the Minister.
Terms and 17. Subject to any relevant award or industrial agreement in force under the Industrial Arbitration Act 1912, the conditions of terms and conditions of appointment and employment of officers or employees of the Commission appointed appointment and employment. under section 15 or 16, including the salary payable, are such terms and conditions as the Minister, on the Amended by No. recommendation of the Commission, approves. 28 of 1976, s. 17. Preservation of 18. Where any person appointed to the office of Chairman under section 6 or appointed under section 15 or 16 rights of officers was, immediately before being so appointed, an officer of the Public Service of the State or an officer appointed and employers. Amended by No. under the Education Act 1928— 28 of 1976, s. 18. (a) he retains his existing and accruing rights and in particular his rights, if any, under the Superannuation and Family Benefits Act 1938; and (b) for the purpose of determining those rights, his service as such an officer shall be taken into account as if it were service with the Commission.
Power of 19.(1) The Commission shall request that the inclusion of the Commission as a department for the purposes of Commission to become a the Superannuation and Family Benefits Act 1938, be recommended by the Minister to whom the administration of department for that Act is committed and be approved by the Treasurer. purposes of Act No. 34 of (2) Where the request of the Commission is so recommended and approved, the Treasurer may— 1938. if the Commission enters into the agreement and makes arrangements, which it is authorised to do, required by the proviso to the interpretation of ‘department’ in subsection (1) of section 6 of the Superannuation and Family Benefits Act 1938, approve of the inclusion of the Commission as a department for the purposes of that Act and the Commission shall, for the purposes of the Act only, be deemed to be a department. (3) An officer or employee of the Commission is not compelled to become a contributor for pension, superannuation, or benefits under an agreement entered into by the Commission pursuant to this section.
Funds of the Division 4—Financial Provisions Commission. Amended by 20.(1) The funds available to the Commission for the purpose of enabling it to exercise its functions, powers, and No. 28 of 1976, duties under this Act are— s. 19. (a) moneys from time to time appropriated by Parliament for that purpose; (b) moneys received by the Commission by way of gifts, bequests, or otherwise; and
B31—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(c) any other moneys made available to the Commission for the purposes of this Act. (2) The moneys referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall be paid into, and placed to the credit of, an account at the Treasury or at a bank approved by the Treasurer to be called the ‘Western Australian Post- Secondary Education Commission Account’. (3) All expenditure incurred by the Commission for the purposes of giving effect to this Act shall be paid from the account referred to in subsection (2) of this section. Power of Commission to 21. Where any money standing to the credit of the Western Australian Post-Secondary Education Commission invest certain Account is not immediately required for the purposes of this Act, the Commission may invest it in any moneys. Amended by investments authorised by law as those in which trust funds may be invested. No. 28 of 1976, s. 20. Application of Financial 22.(1) The provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985 regulating the financial administration, Administration and Audit Act 1985. audit and reporting of statutory authorities apply to and in respect of the Commission and its operations. Repealed and (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985, the financial year of substituted by No. 98 of 1985. the Commission shall end on 31 December.
Division 5—Miscellaneous Provisions Declaration of Minister. 23. The Minister may, by instrument in writing, declare a form of education to be post-secondary education for the purposes of this Act.
24. [Repealed by No. 98 of 1985] Regulations. 25. The Governor may make regulations not inconsistent with this Act prescribing all matters that by this Act are required or permitted to be prescribed, or that are necessary or convenient to be prescribed, for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.
B32—April/May 2000 Acts
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
652 LEASE NO. Lease for 999 Years 42
GEORGE THE FIFTH by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and of the British Dominions beyond the Seas, King, Emperor of India, Defender of the Faith.
TO ALL OF WHOM these presents shall come GREETING:
KNOW YE that We of Our Special Grace certain knowledge and mere motion do by these presents grant and demise unto THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA the natural surface and so much of the land as is below that natural surface to a depth of 200 feet of ALL THAT piece or parcel of land situated at Crawley near Perth in Our State of Western Australia known as Swan Location 2885 containing 102 acres 8 perches more or less as the same is delineated on the plan hereunto annexed and marked and distinguished in the maps and books of the Department of Lands and Surveys of Our State as Reserve No. 17331 TOGETHER WITH all easements and appurtenances to the said piece or parcel of land belonging or appertaining. TO HOLD the premises hereby demised or expressed so to be unto The University of Western Australia (hereinafter called the Lessee) from the first day of July One thousand nine hundred and nineteen for the term of nine hundred and ninety-nine years thence next ensuing. YIELDING AND PAYING therefor to Us Our Heirs and Successors one peppercorn of yearly rent on the twenty-fifth day of March in every year or so soon thereafter as the same shall be lawfully demanded. PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED that this Lease is granted under and subject to the following conditions, namely— (a) that the land hereby demised shall, except as hereinafter expressed, at all times during the said term be used by the lessee as a site for the main buildings of the said University and for no other purpose whatsoever without the licence in writing of Us Our Heirs and Successors first obtained: (b) that if the portion of the demised land containing 22 acres, 3 roods, 2 perches, delineated on the said Plan and therein hatched with the colour red, is at any time within ten years from the commencement of this Lease required by Us for the purposes of a Forest Products Laboratory, the lessee shall surrender to Us such portion of the demised land together with that portion of the demised land containing 3 roods 13 perches and delineated on the said Plan and hatched with the colour blue, for the purpose of an extension of Myers Street; and (c) if at any time hereafter the intention to establish the University main buildings on the demised land, or some portion thereof, is abandoned, and such buildings are erected on some other site, this Lease may be determined and the lessee shall, if required so to do by the Governor of Our said State, surrender this Lease.
And if the lessee at any time during the said term shall make default in payment of the rent hereinbefore reserved if demanded or shall without such licence as aforesaid use the demised land otherwise than for the purpose for which it has been demised, or shall otherwise fail in the observance of the conditions as aforesaid, it shall thereupon be lawful for Us Our Heirs and Successors into and upon the said land or any part thereof in the name of the whole to re-enter and the same to have again repossess and enjoy as if this demise had never been executed. PROVIDED FURTHER and that We do hereby save and reserve to Us Our Heirs and Successors all mines of gold, silver, copper, tin or other metals ore and mineral or other substances containing metals and all gems and precious stones and coal or mineral oil and all phosphatic substances in or under the said land with full liberty at all times to search and dig for and carry away the same and for that purpose enter upon the said land or any part thereof.
IN WITNESS thereof we have caused our trusty and well beloved Sir Francis Alexander Newdegate, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of St. Michael and St. George, Administrator of our State of Western Australia, to affix to these presents the Public Seal of Our said State.
SEALED at Perth aforesaid this THIRD day of MARCH, 1920.
(Signed) F. A. NEWDEGATE, Administrator
Registered the 11th day of August 1921, in conformity with Section 5 of the Act No. 54 of 1909, and numbered 1455 1921.
B33—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA LANDS BY-LAWS
PART I— PRELIMINARY 1.1 These by-laws may be cited as the ‘The University of Western Australia Lands By-laws’.
1.2 These by-laws shall come into force when approved by the Governor and published in the Government Gazette.
1.3 In these by-laws unless the context requires otherwise— ‘Act’ means the University of Western Australia Act 1911; ‘Authorised Person’ means an authorised person as defined in Section 16A of the Act; ‘drive’ includes roll, propel or park and ‘driving’ includes rolling, propelling or parking; ‘driver’ means the person driving or in charge of a vehicle; ‘Infringement Notice’ means an infringement notice issued in accordance with these by-laws; ‘Lands’ has the same meaning as ‘lands of the University’ in Section 16A of the Act; ‘modified penalty’ means a penalty set out in the Second Schedule; ‘no parking area’ means a part of a traffic area which is marked by a traffic sign as an area in which parking is not permitted; ‘owner’ in relation to a vehicle includes the owner for the purposes of the Road Traffic Act 1974 and the hirer of any vehicle; ‘park’ means to leave a vehicle standing whether it is occupied or not and ‘parking’ has the corresponding meaning; ‘parking area’ means a place set apart for the purposes of parking vehicles pursuant to by-law 3.1; ‘parking bay’ means the marked boundary set aside in a parking area for the parking of a single vehicle; ‘Parking Permit’ means an authority to park a vehicle issued in accordance with these by-laws other than a Parking Ticket; ‘Parking Ticket’ means a ticket obtained from a vending machine on the payment of the fee prescribed from time to time by the Senate; ‘Permit’ means a written authority signed by an Authorised Person; ‘Registrar’ means the Registrar of the University and any person acting as the Registrar of the University from time to time; ‘reserved bay’ means a parking bay with respect to which there is a traffic sign which expresses some limitation as to the classes of persons, classes of vehicles or purposes for which it is available; ‘specified vehicle’ with respect to a Parking Permit means the vehicle specified in the application made for the Parking Permit; ‘traffic area’ means an area set aside under Part 3 for the purpose of driving or parking vehicles; ‘traffic sign’ means a marking, notice, sign or device to regulate, guide or control traffic or parking or to prescribe maximum speed limits; ‘University’ means The University of Western Australia; ‘vehicle’ includes any motor car, truck, motor cycle, motor scooter, semi-trailer, caravan, trailer, bicycle or any other vehicle of whatsoever kind or nature and howsoever ridden, driven or propelled; ‘Vice-Chancellor’ means the Vice-Chancellor of the University and any person acting as the Vice-Chancellor of the University from time to time and any person to whom the Vice-Chancellor has delegated the Vice-Chancellor’s powers under these by-laws.
1.4 For the purposes of Section 16A(1) of the Act the Lands described in the First Schedule are Lands of the University.
1.5 These by-laws apply to the Lands.
1.6 These by-laws apply to every person, vehicle or thing which is at any time on the Lands.
1.7 The Vice-Chancellor may delegate any of the Vice-Chancellor’s functions, powers or duties under these by-laws to any person in accordance with the Act.
PART 2 — ENTRY ON THE LANDS
2.1(1) The Senate may from time to time by resolution declare any part of the Lands open to members of the public or any specified portion of the public, and may declare the times when and the hours between which the Lands or such part of them are so open. (2) The Senate may from time to time declare the Lands or any part of them closed to all persons or any class of persons for any period it thinks fit. (3) The Senate may revoke or modify without notice any declaration made pursuant to sub-by-laws (1) and (2). (4) The Vice-Chancellor may temporarily exercise the powers conferred on the Senate by this by-law where it appears to the Vice- Chancellor necessary for the proper management, protection or preservation of the Lands.
2.2 Subject to these by-laws a person may enter or be present on the Lands if that person is— (a) a member of the Senate or of Convocation; (b) a member of the teaching staff of the University; (c) an employee of the University or the Guild of Undergraduates carrying out that person’s duties as such an employee;
B34—April/May 2000 Acts
(d) attending a lecture or undertaking a course at the University during such times and in respect of such portions of the Lands as that person may properly be present upon for such purpose; or (e) a holder of a Permit authorising that person to enter or remain present on the Lands but then only in accordance with the terms of such Permit.
2.3 No person shall enter, remain or be upon the Lands— (a) except— (i) pursuant to and in accordance with an authority conferred pursuant to these by-laws; or (ii) upon such part thereof as has been declared as aforesaid to be open to the public, and then only during the time and hours when the same have been declared so open. (b) in any case, contrary to a declaration made pursuant to sub-by-law 2.1(2) save that a person who has lawfully entered may remain in accordance with the terms applying at the time the person entered notwithstanding any subsequent revocation or modification of a declaration by the Senate until such time as such revocation or modification is brought to that person’s notice.
2.4 No child under the age of 15 years shall enter or be present on the Lands unless at all times that child is in the charge of an adult.
2.5 (1) An Authorised Person may cause notices to be erected on the Lands giving effect to any declaration of the Senate or a decision of the Vice-Chancellor and such notices shall have effect according to their tenor. (2) A person who enters or remains on any portion of the Lands contrary to the terms of any such notice commits an offence.
PART 3 — REGULATION OF THE LANDS
3.1 The Senate may set apart areas of the Lands for the purpose of driving and parking vehicles and may specify— (a) the hours during which persons may use a traffic area; (b) the persons or class of persons who may use a traffic area; (c) the length of time a person may park a vehicle in the traffic area; (d) the fee, if any, to be paid for the use of a traffic area; and (e) any other matter with respect to the use of traffic areas which it thinks fit.
3.2 The Vice-Chancellor may authorise the erection of any traffic signs in or adjacent to the traffic area, which may specify— (a) the hours during which persons may use the traffic area; (b) the persons or class of persons who may use the traffic area; (c) the length of time a person may park a vehicle in the traffic area; (d) the fee, if any, to be paid for the use of the traffic area; and (e) any other matter with respect to the use of the parking areas which the Vice-Chancellor thinks fit. All traffic signs have effect according to their tenor.
3.3 The Vice-Chancellor may set aside areas of the Lands for specified games, sports or exercise for use by members of specified clubs or organisations, and may specify times during which the areas may be so used.
3.4 An Authorised Person may issue a Permit or a Parking Permit or erect a traffic sign which exempts any person or vehicle, or any class of persons or vehicles from complying with any traffic sign in a traffic area.
3.5 An Authorised Person may reserve any parking bay for a specific purpose or for use by a specific person or class of persons by a traffic sign placed in or near the reserved parking bay.
PART 4 — PERMITS, PARKING PERMITS AND PARKING TICKETS
4.1 The Vice-Chancellor may prescribe categories of Permits, Parking Permits and Parking Tickets.
4.2 The Senate may prescribe fees payable for Permits, Parking Permits and Parking Tickets.
4.3 An Authorised Person may, on the application of any person and payment of the prescribed fee, issue a Permit or Parking Permit to the applicant on the terms the Authorised Person thinks fit.
4.4 An Authorised Person may vary, revoke or suspend a Permit, Parking Permit or Parking Ticket if the holder of it commits a breach of these by-laws or if the specified vehicle is used or parked in breach of these by-laws.
4.5 Permits, Parking Permits and Parking Tickets must be in the form determined by the Vice-Chancellor and must specify on their face— (a) in the case of Permits or Parking Tickets, the time and date of expiry; (b) in the case of Parking Permits, the year of currency.
4.6 It is a condition of every Permit, Parking Permit and Parking Ticket, that— (a) the holder of it or any other person acting under it, does any act authorised by it at their own risk; and (b) the University, its employees, servants and agents are not liable or responsible in any way whatsoever to any person for the safe custody of any vehicle or its contents.
B35—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
4.7 A Parking Permit is valid only— (a) during the year of currency specified on it, unless it is earlier revoked by an Authorised Person; and (b) if it is displayed by being fixed to the windscreen of the specified vehicle in the manner provided in the instructions attached to the Parking Permit and so that it can be read from outside the vehicle.
4.8 A Parking Ticket is valid only— (a) if the driver of the vehicle is not the holder of a valid Parking Permit; (b) until the time and date of expiry specified on it unless it is earlier revoked by an Authorised Person; (c) if it was issued by a ticket vending machine in the parking area in which the vehicle is parked; and (d) if it is displayed in accordance with the instructions printed on it and so that it can be read from outside the vehicle.
4.9 A Permit is valid only— (a) until the time and date of expiry specified on it unless it is earlier revoked by an Authorised Person; and (b) for the purposes specified in it.
4.10 A Permit or Parking Permit is not transferable.
4.11 The holder of a Parking Permit must notify an Authorised Person in writing within 14 days if that person— (a) changes the registration number of the specified vehicle; or (b) disposes of or ceases to be entitled to use the specified vehicle; or (c) allows the specified vehicle to be driven on the Lands by any other person and the Parking Permit may then be revoked.
PART 5 — CONDUCT OF PERSONS ON THE LANDS
5.1 No person shall spit upon any path or upon or in any building or erection on the Lands.
5.2 No person shall throw, place, deposit or leave any rubbish, refuse, paper, bottles, glass, broken glass, or litter of any kind or nature whatsoever on the Lands other than in a receptacle provided for that purpose.
5.3 No person shall use any abusive or insulting language on the Lands.
5.4 No person shall do or commit any offensive, indecent or improper act nor behave in an offensive, indecent or improper manner nor engage in any conduct which is offensive, indecent or improper on the Lands.
5.5 No person shall— (a) post, stick, stencil, paint or otherwise affix any matter to or on any part of the Lands or any building, erection, fence, wall, pathway, traffic area, tree, shrub or hedge; (b) distribute or give out any placard, handbill, notice, advertisement or any other printed, stencilled or graphic matter whatsoever; (c) write, print, draw or affix any matter to or on any building, erection, fence, wall, pathway or traffic area on the Lands unless that person is the holder of and then only in accordance with a Permit authorising such act except that with the permission of the relevant authority notices may be attached to noticeboards. For the purposes of this by-law the relevant authority means the administration, Guild of Undergraduates, faculty or department as the case may be which has the care of that noticeboard and permission means permission given in the manner determined by the relevant authority.
5.6(1) Smoking of tobacco or tobacco-related products or any other substances is prohibited in smoke-free areas. (2) Except by resolution of the Senate, all parts of buildings on the Lands whether fully enclosed or not, are smoke-free areas. (3) The Senate may from time to time declare any other parts of the Lands to be smoke-free areas.
5.7 No person shall bring, keep or consume any intoxicating liquor on the Lands except in accordance with a Permit.
5.8 No person shall— (a) cut, break, deface, pick, remove, injure or destroy any tree, shrub, hedge, plant or flower; (b) remove, damage, deface, or interfere with any stake, label or plaque; (c) walk on or over, or cause damage to any bed containing or being prepared for flowers or shrubs; (d) enter, remain or be in or upon any pond or ornamental water; (e) enter or walk on or over any part of the Lands which is enclosed, whether temporarily or otherwise, and on or near which there is affixed a notice prohibiting entry; (f) damage, injure or interfere with any fence, building, erection, or any fixed or movable article on the Lands; or (g) remove from the Lands or move from one part to any other part of the Lands any fixed or movable article of whatsoever kind, nature or description on the Lands unless such act is done by a person as a requirement of such person’s employment with the University or in the case of paragraph (g) such person proves a legal entitlement to do so.
5.9 No person shall—
B36—April/May 2000 Acts
(a) carry or discharge any firearm; (b) carry, set off or throw any fireworks; (c) set off any fire balloon; (d) kindle or make any fire except in such places that an Authorised Person provides for that purpose; or (e) throw or discharge any stone or missile on the Lands unless expressly authorised to do so by a Permit.
5.10 No person shall, or shall attempt to, disturb, frighten, shoot, throw missiles at or capture any fish, bird or animal on the Lands.
5.11 No person shall, unless the holder is in possession of a Permit, sell, expose for sale, offer for sale, lease or hire, or solicit orders for the purchase, lease or hire of any goods, wares, merchandise or any other article whatsoever on the Lands.
5.12 No person shall use any place set aside pursuant to by-law 3.3 unless— (a) such person is a member of the specified club or organisation; (b) such person is using the place during the times specified; and (c) such person is using the place for the sole purpose of the specific game, sport or exercise.
5.13 No person shall exercise, play or take part in any game, sport or gymnastic exercise anywhere other than at or in places set aside for that purpose by the Vice-Chancellor pursuant to by-law 3.3.
5.14 No person shall bring on to nor allow to remain on the Lands any animal whatsoever unless such person is in possession of a Permit authorising such act or such person does such act as an approved part of a course of study or research.
5.15 No person shall organise, arrange, advertise or participate in— (a) any fete, picnic, concert or other performance; or (b) any public speaking or preaching on the Lands unless such person is the holder of and is in possession of a Permit authorising such act.
5.16 No person shall bet, offer to bet, or accept a bet on the Lands.
5.17 No person shall sell or purchase, or offer for sale or purchase, any permit, ticket or coupon for or intended to be for a consultation, sweep, jackpot, horse race or lottery, on the Lands unless such person is the holder of a Permit expressly authorising such act.
5.18 No person shall obstruct— (a) the discharge by any member of the Police Force or any employee, servant or agent of the University of their duty on the Lands; (b) the proper exercise by any other person of any of such other person’s privileges and rights under these by-laws.
PART 6 — USE OF VEHICLES ON THE LANDS
6.1(1) Subject to sub-by-law (2) a person must not drive a vehicle other than on a traffic area unless authorised by a Permit to do so; (2) A cyclist may ride a bicycle also on any pathways declared by the Senate to be for the use of cyclists.
6.2 The driver of a vehicle on the Lands must— (a) not exceed 25 kilometres per hour or any lower speed limit specified by a traffic sign; (b) if driving into or out of a parking area, give way to traffic on roadways; (c) obey every signal, order or direction of an Authorised Person or a member of the Police Force; (d) comply with all traffic signs; (e) not do or omit to be done any act which if done on a road (as defined in the Road Traffic Act 1974) would be a breach of any Act or regulation .
6.3 A person may park a bicycle on any area of the Lands set aside for the parking of bicycles.
6.4 Subject to by-law 6.3 no person may park a vehicle— (a) on the Lands between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays unless that person holds a valid Parking Permit, Parking Ticket or Permit for that vehicle and that area; (b) other than wholly within the marked boundary of a parking bay; (c) in a reserved bay unless the driver or vehicle is within the class of persons or vehicles or is engaged in the activity for which the bay is reserved; (d) contrary to any traffic sign; (e) if it is a motorcycle, motor scooter or similar vehicle, other than in a parking bay of a size appropriate to the parking of those vehicles.
6.5 At any time other than between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays a person may park a vehicle other than a bicycle in any parking bay other than a reserved bay.
6.6 An Authorised Person may remove any vehicle— (a) parked in breach of the by-laws;
B37—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) parked in a position which interferes with or obstructs traffic on the Lands; or (c) which appears to the Authorised Person to have been abandoned on the Lands, to any place which the Authorised Person thinks fit, whether on or off the Lands. The Authorised Person may take any action considered reasonably necessary to remove the vehicle including but not limited to unlocking the vehicle, entering it by any means and driving or towing it.
6.7 If a vehicle is removed under by-law 6.6— (a) the owner must pay all costs and expenses incurred by the University in removing it and the University may retain possession of the vehicle until those amounts are paid; and (b) the University and its employees, servants and agents are not liable for any loss or damage suffered as a result of the removal provided reasonable care was taken to protect the vehicle and its contents.
PART 7 — INFRINGEMENT NOTICES
7.1 Where an Authorised Person alleges that a person has used, driven or parked a vehicle in breach of these by-laws that Authorised Person may issue an Infringement Notice in accordance with the by-laws.
7.2 An Infringement Notice must be— (a) in a form approved by the Vice-Chancellor; (b) addressed to the driver or, if not known, to ‘the owner’; (c) served on the addressee by— (i) leaving it on or attached to the vehicle involved in the alleged breach; (ii) posting it to the last known place of residence or business of the addressee; or (iii) giving it to the driver.
7.3 If the driver is unknown and an Infringement Notice is addressed to ‘the owner’, the owner is deemed to be the driver at the time of the alleged breach unless that person— (a) notifies the University Registrar in writing of the name and address of the driver at the time of the alleged breach; or (b) satisfies the University Registrar that at the time of the alleged breach the vehicle had been stolen or unlawfully taken or used.
7.4 If, within the time specified in the Infringement Notice for payment of the penalty, the addressee gives a written explanation with respect to the alleged breach to the University Registrar and— (a) the explanation is accepted, no further action will be taken in respect of that breach; or (b) the explanation is not accepted, an Authorised Person must issue a further Infringement Notice stating that the explanation is not accepted and that further action will be taken against the addressee unless the modified penalty is paid within a specified time.
7.5 No person other than the addressee of an Infringement Notice may remove an Infringement Notice left on or attached to a vehicle by an Authorised Person or member of the Police Force.
PART 8 — OTHER POWERS OF POLICE AND AUTHORISED PERSONS
8.1 A person shall supply evidence of identity and name and address to any member of the Police Force or Authorised Person if and when required to do so, and shall produce for inspection his or her Permit, if any.
8.2 Any member of the Police Force or Authorised Person may remove from the Lands any person who they reasonably believe is on the Lands in breach of a by-law or has committed a breach of any by-law.
PART 9 — PENALTIES AND PROCEEDINGS
9.1 A person who breaches any of these by-laws is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $100.
9.2 Proceedings may be taken in any court of summary jurisdiction in accordance with the Justices Act 1902 in respect of any offence committed under the by-laws and any penalty imposed or compensation made payable may be recovered in a summary manner in accordance with that Act.
9.3(1) An Authorised Person or a member of the Police Force may take proceedings on behalf of the University in his or her own name or the name of the University. (2) The University must reimburse any person who takes proceedings in accordance with sub-by-law (1) for all costs, charges, expenses or damages which he or she has incurred or become liable for by reason of taking the proceedings.
9.4 (1) The addressee of an Infringement Notice who does not deny the allegation that he or she has breached these by-laws may pay the modified penalty specified in the Infringement Notice to the University Registrar within the time and in the manner specified in the Infringement Notice. (2) Payment of the modified penalty and the production of the receipt for payment is a defence to a charge of the breach in respect of which the modified penalty is paid.
B38—April/May 2000 Acts
(3) If the University Registrar considers that an alleged offender against the by-laws cannot be adequately punished by payment of a modified penalty the University Registrar may refuse to accept payment of the modified penalty and may take proceedings against the alleged offender. (4) The modified penalties are those set out in the Second Schedule.
9.5 If a student breaches these by-laws that breach is misconduct for the purposes of Statute No. 17 of the Statutes of the University and the Vice-Chancellor may direct that the student be dealt with in accordance with that Statute.
9.6(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-by-law 7.2 any notice required by these by-laws to be served upon any person may be served by— (a) giving it to that person personally; or (b) posting it by prepaid post to the person’s last known place of residence or business. (2) Any notice given by post is deemed to have been given when the notice would have been received at the address in the normal course of the post. (3) Where, in any proceeding for any breach of a by-law, it is alleged that a notice was given by the University to any person, in the absence of proof to the contrary that notice is deemed to have been properly given to that person.
9.7 For the purposes of any proceeding for a breach of a by-law relating to the parking or driving of vehicles, in the absence of proof to the contrary— (a) all persons employed by the University to enforce the by-laws relating to driving and parking of vehicles are deemed to be an Authorised Person; (b) where it is alleged that the University Registrar has not— (i) received a notice under by-law 7.3(a); or (ii) been satisfied under by-law 7.3(b) that the vehicle had been stolen or unlawfully taken or used; or (iii) accepted an explanation under by-law 7.4; or (iv) received the modified penalty under by-law 9.4, a letter signed by the University Registrar to that effect is prima facie evidence that— (i) the notice has not been given; (ii) the vehicle was not stolen or unlawfully used; (iii) an explanation has not been accepted; (iv) a modified penalty has not been paid, (as the case may be).
FIRST SCHEDULE Lands of The University
PART I
Lands forming the University site at Crawley.
MAIN CAMPUS AREA 1. All that portion of Swan Location 2885 which is comprised in Lease 652/42.
FAIRWAY/MYERS ST/PARKWAY 2. All that portion of Swan Location 2886 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 902, Folio 65.
ST COLUMBA COLLEGE 3. All that portion of Swan Location 3087 and being Lot 18 on Diagram 23550 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 280, Folio 5A.
KINGSWOOD COLLEGE 4. All that portion of Swan Location 3087 and being Lot 19 on Diagram 23550 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1261, Folio 386.
ST CATHERINE’S COLLEGE 5. All that portion of Swan Location 3087 and being Lot 17 on Diagram 23550 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1231, Folio 691.
CURRIE HALL (EAST)/ZOOLOGY/TUART HOUSE 6. All the portion of Swan Locations 3088 and 3190 and being Lot 8 and part of Lot 5 on Diagram 9045 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1335, Folio 143.
NEDLANDS CAMPUS 7. All that portion of Swan Location 8235 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1877, Folio 994.
CAR PARK 23 8. All that portion of land added to lease 652/42 by application B824537.
B39—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FAIRWAY VERGE 9. All that portion of Swan Location 3189 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 970, Folio 36.
HACKETT DRIVE 10. All that portion of Swan Location 8178 comprised in Certificate of Title volume 1532, Folio 927.
WINTHROP AVENUE 11. All that portion of Perth Suburban Lot 490 and Swan Location 4883 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 480, Folio 157A.
CURRIE HALL (WESTERN PART) 12. All that portion of each of Swan Locations 3732 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1044, Folio 306.
ST THOMAS MORE COLLEGE 13. All that portion of Swan Location 3088 and 3190 and being Lot 9 the subject of Diagram 18191 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1167, Folio 292.
MAJOR PART OF ST GEORGE’S COLLEGE 14. All that portion of Swan Locations 3088 and 3190 and being Lot 7 on Diagram 9045 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1024, Folio 369.
BALANCE OF ST GEORGE’S COLLEGE 15. All that portion of Swan Locations 3088 and 3190 and being Lot 6 on Diagram 9045 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1096, Folio 30.
PART 2
Other Lands vested in or under the management or control of the University which are hereby prescribed to be Lands of The University.
MUSIC EXAMS (No. 1 COOPER STREET) 16. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lots 259 and 260 on Plan 2948 (Sheet 1) and being comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1053, Folio 842.
CAR PARK No. 17 (COOPER STREET/FAIRWAY) No. 1 17. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lots 261 and 262 on Plan 2948 (Sheet 2) and being comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1363, Folio 164.
CAR PARK No. 17 (COOPER STREET/FAIRWAY) No. 2 18. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 263 and part of Lot 264 on Plan 2948 (Sheet 1) comprising Certificate of Title Volume 1041, Folio 282.
ARRAS STREET AND MONASH AVENUE 19. All that portion of Swan Location 1715 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1805, Folio 481.
LOVE HOUSE —28 BROADWAY (No. 1) 20. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 253 on Plan 2948 being comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1030, Folio 845.
LOVE HOUSE—28 BROADWAY (No. 2) 21. All that land being portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 254 on Plan 2948 (Sheet 2) comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1660, Folio 889.
39 FAIRWAY 22. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 5 on diagram 75102 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1845, Folio 397.
23. All that portion of Swan Location 268 being Lot 3 on Diagram 75102 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1845, Folio 395.
24. All that portion of Swan Location 268 being Lot 4 on Diagram 75102 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1845, Folio 396.
McGILLIVRAY SPORTS GROUND, INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURE FIELD STATION (PART 1) 25. All that portion of Swan Location 2103 being comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1843, Folio 214.
26. All that portion of Swan Location 2103 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1843, Folio 213.
27. All that portion of Swan Location 7718 being comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1318, Folio 859.
ALLANDALE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH STATION 28. All that portion of Avon Location 28280 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1482, Folio 215.
29. All that portion of Avon Location 10932 and portion of Avon Locations 6930, 7385 and 19358 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1668, Folio 874.
30. All that portion of Avon Location 27411 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1668, Folio 873.
B40—April/May 2000 Acts
31. All that portion of Avon Location 26783 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1694, Folio 43.
32. All that portion of Avon Location 5616 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1694, Folio 42.
33. All that portion of Avon Locations 5480 and 6506 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1668, Folio 872.
NEVILLE STANLEY RESEARCH STATION 34. All that portion of Wellington Location 1733 and being Lot 5 on Plan 10168 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1331, Folio 916.
YULE BROOK RESERVE 35. All that portion of Canning Location 382 and being Lots 9–16, 77 and 78 which is comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1248, Folio 795.
UNIVERSITY BOAT CLUB 36. All that portion of Swan Location 2888 comprised in Reserve No. 17375 for the duration of the lease from National Parks Authority.
CLAREMONT COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTRE 37. All that portion of Swan Locations 9582, 9723 and 10240 comprised in Crown Grant Volume 1873, Folio 529.
7 COOPER STREET 38. Lot 257 on Plan 2948 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 530, Folio 107.
4 BROADWAY/1 STIRLING HIGHWAY 39. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 5 on Diagram 53155 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 1530, Folio 639.
6-8 BROADWAY 40. All that portion of Swan Location 268 and being Lot 251 on Plan 2948 comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 2029, Folio 371.
SECOND SCHEDULE Traffic and Parking Penalties
Offence Penalty
1. Driving other than on a traffic area $30 2. Exceeding speed limits $30 3. Failing to give way when entering or leaving parking area $30 4. Disobeying signal order or direction of authorised person $30 5. Disobeying traffic signs $30 6. Breaching an act or regulation $30 7. Parking a bicycle other than in a bicycle area $30 8. Parking without a valid parking permit or parking ticket $30 9. Parking other than wholly within the marked boundaries of a parking bay other than a No Parking area $30 10. Parking in a No Parking area $40 11. Parking in a Reserved bay other than for proper purposes $40 12. Parking in a Disabled bay $45 13. Parking contrary to any limitation on a traffic sign $30 14. Parking a motorcycle, motor scooter or similar vehicle other than in an appropriate bay $30
B41—April/May 2000 Statutes
C STATUTES
C1—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
STATUTES OF THE UNIVERSITY
The 1937 Calendar contains a complete list of Statutes and 29. Method of Election of Members of the Senate under Amending Statutes showing dates on which they were Sections 10(fb) and 10A(1)(ca) gazetted, amended or repealed, up to the end of 1936, and as 30. Deputy Vice-Chancellor they were numbered under the old system. 31. Scholarships and Prizes The following four statutes were introduced in 1938 before the new system of numbering was introduced: Statute No. 1: THE SENATE 1 Statute No. 39—Amendment to Statute No. 17, Public 1 Examinations Board. Gazetted 29/7/38. At the time of going to press, changes to the Constitution of Senate have been proposed due to a review of its role and function. Amendments are Statute No. 40—Amendment to Statute No. 29, Academic expected to be made to Statute No. 1 to provide for such changes as might Board. Gazetted 29/7/38. be approved. Statute No. 41—Amendment to Statute No. 7, Matriculation. 1. The Senate shall meet for the despatch of business once at Gazetted 29/7/38. least every month except January, on dates to be determined Statute No. 42—Amendment to Statute No. 20, Conditions of in the previous year, unless the Chancellor is satisfied that Awarding Hackett Bursaries and Research Studentships. there is insufficient business, in which case five days’ notice Gazetted 29/7/38. of cancellation must be given. The Senate shall have power to adjourn to any intermediate period. STATUTE DEALING WITH THE RENUMBERING OF 2. All proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in a journal. STATUTES 3. The minutes of the preceding meeting shall be circulated to 1. The statutes now in force are renumbered as follows: members within a reasonable period following the meeting 1. The Senate and confirmed or amended by resolution of the Senate at the following meeting. 2. The Seal of the University 3. Admission ad eundem gradum 4. The Chancellor or, in his absence, the Pro-Chancellor, shall 4. Applications for Admission to Convocation under have power to call a special meeting for the consideration of Sections 17(1)(e) and 31(1)(c) business which either may wish to submit to the Senate. 5. Admission ad eundem statum 6. Applications for Admission to Degrees under Section 5. The Chancellor or Pro-Chancellor, or, in their absence, the 31(1)(o) Registrar, shall convene a meeting of the Senate upon the 7. Matriculation or Admission to the University written requisition of four members, setting forth the objects 8. The Faculties for which the meeting is required to be convened, and the 9. Convocation meeting shall be called within 14 days after the receipt of the 10. Vice-Chancellor requisition. 11. Academic Dress 12. Method of Election by Convocation of persons to be 6. Each member shall be supplied by the Registrar with a Members of the Senate written or printed notice of all matters to be considered at the 13. Affiliated and Associated Institutions next ensuing meeting of the Senate, whether special or 14. Granting and Conferring of Degrees and Diplomas ordinary, and such notice shall be delivered or transmitted by 15. Public Examinations Board (Repealed) post at least five days before the day of meeting, except in any 16. Fees for Examinations and for the granting of Degrees, case of special urgency, when two days’ notice shall suffice. Diplomas and Certificates (Repealed) 7. If a quorum of the Senate be not present within 15 minutes 17. Discipline after the time appointed for a meeting, whether ordinary or 18. Conditions of awarding Hackett Bursaries and special, all business which should have been transacted at Research Studentships such meeting shall stand over for the next ordinary meeting 19. Academic Board and take precedence thereat. 20. Guild of Undergraduates. 2. The statutes mentioned in Section 1 and any new statutes Statute No. 2: SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY dealing with a subject matter not included in the statutes 1. The Registrar shall have custody of the common seal of the mentioned in that section will be described as original University and is authorised to affix the seal— statutes. (a) to certificates of degrees, diplomas or other qualifi- 3. New original statutes will be numbered consecutively cations granted or conferred by the Senate; commencing with the number 21. (b) to statutes made by the Senate; (c) 4. Statutes amending, adding to, or repealing wholly or in to such other classes of documents as are approved by a part any of the original statutes will be identified by the year resolution of the Senate. in which they are passed and by a distinguishing number 2. Except as provided in Clause 1, the seal shall not be affixed and will be described as amending statutes. to any document unless specifically authorised by the Senate. 3. The seal whenever affixed shall be attested by the ADDITIONAL NEW STATUTES Chancellor or the Pro-Chancellor or the Vice-Chancellor. 21. Music Examinations Board 4. The Registrar shall maintain a register in which shall be 22. Gledden Trust recorded for each document to which the seal is affixed 23. Registrar particulars of the nature of the document, its date, the 24. Affiliation of University Colleges authority for and the name of the person attesting the affixing 25. Method of Election of Members of the Senate under of the seal. Section 10(c) and 10A(1)(c) 26. Overseas Students’ Fees (Repealed) 27. Saw Medical Research Fellowships (Repealed) 28. Superannuation Scheme
C2—April/May 2000 Statutes
Statute No. 3: ADMISSION AD EUNDEM GRADUM 2. The Senate shall take into consideration and deal with such applications when received. 1. The Senate may, on the recommendation of the Academic Board, admit ad eundem gradum graduates of any other 3. Applicants for admission must submit sufficient evidence university. of their good fame and character, and of having passed such examinations as are referred to in Section 31(1)(o) of the 2. Applicants for admission ad eundem gradum must submit University Act under a university which does not, or at the to the Senate through the Academic Board sufficient evidence time of their passing the examinations, did not grant degrees of their identity, degrees, good fame and character. Any to women. applicant for admission ad eundem gradum under this clause shall pay upon application such fee as may be determined and 4. The fee for admission shall be four dollars twenty cents. published by the Senate from time to time. Statute No. 7: MATRICULATION OR ADMISSION TO Statute No. 4: APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY CONVOCATION UNDER SECTION 17(1)(C) 1. Every applicant for admission as a matriculated student of 1. In this Statute— the University shall pass such matriculation examination or ‘Council’ means the Council of Convocation. fulfil such other tests of fitness and shall produce such evidence of good character as may from time to time be ‘Professor’ means a person holding an appointment as a prescribed by the Senate on the recommendation of the professor. Academic Board. ‘Lecturer’ means a person, other than a professor, holding a full-time appointment or a 50 per cent or greater fractional 2.(1) The Academic Board may admit to matriculant status in appointment on the academic staff of the University. The University of Western Australia persons who have gained educational qualifications outside Western Australia. 2. Any person who has been appointed as a professor or (2) Every applicant for matriculant status under Clause 2(1) lecturer in The University of Western Australia, or to any above shall be required to produce satisfactory documentary position of equivalent status, shall be admitted to member- evidence of his qualifications and to prove his identity with ship of Convocation under Section 17(1)(c) of the University the person named in such documents. Act on application, and shall be exempted from payment of any application fee imposed in terms of Clause 6. (3) The fee payable upon application for admission to matriculant status under this clause shall be as determined 3. For all categories of applicant for membership of and published by the Senate from time to time. Convocation under Section 17(1)(c) of the University Act other than those provided for in Clause 2, the Council of 3. Persons who have not matriculated may, with the consent Convocation shall from time to time determine the criteria for of the Academic Board on the recommendation of the faculty admission to membership. concerned and on payment of the prescribed fees, if any, be permitted to attend any course of lectures or of practical 4. Applicants for admission shall lodge their applications instruction without undergoing any preliminary test of with the Warden of Convocation and shall include with their fitness. applications evidence of their qualifications and a statement of their reasons for seeking admission. 4.(1) The conditions for matriculation or for admission to the University under this Statute shall be prescribed in 5. The Council shall consider and make determinations on Matriculation Regulations approved by the Senate on the each application received in line with any current criteria for recommendation of the Academic Board. admission. (2) The Matriculation Regulations shall be administered by 6. Subject to the provisions of Clause 2, an applicant for the Academic Board which may delegate any or all of its admission to Convocation under this Statute shall pay upon powers under this Statute to a Matriculation Committee or to application such fee as may be determined and published by such other committee or committees as may be required for the Council from time to time. the proper implementation of this Statute and of the regulations made under it. Statute No. 5: ADMISSION TO STATUS WITHIN THE (3) The constitution of the Matriculation Committee, which shall be a permanent committee of the Academic Board, shall UNIVERSITY be prescribed from time to time by resolution of the Senate on 1. The Academic Board may admit to such status in a PhD the recommendation of the Board. programme, and a faculty may admit to such status in one of its academic courses, as in each case it thinks fit persons who have gained standing in another recognised university or Statute No. 8: THE FACULTIES similar institution, and may from time to time delegate its 1.(1) In this Statute, unless the context otherwise requires, and authority hereunder to a committee appointed by it or, in the subject to sub-clauses (2) and (3)— case of a faculty, to its dean. ‘Faculty’ means a faculty mentioned in Clause 2, and defined 2. Applicants for admission under this Statute shall submit in Clause 4. sufficient evidence of the status or standing which they have ‘Department’ means an academic department established by obtained in some university or institution as defined in the Senate. Clause 1 hereof and of their identity, good fame and character. ‘School’ means a department or group of departments which 3. The fee upon application for admission to status under this the Senate has determined shall be referred to as a school. Statute shall be as determined and published by the Senate ‘Centre’ means a unit so designated by the Senate. from time to time. ‘Institute’ means a unit so designated by the Senate. 4. The Academic Board and the faculties, for purposes of ‘Professor’ means a person holding a full-time appointment, central recording, shall report the status granted in every case or a 50 per cent or greater fractional appointment as to the Registrar. professor. ‘Lecturer’ means a person holding a full-time appointment, or a 50 per cent or greater fractional appointment, as associate Statute No. 6: APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION TO professor, reader, senior lecturer or lecturer, associate lecturer DEGREES UNDER SECTION 31(1)(o) or senior tutor. 1. Applications for admission to any degrees in the University ‘Course’ means a plan of study necessary to qualify for a under Section 31(1)(o) of the University Act shall be made to degree, diploma, certificate or other qualification approved the Senate. by the Senate.
C3—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) In sub-clause (1) the terms ‘professor’ and ‘lecturer’ 6.(1) Meetings of each faculty shall be held— exclude any person holding an emeritus, visiting, adjunct, (a) at least once in each academic year; and clinical or honorary appointment. (b) within ten working days of the service on its Executive (3) In sub-clause (1) the term ‘school’ when applied to a Dean or Dean, of a requisition signed by at least six members group of departments is a courtesy title for the purposes of of the faculty and containing a statement of the matters to be external representation only. discussed; and (c) whenever its Executive Dean or Dean sees fit. 2. There shall be faculties of Agriculture; Arts; Economics and Commerce; Education; Engineering and Mathematical (2) The Executive Dean or Dean shall ensure that as far as is Sciences; Law; Medicine and Dentistry; and Science and such practicable all members have at least three working days’ others as the Senate may approve from time to time. written notice of meetings of the faculty and of the business to be transacted. 3. Each faculty shall offer such courses as the Senate may (3) Meetings of each faculty shall be chaired by the approve from time to time. Executive Dean or Dean of the faculty but in the absence of 4.(1) Each faculty shall comprise: the Executive Dean or Dean, the members present shall determine which one of them shall take the chair. (a) the professors and lecturers in all departments, centres, schools and institutes funded by the faculty; and (4) The quorum for meetings of a faculty shall be 25 members or one third of the number of members in the (b) as many professors and lecturers who hold full-time or faculty, whichever is the lesser. 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments in other departments, centres, schools and institutes which teach in (5) In calculating the numbers required for a quorum the faculty’s courses, as the Senate may from time to time members of the faculty on approved leave from the determine, after receiving advice from the Academic Board; University will be excluded. and (6) All questions which are before a faculty shall, unless (c) members in such other categories as the Senate may from other Statutes or regulations provide otherwise, be decided time to time approve; and by a simple majority of the members present and voting. (d) such other persons as the foregoing members may (7) The chair of the meeting shall have an ordinary vote and appoint from time to time for specified periods. a casting vote. (2) The Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, (8) Subject to the Statutes and regulations and to resolutions Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research), of the Senate, a faculty shall have the power to regulate its Chair of the Academic Board, Registrar and such other own procedures, but where a dispute arises, the standing officers of the University as the Senate may from time to time rules and orders of the Senate shall apply. declare, shall ex officio be members of all faculties but shall not be counted for the purposes of determining whether a 7.(1) The Senate, on the recommendation of a faculty and the quorum of members is present at a meeting. Academic Board, may determine any or all of the following in relation to a department responsible for a course or courses: (3) A faculty shall be deemed to be properly constituted (a) notwithstanding that any members required by its that the department shall establish a Board of Studies; constitution to be elected or nominated have not as yet been (b) that the department shall be designated a school; elected or nominated. (c) that the head of a department designated a school shall (4) A faculty shall specify the details of its membership in its assume the title of Dean of School. regulations. (2)(a) The Senate, on the recommendation of a faculty and the Academic Board, may determine that a department or 5.(1) A faculty, subject to the Statutes and regulations and to group of departments shall be permitted to use the courtesy resolutions of the Senate, shall have power to determine the title of school for the purposes of external representation following: only. (a) the general administration of courses under its gover- (b) A school established in terms of paragraph (a) shall not nance, within the constraints of University policies; be permitted to establish a Board of Studies nor to appoint a (b) the enrolment of students in its courses under conditions Head or Dean of School. determined by the University; (3) A faculty shall include in its regulations the constitution (c) the timetabling of lectures, tutorial classes and laboratory of any Boards of Studies established within it. work; (d) the approval of exemption from attendance at lectures, 8. A faculty may establish such advisory boards, with such laboratory or tutorial classes; membership, duties and arrangements, as are approved by the Academic Board, following a recommendation from the (e) exemption from any part of a prescribed course and faculty. variations of such courses; (f) the approval or disapproval of the proposed subject 9. Each faculty, with the approval of the Senate, may delegate matter of theses or dissertations to be submitted in fulfilment any of its powers to its Executive Dean or Dean, its heads of of the requirements for any of its courses; department or to committees of the faculty. (g) the acceptance or rejection of theses or dissertations 10.(1) The Senate shall appoint an Executive Dean of each of submitted for examination for any of its courses; the Faculties of Agriculture, Arts, Engineering and (h) the credit or advanced standing to be granted to a Mathematical Sciences, Medicine and Dentistry, and Science. student towards any of its courses, in recognition of work completed in this University or in another institution (2) The Senate shall appoint a Dean of each of the Faculties recognised by it. of Economics and Commerce, Education, and Law, and an Executive Dean of that group of faculties, to whom the (2) A faculty may— aforementioned deans shall report. (a) provide advice to its Executive Dean or Dean, as (3) The duties and responsibilities of Executive Deans and appropriate, on all policy issues relating to the faculty’s Deans of faculties shall be as determined by the Senate in resources; and each case. (b) make recommendations to the Academic Board, through its Executive Dean or Dean, or both, as appropriate, on any (4) The selection process and the terms and conditions of matter related to research or the teaching of its courses, which appointment for each of the Executive Deans and Deans it may not approve by delegation under the provisions of this referred to in (1) and (2), shall in each case be as determined or another Statute, by regulation or Senate resolution; and by the Senate. (c) provide to other University bodies or officers, through its 11.(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall, after taking appropriate Executive Dean or Dean, or both, as appropriate, advice on advice, appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean and Dean any matter referred to it for consideration.
C4—April/May 2000 Statutes of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the Executive (6) A member of Convocation whose name has been Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive Dean or deleted from the Postal List may at any later time request the Dean. Convocation Officer in writing to re-enter his or her name in the Postal List and on receipt of and being satisfied with the (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be validity of such request the Convocation Officer shall enter appointed for a period of at least one academic year. the name and address of the member in the list. A member 12. An Executive Dean or Dean of a faculty may with the who lodges an application with the Convocation Officer on a approval of the Academic Board and Senate delegate any of date less than 42 days before an election is not entitled to the duties and responsibilities of the office to other officers or vote in that election. members of the faculty for a specified period. (7) The Postal List shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection by any member of Convocation. The Convocation Officer shall not provide copies of or Statute No. 9: CONVOCATION information from the Postal List in part or in whole to any person or organisation without the express approval of both Part I: Officers of Convocation the Registrar of the University and the Warden. 1. There shall be a Warden and a Deputy Warden of Convocation who shall be members of Convocation, as Part III: Committees of Convocation defined by Section 17(1) of the University of Western Australia Act, and elected annually by members of Convocation entitled SELECT COMMITTEES to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Statute. 7. Convocation or the Warden may refer any matter to a 2.(1) The Warden may resign from office by notice in writing Select Committee. to the Chancellor with a simultaneous copy to the Convocation Officer. Such resignation takes effect from the 8.(1) Unless Convocation determines otherwise a Select time it is received by the Convocation Officer. Committee consists of the Warden, the Deputy Warden and five other members. At any meeting of the Select Committee (2) The Deputy Warden may resign from office by notice in four members constitute a quorum. writing to the Warden. Such resignation takes effect from the time it is received by the Convocation Officer. (2) The Warden has the right to be chairman of all Select Committees but if the Warden shall be at any time or times 3. The Warden and the Deputy Warden are ex officio unable or unwilling to so act then the Deputy Warden has the additional members of all committees and sub-committees of right to so act. If both the Warden and the Deputy Warden Convocation. are at any time or times unable or unwilling to so act the Select Committee shall elect one of its other members to be 4.(1) There shall be a Convocation Officer who shall be a chairman. member of the staff of the University, appointed to the position by the Vice-Chancellor after consultation with the 9. The chairman has a vote and in the case of an equality of Warden. votes the chairman has a second or casting vote. (2) The Convocation Officer has such powers and shall 10. perform such duties as are conferred or imposed by this The report of a Select Committee shall be written and Statute or by the Registrar after consultation with the Warden signed by the chairman who shall present it to the next of Convocation. Ordinary Meeting of Convocation.
Part II: Membership of Convocation COUNCIL OF CONVOCATION 11.(1) 5.(1) Membership of Convocation is as defined by Section There shall be a committee of Convocation which shall 17(1) of the University of Western Australia Act. be called the Council of Convocation (‘the Council’) which has such powers and perform such duties as are conferred or (2) For the purposes of this Statute, ‘graduate’ means a imposed on it by this Statute or by Convocation. person who has been awarded a degree or diploma of this University. (2) The Council shall manage the affairs and perform such duties of Convocation so as to— 6.(1) The Convocation Officer shall maintain a list, to be (a) encourage members of Convocation to participate in known as the Postal List, of the names and addresses of those the governance of the University through the election of persons as defined in the University of Western Australia Act Convocation members to the Senate and the review of who are members of Convocation. amendments to University statutes; (2) Only those members of Convocation whose names are on (b) represent the interests and opinions of members the Postal List are entitled to receive voting papers of through effective communication and to present such views Convocation. to the University and the community of Western Australia; (3) The name and address of a member of Convocation shall (c) encourage members to support and contribute to the be deleted from the Postal List when— intellectual and cultural prosperity of the University community; (a) the member requests the Convocation Officer in writing to remove his or her name from the list; or (d) promote professional and social links between members of Convocation by creating and supporting opportunities for (b) mail addressed to the member by the Convocation graduate interaction; and Officer has been unclaimed not less than twice, the Convocation Officer having taken reasonable steps to (e) promote the ideals and purpose of the University and ascertain the correct address of the member; or Convocation to graduates and undergraduates, other members of the University and the community of Western (c) the Convocation Officer receives evidence that the Australia. member has died. (3) The Council consists of the Warden, the Deputy (4) The Convocation Officer shall present to each Ordinary Warden, the immediate past Warden and 21 members of Meeting of Convocation a list of the members whose names Convocation elected by Convocation. and addresses have been deleted from the Postal List since the last Ordinary Meeting with the exception of those members (4) The Council shall ordinarily meet on the first who have requested removal of their names from the Postal Wednesday in each month except January. It may meet at List. other times as determined by the Warden. (5) A member whose name has been deleted from the Postal (5) A member of the Council who fails to attend three List does not thereby cease to be a member of Convocation. consecutive ordinary meetings of the Council without having obtained leave of the Council to be absent is deemed to have
C5—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar resigned from the Council at the conclusion of the third of (a) subscribing members of Convocation as identified by such meetings. the Council; or (6) At any meeting of the Council the quorum is not less (b) members of Convocation who have attended an than one-third of the number of members of the Council. Ordinary or Special Meeting during a period to be agreed by Senate on the recommendation of Council; or 12.(1) Subject to the provision of Clause 11(5) hereof, each (c) members of Convocation who have cast a vote in an elected member holds office for three years terminating on election for Senate in accordance with the provisions of the election of each member’s successor. Statute 12, or for Warden, Deputy Warden or Council of (2) An elected member completing a term of office is Convocation in accordance with the provisions of this Statute, eligible for re-election. during a period to be agreed by Senate on the recom- mendation of Council; or (3) Those members of the Standing Committee whose terms of office were to terminate in the years 1993, 1994 and (d) members identified by the Council as persons who 1995 shall hold office on the Council, which is the successor have expressed an interest in Convocation. body to the Standing Committee, until the years 1993, 1994 (3) Notwithstanding sub-clause (2), the Warden may direct and 1995 respectively. that the printed notice stating the matters to be considered at a meeting be sent by mail to all persons resident in Australia 13.(1) Elections shall be held annually to fill vacancies in the whose names are entered in the Postal List as prescribed in Council however occurring, but between the annual elections Clause 6. the Council may itself elect any other member of Convocation to fill any casual vacancy in the Council. A member so elected (4) Where there is to be a contested election of Warden, by the Council holds office only until the next annual election Deputy Warden or of members of the Council in any year the unless the casual vacancy occurred after the close of notice of the March Ordinary Meeting of Convocation in that nominations for the annual election and had a term of at least year shall be accompanied by the voting papers and one year to run, in which event the member elected to it by envelopes as hereinunder mentioned. the Council holds office until the annual election in the following year. 19. At any Ordinary or Special Meeting of Convocation 25 members shall constitute a quorum. (2) A member elected to a casual vacancy by the Council is eligible for election at the annual elections. 20.(1) If at the expiration of 30 minutes from the time (3) A member elected to a casual vacancy at the annual appointed for a meeting a quorum is not present then if the election is deemed to have been elected at the same time as meeting is a Special Meeting it shall lapse but if it is an the person whom the member succeeds in office. Ordinary Meeting it shall stand adjourned for 14 days at the (4) At the annual elections precedence shall be given to same hour and place and notice of such adjournment shall be filling the vacancies with longer terms to run. given by the Convocation Officer by advertisement within seven days in one daily or weekly newspaper published in 14. The Warden has the right to be Chairman of the Council Perth. but if the Warden is at any time or times unable or unwilling (2) If at any adjourned meeting there is no quorum present to so act then the Deputy Warden has the right to so act. If within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the holding both the Warden and the Deputy Warden are at any time or thereof the meeting shall lapse. times unable or unwilling to so act the Council shall elect one of its other members to be chairman. 21.(1) At Ordinary Meetings and Special Meetings all questions shall be resolved by a simple majority of members’ 15. The Council may appoint such committees with such votes validly cast, except where otherwise provided for in members and such duties and for such purposes and for such this Statute. periods as it deems fit provided however that each committee (2) At each meeting the chairman has a vote and in the case shall report back to the Council from time to time as required of an equality of votes the chairman has a second or casting by it and no action proposed by a committee shall be taken by vote. it until approved by the Council. 22. Convocation may by motion adjourn any meeting or may Part IV: Meetings of Convocation adjourn any debate or matter to a future meeting. 16.(1) Convocation shall hold Ordinary Meetings at least twice a year at such hour and place as the Warden 23. A record of all the proceedings at Ordinary and Special determines. Meetings of Convocation, and at ordinary and special meetings of the Council shall be kept by the Convocation (2) The first Ordinary Meeting of the year shall be held on Officer, and such minutes or records of proceedings for the the third Friday in March and another shall be held on the meetings shall be available at all reasonable times for third Friday in September, but if a meeting so fixed falls on a inspection by any member of Convocation. day which is deemed by the Warden to be unsuitable the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Warden. 24.(1) At all meetings of Convocation the Warden shall be (3) The Warden shall call additional Ordinary Meetings of chairman, except that— Convocation at such times as the Warden may deem (2) in the absence of the Warden the Deputy Warden shall necessary. be chairman, and that
17. On receipt of a requisition signed by at least 15 members (3) in the absence of the Warden and Deputy Warden a the Warden shall call a Special Meeting of Convocation to be chairman shall be elected by the members present. held within 42 days after receipt of such requisition. Every such requisition shall specify the matters proposed to be 25. All matters relating to the election of Warden and Deputy placed before the meeting. Warden and members of the Council of Convocation shall take precedence over other business at the March Ordinary 18.(1) At least 14 days’ notice of any meeting shall be given by meeting in each year. advertisement in one University publication and one daily or weekly newspaper published in Perth. 26.(1) The order of business at an Ordinary Meeting shall subject to Clauses 25 and 27 be as follows: (2) At least 28 days before any meeting except an adjourned meeting the Convocation Officer shall send by (a) the reading or circulation of the minutes of the previous mail a printed notice, stating the matters to be considered at meeting to those present; the meeting, to all persons resident in Australia whose names (b) motions for confirmation and signature of the minutes are entered in the Postal List as prescribed in Clause 6 and or for amendment of the minutes and for confirmation and who are— signature of the minutes as amended;
C6—April/May 2000 Statutes
(c) business arising out of the minutes; have been passed unless approved by a two-thirds majority (d) correspondence; of the members present. (e) business adjourned from a previous meeting; 32.(1) All notices of motion must be in writing and duly (f) reports of Committees; signed by the originator. (g) statutes; (2) Notices must be addressed to the Convocation Officer (h) matters referred to Convocation by the Senate; and except as provided for in Clause 31(2) must reach the (i) motions on the notice paper; Convocation Officer at least 42 days before the day of the (j) other business. meeting. (2) The order of business at a Special Meeting shall subject (3) A notice of motion may be given by one member on to Clause 27 be the confirmation of the minutes of the behalf of another. previous meeting, the business specified in the requisition if (4) No motion or other matter shall be considered at a any, and such urgent business as the Warden directs to be set meeting unless the subject with which it deals appears on the down in the notice paper but no other business. notice paper of such meeting or unless two-thirds of those present agree to discuss the subject at the meeting but in no 27. The regular order of business may be suspended at any case shall a vote be taken on such motion or matter at that meeting by motion approved by a two-thirds majority of the meeting. members present. STANDING ORDERS OF DEBATE CONSIDERATION OF STATUTES 33.(1) Every question shall be decided on the voices or show 28.(1) The draft of every proposed statute or amendment to a of hands unless at least five members demand a ballot. statute as passed by Senate shall first be submitted to the Council for its consideration. (2) A ballot shall be taken in such a manner as the chairman shall direct. (2) The Council shall consult as widely as is necessary or practical to understand the views of the University (3) When a question has been decided by a show of hands community with respect to each submitted proposed statute any member may require the number of votes for and against or amendment to a statute. to be recorded in the minutes. (3) After consultation the Council shall, within the 34. Whenever the chairman rises during a debate any member provisions of Section 31(2) of the University of Western then speaking or offering to speak shall sit down and the Australia Act, in respect of each proposal to insert, delete or chairman shall be heard without interruption. amend a statute— (a) return the draft proposal to the Senate with reasons 35. The chairman if deciding to take part in a debate shall supporting its rejection or amendment; or vacate the chair and shall call upon a member to act as (b) submit the proposal to a meeting of Convocation with a chairman. recommendation that— 36. Any member desiring to speak shall stand and address the (i) the proposal be accepted without change; or chair. (ii) the proposal be amended, in which case the Council shall present its amendments for consideration; or 37. When two or more members rise to speak the chairman (iii) the proposal be rejected. shall call upon the member who first rose.
29.(1) The draft of every proposed statute or amendment to a 38.(1) A member may at any time move that the strict order of statute submitted to an Ordinary or Special Meeting of debate be observed. Convocation shall be published in the notice sent to members (2) Such motion shall be put to the vote without debate and in accordance with Clauses 18(2) and 18(3). if it is carried no member without the permission of the (2) Any alterations recommended by the Council shall also chairman shall speak twice during the debate except that the be published in the notice. mover of the original motion may reply and that on an (3) The Council shall not submit to an Ordinary or Special amendment being lost the member who proposed such Meeting of Convocation any alterations to a proposed statute amendment may propose further amendments. or amendment to a statute which have not been published in (3) A member who claims to have been misrepresented or accordance with Clauses 18(2), 18(3) and 29(2). misunderstood shall be allowed to explain immediately before the proposer of the original motion replies. 30. The order of procedure on a proposed statute or amendment to a statute shall subject to Clauses 31 be as (4) When an amendment becomes the motion it shall be follows: open for discussion as if it were an original motion. (a) reception of the statute or amendment to a statute; and 39. A reply shall be allowed to a member who has proposed a (b) the consideration of motions to adopt, amend or reject motion but not to any member who has proposed an the submitted statute or amendment to a statute. amendment except the member who proposed an amendment which has become the motion. 31.(1) A motion to adopt, amend or reject the proposed statute or amendment to a statute may be amended to propose the 40. No member may speak to any question if it has been put referral to the Committee of the Whole or to a Select by the chairman and the meeting has voted thereon. Committee. (2) All amendments to a proposed statute shall be relevant 41. In the absence of a member who has given notice of to the subject matter thereof. Except by permission of two- motion any member present may propose such a motion if thirds of the members present a motion to alter a proposed written authority to do so has been received from the member statute or amendment to a statute shall not be considered at a who gave such notice. meeting of Convocation unless at least five days’ prior written notice has been given to the Convocation Officer who shall 42. A motion may be amended or withdrawn by the proposer have immediately informed the Warden. with leave of the meeting.
(3) The chairman may declare any amendment irrelevant. 43. When an amendment is proposed to omit certain words (4) A motion to dissent from the chairman’s declaration the chairman shall put the question ‘that such words be may thereupon be proposed and if seconded shall take omitted‘. precedence over other business but shall not be deemed to
C7—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
44. When an amendment is proposed to insert or add certain (2) An audited copy of an Annual Statement of Accounts words the chairman shall put the question ‘that such words and Annual Statement of Income and Expenditure shall be be inserted’ or ‘that such words be added‘. presented to the September Ordinary Meeting of Convocation each year. 45. When an amendment is proposed to omit certain words and to substitute or add others the chairman shall first put the 61.(1) At least one half of all interest earned by the question ‘that such words be omitted’ and if that question is Convocation Reserve Fund and the Convocation General rejected the amendment shall lapse but if it is approved then Purpose Fund in any year shall be placed at the end of that the chairman shall put the further question ‘that such other year to the credit of the Convocation Reserve Fund. The words be inserted’ or ‘added’ as may be required. remaining portion of the interest so earned shall be placed to the credit of the Convocation General Purpose Fund. 46. Any member proposing an amendment may be required (2) Disbursements shall be made from the Convocation by the chairman to put it in writing. Reserve Fund only with the prior approval of a two-thirds majority of those present at a meeting of Convocation to 47. Any motion or amendment which is not seconded shall which notice of the proposed disbursement has been given in not be discussed and no entry thereof shall be made in the the notice calling the meeting. minutes.
48. When amendments have been proposed and defeated or Part VI: Election of Warden, Deputy Warden and withdrawn the motion shall be put as originally proposed. Members of the Council of Convocation 62.(1) At least 60 days before the date of the March Ordinary 49.(1) A motion may be superseded— Meeting of Convocation in each year a notice calling for (a) by a motion that ‘Convocation proceed to the next nominations for election of Warden and Deputy Warden, and business‘; for election to the Council, shall be inserted in one University (b) by a motion that ‘Convocation adjourn‘. publication and in one daily or weekly newspaper published in Perth, and shall be exhibited at the University. (2) Such motion if seconded shall be put forthwith. (2) The notice shall contain— 50.(1) A debate may be closed by a motion ‘that the question (a) particulars of the number of vacancies to be filled; be now put’ being proposed, seconded and carried. (b) notification of the date on which nominations close, (2) After such a motion has been seconded it shall be put which date shall be at least 42 days before the date fixed for forthwith without amendment or debate but shall not be the March Ordinary Meeting of Convocation; deemed to have been carried unless two-thirds of the (c) information that nomination forms are available upon members present vote for it. application to the Convocation Officer.
51. Notice of motion to rescind any decision of Convocation 63. A member of Convocation seeking election as Warden or must be given in writing in accordance with Clause 32 and no Deputy Warden or election to the Council shall on or before such motion shall be carried unless two-thirds of the the date on which nominations close deliver to the members present have voted for it. Convocation Officer a nomination form signed by the 52. If at an Ordinary or Special Meeting or an adjourned candidate and by two other members of Convocation, and meeting a question arises for which no provision is made by containing particulars of— these Standing Orders as defined by Clauses 16 to 51 the (a) the year of the candidate’s admission to Convocation; decision of the chairman thereon shall be final. and 53. These Standing Orders as defined by Clauses 16 to 51 or (b) the candidate’s qualifications for membership under any of them except Clauses 28, 29 and 32 may be suspended Section 17(1) of the University of Western Australia Act. for the time being on a motion proposed with or without notice but no such motion shall be carried unless two-thirds 64.(1) A member of Convocation seeking election as Warden of the members present have voted for it. or Deputy Warden or election to the Council may submit to the Convocation Officer before the close of nominations a COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE short biography not exceeding 250 words in length containing all or any of the following particulars of that member: 54. A Committee of the Whole may be appointed by the (a) degree or degrees, date of graduation, and other passing of a motion ‘that Convocation do now resolve itself professional qualifications; into Committee of the Whole‘. (b) profession or position; (c) details of work on bodies connected or associated with 55. The Warden has the right to be chairman of the the University; Committee of the Whole but if unwilling the Warden may request another member be voted to the chair. (d) prizes won, publications issued and research done; (e) service whether in war or peace to the community or 56. A member may speak more than once on any question. any section of it and positions held by the candidate in connection therewith; 57. Motions and amendments thereto need not be seconded. (f) such other particulars as the candidate shall deem fit.
58. The chairman shall have a vote and in the case of an (2) If an election is required the biography of each equality of votes the chairman has a second or casting vote. candidate for election shall be submitted to the Vice- Chancellor who may delete any matter therein which is Part V: Finance deemed to be offensive or untrue. (3) Before exercising the power to delete any matter from a 59. The Council of Convocation may receive and disburse biography the Vice-Chancellor shall if possible consult the such money as may be given to Convocation and subject as candidate concerned. hereinafter appears it may disburse such money in such manner as the Council shall think fit. 65. If within the prescribed period the number of valid nominations delivered to the Convocation Officer is equal to 60.(1) All money received by Convocation shall be paid by or less than the number of vacancies the candidates so it— nominated shall at the March Ordinary Meeting of (a) to the Convocation Reserve Fund; or Convocation be declared by the chairman to be elected, and (b) to the Convocation General Purposes Fund; or where the number is less than the number of vacancies nominations for election to the remaining vacancies shall be (c) to such other fund or funds as the Council may decide. called for by the chairman at the meeting and the election
C8—April/May 2000 Statutes shall be conducted in accordance with provisions in this (a) the voting paper which is received by the Convocation Statute. Officer is not contained in sealed envelopes with a signed declaration in the form specified in Clause 66(1)(c); or 66.(1) If within the prescribed period the number of valid (b) the voter has struck out more or fewer names than nominations for Warden of Convocation delivered to the required in terms of (1); or Convocation Officer exceeds the number of vacancies to be (c) the paper bears the signature of any person or any other filled the Convocation Officer shall not later than 28 days mark which identifies the voter. before the date of the meeting send by post to each member whose name is entered in the Postal List— (3) Those candidates up to the total number of vacancies to (a) a voting paper; be filled who have the least number of votes against them as indicated by the striking out of their names shall at the March (b) an envelope that is marked ‘Voting paper—Election of Ordinary Meeting of Convocation be declared by the Warden of Convocation’; and chairman to be elected. (c) a reply paid envelope on the back of which is printed a form of declaration. Upon this envelope there shall be written (4) At the annual election precedence shall be given to or printed the address of the Convocation Officer and the filling the vacancies with longer terms to run and the terms of words ‘Election of Warden of Convocation’. The declaration office to be held by successful candidates shall be decided if shall be in the following form: necessary by the drawing of lots by the Convocation Officer.
I declare that I am a member of Convocation of The 69.(1) Each voter shall— University of Western Australia and that I have not (a) place his or her voting paper without any other matter previously voted at this election. in the envelope provided for that purpose by the Convocation Officer; Signature (b) seal the envelope and place it in the envelope addressed to the Convocation Officer; and Full name (Block letters) (c) sign the declaration on the envelope addressed to the (d) the particulars of each candidate if available, including Convocation Officer and post or deliver the envelope to the the year of the candidate’s admission to Convocation, Convocation Officer. qualifications for membership under Section 17(1) of the (2) All voting papers received by the Convocation Officer University of Western Australia Act, whether the candidate is a by 5 p.m. on the second Tuesday in March shall if otherwise current officer bearer seeking re-election, and the names of valid be counted at the scrutiny. the two persons signing the candidate’s nomination form; (3) The Convocation Officer shall from time to time (as (e) the biography of each candidate if provided; and decided by the Convocation Officer)— (f) notification that the closing time and date for the receipt (a) open or cause to be opened each envelope in respect of of voting papers is 5 p.m. on the second Tuesday in March of which the declaration has been signed; that year. (b) check or cause to be checked the names appearing on (2) The provisions of sub-clause 66(1) shall mutatis the declarations with the Postal List of members of mutandis apply to the election of Deputy Warden and election Convocation; to the Council of Convocation as if the words ‘Deputy (c) place or cause to be placed the envelopes unopened in a Warden’ or ‘member of the Council’ appeared therein in sealed ballot box; provided that if there is any doubt as to the place of the word ‘Warden’ appearing therein. genuineness of any signature the Vice-Chancellor shall (3) All voting papers and envelopes addressed to members examine the disputed signature and decide whether or not it resident outside Australia shall be forwarded to the addressee is genuine. Such decision by the Vice-Chancellor shall be by airmail. final. (4) Upon being satisfied that a voting paper or either or (4) All envelopes containing the voting papers shall be both envelopes have been accidentally lost or destroyed, the kept by the Convocation Officer unopened until the count of Convocation Officer shall on application being made supply votes takes place at such a time and place as fixed by the another voting paper or envelopes or both as applicable. Warden in sub-clause (5). (5) On the voting paper shall be printed or typed the (5) The Convocation Officer shall open or cause to be names of the candidates in alphabetical order, and the opened the voting papers and count or cause to be counted number of vacancies to be filled. the votes in accordance with the method prescribed in Statute 12 on such a day and at such time as decided by the Warden, 67.(1) In the election of Warden and Deputy Warden a voter provided such a day is at least 24 hours preceding the date shall indicate on the voting paper the order of his or her fixed for the March Ordinary Meeting. preference by placing numbers consecutively starting with (6) Each candidate for election may nominate a scrutineer the number ‘1’ opposite the names of all candidates. to be present at the count of the votes. The Warden may (2) A voting paper is invalid and excluded from the count appoint one or more general scrutineers as well as a if— scrutineer on behalf of any candidate who has not appointed (a) the voting paper which is received by the Convocation one. Officer is not contained in sealed envelopes with a signed (7) In the event of an equality of votes being cast in favour declaration in the form specified in Clause 66(1)(c); of two or more candidates of whom at least one must be (b) the name of any candidate is left unnumbered, elected to a vacancy in accordance with the foregoing provided that in the case of a voting paper on which one provisions and there being more of such candidates than name is left unnumbered the appropriate number shall be remaining vacancies to be filled, the Warden shall by casting inserted by the Convocation Officer if it is the last number in vote determine which shall be elected. sequence and that voting paper shall thereupon be valid, (8) The Warden shall subject to the provisions herein subject to being not invalid for any other reason; or contained determine conclusively all questions of detail (c) the paper bears the signature of any person or any other concerning the election. mark which identifies the voter. 70.(1) If within the prescribed period the number of valid 68.(1) In the election of the members of the Council a voter nominations delivered to the Convocation Officer is less than shall exercise a vote by striking out the names of as many of the number of vacancies, the Convocation Officer shall the non-preferred candidates as exceed the number of inform the chairman of the March Ordinary Meeting during vacancies to be filled. that meeting and thereupon any member of Convocation who is present at that meeting or who has consented in (2) A voting paper is invalid and excluded from the count writing to be nominated and for whom such consent has if—
C9—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar been handed to the chairman may be nominated at the (3) Any member of Convocation who is present at that meeting and shall be eligible for election. meeting or who has consented in writing to be nominated and (2) If the number of candidates so nominated at the such consent has been handed to the chairman may be meeting equals the number of vacancies those candidates are nominated at the meeting by a member of the Council of deemed to have been elected. Convocation and is eligible for election. (3) If more candidates are nominated at the meeting than (4) If only one candidate is so nominated he or she is the number of vacancies the names of all candidates shall be deemed to have been elected. written in alphabetical order on voting papers one of which (5) If more than one candidate is so nominated the names shall be handed to each member present who shall vote in the of all the candidates shall be written in alphabetical order on manner prescribed by Clause 68(1). voting papers one of which shall be handed to each member (4) After the voting papers have been collected a count of the Council present who shall vote in the manner shall be conducted in accordance with the method prescribed prescribed for the election of Warden. in Statute 12. (6) After the voting papers have been collected a count (5) The provisions of Clauses 67(2)(b),(c) and 68(2)(b),(c) shall be conducted by the Warden and the Convocation shall apply equally to an election under this clause. Officer in the manner prescribed for the election of Warden and the Warden shall thereupon declare the name of the (6) The result of every count of votes conducted under candidate who has been duly elected as Deputy Warden for Clauses (3), (4) and (5) shall be reported by the Convocation the remainder of the year. Officer to the chairman of the meeting who shall thereupon declare the names of the duly elected candidates. 75.(1) The election of members to fill casual vacancies on the (7) Immediately upon the completion of the count of Council shall be determined by the Council. voting papers these shall be placed by the Convocation (2) Every candidate for election shall be proposed and Officer in a sealed container and shall be held by him for 14 seconded by a member of Convocation. days at the expiration of which time they shall be destroyed by the Convocation Officer unless otherwise directed by the (3) If there are no more candidates than there are vacancies Vice-Chancellor. to be filled the chairman shall declare the persons nominated to have been duly elected. 71.(1) The election of a Warden shall be declared at the March (4) If there are more candidates than there are vacancies to Ordinary Meeting in each year. be filled an election shall forthwith be held in accordance with (2) The election of the Deputy Warden shall be declared at the following provisions: the March Ordinary Meeting in each year and shall occur (a) the election shall be conducted by secret ballot and for immediately following the declaration of election of Warden. this purpose the members of the Council present shall be (3) The election of candidates to the Council of given a voting paper bearing the names of the candidates in Convocation shall be declared at the March Ordinary Meeting alphabetical order of surnames; in each year and shall occur immediately following the (b) a member shall exercise a vote by striking out the declaration of election of Deputy Warden. names of as many of the candidates as exceed the number of vacancies to be filled; 72.(1) A candidate who has been elected unopposed as (c) the Warden may appoint one or more scrutineers; Warden or Deputy Warden or who is declared to have been (d) a voting paper is invalid and excluded from the count duly elected as Warden or Deputy Warden after a contested if— election shall enter upon the duties of such office at the close of the meeting at which the election was declared and shall (i) the voter has struck out more or fewer names than retain office until the close of the meeting at which a due required in terms of (b); or successor is declared. (ii) the paper bears the signature of any person or any other mark which identifies the voter; (2) A member of Convocation may nominate for election as Warden and also for election as Deputy Warden. If a (e) the candidates shall be declared elected in the order of person who so nominates is elected as Warden then in the total votes polled by them with precedence given to filling the election of Deputy Warden such person’s name is deemed to vacancies with the longer terms to run until all the vacancies have been erased from each voting paper for the election of are filled; Deputy Warden and the names which remain to have been (f) in the event of an equality of votes being cast in favour renumbered with the figures ‘1’, ‘2’, ‘3’, ‘4’ etc. according to of two or more candidates of whom at least one must be the order in which they stand in the voter’s order of elected to a vacancy in accordance with the foregoing preference. provisions and there being more of such candidates than (3) A member of Convocation may stand for election to the remaining vacancies to be filled, the chairman shall by casting Council and also for election as Warden or Deputy Warden or vote determine who is elected. both. If a person who so stands is elected as Warden or Deputy Warden or both then in the election of the Council members such person’s name is deemed to have been erased Statute No. 10: VICE-CHANCELLOR from each voting paper for the election of the Council. 1. The Vice-Chancellor who shall also be the Principal of the University, shall be its chief executive officer. ELECTIONS TO FILL CASUAL VACANCIES 2. Subject to the Acts, Statutes and regulations and to any 73. Any vacancy which occurs in the office of Warden shall be resolutions of the Senate, the Vice-Chancellor— filled in accordance with Section 21 of the University of Western Australia Act within three months of the vacancy and (a) shall be specially charged with the duty of promoting the the election shall in all respects except for the period of notice interests and furthering the development of the University; be conducted according to the provisions in this Statute. (b) shall be responsible for the academic, administrative, financial and other business of the University; 74.(1) Any vacancy which occurs in the office of Deputy (c) shall exercise a general supervision over the staff and Warden from any cause whatsoever except annual retirement students of the University. shall be filled as it occurs by election by the Council of Convocation held at the meeting of the Council next 3.(a) The Vice-Chancellor shall have such authority as may be following the expiry of 14 days from the occurrence of the necessary to enable him to carry out his duties and vacancy. responsibilities. (2) The notice of the meeting shall state that the election is (b) The Vice-Chancellor may, with the approval of the to be held at the meeting. Senate from time to time, delegate any of his powers (except this power of delegation), duties and responsibilities to
C10—April/May 2000 Statutes another person, and that person shall have the authority Doctors (other than Doctors of Philosophy and holders of necessary to carry out all the duties and responsibilities so professional doctorates): Gown of scarlet cloth of the delegated. Cambridge LittD pattern with facings ten centimetres wide (c) The Vice-Chancellor may at any time resolve or the full length of the front and fully lined sleeves of silk. The terminate any such delegation. facings of the gown and the linings of the sleeves shall be of the colour prescribed in the General Regulations for 4. The Vice-Chancellor shall be ex officio a member of every Academic Courses. committee and board of the Senate, of the Academic Board Hoods and its boards and committees, and of every faculty, faculty board and faculty committee. He may, subject to the approval All hoods shall be of the simple plain cut shape similar to the of the Senate, appoint a person to represent him on any of the hood worn by Bachelors of Arts of the University of Oxford above bodies from time to time. and shall be lined with silk of the colour prescribed in the General Regulations for Academic Courses. 5.(a) Whenever the Vice-Chancellor is absent from his duties Bachelors: Black silk hood lined with silk of the prescribed at the University, a Deputy Vice-Chancellor nominated by the colour and edged with white silk three centimetres wide. Vice-Chancellor or, if this is not possible, by the Chancellor, Masters: Black silk hood lined with silk of the prescribed shall be Acting Vice-Chancellor. colour. (b) During the absence of the Vice-Chancellor and the Doctors of Philosophy: Black silk hood lined with scarlet Deputy Vice-Chancellors from their duties at the University cloth. the Chancellor may appoint a professor of this University to be Acting Vice-Chancellor. Holders of professional doctorates: Black silk hood lined with silk of the prescribed colour. 6. Nothing in this Statute shall affect the precedence or Doctors (other than Doctors of Philosophy and holders of authority of the Chancellor or Pro-Chancellor. professional doctorates): Hood of scarlet cloth lined with silk of the prescribed colour. Statute No. 11: ACADEMIC DRESS Stoles 1. The official dress of this University shall be as follows: All stoles shall be of cloth, five centimetres wide and 180 centimetres long, and shall be worn round the neck and down (a) The Chancellor’s gown shall be a black silk gown faced the facing of each side of the gown. with white silk and trimmed with gold braid down each front Diplomates: Both sides of the stole shall be of the colour with a flap collar at the back faced with white silk and prescribed in the General Regulations for Academic Courses. trimmed with gold braid and with open sleeves fully lined with white silk, trimmed with gold braid and turned back to Graduates of certificate courses: The stole shall be of black form a triangle bisected by two loops of gold cord from the cloth 180 centimetres long and shall have 45 centimetres of shoulders. The Chancellor’s cap shall be a black velvet cloth down each side to breast level in the colour prescribed trencher cap with gold tassel and button and trimmed with in the General Regulations for Academic Courses. three centimetres gold braid. Caps (b) The Pro-Chancellor’s gown shall be a black silk gown Masters: Black cloth trencher cap. faced with white silk and trimmed with gold cord down each front with a flap collar at the back faced with white silk and Doctors (including Doctors of Philosophy and holders of trimmed with gold cord and with open sleeves fully lined professional doctorates): Black velvet trencher cap. with white silk, trimmed with gold cord and turned back to 3. The academic dress for undergraduates of this University form a triangle bisected by a loop of gold cord from the shall be a plain black cloth gown with a band of silk one-and- shoulders. The Pro-Chancellor’s cap shall be a black velvet one-half centimetres wide of the colour prescribed in the trencher cap with gold tassel and button and trimmed with General Regulations for Academic Courses, placed one-and-one-half centimetres of gold braid. horizontally at the level of the breast on each facing of the (c) The Vice-Chancellor’s gown shall be a black silk gown gown. faced with white silk and trimmed with silver braid down each front with a flap collar at the back faced with white silk 4. The colours of the silk linings and facings of the dress for and trimmed with silver braid and with open sleeves fully degrees and diplomas shall be as determined by the Senate lined with white silk, trimmed with silver braid and turned from time to time and prescribed in the General Regulations back to form a triangle bisected by two loops of silver cord for Academic Courses. from the shoulders. The Vice-Chancellor’s cap shall be a black velvet trencher cap with silver tassel and button and trimmed with three centimetres silver braid. Statute No. 12: METHOD OF ELECTION BY (d) The gown for members of the Senate shall be the habit of CONVOCATION OF PERSONS TO BE MEMBERS OF their degrees or a black cloth gown similar to that worn by THE SENATE graduates holding the degree of master but with a plain black collar and with the sleeves looped up with black braid from 1. In this Statute— the shoulders and a black cloth trencher cap. ‘Warden’ means the Warden or, in his or her absence, the Deputy Warden or, in the absence of the Deputy Warden, a 2. The academic dress for graduates of this University shall person appointed by the Chancellor; be: ‘Convocation Officer’ means the Convocation Officer or, in Gowns his or her absence, a Returning Officer appointed by the Graduates of bachelor’s degree, certificate and diploma Warden. courses: Black cloth gown similar in shape to that worn by 2. The annual election of one member of the Senate shall be Bachelors of Arts of the University of Cambridge. held on the second Tuesday of March in every year or upon Masters: Black cloth gown similar in shape to that worn by such later date in that month as the Senate may appoint. Masters of Arts of the University of Cambridge. Doctors of Philosophy: Black silk gown as prescribed for 3. In the event of the office of a member of the Senate elected Masters but with facings of scarlet silk ten centimetres wide by Convocation becoming vacant by death or resignation or the full length of the front. otherwise before the expiration of the full term, the Senate at its first meeting after the occurrence of the vacancy shall fix a Holders of professional doctorates: Black silk gown as day for the election of a successor. prescribed for Masters with silk facings ten centimetres wide the full length of the front, of the colour prescribed in the 4. At least 60 days’ notice of any election shall be given by General Regulations for Academic Courses. advertisement in the University’s internal newspaper and in at least one daily or weekly newspaper published in Perth.
C11—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
5.(a) Nominations of candidates shall reach the Warden of 11.(1) The ballot shall be conducted by the Convocation Convocation no later than 42 days before the date fixed for Officer assisted by scrutineers appointed by the Warden. the election. (2) Each candidate shall be entitled to nominate one (b) Each nomination shall be in writing signed by the scrutineer to be present at the ballot. nominee and two persons eligible to vote in the election as proposer and seconder. 12.(1) Each voting paper shall list the names of all candidates who have been duly nominated, the order in which the 6. Persons shall not be eligible for election who— names appear on the voting paper having been determined (a) are not of the full age of 21 years; by the Warden by lot, and no voting paper or declaration other than that officially issued as aforesaid shall be accepted. (b) are undischarged bankrupts; (c) are insolvents under administration; or (2) Upon being satisfied that a voting paper or either or both envelopes have been accidentally lost or destroyed, the (d) have been convicted of an offence and sentenced to Convocation Officer shall, on application being made, supply imprisonment, unless they have received a free pardon or another voting paper or envelope, or both, as applicable. have undergone the sentence passed upon them; or (e) are of unsound mind or are persons whose person or 13.(1) A voter shall indicate on the voting paper the order of estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law his or her preference by placing numbers consecutively, relating to mental health; starting with the number ‘1’ opposite the name of his or her (f) are not members of Convocation. first preference and may continue numbering second and later preferences. 7. On the expiration of the time for receiving nominations, the (2) A voting paper will be considered valid up to the point Warden shall arrange for the names of the nominees and the where a sequential numeral is omitted or duplicated. fact of their candidature to be advertised in the University’s internal newspaper and in at least one daily or weekly (3) A voting paper shall be considered invalid if— newspaper in Perth. (a) when it is received by the Convocation Officer it is not contained in sealed envelopes with a signed declaration in the 8.(1) If the number of candidates is equal to the number of form specified in Clause 9; or vacancies the Warden shall report the fact to the Chancellor, (b) it bears the signature of any person or any other mark who shall then declare the candidate or candidates duly which identifies the voter. elected. (2) If there are more candidates than vacancies the election 14.(1) Each voter shall— shall be by ballot of the members of Convocation. (a) place his or her voting paper without any other matter in the envelope provided for that purpose by the Convocation 9.(1) If a ballot is necessary for the annual election of one Officer; member of the Senate, the Convocation Officer shall, not later (b) seal the envelope and place it in the envelope than 28 days after the latest day for receiving nominations, addressed to the Convocation Officer; post with the notice of the First Ordinary Meeting of Convocation, sent in accordance with the provisions of sub- (c) sign the declaration on the envelope addressed to the clause 18(2) of Statute No. 9: Convocation Officer; and (a) a voting paper; (d) post or deliver the envelope to the Convocation Officer. (b) an envelope that is marked ‘Voting Paper—Election of (2) All voting papers received by the Convocation Officer Senate Member’; and by 5 p.m. on the day of the election shall if otherwise valid be (c) a reply paid envelope upon which shall be written or counted at the scrutiny. printed the address of the Convocation Officer and the words 15. Except as provided in Clause 14 a member of Convocation ‘Convocation—Election of Senate Member’ and on the back of shall not, before or after marking the voting paper, transfer or which shall be printed a form of declaration as set out below. part with it or with the envelope on which the declaration is endorsed to, or permit it to be used by, any other person. I declare I am a member of the Convocation of The University of Western Australia and that I have not 16.(1) The Convocation Officer shall from time to time (as previously voted at this election. decided by the Convocation Officer)— (a) open or cause to be opened each envelope in respect of Signature which the declaration has been signed; (b) check or cause to be checked the names appearing on Full name (Block letters) the declarations with the Postal List of members of Convocation; (2) In the event that the office of a member of the Senate (c) open each envelope marked ‘Voting Paper—Election of elected by Convocation becomes vacant from any cause Senate Member’ and place it or cause it to be placed in a whatsoever except termination of office by effluxion of time sealed ballot box; and a ballot is necessary, the Convocation Officer shall, not provided that if there is any dispute as to the genuineness of later than 28 days after the latest day for receiving any signature the Warden shall examine the disputed nominations, post to each member of Convocation whose signature and determine conclusively whether or not it is name and address is entered in the Postal List in accordance genuine. with the provisions of sub-clause 6(1) of Statute No. 9: (2) At the expiration of the time allotted for the ballot the (a) a voting paper; Convocation Officer and the scrutineers shall proceed to the (b) an envelope that is marked ‘Voting Paper—Election of examination of the voting papers. Senate Member’; and (c) a reply paid envelope on the back of which is printed a 17. If, on the report of the Convocation Officer or of a form of declaration as set out in sub-clause (1)(c) and upon scrutineer, the Warden is of the opinion that any voting paper which shall be written or printed the address of the is substantially defective, such voting paper shall not be used Convocation Officer and the words ‘Convocation—Election of in the election. Senate Member’. 18. The distribution of votes cast in the ballot shall be carried out by the method described in the appendix to Statute 25. 10. The ballot shall be taken on the day appointed for the election at the University or such other place as the Senate 19. The Warden shall, subject to the provisions of this Statute, may determine, of which due notice shall have been given, determine conclusively all questions of detail concerning the and shall close at 5 p.m. on the day appointed. election.
C12—April/May 2000 Statutes
20. The Warden shall report the result of the election to the of the teachers, and the standard of examinations in the Chancellor, who shall then declare the candidate or institution concerned if these are to be recognised in lieu of candidates, who have been found to be preferred by the corresponding examinations in the University. electors, duly elected a member or members of the Senate. (b) The Senate, after receiving the report of the Academic 21. When the count of the votes has been completed the Board on the scope and standard of the courses or Convocation Officer shall immediately place them in a sealed programmes for which recognition is sought, shall decide container and shall hold them for 14 days at the expiration of which if any of the applicant institution’s courses and which time the Convocation Officer shall destroy them unless programmes shall be recognised as qualifying courses and otherwise directed by the Chancellor. programmes for admission to University Examinations, or which examinations in such institution may be accepted as 22. The Convocation Officer shall prepare a list of all persons suitable to form part of the requirements for a degree or entitled to vote completed to the last day for receiving diploma granted by the University. Such recognition shall in nominations for any election. no case be for a period of more than five years, but may be periodically renewed after report from the Academic Board. 23. All voting papers and envelopes in connection therewith The Senate reserves the right of inspecting at any time the for the election by members of Convocation of members of the buildings and equipment of any affiliated or associated Senate addressed to members at places not having a regular institution, and of inquiring into the qualifications of the staff, surface mail which would be received by the addressee within and may nominate any person or persons for this purpose. 14 days of posting shall if there is an airmail service available be forwarded to the addressee by airmail. (c)(i) Affiliated or associated institutions shall be required to advise the Senate of any relevant staff changes and of any 24.(1) A person seeking election may deliver, with the change in the scope or standard of recognised courses or nomination referred to in Clause 5, a biography not exceeding programmes. 250 words in length, containing all or any of the following (ii) The Academic Board shall consider any relevant particulars of that person: staffing, course and programme changes and shall (a) degree or degrees, date of graduation and other recommend to the Senate whether recognition of the course professional qualifications; or programme and affiliation or association of the institution (b) profession or position; shall cease or continue. (c) details of work on bodies connected or associated with (d) An affiliated or associated institution may from time to the University; time apply for the recognition of further courses, programmes (d) prizes won, publications issued and research done; or examinations. Such application shall be accompanied by the same details as are required in sub-section 4(a), and shall (e) service whether in war or peace to the community or be dealt with as provided in sub-section 4(b). any section of it and positions held in connection therewith; (e) The Academic Board shall have power to make from (f) such other particulars as the candidate may consider time to time, subject to the approval of the Senate, such appropriate. regulations as it may deem advisable for the admission, (2)(a) If an election is required the biography of each registration and control of students attending recognised candidate for election shall be submitted to the Vice- courses and programmes in an affiliated or associated Chancellor and the Warden (unless the Warden is seeking institution as part of their work for a degree or diploma of the election), who may delete any matter therein which they or he University. or she (as the case may be) consider to be offensive or untrue; (b) before exercising the power to delete any matter from a biography the Vice-Chancellor or Warden shall if possible Statute No. 14: GRANTING AND CONFERRING OF consult the candidate concerned. DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS (c) A copy of the approved biography of each person 1. The degrees and diplomas of the University may be seeking election showing his or her name and address and the conferred at meetings of the Senate or at such other names of the proposer and seconder referred to in Clause 5(b) University ceremonies as the Senate may from time to time shall be posted with the ballot papers. determine.
2. The degrees and diplomas may, on behalf of the Senate, be Statute No. 13: AFFILIATED AND ASSOCIATED conferred by the Chancellor. In the absence of the Chancellor INSTITUTIONS they may be conferred by the Pro-Chancellor and in the absence of both Chancellor and Pro-Chancellor by the Vice- 1. Any college whether incorporated or not, or any Chancellor. educational establishment or any research institute or research centre wheresoever situated, may apply to be recognised as an 3. The procedure for the presentation of candidates and for affiliated or an associated institution of the University. the conferring of degrees and diplomas shall be as prescribed by the Senate. 2. Every such application shall be accompanied by evidence of the status, purpose and goals of the institution, and of the 4.(1) Before a degree, other than an honorary degree, is permanency of its establishment. conferred the candidate must sign the following declaration: 3. The Senate shall obtain from the Academic Board a report I hereby promise that I will maintain the rights and on the status, purpose and goals of the institution, and, after privileges of The University of Western Australia, and receiving the report, shall decide whether the institution shall that I will endeavour at all times to uphold its dignity. be affiliated or associated with the University; such affiliation (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a degree may be or association when granted shall in no case be for a period of conferred posthumously. more than five years, but may be periodically renewed after report from the Academic Board. 5.(1) A Register of Graduates containing the name and address of every person to whom a degree or diploma has 4. If it is desired that any of the courses or programmes in the been granted and particulars of each such degree or diploma applicant institution, taken singly or in groups, shall be shall be maintained by the Registrar. recognised by the University, as equivalent in scope and standard to certain courses or programmes in the University, (2) The Register may not be altered or amended except for or as suitable to be included as part of the work required for a the purposes of Clause 6, or unless the Senate directs that— degree or diploma granted by the University— (a) some further qualification be added to the particulars of (a) The applicant institution shall supply to the University a pass degree upgrading it to an honours degree; or full syllabuses of any such courses or programmes referred to, (b) a three-year pass degree be converted to a different four- with details as to the amount of lecture, tutorial, and practical year pass degree; or work involved, and the names, qualifications, and experience
C13—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(c) some manifest error or omission be corrected. (3) There shall be no restriction upon the number of (3) No person shall be deemed to hold a degree or diploma medals to be awarded in any one year; but it is not of the University unless the name of such person and the anticipated that, once the award has become established, degree or diploma is recorded in the Register. more than three medals will be awarded in any year. (4) Decisions on the award of Chancellor’s Medals shall 6.(1) The Senate may revoke any degree or diploma which be made each year by the Honorary Degrees Committee. has been granted to any person if such person is convicted of (5) Nominations for the award of a Chancellor’s Medal a serious offence in any part of the world, or the name of may be made by any person associated in any way with such person has in any part of the world been removed by a the University and should be accompanied by a brief properly constituted authority from any official register or statement of the case in favour of the award, together roll of members of the profession to which he belongs, and with a citation which sets out the person’s achievements. upon such revocation the Registrar shall strike the name of Nominations should also be signed by a seconder who is such person off the Register of Graduates. a member of the Senate or of the staff of the University. (2) The Senate may at any time thereafter, on good cause Nominations should not be communicated to the being shown, restore to any person a degree or diploma nominee. which has been revoked, and thereupon the Registrar shall (6) The Chancellor’s Medals shall be awarded at the restore the name of such person to the Register of Graduates. August Graduation Ceremony. 7.(1) The Senate, on the recommendation of the Honorary (7) It is envisaged that the University, having awarded Degrees Committee, may confer an honorary degree on any Chancellor’s Medals, will wish to maintain its person for distinguished service or attainments within or association with the recipients and, in addition to the without the State. annual ceremony, at least one other function will be held each year to which holders of the medal will be invited. (2) The Honorary Degrees Committee shall be a standing committee of the Senate and shall consist of the Chancellor, the Pro-Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Chairman of the Statute No. 15 Academic Board, two other members of the Senate and two members nominated by the Academic Board. Repealed by Amending Statute No. 1 of 1976. (3) The committee shall act in accordance with the following procedure: Statute No. 16 (a) A nomination of a candidate for the award of an Repealed by Amending Statute No. 3 of 1954. honorary degree may be made by any member of the Senate or the Academic Board. (b) Only nominations submitted in writing to the Registrar Statute No. 17: DISCIPLINE and stating the grounds on which the candidate is nominated shall be considered. Unless the committee otherwise Definitions determines, nominations shall be submitted by the first Monday in October each year. 1. In this Statute unless the context otherwise requires— (c) A member of the committee who has nominated a (a) ‘member of the University’ means member of the Senate, candidate for the award of an honorary degree shall not take member of Convocation, member of the University staff or part in the deliberations nor in the decision of the committee student enrolled at the University; on the candidate nominated by him. (b) ‘student’ means a person enrolled as a student at the (d) When the grounds of nomination of a candidate include University other than a person who is a member of the his academic eminence the dean of the appropriate faculty University staff with a full-time or fractional appointment; shall be co-opted without vote to the committee while the (c) ‘University officer’ means the Chancellor, the Pro- nomination is being considered. Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Deputy Vice-Chancellor, the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research), the Registrar, the Vice- (e) A person nominated for the award of an honorary Principal (Finance and Resources), the Deputy Registrar, the degree shall not be consulted beforehand and any resolution University Librarian, any head of a college or hall of of the committee recommending the award will be in the residence of the University, any member of the academic staff form of an offer of the award. and any other member of the University staff whom the (f) When the committee recommends that a person be Senate designates for the purposes of this Statute as a offered the award of an honorary degree the Chancellor shall University officer whether by appointment held or by name: make a report to that effect to the Senate and move the the expression also includes any person acting in any of these adoption of the recommendation from the Chair. No offices or positions or appointments; reference shall be made to persons not recommended. (d) ‘Panel’ means the group of academic staff or the group (g) Unless the Senate otherwise determines, honorary of students appointed annually by the Senate from which the degrees shall be conferred only at an annual graduation members of a Board of Discipline are selected; ceremony. (e) ‘University’ when used to describe a locality includes all THE CHANCELLOR’S MEDAL the land and buildings over which the Senate exercises control whether because the University is the proprietor of Although the award of the Chancellor’s Medal is not the land or building, or because University activities are governed by Statute No. 14 the following guidelines are carried out on the land or in the buildings; appended here for reference. (f) reference to any person by the appointment, position or A number of people make outstanding contributions to office held includes reference to any person for the time being the University in a variety of ways. It is the wish of the acting in the appointment, position or office; Senate that the contributions of these people should be recognised through the award of a Chancellor’s Medal. (g) terms in the singular include the plural, and terms in the The following guidelines have been agreed by the plural include the singular. Senate for the presentation of Chancellor’s Medals: (1) A Chancellor’s Medal may be awarded to a person Misconduct for an outstanding contribution, or sustained 2.(1) In this Statute, unless the context otherwise requires, contributions, to the University such as to enable the ‘misconduct’ means any conduct on the part of a student University to discharge its teaching, research and which impairs the reasonable freedom of other members of community responsibilities more effectively. the University to pursue their studies or researches, or the (2) Members of the staff of the University shall be reasonable freedom of persons to express their opinions, eligible for the award, but a Chancellor’s Medal will not within the University or to participate in the life of the normally be awarded for exceptional academic University, or which impairs University administration and, achievement, for which other means of recognition in the case of courses for a degree which entitles the holder to exist.
C14—April/May 2000 Statutes practise in a profession, whether or not there are additional (c) cancellation or deprivation of credit for any examination, requirements to be satisfied before the holder is so entitled, test or other work or any part of any examination, test or conduct which in the opinion of a Board of Discipline is other work but only if the misconduct involved acting unprofessional conduct in that profession. dishonestly or unfairly in connection with some part of the (2) Without limiting the generality of the definition in sub- examination, test or other work; clause (1), ‘misconduct’ includes: (d) expulsion from the University. (a) wilfully obstructing or disrupting any University (2) Any person or body authorised to impose any penalty teaching, study, research, examination or test; under any University statute, regulation or Senate resolution, (b) wilfully obstructing or disrupting any official meeting, may caution or reprimand the student instead of or in proceeding or ceremony within the University or any addition to any other penalty that may be imposed. University activity; (3) More than one penalty may be imposed. (c) wilfully interfering unduly with the freedom of speech within the University of any member of the University or of (4) A penalty may be suspended by the person or body any speakers invited by any section of the University to imposing it until the time for appealing against it has expired express their views; or generally on such terms and conditions, including undertakings by the student, as the person or body granting (d) wilfully interfering with the freedom of movement the suspension thinks fit. within the University of any member of the University or of any guest or visitor; (5) A student expelled from the University shall not be re- (e) failing to leave any University building or part of any enrolled except with the permission of the Senate. University building or any place within the University forthwith when directed to do so by a University officer; Powers of Summary Jurisdiction (f) entering any place within the University which the 4.(1) The Vice-Chancellor may for any instance of misconduct student is forbidden to enter by a University officer or by any by a student— statute, regulation, by-law or Senate resolution or by any (a) fine the student in accordance with the provisions of rule, direction or order made or given under such statute, paragraph 3(1)(a); and regulation, by-law or resolution; (b) suspend the student for a period not exceeding 14 days (g) acting dishonestly or unfairly in connection with any from all or any rights and privileges within the University University, faculty or departmental examination or test or the including all or any of the rights and privileges specified in preparation or presentation of any thesis, essay, exercise or paragraph 3(1)(b). other work; (h) wilfully obstructing or attempting to obstruct or deter (2) The Vice-Chancellor may, instead of exercising the any staff members or employees of the University in the disciplinary powers specified under sub-clause (1), suspend performance of their duties; the student for a period exceeding 14 days but not exceeding 28 days from all or any of the rights and privileges of a (i) wilfully damaging, or wrongfully dealing with any student, but if the Vice-Chancellor does so suspend the University property, or the property within the University of student, a charge of misconduct against the student shall any person; forthwith be referred to a Board of Discipline as defined in (j) assaulting or attempting to assault any person within the Clause 10. University; (3) The Board of Discipline to which a charge of misconduct (k) disobeying or failing to comply with any provision of has been referred under sub-clause (2) may at any time after any University statute, regulation or by-law or any Senate the reference lift the suspension but unless it does so the resolution or with any rule, direction or order made or given suspension shall continue until the period for which it was under such statute, regulation, by-law or resolution; imposed has elapsed provided that the suspension shall not (l) failing to comply with any penalty imposed under any apply to the student’s rights and privileges regarding University statute, regulation or by-law, or any Senate hearings before the Board and appeals to the Appeals resolution; Committee specified by this Statute. (m) sexual harassment as defined in the University’s Sexual (4) The power conferred on the Vice-Chancellor by sub- Harassment Policy against any person in or upon the clause (2) may be exercised by a Deputy Vice-Chancellor premises of the University. when the Vice-Chancellor is absent. (3) Subject to the rights of appeal provided in this Statute (5) The Registrar shall forthwith confirm by written notice any decision under this Statute that a student has been guilty addressed to the student concerned any penalty imposed of misconduct or imposing a penalty on a student is final and under this clause. conclusive. 5.(1) The Registrar may for any instance of misconduct by a Penalties student— (a) fine the student in accordance with the provisions of 3.(1) The penalties that may be imposed for misconduct are: paragraph 3(1)(a); and (a) fines up to the equivalent of the minimum fortnightly (b) exclude the student from any University test or living allowance payable to an independent student under examination or any part of any such test or examination but the provisions of Austudy or such other Commonwealth only if it is necessary to do so to preserve order in the place undergraduate student support scheme as may in future where the examination or test is being conducted. replace it, howsoever named or described, and all other subsequent schemes; (2) The Registrar may suspend all or any of a student’s rights and privileges— (b) any or all of the following suspensions of a student’s (a) if the student does not pay a fine imposed under this rights and privileges: Statute or under any University statute, regulation, by-law or (i) exclusion from lectures, seminars, tutorials and other Senate resolution within the time specified by the person or classes; body imposing it or within two weeks of the date on which it (ii) exclusion from laboratories or other University facilities was imposed if no time was specified or within such or any part or parts thereof; extended time as the Registrar allows; or (iii) exclusion from any examination or test or any part of (b) if the student does not pay any fees or other debts due any examination or test; and payable by the student to the University within such time (iv) withholding of the student’s results of any examination or extended time as the Registrar allows. or test or of any part of any examination or test; (3) Any suspension imposed by the Registrar under sub- (v) exclusion from the University or any part of the clause (2) shall cease to have effect on payment of the University; overdue fine, fees or other debt in respect of which it was imposed.
C15—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(4) The Registrar shall forthwith confirm by written notice (3) Any penalty imposed under sub-clause (2) may be in addressed to the student concerned any penalty imposed addition to a penalty imposed by the Vice-Chancellor under under this clause. sub-clause 4(2). (5) The powers of the Registrar under this clause may be (4) When a charge of misconduct against a student has exercised by the Deputy Registrar in the Registrar’s absence. been proved at a hearing before a Board of Discipline the Board may decline to record a finding of misconduct or to 6.(1) The executive dean or dean of a faculty or the head of a impose a penalty if in its opinion the misconduct was trivial department may for any instance of misconduct by a student or if for any other reason the Board is of the opinion that a enrolled for a degree within the faculty or in a unit offered by finding of misconduct should not be recorded or a penalty the department as the case may be— should not be imposed. (a) fine the student in accordance with the provisions 3(1)(a); and 10.(1)(a) Except as provided in sub-clause (3), a Board of Discipline shall consist of: (b) suspend the student for a period not exceeding seven days from all or any rights and privileges defined in (i) a chair appointed annually by the Senate, who must be paragraph 3(1)(b) within the faculty or department, as the a member of the Senate or academic staff and must either be case may be; and a qualified legal practitioner or have a degree in law; (c) cancel the student’s credit or deprive the student of credit (ii) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; for any examination, test or other work or any part of any (iii) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates or examination, test or other work done within the faculty or nominee; department, as the case may be, but only if the student has (iv) one person selected from the appropriate panel by the acted dishonestly or unfairly in connection with some part of Chair of the Academic Board, having regard to the nature of the examination, test or other work. the case to be heard; (2) The executive dean or dean of the faculty or head of the (v) one person selected from the appropriate panel by the department concerned shall forthwith— President of the Guild of Undergraduates, having regard to (a) confirm by written notice addressed to the student the nature of the case to be heard. concerned any penalty imposed under this clause; and (b) In determining the composition of a Board of (b) report the matter in writing to the Registrar. Discipline account shall be taken of the need to achieve a gender balance in membership. Where ethnic or cultural 7.(1) The University Librarian may for any instance of issues may be a factor in any case, there shall, where misconduct by a student in or in relation to the Library— possible, be included on the Board of Discipline a person (a) fine the student in accordance with the provisions of who has a knowledge and understanding of the cultural paragraph 3(1)(a); and issues. Where this is not possible steps shall be taken to (b) suspend the student for a period not exceeding 14 days provide the Board of Discipline with specialised information from all or any of the student’s rights and privileges in on these matters. relation to the Library including exclusion from the Library (c) An Equity Officer shall be invited to attend any Board premises or any part of such premises. of Discipline to provide advice on matters of equity. (2) The University Librarian shall forthwith— (2)(a) The quorum of a Board of Discipline shall be three, (a) confirm by written notice addressed to the student of whom one must be the Chair. concerned any penalty imposed under this clause; and (b) A Board of Discipline may continue to act (b) report the matter in writing to the Registrar. notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership provided a quorum is present. (3) The powers of the University Librarian under this clause may be exercised by the Deputy Librarian in the (3)(a) If when a Board of Discipline is required it is found absence of the University Librarian. impractical to constitute a board as provided in paragraph (1)(a), the Chancellor may for the occasion appoint a board 8. Any member of the academic staff and any other member of consisting of a chair who must either be a qualified legal the staff designated from time to time by the Vice-Chancellor practitioner or have a degree in law, one member of the for the purpose of this clause may for any instances of academic staff and one student member neither of whom misconduct by a student in any lecture, seminar, tutorial, must be a member of an existing board, and the board so laboratory or other class or library session conducted or appointed shall be a Board of Discipline within the meaning supervised by the member of staff, suspend all of the of this Statute. student’s rights and privileges with respect to, and exclude (b) When appointing a board the Chancellor shall have the student from, attendance at or participation in the activity regard to the provisions of paragraph (1)(b). concerned for a period not exceeding one University working day. (4) At all meetings of Boards of Discipline the Chair shall have a deliberative but not a casting vote and on any question of whether a charge of misconduct has been proved Boards of Discipline if the votes are equally divided the charge shall be deemed 9.(1) A Board of Discipline constituted as provided in this not to have been proved. Statute is hereby empowered to hear and adjudicate upon— (5) The Registrar shall for each Board of Discipline either (a) any charge of misconduct referred to it in the name of the act as secretary or appoint a member of the administrative University by the Vice-Chancellor, the Deputy Vice- staff to act as secretary. Chancellor, the executive dean or dean of the faculty (6) A Board of Discipline which has been constituted to concerned, the head of a department, the Registrar or the hear and adjudicate upon any charge of misconduct or any University Librarian; or appeal shall continue to act in the matter notwithstanding (b) any appeal made to it against summary jurisdiction that after it was constituted new panels have been exercised by the Vice-Chancellor under the provision of this nominated. Statute. (7) A Board of Discipline constituted to hear and (2) A Board of Discipline may for any instance of adjudicate upon any charge of misconduct against a student misconduct impose any penalty that may be imposed under may have referred to it a charge or charges of misconduct this Statute, provided that— against another student or other students or another charge (a) it may not impose suspension for more than one year of or other charges against the first mentioned student or an any rights or privileges; and appeal or appeals and the Board shall deal with all the (b) if the penalty is expulsion from the University it shall not charges and appeals referred to it, provided— take effect unless confirmed by the Senate but all the student’s (a) the Board shall not deal with several charges against a rights and privileges shall be suspended until the Senate has student together or with charges against several students considered the matter. together unless the charges arise out of instances of
C16—April/May 2000 Statutes misconduct which form or are part of a series of instances of hearing, or whether to refer the matter to a Board of the same or a similar character, or are constituted by the same Discipline for determination. The Vice-Chancellor’s decision acts or omissions, or by a series of acts or omissions in the in regard to appeals submitted under this clause shall be prosecution of a common purpose; final. (b) if the Board forms the opinion at any stage before 13. A student who believes that the determination of the Vice- making known its decision that it should in the interests of Chancellor in the exercise of summary jurisdiction under justice refrain from hearing or desist from proceeding further Clause 4 is unfair may appeal to a Board of Discipline. The with any of the charges or appeals, it shall so refrain or desist appeal shall be submitted in writing to the Registrar within 14 and another Board of Discipline shall be constituted to deal days of the date on which the student is officially notified of with any such charge or appeal. the Vice-Chancellor’s determination. The constitution and (8) A Board of Discipline constituted to hear and adjudicate conduct of the Board of Discipline shall be as provided for upon an appeal may have referred to it any charge or charges under Clauses 9, 10 and 11. of misconduct or any other appeal or appeals and the Board 14. shall, subject to the same provisions as are contained in sub- When considering appeals under Clauses 12 and 13 the clause (7), deal with all the appeals and charges referred to it. Vice-Chancellor and the Board of Discipline may affirm or annul the decision or penalty or both or may reduce or 11.(1) The Registrar shall give a student charged with increase the penalty, or impose in its place any other penalty misconduct before a Board of Discipline not less than ten which is provided for under this Statute. University working days’ written notice of a hearing of the 15. Decisions of a Board of Discipline shall be final, except in charge. regard to a penalty of expulsion from the University which (2) The notice shall contain particulars of— must be confirmed by the Senate. In such a case all of a (a) the charge; student’s rights and privileges shall be suspended until the (b) the time and place of the hearing; and Senate has considered the matter. (c) the student’s rights under sub-clause (4). Costs (3) If the student fails to appear at the hearing, the Board may, if it is satisfied that the student has been given notice in 16.(1) A Board of Discipline which has heard a charge of accordance with this Statute, proceed with the hearing in the misconduct against a student or an appeal by a student may student’s absence. award the student the whole or part of the costs which he or she has incurred in the hearing or appeal as the case may be. (4) During the hearing the student shall be entitled— (2) If a Board of Discipline makes an award of costs, it (a) to be represented by a legal practitioner, another shall fix the amount payable and this amount shall be paid to student, a member of staff or any other person; the student out of University funds. (b) to be present with a representative throughout the (3) A student shall not have a right of appeal limited to the hearing except when the chair and members of the Board question of costs. wish to confer privately among themselves or to consider their decision; Miscellaneous (c) either alone or by a representative to call and examine witnesses, cross-examine witnesses and address the Board; 17. Every decision of a Board of Discipline shall forthwith be (d) to require that an Equity Officer is present. reduced to writing and entered in a book kept for that (5) The Vice-Chancellor may appoint a legal practitioner or purpose and the secretary shall forthwith give to the student a member of staff to represent the University at the hearing a copy of such decision. and any person so appointed may call and examine witnesses, 18.(1) Any notice or copy of decision required to be given to a and address the Board. student under this Statute shall be sufficient if given in person (6) The Board shall not be bound by the Rules of Evidence. or sent by registered post addressed to the last address (7) The procedure of the Board including the order in known to the Registrar as the student’s place of residence. which evidence may be called and addresses heard shall be at (2) Any notice or copy of decision given by post shall be the discretion of the Board. deemed to have been given when the letter would have been (8) Hearings of the Board shall be in private unless the received at the address in the normal course of post. student charged elects otherwise in which event they shall be 19. Nothing in this Statute affects the power or authority of open to other members of the University provided that— any person or body in the University under— (a) if charges against two or more students are being dealt (a) any Act of Parliament; or with together before the Board and any one of them elects a (b) any other University statute or any University private hearing the hearing shall be private; and regulation, by-law, or Senate resolution not inconsistent with (b) the Board may order that an open hearing be continued this Statute. in private if in its opinion order cannot otherwise be maintained. 20. A person, who is or has been enrolled as a student and who has not paid a fine or any fees or other debts due and (9) At every hearing the Board shall have complete payable by him to the University, will not, so long as the fine, authority to keep order and it may order the removal of any fee, or other debt remains unpaid, be informed of results in person, including [notwithstanding the provisions of any examination or granted credit for any unit or course or paragraph (4)(b)] a student in respect of whom the hearing is given any degree, diploma or other award unless the Senate taking place or the representative of such a student, for decides otherwise. unruly conduct. (10) The Registrar shall forthwith confirm by written notice addressed to the student concerned any penalty imposed by a Statute No. 18: CONDITIONS OF AWARDING Board of Discipline. HACKETT BURSARIES AND HACKETT STUDENTSHIPS Appeals AND SCHOLARSHIPS 1
12. A student who is dissatisfied with the determination of a 1 Further information on Hackett Studentships and Scholarships ap- University officer designated under this Statute in the exercise pears in the Scholarships, Prizes, Endowments volume which can be of their powers of summary jurisdiction under Clauses 5, 6 accessed at http://www.publishing.uwa.edu.au/spe/ and 7, may appeal in writing to the Vice-Chancellor within 14 days of the date on which the student is officially notified of 1. Under the terms of the will of Sir John Winthrop Hackett, the determination. It shall be for the Vice-Chancellor to decide first Chancellor of the University, as interpreted and varied whether to deal with the appeal on the basis of the written by Order of the Court No. 20 of the 22nd December, 1926, the submission, whether to give the student the opportunity of a Senate shall each year offer awards for undergraduate and
C17—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar postgraduate study (such awards being described in the (4) The University of Western Australia will pay up to such Order of the Court as bursaries and research studentships maximum amount as may be prescribed by regulations direct respectively) ‘for the assistance and maintenance of deserving to the institution concerned compulsory fees for admission students of the University whose means make it difficult for and tuition payable by the student during his tenure of the them to take up or continue a University course or to carry studentship including registration, matriculation, lecture, on studies or research work within or without the State’. research, supervision and laboratory fees, but not fees for examination of thesis or graduation. Under the terms of the Order of the Court such awards shall be ‘of such amount or amounts and held on such terms and (5) A Hackett Student is eligible to apply for a free passage conditions and for such period or periods as may be defined or other available travelling award but if granted such a by Statute made, altered and repealed from time to time by passage or award will not be granted any travelling the Governing Authority of the University provided that no allowance under sub-section (3). such Statute or any amendment thereof shall depart from the (6)(a) A studentship shall be awarded for a maximum fundamental object of granting assistance and/or period of one, two or three years depending upon the nature maintenance to those students only who are deserving and of of the work or course of study for which the award is made. limited means’. (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) each studentship ‘Limited means’ shall mean ‘whose means may make it awarded for more than one year shall be reconsidered by the difficult for them to take up or continue a University course Academic Board annually and extended for one year at a time or to carry on studies or research work within or without the up to the maximum period of the award only if the Board is State’. satisfied that the student is making good progress in his work 2. Hackett Bursaries shall be given under the following or course of study. conditions: (7)(a) A student shall not without written permission (a) The Vice-Chancellor shall have received satisfactory engage in any work or course of study in addition to that for assurance that the applicant’s own means and those of his which the studentship was granted. parents or guardians are such as to make it difficult for him (b) Written permission to undertake additional work or an to bear the cost of attending the University as a full-time additional course of study must first be obtained from the student without the assistance of a bursary. tutor or supervisor if the work or course of study will (b) The bursar shall attend the University as a full-time continue for less than four weeks and from the Vice- student. Chancellor if the work or course of study will continue for (c) Applications for the bursaries must reach the Vice- more than four weeks. Chancellor on or before the date fixed by him each year and (c) A student who undertakes additional work or an advertised. additional course of study without permission is liable to (d) The applicant shall at the time of his selection be forfeit his studentship. domiciled in Western Australia or have received a (8) Applications for the studentships must reach the Vice- considerable part of his education in the State. Chancellor on or before the date fixed by him each year and (e) The bursar shall hold his bursary only for so long as he advertised. shows himself to be diligent and of good conduct and (9) Every applicant must send to the Vice-Chancellor satisfies the Board of Examiners at each annual examination satisfactory evidence that his means are such as to make it and while his means and those of his parents or guardians difficult for him to work as a full-time student without the are such as to make it difficult for him to bear the cost of assistance of a studentship. attending the University as a full-time student without the assistance of a bursary. (10) Every applicant must submit a scheme of work or course of study and must attach to his application a written (f) Subject to the above conditions, the bursary may be held estimate of the amount required by him for books, apparatus from the date of the student’s entry on the course as a and other materials, travelling expenses and other authorised matriculated student for the duration of the course for a pass expenditure. or honours degree. (g) Applications for bursaries may be made by persons who (11)(a) Awards of studentships will be made by the expect to qualify for matriculation before the commencement Academic Board but the Board has a discretionary power to of the next session of the University as well as by persons make no awards or to make less awards than the available presently eligible for grants under paragraph (h) hereof. number of studentships if it is of the opinion that some or all of the applicants are not of sufficient merit to justify awards (h) Bursaries may be granted to— being made. (i) students who have qualified for matriculation; (b) The Board may from time to time delegate the power (ii) undergraduates who have already gone through part of conferred upon it by the immediately preceding sub-section their course and have then become unable to finish their to a committee appointed by it and to consist of such course without help. members of the Board and of such heads of departments not 3. Hackett Studentships shall be awarded under the being members of the Board as the Board shall select. following conditions: (12)(a) A tutor or supervisor of such part of each student’s (1) Postgraduate studentships hereinafter described as work or course of study as is intended to be done at The studentships are tenable at a university outside Australia and University of Western Australia shall be appointed by the are open to — dean of the faculty and the head of the department concerned as soon as possible after each award is made. (a) enrolled students of The University of Western Australia who are graduates of that University and hold at least a (b) A student who intends to do all or part of his work or second class honours degree or its equivalent; and course of study at an institution other than The University of Western Australia shall within three months of his enrolment (b) graduates of that University of not more than three at such institution submit to the Vice-Chancellor of The years’ standing who hold at least a second class honours University of Western Australia the name of the tutor or other degree or its equivalent. person under whose supervision he proposes to do his work (2) The value of studentships and the value and method of or course of study. payment of any additional travelling allowances shall be prescribed by regulations. (13) Payment of the allowances defined in sub-section (2) other than travelling allowances shall be made by instalments (3) Where the Vice-Chancellor is satisfied that a person of such amounts as the Vice-Chancellor shall determine, the awarded a Hackett Studentship would be unable to take up first of such instalments being payable at the commencement or continue his course without undue financial hardship, a of the studentship and the remaining instalments at such special additional allowance of up to such amount per times as may be decided by the Vice-Chancellor, but only annum as is prescribed by regulations payable at such times after he has received sufficient evidence that the student is and by instalments of such amounts as the Vice-Chancellor satisfactorily doing the work or course of study for which the shall determine, may be granted to the student. studentship was awarded.
C18—April/May 2000 Statutes
(14) At the end of the studentship the student shall be (iii) submit a nomination form, with any additional material required to supply to the University a full report on the work specified, in accordance with the requirements of an or course of study undertaken by him and such number of advertisement in the University's internal newspaper; copies as the Vice-Chancellor shall require of any thesis or (r) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates; publications connected with his work or course of study. (s) six students enrolled at the University nominated (15) Whenever any written work is carried out under a annually by the Guild Council, two of whom shall be studentship acknowledgement thereof shall be made in the postgraduate students recommended by the Postgraduate publication of such work. Students’ Association and, in default of any such (16) If the Academic Board considers a thesis submitted by a recommendation, nominated in accordance with Guild student to be of sufficient merit it may recommend the Senate regulations, each of whom shall hold office for one year and to grant out of the funds available for Hackett Studentships a be eligible for renomination; part or the whole of the cost of publishing the thesis on (t) the members of the Academic Council elected to it by condition that the student shall supply to the University free and from the Academic Board for their stipulated term of of all charges as many copies of the published thesis as the office on the Council. Vice-Chancellor shall require and that the University shall (u) the Chairs of standing committees of the Academic have the right to use and dispose of such copies in whatever Board or Council; and manner the Vice-Chancellor shall decide, and the Senate may make a grant accordingly. (v) up to nine co-opted persons. (2) For the purposes of this clause, any of the ex-officio positions listed in paragraphs (a)–(k) and (r) includes any Statute No. 19: ACADEMIC BOARD person acting in any of these offices. 1.(1) In this Statute, unless the context otherwise requires, and 3.(1) The Board shall during the term of office of each chair at subject to sub-clause (2)— a time to be decided by resolution of the Board, elect one of ‘Professor’ means a person holding an appointment as a its members as its next chair. professor. (2) The Chair shall ordinarily hold office for two years. ‘Lecturer’ means a person holding a full-time appointment or a 50 per cent or greater fractional appointment as associate (3) The Board shall appoint annually, at a time to be decided professor, professorial fellow, reader, senior lecturer, lecturer, by resolution of the Board, one of its members to be Deputy associate lecturer or senior tutor. Chair for the ensuing year. (2) In sub-clause (1) the terms ‘professor’ and ‘lecturer’ (4) The Deputy Chair shall have such responsibilities as may exclude any person holding an emeritus, visiting, adjunct, be delegated by the Chair. clinical or honorary appointment. (5) In the absence of the Chair of the Board for any reason, his duties of the position shall devolve on one of the 2.(1) There shall be constituted a Board to be called the following, in the order shown: Academic Board which shall consist of the following (i) the Deputy Chair members: 1 (ii) the Chair Elect 1 Some position titles in the following list have changed and will be (iii) a member elected by the Board for a specified period incorporated in a revised statute in due course. provided that, for limited periods only between Board (a) the Chair of the Academic Board; meetings, the Chair may appoint a board member to (b) the Deputy Chair of the Academic Board; undertake the duties of the position where neither a Chair Elect nor the Deputy Chair is available. (c) the immediate past Chair of the Academic Board; (d) the Vice-Chancellor; 4. The Board shall have power, after receiving reports from a (e) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor; faculty or faculties, transmitted by appropriate Executive Deans, to recommend to the Senate the making, amending (f) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research); and repealing of regulations relating to matriculation and the (g) the Executive Deans and Deans of the faculties; various courses of study, and the Senate shall confirm, (h) the Executive Director, Community Relations; disallow, or otherwise deal with such recommendations or (i) the Dean of Postgraduate Research Studies; shall refer them back to the Board for further consideration. (j) the Registrar; 5.(1) The Board shall report to the Senate on all proposals for (k) the University Librarian; the creation of professorships, for the creation or suppression (l) the professors of the University; of faculties and departments, for the transfer from one faculty to another of responsibility for funding a department, and (m) the head of each department; unless otherwise provided in other Statutes, on all proposals (n) the holders of such other positions as the Board may by for the foundation and abolition of fellowships, studentships, resolution declare; scholarships, exhibitions or prizes. (o) eighteen lecturers elected by the lecturers in the (2) The Board shall advise the Vice-Chancellor on all University, such members to hold office for three years; appointments to which full academic conditions apply. (p) three members, who shall hold office for two years, (3) The Board may report to the Senate on other matters as it elected by the Board from among those postdoctoral research sees fit. staff of the University who— (i) are not professors or lecturers; 6.(1) Subject to any conditions laid down by the founders and (ii) have full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional accepted by the Senate, and except as may be otherwise appointments of at least two years’ duration; and provided by other Statutes and by regulations, the Board shall determine the time and method of awarding (iii) submit a nomination form, with any additional material fellowships, studentships and scholarships, exhibitions and specified, in accordance with the requirements of an prizes, and may from time to time make the awards thereof. advertisement in the University’s internal newspaper. (2) Subject to the foregoing provisions, the Board may (q) three members, who shall hold office for two years, delegate to a committee appointed by it or to appropriate elected by the Board from among those general staff of the faculties and board of examiners the power to award such University who— scholarships, exhibitions and prizes as are specified in (i) are not eligible for election under paragraph (p); regulations, in accordance with conditions prescribed therein. (ii) have full-time or 50 per cent or greater ongoing 7. The Board shall receive and consider communications from appointments; and the Guild of Undergraduates and forward, with or without comment, such as are intended for communication to the Senate.
C19—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
8.(1) All questions which shall come before the Board shall be (c) to transact such financial business as may be necessary to decided by the majority of the members present and voting, implement the objects of the Guild; but the Chair, in the case of an equality of votes, may give a (d) to borrow, raise or secure the payment of money for any casting vote. of the objects of the Guild from time to time and in particular (2) The quorum for meetings of the Board shall be 50. by mortgaging or charging the property of the Guild or any part thereof; 9.(1) Subject to the provision of the Statutes and to the (e) to enter into contracts on behalf of the Guild or any regulations made by the Senate, the Board shall have power student society, the terms of which have been approved by to regulate its own procedure, to fix the times and places of the Guild Council; its meetings, and to do such other acts and things as the Senate shall authorise or prescribe, and to make such (f) to lend monies to ordinary members of the Guild; recommendations to the Senate as the Board may think fit. (g) to purchase, take on lease or in exchange, hire or (2) The Board may delegate to committees of the Board, to otherwise acquire any real or personal property and to sell, faculties or to its Chair, such of its powers and responsibilities let, mortgage or dispose of the same; as the Senate may approve on the recommendation of the (h) to exercise a general supervision and control over all Board. student societies; (i) to register student societies with the Guild and affiliate 10. The Board, after each meeting, shall forward a report to them with subordinate organs of the Guild; the Senate for its consideration, and the Senate shall have power, of its own motion, to review any decision of the said (j) to assume the care, control and management of the Board. property and financial affairs of any student society, either pending a further resolution of the Guild Council or for such 11.(1) Where in any statute or regulation reference is made to period as the Guild Council deems fit; the Board under its previous title ‘Professorial Board’, such (k) to engage and dismiss employees; statute or regulation shall be construed and have effect as if the reference made therein were to the Academic Board. (l) to incorporate or cause to be incorporated any student society under the Associations Incorporation Act or under the (2) In every reprint of such statute or regulation, the words Companies Act or any like legislation for the benefit of the ‘Academic Board’ shall be substituted for the words members of that society and to limit the liability of the Guild, ‘Professorial Board’. and to hold shares in any company so incorporated; (m) to hold licences under any legislation for the time being in force; Statute No. 20: GUILD OF UNDERGRADUATES (n) to admit to associate membership, honorary 1. Throughout this Statute unless the context otherwise associateship or honorary life associateship persons other than indicates, the following terms have the meanings set against ordinary members of the Guild; them, respectively: (o) in the manner prescribed in the regulations, to impose ‘Guild’—The Guild of Undergraduates referred to in Section fines upon members of the Guild, upon members and officers 28 of the University of Western Australia Act; of student societies and on student societies, for breaches of ‘Guild Council’—The Council of the Guild referred to in the provisions of this Statute, or regulations, by-laws or rules Clause 7 of this Statute; authorised to be made under this Statute, provided that the limits of all such fines shall be clearly stated in the regulations, ‘regulations’—regulations made by the Guild under the by-laws or rules; authority of Clause 11 of this Statute; (p) generally, to act in all other matters authorised by this ‘by-laws and rules’—by-laws and rules made by the Guild Statute or necessary or convenient for giving effect to this under the authority of Clause 7 of this Statute; Statute. ‘general meeting’—any general meeting of members of the Guild held under the authority of Clause 8 of this Statute at 4. Subject to this Statute and the regulations made hereunder, which all ordinary members of the Guild may vote; the Guild Council shall have the entire control and ‘referendum’—any ballot on any subject held under the management of the affairs and concerns of the Guild and may authority of Clause 8 of this Statute at which all ordinary act in all matters concerning the Guild in such manner as members of the Guild may be required to vote; appears to it best calculated to promote the interests of the Guild. ‘student society’—any club, society or association within The University of Western Australia having an initial membership 5. All undergraduate students enrolled for any unit or part of ten or more members of the Guild and having a unit of a course for a bachelor’s degree shall be ordinary membership of not less than five members of the Guild at all members of the Guild provided that such a student may be subsequent times and which is registered by the Guild in the exempted by the Vice-Chancellor from all obligations of manner prescribed in the regulations; membership, but not from payment of the Guild subscription ‘Ordinary members’—ordinary members of the Guild by on the grounds of conscience or any other grounds approved virtue of Clause 5; by the Vice-Chancellor and provided also that any other student of the University may be an ordinary member of the ‘subordinate organs of the Guild’—organs established from Guild. No other person shall be an ordinary member of the time to time by the Guild Council and subject to its control. Guild. 2. The objects of the Guild shall be— 6. The annual subscription to the Guild shall be such sum as (a) to foster all that tends to the advancement of learning shall be approved by the Senate after report and and the ennoblement of life; recommendation by the Guild. (b) to afford means of social intercourse to students at the 7.(1) The Guild shall be governed by a council to be termed University; the Guild Council. The number of members from time to time (c) to provide or conduct or manage such educational, of the Guild Council, and the manner of election of those cultural, sporting, welfare, recreational or commercial members, shall be prescribed in the regulations. facilities or activities which shall be intended for the benefit (2) The Guild Council may in the manner prescribed in the either directly or indirectly of members of the Guild; regulations make, alter or repeal by-laws and rules but may (d) generally to further the common interest of students at only do so when the power to do so is specified in a the University. regulation and then only to the extent so specified. 3. For the purposes of carrying out its objects the Guild shall (3) The Guild Council shall make provision for the control have power— and management of any property from time to time owned or occupied by the Guild. (a) to expend and invest monies; (b) to operate banking accounts; 8.(1) A general meeting of the Guild may debate any issue of concern to members of the Guild.
C20—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) Resolutions passed at any general meeting of the Guild (i) where a regulation is made, altered or repealed in the may be in the form of a recommendation to the Guild manner outlined in (a), (b) and (c) above, the Guild Council. President shall prepare and sign a certificate setting forth (3) Any referendum held by the Guild shall determine the resolution and the manner of compliance with (b) above, Guild policy on the issues submitted to the referendum, such certificate to be presented at the next general meeting which shall bind the Guild Council. of the Guild for that meeting’s information; (j) without derogation from the foregoing, if at a general 9. The Guild shall be the recognised means of meeting of the Guild a resolution is passed that a proposal communication— to make, alter or repeal a regulation be submitted to (a) between the students or any section of them and the referendum, the Guild Council shall cause the proposal to governing authority of the University; be submitted to a referendum of the ordinary members of (b) between the students of this University or any section of the Guild either at the next forthcoming general election or them and other tertiary institutions. by election or at such other time decided upon by the Guild Council, provided such time is not subsequent to the next 10. The Guild Council shall provide for the safe custody of the forthcoming general election. If the proposal meets with the Common Seal which shall only be used by the authority of a approval of a majority of those voting at the referendum, the resolution of the Guild Council and in the presence of the Guild Council shall at its next meeting pass a resolution that President of the Guild who shall sign every instrument to regulations be so made, altered or repealed as the case may which the seal is affixed and every such instrument shall be be, and the resolution shall take effect forthwith. countersigned by the Secretary of the Guild or some other (k)(i) any regulation so made, altered or repealed shall be person appointed by the Guild Council. forwarded to the office of the Registrar, and a receipt therefor shall be signed by the Registrar, or on his behalf; 11. The Guild, in the manner prescribed in this Statute, may make, alter and repeal regulations to provide for— (ii) the Registrar shall submit such regulations for consideration at the next ordinary meeting of the Senate, or (i) the administration, organisation and finances of the at a special meeting of the Senate convened for the purpose; Guild; (iii) the Senate may disallow the regulations in whole or (ii) the interpretation, subject to an appeal to the Guild in part, but in the event that the regulations are not Council, or a committee comprising not less than three disallowed within a period of three months after the first members of Guild Council appointed for the purpose, and meeting of the Senate at which they are considered, they subject to a further appeal to the Senate, or a committee of not shall be deemed to have been allowed at the expiration of less than three members of the Senate appointed for the that period; purpose, of the provisions of regulations, by-laws and rules; (iv) subject to the foregoing, the regulations shall be of (iii) the detailed implementation of the objects and powers full force and effect as from the date the same are allowed of the Guild and the provisions of this Statute; by the Senate. (iv) any other matter requiring regulation for the purpose of this Statute. 13. An audited copy of the Annual Balance Sheet and Statement of Income and Expenditure of the Guild shall 12. The power to make, alter and repeal regulations under each year be transmitted to the Senate. this Statute shall be exercised in the manner following, that is to say— 14.(1) A copy of this Statute and any amendments thereof (a) a resolution to make, alter or repeal regulations shall in and a copy of any regulations, by-laws and rules made the first instance be passed by an absolute majority of Guild under this Statute and any amendments thereof shall be Council; enrolled upon a Statute Book. (b) the resolution as so passed shall be posted on the (2) An entry upon the Statute Book of this Statute or any official Guild noticeboard and published in Pelican or any alterations thereto signed by the Registrar shall be prima other publication produced under the authority of the Pelican facie evidence that the subject matter thereof was duly editor and financed in part or in whole from the monies set approved by the Senate. aside in the Pelican account, in both cases notice being given (3) An entry upon the Statute Book of any regulation to the ordinary members of the Guild that they are entitled to made under this Statute, or any alteration thereto, signed by have the resolution considered at the general meeting of the the Registrar and the President of the Guild, shall be prima Guild if notice in that behalf is given within 14 days; facie evidence that the subject matter thereof was duly (c) if no such notice is given the resolution shall take effect submitted to the Senate following approval by the Guild after the expiration of the said period of 14 days; and not disallowed. (d) if notice is so given to the Secretary of the Guild within (4) An entry upon the Statute Book of any by-law or rule the said period of 14 days, the resolution shall be considered made under this Statute or any alteration thereto signed by at the next general meeting of the Guild or at a special general the President of the Guild shall be prima facie evidence that meeting convened for the purpose; the subject matter thereof was duly approved by the Guild. (e) provided that notwithstanding paragraph (c) no 15.(1) This Statute shall come into operation on the day it is proposed alteration or repeal of any regulation dealing with published in the Government Gazette, and thereupon the the raising and expenditure of the revenue of the Guild will existing Statute No. 20 is hereby repealed. become operative unless it has the consent of a two-thirds (2) All regulations, by-laws and rules made under the majority of the ordinary members present at a duly authority of Statute No. 20 prior to the date of publication of constituted general meeting of the Guild; this Statute in the Government Gazette shall be deemed to (f) at such general meeting the resolution may be have been made under the authority of this Statute. confirmed or amended, in either event by a two-thirds majority of the ordinary members present. If so confirmed the resolution shall forthwith take effect; Statute No. 21: AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS 1 (g) if the resolution is amended at such general meetings, BOARD the amended resolution shall be considered at the next 1 See Section E for the structure and governance of AMEB(WA). meeting of Guild Council, and if accepted by an absolute majority of the Guild Council, shall thereupon take effect; Definitions (h) once having been referred to a general meeting, no resolution to make, alter or repeal a regulation shall take ‘AMEB’ is the Australian Music Examinations Board. effect unless and until it has, in its final form, received the ‘AMEB(WA)’ is the Western Australian branch of the approval of both an absolute majority of Guild Council and a Australian Music Examinations Board. two-thirds majority of the ordinary members present at a general meeting;
C21—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
1. AMEB(WA) shall be affiliated to The University of Western is engaged on work under his fellowship for part of a year, Australia through the University's School of Music, provided but the payment shall be at least proportionate to the annual that either AMEB or the University may terminate the value of the award. affiliation by no less than six months’ notice. 5. The object of the Overseas Fellowships is to enable the 2.(1) The principal role of AMEB(WA) shall be to ensure that fellows to do postgraduate work, to obtain additional public examinations in music, and in speech and drama, are experience, or both, in applied science, more particularly held in Western Australia in accordance with AMEB relating to surveying, engineering, mining or cognate subjects regulations. outside Australia.
(2) AMEB(WA) may also involve itself from time to time in 6.(1) The Overseas Fellowships will be open to any person other activities in support of education in music and in whose permanent place of residence is in Western Australia speech and drama. and who is— 3. The Chair of AMEB(WA) shall be appointed by the (a) a graduate of any recognised university who has either a University Senate from the permanent staff of the School of doctoral degree or three or more years’ professional Music. experience; (b) a licensed surveyor who has served articles in Western 4. The structure and governance of AMEB(WA) shall be as Australia, has passed the examinations conducted by the determined from time to time by that body and the Land Surveyors Licensing Board of Western Australia and University Senate and may be reviewed at any time at the has had three or more years’ professional experience since request of either body. being so licensed. (2) For the purpose of this clause teaching experience may Statute No. 22: GLEDDEN TRUST be accepted as professional experience. Whereas by his will the late Robert John Gledden left the 7. A candidate must be not less than 27 nor more than 50 residue of his estate to the University in trust to use the years of age on 1 July in the year in which he applies and income ‘for the promotion and encouragement of education must satisfy the Vice-Chancellor that unless awarded an at such University to provide for scholarships in applied Overseas Fellowship he would be unable to go overseas to do science, more particularly relating to surveying, engineering the work proposed. or mining or cognate subjects’ and expressed the hope that ‘one at least of such scholarships will be a travelling 8. Rescinded by Amending Statute No. 1 of 1988. scholarship’, it is now provided as follows: 9.(1) Each Overseas Fellow will be required to take up his 1.(1) The income from the Gledden Trust shall be used to fellowship by 31 December in the year following that in provide for: which it was awarded and to spend at least two-thirds of the (a) Overseas Fellowships; fellowship outside Australia. (b) Visiting Senior Fellowships; (2) He may not during the tenure of his fellowship engage (c) Gledden Tours; in any work other than that for which the fellowship was (d) Travel Awards; awarded except with the permission of the Academic Board. (c) Postgraduate Studentships (3) If he accepts or agrees to accept any continuous and paid employment in connection with the work within the scope of (2)(a) The Senate, on the recommendation of the Academic his fellowship he shall immediately inform the Vice- Board, will determine the amount of available income to be Chancellor. The Academic Board shall then decide on what allocated to each category of award, provided that sufficient terms and conditions he may continue to hold his fellowship. funds are allocated each year for at least one award of either an overseas fellowship or a postgraduate studentship. 10.(1) Applications for Overseas Fellowships must be (b) If in any year there is, in the opinion of the Academic submitted to reach the Registrar by a date fixed by him and Board, no suitable applicant for either an overseas fellowship advertised. or a postgraduate studentship, the award for which funds (2) Each application must contain particulars of the have been allocated in the terms of paragraph (a) above shall applicant’s academic and professional qualifications, not be made and the funds allocated for such award may be attainments and experience, of the programme of work he reallocated to any of the other categories of award. proposes to undertake under the fellowship, and the time (3) If in any year and in respect of any particular categories over which he proposes to do it, and of the institutions at of award no application for an award is received, or no which he proposes to do the work. award made, or a smaller award made than the amount allocated under sub-clause (2), the Academic Board may 11. The awards will be made by the Academic Board after it during the year transfer to another category or categories of has considered reports on the candidates from the faculties award any unspent or uncommitted allocation. concerned and from such other persons or institutions as the Board or its Chairman may request. (4) Unless the Senate otherwise directs, the unexpended income of any year will be carried forward and become part 12. The Senate may in special circumstances grant an of the income available for expenditure in the following year. Overseas Fellow a Gledden Award to enable him to visit institutions, establishments or places that he would not (5) Each year the name of Robert Gledden shall be attached otherwise have been able to visit. to the first overseas fellowship, visiting senior fellowship or postgraduate studentship awarded, and the name of Maude 13. The amount of the Overseas Fellowship will be paid by Gledden to the second. such instalments and in such manner as the Vice-Chancellor determines.
PART 1—GLEDDEN OVERSEAS FELLOWSHIPS 14.(1) As soon as practicable after the term of his fellowship, 2. The annual value of the Overseas Fellowships shall be an Overseas Fellow shall submit to the University a written prescribed from time to time by the Senate on the report of the work he has done and the experience he has recommendation of the Academic Board. gained under the fellowship, and shall supply to the University free of charge two copies of any thesis or matter 3. The Overseas Fellowships shall be tenable for such periods written by him on the work done under the fellowship. not exceeding two years as is determined in each case by the (2) If any such thesis or other matter or part thereof is Academic Board. published the author shall acknowledge in the publication that the work was done by him as a Robert or Maude 4. The Academic Board shall decide what portion of the Gledden Overseas Fellow as the case may be. annual value of the award shall be paid to an Overseas Fellow to whom an award is made for part of a year or who
C22—April/May 2000 Statutes
(3) If in the opinion of the Academic Board such thesis or 26.(1) Applications for Travel Awards must be submitted to other matter written by the fellow is of sufficient merit it may reach the Registrar by a date or dates fixed by him and recommend to the Senate that a grant be made towards the advertised. cost of publishing the thesis or other matter and the Senate (2) Each application must contain details of the proposed may make a grant out of the income of the Gledden Trust itinerary and programme of visits and full information of subject to such conditions (including the provision of copies other financial assistance sought or granted in connection of the published work to the University) as the Senate may with the proposed period of travel. think fit. 27. The awards will be made by the Senate which shall determine the value of each Travel Award and the terms and PART II—GLEDDEN VISITING SENIOR FELLOWSHIPS conditions under which it shall be granted. 15. The purpose of the Gledden Visiting Senior Fellowships is 28. The amount of the Travel Award will be paid by such to provide travel costs or travel costs and living expenses for instalments and in such manner as the Vice-Chancellor scholars from outside Western Australia to visit the determines. University and contribute to its work and activities in applied science, more particularly relating to surveying, engineering, mining or cognate subjects. PART V—GLEDDEN POSTGRADUATE STUDENTSHIPS
16. The Visiting Senior Fellowships will be open to graduates 29. The annual value of a Gledden Studentship will be who have doctoral degrees or qualifications or experience prescribed from time to time by the Senate on the equivalent to doctorates. recommendation of the Academic Board.
17. The awards will be made by the Academic Board. 30. A studentship shall be awarded for a maximum period of one, two or three years depending upon the nature of the 18. The period of tenure of a Visiting Senior Fellowship which research or study for which the award is made. may vary from three calendar months to two years, and the 31. The object of the studentships is— amount of the emoluments and expenses, and any other terms and conditions of an award will be determined after (a) to enable graduates of The University of Western negotiation in each case and shall be the subject of a written Australia to undertake at overseas universities research or agreement between the fellow and the University. postgraduate study in applied science, more particularly relating to surveying, engineering, mining or cognate 19. Applications for Visiting Senior Fellowships will be subjects; or invited by advertisement as and when directed by the Vice- (b) to enable graduates of any recognised university to Chancellor. undertake at The University of Western Australia research or postgraduate study in applied science, more particularly relating to surveying, engineering, mining or cognate PART III—GLEDDEN TOURS subjects. In exceptional circumstances the holder of a 20. The object of the Gledden Tours is to assist students of studentship may be permitted to undertake part of the The University of Western Australia— research or study at another university or recognised (a) to visit, as part of an organised tour, engineering and institution in Australia. other technical works and institutions in Australia and other 32. Only graduates with at least second class honours or the countries; or equivalent or second class honours are eligible for (b) to travel as individual students, either in conjunction studentships. with or separate from an organised tour, for the purpose of 33. Except with the written permission of the head of the gaining practical experience as required by the faculty department in which he is working, a student may not during concerned. the tenure of his studentship engage in any work other than 21. Only those students who have completed not less than that for which the studentship was granted unless such three years of a course for a degree in applied science, more additional work is undertaken at the request of the head of particularly relating to surveying, engineering, mining or the department. cognate subjects are eligible to take part in a tour. 34.(1) Applications for studentships must be submitted to 22.(1) The Senate shall determine the amount of the grant to reach the Registrar by a date fixed by him and advertised. be made towards the cost of tours on recommendation of the (2) Each application must contain particulars of the Academic Board after it has considered a report from the applicant’s academic qualifications and the programme of faculty organising the tours. work he proposes to undertake under the studentship. (2) The grant may include an amount sufficient to cover 35. The awards will be made by the Academic Board after it the cost of travel, board and accommodation of a member of has considered reports on the candidates and on the the academic staff appointed by the faculty as conductor of a postgraduate work they propose to do obtained from such tour. persons as the Board or its Chairman may request.
23.(1) The dean of the faculty organising any tour shall call for 36. The amount of the studentship will be paid by such applications by notice published on the appropriate instalments as the Vice-Chancellor determines, the first of noticeboards of the University. such instalments being payable at the beginning of the (2) Students will be selected for a tour by the faculty studentship and the remaining instalments at such times as concerned on the basis of academic merit and, where may be decided by the Vice-Chancellor, but only after he has appropriate, the student’s proposed programme of practical received sufficient evidence that the student is satisfactorily experience. doing the work or course of study for which his studentship was awarded.
PART IV—GLEDDEN TRAVEL AWARDS 37.(1) At the end of the studentship the student shall submit 24. The object of the Gledden Travel Awards is to assist to the University a written report on the work or course of members of the staff of the University to gain additional study undertaken by him and two copies of any thesis or experience relevant to their work at the University by travel other matter written by him in connection with his work or overseas to visit engineering works, other technical works course of study. and institutions, or to attend conferences. (2) If any such thesis or other matter or part thereof is published the author shall acknowledge in the publication 25. Only members of the staff who are engaged in research or that the work was done by him during tenure of a Gledden in the teaching of applied science, more particularly relating Studentship. to surveying, engineering, mining or cognate subjects are eligible for Travel Awards.
C23—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
38.(1) A student holding a studentship is ineligible for any 5.(1)(a) If the number of candidates is equal to the number of other studentship, fellowship, scholarship or similar award vacancies, the Registrar shall so report to the Chancellor, who within the gift of the University. shall thereupon and in writing declare the candidates to be (2) If a student receives an award from any other source elected. during the tenure of his studentship, the amount of his (b) If the vacancies are for different terms the terms served studentship may be reduced by such amount as the Academic by each candidate shall be determined by the Registrar by lot. Board shall determine. (2) If there are more candidates than vacancies there shall be an election by ballot, for which purpose a voting paper shall DELEGATIONS be sent to each elector not later than seven days after the last day for receiving nominations. 39. The Academic Board may from time to time delegate its powers under Clauses 1(2), 1(3), 3, 4, 9(2), 9(3), 11, 14(3), 17, 6. The accidental omission to send any notice or voting paper 22(1), 35 and 38(2) to a committee consisting of such members as required by Sections 3 and 5 of this Statute or the of the Board as the Board may appoint. misdirection or non-receipt thereof shall not invalidate any nomination or election. Statute No. 23: REGISTRAR 7.(1) Every voting paper shall contain the names of all candidates nominated, the order in which the names appear 1. There shall be a Registrar of the University who shall on the voting paper having been determined by the Registrar perform such duties as the Senate may from time to time by lot. appoint. (2) The voter shall write the figure ‘1’ opposite the name of 2. The Senate may at any time appoint a deputy to act in place the candidate who stands first in the voter’s order of of the Registrar for such period as they may think fit and preference and may also indicate an order of preference for assign him any of the duties of Registrar. one or more candidates by writing the numbers ‘2’, ‘3’, . . . opposite the names of the candidates in the voter’s order of preference. Statute No. 24: AFFILIATION OF UNIVERSITY (3) A ballot paper which does not satisfy the above COLLEGES procedure will be accepted if the Registrar is satisfied the voter has unambiguously indicated an order of preference by 1. The governing authority of any college which is or is some other means. intended to be a residential college within the University may (4) Each completed voting paper shall be sent by the voter apply to be affiliated with the University. to the Registrar in a sealed envelope marked ‘Senate Voting 2. Every application for affiliation shall be made to the Senate Paper’. and shall contain such particulars as the Senate may require. (5) The Registrar shall from time to time (as decided by the Registrar) open each envelope marked ‘Senate Voting Paper’ 3. The Senate shall have power to grant or refuse any and place the voting paper in a ballot box. application or to grant any application on such conditions as (6) The scrutiny of the voting papers shall commence at five the Senate shall think fit. o’clock on the afternoon of the day of the election and no 4. A certificate signed by the Vice-Chancellor that a college is voting papers received after that hour shall be included in the affiliated to the University shall be conclusive evidence that scrutiny. such college has been granted affiliation in accordance with (7) Each candidate shall be entitled to nominate one the provisions of this Statute. scrutineer to be present at the count. (8) The distribution of votes cast in the ballot shall be carried 5. The provisions of Statute No.13 shall not apply to out by the method described in the Appendix to this Statute. University Colleges now or hereafter affiliated under this Statute. (9)(a) Successful candidates shall be elected sequentially. (b) Where vacancies are for different terms the candidate elected first will serve the longest term, the candidate elected Statute No. 25: METHOD OF ELECTION OF MEMBERS second will serve the second longest term, and so on. OF THE SENATE UNDER SECTIONS 10(c) AND 10A(1)(c) (10) Within 48 hours of the conclusion of the count the OF THE UNIVERSITY ACT Registrar shall report the result of the election to the 1. In this Statute— Chancellor who shall thereupon declare in writing which candidates have been elected. ‘Registrar’ shall include Acting Registrar or a deputy nominated in writing by the Registrar or Acting Registrar; 8. In the event of the office of a member becoming vacant ‘Vice-Chancellor’ shall include Acting Vice-Chancellor or a before the expiration of a full term by death or resignation or deputy nominated in writing by the Vice-Chancellor or by the member ceasing to be qualified under Section 10(c) of Acting Vice-Chancellor; the Act, the Senate shall at its meeting next after the occurrence of the vacancy fix a date for the election of a Words importing the singular or plural shall be deemed to successor, such election to be held in accordance with this include the plural or singular and words importing the male Statute and with the successful candidate holding office for sex shall be deemed to include the female sex unless the the unexpired term remaining. context otherwise requires. 9. Subject to the provisions of the Act and of this Statute it 2. The election of one or more members of the Senate in shall be competent for the Registrar to make all necessary accordance with Section 10(c) of the University of Western administrative and other arrangements for the conduct of Australia Act shall be held on the first Tuesday of March in elections. each year or on such later date in the same month as the Senate shall appoint. APPENDIX 3. At least 60 days’ notice of any election shall be given and a copy of such notice shall be sent to each elector. Distribution of Votes 4.(1) Nominations of candidates must reach the Registrar not 1. Each voting paper is given a value of 1, and is distributed less than 28 days nor more than 42 days before the date fixed to the candidate who is first in the voter’s order of preference. for the election. 2. The following procedure is repeated until a candidate has (2) Each nomination shall be in writing signed by the been elected for each vacancy. nominee and two persons eligible to vote in the election as proposer and seconder. (1) The vote for each continuing candidate is determined by adding the values of all the papers allocated to that candidate.
C24—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) The total residual vote is determined by adding the value superannuation scheme controlled by one such body to a of the individual candidates’ votes. superannuation scheme controlled by another and generally in regard to matters affecting a Scheme. (3) The quota is determined by dividing the total residual vote by one more than the number of unfilled vacancies, 5. For the purpose of carrying out this Statute the Senate in the ignoring the fraction, and adding 1. name and on behalf of the University may from time to time (4) If one or more candidates has a vote at least as great as make, alter and repeal regulations made hereunder and the quota, the one with the highest vote is declared elected subject to the provisions of any relevant Scheme Agreement and the surplus of the electee’s votes over the quota is may alter, amend, vary, delete or add to all or any of the distributed to the continuing candidates as follows: provisions of such Scheme Agreement or withdraw from such (a) The surplus is determined by subtracting the quota from Scheme Agreement provided that no amendments to the electee’s vote. regulations shall prejudice the rights then accrued to any person who is a member of the Scheme at the date of such (b) The transfer fraction is determined by dividing the amendment. surplus by the electee’s vote. (c) The value of each of the electee’s papers being transferred is adjusted by multiplying it by the transfer fraction. Statute No. 29: METHOD OF ELECTION OF MEMBERS (d) Each paper is distributed to the continuing candidate OF THE SENATE UNDER SECTIONS 10(fb) and next highest in the voter’s order of preference. If no such 10A(1)(ca) OF THE UNIVERSITY ACT candidate is specified the paper is set aside as exhausted. 1. In this Statute— (5) If, on the other hand, no candidate has a vote at least as great as the quota, the candidate with the smallest vote is ‘Guild’ shall mean the Guild of Undergraduates referred to in eliminated and each of that candidate’s papers is distributed Section 28 of the University of Western Australia Act. to the continuing candidate next highest in the voter’s order of ‘Guild Council’ shall mean the Council of the Guild preference. If no such candidate is specified the paper is set constituted under Statute No. 20. aside as exhausted. 2. The election of one member of the Senate under Section 3. If, in the application of the above procedure, two or more 10(fb) of the University Act shall be held annually on such day candidates have the same number of votes then it will be or days as may be appointed by the Guild Council for the decided by lot which candidate shall be elected or eliminated holding of the annual Guild elections and advertised by first. notices displayed on the University noticeboards for at least the sixty days immediately preceding the commencement of the election. Statute No. 26 3. The election shall be conducted by the Guild Council who Repealed by Amending Statute No. 1 of 1970 shall appoint two Returning Officers and such additional officers as may be required no later than thirty-five days Statute No. 27 before the commencement of the election. 4. Nominations of candidates shall be invited by notices Repealed by Amending Statute No. 1 of 1968 displayed on the University noticeboards for at least the twenty-eight days immediately preceding the commencement of the election. Statute No. 28: SUPERANNUATION SCHEME 5. Each nomination shall be in writing signed by the nominee 1. The Senate in the name and on behalf of the University is and two persons eligible to vote in the election as proposer authorised to make provision for superannuation for staff and and seconder and lodged with the Returning Officers not later for that purpose may participate in, establish and maintain a than 10 a.m. on the fourteenth day before the commencement superannuation scheme or schemes (any such scheme being of the election. hereinafter called a ‘Scheme’), on and subject to such terms and conditions as may be either contained in regulations 6.(1) If a nomination is received from only one candidate, the made hereunder from time to time or provided for in President of the Guild shall so report to the Chancellor, who agreements entered into by the Senate in the name and on will on the following first day of December, or on such other behalf of the University with other universities and date as the Chancellor thinks proper, declare the candidate to educational or research institutions (any such agreement be elected as a member of the Senate. being hereinafter called a ‘Scheme Agreement’). A Scheme and a Scheme Agreement shall make provision for invalid (2) If more than one nomination is received, the Returning pensions and may make provision for supplementary Officers shall publish the names of the candidates on the pensions. University noticeboards for at least the seven days immediately preceding the commencement of the election. 2. The Senate may appropriate funds from time to time for the purposes of a Scheme. 7.(1) If there is more than one candidate, the election shall be by ballot conducted by the Returning Officers in such place or 3.(1) Subject to any contrary terms in any relevant Scheme places as the Guild Council may appoint and advertise. Agreement administration of a Scheme is vested in the Senate. (2) The Senate may by resolution delegate all or any of its (2) The ballot shall be held on the day or days appointed powers and functions under this Statute and under under Clause 2 and shall close at 5 p.m. on the day or the last regulations or under any Scheme Agreement if not precluded of the days so appointed. from so doing by the provisions of such Scheme Agreement (except in any such case this power of delegation and the 8. Every voting paper shall contain the names of all the Senate’s power to make regulations or enter into Scheme candidates nominated given in such order as the Guild Agreements) to a member of the Senate or to an officer or Council shall have prescribed. officers of the University or to any other person or persons (including corporate entities). 9.(1) The voter shall write the figure ‘1’ opposite the name of the candidate who stands first in his or her order of preference. (3) Subject to any contrary terms in any relevant Scheme The voter may, in addition, indicate the order of preference for Agreement any delegation under this section is revocable by as many more candidates as he or she pleases by writing resolution of the Senate and subject to any such terms no opposite the name of a candidate a number next in numerical delegation prevents the exercise of a power or function of the order after those already used by him or her. A voter need not Senate. place a number against the name of every candidate. 4. The Senate may make agreements with other universities or (2) The Returning Officers shall accept a ballot paper which other educational or research institutions for the setting up of does not satisfy the above procedure where they are satisfied joint machinery to facilitate the transfer of members from a
C25—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar the voter has unambiguously indicated an order of preference 13. The President of the Guild shall, subject to the provisions by some other means. herein contained, determine conclusively all questions of detail concerning the election. 10.(1) The counting of votes cast in the ballot shall be carried out by the method described in the Appendix to this Statute. 14. The Guild Council shall, if the President is a candidate for election to the Senate, appoint some other member of the (2) Each candidate shall be entitled to nominate one Guild Council to fulfil the duties and responsibilities of the scrutineer to be present at the scrutiny held in accordance President imposed under Clauses 11, 13 and 15 of this Statute. with the preceding sub-clause. 15. Within 48 hours of the conclusion of the scrutiny the (3) In the event of a candidate for election to the Senate President of the Guild shall report the result of the election to being also a candidate for election to the office of President of the Chancellor, who will on the following first day of the Guild, the proceedings for the election to the office of December, or on such other date as the Chancellor thinks President of the Guild shall first be completed and if the proper, declare the candidate who has been preferred by the candidate is elected to that office his or her name shall be electors to be elected as a member of the Senate from the date deleted from the voting paper and his or her preferences of the declaration. renumbered prior to the first scrutiny. 16. Immediately upon the completion of the scrutiny of the 11. If, on the report of the Returning Officers or of a voting papers these shall be placed by the Returning Officers scrutineer, the President of the Guild is of the opinion that in a sealed container and shall be held by them for fourteen any voting paper is substantially defective, such voting paper days at the expiration of which time they shall be destroyed shall not be included in the ballot. by the Returning Officers unless otherwise directed by the Chancellor. 12. The following arrangements shall be made for postal voting: 17. In the event of the office of a member becoming vacant before the normal expiration of that member’s term of office (a) A voter who wishes to vote by post shall lodge an the Senate shall, as soon as possible after the occurrence of the application to do so with the Returning Officers not later than vacancy, fix a date for the election of a successor, such 14 days before the election. election to be held in accordance with this Statute, except that (b) The Returning Officers shall not later than seven days the Chancellor will immediately on receipt of the report from before the commencement of the election post to each the President of the Guild under Clause 6(1) or Clause 15 applicant for a postal vote a voting paper, a separate form of declare the candidate or preferred candidate to be elected as a printed declaration, an envelope marked ‘Voting Paper’ and a member of the Senate. further envelope upon which is printed or written the address of the Returning Officers and the words ‘Election of Senate 18. The unauthorised removal of any notice referred to in Member’. The declaration shall bear a distinguishing number Clauses 2, 4, and 6(2) of this Statute, from any University and the voting paper and declaration shall each be initialled noticeboard during the period prescribed for publication, by the Returning Officers. shall not invalidate the election or nomination concerned. (c) Every declaration shall be in the form following or to the like effect, that is to say: APPENDIX I, the undersigned, declare that I am an enrolled Counting of Votes (Clause 10(1)) student of The University of Western Australia. 1. The counting of votes cast in the ballot for election of the members of the Senate under Section 10(fb) and 10A(1)(ca) of Signature of Student the University of Western Australia Act shall be as follows in this Appendix.
2. The number of first choices recorded for each candidate Student Number shall be counted, and all informal voting papers shall be rejected.
Date 3. The aggregate number of such first choices shall be divided by one more than the number of candidates required to be (d) Having marked the voting paper, the voter shall place elected, and the quotient increased by one, disregarding any it without any other matter in the envelope marked ‘Voting remainder, shall be the quota, and (except as hereinafter Paper’ and shall seal it and the sealed envelope and the provided in Rule 11) no candidate shall be elected until he or declaration shall then be placed in the envelope addressed to she obtains a number of votes equal to or greater than the the Returning Officers and marked ‘Election of Senate quota. Member’ and it shall be sealed and transmitted to the Returning Officers. All valid voting papers so transmitted 4. Any candidate who has, upon the first choices being and received not later than 5 p.m. on the last day fixed for the counted, a number of such votes equal to or greater than the ballot shall, subject to Clause 11, be included in the ballot. quota shall be declared elected. (e) Except as aforesaid no voter shall, before or after 5. Where the number of such votes obtained by any candidate marking his or her voting paper, transfer or part with that is equal to the quota, the whole of the voting papers on which voting paper or declaration to or permit it to be used by any a first choice is recorded for such elected candidate shall be other person. set aside as finally dealt with. (f) All envelopes addressed to the Returning Officers, and marked ‘Election of Senate Member’, shall from time to time 6. Where the number of such votes obtained by any candidate (as decided by the Returning Officers) be opened by the is in excess of the quota, the proportion of votes in excess of Returning Officers who shall check the names appearing on the quota shall be transferred to the other candidates not yet the declarations with the list of enrolled students and shall declared elected, next in the order of the voter’s respective then place the envelopes containing voting papers unopened preferences, in the following manner: in a ballot box; provided that if there is any doubt as to the (i) All the voting papers on which a first choice is recorded genuineness of any signature the President of the Guild shall for the elected candidate shall be re-examined, and the examine the disputed signature and decide whether or not it number of second choices, or (in the case provided for in Rule is genuine and his or her decision thereon shall be final. 13) third or next consecutive choices, recorded for each (g) The omission to send any voting paper in accordance unelected candidate thereon shall be counted. with (b) or the misdirection or non-receipt thereof shall not (ii) The surplus of the elected candidate shall be divided by invalidate an election. the total number of votes obtained by him or her on the counting of the first choices, and the resulting fraction shall be the transfer value.
C26—April/May 2000 Statutes
(iii) The number of second or other choices, ascertained in aforesaid, the candidate shall thereupon be declared elected. paragraph (i) to be recorded for each unelected candidate, And in such case, notwithstanding the fact that he or she may shall be multiplied by the transfer value. have reached the quota, such transfer shall be completed, and (iv) The resulting number, disregarding any fractional all the votes to which that candidate is entitled therefrom remainder, shall be credited to each unelected candidate, and shall be transferred to him or her, but no other votes shall be added to the number of votes obtained by him or her on the transferred to him or her. counting of the first choices. (b) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is raised up to, but not above, the quota by any such transfer as 7.(a) Where, on the counting of the first choices or on any aforesaid, the whole of the voting papers on which such votes transfer, more than one candidate has a surplus, the largest are recorded shall be set aside as finally dealt with. surplus shall be first dealt with. If then more than one (c) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is candidate has a surplus, the then largest surplus next in order raised above the quota by any such transfer as aforesaid, the of magnitude shall be dealt with, and so on. candidate’s surplus shall be transferred to the candidates next Provided that, if one candidate has obtained a surplus at a in the order of the voter’s respective preferences in the same count or transfer previous to that at which another candidate manner as is directed in Rule 8, Clause (c). Provided that such obtains a surplus, the surplus of the former shall be first dealt surplus shall not be dealt with until all the votes of the with. excluded candidate have been transferred. (b) Where two or more surpluses are equal, the surplus of (d) Where any surplus exists it shall be dealt with before the candidate who has the highest on the poll at the count or any other candidate is excluded. transfer at which they last had an unequal number of votes shall be first dealt with, and if they have had an equal number 11. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest on the of votes at all preceding counts or transfers the Returning poll, and transferring to other candidates his or her votes shall Officers shall decide by lot which candidate’s surplus shall be be repeated until all the candidates, except the number first dealt with. required to be elected, have been excluded, and the unexcluded candidates, who have not already been so 8.(a) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is declared, shall then be declared elected. raised up to or above the quota by a transfer as aforesaid, the candidate shall thereupon be declared elected. And in such 12. Where at any time it becomes necessary to exclude a case, notwithstanding the fact that the candidate may have candidate, and two or more candidates have the same number reached the quota, such transfer shall be completed, and all of votes and are lowest on the poll, then whichever of such the votes to which the candidate is entitled therefrom shall be candidates was lowest on the poll at the last count or transfer transferred to him or her, but no votes of any other candidate at which they had an unequal number of votes shall be first shall be transferred to him or her. excluded, and if such candidates have had an equal number of votes at all preceding counts or transfers, the Returning (b) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is Officers shall decide by lot which candidate shall be first raised up to, but not above the quota by a transfer as excluded. aforesaid, the whole of the voting papers on which such votes are recorded shall be set aside as finally dealt with. 13. In determining what candidate is next in the order of the voter’s preference, any candidates who have been declared (c) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is elected or who have been excluded shall not be considered, raised above the quota by a transfer as aforesaid, the and the order of the voter’s preference shall be determined as candidate’s surplus shall be transferred to the candidates next if the names of such candidates had not been on the voting in the order of the voter’s respective preferences, in the paper. following manner: (i) The voting papers on which are recorded the votes 14. Where on any transfer it is found that on any voting paper obtained by the elected candidate in the last transfer shall be there is no candidate opposite whose name a number is re-examined, and the number of third, or (in the case placed, other than those who have been already either provided for in Rule 13) next consecutive choices recorded for declared elected or excluded, such voting papers shall be set each unelected candidate thereon counted. aside as exhausted. (ii) The surplus of the elected candidate shall be divided by 15.(i) Where in the case of a by-election one candidate only is the total number of voting papers mentioned in paragraph (i), to be elected and no candidate on the first count secures an and the resulting fraction shall be the transfer value. absolute majority of the whole of the formal votes recorded at (iii) The number of second (or other) choices, ascertained in the election, the candidate who has the fewest votes is paragraph (i) to be recorded for each unelected candidate, excluded (i.e. regarded as defeated), and each ballot paper shall be multiplied by the last mentioned transfer value. counted to him or her is (unless exhausted) counted to the (iv) The resulting number, disregarding any fractional unexcluded candidate next in the order of the voter’s remainder, shall be credited to each unelected candidate, and preference. added to the number of votes previously obtained by him or (ii) If no candidate then has an absolute majority of votes, her. the process of excluding the candidate who has the fewest votes and counting each of that candidate’s ballot papers 9.(a) Where, after the first choices have been counted and all (unless exhausted) to the unexcluded candidate next in the surpluses (if any) have been transferred as hereinbefore order of the voter’s preference is repeated until one candidate directed, no candidate, or less than the number of candidates has an absolute majority of votes. required to be elected, has or have obtained the quota, the candidate who is lowest on the poll shall be excluded, and all 16. Every ballot paper not rejected as informal is to be counted the votes obtained by that candidate shall be transferred to the in every count until it becomes exhausted, when it is rejected candidates next in the order of the voter’s respective in all further counts. Where a candidate is excluded, any preferences, in the same manner as is directed in Rule 6. ballot paper counted to that candidate is deemed to be (b) The votes obtained by such excluded candidate as first exhausted if there is not indicated upon it a consecutive choices shall first be transferred, the transfer value of the vote preference for one unexcluded candidate. in each case being 1. 17. If on any count two or more candidates have an equal (c) The other votes of such excluded candidate shall then be number of votes and any one of them has to be excluded, then dealt with in the order of the transfers in which, and at the whichever of such candidates was lowest on the poll at the transfer value at which, he or she obtained them. last count or transfer at which they had an unequal number of (d) Each of the transfers which takes place under the two votes shall be first excluded, and if such candidates have had previous clauses of this rule shall be deemed for all purposes an equal number of votes at all preceding counts or transfers, to be a separate transfer. the Returning Officers shall decide by lot which candidate shall be first excluded. 10.(a) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is raised up to or above the quota by any such transfer as
C27—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Statute No. 30: DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR 8. A resolution of a faculty or of the Academic Board for the establishment of a scholarship or prize shall clearly specify 1. The Senate may appoint one or more Deputy Vice- the conditions governing the scholarship or prize, which shall Chancellors of the University. comply with the following requirements: 2. A Deputy Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for such period (1) For scholarships and prizes: and on such conditions as the Senate determines. (a) The criteria for the grant shall be clearly indicated. 3. Subject to the University statutes, regulations and by-laws, (b) A scholarship or prize shall be granted on the basis of and resolutions of the Senate, a Deputy Vice-Chancellor shall academic criteria only, unless the Academic Board shall by exercise and undertake the powers, responsibilities and resolution otherwise determine. duties of the Vice-Chancellor from time to time delegated to (c) The procedure for selection of the grantee shall be clearly him by the Vice-Chancellor. indicated. 4. Except as otherwise provided a Deputy Vice-Chancellor (d) The person or persons responsible for the selection of shall be entitled to attend and speak at any meeting of any the grantee shall be clearly indicated. board, committee or other body of the University of which (e) Notwithstanding that a candidate meets the criteria for a the Vice-Chancellor is an ex-officio member, but shall not be grant, a scholarship or prize shall be awarded only if, in the entitled to vote at such meeting unless attending as the Vice- opinion of the person or persons responsible for the selection Chancellor’s representative or as a member of the board, of the grantee, there is a candidate of sufficient merit. committee or other body. (f) Where a scholarship or prize will be funded from a bequest or donation, the express directions of the testator or Statute No. 31: SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES donor shall be given effect. (g) Unless the testator or donor of the bequest or donation 1. In this Statute unless the context otherwise requires— from which the scholarship or prize is funded has expressly ‘Prize’ shall mean a sum of money or a specified article directed otherwise— awarded to a student, normally for academic achievement (i) a scholarship or prize shall be granted annually; while studying for a degree, diploma or certificate of the (ii) a scholarship or prize shall not be granted to the same University. person twice; ‘Scholarship’ shall mean a sum of money awarded to a (iii) where a scholarship or prize lapses or is not granted for student to cover or contribute towards the costs associated any reason, the unused grant money shall be added to and with studying for a degree, diploma or certificate of the become part of the scholarship or prize fund. University. (2) For scholarships only, the body responsible for the ‘Student’ shall mean a person formally enrolled for a degree, selection of the grantee shall be the Scholarships Committee diploma or certificate of the University. of the Academic Board, or such other body as the Board may approve. 2. The Senate may make regulations for the granting of prizes and scholarships as it sees fit. (3) For prizes only: (a) A prize shall be granted only for work which has been 3. Scholarships and prizes of the University shall be granted done by a student as part of a course for a degree, diploma or in accordance with this Statute and any regulations certificate. governing the grant of scholarships or prizes. (b) A prize shall lapse if it is not claimed by the grantee 4. Scholarships and prizes for the granting of which within 12 months of the grant being declared. regulations have been made shall be granted in accordance (c) Provision shall be made for the contingency of two or with those regulations more candidates tying for a prize, in which event the prize may be shared. 5. If students from only one faculty are to be eligible for the (d) grant of a scholarship or prize, that faculty may resolve upon Except for a prize which is granted pursuant to Clause 6 the establishment thereof, and may from time to time by of this Statute, the amount of the prize shall not be less than resolution alter the name or amount of the scholarship or the minimum amount for prizes as determined from time to prizes or the conditions governing its grant, or resolve that it time by resolution of the Senate. cease to be granted. (e) Unless the testator or donor of the bequest or donation from which the prize is funded has expressed directly 6. If students from two or more faculties are to be eligible for otherwise, the body responsible for the selection of the the grant of a scholarship or prize, the Academic Board may grantee shall be the appropriate Board of Examiners. resolve upon the establishment thereof, and may from time to time by resolution alter the amount of the scholarship or prize or the conditions governing its grant, or resolve that it cease to be granted.
7.(1) Where regulations have been made for the establishment of a scholarship or prize, a faculty or the Academic Board may resolve upon the establishment of that scholarship or prize, conditionally upon the repeal of those regulations. (2) On the repeal of those regulations, that scholarship or prize shall be granted in accordance with the Statute pursuant to that resolution.
C28—April/May 2000 Matriculation Regulations
D REGULATIONS
D1—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
MATRICULATION REGULATIONS
1. These regulations, effective from 1 January 2000, supersede (b) List 2: Accounting, Applicable Mathematics, Biology, the University’s previous Matriculation Regulations. Calculus, Chemistry, Discrete Mathematics, Geology, Human Biology, Information Systems, Physical Science, Physics. 2.(1) An applicant will not be admitted to a degree course in the University unless qualified under these regulations. (c) List 3: English. (2) An applicant who has previously been enrolled in a (2) An applicant may not include in the Tertiary Entrance degree course at The University of Western Australia but who Score— has not obtained a result in any unit towards a University (a) both Chemistry and Physical Science; degree will be required to re-apply for admission under these (b) both Physics and Physical Science; regulations. (c) both Discrete Mathematics and Calculus; 3. For the purposes of Statute No. 7 and other related statutes (d) both Discrete Mathematics and Applicable Mathematics; or regulations of the University, a matriculated student is one (e) both Chinese: Advanced and Chinese: Second Language; who has been admitted to the University for a degree course. (f) both Indonesian: Advanced and Indonesian: 4.(1) In order to be considered for admission to the University Second Language; an applicant, other than one covered by Regulation 7 or 8 or (g) both Indonesian: Advanced and Malay: Advanced; one admitted under special schemes or in special circum- (h) both Biology and Human Biology; stances approved by the Academic Board or by appropriate committees of the Board, shall— (i) both English and English Literature; (j) (a) normally be required to have— both Japanese: Advanced and Japanese: Second Language (i) completed the requirements for Secondary Graduation as defined by the Curriculum Council; and (3) In the case of a candidate for whom no school assess- ment is available in one or more of the subjects in List 1 and/ (ii) Rescinded or List 2, the subject score which contributes to the mean (iii) achieved the minimum level of competence in English score described in Regulations 4(2) and (3) will be the scaled required for entry to the course concerned, as prescribed by external examination score. The subject score for the List 3 the Academic Board after consideration of a recommendation subject English may not contribute to the mean score unless it from the appropriate faculty; and is a scaled 50:50 composite of the external examination score (iv) achieved a satisfactory standard in such specified and the moderated school assessment obtained in the same prerequisite subjects for a course as are determined by the year. Academic Board after consideration of a recommendation (4)(a) from the appropriate faculty, and published from time to Examinations in Hebrew and Latin are not conducted time. as part of the Western Australian Tertiary Entrance Examination and candidates taking either or both of these (b) have obtained a sufficiently high Tertiary Entrance Rank subjects will be required to sit for the examinations in them to gain a place in a course. conducted by an examining authority approved by the (2)(i) For the purposes of these regulations the Tertiary Academic Board. Entrance Rank (TER) is defined as a number between 99.95 (b) The marks obtained at such examinations may be scaled and zero which reports a student’s rank position relative to by the Matriculation and Admissions Committee for all other students. The TER is derived from the Tertiary inclusion in the candidate’s Tertiary Entrance Rank referred Entrance Score by a mathematical procedure approved by the to in Regulation 4. Academic Board. Places will be allocated to applicants according to the Tertiary Entrance Rank. 6.(1) Except as provided in 6(2) below all scores contributing (ii) For the purposes of these regulations the Tertiary towards the Tertiary Entrance Rank used as the basis for Entrance Score (TES) is defined as a score out of 510, application for admission to The University of Western calculated by multiplying by 5.1 an applicant’s best mean Australia must have been obtained in the same year. score over four or five Tertiary Entrance subjects (with at least (2)(a) The Academic Board, through its Matriculation and one subject from each of List 1 and List 2 below contributing Admissions Committee, may, in exceptional circumstances, to the score). allow an applicant’s Tertiary Entrance Rank to be derived (3) Except as provided in Regulation 5(3), a subject score from subject scores obtained over two consecutive years. The which contributes to the mean score will be the scaled value Tertiary Entrance Rank shall then be derived as described in of a 50:50 composite of the external examination score and the Regulation 4(2)(i) as if the Tertiary Entrance Score had been moderated school assessment for that subject. obtained in the second of these years. (b) (4) For the purposes of these regulations the minimum level The concession in 6(2)(a) shall not normally be available of competence in English required by the Faculties of to applicants who were school students in the year that they Agriculture, Arts, Economics and Commerce, Engineering last sat the Tertiary Entrance Examinations. It will only be and Mathematical Sciences, Law, Medicine and Dentistry, granted where applicants are able to demonstrate to the and Science shall be evidenced by a minimum scaled score of Matriculation and Admissions Committee’s satisfaction, 50 in English or English Literature at the Tertiary Entrance through evidence provided in written submission addressed Examination or, for students whose applications are to the Registrar, that it was impossible for them to have approved by the Matriculation and Admissions Committee, a obtained a Tertiary Entrance Rank in one year. pass in an approved test of English. (3) An applicant for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or Bachelor of Dental 5.(1) The Tertiary Entrance subjects, for the purposes of these Science in the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry who has regulations are: obtained a Tertiary Entrance Rank by repeating Tertiary (a) List 1: Ancient History, Art, Chinese: Advanced, Entrance Score subjects will be required to compete for a Chinese: Second Language, Drama Studies, Economics, place in the non-standard quota set for this Faculty as defined English Literature, French, Geography, German, Hebrew*, in the University’s Admission and Quota Policy. History, Indonesian: Advanced, Indonesian: Second Lan- guage, Italian, Japanese: Advanced, Japanese: Second 7.(1) An applicant who has qualified for consideration for Language, Latin*, Malay: Advanced, Modern Greek, Music, admission under the previous Matriculation Regulations of Political and Legal Studies. this University will continue to be so eligible.
D2—April/May 2000 Matriculation Regulations
(2) An applicant who has satisfied the admission require- Candidates (other than Tertiary Entrance Examination ments of any other university in Australia, or of an overseas candidates) who think that their qualifications, training or university in which there is a reasonable correspondence experience may fit them for admission under this regulation between the admission requirements and those of The should apply to the Registrar for further information. University of Western Australia, or who has completed any It should be noted that possession of the above qualifications other examination of an academic standard which the means only that an applicant is eligible for selection; it does Academic Board considers to be equivalent to or higher than not guarantee that a place will be offered. that of the examinations described in Regulation 4, may be considered for admission to the University on production of satisfactory evidence. FACULTIES OF AGRICULTURE, ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES, AND SCIENCE (3) Applicants for admission to the University on the basis of the results obtained in an examination in a country in These faculties will accept as satisfying the requirements of which the language of instruction is a language other than Matriculation Regulation 8(2) the following: a qualification at English may be required to pass an examination in English diploma level or above accredited by the Australian before being admitted to the University. Qualifications Framework; a teaching qualification recog- nised by the Education Department of Western Australia; or a 8.(1) An applicant who has reached the age of 20 years before good basic education, including English and prerequisite the first day of March in the year for which application is subjects appropriate to the intended course, at a standard made will be exempt from the requirements in sub-paragraph normally required for entrance to the University in both 4(1)(a)(i) but will be required to satisfy all other requirements content and achievement. and conditions in Regulations 4, 5 and 6. Other qualifications, including the satisfactory completion of (2) Alternatively, an applicant who has reached the age of units in the first year of a course at a recognised tertiary 20 years before the first day of March in the year for which institution, will be considered on individual merit provided application for admission is made may be admitted to the the applicant’s knowledge of prerequisite subjects is University provided the Academic Board is satisfied that such adequate. an applicant is able to assimilate and benefit from the course to which admission is sought. The Academic Board will It should be noted that possession of the above qualifications normally require in support of the application evidence of the means only that an applicant is eligible for selection; it does qualifications described in Schedule A to these regulations or not guarantee that a place will be offered. of success in the University’s Mature Age Tertiary Entrance Examination in two subjects as described in Schedule B to SCHEDULE B: these regulations, the Special Tertiary Admissions Test or other examinations or tests prescribed by individual faculties. Mature Age Tertiary Entrance Examination in Two Subjects A person who is eligible to do so may obtain a Tertiary 9. A person shall not be permitted to enrol in the University Entrance Rank (TER) for the purposes of applying for without having signed the personal declaration which is admission to the University by sitting the Mature Age incorporated in the University's enrolment form. Tertiary Entrance Examination (TEE) in two subjects. 10. The Matriculation and Admissions Committee will To be eligible to sit the Mature Age TEE in two subjects a provide a report annually to the Academic Board. person, in the year in which the examination is taken must— (a) have reached the age of 19 years or more before the first SCHEDULE A: day of March; and (b) be an Australian citizen or permanent resident on or Qualifications Acceptable Under Matriculation Regulation 8(2) before the final closing date for application through the Tertiary Institutions Service Centre (TISC). FACULTIES OF ARTS, AND ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE The Mature Age TEE in two subjects shall consist of the These faculties will accept as satisfying the requirements of following requirements: Matriculation Regulation 8(2) the following: a qualification at (a) two subjects, excluding English, taken in one academic diploma level or above accredited by the Australian year, from List 1 and/or List 2 of the Western Australian TEE Qualifications Framework; a teaching qualification recog- subjects; and nised by the Education Department of Western Australia; or a satisfactory Tertiary Entrance Rank derived from a Tertiary (b) Special Tertiary Admissions Test (STAT) Multiple Entrance Score based on two subjects in the Tertiary Entrance Choice (verbal component) and the STAT Written English. Examination—see Schedule B below. The TES is a score out of 510 which is calculated, in the case of Other qualifications, including the satisfactory completion of an applicant who has taken the Mature Age TEE in two units in the first year of a course at a recognised tertiary subjects, by multiplying by 5.1 the applicant's best mean score institution, will be considered on individual merit. over two TEE subjects (excluding English) taken in the same year. The Tertiary Entrance Rank shall then be derived as A prerequisite for entry into the courses for the degrees of described in Regulation 4(2)(i). Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Commerce is the attainment of a final scaled score of 50 per cent or more in any To be eligible for admission to the University an applicant TEE Mathematics subject. The Faculty of Economics and whose TES is obtained by sitting the Mature Age TEE in two Commerce may consider applicants on the basis of other subjects must— qualifications and relevant work experience. (a) meet the University’s English Competence requirement by obtaining a minimum scaled score of 150 in the verbal A limited number of places is offered each year in the Faculty component of the STAT Multiple Choice and 145 in the STAT of Arts to candidates who have performed well in the Special Written English Tertiary Admissions Test and who provide other evidence of their suitability for tertiary studies. Details of this method of (b) obtain a sufficiently high TER to gain a place in the entry are available from the Tertiary Institutions Service course; and Centre, 39 Fairway (PO Box 363), Nedlands, WA 6009. (c) satisfy the prerequisites, if any, for their preferred Applicants may be considered for admission to the course for course(s). the degree of Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education The TEE subject prerequisites and any STAT test scores or Bachelor of Music Teaching if the Faculty is satisfied, after required for applicants seeking entry to specific courses in the the report from the Head of the School of Music, that they University on the basis of a TER derived from the Mature Age meet the academic requirements for admission to the Faculty TEE in two subjects are reviewed annually by the Matricu- of Arts and hold recognised professional qualifications in lation and Admissions Committee and published by the music which indicate their ability to understand and profit by Admissions Centre and TISC. the course.
D3—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Mature-age students who elect to take four or five TEE TEE English or English Literature or, for eligible candidates, subjects, including: an acceptable test of English. A four- or five-subject TER will (a) those who are international students and therefore not be calculated on the same basis as that for school leavers and eligible for the above two-subject TEE route; and any prerequisite subjects must be passed. (b) those who are applying to Medicine in the standard 1 quota 1 Applicants for entry to Medicine or Dentistry who sit the Mature Age TEE in two subjects will be considered only in the non-standard are exempt from the Secondary Graduation requirement quota for that course, as defined in the University’s Admission and which applies only to school leavers. Such students must Quota Policy. Mature-age candidates who have never before qualified meet the normal English competence requirement by passing to enter a university and are eligible to be considered as standard applicants for Medicine or Dentistry should complete a four- or five- subject TER.
D4—April/May 2000 General Regulations
GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR ACADEMIC COURSES
In these regulations— (2) A faculty shall define in its regulations ‘satisfactory ‘Subject’ means a recognised branch of knowledge included progress’ and specify the sanctions which may be used when in the curriculum; students fail to proceed satisfactorily. (3) ‘Unit’ means a discrete element in a course of study recog- A faculty may determine that a student who has made nised by a faculty and defined in that faculty’s regulations; unsatisfactory progress in a course and seeks re-admission to that course or transfer to another course shall be permitted to ‘Course’ means a plan of study necessary to qualify for a enrol only on a part-time basis for the first year after re- degree, diploma or certificate; admission or transfer. ‘Dissertation’ means a discrete scholarly work which 7. A faculty may define, in its regulations, the time limits for describes and analyses a particular approved subject or topic the completion of its courses and may also define under what and which contributes to the overall assessment for a master’s circumstances exceptions may be granted. degree by coursework and dissertation; 7A.(1) Unless the executive dean or dean concerned, in ‘Faculty’—as defined in Statute No. 8 with the proviso that recognition of exceptional circumstances, approves otherwise, the term includes officers and committees to whom stated a student who withdraws from a unit or, in accordance with powers have been delegated. the relevant faculty’s Regulations, is required to withdraw For the purposes of those regulations applying to preliminary after the deadlines specified for particular categories of or qualifying examinations and to higher degrees by research, enrolment in sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be declared to the Director of the Centre for Oil and Gas Engineering is have failed that unit. included in the term ‘Head of Department’. (2) The deadlines for withdrawal from standard-length In the regulations for higher degrees by research, higher semester and full-year units shall be: doctorates and professional doctorates— (a) for a student enrolled in a first-year unit as part of the ‘Work’ means published scholarly writing and, in the case of first academic year of an undergraduate bachelor’s degree the creative arts and building sciences, may mean publication course, as follows: by exhibitions, recordings, or documentary evidence thereof; (i) for a semester unit—no later than the first day of the ‘Thesis’ means a discrete scholarly work prepared for sub- tenth teaching week of the semester; and mission for a higher degree by research of this University, (ii) for a full-year unit—no later than the first day of the which describes, and incorporates and analyses the results of sixth teaching week of second semester; an approved research programme. (b) for any student enrolled in a unit in an under- graduate honours course or postgraduate course, other than a 1. Rescinded. student referred to in paragraph (a), as follows: 2. Applications for enrolment or re-enrolment shall be made (i) for a semester unit—the first day of the eighth teaching in the manner and by the date prescribed by the Registrar. week of the semester; and The Registrar may allow a late application to be considered (ii) for a full-year unit—the first day of the second subject to the payment of a late charge which may be waived teaching week of second semester. in appropriate circumstances. (3) The deadline for withdrawal from units of other than 3. All courses shall conform to General and Faculty standard length shall be the first day of the week following Regulations and may require the special approval of the the mid-point of instruction. appropriate faculty. (4) Unless the executive dean or dean concerned, in 4. Faculties shall specify in their regulations which units shall recognition of exceptional circumstances approves otherwise, be taken sequentially. a student shall not be permitted to withdraw from a unit after the last day of the final week of instruction in that unit. 4A. Unless the executive dean or dean concerned, in recognition of exceptional circumstances, approves otherwise, 8. A student who withdraws more than once from all units in a student shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit after the last which he or she is enrolled shall not be permitted to re-enrol day of the third week of instruction. in any faculty without the permission of the executive dean or dean of the faculty in which re-enrolment is sought. 5.(1) To complete a course or unit a student shall— 9. Prospective students from other universities or similar (a) attend prescribed classes, lectures, seminars, tutorials, institutions shall, for the purposes of General Regulations 6, 7 practicals and clinical practice; and 8, be treated as if their previous work had been (b) complete the prescribed work of the course or unit at a completed at this University. satisfactory standard; and 10.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), no candidate (c) pass prescribed examinations. shall be awarded a bachelor’s degree of this University (2) Failure to meet the requirements of (1)(a) and (1)(b) without having completed in this University either the final above may result in exclusion by a faculty from further study academic year’s requirements for the course concerned, or from examinations in the area concerned. including the final unit or units of any major subjects included in the course, or work equivalent both (3) Notwithstanding anything in (1) and (2) above, a faculty quantitatively and qualitatively thereto. may, having regard to the recommendation of the head of the (2) department, exempt a student from such attendance or from A faculty may accept work completed by a student at any part of the prescribed work. another university as fulfilling all or part of the final year’s requirements for a bachelor’s degree of this University, (4) Each faculty shall determine the frequency and nature of provided that no student shall qualify for the award of such a its examinations within any constraints imposed by the degree without having passed in units offered by this Academic Board. University at least half the total points required for the 6.(1) A faculty shall define in its regulations the order in course. which units shall be taken and the conditions for proceeding 11.(1) A faculty may permit a student to transfer credit from from one academic year of a course to the next. an incomplete bachelor’s course of this University to another bachelor’s degree course.
D5—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) Subject to Regulation 10, a faculty may permit a student second class honours (division A), second class honours to transfer credit from an incomplete bachelor’s degree course (division B), or third class honours and shall state in what of another recognised tertiary institution to a bachelor’s department, school or subject the honours are to be awarded. degree course of this University. 20.(1) A student may be permitted to take a deferred 12.(1) Where a person who has qualified for a bachelor’s examination in one or more units if the executive dean or degree in any faculty in this or in any other recognised dean of the faculty is satisfied that for medical or other tertiary institution seeks to enrol for any other bachelor’s exceptional reasons the candidate was either— degree of this University, a faculty may grant credit on the (a) basis of work completed in the first degree to a limit of not substantially hindered in preparation for an more than half the total points value of the second degree. examination; or (b) (2) Subject to sub-regulation (1), a faculty shall prescribe in absent from or unable to complete an examination. its regulations the requirements for second degree candidates. (2) The format for a deferred examination may differ from that of the initial examination. 13.(1) A faculty or faculties may offer combined courses for the award of two bachelor’s degrees. (3) Unless the executive dean or dean of the faculty, in (2) Faculties may permit a level of cross-crediting of units recognition of exceptional circumstances, approves otherwise, within a combined course no greater than that which applies applications for deferred examinations shall be submitted to between the two degrees when taken sequentially. the Registrar on the appropriate form, together with any relevant medical certificates or other appropriate 13.A(1) Students may apply to enrol concurrently in two documentary support for the application, no later than three bachelor’s degree courses only if such enrolment is permitted University working days after the date of the relevant under University policy in force at the outset of the scheduled examination. concurrent enrolment and if the proposed course content has (4) been approved by the faculty or faculties concerned. All candidates for deferred examinations shall attend such examinations on the University campus, unless the (2) Students who at any time have been eligible to apply Chair of the Academic Board, having received advice from for entry to the quota for a combined course for two the executive dean or dean of the faculty concerned, bachelor’s degrees for which regulations have been approved authorises otherwise in recognition of extreme mitigating by the Senate may not apply under sub-regulation (1) for circumstances. concurrent enrolment in courses for the two degrees 21.(1) A board of examiners may permit a student to take a concerned. supplementary examination in any failed unit or units subject (3) A faculty or faculties may permit a student enrolled to the regulations of the faculty concerned. concurrently in two bachelor’s degree courses to cross-credit (2) appropriate units between the two courses, provided that the The format for a supplementary examination may level of cross-crediting is no greater than that which applies differ from that of the initial examination. between the two degree courses when taken sequentially. (3) All candidates for supplementary examinations shall attend such examinations on the University campus, unless Students Not Proceeding to a Degree the Chair of the Academic Board, having received advice 14. A faculty may permit ‘not for degree’ enrolments in one or from the executive dean or dean of the faculty concerned, more units and such enrolments shall be governed by authorises otherwise in recognition of extreme mitigating relevant General Regulations and in particular General circumstances. Regulation 5. 22. Where it is the responsibility of the Board of Examiners to award fellowships, scholarships, studentships, exhibitions or Board of Examiners prizes, the awards shall be reported by them to the Registrar. 15.(1) Each faculty shall appoint a board or boards of 23. Faculties shall publish in their handbooks their examiners. procedures for appeals against sanctions which result from (2) Boards of examiners shall consider the results of academic assessments. examinations and report them to the Registrar for publication and recording. 24. Students shall be informed of the times, dates and places for examinations and supplementary examinations by means 16. A board of examiners shall be chaired by the executive of an examination timetable to be published within the dean or dean of the faculty concerned, or nominee, and if that University by the Registrar at least 14 days before the person is absent the board shall elect one of its members to examinations, or at least three days before the supple- chair the meeting. mentary examinations, commence.
17.(1) A report on an examination, other than a Students Proceeding to Preliminary or supplementary examination, shall— Qualifying Examinations (a) assign one of the following grades to a successful candidate—higher distinction (HD), distinction (D), credit 25. Where a preliminary examination for admission to pass (CR) or pass (P); candidature for the degree of master is required, it shall be held at the conclusion of a supervised course of advanced (b) assign one of the following grades to an unsuccessful study and/or research prescribed by the relevant faculty and candidate—fail (N+) or fail (N). normally extending over a period of not less than one year for a full-time student, or over such period as the faculty may (2) Notwithstanding (1)(a) and (b) above, a faculty may, determine for a part-time student; the examination shall be of with the approval of the Academic Board, include in its a standard similar to that for the bachelor’s degree with regulations its own classifications for successful and honours in that faculty. unsuccessful candidates. 26. A student who— (3) The grading of a supplementary examination shall be either Pass (UP) or Fail (UF). (i) fails the preliminary examination, or 18. Faculty regulations may provide that a student attempting (ii) has not passed the preliminary examination after and failing to pass a unit may, by decision of the faculty having been enrolled in the course for two years as a full-time concerned, be granted a pass in a lesser unit as defined by the student or three years as a part-time student may re-enrol faculty, if the standard achieved in the attempted unit so only on resolution of the faculty concerned after having merits. regard to the recommendation of the head of the appropriate department. 19. A report on a successful candidate for an honours degree 27. Students enrolled for the preliminary examination shall shall assign one of the following classifications to the work apply for re-enrolment each year in accordance with General which has been completed for that degree: first class honours,
D6—April/May 2000 General Regulations
Regulations 2 and 3 until they have taken the examination outset of the enrolment, and if the proposed course content provided that the executive dean or dean may— has been approved by the faculty or faculties concerned. (a) having considered a written application, waive this (2) A faculty or faculties may permit a student enrolled requirement for any year; concurrently in two graduate certificate or diploma courses to cross-credit appropriate units between the two courses, (b) having considered a report from the head of the provided that the level of cross-crediting is no greater than department concerned, reject the application for re- that which applies between the two courses when taken enrolment. sequentially. 28. Students proceeding under General Regulations 25 and 26 28G.(1) shall conform to the General Regulations for Academic Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4), a faculty Courses. may award credit towards a graduate certificate or graduate diploma on the basis of: General Requirements for Graduate Certificates (a) work completed in equivalent graduate courses at and Graduate Diplomas this or other recognised tertiary institutions; 28A.(1) A faculty may offer courses leading to the award of (b) units of the appropriate level completed through graduate certificates and graduate diplomas in that faculty. Continuing Education at the University in or after 1995; and (2) Such courses may be a part of a continuum of studies (c) in the case of professionally-oriented courses: in a specific subject area, offering a student progression from (i) work completed in courses provided by professional a graduate certificate to a graduate diploma and/or from a providers or private educational institutions; and/or graduate diploma to a master’s degree by coursework, subject (ii) to satisfactory progress and quota restrictions in force at the relevant professional experience. time. (2) The total credit approved for any course shall not exceed 50 per cent of the total course requirements, provided 28B. Except as otherwise approved by the Senate, the that the credit granted towards a graduate diploma for work minimum requirements for entry to a graduate certificate completed at this University during enrolment in the related shall be the same as those for the highest qualification offered graduate certificate shall not be included in the 50 per cent in any continuum of related studies. limit. 28C.(1) A candidate for a graduate certificate or a graduate (3) Within the total credit limit set out in sub-regulation diploma shall complete a course of study prescribed in the (2), credit granted in terms of paragraph (1)(b) shall not regulations of the faculty concerned, and comprising units or exceed one sixth of the total course requirements and credit parts of units which form part of an approved course for a granted in terms of paragraph (1)(c) shall not exceed 25 per qualification of this University. cent of the total course requirements. (2) Except as otherwise approved by the Senate, the (4) Credit shall not be granted towards a graduate prescribed course for a graduate certificate shall comprise at certificate or towards a one-semester graduate diploma for least one semester of full-time study or the equivalent in part- work undertaken as part of a completed award of this or any time study. other institution. (3) Except as otherwise approved by the Senate, the prescribed course for a graduate diploma shall comprise at General Requirements for Higher Degrees least two semesters of full-time study or the equivalent in 29. Persons who have qualified for a degree in any faculty part-time study. may enrol for the degree of master or doctor in any other 28D. The work of candidates in a graduate certificate or faculty if the latter is satisfied with the standard of their graduate diploma course shall be assessed in the same way knowledge in relevant subjects. In addition to the usual work and at the same level as the work of candidates at the for the degree the faculty may prescribe such additional comparable stage in any master’s coursework degree course courses as it thinks necessary. with which the lesser qualifications are articulated. 30. A candidate submitting a thesis or other work for a higher 28E.(1) A candidate who is admitted to a course for the degree shall submit relevant particulars on a form to be graduate diploma after completing the requirements for a obtained at the Registrar’s Office, and shall observe the related graduate certificate in that faculty shall be credited regulations prescribed by the faculty or board concerned with all the units credited to, and/or completed in, the regarding the preparation and subsequent disposal of the graduate certificate. work or thesis. (2) A candidate who is admitted to a course for a 31. A thesis or work shall— master’s degree by coursework after completing a related (a) show clearly and fully by appropriate references the graduate diploma or graduate certificate in that faculty shall candidate’s sources; be credited with all units credited to, and/or completed in, the graduate diploma or certificate. (b) be accompanied by a declaration signed by the (3)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate who candidate— withdraws from a course which is part of a continuum of (i) that all sources are acknowledged within the thesis or related graduate awards before completing the course work; and concerned but after having completed the requirements for a (ii) that the thesis or work is the candidate’s own com- lesser award in the continuum, may apply to the faculty position. concerned to take out that award. (b) To be eligible to take out the lesser award, the 32.(1) A candidate submitting a thesis or other work for a candidate shall have completed the requirements in higher degree shall provide the following number of copies: accordance with the regulations applying to that award. (a) for the degree of master—three; (4) A candidate who is permitted to take out an award (b) for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy—four; under the provisions of paragraph (3)(a) and who is (c) for professional doctorates—four; subsequently accepted for re-enrolment in a higher award in the continuum of awards concerned shall surrender the lesser (d) for other doctoral degrees—four. award before being permitted to take out the related higher (2) If the thesis or work is in typescript it shall be typed on award. the international A4 size paper (30 cm x 21 cm) with a margin 28F.(1) Students may enrol concurrently in two graduate of 4 cm on the left-hand side of the page. If it is part in print certificate or diploma courses only if such concurrent and part in typescript, the University Librarian may grant enrolment is permitted under University policy in force at the permission for the pages to be of a size other than international A4. No specific restrictions are placed on the
D7—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar size of the drawings or maps accompanying the thesis or (5) Notwithstanding any other provision of these work. regulations, the examiners of a thesis or other work, including (3)(a) A thesis or other work shall be bound in accordance any faculty, board or committee which is directly concerned with detailed specifications laid down by the University with the examination of such thesis or other work, shall have Librarian. access to the thesis or other work and any appendix of it for the purposes of any examination or re-examination. (b) The thesis of a candidate for the degree of Doctor of (6) Each person authorised in terms of sub-regulations Philosophy shall be submitted in temporary binding and shall (4) and (5) to examine or consult a thesis or other work or conform with the specifications prescribed from time to time appendix of a thesis or other work, shall be required to sign a by the Board of the Postgraduate Research School at the time prior undertaking of confidentiality. of submission of the thesis, and the candidate shall deposit an amount sufficient to permit final binding of three copies of 33.(1)(a) Where it is provided by any regulation that a the thesis to conform with the detailed specifications referred candidate for the degree of master shall submit a thesis or to in paragraph (a). The submission of the thesis in temporary dissertation, the faculty concerned shall, following binding shall be regarded as the formal completion of the submission, appoint— course for the degree. (i) for each thesis at least two examiners, one of whom, (c)(i) A candidate for a higher degree other than the unless the faculty determines otherwise, shall be an external degree of Doctor of Philosophy may submit a thesis or work examiner; and in temporary binding approved by the University Librarian (ii) for each dissertation at least two examiners who shall provided that the candidate, at the time of submission, be internal examiners provided that if only one suitable deposits an amount sufficient to permit final binding of three internal examiner is available the faculty shall appoint one copies of the thesis or other work to conform with the internal examiner and one external examiner, and if no detailed specifications referred to in paragraph (a). suitable internal examiner is available, the faculty shall (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-paragraph appoint two external examiners. (c)(i), a candidate who elects not to have the third, (b) Where it is provided by any regulation that a candidate personal, copy of the thesis or other work bound to for any degree of doctor, other than a professional doctorate conform with the detailed specifications referred to in or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, shall submit a thesis or paragraph (a), shall deposit an amount sufficient to other work the faculty, board or committee concerned shall, permit final binding of only two copies. following submission, for each thesis or work appoint three (4)(a) After a thesis or work submitted for any degree of examiners all of whom, unless the Vice-Chancellor approves master, for a professional doctorate or for any other degree of otherwise, shall be external to the University and at least two doctor other than the degree of Doctor of Philosophy has of whom shall be external to the State of Western Australia. been classified as Passed, one copy (the original if the thesis is (c)(i) Where it is provided by any regulation that a in typescript) shall be placed in the University Library, one candidate for a professional doctorate shall submit a thesis or copy shall be returned to the candidate and the remaining other work the faculty, board or committee concerned shall, copy or copies shall be placed in the appropriate department. following submission, for each thesis or work appoint three (b) After a thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of examiners, at least two of whom shall be external. Philosophy has been classified, its examiners shall be (ii) A candidate’s supervisor shall not be an examiner for required to return their copies of the thesis. the thesis or work. (c) After a thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of (d) Where it is provided by any regulation that a candidate Philosophy has been classified as Passed, three of the four for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall submit a thesis copies shall be bound as prescribed and, except as may be the Board shall, following submission, for each thesis appoint inconsistent with a decision of the Board to restrict access to a three examiners, no more than one of whom may be internal. thesis under the provisions of General Regulation 32A, one The candidate’s supervisor shall not be an examiner for the copy shall be placed in the University Library and the other thesis. The Board may, in addition, seek such other advice as two copies in the appropriate department. The remaining it thinks desirable, including a detailed report from the copy shall be returned to the candidate. candidate’s supervisor or supervisors. 32A.(1) The Board of the Postgraduate Research School, upon (2)(a) The examiners shall severally examine the work, written application by a candidate or by an interested party thesis or dissertation and shall independently report thereon. through the faculty, board or committee responsible for the candidate’s thesis or other work for a higher degree prior to (b)(i) For a thesis or work submitted for any degree of the lodgement of the thesis or other work, and after master or for any degree of doctor other than a professional consultation with the candidate, the Chair of the Intellectual doctorate or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy the Property Committee and others where appropriate, may examiners, before making their independent reports, may restrict access to the thesis or other work for a limited period consult together or otherwise communicate with each other (not normally exceeding two years from the date of it being with regard to the thesis or work submitted and shall state in classified as Passed). their reports whether or not they have so consulted or communicated. (2) The faculty, board or committee responsible for a candidate’s thesis or other work may, if it thinks fit, (ii) The chair of the faculty, board or committee which recommend to the Board that the candidate be granted receives the reports may, if the independent reports differ, permission to include in an appendix of the thesis or other invite the examiners to consult or further consult amongst work such material as is essential to the thesis or other work themselves with the object of resolving their differences or of but which, for a limited period (not normally exceeding two submitting a further joint report. years from the date of it being classified as Passed) may not (c)(i) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (ii), for a thesis be available for general inspection. or work submitted for a professional doctorate the examiners (3) The restriction referred to in sub-regulations (1) and shall not, before submitting their independent reports, (2) shall only apply if the thesis or other work contains consult or otherwise communicate with each other or anyone confidential material, or if it was a condition imposed by the connected with the preparation of the thesis or work. owner of private records and material used by the candidate, (ii) The faculty, board or committee may request or if the candidate was in an employment or other contract examiners to consult or otherwise communicate with each relationship with a third party that made the restriction a other before, or after, receipt of their individual reports. condition of the contract. (d)(i) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (ii), for a thesis (4) During the period of restriction referred to in sub- submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the regulations (1) and (2) a person shall only be granted access to examiners shall not, before submitting their independent the thesis or other work or to the appendix with the written reports, consult or otherwise communicate with each other or consent of the candidate and the Chair of the Intellectual anyone connected with the preparation of the thesis. Property Committee.
D8—April/May 2000 General Regulations
(ii) The Board may request examiners to consult or one year if enrolled full-time or its faculty determined equiva- otherwise communicate with each other before, or after, lent if enrolment is part-time or a mixture of part- and full- receipt of their individual reports. time. (3) For any degree of master, for a professional doctorate 36. After the prescribed period a candidate shall present a or for any other degree of doctor other than the degree of thesis on the subject of the advanced study and/or research Doctor of Philosophy, the faculty, board or committee and/or pass such written and/or oral examination as the concerned, after considering all the reports, shall classify the faculty may require. thesis, dissertation or work as Passed, Failed or Resubmit. (4)(i) A thesis, dissertation or other work for any degree of 37. A candidate who is a graduate of this University who master, for a professional doctorate or for any other degree of wishes to spend all or part of the prescribed period in another doctor other than the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy, shall institution shall submit for the approval of the faculty the not be classified as Resubmit unless the faculty, board or name of the institution and of the proposed supervisor in that committee concerned, having considered the examiners’ institution. reports and any other relevant information, agrees that it 38. A candidate who does not hold the degree of bachelor of shows some merit and may by a limited amount of further this University but who has been admitted to equivalent work under approved supervision be sufficiently improved status shall spend the prescribed period as an internal for resubmission. If a thesis, dissertation or other work is candidate of this University. classified as Resubmit the faculty, board or committee concerned shall inform the candidate of the further work 38A.(1) Students may enrol concurrently in two master’s which is required before it may be resubmitted and shall set a courses only if such concurrent enrolment is permitted under time limit for the date of resubmission. A thesis, dissertation University policy in force at the outset of the enrolment, and or other work resubmitted after having been once classified if the proposed course content has been approved by the as Resubmit shall not be so classified again but shall be faculty or faculties concerned. classified as Passed or Failed, and only the final classification shall be recorded on the candidate’s official academic record. (2) A faculty or faculties may permit a student enrolled concurrently in two master’s courses to cross-credit (ii) If a thesis, dissertation or other work which has been appropriate units between the two courses, provided that the classified as Resubmit is not resubmitted within the time level of cross-crediting is no greater than that which applies limit, the faculty, board or committee concerned may classify between the two courses when taken sequentially. it as Failed. 38B.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4), a faculty (5) The Board of the Postgraduate Research School, after may award credit towards the coursework component of a considering all reports, shall classify a thesis for the degree of master’s degree on the basis of: Doctor of Philosophy as Passed with Distinction, Passed, Failed or Resubmit. (a) work completed in equivalent graduate courses at this or other recognised tertiary institutions; (6) A thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall not be classified as Resubmit unless the Board of the (b) units of the appropriate level completed through Postgraduate Research School, having considered the Continuing Education at the University in or after 1995; and examiners’ reports and any other relevant information, agrees (c) in the case of professionally-oriented courses: that it shows some merit and may, by a limited amount of (i) work completed in course provided by professional further work under approved supervision, be sufficiently providers or private educational institutions; and/or improved for resubmission. If a thesis is classified as Resubmit, the Board shall inform the candidate of the further (ii) relevant professional experience. work which is required before it may be resubmitted. A (2) The total credit approved for any course shall not resubmitted thesis shall, after examination in accordance with exceed 50 per cent of the total course requirements, provided standard procedure, be classified as Passed or Failed. that credit granted towards a master’s course for work completed at this University in the related graduate diploma DEGREE OF MASTER or certificate course shall not be included in the 50 per cent limit. Other than for MEngSt, MDSc, MPsych, MusM, MMusEd, and MBA— (3) Within the total credit limit set out in sub-regulation (2), credit granted in terms of paragraph (1)(b) shall not 34. A faculty may, on the recommendation of the head of the exceed one sixth of the total course requirements and credit appropriate department, accept as a candidate for the degree granted in terms of paragraph (1)(c) shall not exceed 25 per of master in that faculty any of the following: cent of the total course requirements. (a) an applicant who holds a degree of bachelor with honours in that faculty or who has been granted equivalent 39. The thesis, which may consist partly or wholly of pub- status; lished work, shall show on the part of the candidate sound knowledge of the subject matter and some independence of (b) an applicant who either holds a degree of bachelor thought, and be clearly and concisely written. with honours in another faculty or has been granted equivalent status, and who proves to the faculty, by passing 40. In the case of a candidate undertaking advanced study such written or oral examination as the faculty may require, and research the head of the department concerned shall, fitness to be a candidate; within six months of the commencement of the prescribed (c) an applicant who either holds the degree of bachelor period, submit for the approval of the faculty the name of the whether in that faculty or any other, or has been granted candidate’s supervisor and the title of the thesis, which may equivalent status, and who has since graduation passed a subsequently be altered with the approval of the faculty. preliminary examination in terms of General Regulations 25, 41. Notwithstanding Regulation 40, a candidate may submit 26 and 27; at a date later than six months after the commencement of the (d) an applicant who either holds a degree of bachelor, prescribed period of advanced study and research a thesis whether in that faculty or any other, or who has been granted title which is substantially the same as one which the equivalent status, and who satisfies the head of the candidate has previously had approved for a PhD thesis. department concerned of having had adequate research preparation since graduation. Adequate research preparation 42. No thesis shall be accepted for examination if the may be gained in the course of an occupation after substance of the thesis has previously been submitted for a graduation. degree in another institution. 35. A candidate shall undertake a supervised course of 43. The supervisor of a candidate shall, not later than the 31st advanced study and/or research for a period of not less than day of December in each year, submit through the head of department concerned to the executive dean or dean of the appropriate faculty, a report on the candidate’s work during
D9—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar the previous 12 months which contains the supervisor’s DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY recommendation on whether the candidate should be permitted to re-enrol. 45. The Academic Board may accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy any person who— 44. A candidate shall apply for re-enrolment each year in accordance with General Regulations 2 and 3 until a thesis (1)(a) is a graduate of this University; or has been presented and/or the prescribed examinations have (b) has been admitted to graduate status under Statute No. been taken, provided that the executive dean or dean may— 5; and (a) having considered a written application, waive this (2) can satisfy the Academic Board, in one or more of the requirement for any year; or following, that he or she— (b) having considered the report referred to in Regulation (a) has had adequate research preparation; 43 reject an application for re-enrolment. (b) is a recipient of a University Scholarship for PhD study 44A. After having regard to the recommendation of the head awarded in accordance with established criteria by the of the department concerned, the Board of the Postgraduate Scholarships Committee; Research School may permit a candidate for a master’s degree (c) to transfer candidature to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, has satisfactorily completed an acceptable PhD and to credit towards the minimum period of study for that Preliminary course at this or another approved institution; degree the period of prior candidature for the master’s (d) has previously undertaken work at a high enough degree. standard towards a master’s or PhD degree in this or another approved institution but has not submitted it for any degree, 44B. After having regard to the recommendation of the in which case the Board may recognise it as part of the faculty concerned, the Board may permit a candidate who has required PhD work in this University and may also consider completed a thesis for a master’s degree by research to submit an appropriate reduction to the normal minimum period of that thesis for examination for the award of the degree of supervised study. Doctor of Philosophy, notwithstanding that the candidate has at no time been enrolled for that degree. 46. Adequate research preparation may be gained in any of the following ways: 44C. If after considering the examiners’ reports on a thesis (a) as part of a degree course; submitted for the award of a degree of master by research, a faculty considers that the thesis may be suitable for (b) in the course of an occupation after graduation; submission for examination for the award of the degree of (c) during a period of supervised research preparation Doctor of Philosophy, it may with the agreement of the prescribed by the Academic Board on the recommendation of candidate, recommend to the Board of the Postgraduate the head of the appropriate department. Research School that it permit the candidate to submit the thesis for examination for the award of that degree. 47. Before being admitted to candidature an applicant may be required by the Academic Board to pass an examination 44D.(1) If the Board, after due consideration, determines that approved by it, and recommended by the head of the a thesis recommended for submission for examination for the appropriate department. award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy under the provisions of Regulation 44B or 44C is not suitable for such 48.(1) A candidate for the degree is required— examination, it shall forthwith so advise the faculty (a) to undertake a course of supervised research and concerned. advanced study in this University, normally as an internal (2) If the Board is satisfied that the thesis is suitable for student, over a period of not less than three years on a subject submission for examination for the award of the degree of or subjects approved by the Academic Board; and Doctor of Philosophy, it shall forthwith arrange such (b) to present a thesis after the completion of the course examination in accordance with the provisions of the described in (a) above. regulations for that degree. (2) Notwithstanding the normal requirement of internal (3) If the Board classifies the thesis as Passed following candidature prescribed in sub-regulation (1)(a), the Academic examination— Board may accept as an external candidate for the degree (a) the faculty shall record a course result of ‘PhD a student who, in its opinion, is substantially free to pursue a awarded’; course of supervised research and advanced study over a period of not less than three years provided— (b) the candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, notwithstanding that he or (i) the candidate fulfils the requirement to work within the she has at no time been enrolled for that degree; and appropriate department at the University for a period or periods to be determined by the Board of the Postgraduate (c) the Board shall arrange for details of the candidate’s Research School which shall not amount to less than 13 weeks qualification for the degree to be entered on the academic during the total period of enrolment; record. (ii) that both suitable internal and appropriate external (4) If, after considering the examiners’ reports on the supervision has been arranged and has been approved by the thesis, the Board determines that the thesis is not suitable for Board. the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy— (3) Candidates working, on average, 30 hours per week or (a) the Board shall so advise the faculty; more on their postgraduate research work shall be classified (b) the Board shall arrange for the academic record to be full-time; those working, on average, less than 30 hours per annotated to indicate that the thesis was examined, but found week on their postgraduate research work shall be classified unsuitable, for the award of the degree of Doctor of part-time. Philosophy; (4)(a) Unless the Academic Board in recognition of (c) the faculty shall proceed to examine or classify the exceptional circumstances grants an extension of time, a full- thesis, as appropriate, in terms of the regulations for the time candidate shall submit the thesis within five years from master’s degree for which it was originally submitted. the date of first enrolment for the degree. 44E. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy may (b) Unless the Academic Board in recognition of be permitted to submit a thesis for examination for a degree exceptional circumstances grants an extension of time, a part- of master in accordance with the provisions of Regulations time candidate shall submit the thesis within six years from 55B, 55C and 55D. the date of first enrolment for the degree. (c) If a candidate’s thesis is not submitted within the time limits specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) candidature will be suspended automatically.
D10—April/May 2000 General Regulations
(d) A person under suspension who shows evidence of of joint authorship the work done by the candidate shall be having completed the thesis, may be permitted to re-enrol so clearly indicated. that it may be examined. (2) Work that has been presented for a degree in this or (5) Periods of suspension of candidature under Regulation another university may not be submitted as the candidate’s 50(2) shall not be counted for the purposes of sub-regulation thesis but, if clearly indicated, may be incorporated in it. (4). (3) The portion of the work claimed as original shall be (6) The head of department concerned shall before the indicated in the thesis. commencement of the prescribed period of advanced study (4) The sources from which the candidate’s information is and research submit the name of the candidate’s supervisor(s) derived, the extent to which the work of others has been used to the Academic Board for consideration. and to which the assistance of individuals, associations or 49.(1) A candidate for the degree shall— institutions has been obtained shall be acknowledged generally in a preface or introduction, and specifically in (a) undertake such courses, lectures, seminars and other notes, bibliography or appendix. work as the supervisor or head of the department concerned directs; 53.(1)(a) A thesis may be presented in the form of a type- (b) undertake such studies and investigations and provide script, as a published book or paper or as a series of papers. such reports as the supervisor(s) direct(s); (b) When a series of papers is presented there shall be a (c) provide particulars of the progress and results of the full explanatory introduction and a review article at the end research to the supervisor(s) from time to time and whenever to link the separate papers and to place them in the context of requested; the established body of knowledge. If detailed data and descriptions of methods are not otherwise given, they shall be (d) provide an annual progress report, through the appro- included as appendices. priate head of the department and supervisor(s) in September or October of each year. (2)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (2)(b) a thesis shall not exceed 100,000 words excluding tables and appendices. (2) The annual progress report provided by a candidate in accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation (1)(d) shall (b) If it appears that a thesis is likely to exceed the work be forwarded by the head of the department to the Academic limit specified in paragraph (2)(a) and the head of department Board with a recommendation on whether the candidate concerned judges that there are good reasons for this, he or should be permitted to re-enrol. she shall submit a written case for approval of a thesis exceeding the standard limit for the consideration of the (3)(a) An internal candidate for the degree shall provide a Board of the Postgraduate Research School. research proposal, through the appropriate head of department and supervisor(s), six months from the date of (3) The thesis shall be in English unless the Academic first enrolment for the degree, and an external candidate nine Board has otherwise approved. months from that date. (4) The thesis shall include a summary of about 300 words (b) The research proposal provided by a candidate, in and one additional copy (unbound) of the summary shall be accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation (3)(a), shall submitted with the four copies of the thesis. be forwarded by the head of department to the Academic (5) Prior to the submission of a thesis— Board for its approval. (a) the appropriate head of department and supervisor(s) (4) Prospective candidates who have completed a PhD shall be required to submit to the Academic Board: Preliminary course, or who wish to transfer from master’s candidature, shall, at the time of application for admission, (i) the names of three examiners; and provide a research proposal through the head of department (ii) the name of a fourth examiner who shall be designated for the Board’s approval. as a reserve; and 50.(1) A candidate shall enrol each year until the thesis is (b) the appropriate head of department shall be required submitted. to informally invite the three nominated examiners referred (2) The Academic Board may, on written application, to in sub-paragraph (i) above and submit their responses to the permit suspension of candidature for a specified period not Academic Board. exceeding one year throughout the duration of candidature. (6) Before appointing examiners for a thesis the Academic (3) The Academic Board may, in recognition of exceptional Board may refer it to the head of the department concerned circumstances, approve an extension to the one-year for a report on its form and content and to the University maximum suspension in Regulation 50(2). Librarian for a report on its physical form. On receipt of their reports the Board may declare the thesis unfit for examination (4) The Academic Board may, on written application, in its submitted form. If it does so, the thesis may only be permit up to one year of leave for pregnancy and childbirth resubmitted if accompanied by a certificate from both the and for any subsequent pregnancies, during candidature, in head of the department concerned and the University addition to the one-year maximum suspension in Regulation Librarian that it has been put in a form suitable for 50(2). examination. (5) The Academic Board may, having regard to the recom- 54. A candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw a thesis mendation of the head of the department, refuse an after it has been submitted in a form suitable for examination. application for re-enrolment. 55.(1) A candidate may be required by the Academic Board to (6)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) below and in sit a written or oral examination in subjects related to the Regulation 49(1)(a), a candidate for the degree may not enrol thesis before the thesis is classified. simultaneously either at this institution or elsewhere in a course leading to a formal qualification. (2) To enable it to classify the thesis in accordance with the provisions of General Regulations 33(5) and 33(6) the (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) a Academic Board may require a candidate, after submission of candidate may enrol simultaneously at this University in the a thesis and before or after receipt of examiners’ reports, to course for the degree of Master of Psychology in accordance provide it with further information, and/or comment and with the approved regulations for that degree. explanation concerning any aspect of the thesis and the work 51. A PhD thesis should be a substantial and original contri- which it describes. bution to scholarship, for example through the discovery of 55A. knowledge, the formulation of theories or the innovative re- After having regard to the recommendation of the Board interpretation of known data and established ideas. of the Postgraduate Research School, a faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy to transfer 52.(1) Any publication of which the candidate is sole or joint candidature to a degree of master of the faculty, and to credit author may be submitted in support of the thesis. In the case
D11—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar towards the minimum period of study for the degree the 57. Except in the case of a candidate for the degree of Doctor period of prior candidature for the degree of Doctor of of Medicine or Doctor of Surgery a graduate of one faculty Philosophy. may be considered for admission as a candidate for a higher doctorate in another faculty. 55B. After having regard to the recommendation of the Board of the Postgraduate Research School, a faculty may permit a 58. Except for the degree of Doctor of Music higher doctorates candidate who has completed a thesis for the degree of will be awarded essentially for work of which the whole or a Doctor of Philosophy, which is considered by the Board, substantial part has been published or accepted for following consultation with the supervisor/s and head of publication, the form of publication acceptable to be department concerned, to be unsuitable for submission for determined in each case by the board or faculty concerned. the award of that degree, to submit the thesis for the award of a degree of master of the faculty, notwithstanding that the 59. To qualify for the degree of Doctor of Music a candidate candidate has at no time been enrolled for that degree. shall present for examination a single composition or a group of compositions which shall occupy a total performance time 55C. If after considering the examiners’ reports on a thesis of not less than 50 minutes and shall display creative ability submitted for the award of the degree of Doctor of of a high artistic level and a mastery of established techniques Philosophy, the Board considers that the thesis is unsuitable of musical composition. The procedure to be followed for the for the award of that degree but may be suitable for examination of the exercise shall be the same as that laid submission for examination for the award of a degree of down in General Regulation 33 for the examination of theses master by research, it may, with the agreement of the or other work. candidate, recommend to the faculty concerned that it permit the candidate to resubmit the thesis for examination for the 60. A candidate’s submission for the degree of Doctor of award of that master’s degree. Surgery must embody the results of original work in surgery or its branches and make a distinct and substantial 55D.(1) If a faculty to which a thesis has been recommended contribution to the art and science of surgery. A candidate for examination for the award of a degree of master under the may also be required to submit to an oral examination or provisions of Regulation 55B or 55C declines, after due other test (not being a written examination). consideration, to accept it for such examination, it shall forth- with so advise the Board. 61. No work for a higher doctorate shall be accepted for examination unless its scope, subject and character have first (2) If the faculty is satisfied that the thesis is suitable for been approved by the board or faculty concerned. The submission for examination for the award of the degree of procedure to be followed for the examination of the work master, it shall forthwith arrange such examination in accor- shall be the same as that laid down in General Regulation 33 dance with the provisions of the regulations relating to that for the examination of theses or other work. degree. (3) If the faculty classifies the thesis as Passed following 62. A candidate may not, without the permission of the board examination— or faculty concerned, submit for a higher doctorate any work for which a degree has already been awarded by any (a) the Board shall record a course result of ‘Master’s university or which has previously been presented for a degree awarded’; degree. (b) the candidate shall be qualified for the award of the appropriate degree of master, notwithstanding that he or she 63. Before a higher doctorate is awarded the board or faculty has at no time been enrolled for that degree; and concerned shall be satisfied that the work presented makes a substantial and distinguished contribution to knowledge. (c) the faculty shall arrange for details of the degree for which the candidate has qualified to be entered on the academic record. PROFESSIONAL DOCTORATES (4) If the faculty classifies the thesis as Failed following 64. A faculty may accept as a candidate for a professional examination— doctorate degree any person who— (a) the Board shall record a course result of ‘Submitted (1) is a graduate of this University or has been admitted to for examination at master’s level’; and graduate status under Statute No. 5; and (b) the faculty shall arrange for details of the result in the (2) can satisfy the faculty that he or she has substantial and master’s degree to be entered on the academic record. appropriate professional experience; and 55E. A candidate for the degree of master may be permitted (3) has had adequate research preparation as described in to submit a thesis for examination for a degree of Doctor of Regulation 65. Philosophy in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 65. Adequate research preparation may be demonstrated— 44B, 44C and 44D. (a) by the award from a recognised institution of a research higher degree or a bachelor’s degree with first or HIGHER DOCTORATES upper second class honours; (b) 56.(1) A faculty or board responsible for higher doctorates by satisfactorily completing an acceptable preliminary may accept as candidates applicants who are graduates of course at this or another approved institution; or appropriate standing as prescribed in sub-regulation (2) and (c) by having previously undertaken work at a sufficiently who hold degrees— high standard towards a higher degree in this or another approved institution provided that the work has not been (a) of this University; or submitted for any degree, in which case the faculty may (b) of other recognised tertiary institutions and who have recognise it as part of the required work in this University carried out at least two years’ work substantially within this and may also consider an appropriate reduction to the University or, in exceptional circumstances, elsewhere in normal minimum period of supervised study; or Western Australia. (d) by providing evidence acceptable to the faculty con- (2) The appropriate standing for graduates shall be ten cerned of adequate research preparation gained in the course years for all higher doctorates. of an occupation since graduation. (3) Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Dental Science 66. Before being admitted to candidature an applicant may be are required to hold the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science required by the faculty to pass an examination approved by of this University or its equivalent. it, and recommended by the head of the appropriate (4) Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Surgery shall department. have at least four years’ clinical training in surgery and be 67.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate for a able to satisfy the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry as to professional doctorate degree is required— their competence in surgery.
D12—April/May 2000 General Regulations
(a) to undertake in this University a course of supervised 71. A candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw a thesis research, advanced study and advanced practical training after it has been submitted in a form suitable for examination. over a period of not less than three years on a subject or subjects approved by the faculty; and 72.(1) A candidate may be required by the faculty to sit a written or oral examination in subjects related to the thesis (b) to present a thesis after the completion of the course, before the thesis is classified. where the thesis shall represent at least 60 per cent of the course requirements. (2) To enable it to classify the thesis in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 33(3) the faculty may (2) The faculty may, in appropriate circumstances, permit require a candidate, after submission of a thesis and before or a candidate for a professional doctorate to complete the after receipt of examiners’ reports, to provide it with further course, or part of it, at an offshore institution, under information, and/or comment and explanation concerning arrangements approved by the Academic Board. any aspect of the thesis and the work which it describes. (3)(a) Unless the faculty upon the candidate’s written 73. The academic dress for graduates and undergraduates of application grants an extension of time, a full-time candidate the University shall be as set out in Clauses 2 and 3 shall complete the requirements for the degree within five respectively of Statute No. 11. years from the date of first enrolment for the degree and a part-time candidate shall complete the requirements for the 74. The colours of the silk linings and facings of the dress for degree within six years from the date of first enrolment for degrees, diplomas and certificates shall be as follows: the degree. (a) Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates other than the (b) The period of extension referred to in sub-regulation Doctor of Philosophy and Professional Doctorates (2)(a) shall not exceed one year. Accounting/Finance—Medici Crimson (B.C.C. 240) (c) The faculty may, in exceptional circumstances, permit Advanced Social Work—Spectrum Orange (B.C.C. 57) suspensions of candidature which shall not be included in Agriculture—Bronze (B.C.C. 116) calculating time limits. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies—Blossom Pink (B.C.C. 34) (d) For a part-time student the time limit shall be the part- Architecture—White (B.C.C. 1) time equivalent of full-time enrolment. Arts (Asian Studies)—Royal Blue (B.C.C. 197) Arts (Master of Philosophy)—Garter Blue (B.C.C. 132) (e) In addition to extensions of time and suspensions of Arts—Royal Blue (B.C.C. 197) candidature which may be granted under sub-regulations Australian Studies—Garter Blue (B.C.C. 132) (2)(a) and (2)(c) a faculty may permit periods of leave for Banking and Finance Law—Violet (B.C.C. 179) pregnancy, childbirth and immediate post-natal parenting. Building Science—Maize (B.C.C. 5) 68.(1) A candidate for the degree shall— Business Administration—Mauve (B.C.C. 225) Clinical Audiology—Neyron Rose (B.C.C. 35) (a) undertake such courses, lectures, seminars and other Clinical Biochemistry—Orchid Pink (B.C.C. 106) work as the supervisor or head of the department concerned Clinical Epidemiology—Neyron Rose (B.C.C. 35) directs and such as are specific to the candidate’s field of Cognitive Science—Olive Green (B.C.C. 78) study; Commerce—Tuscan Yellow (B.C.C. 233) (b) present a thesis which shall be an original contribution Computer and Mathematical Sciences—Juniper (B.C.C. 192) to scholarship as for example through the discovery of new Criminal Justice—Violet (B.C.C. 179) knowledge, the formulation of theories or the innovative re- Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts—Saxe Blue (B.C.C. 45) interpretation of known data and established ideas; Curriculum Leadership—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) (c) provide particulars of the progress and results of the Dental Studies/Dental Education Studies— research to the supervisor(s) from time to time and whenever Silver Grey (B.C.C. 153) requested; Dental Science—Silver Grey (B.C.C. 153) Economics—Flamingo (B.C.C. 207) (d) apply to enrol each year until the requirements for the Education—Sky Blue (B.C.C. 162) degree have been completed. Education in Applied Linguistics—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) 69. A candidate for the degree may not enrol simultaneously Educational Management—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) either at this institution or elsewhere in a course leading to a Educational Psychology—Turquoise Blue (B.C.C. 118) formal higher degree qualification. Educational Studies—Larkspur (B.B.C. 196) Electronic Marketing and Information Management— 70.(1) A publication of which the candidate is sole or joint Buttercup (B.C.C. 53) author may be submitted in support of the thesis. In the case Employment Relations—Rust (B.C.C. 58) of joint authorship the work done by the candidate shall be Engineering—Gold (B.C.C. 114) clearly indicated. Engineering Science—Gold (B.C.C. 114) Environmental Design—Old Rose (B.C.C. 157) (2)(a) Work that has been presented for a degree in this or European Studies—Royal Blue (B.C.C. 197) another university may not be submitted as the candidate’s Fine Arts—Saxe Blue (B.C.C. 45) thesis but, if clearly indicated, may be incorporated in it. Forensic Science—Mistletoe (B.C.C. 9) (b) The portion of the work claimed as original shall be Health Science—Pink Beige (B.C.C. 17) indicated in the thesis. Horticulture—Grass Green (B.C.C. 103) (c) The sources from which the candidate’s information is Human Resource Management—Buttercup (B.C.C. 53) derived, the extent to which the work of others has been used Inclusive Education—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) and to which the assistance of individuals, associations or Industrial Relations—Rust (B.C.C. 58) institutions has been obtained shall be acknowledged Information Management—Buttercup (B.C.C. 53) generally in a preface or introduction, and specifically in Information Technology—Juniper (B.C.C. 192) notes, a bibliography or appendices. Japanese Studies—Golden Brown (B.C.C. 74) Jurisprudence—Heliotrope (B.C.C. 178) (3)(a) A thesis may be presented in the form of a type- Laboratory Medicine—Orchid Pink (B.C.C. 106) script, as a published book or paper or as a series of papers. Landscape Architecture—Moss Green (B.C.C. 174) (b) When a series of papers is presented there shall be a Language and Literacy—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) full explanatory introduction and a review article at the end Law—Royal Purple (B.C.C. 110) to link the separate papers and to place them in the context of Legal Practice—Violet (B.C.C. 179) the established body of knowledge. If detailed data and Letters—Oxford Blue (B.C.C. 49) descriptions of methods are not otherwise given, they shall be Management—Buttercup (B.C.C. 53) included as appendices. Marketing—Buttercup (B.C.C. 53) Medical Science—Rose Pink (B.C.C. 32) (4) A thesis shall be in English unless the faculty has other- Medicine—Ruby (B.C.C. 38) wise approved.
D13—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Medieval and Rennaisance Studies—Garter Blue (B.C.C. 132) Science (Specialist Programmes)—Emerald Green (B.C.C. 213) Modern Languages—Royal Blue (B.C.C. 197) Social Work and Social Administration— Molecular Biology—Apple Green (B.C.C. 22) Spectrum Orange (B.C.C. 57) Music—Peacock Blue (B.C.C. 120) Special Education—Larkspur (B.C.C. 196) Music Education—Salvia Blue (B.C.C. 146) Surgery—Ruby (B.C.C. 38) Music Teaching—Forget-Me-Not Blue (B.C.C. 84) Taxation Studies—Chartreuse Yellow (B.C.C. 75) Natural Resource Management—Kingfisher Urban and Regional Studies—Garter Blue (B.C.C. 132) Blue (B.C.C. 164) Vision Science—Peacock Green (B.C.C. 123) Oil and Gas Engineering—Gold (B.C.C. 114) Women's Studies—Garter Blue (B.C.C. 132) Physical Education—Magenta (B.C.C. 198) Wool Science—Cream (B.C.C. 3) Plant Biology—Cypress Green (B.C.C. 175) (b) Doctor of Philosophy—Scarlett (B.C.C. 208) Primary Care Psychiatry—Blossom Pink (B.C.C. 34) Primary Health Care—Hydrangea Pink (B.C.C. 12) (c) Professional Doctorates Professional Accounting—Medici Crimson (B.C.C. 240) Business Administration (DBA)—Mauve (B.C.C. 225) Psychology—Sky Green (B.C.C. 101) Education (EdD)—Sky Blue (B.C.C. 162) Public Health—Neyron Rose (B.C.C. 35) Engineering (DEng)—Gold (B.C.C. 114) Science—Emerald Green (B.C.C. 213) Juridical Science (SJD)—Heliotrope (B.C.C. 178) Science in Dentistry—Pompadour (B.C.C. 194) Science Education—Jade Green (B.C.C. 122)
D14—April/May 2000 Agriculture Regulations
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code (3) The degrees of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, is recorded against the title of each course. In lists of units it is Bachelor of Science in Animal Science, Bachelor of Science in indicated whether units are offered in first semester (S1), second Horticulture and Viticulture, Bachelor of Science in semester (S2) or for the full year (Y). Note that all of this Landscape Management, Bachelor of Science in Natural information does not form part of the Regulations per se. Resource Management and Bachelor of Science in Wool Science may be awarded as pass degrees or may be awarded Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. as degrees with first class honours, second class honours (division A) or second class honours (division B). The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended to be read in conjunction with these regulations. (4) The graduate diplomas in the Faculty of Agriculture are the Graduate Diploma in Science in Agriculture—GradDipSc 1. In addition to the members listed in sub-clause 4(2) of (Agric), the Graduate Diploma in Science in Horticulture— Statute No. 8, the Faculty of Agriculture shall comprise: GradDipSc(Hort) and the Graduate Diploma in Science in Natural Resource Management—GradDipSc(NatResMgt). (a) the Executive Dean of the Faculty; (b) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses Change of Enrolment and Withdrawals 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, in the Department of Agriculture, who hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater 1B.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- fractional appointments; tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit after the last day of the (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or third week of instruction. nominee; (2) A candidate whose attendance at classes and perfor- (d) the Heads of the Departments of Biochemistry, Botany, mance of class work in any unit is not satisfactory in terms of Chemistry, Geography, Geology and Geophysics, Mathe- General Regulation 5 may be required by the Executive Dean matics and Statistics and Zoology, and the Head of the School to withdraw from that unit. of Architecture and Fine Arts, or nominees; 1C.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- (e) one member elected annually by and from the general tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate who staff who hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional withdraws from a unit or, in accordance with sub-regulation appointments in the groups and centres resourced by the 1B(2) is required to withdraw from a unit after the deadlines Faculty of Agriculture; specified for particular categories of enrolment in sub- (f) such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of regulations (2) and (3), shall be declared to have failed that the academic staff, as the Faculty may, from time to time, unit. appoint, provided that they are engaged in academic research (2) The deadlines for withdrawal from standard-length principally related to the interests of the Faculty and that they semester and full-year units shall be: hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appoint- ments of not less than two years’ duration; (a) for a candidate enrolled in a first-year unit as part of the first academic year of an undergraduate bachelor’s degree (g) two undergraduate student members enrolled in course, as follows: degree courses administered by the Faculty and elected (i) for a semester unit—no later than the first day of the annually by and from the Agriculture Club of the University; tenth teaching week of the semester; and (h) one postgraduate student member elected annually by (ii) for a full-year unit—no later than the first day of the and from the postgraduate students enrolled in degree sixth teaching week of second semester; courses administered by the Faculty; (b) for any candidate enrolled in a unit in an undergraduate, (i) the Director of Muresk Institute of Agriculture or honours or postgraduate course, other than a candidate nominee; described in paragraph (a), as follows: (j) such other persons as may be co-opted by the foregoing (i) for a semester unit—the first day of the eighth teaching members from time to time, provided that each shall be co- week of the semester; and opted for a period not exceeding two years and may be co- (ii) for a full-year unit—the first day of the second teaching opted again at the end of a period of office; week of second semester. (k) the Faculty Executive Officer; and (3) The deadline for withdrawal from units of other than (l) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer. standard length shall be the first day of the week following the mid-point of instruction. 1A.(1) The degrees in the Faculty of Agriculture are: (4) Unless the Executive Dean is satisfied that there were (a) Bachelor of Science in Agriculture—BSc(Agric) exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal, a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from a unit (b) Bachelor of Science in Animal Science—BSc(AnimalSc) after the last day of the final week of instruction in that unit. (c) Bachelor of Science in Horticulture and Viticulture— BSc(Hort&Vit) (d) Bachelor of Science in Landscape Management— DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE (7011) BSc(LMgt) 2.(1) To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of (e) Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource Management— Bachelor of Science in Agriculture an applicant must either— BSc(NatResMgt) (a) have qualified for admission to a degree course in the (f) Bachelor of Science in Wool Science—BSc(WoolSc) University under the Matriculation Regulations; or (g) Master of Science in Agriculture—MSc(Agric) (b) have qualified for an Associate Diploma in Agriculture (h) Master of Science in Horticulture—MSc(Hort) from the Curtin University of Technology or have a qualifi- (i) Master of Science in Natural Resource Management— cation which, in the opinion of the Faculty, is equivalent to MSc(NatResMgt) such a diploma. (j) Doctor of Science in Agriculture—DSc(Agric) (2) On the successful completion of units with a total value (2) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree of at least 48 points a candidate admitted under paragraph (b) of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for above will be granted matriculant status with effect from the the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. date of admission and credit for the units completed.
D15—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
The Pass Degree and 3.(1) To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in (iii) if necessary, units to make a total enrolment of 48 Agriculture a candidate must— points chosen from: (a) complete a course of at least four years of full-time study S2 060.206 Geography 206 (8 points) or the equivalent of part-time study, each year of which must S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) have been approved by the Executive Dean; Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) (b) complete to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty; and S2 701.300 Hydrology 300 (8 points) (c) except in special cases approved by the Executive Dean, S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 complete units as required by and in accordance with Regula- (4 points) tion 4. Y 702.303 Genetics and Plant Breeding 303 (2)(a) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of (8 points) enrolment and withdrawal from units shall apply to the S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) degree. S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) 4.(1) The units prescribed for the pass degree are: S1 702.340 Plant Science 340 (16 points) Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. Y 703.303 Genetics and Animal Breeding 303 * = Not available in 2000. (8 points) S2 703.305 Wool Production 305 (8 points) (a) First-year Level S2 703.315 Animal Ethics and Welfare 315 (4 points) (i) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Y 703.352 Wildlife Ecology and Management 352 (ii) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (8 points) or S1 704.310 Natural Resource Economics 310 Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological (8 points) Chemistry 130 (12 points) or (iii) S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) other units approved by the Executive Dean or (d) Fourth-year Level S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) or (i) Y 700.400 Agriculture 400 (20 points) S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) and or (ii) at least two units chosen from: another six-point unit as approved by the Y 701.401 Soil Science 401 (8 points) Executive Dean S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (iv) Y 700.100 Ecosystem Processes 100 (12 points) (8 points) S2 704.110 Economics for Agriculture and Resource Y 703.401 Animal Science 401 (8 points) Management 110 (6 points) S1 704.401 Agricultural and Resource Economics 401 (8 points) (b) Second-year Level Y 705.405 Applied Microbial Ecology 405 (8 points) (i) S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 (5 points) and S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) (iii) if necessary, units to make a total enrolment of 48 S2 704.210 Economics for Agriculture and Resource points chosen from: Management 210 (6 points) S1 700.401 Agricultural Systems and Extension 401 S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) (4 points) S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) S1 702.403 Molecular Genetics and Plant and Improvement 403 (8 points) * 702.407 Plant Breeding 407 (4 points) (ii) at least two units chosen from the following: * 703.403 Molecular Genetics and Animal S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) Improvement 403 (8 points) S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) * 703.407 Animal Breeding 407 (4 points) S2 703.210 Animal Science 210 (6 points) S1 703.408 Wool Marketing and Technology 408 and (8 points) Y 703.452 Animal Resource Management and (iii) elective units to make a total enrolment of 48 points Technology 452 (4 points) chosen from: Y 703.453 Animal Resource Management and S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and Technology 453 (6 points) Applications 233 (6 points) Y 703.454 Animal Resource Management and S1 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) Technology 454 (8 points) S2 450.204 Consumer Behaviour 204 (6 points) Y 703.455 Animal Resource Management and S1 700.240 Introduction to Genetics 240 (6 points) Technology 455 (10 points) Y 703.456 Animal Resource Management and Third-year Level (c) Technology 456 (12 points) (i) S2 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) S1 706.401 Biometrics 401 (4 points) S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 or (8 points) a unit or units chosen from those offered in the third S2 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points) year of the course and/or from those offered by Bio- and chemistry, Economics or another department, as approved by the Executive Dean. (ii) at least two units chosen from the following: S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) Dean, a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units S1 702.301 Cropping Systems 301 (8 points) containing elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). S1 703.301 Animal Nutrition 301 (8 points) S2 704.300 Agricultural Economics and (3) The Executive Dean may accept work completed in an Marketing 300 (8 points) approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the requirements for the second or third year of the degree.
D16—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
5.(1) A candidate shall not be permitted, except with the GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE permission of the Executive Dean, to proceed to a higher (7031, or 7035 for students who commenced prior to 1999) grade in any subject without having passed and been credited with the appropriate lower grade within the previous seven 8A.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2) and (3), a years. candidate for a graduate diploma or master’s degree who has (2) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of exceptional not previously passed Biometrics 401 or its equivalent shall circumstances, approves otherwise a candidate shall not enrol include the unit in the course concerned. in Agriculture 400 until he or she has completed units with a (2) The Faculty may exempt from the requirement in sub- total value of at least 136 points. regulation (1) a candidate who— 6.(1) In all reports on examinations other than supplementary (a) demonstrates competence in the statistical methods examinations the following classifications will be used: taught in Biometrics 401; or (b) satisfies the Faculty that completion of Biometrics 401 Higher Distinction HD 80–100 is not necessary for completion of their research. Distinction D 70–79 Credit Pass CR 60–69 (3) The Faculty may require or permit a candidate Pass P 50–59 exempted from enrolment in Biometrics 401 to enrol in a unit Ungraded Pass UP in statistics taught in another faculty. Pass Conditional P* Fail N+ 45–49 8B.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the graduate Fail N 0–44 diploma an applicant who has completed the requirements Ungraded Fail UF for the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the under Statute No. 5. Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. (2)(a) To qualify for the diploma, a candidate shall (3) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a complete satisfactorily all units in an advanced course of candidate shall sit for all the papers of each unit in which a supervised study approved by the Executive Dean. deferred examination is granted under General Regulation 20. (b) Subject to the provisions of Regulation 8A, the course (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture may, having shall consist of units selected from those prescribed for the regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year, BSc(Agric) degree which have not been passed by the permit the candidate to proceed to units in the next year level candidate in the previous seven years and shall total not less of the course. than 48 points in value. (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below students who fail to (c) With the permission of the Executive Dean the units gain at least half the points for which they are enrolled in any may include one of the following units with a corresponding one year will be declared to have made unsatisfactory points value: progress. Agriculture 502 (4 points) (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine Agriculture 504 (8 points) unsatisfactory progress in the case of students enrolled in the Agriculture 506 (12 points) fourth year of the course. Agriculture 508 (16 points) Agriculture 510 (20 points) (6)(a) Students may appeal against their academic Agriculture 512 (24 points) assessment in accordance with the procedure governing Agriculture 514 (28 points) appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Agriculture 516 (32 points) (b) Students may appeal against sanctions which result from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- (3) The course for the diploma shall extend over one year dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. for a full-time candidate and two years for a part-time candidate, but candidates may be permitted to extend 7. The Executive Dean may, after consulting the head of any candidature over two years as a full-time candidate or three group concerned, act on behalf of and with the powers of the years as a part-time candidate. Faculty in dealing with matters arising under General Regulations 11, 12, 13 and 14. (4) Candidates who have not completed the requirements of the diploma after having been enrolled in the course for two years as a full-time student or three years as a part-time Degree with Honours student shall only be permitted to re-enrol with the 7A. The Faculty may award the degree with honours either— permission of the Faculty. (a) in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8, to a (5)(a) Except as provided in (b) below, a candidate for the candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation 2; or diploma shall enrol each year in accordance with General (b) in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 47–49, Regulations 2 and 3. to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation (b) The Executive Dean may— 45. (i) on receipt of a written application from a candidate grant a suspension of candidature for any year; or Concurrent Honours (ii) having regard to the report of the supervisor, refuse 8.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture with an application for re-enrolment. honours may be awarded to a candidate admitted under the (6) Candidates enrolled for the master’s preliminary provisions of Regulation 2 who— examination may, with the approval of the Higher Degrees (a) has completed all the requirements for the pass degree Committee, convert their enrolments to the graduate diploma of this University; and at any time up to one calendar month after completion of the examination, provided that the enrolment complies with sub- (b) has completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- regulations (1) and (5) above. year level in paragraph 4(1)(d) over one year of enrolment in the case of a full-time candidate or over two years of (7) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrol- enrolment in the case of a part-time candidate; and ment and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. (c) has completed the supervised Agriculture 400 project in one year of enrolment. DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE (7071) (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to be 9.(1)(a) Subject to sub-regulations (b) and (c) hereof the awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on General Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture. for the fourth-year level in paragraph 4(1)(d). (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation 38 the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of Master of
D17—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Science in Agriculture who does not hold the degree of (iii) S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) bachelor of this University but who has been admitted to equivalent status to spend all or part of the prescribed period or as an external candidate. S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) (c) A candidate who is permitted to spend all or part of the or prescribed period as an external candidate shall be super- S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) vised by a member of staff of this University. or (d) Regulation 8A shall apply to candidates for the degree. another six-point unit as approved by the Executive Dean (2) Except as specified otherwise by resolution of the Higher Degrees Committee— (iv) Y 700.100 Ecosystem Processes 100 (12 points) S2 704.110 Economics for Agriculture and (a) a candidate whose thesis is classified as passed subject Resource Management 110 (6 points) to correction shall complete the corrections within six months of notification of that result; (b) Second-year Level (b) a candidate whose thesis is classified as deferred shall re-submit the revised thesis within one calendar year of (i) S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 notification of that result. (5 points) S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) (3) The Executive Dean may grant approval for— S2 704.210 Economics for Agriculture and (a) suspensions of candidature to an aggregate of 12 Resource Management 210 (6 points) months; S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) (b) extensions of candidature to an aggregate of six months. S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) and (4) Suspensions or extensions of candidature beyond the provisions of (3)(a) and (b) shall be considered by the Higher (ii) at least two units chosen from the following: Degrees Committee which may approve them only in S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) exceptional circumstances. S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) (5) A candidate must complete the requirements for the S2 703.210 Animal Science 210 (6 points) degree of Master of Science in Agriculture within five years, and not including any periods of suspension of candidature, from (iii) elective units to make a total enrolment of 48 points the date of first enrolment for the degree. In exceptional chosen from: circumstances the Executive Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time beyond the period of five years in which to S2 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) complete the requirements for the degree. S2 500.230 Land Plant Diversity 230 (6 points) S1 520.105 Geology 105 (6 points) (6) The degree of Master of Science in Agriculture may be S1 700.240 Introduction to Genetics 240 (6 points) awarded with distinction if, in the opinion of the Faculty’s Higher Degrees Committee, the thesis of a candidate is of (c) Third-year Level exceptional merit. (i) S2 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) S1 704.310 Natural Resource Economics 310 DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN (8 points) NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (7014) S2 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points) (ii) S1 708.350 Systems Ecology 350 (8 points) 10. To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of or Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource Management an S1 708.351 Animal and Plant Ecology 351 applicant must be eligible for admission to a degree course (8 points) under the Matriculation Regulations of this University. and The Pass Degree (iii) at least one unit from the following: 11.(1) To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in S1 060.201 Geography 201 (8 points) Natural Resource Management a candidate shall complete an S2 701.300 Hydrology 300 (8 points) approved course of at least four years of full-time study or the S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) part-time equivalent which, except in special cases approved Y 703.352 Wildlife Ecology and Management 352 by the Executive Dean, shall comprise: (8 points) (a) units selected in accordance with Regulation 13; and (b) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty. (iv) elective units to make a total enrolment of 48 points chosen from the following: (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean a candidate who is a full-time student in any year shall enrol in S2 060.206 Geography 206 (8 points) all units prescribed for that year of the course. S2 290.342 Entrepreneurship 342 (6 points) Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) (3) A candidate may enrol as a part-time student in any Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) year in units approved by the Executive Dean. S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) 12. Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. (4 points) S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) 13.(1) The units prescribed for the pass degree are: S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) * = Not available in 2000. S1 702.340 Plant Science 340 (16 points) S1 703.301 Animal Nutrition 301 (8 points) (a) First-year Level S2 703.315 Animal Ethics and Welfare 315 (4 points) (i) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) S1 703.353 Wildlife Management 353 (ii) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (4 points) or S2 704.300 Agricultural Economics and Marketing 300 (8 points) Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 Chemistry 130 (12 points) (8 points)
D18—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
S1 707.331 Plants in Managed Landscapes 331 (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall have (4 points) regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year when or determining whether the candidate may be permitted to proceed to units in the next year of the course. other units as approved by the Executive Dean (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below students who fail to (d) Fourth-year Level gain at least half the points for which they are enrolled in any one year shall be declared to have made unsatisfactory (i) S2 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) progress. S1 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) Y 708.400 Natural Resource Management 400 (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine (20 points) satisfactory progress in the case of students enrolled in the fourth year of the course. and (6)(a) Students may appeal against their academic (ii) units to the value of 20 points chosen from the assessment in accordance with the procedure governing following: appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Y 640.450 Environmental Engineering 450 (8 points) (b) Students may appeal against sanctions which result S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- (8 points) dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. Y 703.452 Animal Resource Management and Technology 452 (4 points) Degree with Honours Y 703.453 Animal Resource Management and 15A. Technology 453 (6 points) The Faculty may award the degree with honours either— Y 703.454 Animal Resource Management and Technology 454 (8 points) (a) in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 16, to a Y 703.455 Animal Resource Management and candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation 10; or Technology 455 (10 points) (b) in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 47–49, Y 703.456 Animal Resource Management and to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation Technology 456 (12 points) 45. S1 704.401 Agricultural and Resource Economics 401 (8 points) Concurrent Honours S1 706.401 Biometrics 401 (4 points) * 706.450 Quantitative Methods 450 (8 points) 16.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource Y 708.450 Land and Water Management 450 Management with honours may be awarded to a candidate (8 points) admitted under the provisions of Regulation 10 who— Y 708.451 Forest Ecology and Management 451 (a) has completed all the requirements for the pass degree (8 points) of this University; and S1 708.452 Rangeland Management 452 (b) has completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- (8 points) year level in paragraph 13(1)(d) over one year of enrolment in or the case of a full-time candidate or over two years of other units as approved by the Executive Dean enrolment in the case of a part-time candidate; and (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive (c) has completed the supervised Natural Resource Dean, a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units Management 400 project in one year of enrolment. containing elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to be (3) The Executive Dean may accept work completed in an awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed requirements for the second or third year of the degree. for the fourth-year level in paragraph 13(1)(d).
14.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE IN tional circumstances, approves otherwise a candidate shall not enrol in Natural Resource Management 400 until he or NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT she has completed units with a total value of at least 136 (7032, or 7037 for students who commenced prior to 1999) points. 16A.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the (2) A candidate shall not be permitted, except with the Graduate Diploma in Science in Natural Resource Manage- permission of the Executive Dean, to proceed to a higher ment an applicant who has completed the requirements for grade in any subject without having passed and been credited the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource with the appropriate lower grade within the previous seven Management of this University or has been admitted to years. equivalent status under Statute No. 5. 15.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- (2)(a) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall com- mentary examinations, the following classifications shall be plete units to the value of 48 points which, except as provided used: in paragraphs (b) and (c), shall consist of units which have not been passed by the candidate in the previous seven years Higher Distinction HD 80–100 selected from those prescribed for the BSc(NatResMgt). Distinction D 70–79 (b) With the permission of the Executive Dean the units Credit Pass CR 60–69 may include one of the following: Pass P 50–59 Ungraded Pass UP Natural Resource Management 502 (4 points) Pass Conditional P* Natural Resource Management 504 (8 points) Fail N+ 45–49 Natural Resource Management 506 (12 points) Fail N 0–44 Natural Resource Management 508 (16 points) Ungraded Fail UF Natural Resource Management 510 (20 points) (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the Natural Resource Management 512 (24 points) Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. Natural Resource Management 514 (28 points) Natural Resource Management 516 (32 points) (3) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a candidate shall sit for all papers of each unit in which a (c) Regulation 8A shall apply to candidates for the deferred examination is granted under General Regulation 20. diploma.
D19—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(3) The course for the diploma shall extend over one year (6) The degree of Master of Science in Natural Resource for a full-time candidate and two years for a part-time Management may be awarded with distinction if— candidate, but candidates may be permitted to extend (a) in the opinion of the Faculty’s Higher Degrees candidature over two years as a full-time candidate or three Committee, the thesis of a candidate is of exceptional merit; years as a part-time candidate. and (4) Candidates who have not completed the course (b) the candidate has achieved marks of 70 per cent or within two full-time years or three part-time years may re- higher in each of Natural Resource Management Research enrol only with the permission of the Faculty. Projects 521 and 522, and marks of 60 per cent or higher in (5)(a) Except as provided in (b), a candidate for the each of Resource Policy Analysis 508 and Principles of diploma shall enrol each year in accordance with General Resource Economics 507. Regulations 2 and 3. (7) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment (b) The Executive Dean may— and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. (i) on receipt of a written application from the candidate, grant a suspension of candidature for any year; or DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN (ii) having regard to the report of the supervisor, refuse HORTICULTURE AND VITICULTURE an application for re-enrolment. (7016 or 7013 for students who commenced prior to 1999) (6) Candidates enrolled for the master’s preliminary course may, with the approval of the Higher Degrees Note: Students who enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Committee, convert their enrolment to the graduate diploma Science in Horticulture prior to 1999 will be governed by the at any time up to one calendar month after completion of 1998 regulations for that course, subject to changes arising from the revised course structure. the examination, provided that the enrolment complies with sub-regulations (1) and (5). 18. To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of (7) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of Bachelor of Science in Horticulture and Viticulture an enrolment and withdrawal from units shall apply to the applicant must be eligible for admission to a degree course degree. under the Matriculation Regulations of this University.
The Pass Degree DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (7061) 19.(1) To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in Horticulture and Viticulture a candidate shall complete an 17.(1)(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), the General approved course of at least four years of full-time study or the Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree part-time equivalent which, except in special cases approved of Master of Science in Natural Resource Management. by the Executive Dean, shall comprise: (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation (a) units selected in accordance with Regulation 20; 38 the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of (b) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty. Master of Science in Natural Resource Management who does (2)(a) not hold the degree of bachelor of this University, but who A candidate may pursue the standard course, or may has been admitted to equivalent status, to spend all or part of apply to undertake the oenology specialisation, which shall the prescribed period as an external candidate. include two consecutive semesters of study at the University of Adelaide. (c) A candidate who is permitted to spend all or part of the (b) prescribed period as an external candidate shall be super- If there are more applicants than places available for vised by a member of staff of this University. the oenology specialisation, applicants will be selected on the basis of academic performance in the first year of the course. (2) Subject to the provisions of Regulation 8A, a candidate (3) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- shall complete the following: tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate who is (a) Research: a full-time student in any year shall enrol in all units 708.521 Natural Resource Management Research prescribed for that year of the course. Projects 521 (4)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), a candidate 708.522 Natural Resource Management Research may enrol as a part-time student in any year in units Projects 522 approved by the Executive Dean. 708.600 Thesis 600 (b) Coursework: (b) A student pursuing the oenology specialisation shall undertake the period of study at the University of Adelaide 708.507 Principles of Resource Economics 507 on a full-time basis only. 708.508 Resource Policy Analysis 508; and (5) (c) such other work as the Faculty directs which may Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment include work prescribed in terms of Regulation 8A. and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. (3) Except as otherwise specified by the Faculty— 20.(1) The units prescribed for the pass degree are:
(a) a candidate whose thesis is classified as passed subject Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. to correction shall complete the corrections within six months * = Not available in 2000. § = To be advised. of notification of that result; (b) a candidate whose thesis is classified as deferred shall (a) First-year Level re-submit the revised thesis within one calendar year of notification of that result. (i) for all candidates: (4) Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), a candidate Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) shall complete the requirements for the degree within five S2 704.110 Economics for Agriculture and years from the date of first enrolment for it, not including any Resource Management 110 (6 points) periods of approved suspension of candidature. and either (5)(a) The Executive Dean may approve— Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (i) suspensions of candidature to an aggregate of 12 or months; Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological (ii) extensions of candidature to an aggregate of six Chemistry 130 (12 points) months. and one of the following: (b) The Faculty may approve suspensions or extensions of S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) candidature beyond those approved by the Executive Dean, S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) but only in exceptional circumstances. S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points)
D20—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
or and another six-point unit as approved by the elective units to make a total enrolment of 48 points Executive Dean chosen from: and either S2 290.342 Entrepreneurship 342 (6 points) S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) (ii) for candidates pursuing the standard course: S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and Y 700.100 Ecosystems Processes 100 (12 points) Applications 233 (6 points) or S1 400.364 Microeconomic Theory 364 (6 points) (iii) for candidates intending to apply for the oenology S2 500.317 Nutrient Cycling and specialisation at the end of the first year: Biogeochemistry 317 (3 points) S2 700.105 Ecosystems Processes 105 (6 points) Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) and either S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) S1 560.131 Introductory Physics 131 S2 701.300 Hydrology 300 (8 points) or S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 for candidates who are not eligible for Introductory (4 points) Physics 131, another six-point unit as approved by S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) the Executive Dean S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) (b) Second-year Level S1 702.340 Plant Science 340 (16 points) S1 704.310 Natural Resource Economics 310 (i) for candidates pursuing the standard course: (8 points) S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) or S2 704.210 Economics for Agriculture and Resource Management 210 (6 points) other units as approved by the Executive Dean S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) (ii) for candidates pursuing the oenology specialisation: S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 the following units to be undertaken at the (5 points) University of Adelaide: S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) S1 707.201 Viticulture and Horticulture 201 S1 700.370 Winemaking 370 (6 points) (6 points) S1 700.371 Stabilisation and Clarification 371 S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) (6 points) S1 700.372 Cellar Management 372 (3 points) and S1 700.373 Distillation and Fortified Winemaking 373 (3 points) units to the value of 12 points which, for candidates S1 700.374 Winery Engineering III 374 (6␣ points) who have taken Introductory Physics 131 in the first year in lieu of a mathematics unit, shall, unless the and Executive Dean permits otherwise, comprise one of the the following units to be undertaken at this mathematics units listed in sub-paragraph 20(1)(a)(ii) University: and one unit chosen from the list which follows, and for S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) all other candidates in the standard course shall be S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) selected from the list which follows: S2 701.304 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 304 S1 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) (4 points) S2 450.204 Consumer Behaviour 204 (6 points) S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 S2 500.230 Land Plant Diversity 230 (6 points) (4 points) S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) (d) Fourth-year Level S1 700.240 Introduction to Genetics 240 (6 points) (ii) for candidates pursuing the oenology specialisation: (i) for students pursuing the standard course: S1 701.205 Agricultural Microbiology 205 (6 points) the following compulsory units: S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) Y 707.400 Horticulture 400 (20 points) S1 707.201 Viticulture and Horticulture 201 S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (6 points) (8 points) S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) and and at least one unit chosen from the following: the following units to be undertaken at the University S1 700.401 Agricultural Systems and Extension 401 of Adelaide: (4 points) S2 700.270 Agricultural Botany 270 (6 points) Y 701.401 Soil Science 401 (8 points) S2 700.271 Introductory Winemaking 271 S1 702.403 Molecular Genetics and Plant (6␣ points) Improvement 403 (8 points) S2 700.272 Sensory Studies 272 (6 points) S1 704.401 Agricultural and Resource S2 700.273 Wine Packaging and Quality Economics 401 (8 points) Management 273 (6 points) Y 705.405 Applied Microbial Ecology 405 (8 points) ( Third-year Level c) S1 706.401 Biometrics 401 (4 points) (i) for candidates pursuing the standard course: and S2 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) if necessary, units to make a total enrolment of 48 points S2 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points) chosen from the list of units to be undertaken at this S1 707.301 Horticultural and Viticultural University in sub-paragraph (c)(i) Systems 301 (8 points) (ii) for candidates pursuing the oenology specialisation: and Y 70X.400 Viticulture 400 (20 points) at least two units chosen from the following: § 702.40X Plant Management Systems 40X S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) (8 points) S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) § 700.4XX Industry Practicum 4XX (8 points) S2 704.300 Agricultural Economics and and Marketing 300 (8 points) one unit chosen from the following: S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 (8 points)
D21—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (b) has completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- (8 points) year level in sub-paragraph 20(1)(d)(i) or 20(1)(d)(ii) over one Y 701.401 Soil Science 401 (8 points) year of enrolment in the case of a full-time candidate or over Y 705.405 Applied Microbial Ecology 405 two years of enrolment in the case of a part-time candidate; (8 points) and and (c) has completed the supervised Horticulture 400 other units as approved by the Executive Dean project or Viticulture 400 project in one year of enrolment. (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive Dean, (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units containing be awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed for the fourth-year level in sub-paragraph 20(1)(d)(i) or (3) The Executive Dean may accept work completed in an 20(1)(d)(ii). approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the requirements for the second or third year of the degree. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE IN HORTICULTURE 21.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of exceptional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate shall not enrol (7033, or 7036 for students who commenced prior to 1999) in Horticulture 400 or Viticulture 400 until he or she has completed 24.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate units with a total value of at least 136 points. Diploma in Science in Horticulture an applicant who has (2) A candidate shall not be permitted, except with the completed the requirements for the pass degree of Bachelor of permission of the Executive Dean to proceed to a higher grade Science in Horticulture of this University or has been in any subject without having passed and been credited with the admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. appropriate lower grade within the previous seven years. (2) To qualify for the diploma, a candidate shall complete satisfactorily all units in an advanced course of supervised 22.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- study approved by the Executive Dean. mentary examinations, the following classifications will be used: (3)(a) The course shall consist of units to a total value of at least 48 points which, except as provided in paragraphs (b) Higher Distinction HD 80–100 and (c) below, shall be selected from those prescribed for the Distinction D 70–79 BSc(Hort&Vit) degree which have not been passed by the Credit Pass CR 60–69 candidate in the previous seven years. Pass P 50–59 Ungraded Pass UP (b) With the permission of the Executive Dean the units Pass Conditional P* may include one of the following units with a corres- Fail N+ 45–49 ponding points value: Fail N 0–44 Horticulture 502 (4 points) Ungraded Fail UF Horticulture 504 (8 points) Horticulture 506 (12 points) (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the Horticulture 508 (16 points) Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. Horticulture 510 (20 points) (3) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a Horticulture 512 (24 points) candidate shall sit for all papers of each unit in which a Horticulture 514 (28 points) deferred examination is granted under General Regulation 20. Horticulture 516 (32 points) (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture may, having (c) Regulation 8A shall apply to candidates for the regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year, diploma. permit the candidate to proceed to units in the next year of (4) The course for the diploma shall extend over one year the course. for a full-time candidate and two years for a part-time (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below students who fail to candidate but a full-time candidate may be permitted to gain at least half the points for which they are enrolled in any extend candidature over two years and a part-time candidate one year will be declared to have made unsatisfactory over three years. progress. (5) A candidate who has not completed the requirements (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine for the diploma after having been enrolled full-time for two satisfactory progress in the case of students enrolled in the years or part-time for three years shall only be permitted to fourth year of the course. re-enrol with the permission of the Faculty. (6)(a) Students may appeal against their academic (6)(a) Except as provided in (b) below, a candidate for the assessment in accordance with the procedure governing diploma shall enrol each year in accordance with General appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Regulations 2 and 3. (b) Students may appeal against sanctions which result (b) The Executive Dean may— from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- (i) on receipt of a written application, grant suspension of dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. candidature for any year; or (ii) having regard to the report of the supervisor, refuse an Degree with Honours application for re-enrolment. 23.(1) The Faculty may award the degree with honours either: (7) A candidate enrolled for the master’s preliminary may, (a) in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 23A, to with the approval of the Higher Degrees Committee, convert a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation 18; to enrolment in the graduate diploma at any time up to four or weeks after completion of the examination, provided that the enrolment complies with sub-regulations (1) and (6) above. (b) in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 47–49, to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation (8) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment 45. and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree.
Concurrent Honours DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HORTICULTURE (7073) 23A.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Horticulture and Viticulture with honours may be awarded to a candidate 25.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3) hereof the General admitted under the provisions of Regulation 18 who— Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Science in Horticulture. (a) has completed all the requirements for the pass degree of this University; and
D22—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. 38 the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of * = Not available in 2000. Master of Science in Horticulture who does not hold the degree of bachelor of this University but who has been (a) First-year Level admitted to equivalent status to spend all or part of the (i) prescribed period as an external candidate. S1 254.100 Landscape Architecture 100 (8 points) S2 254.101 Landscape Architecture 101 (8 points) (3) A candidate who is permitted to spend all or part of the S1 254.130 Landscape Architecture 130 (5 points) prescribed period as an external candidate shall be super- Y 500.120 Biology 120 (12 points) vised by a member of staff of this University. (ii) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (4) Regulation 8A shall apply to candidates for the degree. or (5) Except as specified otherwise by resolution of the Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological Higher Degrees Committee— Chemistry 130 (12 points); (a) a candidate whose thesis is classified as passed subject and to correction shall complete the corrections within six months (iii) S2 700.196 Ecosystems Processes Special of notification of that result; Course 196 (3 points) (b) a candidate whose thesis is classified as deferred shall re-submit the revised thesis within one calendar year of (b) Second-year Level notification of that result. S1 254.110 Landscape Architecture (History and (6) The Executive Dean may grant approval for— Theory) 110 (6 points) (a) suspensions of candidature to an aggregate of 12 S2 254.120 Landscape Architecture (History and months; Theory) 120 (6 points) (b) extensions of candidature to an aggregate of six S2 254.140 Landscape Architecture (Science and months. Computing) 140 (6 points) S2 500.230 Land Plant Diversity 230 (6 points) (7) Suspensions or extensions of candidature beyond the S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 provisions of (6)(a) and (b) shall be considered by the Higher (5 points) Degrees Committee which may approve them only in S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) exceptional circumstances. S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) (8)(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below a candidate must S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) complete the requirements for the degree of Master of Science S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) in Horticulture within five years from the date of first enrolment for the degree not including any periods of (c) Third-year Level suspension of candidature approved by the Faculty in (i) S1 254.210 Landscape Architecture (Twentieth- accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 44. century History and Theory) 210 (b) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may (8 points) grant a candidate an extension of time beyond the period of S2 254.230 Landscape Architecture (Technology five years in which to complete the requirements for the and Computing) 230 (4 points) degree. S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) (9) The degree of Master of Science in Horticulture may be S1 707.331 Plants in Managed Landscapes 331 awarded with distinction if, in the opinion of the Faculty’s (4 points) Higher Degrees Committee, the thesis of a candidate is of and exceptional merit. (ii) elective units to make a total enrolment of at least 48 points chosen from: DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN S2 060.218 Geography 218 (8 points) LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT (7017) S1 and S2 254.200 Landscape Architecture (Design) 200 (12 points) 26. To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of S1 and S2 254.201 Landscape Architecture Bachelor of Science in Landscape Management an applicant (Design) 201 (12 points) must be eligible for admission to a degree course under the S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) Matriculation Regulations of this University. S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) 27.(1) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science in S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) Landscape Management a candidate shall complete an Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) approved course of at least four years of full-time study or the Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) part-time equivalent which shall comprise, except in special S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 cases approved by the Executive Dean: (4 points) S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) (a) either S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) (i) for students who first enrolled in the course in 1999, S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) units selected in accordance with Regulation 27A; or S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 (ii) for all other students, units selected in accordance with (8 points) Regulation 28; S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) and S1 707.301 Horticultural and Viticultural (b) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty. Systems 301 (8 points) S1 708.350 Systems Ecology 350 (8 points) (2) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- and tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate who is a full-time student in any year must enrol in all units other units as approved by the Executive Dean prescribed for that year of the course. (d) Fourth-Year Level (3) A candidate may enrol as a part-time student in any year in units approved by the Executive Dean. (i) Students shall complete units as required in sub- regulation 28(1)(d). (4) Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. (ii) The Executive Dean may approve a transitional course for any student who fails to successfully complete a year of 27A.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), for students the course prescribed in sub-regulation (1). who first enrolled in the course in 1999, the units prescribed for the pass degree are:
D23—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
28.(1) For all other students, the units prescribed for the pass Y 702.400 Landscape Management 400 (20 points) degree are: and
Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. (ii) at least one unit chosen from the following: * = Not available in 2000. § = To be advised. S2 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) § 700.4XX Business for Agriculture and (a) First-year Level Horticulture (4 points) S2 254.460 Landscape Architecture (Professional (i) S1 254.130 Landscape Architecture (Science and Practice) 460 (4 points) Computing) 130 (6 points) S1 and S2 254.48X Landscape Architecture S2 254.140 Landscape Architecture (Technology (Elective) 48X (4 points) and Structure) 140 (6 points) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (iii) elective units to make a total enrolment of at least 48 points chosen from: (ii) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) S1 and S2 254.201 Landscape Architecture (Design) 201 or (12 points) Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological S1 254.330 Landscape Architecture (Technology Chemistry 130 (12 points); and Computing) 330 (4 points) and S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (iii) Y 700.100 Ecosystems Processes 100 (12 points) (8 points) (b) Second-year Level S2 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points) Y 708.450 Land and Water Management 450 S1 254.100 Landscape Architecture (Design) 100 (8 points) (12 points) and S2 254.101 Landscape Architecture (Design) 101 other units as approved by the Executive Dean (12 points) S1 254.110 Landscape Architecture (History and (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive Theory) 110 (6 points) Dean, a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units S2 254.120 Landscape Architecture (History and containing elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). Theory) 120 (6 points) S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) (3) The Executive Dean may accept work com-pleted in S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) an approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the requirements for the second or third year of the (c) Third-year Level degree. (i) S1 254.210 Landscape Architecture (Twentieth– century History and Theory) 210 29.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- (8 points) tional circumstances, approves otherwise— S2 254.230 Landscape Architecture (Technology (a) a candidate shall not enrol in Landscape Management and Computing) 230 (4 points) 400 until he or she has completed units with a total value of at S2 500.230 Land Plant Diversity 230 (6 points) least 136 points; S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to proceed to a S1 707.331 Plants in Managed Landscapes 331 higher grade in any subject without having passed and been (4 points) credited with the appropriate lower grade within the previous seven years. and (ii) elective units to make a total enrolment of at least 48 30.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- points chosen from: mentary examinations, the following classifications shall be S2 060.218 Geography 218 (8 points) used: S1 and S2 254.200 Landscape Architecture (Design) 200 Higher Distinction HD 80–100 (12 points) Distinction D 70–79 S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) Credit Pass CR 60–69 S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) Pass P 50–59 S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 Ungraded Pass UP (5 points) Pass Conditional P* S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) Fail N+ 45–49 Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) Fail N 0–44 Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) Ungraded Fail UF S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the (4 points) Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) (3) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate shall sit S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 for all papers of each unit in which a deferred examination is (8 points) granted under General Regulation 20. S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture may, having S1 707.301 Horticultural and Viticultural regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year, Systems 301 (8 points) permit the candidate to proceed to units in the next year of S1 708.350 Systems Ecology 350 (8 points) the course. and (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), students who fail to gain at other units as approved by the Executive Dean least half the points for which they are enrolled in any one year (d) Fourth-year Level shall be declared to have made unsatisfactory progress. (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine (i) S2 254.370 Landscape Architecture (Research satisfactory progress in the case of students enrolled in the Seminar) 370 (4 points) fourth year of the course. S2 254.440 Landscape Architecture (Ecology) 440 (4 points)
D24—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
(6)(a) Students may appeal against their academic assess- Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological ment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals Chemistry 130 (12 points) published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (iii) S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) (b) Students may appeal against sanctions which result or from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. or Degree with Honours S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) or 30A.(1) The Faculty may award the degree with honours either: another six-point unit as approved by the Executive Dean (a) in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 30B, to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation (iv) Y 700.100 Ecosystem Processes 100 (12 points) 26; or S2 704.110 Economics for Agriculture and Resource Management 110 (6 points) (b) in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 47 to 49, to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regu- (b) Second-year Level lation 45. S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 (5 points) Concurrent Honours S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) 30B.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Landscape S1 700.240 Introduction to Genetics 240 (6 points) Management with honours may be awarded to a candidate S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) admitted under the provisions of Regulation 26 who— S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) S2 703.210 Animal Science 210 (6 points) (a) has completed all the requirements for the pass S2 704.210 Economics for Agriculture and degree of this University; and Resource Management 210 (6 points) (b) has completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) year level in paragraph 28(1)(d) over one year of enrolment in S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) the case of a full-time candidate or over two years of (c) Third-year Level enrolment in the case of a part-time candidate; and S1 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) (c) has completed the supervised Landscape Manage- S1 703.301 Animal Nutrition 301 (8 points) ment 400 project in one year of enrolment. S2 703.305 Wool Production 305 (8 points) (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 be awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on (8 points) the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed S2 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points) for the fourth-year level in paragraph 28(1)(d). and elective units to make a total enrolment of 48 points chosen from the following: DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) IN WOOL SCIENCE (7015) 1 Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) 1 This degree will not be offered to new students after 1999. Students Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) wishing to study Wool Science should refer to the Bachelor of S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) Science in Animal Science which incorporates elective units in wool S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) science. S1 702.301 Cropping Systems 301 (8 points) 31. To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) Bachelor of Science in Wool Science an applicant must be S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) eligible for admission to a degree course under the S1 702.330 Plant Science 330 (12 points) Matriculation Regulations of this University. S1 702.340 Plant Science 340 (16 points) Y 703.303 Genetics and Animal Breeding 303 The Pass Degree (8 points) S2 703.315 Animal Ethics and Welfare 315 32.(1) To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Science in (4 points) Wool Science a candidate shall complete an approved course S2 704.300 Agricultural Economics and of at least four years of full-time study or the part-time Marketing 300 (8 points) equivalent which shall comprise, except under special cases or approved by the Executive Dean: other units as approved by the Executive Dean (a) units selected in accordance with Regulation 34; (b) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty. (d) Fourth-year Level (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean a Y 703.400 Wool Science 400 (20 points) candidate who is a full-time student in any year shall enrol in S2 703.404 Pasture and Forage Science 404 all units prescribed for that year of the course. (4 points) (3) A candidate may enrol as a part-time student in any S1 703.408 Wool Marketing and Technology 408 year in units approved by the Executive Dean. (8 points) 33. Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment and and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. units to make a total enrolment of 48 points chosen from: 34.(1) The units prescribed for the pass degree are: S1 700.401 Agricultural Systems and Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. Extension 401 (4 points) * = Not available in 2000. Y 701.401 Soil Science 401 (8 points) S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (a) First-year Level (8 points) (i) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Y 703.401 Animal Science 401 (8 points) S1 703.403 Molecular Genetics and Animal (ii) Y 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) Improvement 403 (8 points) or Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) or
D25—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Y 703.452 Animal Resource Management and the case of full-time candidates or over two years of Technology 452 (4 points) enrolment in the case of part-time candidates; and Y 703.453 Animal Resource Management and (b) have completed the supervised Wool Science 400 Technology 453 (6 points) project in one year of enrolment. Y 703.454 Animal Resource Management and Technology 454 (8 points) (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to be Y 703.455 Animal Resource Management and awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on Technology 455 (10 points) the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed Y 703.456 Animal Resource Management and for the fourth-year level in paragraph 34(1)(d). Technology 456 (12 points) S1 704.401 Agricultural and Resource DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN Economics 401 (8 points) Y 705.405 Applied Microbial Ecology 405 ANIMAL SCIENCE (7012) (8 points) 38. To qualify for admission to the course for the degree of S1 706.401 Biometrics 401 (4 points) Bachelor of Science in Animal Science an applicant must be S2 920.431 Molecular Genetics 431 (4 points) eligible for admission to a degree course under the S2 920.432 Molecular Genetics 432 (4 points) Matriculation Regulations of this University. or other units as approved by the Executive Dean The Pass Degree (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive 39.(1) To qualify for the pass degree a candidate shall Dean, a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units complete an approved course of at least four years of full- containing elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). time study or the part-time equivalent which shall comprise, except in special cases approved by the Executive Dean: (3) The Executive Dean may accept work completed in an approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the (a) units selected in accordance with Regulation 41; requirements for the second or third year of the degree. (b) the practical and field work prescribed by the Faculty. (2) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- 35.(1) A candidate shall not be permitted, except with the tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate who is permission of the Executive Dean, to proceed to a higher a full-time student in any year must enrol in all units grade in any subject without having passed and been credited prescribed for that year of the course. with the lower grade within the previous seven years. (3) A candidate may enrol as a part-time student in any (2) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- year in units approved by the Executive Dean. tional circumstances, approves otherwise a candidate shall not enrol in Wool Science 400 until he or she has completed 40. Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolments units with a total value of at least 136 points. and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree.
36.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- 41.(1) The units prescribed for the pass degree are: mentary examinations, the following classifications will be used: Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. * = Not available in 2000. Higher Distinction HD 80–100 Distinction D 70–79 (a) First-year Level Credit Pass CR 60–69 Pass P 50–59 (i) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Ungraded Pass UP (ii) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) Pass Conditional P* or Fail N+ 45–49 Fail N 0–44 Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological Ungraded Fail UF Chemistry 130 (12 points) (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the (iii) S1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. or (3) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a S1 530.152 Mathematics 152 (6 points) candidate shall sit for all papers of each unit in which a or deferred examination is granted under General Regulation 20. S1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture may, having or regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year, another six-point unit as approved by the permit the candidate to proceed to units in the next year of Executive Dean the course. (iv) Y 700.100 Ecosystems Processes 100 (12 points) (5)(a) Subject to paragraph 5(b) students who fail to gain at S2 704.110 Economics for Agriculture and least half the points for which they are enrolled in any one Resource Management 110 (6 points) year will be declared to have made unsatisfactory progress. (b) Second-year Level (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine satisfactory progress in the case of students enrolled in the S1 700.210 Science and its Communication 210 fourth year of the course. (5 points) (6)(a) Students may appeal against their academic S2 700.230 Second-year Tour 230 (1 point) assessment in accordance with the procedure governing S1 700.240 Introduction to Genetics 240 appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (6 points) S1 701.210 Soil Science 210 (6 points) (b) Students may appeal against sanctions which result S2 702.210 Plant Science 210 (6 points) from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- S2 703.210 Animal Science 210 (6 points) dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. S2 704.210 Economics for Agriculture and Resource Management 210 (6 points) Degree with Honours S2 706.210 Biometrics 210 (6 points) 37.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Wool Science may S1 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) be awarded with honours to candidates who— (c) Third-year Level (a) have completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- year level in paragraph 34(1)(d) over one year of enrolment in (i) S2 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) S2 700.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points)
D26—April 2000 Agriculture Regulations
S1 703.301 Animal Nutrition 301 (8 points) Y 705.405 Applied Microbial Ecology 405 S2 703.315 Animal Ethics and Welfare 315 (8 points) (4 points) S1 706.401 Biometrics 401 (4 points) S1 705.300 Agricultural Microbiology 300 S2 920.431 Molecular Genetics 431 (4 points) (8 points) S2 920.432 Molecular Genetics 432 (4 points) (ii) at least two units chosen from the following: a unit or units offered in the third year of the course and/or from those offered by Biochemistry, Econo- S1 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) mics, Physiology, Zoology, or another department, S2 700.310 Food Science 310 (8 points) as approved by the Executive Dean Y 703.303 Genetics and Animal Breeding (8 points) (2) In certain circumstances approved by the Executive S2 703.305 Wool Production 305 (8 points) Dean, a candidate may be permitted to enrol in special units Y 703.352 Wildlife Ecology and containing elements of units listed in sub-regulation (1). Management 352 (8 points) (3) The Executive Dean may accept work completed in an S2 950.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) approved exchange programme as fulfilling all, or part of, the (iii) if necessary, units to make a total enrolment of at least requirements for the second or third year of the degree. 48 points chosen from: 42.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- S2 060.206 Geography 206 (8 points) tional circumstances, approves otherwise— S1 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) (a) a candidate shall not enrol in Animal Science 400 until S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) he or she has successfully completed units with a total value S1 570.201 Zoology 201 (10 points) of at least 136 points; S2 570.202 Zoology 202 (10 points) (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to proceed to a S1 570.211 Zoology 211 (4 points) higher grade in any subject without having passed and been S2 700.302 Pest Management 302 (8 points) credited with the appropriate lower grade within the previous Y 700.305 Industry Experience 305 (2 points) seven years. Y 700.315 Industry Experience 315 (2 points) S2 701.300 Hydrology 300 (8 points) 43.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- S2 701.301 Soil Science 301 (8 points) mentary examinations, the following classifications shall be S2 701.305 Irrigation and Plant Water Use 305 used: (4 points) Higher Distinction HD 80–100 S1 702.301 Cropping Systems 301 (8 points) Distinction D 70–79 S1 702.310 Plant Science 310 (4 points) Credit Pass CR 60–69 S1 702.320 Plant Science 320 (8 points) Pass P 50–59 S2 704.300 Agricultural Economics and Ungraded Pass UP Marketing 300 (8 points) Pass Conditional P* S1 704.310 Natural Resource Economics 310 Fail N+ 45–49 (8 points) Fail N 0–44 a unit or units offered by Biochemistry, Physiology Ungraded Fail UF or Zoology, or another department, as approved by the Executive Dean. (2) Supplementary examinations may be granted by the Board of Examiners in Agriculture in exceptional cases. (d) Fourth-year Level (3) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- tional circumstances, approves otherwise, a candidate shall sit (i) Y 70X.400 Animal Science 400 (20 points) for all papers of each unit in which a deferred examination is (ii) Y 703.454 Animal Resource Management and granted under General Regulation 20. Technology 454 (8 points) (4) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture may, having or regard to a candidate’s overall performance in any year, Y 703.455 Animal Resource Management and permit the candidate to proceed to units in the next year of Technology 455 (10 points) the course. or (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), candidates who fail to gain Y 703.456 Animal Resource Management and at least half the points for which they are enrolled in any one Technology 456 (12 points) year shall be declared to have made unsatisfactory progress. (iii) at least one unit chosen from the following: (b) The Board of Examiners in Agriculture shall determine satisfactory progress in the case of a candidate enrolled in the S2 703.404 Pasture and Forage Science 404 fourth year of the course. (4 points) S1 703.408 Wool Marketing and Technology 408 (6)(a) Candidates may appeal against their academic (8 points) assessment in accordance with the procedure governing S1 708.452 Rangeland Management 302 appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (8 points) (b) Candidates may appeal against sanctions which result S2 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (6 points) from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- (iv) if necessary, units to make a total enrolment of at least dures set out in the Faculty of Agriculture Handbook. 48 points chosen from: Degree with Honours S1 570.301 Zoology 301 (6 points) S1 570.304 Zoology 304 (6 points) 44.(1) The Faculty may award the degree with honours S2 570.311 Zoology 311 (4 points) either— * 570.313 Zoology 313 (4 points) (a) in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 44A, to S1 570.314 Zoology 315 (4 points) a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation 38; S1 570.320 Zoology 320 (4 points) or * 570.323 Zoology 323 (4 points) (b) in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 47 to S1 700.401 Agricultural Systems and 49, to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regu- Extension 401 (4 points) lation 45. Y 701.401 Soil Science 401 (8 points) S1 702.405 Plant-environment Systems 405 (8 points) Concurrent Honours S1 704.401 Agricultural and Resource 44A.(1) The degree of Bachelor of Science in Animal Science Economics 401 (8 points) with honours may be awarded to a candidate admitted under the provisions of Regulation 38 who—
D27—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) has completed all the requirements for the pass degree 48.(1) Each of the courses shall comprise: of this University; and (a) for all candidates— (b) has completed all the units prescribed for the fourth- (i) the appropriate one of the following: year level in paragraph 41(1)(d) over one year of enrolment in the case of a full-time candidate or over two years of 700.432 Honours Research Project enrolment in the case of a part-time candidate; and (Agriculture) 432 (32 points) (c) has completed the supervised Animal Science 400 702.432 Honours Research Project (Landscape project in one year of enrolment. Management) 432 (32 points) 703.432 Honours Research Project (Animal (2) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to be Science) 432 (32 points) awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on 707.432 Honours Research Project (Horticulture the basis of a candidate’s performance in the units prescribed and Viticulture) 432 (32 points) for the fourth-year level in paragraph 41(1)(d). 708.432 Honours Research Project (Natural Resource Management) 432 (32 points) End-On Honours Degrees and (ii) 700.301 Scientific Methodology 301 (4 points) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE WITH HONOURS and BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ANIMAL SCIENCE WITH HONOURS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HORTICULTURE AND VITICULTURE (iii) an eight-point unit which shall be in a discipline area WITH HONOURS related to the research project, and shall be selected from the fourth-year options for the relevant pass degree which have BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT WITH HONOURS not previously been passed; BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT and either WITH HONOURS (b)(i) for candidates other than those required to undertake 45.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the Faculty may accept as Biometrics 301 or substitute: a candidate for any of the degrees of Bachelor of Science in units, to make up a total point value of at least 48 points, Agriculture, Bachelor of Science in Animal Science, Bachelor chosen from the fourth-year options for the relevant pass of Science in Horticulture and Viticulture, Bachelor of Science degree which have not previously been passed; in Landscape Management or Bachelor of Science in Natural or Resource Management with honours, applicants who— (ii) for candidates who have neither completed Biometrics (a) have completed, within the previous two years, the 301 or equivalent, nor been exempted from the requirement requirements for a bachelor’s degree of this University in any to complete it: relevant area of science, applied science, economics, 706.301 Biometrics 301 (4 points); or landscape architecture or a cognate discipline, or have been admitted to equivalent status in terms of Statute No 5; and another biometrics or statistics unit approved by the Executive Dean (b) have achieved a final weighted mark of at least 65 per cent in the final year of the bachelor’s degree course; and (2) Without exception, a candidate for any of the degrees shall (c) have completed units which in the Faculty’s judgment complete the requirements either within one full-time year of provide an appropriate background for the proposed course enrolment or two part-time years of enrolment. and the proposed research project. 49. The Board of Examiners in Agriculture will award (2) Those who have completed the requirements for a honours grades or results according to the weighted average bachelor’s degree within the Faculty of Agriculture at this of the marks attained in the honours year (or part-time University are not eligible for entry into any of these courses. equivalent) as follows: 46. Regulations 1B and 1C governing changes of enrolment H1 80–100% and withdrawal form units shall apply to the courses. H2A 70–79% H2B 60–69% 47.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate H3 50–59% for any of the degrees who has not passed Biometrics 301 or Fail less than 50% its equivalent before enrolling in the course shall include the unit, or an approved substitute, in the course specified under Regulation 48. DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE (7091) (2) The Faculty may exempt from the requirement 50. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall specified in sub-regulation (1) a candidate who— apply to the degree of Doctor of Science in Agriculture. (i) demonstrates competence in the statistical methods taught in Biometric 301; or (ii) satisfies the Faculty that completion of Biometrics 301 is not necessary for the successful completion of the research project.
D28—April 2000 Statutes
FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code (p) one representative of the Australian Association of Social is recorded against the title of each course. This information, Workers (WA branch) nominated annually by the association; however, does not form part of the Regulations per se. (q) one member of the Australian Institute of Landscape Architects (WA Group) nominated annually by the group; Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. (r) one member of the Western Australian Chapter of the The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended Royal Australian Institute of Architects nominated annually to be read in conjunction with these regulations. by the chapter; (s) such other persons, not exceeding ten in number, as may Membership of the Faculty be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time, 1. In addition to the members listed in sub-clause 4(1) of Statute provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding No 8, the Faculty of Arts shall comprise: two years and may be co-opted again at the end of a period of (a) the Executive Dean of the Faculty; office. (b) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty; Departments and Schools in the Faculty of Arts 1 (c) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, who hold full-time or 50 per cent 1 Due to restructuring, the Faculty of Arts currently comprises the or greater fractional appointments as academic staff in the Schools of Architecture and Fine Arts, Humanities, Music, and Social and Cultural Studies. From 2000, Asian Studies, European Languages Departments of Anthropology, Classics and Ancient History, and Studies, Linguistics and Social Work and Social Policy are classified Economics, English, Geography, History, Mathematics and as departments. Regulations are being re-drafted to reflect the current Statistics, Organisational and Labour Studies, Philosophy, structure. Political Science and Psychology, and in such other depart- ments as may from time to time be established within the 2. There shall be the following departments and schools for Faculty; 1 teaching and research in the Faculty of Arts: (d) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses Departments 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, who hold full-time or 50 per cent (a) Anthropology (incorporating the Centre for Archaeology) or greater fractional appointments as academic staff in the (b) Classics and Ancient History Schools of Architecture and Fine Arts, Asian Studies, European (c) Economics Languages and Centre for Linguistics, Music, and Social Work (d) English and Social Policy, and in such other schools as may from time (e) Geography to time be established within the Faculty; 1 (f) History 1 Due to restructuring, the Faculty of Arts currently comprises the (g) Mathematics and Statistics Schools of Architecture and Fine Arts, Humanities, Music, and Social (h) and Cultural Studies. From 2000, Asian Studies, European Languages Organisational and Labour Studies and Studies, Linguistics and Social Work and Social Policy are classified (i) Philosophy as departments. Regulations are being re-drafted to reflect the current (j) Political Science structure. (k) Psychology (e) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses Schools 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, who hold full-time or 50 per cent (a) Architecture and Fine Arts or greater fractional appointments as academic staff in such (b) Asian Studies centres as may from time to time be established within the (c) European Languages and Centre for Linguistics Faculty; (i) French Studies (f) the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics and (ii) German Commerce, Education, and Law, or nominee; (iii) Italian (g) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and (iv) Centre for Linguistics Mathematical Sciences or nominee; (d) Music (e) Social Work and Social Policy (h) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or nominee; (i) the Faculty Executive Officer; Degrees and Diplomas Offered (j) one member elected annually by and from the admini- 3. (1) The degrees in the Faculty of Arts shall be: strative, secretarial and technical staff who hold full-time or (a) Bachelor of Arts—BA 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments in the (b) Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies)—BA(AsSt) departments, schools and centres listed in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) and in the Faculty Office; (c) Bachelor of Arts (European Studies)—BA(EurStud) (d) Master of Arts—MA (k) the President of the Arts Union and two other students (e) Master of Philosophy—MPhil 1 enrolled in the Faculty, elected annually by members of that union; (f) Master of Japanese Studies—MJS (g) Bachelor of Letters—BLitt (l) one undergraduate student and one postgraduate student elected by and from the students enrolled in degrees (h) Doctor of Letters—DLitt administered by the Board of Studies in Architecture and Fine (i) Bachelor of Environmental Design—BEnvDes Arts; (j) Bachelor of Architecture—BArch (m) one student elected annually by and from the students (k) Bachelor of Fine Arts—BFA enrolled in degrees administered by the Board of Studies in (l) Bachelor of Landscape Architecture—BLArch Social Work and Social Policy; (m) Master of Architecture—MArch (n) such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of (n) Master of Building Science—MBdgSc the academic staff, as the Faculty may, from time to time, (o) Master of Environmental Design—MEnvDes appoint, provided that they are engaged in academic research (p) Master of Landscape Architecture—MLArch principally related to the interests of the Faculty and that they (q) Master of Fine Arts—MFA hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments (r) Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts—MCur of not less than two years’ duration; (s) Doctor of Architecture—DArch (o) the University Librarian or nominee; (t) Bachelor of Music—MusB (u) Master of Music—MusM
D29—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(v) Doctor of Music—MusD Higher Distinction HD 80–100 (w) Bachelor of Music Education—BMusEd Distinction D 70–79 (x) Master of Music Education—MMusEd Credit Pass CR 60–69 (y) Bachelor of Music Teaching—BMusT Pass P 50–59 (z) Bachelor of Social Work—BSW Ungraded Pass UP (za) Master of Social Work—MSW Pass Conditional P* Fail N+ 45–49 1 This is a research degree. Programmes offered in 2000 are Australian Fail N 0–44 Studies, Urban and Regional Studies and Women's Studies. Ungraded Fail UF
(2) The diplomas in the Faculty of Arts shall be: 9.(1) The Faculty may grant credit for work completed in other (a) Graduate Diploma in Arts—GradDipA faculties or in other recognised tertiary institutions. (b) Graduate Diploma in Advanced Social Work— (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the Faculty GradDipAdvSW may grant credit for units completed through Continuing (c) Graduate Diploma in Australian Studies— Education at this University in or after 1995, provided that GradDipAusSt such credit does not exceed more than one-sixth of the total (d) Graduate Diploma in Gallery Studies—GradDipGalSt 2 load for the course concerned. (e) Graduate Diploma in Medieval and Renaissance (3) Unless the Faculty in recognition of exceptional circum- Studies—GradDipMedRenSt stances permits otherwise, credit shall not be granted for (f) Graduate Diploma in Modern Languages— units completed through Continuing Education at this GradDipModLang University during a period of exclusion from or sanction by (g) Graduate Certificate in Modern Languages— any faculty of this University. GradCertModLang (4) The Faculty may require a candidate who has been (h) Diploma in Modern Languages—DipModLang granted credit towards a degree to substitute specified units (i) Graduate Certificate in Music Education— for Architecture Elective Studies units or to enrol in specified GradCertMusEd Architecture Elective Studies units. (j) Graduate Diploma in Music Education— GradDipMusEd 10. Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a student must sit for all the papers of each unit in which a (k) Diploma in Arts—DipA deferred examination is granted under General Regulation 20. (l) Diploma in Music (Orchestral Practice)— DipMus(Orch) Appeals against Final Assessment (m) Diploma in Music (Technology)—DipMus(Tech) (n) Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Studies— 11.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment GradDipUrbRegSt in accordance with the procedure governing appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (o) Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies—GradDipWSt (2) Students who wish to plead mitigating circumstances in (3) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree relation to an exclusion which has been imposed by the Board of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for of Examiners in Arts may do so in accordance with the the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. procedures set out in the Faculty of Arts Handbook. 2. Since this course is not currently available, the regulations for it are not included. Absence from Examinations Course Advisers 12. A student who is enrolled in a unit and fails to attend the examination shall be declared to have failed that unit unless 4. Each department shall appoint one or more course advisers the Board of Examiners in Arts is satisfied that there was and shall report their names to the Faculty annually. good cause for absence.
Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean Successive Failures in the Same Unit 5. The Executive Dean may, after consulting as necessary with 13. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any the course adviser or head of any department concerned, act unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be on behalf of and with the powers of the Faculty in dealing permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval with matters arising under Regulations 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19 of the Faculty. and 20 and General Regulations 10 to 14. Withdrawal GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF BA, BA(AsSt), Compulsory Withdrawal BA(EurStud), BEnvDes, BArch, BFA, BLArch, MusB, 14.(1) A student whose attendance at classes and performance BMusEd, BMusT and BLitt of class work in any unit is not satisfactory in terms of General Regulation 5(1) may be required by the Faculty to Satisfactory Progress withdraw from that unit. 6. Except as provided in Regulation 22, students who pass (2) A student who is required to withdraw from any unit units whose total points value is at least half the total points in two successive years shall be reported to the Board of value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the Examiners in Arts. Any application by the student to re-enrol final withdrawal dates specified in Regulation 15 or 21, in that unit shall be considered by the Faculty, having regard whichever is appropriate, will be considered to have made to the student’s full academic record. satisfactory progress.
Exclusions SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF BA, 7. The Board of Examiners in Arts may exclude from re- BA(AsSt), BA(EurStud), MusB, BMusEd, BMusT and BLitt enrolment in the Faculty for not less than one year a student who fails to make satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation Withdrawal 6. 15.(1) A student in the first academic year of a course who is enrolled in a full-year unit and who, after the first day of the EXAMINATIONS sixth week of second semester withdraws from a unit or, in accordance with sub-regulation 14(1), is required to withdraw Classifications shall be deemed to have failed that unit unless the Executive 8. In all reports on examinations, other than supplementary Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to examinations, the following classifications will be used: justify late withdrawal.
D30—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) A student in the first academic year of a course who is BEnvDes, Regulation 127(A) for the BArch, Regulation 134 for enrolled in a semester-length unit and who, after the first day the BFA and Regulation 143 for the BLArch. of the tenth week of semester withdraws from a unit or, in (4) A candidate shall not enrol in more than one design or accordance with sub-regulation 14(1), is required to withdraw practice unit in each semester. shall be deemed to have failed that unit unless the Executive Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal. Units from Other Faculties (3) Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), a student in 18. Subject to Regulation 19, the Executive Dean may permit a the second, third or fourth academic year who after the first student to substitute for one or more of the elective units listed day of the week following the mid-point of instruction in a in paragraphs 117(c)(ii), 127(a)(ii), 127(b)(iv)A, 142(b)(ii) and unit withdraws from that unit or, in accordance with sub- 142(d)(ii), a unit or units of at least equivalent scope, weight regulation 14(1), is required to withdraw shall be declared to and point value from another faculty or recognised tertiary have failed unless the Executive Dean is satisfied that there institution. were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal. (4) Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), where a Exchange Programmes student is permitted to enrol in a split year as defined in sub- 19. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of General regulation 33(1), the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) Regulation 10, the Executive Dean, having regard to the above shall apply to units which are part of the first academic recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and year and the provisions of paragraph (3) shall apply to those Fine Arts, may— which are part of the second academic year. (a) accept work completed in an approved exchange (5) A candidate who withdraws at any stage from the units programme as part of the final-year’s requirements for the Arts Practicum 181.210/181.310 shall be declared to have degrees of Bachelor of Environmental Design, Bachelor of failed the unit unless the Executive Dean, having regard to Architecture, Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Landscape the recommendation of the head of the department con- Architecture; cerned, is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify withdrawal. (b) accept as part of the final-year’s requirements for the degrees of Bachelor of Environmental Design, Bachelor of Architecture or Bachelor of Landscape Architecture work Conditional Passes completed in an approved programme other than one referred 16.(1)(a) A full-time student who in the first year of the course to in paragraph (a), provided that— has completed units to a total value of 36 points or more but (i) the final 24 points required to complete the relevant degree has failed one unit only of 12 points’ value or less may be are undertaken at this University; granted a conditional pass in that unit. and (b) A student who completes the first year of the course with a conditional pass in a unit will only be permitted to (ii) the final design unit required to complete the relevant proceed to a higher grade in the subject in which the degree is undertaken at this University; conditional pass was granted with the approval of the (c) accept as part of the final-year’s requirements for the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the head of degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts work completed in an approved department concerned. programme other than one referred to in paragraph (a) provided (2) A student who has not been granted a conditional pass that— in the first year of the course may be granted a conditional (i) the final 24 points required to complete the degree are pass in the second year of the course but— undertaken at this University; (a) a student in the course for the degree of Bachelor of and Arts may not include in a major sequence as defined in (ii) the final Fine Arts Practice unit required to complete Regulation 31 a unit in which a conditional pass was the degree is undertaken at this University. awarded; (b) a student in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Music or the degree of Bachelor of Music Education may not Substitution be granted a conditional pass in Music 201. 20.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), where a (3)(a) A student may not be granted a conditional pass— candidate has gained adequate knowledge of the content of a unit or units through previous architectural or allied work, he (i) in the third year of the course for the degree of Bachelor or she may be required by the Executive Dean to substitute an of Arts; approved unit or units of equivalent weight. (ii) in any unit in the third year of the course for the degree (2) The provisions of sub-regulation (1) will not apply to of Bachelor of Music Teaching or in the third or fourth years Elective Studies units. of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Music or the degree of Bachelor of Music Education. (b) Except in exceptional circumstances, a student who has Withdrawal a conditional pass in a second-year unit cannot use the unit in 21. The provisions of Arts sub-regulations 15(1), (2), (3) and (4) which a conditional pass has been granted as a prerequisite shall apply to students in the Bachelor of Environmental Design, for further units in that subject. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, Bachelor of Architecture and Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF Satisfactory Progress BEnvDes, BArch, BFA and BLArch 22. Students, other than those enrolled in the degree of Bachelor Normal Enrolment of Fine Arts, who remain enrolled in two design units after 17.(1) Unless in exceptional circumstances, the Executive the final withdrawal dates set out in Arts Regulation 21, shall Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the School of be declared to have made satisfactory progress in any year Architecture and Fine Arts, permits otherwise, a candidate’s only if they pass at least one of the design units in addition course of study in any academic year shall not exceed the total to passing at least half the units for which they are enrolled points value of units specified for that year. in accordance with Regulation 6. (2) A candidate shall normally complete all units in any year before undertaking units in a higher year. Penalties for Unsatisfactory Progress (3) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (2), a candidate may 23.(1) Students who fail to make satisfactory progress shall be be permitted to enrol in units from a higher year without declared to have made unsatisfactory progress and, except as having completed the requirements for the previous year, provided in sub-regulation (3), shall be excluded from applying subject to the restrictions set out in Regulation 118 for the for re-enrolment in the Faculty for a minimum period of one academic year.
D31—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) The period for which a student shall be excluded from (3) Where a student is permitted to credit a unit or units applying for enrolment in the Faculty shall be determined from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date from by the Faculty, having regard to the advice of the Board of the year in which they were passed. Examiners in Arts. (3) In exceptional circumstances, the Faculty may permit a Course Structure student who has been declared to have made unsatisfactory 30. (1) To obtain the pass degree of Bachelor of Arts, a progress to re-enrol in the following academic year. candidate shall undertake a course of study over at least three years and complete units to a total value of 144 points selected from the list in Regulation 39. The course of study GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MASTER’S DEGREES, shall not include more than 48 points at first-year level unless MASTER’S PRELIMINARY COURSES, GRADUATE CERTIFICATES in exceptional circumstances a student is permitted by the AND GRADUATE DIPLOMAS Executive Dean to include a further 12 points at that level, in which case a candidate shall be required to complete units to Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean a total value of 140 points chosen from those listed in 24. The Executive Dean may, after consulting the head of any Regulation 39. The course shall also include third-year units department concerned, act on behalf of and with the powers to a total value of 48 points. of the Faculty in dealing with matters arising under General (2) Units must be taken in accordance with the restrictions Regulations 33(1)(a), 34 to 36 and 40. set out in Regulations 44 and 45. Major Sequence 1 Master’s Degrees in External Mode 1 25. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of Restrictions apply to the number of points a student is permitted to the head of the department or school concerned, permit a take in any one discipline. Refer to Regulations 44 and 45 for details of candidate for the degree of Master of Arts, Master of these restrictions. Any queries should be directed to the Senior Architecture, Master of Landscape Architecture or Master of Administrative Officer on 9380 2079. Music Education, who by virtue of living outside the Perth 31. The course selected shall include at least one of the major metropolitan area, is unable to complete the requirements for sequences listed in the Faculty of Arts Handbook under the degree as an internal candidate to complete the ‘Summary of Major Sequences within Departments’, each of requirements as an external candidate on the following which shall include units to the value of 12 points at first-year conditions: level, 16 points at second-year level and 16 points at third- (a)(i) that a candidate for the degree of Master of Arts, year level. A student who has been permitted to enrol in the Master of Architecture or Master of Landscape Architecture second-year unit of a major sequence under sub-regulation works within the University with the appropriate department 38(2) may count the qualifying first-year unit or units as the for at least 21 days annually during semester time; first level of the major sequence. (ii) that a candidate for the degree of Master of Music Education spends a minimum of two four-week periods First Year (normally in the Christmas vacation) at the University for the 32. To complete the first year of the course, a student must be purpose of intensive supervision; credited with 48 points at first-year level. (b) that appropriate internal and external supervision is arranged and approved by the Faculty; Split First/Second Year (c) that the candidate satisfies the Faculty in regard to 33.(1) A student who has completed and been credited with at having adequate access to research materials. least 24 points at first-year level may enrol for a split year; that is the student may enrol for the number of units required to complete the first year of the course and, in addition, for Late Withdrawal from all Master’s Coursework second-year units as appropriate. Degrees, Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas (2) A student who, when enrolled for a split year, fails to 26. A student enrolled in any year of a master’s degree by pass all the units required to complete the first year of the coursework or of a graduate certificate or graduate course may not enrol again for a split year without the special diploma who, after the first day of the week following the permission of the Executive Dean. mid-point of instruction in a unit, withdraws from that unit shall be declared to have failed unless the Executive Second Year Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances 34. To complete the second year of the course, unless the to justify late withdrawal. Executive Dean permits a variation under the provisions of Regulations 30 and/or 31, a student must pass and be Late Withdrawal from all Master’s Preliminary Courses credited with 48 points at second-year level. 27. A student enrolled in a master’s preliminary course who Third Year withdraws more than halfway through the prescribed course 35. To complete the third year of the course, unless the shall be declared to have failed the course unless the Executive Dean permits a variation under the provisions of Executive Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional Regulations 30 and/or 31, a student must pass and be circumstances to justify late withdrawal. credited with 48 points at third-year level. Cross-disciplinary Area of Study DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (1011) 35A.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the course selected may 28. The degree of Bachelor of Arts shall be conferred either as include one of the cross-disciplinary areas of study listed in a pass degree or as a degree with honours. the Faculty of Arts Handbook, each of which shall comprise: (a) a minimum of 48 points at second- or third-year THE PASS DEGREE levels chosen from those listed in the ‘Cross-disciplinary Areas of Study’ section in the Faculty of Arts Handbook; Time Limit and 29. (1) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, a (b) at least two units in each of at least two different student shall complete the requirements for the degree of disciplines. Bachelor of Arts within 12 years from the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited towards the degree. (2) Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) or Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) or a (2) Where a graduate is permitted to credit a unit or units combined course including the Bachelor of Arts are not from a previous degree, the credit will date from the year of permitted to include a cross-disciplinary area of study in their first enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of degree. Arts.
D32—April/May 2000 Statutes
(3) A cross-disciplinary area of study may comprise units 400.106 Economic History 106 (6 points) which may overlap with a major sequence. 400.107 Economic History 107 (6 points) 040.101 English 101 (6 points) Normal Loads 040.102 English 102 (6 points) 36.(1) Normally a full-time student will be required to enrol 040.104 English 104 (6 points) in units to a total value of 48 points in any one year. 040.105 English 105 (6 points) (2) Normally a student enrolled in units to a total value of 040.106 English 106 (6 points) less than 36 points will be classified as a part-time student. 020.101 European Studies 101 (6 points) 020.102 European Studies 102 (6 points) Overloads 170.103 Fine Arts 103 (6 points) 37. The Executive Dean may in special circumstances permit a 170.104 Fine Arts 104 (6 points) student to enrol for a unit or units over and above the normal 170.105 Fine Arts 105 (6 points) full-time load as defined in Regulation 36(1). 170.106 Fine Arts 106 (6 points) 050.101 French 101 (6 points) Prerequisites 050.102 French 102 (6 points) 38.(1) A student shall not be permitted to proceed to a higher 050.103 French 103 (6 points) level in any subject unless units in that subject at the 050.104 French 104 (6 points) appropriate lower level, totalling 12 points in the case of first- 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) year units or 16 points in the case of second-year units, have 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) been passed and credited within the previous seven years or Geology—see Regulation 41(1) such longer period of time as may be approved by the 070.101 German 101 (6 points) Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 070.102 German 102 (6 points) course adviser of the department concerned. 070.103 German 103 (6 points) (2) A student may, with the approval of the course adviser 070.104 German 104 (6 points) and the head of the department concerned, enrol in any of the 032.152 Greek 152 (6 points) second- or third-year units listed in the Faculty of Arts 090.111 History 111 (6 points) Handbook under ‘Summary of Major Sequences within 090.112 History 112 (6 points) Departments’ after completing the unit or units listed under 090.121 History 121 (6 points) ‘Special Prerequisites for Arts Units’ as the acceptable pre- 090.122 History 122 (6 points) requisite for such second- or third-year units. 090.151 History 151 (6 points) 090.152 History 152 (6 points) (3) A student may, with the approval of the Executive 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the course 081.101 Indonesian 101 (6 points) adviser and the head of the department concerned— 081.102 Indonesian 102 (6 points) (a) enrol in one third-year unit without having completed 081.103 Indonesian 103 (6 points) a normal or acceptable prerequisite provided that the student 081.104 Indonesian 104 (6 points) has passed and been credited with, within the previous seven 299.101 Industrial Relations 101 (6 points) years, a unit or units totalling at least eight points at second- 299.102 Industrial Relations 102 (6 points) year level in the subject concerned; 299.103 Industrial Relations 103 (6 points) 033.151 Introduction to the Classical Languages 151 (b) in exceptional circumstances enrol in a second-year or (6 points) third-year unit or units without having completed a normal 110.101 Italian 101 (6 points) or acceptable prerequisite. 110.102 Italian 102 (6 points) 110.103 Italian 103 (6 points) Course Content 110.104 Italian 104 (6 points) 39. The units available within the BA degree course shall be 083.101 Japanese 101 (6 points) as follows: 1, 2 083.102 Japanese 102 (6 points)
1 083.103 Japanese 103 (6 points) Not all units are available every year. See under the appropriate 083.104 Japanese 104 (6 points) department in the ‘Details of Units’ section in the Faculty of Arts 083.130 Japanese Studies 130 (6 points) Handbook. 031.152 Latin 152 (6 points) 2 The content of some units overlaps with that of units taught in 151.101 Linguistics 101 (6 points) previous years under different unit code numbers. A student may 151.102 Linguistics 102 (6 points) not credit two units which overlap in this way. See the Unit Incompatibility Table under ‘Summary of Major Sequences within 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) Departments’ in the Faculty of Arts Handbook for guidance, and if in 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) doubt, consult the course adviser of the department concerned. 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points) (1) First-year Units 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) 090.100 Aboriginal History 100 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 030.101 Ancient History 101 (6 points) 190.100 Music 100 (12 points) 030.102 Ancient History 102 (6 points) 190.101 Music 101 (8 points) 030.103 Ancient History 103 (6 points) 190.110 Music 110 (12 points) 030.111 Ancient History 111 (6 points) 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) 030.112 Ancient History 112 (6 points) 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) 130.125 Philosophy 125 (6 points) 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) Physics—see Regulation 41(1) 160.101 Archaeology 101 (6 points) 100.101 Political Science 101 (6 points) 160.102 Archaeology 102 (6 points) 100.102 Political Science 102 (6 points) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 100.103 Political Science 103 (6 points) 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 185.100 Australian Studies 100 (6 points) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Biology—see Regulation 41(1) 040.103 Theatre Studies 103 (6 points) Chemistry—see Regulation 41(1) 180.102 Women’s Studies 102 (6 points) 082.101 Chinese 101 (6 points) 082.102 Chinese 102 (6 points) (2) Second-year Units 082.103 Chinese 103 (6 points) * The University of Western Australia designation for a Murdoch 082.104 Chinese 104 (6 points) University unit. 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer 1 Science 123 (6 points) This unit has a counterpart at third-year level. See Regulation 40. 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) 530.220 2A1: Networks and Optimisation (4 points) 400.101 Economics 101 (6 points) 530.222 2A2: Mathematics in the Real World 400.102 Economics 102 (6 points) (4 points)
D33—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
530.270 2ASM1: Applied Statistical Modelling 1 409.233 Economics 233 (8 points) (4 points) 409.234 Economics 234 (8 points) 530.271 2ASM2: Applied Statistical Modelling 2 040.204 English 204 1 (8 points) (4 points) 040.205 English 205 1 (8 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 040.208 English 208 1 (8 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 040.213 English 213 1 (8 points) 530.231 2CA1: Concepts in Analysis (4 points) 040.215 English 215 1 (8 points) 530.232 2GA2: Geometry and Algebra with 040.216 English 216 1 (8 points) Applications to Computer Science 040.217 English 217 1 (8 points) (4 points) 040.223 English 223 1 (8 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 040.232 English 232 1 (8 points) 530.273 2MA1: Matrix Algebra 1 (4 points) 040.233 English 233 1 (8 points) 530.277 2MA2: Matrix Algebra 2 (4 points) 040.234 English 234 1 (8 points) 530.275 2MC: Multivariable Calculus (4 points) 040.236 English 236 1 (8 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 040.237 English 237 1 (8 points) 530.261 2S1: Probability (4 points) 040.243 English 243 1 (8 points) 530.262 2S2: Statistical Inference (4 points) 040.244 English 244 1 (8 points) 030.201 Ancient History 201 1 (8 points) 040.245 English 245 1 (8 points) 030.202 Ancient History 202 1 (8 points) 040.247 English 247 1 (8 points) 030.203 Ancient History 203 1 (8 points) 040.248 English 248 1 (8 points) 030.204 Ancient History 204 1 (8 points) 040.262 English 262 1 (8 points) 030.212 Ancient History 212 1 (8 points) 040.273 English 273 1 (8 points) 030.222 Ancient History 222 1 (8 points) 040.289 English 289 1 (8 points) 030.230 Ancient History 230 1 (8 points) 040.290 English 290 1 (8 points) 030.231 Ancient History 231 1 (8 points) 040.291 English 291 1 (8 points) 030.232 Ancient History 232 1 (8 points) 040.292 English 292 1 (8 points) 030.281 Ancient History 281 1 (8 points) 040.294 English 294 1 (8 points) 030.291 Ancient History 291 1 (8 points) 020.201 European Studies 201 1 (8 points) 030.292 Ancient History 292 1 (8 points) 020.202 European Studies 202 1 (8 points) 150.203 Anthropology 203 1 (8 points) 020.203 European Studies 203 1 (8 points) 150.204 Anthropology 204 1 (8 points) 020.204 European Studies 204 1 (8 points) 150.206 Anthropology 206 1 (8 points) 020.205 European Studies 205 1 (8 points) 150.207 Anthropology 207 1 (8 points) 020.206 European Studies 206 1 (8 points) 150.208 Anthropology 208 1 (8 points) 170.202 Fine Arts 202 1 (8 points) 150.209 Anthropology 209 1 (8 points) 170.203 Fine Arts 203 1 (8 points) 150.210 Anthropology 210 1 (8 points) 170.204 Fine Arts 204 1 (8 points) 150.211 Anthropology 211 1 (8 points) 170.207 Fine Arts 207 1 (8 points) 150.213 Anthropology 213 1 (8 points) 170.208 Fine Arts 208 1 (8 points) 150.214 Anthropology 214 1 (8 points) 170.209 Fine Arts 209 1 (8 points) 150.215 Anthropology 215 1 (8 points) 170.210 Fine Arts 210 1 (8 points) 150.216 Anthropology 216 1 (8 points) 170.215 Fine Arts 215 1 (8 points) 150.217 Anthropology 217 1 (8 points) 170.216 Fine Arts 216 1 (8 points) 150.218 Anthropology 218 1 (8 points) 170.220 Fine Arts 220 1 (8 points) 150.219 Anthropology 219 1 (8 points) 170.225 Fine Arts 225 1 (8 points) 150.220 Anthropology 220 1 (8 points) 170.227 Fine Arts 227 1 (8 points) 1 150.222 Anthropology 222 (8 points) 170.228 Fine Arts 228 1 (8 points) 150.223 Anthropology 223 1 (8 points) 170.229 Fine Arts 229 1 (8 points) 1 150.224 Anthropology 224 (8 points) 170.234 Fine Arts 234 1 (8 points) 1 150.225 Anthropology 225 (8 points) 170.235 Fine Arts 235 1 (8 points) 1 160.212 Archaeology 212 (8 points) 170.237 Fine Arts 237 1 (8 points) 1 160.213 Archaeology 213 (8 points) 170.238 Fine Arts 238 1 (8 points) 1 160.215 Archaeology 215 (8 points) 170.241 Fine Arts 241 1 (8 points) 1 160.217 Archaeology 217 (8 points) 170.242 Fine Arts 242 1 (8 points) 1 160.222 Archaeology 222 (8 points) 050.203 French 203 1 (8 points) 1 160.225 Archaeology 225 (8 points) 050.204 French 204 1 (8 points) 1 160.227 Archaeology 227 (8 points) 050.205 French 205 1 (8 points) 1 160.232 Archaeology 232 (8 points) 050.206 French 206 1 (8 points) 1 160.242 Archaeology 242 (8 points) 060.201 Geography 201 (8 points) 1 160.252 Archaeology 252 (8 points) 060.202 Geography 202 (8 points) 1 160.262 Archaeology 262 (8 points) 060.206 Geography 206 (8 points) 1 160.270 Archaeology 270 (8 points) 060.208 Geography 208 * (8 points) 1 080.203 Asian Studies 203 (8 points) 060.217 Geography 217 (8 points) 1 080.204 Asian Studies 204 (8 points) 060.218 Geography 218 (8 points) 1 080.205 Asian Studies 205 (8 points) 060.219 Geography 219 (8 points) 1 080.206 Asian Studies 206 (8 points) 060.226 Geography 226 1 (4 points) 1 080.207 Asian Studies 207 (8 points) Geology—see Regulation 41(1) 1 080.208 Asian Studies 208 (8 points) 070.203 German 203 (8 points) 1 080.209 Asian Studies 209 (8 points) 070.204 German 204 (8 points) 1 080.215 Asian Studies 215 (8 points) 070.205 German 205 (8 points) 185.200 Australian Studies 200 (8 points) 070.206 German 206 (8 points) Biology—see Regulation 41(1) 070.212 German 212 (8 points) Chemistry—see Regulation 41(1) 070.280 German Studies 280 1 (8 points) 082.203 Chinese 203 (8 points) 070.281 German Studies 281 1 (8 points) 082.204 Chinese 204 (8 points) 032.201 Greek 201 (8 points) 082.205 Chinese 205 (8 points) 032.202 Greek 202 (8 points) 082.206 Chinese 206 (8 points) 030.282 Hellenistic and Roman Theatre 282 082.212 Chinese Studies 212 (8 points) (8 points) 409.264 Contemporary Japanese Economy 264 090.204 History 204 1 (8 points) (8 points) 090.205 History 205 1 (8 points) 181.201 Criminal Justice Policy and Criminology 1 1 090.206 History 206 (8 points) in Australia 201 (8 points) 090.207 History 207 1 (8 points) 400.203 Economics 203 (8 points)
D34—April/May 2000 Statutes
090.208 History 208 1 (8 points) 151.201 Linguistics 201 (8 points) 090.209 History 209 1 (8 points) 151.202 Linguistics 202 (8 points) 090.211 History 211 1 (8 points) 151.203 Linguistics 203 1 (8 points) 090.215 History 215 1 (8 points) 151.204 Linguistics 204 1 (8 points) 090.217 History 217 1 (8 points) 151.230 Linguistics 230 (8 points) 090.219 History 219 1 (8 points) 190.202 Music 202 1 (8 points) 090.223 History 223 1 (8 points) 190.203 Music 203 1 (8 points) 090.227 History 227 1 (8 points) 190.211 Music 211 1 (8 points) 090.228 History 228 1 (8 points) 190.212 Music 212 1 (8 points) 090.229 History 229 1 (8 points) 130.201 Philosophy 201 1 (8 points) 090.231 History 231 1 (8 points) 130.202 Philosophy 202 1 (8 points) 090.233 History 233 1 (8 points) 130.203 Philosophy 203 (8 points) 090.235 History 235 1 (8 points) 130.205 Philosophy 205 1 (8 points) 090.237 History 237 1 (8 points) 130.206 Philosophy 206 1 (8 points) 090.238 History 238 1 (8 points) 130.207 Philosophy 207 1 (8 points) 090.243 History 243 1 (8 points) 130.208 Philosophy 208 1 (8 points) 090.247 History 247 1 (8 points) 130.211 Philosophy 211 1 (8 points) 090.249 History 249 1 (8 points) 130.225 Philosophy 225 1 (8 points) 090.250 History 250 1 (8 points) 130.230 Philosophy 230 1 (8 points) 090.251 History 251 1 (8 points) 130.231 Philosophy 231 1 (8 points) 090.252 History 252 1 (8 points) 130.237 Philosophy 237 1 (8 points) 090.253 History 253 1 (8 points) 130.240 Philosophy 240 1 (8 points) 090.254 History 254 1 (8 points) 130.265 Philosophy 265 1 (8 points) 090.255 History 255 1 (8 points) 130.270 Philosophy 270 1 (8 points) 090.257 History 257 1 (8 points) 130.275 Philosophy 275 1 (8 points) 090.258 History 258 1 (8 points) 130.290 Philosophy 290 1 (8 points) 090.259 History 259 1 (8 points) Physics—see Regulation 41(1) 090.260 History 260 1 (8 points) 100.201 Political Science 201 1 (8 points) 090.262 History 262 1 (8 points) 100.203 Political Science 203 1 (8 points) 090.263 History 263 1 (8 points) 100.205 Political Science 205 1 (8 points) 090.264 History 264 1 (8 points) 100.208 Political Science 208 1 (8 points) 090.266 History 266 1 (8 points) 100.210 Political Science 210 1 (8 points) 090.269 History 269 1 (8 points) 100.211 Political Science 211 1 (8 points) 090.270 History 270 1 (8 points) 100.213 Political Science 213 1 (8 points) 090.271 History 271 1 (8 points) 100.214 Political Science 214 1 (8 points) 090.273 History 273 1 (8 points) 100.215 Political Science 215 1 (8 points) 090.275 History 275 1 (8 points) 100.216 Political Science 216 1 (8 points) 090.277 History 277 1 (8 points) 100.217 Political Science 217 1 (8 points) 090.279 History 279 1 (8 points) 100.219 Political Science 219 1 (8 points) 090.285 History 285 1 (8 points) 100.220 Political Science 220 1 (8 points) 090.290 History 290 1 (8 points) 100.221 Political Science 221 1 (8 points) 090.291 History 291 1 (8 points) 100.222 Political Science 222 1 (8 points) 090.292 History 292 1 (8 points) 100.223 Political Science 223 1 (8 points) 090.293 History 293 1 (8 points) 100.224 Political Science 224 1 (8 points) 090.294 History 294 1 (8 points) 100.225 Political Science 225 1 (8 points) 081.203 Indonesian 203 (8 points) 100.227 Political Science 227 1 (8 points) 081.204 Indonesian 204 (8 points) 100.228 Political Science 228 1 (8 points) 081.205 Indonesian 205 (8 points) 181.280 Professional Writing 280 (8 points) 081.206 Indonesian 206 (8 points) 140.201 Psychology 201 (8 points) 1 080.210 Indonesian Studies 210 (8 points) 140.202 Psychology 202 (8 points) 290.201 Industrial Relations 201 (8 points) 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) 290.202 Industrial Relations 202 (8 points) 040.206 Theatre Studies 206 1 (8 points) 290.203 Industrial Relations 203 (8 points) 040.235 Theatre Studies 235 1 (8 points) 290.212 Industrial Relations 212 1 (8 points) 040.254 Theatre Studies 254 1 (8 points) 290.214 Industrial Relations 214 1 (8 points) 040.256 Theatre Studies 256 1 (8 points) 290.216 Industrial Relations 216 1 (8 points) 180.200 Women’s Studies 200 1 (8 points) 290.218 Industrial Relations 218 1 (8 points) 180.201 Women’s Studies 201 1 (8 points) 290.220 Industrial Relations 220 1 (8 points) 180.202 Women’s Studies 202 1 (8 points) 290.222 Industrial Relations 222 1 (8 points) 180.203 Women’s Studies 203 1 (8 points) 290.224 Industrial Relations 224 1 (8 points) 180.204 Women’s Studies 204 1 (8 points) 290.226 Industrial Relations 226 1 (8 points) 290.228 Industrial Relations 228 1 (8 points) (3) Third-year Units 290.234 Industrial Relations 234 1 (8 points)
185.212 Interdisciplinary Studies 212 1 (8 points) * The University of Western Australia designation for a Murdoch 110.203 Italian 203 1 (8 points) University unit. 1 110.204 Italian 204 1 (8 points) This unit has a counterpart at second-year level. See Regulation 40. 110.205 Italian 205 1 (8 points) 3 Students taking a single major in Psychology shall take any four 110.206 Italian 206 1 (8 points) third-year units excluding Psychology 302 while those taking a 110.221 Italian 221 (8 points) double major in Psychology shall complete all third-year psychology 110.230 Italian 230 1 (8 points) units. 110.233 Italian 233 1 (8 points) 083.203 Japanese 203 (8 points) 530.321 3A1: Operations Research and Optimisation (6 points) 083.204 Japanese 204 (8 points) 530.322 3A2: Numerical Analysis and Scientific 083.205 Japanese 205 (8 points) Computing (6 points) 083.206 Japanese 206 (8 points) 530.324 3A4: Control Theory (6 points) 409.262 Japanese Economic History 262 (8 points) 1 530.325 3A5: Continuum Mechanics and Industrial 080.213 Japanese Studies 213 (8 points) Modelling (6 points) 080.214 Japanese Studies 214 1 (8 points) 1 530.326 3A6: Geophysical Continuum Mechanics 083.237 Japanese Studies 237 (8 points) (6 points) 031.201 Latin 201 (8 points) 530.327 3A7: Chaos and Dynamical Systems 031.202 Latin 202 (8 points) (6 points)
D35—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
530.329 3A9: Applied Mathematics (6 points) 082.308 Chinese 308 (8 points) 530.332 3P2: Manifolds (6 points) 082.309 Chinese 309 (24 points) 530.333 3P3: Linear Analysis (6 points) 082.310 Chinese 310 (24 points) 530.335 3P5: Groups and Symmetry (6 points) 080.311 Chinese Studies 311 (8 points) 530.337 3P7: Rings and Number Theory (6 points) 080.312 Chinese Studies 312 (8 points) 530.339 3P9: Advanced Topics in Pure Mathematics 181.301 Criminal Justice Policy and Criminology (6 points) in Australia 301 (8 points) 530.361 3S1: Probability Theory (6 points) 040.304 English 304 1 (8 points) 530.362 3S2: Generalised Linear Models and 040.305 English 305 1 (8 points) Discrete Data (6 points) 040.308 English 308 1 (8 points) 530.363 3S3: Sample Surveys and the Design of 040.313 English 313 1 (8 points) Experiments (6 points) 040.315 English 315 1 (8 points) 530.364 3S4: Applied Probability (6 points) 040.316 English 316 1 (8 points) 530.365 3S5: Industrial Statistics and Total 040.317 English 317 1 (8 points) Quality Management (6 points) 040.323 English 323 1 (8 points) 530.366 3S6: Applied Statistical Methods (6 points) 040.332 English 332 1 (8 points) 530.367 3S7: Multivariate Methods and Time Series 040.333 English 333 1 (8 points) (6 points) 040.334 English 334 1 (8 points) 530.369 3S9: Advanced Topics in Mathematical 040.336 English 336 1 (8 points) Statistics (6 points) 040.337 English 337 1 (8 points) 530.360 3S10: Stochastic Processes with Applications 040.343 English 343 1 (8 points) (6 points) 040.344 English 344 1 (8 points) 530.341 3M1: Mathematical Methods (6 points) 040.345 English 345 1 (8 points) 530.342 3M2: Complex Variable Methods (6 points) 040.347 English 347 1 (8 points) 530.343 3M3: History of Mathematics (6 points) 1 1 040.348 English 348 (8 points) 030.301 Ancient History 301 (8 points) 1 1 040.362 English 362 (8 points) 030.302 Ancient History 302 (8 points) 1 1 040.373 English 373 (8 points) 030.303 Ancient History 303 (8 points) 1 ( 1 040.389 English 389 8 points) 030.304 Ancient History 304 (8 points) 040.390 English 390 1 (8 points) 1 030.312 Ancient History 312 (8 points) 040.391 English 391 1 (8 points) 1 030.322 Ancient History 322 (8 points) 040.392 English 392 1 (8 points) 1 030.330 Ancient History 330 (8 points) 1 1 040.394 English 394 (8 points) 030.331 Ancient History 331 (8 points) 020.301 European Studies 301 1 (8 points) 1 030.332 Ancient History 332 (8 points) 1 1 020.302 European Studies 302 (8 points) 030.381 Ancient History 381 (8 points) 020.303 European Studies 303 1 (8 points) 1 030.391 Ancient History 391 (8 points) 020.304 European Studies 304 1 (8 points) 1 030.392 Ancient History 392 (8 points) 020.305 European Studies 305 1 (8 points) 1 150.303 Anthropology 303 (8 points) 020.306 European Studies 306 1 (8 points) 1 150.304 Anthropology 304 (8 points) 170.302 Fine Arts 302 1 (8 points) 1 150.306 Anthropology 306 (8 points) 170.303 Fine Arts 303 1 (8 points) 1 150.307 Anthropology 307 (8 points) 170.304 Fine Arts 304 1 (8 points) 1 150.308 Anthropology 308 (8 points) 170.307 Fine Arts 307 1 (8 points) 1 150.309 Anthropology 309 (8 points) 170.308 Fine Arts 308 1 (8 points) 150.310 Anthropology 310 1 (8 points) 170.309 Fine Arts 309 1 (8 points) 150.311 Anthropology 311 1 (8 points) 170.310 Fine Arts 310 1 (8 points) 1 150.313 Anthropology 313 (8 points) 1 1 170.315 Fine Arts 315 (8 points) 150.314 Anthropology 314 (8 points) 1 1 170.316 Fine Arts 316 (8 points) 150.315 Anthropology 315 (8 points) 1 1 170.320 Fine Arts 320 (8 points) 150.316 Anthropology 316 (8 points) 170.325 Fine Arts 325 1 (8 points) 1 150.317 Anthropology 317 (8 points) 1 1 170.327 Fine Arts 327 (8 points) 150.318 Anthropology 318 (8 points) 1 1 170.328 Fine Arts 328 (8 points) 150.319 Anthropology 319 (8 points) 1 1 170.329 Fine Arts 329 (8 points) 150.320 Anthropology 320 (8 points) 1 1 170.334 Fine Arts 334 (8 points) 150.322 Anthropology 322 (8 points) 1 1 170.335 Fine Arts 335 (8 points) 150.323 Anthropology 323 (8 points) 170.337 Fine Arts 337 1 (8 points) 1 150.324 Anthropology 324 (8 points) 170.338 Fine Arts 338 1 (8 points) 1 150.325 Anthropology 325 (8 points) 1 1 170.341 Fine Arts 341 (8 points) 160.312 Archaeology 312 (8 points) 1 1 170.342 Fine Arts 342 (8 points) 160.313 Archaeology 313 (8 points) 050.305 French 305 (8 points) 160.315 Archaeology 315 1 (8 points) 1 050.306 French 306 (8 points) 160.317 Archaeology 317 (8 points) 050.307 French 307 (8 points) 160.322 Archaeology 322 1 (8 points) 1 050.308 French 308 (8 points) 160.325 Archaeology 325 (8 points) 050.311 French 311 (8 points) 160.327 Archaeology 327 1 (8 points) 1 050.312 French 312 (8 points) 160.332 Archaeology 332 (8 points) 060.304 Geography 304 (12 points) 160.342 Archaeology 342 1 (8 points) 1 060.307 Geography 307 * (8 points) 160.352 Archaeology 352 (8 points) 060.311 Geography 311 (12 points) 160.362 Archaeology 362 1 (8 points) 1 060.319 Geography 319 (12 points) 160.370 Archaeology 370 (8 points) 060.321 Geography 321 (8 points) 080.303 Asian Studies 303 1 (8 points) 1 060.322 Geography 322 (6 points) 080.304 Asian Studies 304 (8 points) 060.323 Geography 323 (6 points) 080.305 Asian Studies 305 1 (8 points) 1 060.324 Geography 324 (8 points) 080.306 Asian Studies 306 (8 points) 060.325 Geography 325 (8 points) 080.307 Asian Studies 307 1 (8 points) 060.326 Geography 326 1 (4 points) 080.308 Asian Studies 308 1 (8 points) Geology—see Regulation 41(1) 080.309 Asian Studies 309 1 (8 points) 070.305 German 305 (8 points) 080.315 Asian Studies 315 1 (8 points) 070.306 German 306 (8 points) 185.300 Australian Studies 300 (8 points) 070.307 German 307 (8 points) Biology—see Regulation 41(1) 070.308 German 308 (8 points) 082.305 Chinese 305 (8 points) 082.306 Chinese 306 (8 points) 070.309 German 309 (8 points) 070.313 German 313 (8 points) 082.307 Chinese 307 (8 points)
D36—April/May 2000 Statutes
070.380 German Studies 380 1 (8 points) 083.306 Japanese 306 (8 points) 070.381 German Studies 381 1 (8 points) 083.307 Japanese 307 (8 points) 032.301 Greek 301 (8 points) 083.308 Japanese 308 (8 points) 032.302 Greek 302 (8 points) 083.309 Japanese 309 (24 points) 030.382 Hellenistic and Roman Theatre 382 083.310 Japanese 310 (24 points) (8 points) 083.350 Japanese 350 1 (8 points) 090.304 History 304 1 (8 points) 083.313 Japanese Studies 313 1 (8 points) 090.305 History 305 1 (8 points) 083.314 Japanese Studies 314 1 (8 points) 090.306 History 306 1 (8 points) 083.337 Japanese Studies 337 1 (8 points) 090.307 History 307 1 (8 points) 031.301 Latin 301 (8 points) 090.308 History 308 1 (8 points) 031.302 Latin 302 (8 points) 090.309 History 309 1 (8 points) 151.301 Linguistics 301 (8 points) 090.311 History 311 1 (8 points) 151.302 Linguistics 302 (8 points) 090.315 History 315 1 (8 points) 151.303 Linguistics 303 1 (8 points) 090.317 History 317 1 (8 points) 151.304 Linguistics 304 1 (8 points) 090.319 History 319 1 (8 points) 151.305 Linguistics 305 (8 points) 090.323 History 323 1 (8 points) 151.306 Linguistics 306 (8 points) 090.327 History 327 1 (8 points) 151.307 Linguistics 307 (8 points) 090.328 History 328 1 (8 points) 151.308 Linguistics 308 (8 points) 090.329 History 329 1 (8 points) 151.309 Linguistics 309 (8 points) 090.331 History 331 1 (8 points) 151.311 Linguistics 311 (8 points) 090.333 History 333 1 (8 points) 151.312 Linguistics 312 (8 points) 090.335 History 335 1 (8 points) 151.314 Linguistics 314 (8 points) 090.337 History 337 1 (8 points) 151.330 Linguistics 330 (8 points) 090.338 History 338 1 (8 points) 190.302 Music 302 (8 points) 090.343 History 343 1 (8 points) 190.303 Music 303 (8 points) 090.347 History 347 1 (8 points) 190.323 Music 323 (8 points) 090.349 History 349 1 (8 points) 190.324 Music 324 (8 points) 090.350 History 350 1 (8 points) 130.301 Philosophy 301 1 (8 points) 090.351 History 351 1 (8 points) 130.302 Philosophy 302 1 (8 points) 090.352 History 352 1 (8 points) 130.305 Philosophy 305 1 (8 points) 090.353 History 353 1 (8 points) 130.306 Philosophy 306 1 (8 points) 090.354 History 354 1 (8 points) 130.307 Philosophy 307 1 (8 points) 090.355 History 355 1 (8 points) 130.308 Philosophy 308 1 (8 points) 090.357 History 357 1 (8 points) 130.311 Philosophy 311 1 (8 points) 090.358 History 358 1 (8 points) 130.325 Philosophy 325 1 (8 points) 090.359 History 359 1 (8 points) 130.330 Philosophy 330 1 (8 points) 090.360 History 360 1 (8 points) 130.331 Philosophy 331 1 (8 points) 090.362 History 362 1 (8 points) 130.337 Philosophy 337 1 (8 points) 090.363 History 363 1 (8 points) 130.340 Philosophy 340 (8 points) 090.364 History 364 1 (8 points) 130.365 Philosophy 365 1 (8 points) 090.366 History 366 1 (8 points) 130.370 Philosophy 370 1 (8 points) 090.369 History 369 1 (8 points) 130.375 Philosophy 375 1 (8 points) 090.370 History 370 1 (8 points) 130.390 Philosophy 390 1 (8 points) 090.371 History 371 1 (8 points) Physics—see Regulation 41(1) 090.373 History 373 1 (8 points) 100.301 Political Science 301 1 (8 points) 090.375 History 375 1 (8 points) 100.303 Political Science 303 1 (8 points) 090.377 History 377 1 (8 points) 100.305 Political Science 305 1 (8 points) 090.379 History 379 1 (8 points) 100.308 Political Science 308 1 (8 points) 090.385 History 385 1 (8 points) 100.311 Political Science 311 1 (8 points) 090.390 History 390 1 (8 points) 100.313 Political Science 313 1 (8 points) 090.391 History 391 1 (8 points) 100.314 Political Science 314 1 (8 points) 090.392 History 392 1 (8 points) 100.315 Political Science 315 1 (8 points) 090.394 History 394 1 (8 points) 100.316 Political Science 316 1 (8 points) 081.305 Indonesian 305 (8 points) 100.317 Political Science 317 1 (8 points) 081.306 Indonesian 306 (8 points) 100.319 Political Science 319 1 (8 points) 081.307 Indonesian 307 (8 points) 100.320 Political Science 320 1 (8 points) 081.308 Indonesian 308 (8 points) 100.321 Political Science 321 1 (8 points) 081.309 Indonesian 309 (24 points) 100.322 Political Science 322 1 (8 points) 081.310 Indonesian 310 (24 points) 100.323 Political Science 323 1 (8 points) 080.310 Indonesian Studies 310 (8 points) 100.324 Political Science 324 1 (8 points) 290.312 Industrial Relations 312 1 (8 points) 100.325 Political Science 325 1 (8 points) 290.314 Industrial Relations 314 1 (8 points) 100.326 Political Science 326 1 (8 points) 290.316 Industrial Relations 316 1 (8 points) 100.327 Political Science 327 1 (8 points) 290.318 Industrial Relations 318 1 (8 points) 100.328 Political Science 328 1 (8 points) 290.320 Industrial Relations 320 1 (8 points) 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) 290.322 Industrial Relations 322 1 (8 points) 140.302 Psychology 302 (10 points) 290.324 Industrial Relations 324 1 (8 points) 140.310 Psychology 310 (10 points) 290.326 Industrial Relations 326 1 (8 points) 140.311 Psychology 311 (10 points) 290.328 Industrial Relations 328 1 (8 points) 140.312 Psychology 312 (4 points) 290.334 Industrial Relations 334 1 (8 points) 140.313 Psychology 313 (4 points) 185.312 Interdisciplinary Studies 312 1 (8 points) 140.314 Psychology 314 (4 points) 110.305 Italian 305 (8 points) 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) 110.306 Italian 306 (8 points) 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) 110.307 Italian 307 (8 points) 140.322 Psychology 322 (6 points) 110.308 Italian 308 (8 points) 140.323 Psychology 323 (6 points) 110.311 Italian 311 (8 points) 140.324 Psychology 324 (6 points) 110.312 Italian 312 (8 points) 140.325 Psychology 325 (6 points) 110.330 Italian 330 1 (8 points) 140.326 Psychology 326 (6 points) 110.333 Italian 333 1 (8 points) 040.306 Theatre Studies 306 1 (8 points) 083.305 Japanese 305 (8 points) 040.335 Theatre Studies 335 1 (8 points)
D37—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
040.354 Theatre Studies 354 1 (8 points) Restrictions 1 040.356 Theatre Studies 356 (8 points) 44. A student may undertake for credit in the first academic 180.300 Women’s Studies 300 1 (8 points) 1 year of the course, units totalling no more than 12 points in 180.301 Women’s Studies 301 (8 points) any subject for which a major sequence is offered. 180.302 Women’s Studies 302 1 (8 points) 180.303 Women’s Studies 303 1 (8 points) 45. (1) In each of the second and third academic years of the 180.304 Women’s Studies 304 (8 points) course a student shall not include units totalling more than 32 points in the same subject except with the approval of the (4) Second- and Third-year Economics Units Executive Dean, which will only be granted in exceptional Units up to 32 points in the second academic year and 32 circumstances. points in the third academic year chosen from those listed in (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 45(1), the ‘Details of Units’ section in the Faculty of Economics and students enrolled in a major sequence in Psychology may Commerce Handbook under Department of Economics, with include in the Bachelor of Arts degree, third-year psychology the exception of the following units: units to a total value of 48 points. Economics 233 (6 points) Economics 234 (6 points) Entry to the BA as a Second Degree 46. The Faculty may permit a person who has qualified for Second-/Third-year Units with Common Lecture and any degree of this or another recognised tertiary institution to Tutorial Programme proceed to the course for the degree of BA provided that— 40.(1) The Faculty may offer at second- and third-year level (1) the new course of study shall include units to a units which share a common lecture and tutorial programme, minimum total value of 72 points which did not form part and are designated as second- or third-year units according to of the course for any degree for which the candidate has the respective standards of achievement required in second- already qualified; and third-year units. (2) the new units shall be so chosen that— (2) A student who fails to meet the requirements of a third-year unit of the kind defined in sub-regulation (1) may (a) at least 56 points are of higher than first-year level not be awarded a pass at second-year level. including 24 points at third-year level; (b) they satisfy the requirements of a major sequence; (3) A student may not be credited with a unit of the kind defined in sub-regulation (1) above at both second- and third- (c) they shall include at least 12 points or more from each year level. of at least two different disciplines. Units from Other Faculties THE HONOURS DEGREE 41.(1) A student may include among the units required under Regulation 30 units in Biology, Chemistry, Geology and Admission Physics, provided that the choice of such units is, in the case 47. and 48. Rescinded. of a first-year student, approved by the Executive Dean, and, in the case of a second- or third-year student, approved by 49.(1) The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the head of the course adviser of the department concerned and the the department concerned, or in the case of a proposed joint Executive Dean. honours course the heads of the departments concerned, (2) A student who has completed the first year of the admit as an honours candidate an applicant who— course for the degree may be permitted by the Executive (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the course Bachelor of Arts at this University at a sufficiently high level adviser of the department concerned, to include among the or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; units required under Regulation 30 units to the value of 16 and points offered in another course in the Faculty of Arts or (b) has completed the prerequisite of the honours course offered by another faculty in the University. to which admission is sought. Special Units (2) To be eligible to be considered for admission to 42. In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may honours candidature under sub-regulation (1), an applicant permit a student to substitute for a unit a special unit must have completed the requirements of the qualifications equivalent in weight thereto, made up of elements of on the basis of which admission is sought, within the approved units in a department and identified by the previous seven years. appropriate departmental code followed by: 199 if at first-year level Course Requirements 299 if at second-year level 50.(1) A candidate shall— 399 if at third-year level either or (a) fulfil the requirements of one of the courses prescribed covering topics not usually taught by a department, for by the Faculty of Arts in ‘Details of Honours Degree Courses’ example a unit offered by a visiting academic, and identified in the Faculty of Arts Handbook; by the appropriate departmental code followed by: or 002 (b) fulfil the requirements of a course recommended by 003 and so on. the head of the department concerned, or in the case of a joint Units from an Approved Institution honours course the heads of departments concerned, and approved by Faculty. 43.(1) A student may be permitted by the Executive Dean to enrol in approved units at an approved institution as part of (2) The Faculty may approve joint honours courses the degree course, and shall be granted appropriate credit on arranged by two or more departments. successful completion of the units. 51. Rescinded. (2) In accordance with the provisions of General Regu- lation 10(2), the Faculty may accept as fulfilling part of the Time Limit final year’s requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, 52. A candidate will be required to undertake a course of at work completed at an approved institution or in an approved least one year of full-time study or its equivalent of part-time programme listed under ‘Approved Institutions/Pro- study but may, with the special approval of the Executive Dean grammes for Completion of Final-year Requirements for the and having regard to the recommendation of the head of the Bachelor of Arts degree’ at the end of the section ‘Summary of department concerned, be permitted to extend the course over Major Sequences within Departments’ in the Faculty of Arts two years of full-time study or over three years of part-time Handbook. study.
D38—April/May 2000 Statutes
Assessment (c) first-year units totalling 12 points in an Arts discipline 1 Examinations complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed 53. A candidate will be required to take a final examination at in Arts Regulation 39; the end of the honours course. 1 Anthropology, Archaeology, Economics, English, Geography, Dissertation History, Industrial Relations or Political Science. 54.(1) Unless the Executive Dean, in recognition of excep- and tional circumstances permits otherwise, if a dissertation is (d) any other first-year unit or units totalling 12 points required of a candidate, it must be in the hands of the chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39. examiners by a date specified by the department concerned which shall be— Second Year (a) for candidates admitted in first semester, the last day of (2)(a) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points the final week of instruction in second semester; chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; (b) for candidates admitted in second semester, the last day and of the final week of instruction in first semester of the (b) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian following year. language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese (2) A department shall for each thesis or dissertation units listed in Arts Regulation 39; appoint not more than two examiners who, following their and examination of the thesis, shall provide a written report to the (c) second-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts department. discipline 2 complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from Submission of Results those listed in Arts Regulation 39. 55.(1) The results of candidates completing their final honours 2 Anthropology, Archaeology, Economics, English, Geography, year must be available to the meeting of the Board of History, Industrial Relations or Political Science. Examiners in Arts held to consider the annual examination results, provided that— Third Year (a) where a candidate has been granted leave to sit for a (3) third-year units totalling 48 points chosen from: deferred examination or has been admitted as a full-time (a) at least one Asian Studies unit to the value of eight points; candidate under Regulation 49(1), the results of that and candidate must be available to the meeting of the Board of Examiners in Arts held to consider deferred examination (b) two of: results; and (i) 16 points in an Asian language chosen from the (b) where a candidate has been admitted in mid-year, the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Arts Regu- results of that candidate must be available at the August lation 39; and meeting of the Faculty Board. (ii) units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline 3 comple- (2) If the complete results of a candidate are not available mentary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed in to the appropriate meeting of the Board of Examiners in Arts Arts Regulation 39; and or the Faculty Board because the candidate has failed to submit the dissertation by the required date, the candidate 3 Anthropology, Archaeology, Economics, English, Geography, shall be declared not to have satisfied the requirements for History, Industrial Relations or Political Science. the completion of a degree with honours, unless special (iii) Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen from permission for deferment or suspension is granted by the those listed in Arts Regulation 39; Executive Dean. and (c) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) (1020) from paragraph (3)(b). (4) A student may substitute for units in paragraphs (2)(a) 56. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16(1)(a), and (3)(a), units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, 16(2)(a), 16(3)(b), 29, 33, 36, 37, 40, 43 shall apply to the degree Indonesia or Japan offered by the Department of Asian of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies). Studies or other departments and chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean Department of Asian Studies. 57. The Executive Dean may, after consulting as necessary (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation with the course advisor or head of any department 12(1)(b), a candidate may, with the approval of the Executive concerned, act on behalf of and with the powers of the Dean, substitute— Faculty in dealing with matters arising under Arts Regu- (a) for a first-, second- or third-year Asian language unit lations 13, 14 and 15 and General Regulations 10, 11, 13 and listed in Arts Regulation 39 an Asian language unit equiva- 14. lent in weight and scope taken at another recognised 58. The degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) shall be institution; conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. (b) for up to two Asian Studies units at second- or third- year level, other units on Asia offered by the Department of Course Structure Asian Studies and/or other departments as approved by the Head of the Department of Asian Studies. 59.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), to obtain the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies), a candidate shall Examinations take a course of study over at least three years and complete units totalling 144 points as follows: 60. Notwithstanding Arts Regulation 16, a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) shall not be First Year granted a conditional pass in Asian Studies units. (a) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) Entry to Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and as a Second Degree (b) first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian 61. The Faculty may permit a person who has qualified for language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese any degree of this or another recognised tertiary institution to units listed in Arts Regulation 39; proceed to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts and (Asian Studies) provided that—
D39—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(1) the new course of study shall include at least 72 points for deferment or suspension is granted by the Executive Dean. which did not form part of the course for any degree for which the candidate has already qualified; and DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (EUROPEAN STUDIES) (1021) (2) they include units totalling at least 60 points of higher than first-year level. 68.(1) Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16(1)(a), 16(2)(a), 16(3)(b), 29, 33, 36, 37, 40, 43 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Arts (European Studies). THE HONOURS DEGREE Admission Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean 62.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (2) The Executive Dean may, after consulting as necessary of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies, admit as an with the course adviser or head of any department concerned, honours candidate an applicant who— act on behalf of and with the powers of the Faculty in dealing with matters arising under Arts Regulations 13, 14 and 15 and (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of General Regulations 10, 11, 13 and 14. Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) at this University at a sufficiently high level or has been admitted to equivalent (3) The degree of Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) status under Statute No. 5; and shall be conferred as a pass degree. (b) has completed the prerequisite of the honours course to which admission is sought. Course Structure (4) To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Arts (European (2) To be eligible to be considered for admission to Studies) a candidate shall take a course of study over at least honours candidature under sub-regulation (1), an applicant three years and complete units totalling 144 points as follows: must have completed the requirements of the qualifications on the basis of which admission is sought, within the First Year previous seven years. (a) 020.101 European Studies 101 (6 points) 020.102 European Studies 102 (6 points) Course Requirements and 63.(1) A candidate shall— (b) first-year units totalling 12 points in one European either language chosen from the French, German, Greek, Italian or (a) fulfil the requirements of the course as prescribed by Latin units listed in Arts Regulation 39; the Faculty of Arts in ‘Details of Honours Degree Courses’ in the Faculty of Arts Handbook; and or (c) first-year units totalling 24 points chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39, at least 12 points of which must (b) fulfil the requirements of a course recommended by be in an Arts discipline complementary to European Studies the Head of the Department of Asian Studies, and approved as approved by the Head of the Department of European by the Faculty. Languages and Studies and which offers European Studies- related units in second and third year. Time Limit Second Year 64. A candidate will be required to undertake a course of at least one year of full-time study or its equivalent of part-time (a) second-year European Studies units totalling 16 points study but may be permitted to extend the course over two chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; years of full-time study or over three years of part-time study. and (b) second-year units totalling 16 points in one European Assessment language chosen from the French, German, Greek, Italian or Examinations Latin units listed in Arts Regulation 39; 65. A candidate will be required to take a final examination at (c) a second-year unit or units totalling 16 points in an the end of the honours course. Arts discipline complementary to European Studies as approved by the Head of the Department of European Dissertation Languages and Studies. 66.(l) The dissertation must be in the hands of the examiners Third Year by the first day of the annual examinations unless the candidate is due to complete in mid-year in which case the date shall be (a) third-year European Studies units totalling 16 points the last day of the teaching week of first semester. chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; (2) The Department of Asian Studies shall for each thesis and or dissertation appoint not more than two examiners who, (b) third-year units totalling 16 points in either: following their examination of the thesis, shall provide a (i) one European language chosen from the French, written report to the department. German, Greek, Italian or Latin units listed in Arts Regulation 39; or Submission of Results (ii) an Arts discipline complementary to European Studies 67.(1) The results of candidates completing their final honours as approved by the Head of the Department of European year must be available to the meeting of the Board of Examiners Languages and Studies; in Arts held to consider the annual examination results, and provided that— (c) third-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline (a) where a candidate has been granted leave to sit for a complementary to European Studies as approved by the Head deferred examination, the results of that candidate must be of the Department of European Languages and Studies and available to the meeting of the Board of Examiners in Arts which complete the requirements of a major sequence in the held to consider deferred examination results; and Faculty of Arts Handbook under ‘Summary of Major Sequences (b) where a full-time candidate has been admitted in mid- within Departments’. year, the results of that candidate must be available at the (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation August meeting of the Faculty Board. 12(1)(b), a candidate may, with the approval of the Executive (c) If the complete results of a candidate are not available Dean, substitute other suitable units for a European Studies to the appropriate meeting of the Board of Examiners in Arts unit. or the Faculty Board because the candidate has failed to submit the dissertation by the required date, the candidate shall be declared not to have satisfied the requirements for the completion of a degree with honours, unless special permission
D40—April/May 2000 Statutes
Examinations (b) where a full-time candidate has been admitted in mid- (5) Notwithstanding Arts Regulation 16, a candidate for year, the results of that candidate must be available at the the degree of Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) shall not be August meeting of the Faculty Board. granted a conditional pass in any European Studies unit. (2) If the complete results of a candidate are not available to the appropriate meeting of the Board of Examiners or the Entry to Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) Faculty Board because the candidate has failed to submit the as a Second Degree dissertation by the required date, the candidate shall be declared not to have satisfied the requirements for the (6) The Faculty of Arts may permit a person who has completion of a degree with honours, unless special permission qualified for any degree of this or another recognised tertiary for deferment or suspension is granted by the Executive Dean. institution to proceed to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) provided that— (a) the new course of study shall include at least 72 points DIPLOMA IN ARTS (1027) which did not form part of the course for any degree for 69. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 38(1) and which the candidate has already qualified; and the provisions of the General Regulations shall apply to the (b) they include units totalling at least 60 points of higher Diploma in Arts. than first-year level. Admission 69A.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Faculty THE HONOURS DEGREE may accept as a candidate for the Diploma in Arts an applicant Admission who is enrolled in any undergraduate degree of this University other than a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies), 68A.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recom- Bachelor of Arts (European Studies), Bachelor of Letters or a mendation of Head of the Department of European combined course. Languages and Studies, admit as an honours candidate an applicant who— (2) The Faculty may, in exceptional academic circum- stances, accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of who is enrolled in a combined course which does not include Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) at this University at a a course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. sufficiently high level or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and Course Structure (b) has completed the prerequisite of the honours course 69B. To qualify for the award of the diploma, a candidate to which admission is sought. shall satisfactorily complete, in addition to the requirements (2) To be eligible to be considered for admission to of the concurrent degree, the following units totalling 52 points: honours candidature under sub-regulation (1), an applicant must have completed the requirements of the qualifications First Year on the basis of which admission is sought, within the Units totalling 12 points at first-year level chosen from Arts previous seven years. Regulation 39, excluding Chinese, French, German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese, which satisfy the requirements for the first Course Requirements year of a major sequence in the BA. 68B. A candidate shall— Second Year either Units totalling 16 points at second-year level chosen from (a) fulfil the requirements of the course as prescribed by Arts Regulation 39, excluding Chinese, French, German, the Faculty of Arts in ‘Details of Honours Degree Courses' in Indonesian, Italian or Japanese, which satisfy the require- the Faculty of Arts Handbook. ments for the second year of a major sequence in the BA. or Third Year (b) fulfil the requirements of a course recommended by (a) Units totalling 16 points at third-year level chosen from the Head of the Department of European Languages and Arts Regulation 39, excluding Chinese, French, German, Studies, and approved by the Faculty. Indonesian, Italian or Japanese, which satisfy the require- ments for the third year of a major sequence in the BA; and Time Limit (b) a unit totalling eight points at either second- or third- 68C. A candidate shall undertake a course of at least one year year level chosen from Arts Regulation 39, excluding Chinese, of full-time study or its equivalent of part-time study but may French, German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese, which may be permitted to extend the course over two years of full-time be in a discipline other than the major sequence. study or over three years of part-time study. Time Limit Assessment 69C. The requirements for the diploma shall normally be Dissertation completed within four years from the date of first enrolment, 68D.(1) The dissertation must be in the hands of the but in exceptional circumstances candidates may be permitted examiners by the first day of the annual examinations unless by the Executive Dean to extend their candidature. the candidate is due to complete in mid-year in which case the date shall be the last day of the last teaching week of first semester. DIPLOMA IN MODERN LANGUAGES (1030) (2) The Department of European Languages and Studies 70. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 38(1) shall shall for each thesis or dissertation appoint not more than two apply to the Diploma in Modern Languages. examiners who, following their examination of the thesis, shall provide a written report to the school. Admission 70A.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Diploma Submission of Results in Modern Languages an applicant who is enrolled in any 68F.(1) The results of candidates completing their final honours undergraduate degree of this University other than a Bachelor year must be available to the meeting of the Board of of Arts, Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies), Bachelor of Arts Examiners held to consider the annual examination results, (European Studies), Bachelor of Letters or a combined course. provided that— (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-regulation (1), (a) where a candidate has been granted leave to sit for a the Faculty may, in exceptional academic circumstances, accept deferred examination, the results of that candidate must be as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who is enrolled in available to the meeting of the Board of Examiners held to consider deferred examination results; and
D41—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies), Bachelor Course Structure of Arts (European Studies), Bachelor of Letters or a combined 74. To qualify for the Graduate Certificate in Modern course. Languages, a candidate shall undertake a course of study as follows: Course Structure 71. To qualify for the award of the diploma, a candidate shall Level One satisfactorily complete, in addition to the requirements of the An intensive language course equivalent to a 12-point first- concurrent undergraduate degree, the following: year language unit chosen from Chinese, French, German, Indo-nesian, Italian or Japanese. First Year Level Two (1) Units totalling 12 points in Chinese, French, German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese language at first-year level An intensive language course equivalent to two second-year chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39. language units totalling 16 points chosen from Chinese, French, German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese. Second Year (2) Units totalling 16 points in Chinese, French, German, Time Limit Indonesian, Italian or Japanese at second-year level chosen 75.(a) A candidate for the Graduate Certificate in Modern from those listed in Arts Regulation 39. Languages shall complete the requirements for the course within three years from the date of first enrolment for the Third Year certificate. (3) Units to the value of 24 points which shall comprise (b) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, having either: regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies or the Head of the Department of European (a) language units totalling 16 points in Chinese, French, Languages and Studies, may grant a student an extension of German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese at third-year level time, not exceeding one year, to complete the requirements chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; for the certificate. and either (i) one second-year Asian Studies, Chinese Studies, European Studies, Indonesian Studies or Japanese Studies unit GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MODERN LANGUAGES (1039) totalling eight points chosen from those listed in Arts Admission Regulation 39; or 76. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the (ii) in the case of Japanese language students, Japanese Department of Asian Studies or the Head of the Department 350; of European Languages and Studies, may admit as a or candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Modern Languages (b) an intensive in-country third-year language unit totalling an applicant who— 24 points chosen from the Chinese, French, German, (a) has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of this University Indonesian, Italian or Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; 39. or Time Limit (b) has completed a three-year teaching qualification from a recognised tertiary institution or has been admitted to 72. The requirements for the diploma shall normally be equivalent status under Statute No. 5. completed within four years from the date of first enrolment, but in exceptional circumstances candidates may be permitted Course Structure by the Executive Dean to extend their candidature. 77. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Modern Languages, a candidate shall undertake a course of study as follows: DIPLOMA WITH HONOURS Level One 72A.(1) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- (1) An intensive language course equivalent to a 12-point mendation of the head of department concerned, may permit a first-year language unit chosen from Chinese, French, German, student who has completed the requirements for the diploma at Indonesian, Italian or Japanese. a sufficiently high level, to enrol in the course for the diploma Level Two with honours. (2) An intensive language course equivalent to second-year (2) The provisions of sub-regulation 49(2) shall apply to the language units totalling 16 points chosen from Chinese, French, diploma with honours. German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese. Time Limit Level Three 72B.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), students enrolled (3) Units to the value of 24 points which shall comprise in the course for the diploma with honours shall normally either: complete the requirements for the course within one year of full- (a) language units totalling 16 points in Chinese, French, time study or two years of part-time study. German, Indonesian, Italian or Japanese at third-year level (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; having regard to the recommendation of the head of the and either department concerned, may permit a student to extend the (i) one second-year Asian Studies, Chinese Studies, course over two years of full-time study or over three years of European Studies, Indonesian Studies or Japanese Studies unit part-time study. totalling eight points chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; or GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MODERN LANGUAGES (1029) (ii) in the case of Japanese language students, Japanese 350; Admission or 73. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the (b) an intensive in-country third-year language unit totalling Department of Asian Studies or the Head of the Department 24 points chosen from the Chinese, French, German, Indo- of European Languages and Studies, may admit as a candidate nesian, Italian or Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation 39. for the Graduate Certificate in Modern Languages an applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of this University or (4) A candidate who is admitted to the course after has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. completing the requirements of the Graduate Certificate in Modern Languages shall be credited with all the units completed in that certificate.
D42—April/May 2000 Statutes
Credit Commerce shall be as set out in Part B(2) following these 77A.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation regulations. of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies or the Head of the Department of European Languages and Studies, grant to a candidate credit for work completed in an equivalent COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF course at an approved tertiary institution. ARTS AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (2) Credit granted in terms of sub-regulation (1) above 81C. The regulations relating to the combined course for the shall not exceed 50 per cent of the total course requirements degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics shall of the Graduate Diploma in Modern Languages. be as set out in Part B(3) following these regulations.
Time Limit COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF 78.(a) A candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Modern ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE Languages shall complete the requirements for the course within four years from the beginning of the year in which the 81D. The regulations relating to the combined course for the first unit credited towards the diploma is passed. degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Commerce shall be as set out in Part B(4) following these regulations. (b) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies or the Head of the Department of European COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Languages and Studies, may grant a student an extension of ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING time, not exceeding one year, to complete the requirements (ENVIRONMENTAL) for the diploma. 82. The regulations relating to the combined course for the Surrender of Graduate Certificate degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (Environmental) and Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) shall be as set out in Part C 79. A holder of the Graduate Certificate in Modern Languages following these regulations. shall surrender the certificate before being awarded the related Graduate Diploma in Modern Languages. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS 82A. The regulations relating to the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education shall be 80.(1) Rescinded. as set out in Part D following these regulations.
(2)(a) The regulations relating to the combined course for COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws for ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE students selected in the standard admission category on the basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as 82B. The regulations relating to the combined course for the set out in Part A(1) following these regulations. degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts shall be as set (b) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission out in Part E following these regulations. category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws will be required to undertake a programme of studies based upon the degree DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LETTERS (1017) structure as set out in Part A(1). Each student’s programme Admission will be devised in consultation with the Sub-Dean of the 83. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. Bachelor of Letters an applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Arts of this University. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF LAWS COURSE REQUIREMENTS 81.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the Units at this University degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Laws for students selected in the standard admission 84. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Letters, a category on the basis of TEE results, in 1995 or subsequent candidate shall satisfactorily complete a course extending years, shall be as set out in Part A(2) following these over two full-time years or the equivalent in part-time study, regulations. as set out below. (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission First Year category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees Either of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Laws will (a) units totalling 48 points at second-year level chosen be required to undertake a programme of studies based upon from those listed in Regulation 39; the degree structure as set out in Part A(2). Each student’s or programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- (b) subject to the approval of the Executive Dean, a unit or Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the units totalling 12 points at first-year level and units totalling Faculty of Law. 32 points at second-year level chosen from those listed in Regulation 39. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Second Year ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS Units totalling 48 points at third-year level chosen from those 81A. The regulations relating to the combined course for the listed in Regulation 39. degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics shall be as set out in Part B(1) following these The Honours Degree regulations. Admission 85.(1) The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the head of COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF department concerned, or in the case of a proposed joint ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE honours course the heads of the departments concerned, admit as an honours candidate a student who has completed 81B. The regulations relating to the combined course for the the requirements of the pass degree at a sufficiently high degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of level.
D43—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) A person admitted as an honours candidate under sub- 94. In all reports on examinations, the following grades will regulation (1) above shall have completed the requirements be used: for the pass degree within the previous seven years. Higher Distinction HD 80–100 Course Requirements Distinction D 70–79 Credit Pass CR 60–69 86. To qualify for the degree with honours a candidate shall Pass P 50–59 complete the following requirements: Fail N+ 45–49 either Fail N 0–44 (a) one of the BA honours degree courses prescribed in the Faculty of Arts Handbook or a joint honours course arranged by the heads of departments concerned and approved by the GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE GRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN Faculty; AUSTRALIAN STUDIES, MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE or STUDIES, URBAN AND REGIONAL STUDIES AND (b) a course recommended by the head of the department WOMEN’S STUDIES concerned and approved by the Faculty. For the purposes of these regulations, ‘the graduate diploma’ Time Limit shall mean the Graduate Diploma in Australian Studies, the Graduate Diploma in Medieval and Renaissance Studies, the 87.(1) Unless the Executive Dean in recognition of exceptional Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Studies or the circumstances permits otherwise, to qualify for the pass Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies. degree a candidate shall complete the requirements within eight years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit 94A.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 94B to 94I, the is credited towards the degree. General Regulations for graduate certificates and graduate (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), to qualify for diplomas shall apply to the graduate diploma. the degree with honours a candidate shall undertake a course (2) Regulations 91, 92 and 94 governing the Graduate of at least one year of full-time study or its equivalent of part- Diploma in Arts shall apply to the graduate diploma. time study. (3) In recognition of exceptional circumstances the Admission Executive Dean may permit a candidate to extend the course 94B. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the graduate over two years of full-time study or over three years of part- diploma an applicant who has completed a bachelor’s degree time study. of this University in a relevant discipline or who has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARTS Satisfactory Progress (1005 from 1999; 1035 prior to 1999) 94C. Regulation 6 shall apply to the graduate diploma. 88. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Arts an applicant who— Exclusion (a) holds the degree of Bachelor of Arts of this University 94D. Regulation 7 shall apply to the graduate diploma. or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No 5; or Time Limit (b) holds any other bachelor’s degree of this University, 94E. Regulation 90 shall apply to the graduate diploma. the course for which has included units from those listed in Regulation 39 and which are equivalent in weight to units totalling at least 48 points at first-year level and 16 points at GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN AUSTRALIAN STUDIES (1006) second-year level. For information regarding units available in 2000 intending 89. To qualify for the diploma, a candidate shall complete students should contact the MPhil Co-ordinator, Faculty of Arts. satisfactorily all units in an advanced course of supervised study approved by the Executive Dean, having regard to the Course Structure recommendation of the head of the department concerned. 94F. To qualify for the award of the Graduate Diploma in Australian Studies, a candidate shall complete units to a total 90. The course for the diploma shall extend over one year for value of 48 points chosen from the following: a full-time candidate or two years for a part-time candidate, but candidates may be permitted by the Executive Dean to 180.417 Literature and Society in Australia 417 extend candidature over two years as a full-time candidate or (8 points) three years as a part-time candidate. 180.472 Australian Anthropological Perspectives 472 (10 points) 91. Candidates who have not completed the requirements for 180.473 Australian Anthropological Perspectives 473 the diploma after having been enrolled in the course for two (6 points) years as a full-time student or three years as a part-time student 180.474 Australian Literary Studies 474 (8 points) shall be permitted to re-enrol only with the permission of the 180.475 Australian Literary Studies 475 (8 points) Faculty. 180.476 Australian Cultural History 476 (8 points) 180.407 New Directions in Australian Historical 92.(a) Except as provided in (b) below, a candidate for the Writing 407 (8 points) diploma shall enrol each year in accordance with General 180.477 Australian Political Science 477 (8 points) Regulation 2. 180.478 Australian Political Science 478 (8 points) (b) The Executive Dean may— 180.479 GradDip Australian Studies Special (i) on receipt of a written application from a candidate, Course 479 (8 points) grant a suspension of candidature for any year; 180.480 GradDip Australian Studies Special Course 480 (8 points) or 180.491 Dissertation in Australian Studies 491 (ii) having regard to the report of the supervisor, refuse an (16 points) application for re-enrolment.
93. Candidates enrolled for the master’s preliminary course GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDIEVAL AND may, with the approval of the Higher Degrees Committee, at any time up to one calendar month after completion of the RENAISSANCE STUDIES (1007) final examination, transfer to the graduate diploma course For information regarding units available in 2000 intending provided that their enrolment complies with Regulations 88 students should contact the MPhil Co-ordinator, Faculty of Arts. to 92 above.
D44—April/May 2000 Statutes
Course Structure MASTER’S PRELIMINARY COURSES 94G. To qualify for the award of a Graduate Diploma in Applicability of General Regulations Medieval and Renaissance Studies, a candidate shall complete units to a total value of 48 points chosen from the 95. The General Regulations for students proceeding to following: master’s preliminary or qualifying examinations shall apply to students enrolled in master’s preliminary courses in the 180.420 Medieval English Literature 420 (8 points) Faculty. 180.421 Medieval English Literature 421 (8 points) 180.422 Renaissance English Literature 422 (8 points) Withdrawal 180.423 Renaissance English Literature 423 (8 points) 180.424 Latin 424 (8 points) 96.(1) The Faculty may at any time on the recommendation of 180.425 Latin 425 (8 points) the head of the department concerned require a student to 180.428 GradDip Medieval and Renaissance withdraw from the master’s preliminary course. Studies Special Course 428 (8 points) (2) A student who is required to withdraw or who 180.429 GradDip Medieval and Renaissance withdraws voluntarily may be awarded credit for a unit or Studies Special Course 429 (8 points) units of third-year level in the department concerned after 180.451 Medieval History 451 (8 points) passing such further examinations as the head of the 180.452 Early Modern History 452 (8 points) department shall determine. 180.492 Dissertation in Medieval and Renaissance Studies 492 (16 points) DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS (Preliminary: 1041; Coursework: 1051; Research: 1071) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN URBAN AND REGIONAL STUDIES (1009) Applicability of General Regulations 97. Except as provided in Regulations 98 and 98A, the For information regarding units available in 2000 intending General Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to students should contact the MPhil Co-ordinator, Faculty of Arts. the degree of Master of Arts. Course Structure Admission 94H. To qualify for the award of the Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Studies, a candidate shall complete units MA in Creative Writing to a total value of 48 points chosen from the following: 98. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of 180.413 The City in History 413 (8 points) the Department of English, accept as a candidate for the 180.440 Urban and Regional Planning Theory 440 degree of Master of Arts in Creative Writing an applicant (8 points) who— 180.441 Urban and Regional Planning Practice 441 (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of (8 points) Bachelor of Arts or who has been admitted to equivalent 180.442 Urban Design and Analysis 442 (8 points) status under Statute No. 5; 180.448 GradDip Special Course Urban and and Regional Studies 448 (8 points) (b) has passed such qualifying examinations or undertaken 180.449 GradDip Special Course Urban and such preliminary study as the Head of the Department of Regional Studies 449 (8 points) English thinks fit; 180.493 Dissertation in Urban and Regional Studies 493 (16 points) and (c) has submitted and had approved by the Head of the Department of English a folio of creative writing, at least one- GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN WOMEN’S STUDIES (1008) third of which has been published by recognised publishers, amounting to 4000 to 5000 words of prose or the equivalent in For information regarding units available in 2000 intending poetry or drama as determined by the Head of the students should contact the MPhil Co-ordinator, Faculty of Arts. Department; Course Structure and (d) has submitted and had approved by the Head of the 94I. To qualify for the award of the Graduate Diploma in Department of English a 2000 to 3000 word critical essay on Women’s Studies, a candidate shall complete units to a total some aspects of the writer’s craft. value of 48 points chosen from the following: MA in Applied History by Coursework 180.405 Contemporary Women’s History 405 (8 points) 98A. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of 180.410 Women in Early Modern Europe 410 the Department of History, accept as a candidate for the (8 points) degree of Master of Arts in Applied History by coursework 180.430 Anthropological Perspectives an applicant who— on Gender 430 (10 points) (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of 180.431 Anthropological Perspectives Bachelor of Arts with honours in history, or has been on Gender 431 (6 points) admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; 180.432 Gender and Literary Study 432 (8 points) 180.433 Gender and Literary Study 433 (8 points) or 180.434 Feminist Perspectives in Fiction 434 (b)(i) holds the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major (8 points) sequence in history or a relevant related discipline, or has been 180.435 Feminist Perspectives in Fiction 435 admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; (8 points) and 180.438 GradDip Women’s Studies Special (ii) has at least two years’ full-time or equivalent part-time Course 438 (8 points) work experience in a relevant field. 180.439 GradDip Women’s Studies Special Course 439 (8 points) Distinction 180.470 Feminist Theory and Practice Post 1970 470 (8 points) 99. The degree may be awarded with distinction if, in the 180.471 Feminist Interventions in Western Art opinion of the Faculty, the thesis or coursework of a History 471 (8 points) candidate is of exceptional merit. 180.494 Dissertation in Women’s Studies 494 (16 points)
D45—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Content (iii) present a thesis of 15,000 words on a topic related to one or more aspects of the work presented under sub- MA by Research—thesis length paragraph (ii) above; 100.(1) The text of a thesis for the degree of Master of Arts (iv) sign a declaration that the work submitted is wholly shall not ordinarily exceed 50,000 words, excluding appen- his or her own, has been substantially written during dices, tables and other illustrative matter. enrolment for the degree, and has not been previously MA in English by Coursework accepted for a diploma or degree in this or any other institution. (2) To qualify for the degree of Master of Arts in English by coursework a candidate shall complete three of the following: Requirement for Faculty Approval of Work Submitted 040.501 Literary Theory 501 (16 points) MA in Creative Writing 040.502 Regional and Social Contexts of Literature 101. The details of the thesis and the literary form of the and Drama in English 502 (16 points) creative writing shall be submitted to the Faculty for approval 040.503 Historical Contexts of Literature and within three months of first enrolment. Drama in English 503 (16 points) 040.510 Long Essay 510 (16 points) Examinations MA in Italian Language and Linguistics by Coursework MA in Creative Writing (3) To qualify for the degree of Master of Arts in Italian 102. The procedure for the examination of the thesis and Language and Linguistics by coursework a candidate shall creative writing submitted shall be the same as that laid down complete the following: for the examination of theses in General Regulation 33. 110.501 Sociolinguistics 501 (12 points) 110.502 Italian in Australia 502 (12 points) Time Limit 110.503 Italian Language 503 (8 points) MA by Research 110.504 Language and Context 504 (8 points) MA in Creative Writing 110.510 Dissertation 510 (8 points) 103.(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2)(b) below, a full- MA in Modern German Language and Culture time candidate for the degree of Master of Arts by thesis shall (4) To qualify for the degree of Master of Arts in German submit the thesis within three years and a part-time candidate Language and Culture a candidate shall complete the within six years from the date of first enrolment for the following: degree, excluding, in each case, any period of approved 070.501 Language History and Linguistic suspension of candidature. Analysis 501 (8 points) (2) The Executive Dean may grant approval for— 070.502 Psycholinguistics and Language (a) suspensions of candidature to an aggregate of 12 Acquisition 502 (8 points) months; 070.503 The Formation of the Modern German (b) extensions of candidature to an aggregate of six Consciousness 503 (8 points) months. 070.504 Contemporary Germany 504 (8 points) 070.510 Dissertation 510 (16 points) (3) Suspensions or extensions of candidature beyond the provisions of paragraphs (2)(a) and (b) above shall be MA in Applied History by Coursework considered by the Higher Degrees Committee which shall (5) To qualify for the degree of Master of Arts in Applied approve them only in exceptional circumstances. History by coursework a candidate shall complete the following: MA in English by Coursework MA in Italian Language and Linguistics by Coursework (a) 090.501 Applied History: an Introduction 501 MA in Modern German Language and Culture (12 points); MA in Applied History by Coursework and either 104. The requirements for these degrees shall be completed within a minimum of one year’s full-time enrolment and a (b)(i) 090.502 Texts and Contexts for Aboriginal maximum of four years of part-time enrolment, not including History 502 (12 points) any periods of approved suspension, from the date of first 090.503 Applying a Different Way of Knowing 503 enrolment for the degree. (12 points) 090.504 Oral History and Public Issues 504 105. Set aside to govern a proposed new degree. (12 points); or (ii) DEGREE OF MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY 090.512 New Approaches to the Study of (Preliminary: 1046; Coursework: 1050; Research: 1074) Asian History 512 (12 points) 090.513 New Trends in Applied History with Programmes offered in 2000 are ‘Australian Studies’, ‘Medieval Special Reference to Southeast and and Renaissance Studies’, ‘Urban and Regional Studies’ and East Asia and Overseas Chinese ‘Women’s Studies’. History 513 (12 points) 090.514 Practices of Applied History in an Admission Asian Context 514 (12 points) 106. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Philosophy an applicant who— MA in Creative Writing (a) has completed the requirements for a bachelor’s (6)(a) The field of study for the degree of Master of Arts in degree of this University in a relevant discipline with at least Creative Writing is creative writing in English in any genre. upper second class honours or has been admitted to (b) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall— equivalent status under Statute No. 5; (i) undertake a supervised course of advanced study (b)(i)(A) has completed the requirements for the Graduate prescribed by the Faculty extending for at least one year of Diploma in either— full-time study, or the equivalent of part-time study; Australian Studies (ii) subject to paragraph (b), present for examination a Medieval and Renaissance Studies substantial piece or pieces of creative writing of prose or Urban and Regional Studies, poetry as determined by the Head of the Department of Women’s Studies English and approved by the Executive Dean of the Faculty of and Arts, and which demonstrates technical accomplishment and imaginative resource; (B) has demonstrated adequate research preparation; or
D46—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute (a) the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts; No. 5. (b) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; (c) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; Continued Enrolment or Suspension (d) seven members elected annually by and from the 107. The terms of General Regulation 44 shall apply to teaching staff of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts; continued enrolment or suspension of candidature. (e) one member nominated by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture Unsatisfactory Progress and Fine Arts from the teaching staff of departments, other 108. A candidate may be excluded from further study if, in than the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, which contribute the opinion of the Faculty, progress made in any year is to the teaching for the degrees administered by the Board of unsatisfactory. Studies; (f) one undergraduate student and one postgraduate Course Requirements student elected annually by and from the students enrolled in 109. (1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Philosophy, a degrees administered by the Board of Studies; candidate shall complete— (g) one member of the Western Australian Chapter of the (a) the core seminar: Royal Australian Institute of Architects nominated by the chapter; (i) 180.507 Australian Society and Culture 507 (h) one member of the Australian Institute of Landscape (16 points) Architects (WA Group) nominated by the group; and or either (i) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as (ii)A.180.521 From Order to Diversity 521 (8 points); or may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time, B. 180.522 Medieval and Renaissance Society 522 provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding (8 points) two years and may be co-opted again at the end of a period of office. or (iii) 180.524 Urban Theory 524 (8 points) Appointment or (2) The members listed in paragraphs (1)(e), (g) and (h) (iv) 180.502 Women and Society 502 (16 points) shall be appointed for two years and shall be eligible for re- and appointment. (b) a research thesis, the topic of which shall be Meetings submitted to and approved by Faculty within six months of commencement of candidature. (3)(a) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such times and places as the Head of the School of Architecture Thesis Length and Fine Arts thinks fit but no less than two times a year. 110. The thesis for the Master of Philosophy shall be at least (b) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be chaired by 35,000 words in length excluding appendices, tables and the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts but, in other illustrative matter. the head’s absence from a meeting, the members present shall determine which one of them shall take the chair. Time Limit (c) Five members present shall constitute a quorum. 111. The requirements for the degree shall be completed within two years of full-time enrolment or part-time equivalent, not including any periods of suspension of candi- DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN (2512) dature, from the date of first enrolment for the degree. The Pass Degree 115. The degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design may be DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LETTERS (1091) conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. 112. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall apply to the degree of Doctor of Letters. Time Limit 116.(1) Unless the Executive Dean permits otherwise, a candidate for the pass degree of the Bachelor of Environmental BOARD OF STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS Design shall complete the requirements within six years of the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited Constitution towards the degree. Powers (2) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units 113.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Board of from a completed degree course, the credit will date from the Studies shall make recommendations to the Faculty Board year of first enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor concerning the structure, content and admission requirements of Environmental Design. of the following degrees: (3) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units (a) Bachelor of Environmental Design from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date from the (b) Bachelor of Architecture year in which the unit or units were passed. (c) Bachelor of Landscape Architecture 117. The course for the pass degree shall extend over at least six (d) Bachelor of Fine Arts semesters and comprise the following units totalling 144 points: (e) Master of Architecture (a) Year One (f) Master of Building Science (g) Master of Environmental Design 252.100 Environmental Design 100 (12 points) (h) Master of Landscape Architecture 252.101 Environmental Design 101 (12 points) (i) Master of Fine Arts 252.110 Environmental Design 110: History and Theory (6 points) (j) Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts 252.120 Environmental Design 120: History and Theory (k) Doctor of Architecture (6 points) (2) The Board of Studies shall refer all recommendations 252.130 Environmental Design 130: Technology and concerning postgraduate courses to the Higher Degrees Structures (6 points) Committee prior to submission to the Faculty Board. 252.140 Environmental Design 140: Science and Computing (6 points) Membership 114.(1) The Board of Studies shall comprise:
D47—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) Year Two Course Structure 252.200 Environmental Design 200 (12 points) 122. To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design 252.201 Environmental Design 201 (12 points) with Honours a candidate shall pursue studies for two 252.210 Environmental Design 210: History and Theory semesters and satisfactorily complete: (8 points) (i) 252.701 BEnvDes Honours Elective Studies 1 252.220 Environmental Design 220: History and Theory (4 points) (8 points) 252.702 BEnvDes Honours Elective Studies 2 252.230 Environmental Design 230: Technology and (4 points) Structures (4 points) 252.703 BEnvDes Honours Elective Studies 3 252.240 Environmental Design 240: Science and (4 points) Computing (4 points) 252.704 BEnvDes Honours Elective Studies 4 (c) Year Three (4 points) (i) 252.300 Environmental Design 300 (12 points) (ii) 252.711 BEnvDes Honours Dissertation 1 (16 252.301 Environmental Design 301 (12 points) points) 252.310 Environmental Design 310: History and 252.712 BEnvDes Honours Dissertation 2 (16 Theory (8 points) points) 252.330 Environmental Design 330: History and Theory (4 points) Honours Dissertation Submission Date 252.340 Environmental Design 340: Science and 123.(1) The honours dissertation shall be submitted no later Computing (4 points) than three weeks prior to the last day of the last teaching and week of the semester in which it is to be completed. (ii) a unit or units totalling eight points chosen from the Fine Arts units at third-year level listed in Arts Regulation 39. Examinations (2) The Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts Progress between Years shall appoint two examiners for each dissertation, who shall provide written reports. 118.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), (a) a candidate shall successfully complete all the units in an academic year before being permitted to enrol in any design DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE (2513) 1 units from a higher academic year; 1 Students enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture prior to 2000 (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit shall complete the degree in accordance with the regulations for the without having completed the prerequisite/s, if any, for that degree applicable to the year in which they first enrolled. unit; Students who do not complete a year successfully must consult the (c) a candidate shall not take any unit in the third year of the Executive Dean, who may have regard to the recommendation of the course without having successfully completed all the units Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, regarding transitional listed in paragraph 117(a). arrangements. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and 124. The degree of Bachelor of Architecture may be conferred Fine Arts, may waive the requirements of paragraphs (1)(a), (b) either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. and/or (c). 125.(1) Unless the Executive Dean permits otherwise, a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture or Bachelor of Entry to BEnvDes as Second Degree Architecture with Honours shall complete the requirements 119.(1) The Faculty may— within four years of the beginning of the semester in which the (a) permit a person who has qualified for any degree of first unit is credited towards the degree. this or another recognised tertiary institution to proceed to (2) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units the course for the degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design; from a completed degree course, the credit will date from the and year of first enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor (b) grant credit for previous work. of Architecture. (3) (2) A person permitted to proceed to the course in terms Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units of sub-regulation (1) shall be required to complete at this from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date from the University units totalling at least 72 points, as approved by year in which the unit or units were passed. the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the Head of School of Architecture and Fine Arts. Admission 126.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation THE HONOURS DEGREE of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, admit as a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture an Admission applicant who— 120. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (a) holds the degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design of of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, admit this University, or who has been granted status under Statute as a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Environmental No. 5 for having completed work of equivalent scope and Design with Honours an applicant who has completed the weight; requirements for the pass degree at a sufficiently high level or and has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. (b) has met the Faculty’s requirements with respect to both Time Limit quantity and quality of work; 121.(1) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean or and as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate for the degree (c) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to of Bachelor of Environmental Design with Honours shall complete the course. complete the requirements within eight years of the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards the Practical Work Experience pass degree or qualification on the basis of holding which the candidate has been admitted to status under Statute No. 5. 126A.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), before qualifying for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture, a candidate (2) The time limit for a candidate granted credit towards shall have completed not less than 16 weeks of full-time or the pass degree at this University shall be two years from the part-time equivalent practical work experience deemed date of completion of the requirements for the pass degree. appropriate by the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts.
D48—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) Any practical experience gained during a vacation period Progress between Years shall be for a minimum period of four consecutive weeks with 127A.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2)— one employer. (a) a candidate shall successfully complete the require- (3) Candidates shall make their own arrangements for ments of Year Four before being permitted to enrol in any design practical experience with advice from the Head of the School of units from Year Five; Architecture and Fine Arts. (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit (4) Candidates shall provide evidence of their practical without having completed the prerequisites, if any, for that unit. experience in accordance with the guidelines available from the (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, on School of Architecture and Fine Arts. the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture (5) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation and Fine Arts, may waive the requirements of paragraphs (1)(a) of Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, waive or and/or (b). vary the requirement for practical experience under this Regulation if it is satisfied that the requirements of sub- THE HONOURS DEGREE regulation (1) cannot be met. Admission 128.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation THE PASS DEGREE of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, admit as Course Structure a candidate for the Bachelor of Architecture with Honours an 127. The course for the pass degree of Bachelor of Architecture applicant who— shall extend over at least four semesters and comprise the (a) has completed the requirements of the degree of Bachelor following units totalling 96 points: of Environmental Design of this University at a sufficiently high level; and (a) Year Four (b) has completed the requirements of Year Four of the (i) 252.400 Architecture 400: Design (12 points) degree of Bachelor of Architecture at this University at a 252.401 Architecture 401: Design (12 points) sufficiently high level including a minimum result of 65 per cent 252.430 Architecture 430: Technology, Structures in either— and Services (8 points) (i) Architecture 470: Research Seminar 252.431 Architecture 431: Design and Technical Resolution (8 points) or 252.470 Architecture 470: Research Seminar (ii) each of Architecture 400: Design and Architecture 401: (4 points) Design. and (2) A candidate who has obtained a fail grade for any unit in (ii) units totalling four points chosen from the following: Year Four and/or Year Five shall not be considered for honours. 252.480 Elective Studies 480 (4 points) (3) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may, having 252.481 Elective Studies 481 (4 points) regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of 252.482 Elective Studies 482 (4 points) Architecture and Fine Arts, accept as a candidate for the 252.483 Elective Studies 483 (4 points) degree with honours a student who does not meet the 252.484 Elective Studies 484 (4 points) requirements set out in sub-regulation (1). 252.487 Elective Studies 487 (4 points) 253.488 Elective Studies 488 (4 points) Grade of Honours 252.489 Elective Studies 489 (4 points) 128A. The grade of honours to be awarded shall be determined 252.490 Elective Studies 490 (4 points) on the basis of a candidate’s overall performance in the units (b) Year Five prescribed for Year Four and for Year Five (honours) of the Bachelor of Architecture degree course in paragraph 127(a) and (i) 252.500 Architecture Design 500 (16 points) Regulation 129 respectively, taking into account the weight of (ii) either units in the four semesters of the course. A. 252.501 Architecture Design 501 (16 points) or Course Structure B. for students who have completed the units Architecture 129.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate admitted to the 400, 401 and 402: Design with a minimum of 65 per cent in each course for the degree with honours in terms of Regulation 128 unit— shall complete the following: 252.502 Architecture 502: Independent Design Year Five (16 Points) the course for the pass degree as set out in paragraph 127(b) but (iii) 252.560 Architecture 560: Professional Practice including— (4 points) either 252.561 Architecture 561: Professional Practice (a) 252.502 Architecture 502: Independent Design in lieu of (4 points) either Architecture 500: Design or Architecture 501: Design; (iv) either or A. units totalling eight points chosen from the following: (b) 252.721 Architecture Dissertation 721 in lieu of the 252.580 Elective Studies 580 (4 points) elective units required under sub-paragraph 127(b)(ii). 252.581 Elective Studies 581 (4 points) (2) Candidates who have satisfied the appropriate pre- 252.582 Elective Studies 582 (4 points) requisites may complete both Architecture 502: Independent 252.583 Elective Studies 583 (4 points) Design and Architecture Dissertation 721 as part of their honours 252.584 Elective Studies 584 (4 points) course. 252.587 Elective Studies 587 (4 points) 252.588 Elective Studies 588 (4 points) 252.589 Elective Studies 589 (4 points) Honours Dissertation Submission Date 252.590 Elective Studies 590 (4 points) 130. The dissertation shall be submitted no later than three or weeks prior to the last day of the last teaching week of the semester in which it is to be completed. B. for students who have completed the unit Architecture Research Seminar 470 with a minimum of 65 per cent— Examination of Dissertation 252.721 Architecture Dissertation 721 (8 points) 130A. The Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts shall appoint two examiners for each dissertation, who shall provide written reports.
D49—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (2515) THE HONOURS DEGREE 131. The degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts shall be conferred Admission either as a pass degree or a degree with honours. 136. The Faculty may admit as a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours an applicant who THE PASS DEGREE has Time Limit completed the requirements for the pass degree at a sufficiently high level or has been admitted to equivalent status under 132.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (4), a candidate for Statute No. 5. the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts shall complete the requirements within six years of the beginning of the semester Time Limit in which the first unit is credited towards the degree. 137.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2) and (3), a (2) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours from a completed degree course, the credit will date from the shall complete the requirements within eight years of the year of first enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited Fine Arts. towards the pass degree or qualification on the basis of holding (3) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units which the candidate has been admitted to status under Statute from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date from the No. 5. year in which the unit or units concerned were passed. (2) The time limit for a candidate who has been granted (4) The Executive Dean may grant a candidate an extension credit towards the pass degree at this University shall be two of the time limit specified in sub-regulation (1). years from the date of completion of the requirements for that degree. Course Structure (3) The Executive Dean may grant a candidate an extension 133. The course for the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts shall of the time limit specified in sub-regulations (1) and (2). extend over at least six semesters and comprise the following units totalling 144 points: Course Structure (a) Year One 138. To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours 170.103 Fine Arts 103 (6 points) a candidate shall pursue studies for two semesters and— 170.104 Fine Arts 104 (6 points) (a) complete satisfactorily the following units: 255.105 Fine Arts Practice 105 (6 points) 255.731 Fine Arts Honours Elective Studies 1: Theory 255.106 Fine Arts Practice 106 (6 points) and History of Visual Culture 731 (5 points) 255.150 Fine Arts Technology 150 (6 points) 255.732 Fine Arts Honours Elective Studies 2: Theory 255.151 Fine Arts Technology 151 (6 points) and History of Visual Culture 732 (5 points) 255.116 Visual Arts 116 (6 points) 255.733 Fine Arts Honours Studio Practice 1 733 255.117 Visual Arts 117 (6 points) (12 points) (b) Year Two 255.734 Fine Arts Honours Studio Practice 2 734 (i) 255.205 Fine Arts Practice 205 (8 points) (10 points) 255.206 Fine Arts Practice 206 (8 points) (b) 255.738 Honours Dissertation 1 (7 points) 255.250 Fine Arts Technology 250 (8 points) 255.739 Honours Dissertation 2 (7 points) (ii) second-year Fine Arts units totalling at least 24 points and selected from sub-regulation 39(2). (c) 255.730 Honours Exhibition 730 (2 points) (c) Year Three comprising presentation of a one-person (i) 255.305 Fine Arts Practice 305 (8 points) exhibition of original artwork. 255.306 Fine Arts Practice 306 (16 points) (ii) third-year Fine Arts units totalling 24 points selected Honours Submission Date from sub-regulation 39(3). 139.(1) Unless the Executive Dean permits otherwise, the latest date for submission of the honours dissertation shall be: Progression between Years (a) for candidates other than those covered by paragraph 134.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate (b), the first day of the University’s deferred examination period; shall— (a) successfully complete units to a total value of 48 points (b) for candidates admitted in mid-year, the last day of in any academic year before being to permitted to enrol in any the last teaching week of first semester. Practice units from a higher academic year. (b) A candidate shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit Examinations without having completed the prerequisites, if any, for that unit. (2) The Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts (c) A candidate shall not take any unit in the third year of the shall appoint two examiners for each dissertation and course without having successfully completed all the units exhibition, who shall provide written reports. listed in paragraph 133(b). (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean may DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (2514) waive the requirement in paragraphs (1)(a),(b) and/or (c). 140. The degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture may Entry to BFA as Second Degree be conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. 135.(1) The Faculty may— (a) permit a person who has qualified for any degree of THE PASS DEGREE this or another recognised tertiary institution to proceed to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts; and Time Limit 141.(1) Unless the Executive Dean permits otherwise, a candi- (b) grant credit for previous work. date for the pass degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture (2) A person permitted to proceed to the course in terms shall complete the requirements within eight years of the begin- of sub-regulation (1) shall be required to complete units ning of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards totalling at least 72 points as approved by the Executive Dean the degree. on the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts. (2) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units from a completed degree course, the credit will date from the year of first enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture.
D50—April/May 2000 Statutes
(3) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or Progress between Years units from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date 143.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) a candidate: from the year in which the unit or units concerned were passed. (a) shall successfully complete all the units in an academic year before being to permitted to enrol in any design units from Course Structure a higher academic year; 142. The course for the degree of Bachelor of Landscape (b) shall not be permitted to enrol in a unit without having Architecture shall extend over at least eight semesters of completed the prerequisites, if any, for that unit; full-time enrolment and comprise the following units total- (c) shall not take any unit in the third year of the course ling 192 points: without having successfully completed all the units listed in paragraph 142(a); (a) Year One (d) shall not take any unit in the fourth year of the course 254.100 Landscape Architecture 100: Design (12 points) without having successfully completed all the units listed in 254.101 Landscape Architecture 101: Design (12 points) paragraph 142(b). 254.110 Landscape Architecture 110: History and Theory (6 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, on the 254.120 Landscape Architecture 120: History and Theory recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and (6 points) Fine Arts, may waive the requirements of paragraphs (1)(a), (b), 254.130 Landscape Architecture 130: Technology and (c) and/or (d). Structures (6 points) 254.140 Landscape Architecture 140: Science and Practical Work Experience Computing (6 points) 144.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), before (b) Year Two qualifying for the degree of Bachelor of Landscape Archi- (i) 254.200 Landscape Architecture 200: Design (12 points) tecture, a candidate shall have completed not less than 16 254.201 Landscape Architecture 201: Design (12 points) weeks of full-time or part-time equivalent practical work 254.210 Landscape Architecture 210: History and Theory experience deemed appropriate by the Head of the School of (8 points) Architecture and Fine Arts. 254.230 Landscape Architecture 230: Technology and (2) Any practical experience gained during a vacation Computing (8 points) period shall be for a minimum period of four consecutive 254.240 Landscape Architecture 240: Plants (4 points) weeks with one employer. and (3) Candidates shall make their own arrangements for practical experience with advice from the Head of the School (ii) a unit or units totalling eight points chosen from the Fine of Architecture and Fine Arts. Arts units at second-year level listed in Arts Regulation 39. (4) Candidates shall provide proof of their practical (c) Year Three experience in accordance with the guidelines available from (i) 254.300 Landscape Architecture 300: Design (12 points) the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts. 254.301 Landscape Architecture 301: Design (12 points) (5) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation 254.310 Landscape Architecture 310: History and Theory of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, waive (8 points) or vary the requirement for practical experience under this 254.330 Landscape Architecture 330: Technology and regulation if it is satisfied that the conditions of sub-regulation Computing (4 points) (1) cannot be met. 254.370 Landscape Architecture 370: Research Seminar (5 points) Entry to BLArch as Second Degree and 145.(1) The Faculty may— (ii) either (a) permit a person who has qualified for any degree of A. 060.218 Geography 218 (8 points) this or another tertiary institution to proceed to the course for or the degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture; and (b) grant credit for previous work. B. if Geography 218 is unavailable, an appropriate alternative unit approved by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of (2) A person permitted to proceed to the course in terms the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts. of sub-regulation (1) shall be required to complete at this University units totalling at least 96 points as approved by the (d) Year Four Executive Dean on the recommendation of the Head of the (i) 254.400 Landscape Architecture 400: Design (16 points) School of Architecture and Fine Arts. 254.401 Landscape Architecture 401: Design (16 points) 254.440 Landscape Architecture 440: Ecology (4 points) THE HONOURS DEGREE 254.460 Landscape Architecture 460: Professional Practice (4 points) Admission and 146.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, admit as (ii) either a candidate for the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture with A. units totalling eight points chosen from the following: Honours an applicant who— 252.480 Elective Studies (4 points) (a) has completed the requirements for Years One, Two and 252.481 Elective Studies (4 points) Three of the degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture of 252.482 Elective Studies (4 points) this University at a sufficiently high level; and 252.483 Elective Studies (4 points) (b) has attained a minimum result of 65 per cent in either— 252.484 Elective Studies (4 points) (i) 254.370 Landscape Architecture 370: Research Seminar; 252.487 Elective Studies (4 points) 252.489 Elective Studies (4 points) or 252.490 Elective Studies (4 points) (ii) each of Landscape Architecture 300: Design and or Landscape Architecture 301: Design. B. for students who have completed the unit Landscape (2) A candidate who has obtained a fail grade for any unit in Architecture 370: Research Seminar with a minimum of 65 per Year Three or Year Four shall not be considered for honours. cent: (3) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may, having 254.721 Landscape Architecture Dissertation 721 regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of (8 points) Architecture and Fine Arts, accept as a candidate a student who does not meet the requirements set out in sub-regulation (1).
D51—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Grade of Honours time, not exceeding one year, to complete the requirements for the degree. 146A. The grade of honours to be awarded shall be determined on the basis of a candidate’s overall performance in the degree (3) The provisions of Arts Regulation 103 shall apply to programme, taking into account the weight of units in the eight candidates for the Master of Fine Arts and the Master of semesters of the course. Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts.
Course Structure Suspensions 147.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate admitted to the 152. In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, having course for the degree with honours in terms of Regulation 146 regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of shall complete the following: Architecture and Fine Arts, may permit a student to suspend enrolment in the Master of Architecture, Master of Landscape Year Four Architecture, Master of Environmental Design, Master of the course for Year Four of the pass degree as set out in Building Science, Master of Fine Arts and Master of Curatorial paragraph 142(d) but including— Studies in Fine Arts degrees in the School of Architecture and either Fine Arts for a period not exceeding one year. (a) 254.402 Landscape Architecture 402: Independent Design in lieu of either Landscape Architecture 400: Design or Admission Landscape Architecture 401: Design; Qualifications Required or DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (b) 254.721 Landscape Architecture Dissertation 721 in lieu (Preliminary: 2541; Research: 2571) of the elective units required under sub-paragraph 142(d)(ii). 153.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (2) Candidates who have satisfied the appropriate pre- of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept requisites may complete both Landscape Architecture 402: as a candidate for the degree of Master of Architecture an Independent Design and Landscape Architecture Dissertation applicant who— 721 as part of their honours course. (a) has satisfied the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Architecture of this University or has been admitted to Honours Dissertation Submission Date equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 147A. The honours dissertation shall be submitted no later than (b) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to three weeks prior to the last day of the last teaching week of the complete the course and the special ability to prepare and semester in which it is to be completed. present a specific thesis. Examinations 148. The Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts shall DEGREE OF MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE appoint two examiners for each dissertation, who shall provide (Preliminary: 2545; Research: 2575) written reports. (2) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Landscape SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF Architecture an applicant who— MArch, MLArch, MEnvDes, MBdgSc, MFA, MCur (a) has satisfied the requirements for the degree of Bachelor Applicability of General Regulations of Landscape Architecture of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 149. Except as provided in the regulations below, the General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the degree (b) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to of master shall apply to the degrees of Master of Architecture, complete the course and the special ability to prepare and Master of Landscape Architecture, Master of Environmental present a specific thesis. Design, Master of Building Science, Master of Fine Arts and Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts in the School of Architecture and Fine Arts. DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUILDING SCIENCE (Preliminary: 2542; Research: 2572) Thesis Length (3) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of 150.(1) The text of a thesis for the degree of master by research the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept shall not exceed 50,000 words excluding appendices, tables as a candidate for the degree of Master of Building Science an and other illustrative matter. applicant who— (2) The text of a thesis for the degree of master by advanced (a)(i) has satisfied the requirements for the degree of study, research and thesis shall not exceed 25,000 words Bachelor of Architecture of this University or has been excluding appendices, tables and other illustrative matter. admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to Time Limit complete the course and the special ability to prepare and present a specific thesis; or 151.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the time limits for completion of the requirements for the degrees of Master (b)(i) has completed the requirements for the degree of of Architecture, Master of Landscape Architecture, Master of Bachelor of Environmental Design with Honours; and Environmental Design, Master of Building Science in the School (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to of Architecture and Fine Arts, which shall exclude periods of complete the course and the special ability to prepare and approved suspension, shall be as follows: present a specific thesis; or (a) for the degree by way of research and thesis, two years (c)(i) has completed the requirements for an approved of full-time enrolment or its Faculty determined equivalent of course for a degree with honours in another faculty; and part-time, or mixed part-time/full-time enrolment, calculated (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to from the date of first enrolment for the degree; complete the course and the special ability to prepare and (b) for the degree by advanced study, research and thesis, present a specific thesis; and one year of full-time enrolment or two years of part-time enrol- (iii) has satisfied the Faculty on the relevance of the ment. previous studies to advanced study and/or research in (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may, Building Science; or having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School (d)(i) has completed the requirements for a pass degree in of Architecture and Fine Arts, grant a student an extension of another faculty; and
D52—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) has completed a year’s relevant preliminary work either Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts to be relevant in that faculty or in the Faculty of Arts; and to curatorial studies in fine arts, or has been admitted to (iii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and to complete the course and the special ability to present a (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability to specific thesis. complete the course and the special ability to prepare and present a specific thesis.
DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN Other Admission Requirements (Preliminary: 2544; Research: 2573) (4) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (7) Before reaching its decision with respect to an of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept application for candidature for the degrees of the Master of as a candidate for the degree of Master of Environmental Architecture, Master of Landscape Architecture, Master of Design an applicant who— Environmental Design, Master of Building Science, Master of Fine Arts and Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts in the (a) has satisfied the requirements for the degree of Bachelor School of Architecture and Fine Arts, the Faculty may require of Architecture of this University or has been admitted to an applicant to— equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (a) complete additional work; (b) has completed the requirements for the degree of (b) pass written or oral examinations; Bachelor of Environmental Design with Honours; or (c) submit certified statements with respect to professional (c)(i) has completed the requirements for an approved experience and work undertaken during the three years prior honours course in another faculty; and to application; (ii) has satisfied the Faculty on the relevance of previous (d) provide such other particulars as it may determine. studies to advanced study and/or research in Environmental Design; or Other Requirements (d)(i) has completed the requirements for a pass degree in another faculty; and Course Options (ii) has completed a year’s relevant preliminary work either DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE in that faculty or in the Faculty of Arts. DEGREE OF MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN DEGREE OF MASTER OF FINE ARTS DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUILDING SCIENCE (Preliminary: 2543; Research: 2574) DEGREE OF MASTER OF FINE ARTS DEGREE OF MASTER OF CURATORIAL STUDIES IN FINE ARTS (5) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept 154.(1) as a candidate for the degree of Master of Fine Arts an A candidate for the degree of Master of Architecture, applicant who— Master of Landscape Architecture, Master of Environmental Design or Master of Building Science may proceed either— (a)(i) has completed the requirements for the degree of (a) by way of research and thesis; or Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and (b) by way of a programme of advanced study, research and thesis. (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty has the general ability to complete the course and the special ability to prepare and (2) A candidate for the degree of Master of Fine Arts or present a specific thesis; or Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts shall proceed by way of a programme of advanced study, research and thesis. (b)(i) has completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts of this University or has been admitted (3) Where the degree is undertaken by way of a to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and programme of advanced study, research and thesis, research (ii) has completed a year’s relevant preliminary work in shall be the major component of the work for the degree. the Faculty; and (iii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability Course Content to complete the course and the special ability to prepare and DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE present a specific thesis; or DEGREE OF MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (c)(i) has completed the requirements for the degree of DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN Bachelor of Arts, with a major in Fine Arts from this University DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUILDING SCIENCE or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 155.(1) The programme of advanced study and/or research (ii) has completed the requirements for a qualification in and the title and subject matter of the required thesis, shall be Art Practice from a recognised tertiary institution or is judged proposed by the candidate and determined by the Faculty. by the Faculty to have equivalent practical expertise and professional standing; and (iii) in the opinion of the Faculty, has the general ability DEGREE OF MASTER OF FINE ARTS to complete the course and the special ability to prepare and (2) To qualify for the degree of Master of Fine Arts a present a specific thesis. candidate shall— (a) present for examination an exhibition of original artwork showing technical accomplishment and imaginative DEGREE OF MASTER OF CURATORIAL STUDIES IN FINE ARTS resource together with a catalogue including an essay of 4500 (Preliminary: 2547; Research: 2577) to 5500 words on the work in the exhibition; (6) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (b) present a thesis on an aspect of art theory, history or of the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, accept criticism, the title and subject matter of which shall be proposed as a candidate for the degree of Master of Curatorial Studies by the candidate and determined by the Faculty; in Fine Arts an applicant who— (c) undertake advanced seminar work as required by the (a) has qualified for a bachelor’s degree with honours of Faculty; and this University, in a discipline considered by the Head of the (d) pass any written, practical or oral examination the School of Architecture and Fine Arts to be relevant to curatorial Faculty may require. studies in fine arts, or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (b)(i) has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of four years’ duration of this University, in a discipline considered by the
D53—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
DEGREE OF MASTER OF CURATORIAL STUDIES IN FINE ARTS Japanese 103/104 or Japanese 101/102 Japanese 205/206 or Japanese 203/204 (3) To qualify for the degree of Master of Curatorial Studies Japanese 307/308 or Japanese 305/306 in Fine Arts a candidate shall— Japanese 402 (a) present for examination either: Japanese Studies 130 (i) 250.602 Exhibition Proposal 602 comprising: (2) To qualify for the degree a candidate— a fully researched proposal for a major exhibition, of (a) shall undertake a course of supervised study and at least 15,000 words, the content and title of which research either in Japan or at this University on a subject shall be proposed by the candidate and determined approved in advance by the Faculty, having regard to the by the Faculty; recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian and Studies or nominee; and 250.601 Exhibition Catalogue 601 comprising: (b) shall pass such written and oral examinations as the a fully publishable professional catalogue including Faculty requires. an essay on all works proposed for exhibition (3) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean, equivalent to at least another 15,000 words; a candidate for the degree of Master of Japanese Studies or shall complete the requirements within four years of the (ii) 250.603 MCur Dissertation 603 comprising: beginning of the year in which the candidate was first a dissertation of at least 30,000 words on an aspect enrolled for the degree. of museology relevant to curatorial practice, the title (4) Except as provided above the General Regulations and subject matter of which shall be proposed by for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master the candidate and determined by the Faculty; of Japanese Studies. or (iii) 250.604 Catalogue 604 comprising: BOARD OF STUDIES IN MUSIC a detailed publishable catalogue raisonné of up to 30,000 words of the works of an uncatalogued artist; Constitution and Powers (b) complete: 158.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Board of 250.605 MCur Placement 605 comprising: Studies shall make recommendations to the Faculty Board a placement in a public gallery or comparable concerning the structure, content and admission institution involving at least one day a week for 36 requirements of the following degrees and diplomas: weeks during the course; Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Music Education preparation of a detailed comparative report of up Bachelor of Music Teaching to 20,000 words in relationship to this placement; Master of Music Master of Music Education and Diploma in Music (Orchestral Practice) (c) complete: Diploma in Music (Technology) 250.606 Advanced Curatorial Studies 606 comprising: Graduate Diploma in Music Education such advanced study in relation to curatorial studies Graduate Certificate in Music Education as may be required by the Faculty. (2) The Board of Studies shall refer all recommendations concerning postgraduate courses to the Higher Degrees Requirement for Faculty Approval of Exhibitions Committee prior to submission to the Faculty Board. 156.(1) In the case of the degrees of Master of Fine Arts and Membership Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts, the details of exhibitions of original work, the media of exhibitions and 159.(1) The Board of Studies shall comprise: proposals for exhibitions shall be submitted to and approved (a) the Head of the School of Music; by the Faculty within three months of a candidate’s first (b) the full-time members of the academic staff of the enrolment in the course. School of Music; (2) Faculty approval shall be required for any change to (c) two members elected by and from the part-time the details approved in sub-regulation (1). teaching staff of the School of Music; (d) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; Examinations (e) the Associate Dean of the Faculty or nominee; 157. In the case of the degrees of Master of Fine Arts and (f) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts, the exhibition of original work shall be examined by a committee consisting of (g) one undergraduate student being the President of the the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts and two Music Students’ Society and one postgraduate student elected external examiners appointed by the Faculty for each annually by and from the students enrolled in degrees candidate. administered by the Board of Studies; (h) one full-time academic staff member of each of the Faculties of Arts and Education, nominated by the Executive DEGREE OF MASTER OF JAPANESE STUDIES Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the recom- (Preliminary: 4043; Coursework: 4056; Research: 4073) mendation of the Head of the School of Music; 157A.(1) The Faculty may admit as a candidate for the degree (i) one representative of the WA Symphony Orchestra, of Master of Japanese Studies an applicant who— nominated by the General Manager of that orchestra; (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of (j) one representative of the Ministry of Education (music Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Economics of this University branch), nominated by the Ministry; with honours in Japanese Studies; or (k) one representative of the Australian Music Exami- (b) has completed the requirements for any other nations Board (WA Committee), nominated by the Board; bachelor’s degree of this or another recognised university and (l) a member of the staff of the WA Conservatorium of has also completed, either during that degree course or Music, nominated by the Vice-Chancellor of Edith Cowan subsequently, the following units or other units which are University; and judged by the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian (m) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as Studies or nominee, to be the equivalent: may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time, provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not
D54—April/May 2000 Statutes exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of and either a period of office. (ii) Composition Programme (2) The members listed in paragraphs (h) to (l) of clause A. 190.230 Music 230 (12 points) (1) above shall be appointed for two years and shall be and either eligible for re-appointment. B. 190.241 Music 241 (8 points) Meetings 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) or 160.(1) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such times and places as the Head of the School of Music thinks fit, C. approved Arts unit(s) of first- and/or second-year level but no less than three times a year. to the value of 12 to 16 points; or (2) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be chaired by the Head of the School of Music or in his/her absence by the D. approved Arts unit(s) of first-year level to the value Acting Head. of 12 points; and 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) (3) If both the Head and the Acting Head are absent from or a meeting, the members present shall determine which one of them shall take the chair. (iii) Performance Programme 190.240 Music 240 (16 points) (4) Ten members shall constitute a quorum. 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) 190.244 Music 244 (4 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC (1012) (c) Third Year 161. The degree of Bachelor of Music shall be conferred either (i) 190.301 Music 301 (12 points) as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. and either (ii) Composition Programme Course Requirements and Time Limit A. 190.330 Music 330 (16 points) 162.(1)(a) To qualify for the pass degree a candidate shall, 190.342 Music 342 (4 points) over a period of at least four years of full-time study or the and equivalent of part-time study, complete the course prescribed B. units to the value of 16 to 20 points chosen from: for pass candidates in Regulation 163 to a minimum total • approved Arts units of first- and/or second-year value of 192 points and, except as provided in sub-regulation level in accordance with sub-regulation (2)(a) below; (2) below, a maximum total value of 200 points. • units listed in sub-regulation (3) below, provided (b) To be eligible for the honours degree a candidate shall, that Music 322 (8 points) and Music 390 (6 points), if over a period of at least four years of full-time study or the not taken in third year, shall be taken in fourth year; equivalent in part-time study, complete the course prescribed • with the approval of the Head or course adviser of for honours candidates in Regulation 163 to a minimum total the School of Music, Music 341 (8 points) value of 198 points and, except as provided in sub-regulation or (2) below, a maximum total value of 204 points. (iii) Performance Programme (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head or course A. 190.340 Music 340 (16 points) adviser of the School of Music, may permit a candidate to 190.342 Music 342 (4 points) take units to a total value greater than the limits prescribed in 190.344 Music 344 (4 points) paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) above. and B. units to the value of 12 to 16 points chosen from: (3)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), a candidate shall not take units to a total value of less than 48 points or more • approved Arts units of first- and/or second-year than 52 points in an academic year of the course, unless special level in accordance with sub-regulation (2)(a) below; approval is given by the Executive Dean, having regard to the and/or recommendation of the Head or course adviser of the School of • electives listed in sub-regulation (3) below. Music. (d) Fourth Year (b) A fourth-year honours candidate shall take units to a One of the following programmes as approved by the minimum total value of 54 points and a maximum total value School of Music: of 56 points as prescribed in Regulation 163. (i) Composition Programme—Pass Level (4) The provisions of Regulation 29 with respect to time A. 190.431 Music 431 (16 points) limits shall apply to candidates for the degree of Bachelor of 190.442 Music 442 (4 points) Music. and 163.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (4) below, the course B. electives to the value of 28 to 32 points chosen shall comprise: from those listed in sub-regulation (3) below (a) First Year provided that Music 322 and 390 must be chosen (i) 190.101 Music 101 (8 points) if not already taken in third year. 190.121 Music 121 (6 points) (ii) Composition Programme—Honours Level 190.122 Music 122 (6 points) A. 190.430 Music 430 (20 points) approved Arts unit(s) to the value of 12 points 190.451 Music 451 (8 points) and either 190.442 Music 442 (4 points) (ii) Composition Programme and 190.130 Music 130 (8 points) B. electives to the value of 22 to 24 points chosen 190.141 Music 141 (8 points) from those listed in sub-regulation (3) below or provided that Music 322 and 390 must be chosen (iii) Performance Programme if not already taken in third year. 190.140 Music 140 (12 points) (iii) Performance Programme—Pass Level 190.142 Music 142 (4 points) A. 190.441 Music 441 (16 points) 190.442 Music 442 (4 points) (b) Second Year 190.444 Music 444 (4 points) (i) 190.201 Music 201 (12 points) 190.221 Music 221 (6 points) and 190.222 Music 222 (6 points)
D55—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
B. electives to the value of 24 to 28 points chosen that degree, be granted credit in the MusB course for units from those listed in sub-regulation (3) below. with a total value not exceeding 96 points. (iv) Performance Programme—Honours Level Exclusion from Candidacy for BMusT A. 190.440 Music 440 (20 points) 190.451 Music 451 (8 points) 166. A person who has qualified for the degree of MusB of 190.442 Music 442 (4 points) this University or for an equivalent degree of another 190.444 Music 444 (4 points) recognised tertiary institution shall not be admitted as a and candidate for the degree of BMusT. B. electives to the value of 18 to 20 points chosen Honours from those listed in sub-regulation (3) below. Admission (v) Musicology Programme—Honours Level A. 190.450 Music 450 (16 points) 167.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation 190.442 Music 442 (4 points) of the Head of the School of Music, admit as an honours candidate for the degree a candidate who has completed the and requirements of the first three years of the course at a B. electives to the value of 34 to 36 points chosen sufficiently high level. from those listed in sub-regulation (3) below. (2) The degree of Bachelor of Music with Honours of the (2)(a) All candidates must take a minimum of 12 points appropriate class will be awarded to candidates who— and may take up to a maximum of 40 points chosen from non- Music Arts units of first- and second-year levels. (a) have been admitted to, and have completed, an appropriate honours programme as prescribed in Regulation (b) Candidates must submit their selection of non-Music 163 above; units to the Head or course adviser of the School of Music for and approval. (b) have achieved an average ‘B’ grading (or 65 per cent (3) Elective Units Available in the Third and Fourth Year shall be: and above) in the honours programme; (a) units available to candidates in any programme: and 190.304 Music 304 (8 points) 190.321 Music 321 (8 points) (c) have achieved at least a ‘B’ grading (or 65 per cent and 190.322 Music 322 (8 points) above) in their fourth-year major honours study; 190.345 Music 345 (8 points) and 190.346 Music 346 (8 points) (d) in the case of students taking composition or 190.347 Music 347 (8 points) performance, have achieved at least a ‘B’ grading (or 65 per 190.348 Music 348 (6 points) cent and above) in 190.451 Music 451. 190.390 Music 390 (6 points) (3) The Faculty shall award the pass degree to honours (b) unit available to candidates in programmes other than candidates who fail to meet the criteria for the award of honours Composition (Pass or Honours): but who fulfil requirements equivalent to those for the pass 190.331 Music 331 (8 points) 1 degree.
1 This unit is incompatible with 190.330 Music 330. Refer to the unit Examinations description in the ‘Details of Units’ section in the Faculty of Arts Handbook. 168. The final examinations in the fourth-year honours major (c) units available only to candidates in Musicology studies are as follows: (Honours) programme: (a) Music 430 (Composition)—an exercise prepared under 190.431 Music 431 (16 points) supervision, the form and medium of the exercise selected so 190.441 Music 441 (16 points) as to present substantial evidence of compositional technique, (d) unit available only to candidates in Performance (Pass resource and invention. The exercise shall be presented not or Honours) programme: later than the last day of October in the final year of the course. 190.471 Music 471 (6 points) 1 (b) Music 440 (Performance)—two short recital program- mes [which may include a concerto and/or chamber work(s)] 1 This unit has a co-requisite, Music 440 or Music 441. Refer to the unit approved by the Head of the School of Music. The date of the description in the ‘Details of Units’ section in the Faculty of Arts Handbook. recitals will be not earlier than the last day of October in the (e) units available only to candidates in an honours final year of the course and the student will be given two programme: weeks’ notice of the exact date. 190.401 Music 401 (8 points) (c) Music 450 (Musicology)—a dissertation prepared under 190.402 Music 402 (8 points) supervision on a topic approved by the Head of the School of 190.403 Music 403 (8 points) Music to be presented not later than the last day of October in (4)(a) At the end of the first year of the course a candidate the final year of the course. may, with the approval of the Head or course adviser of the School of Music, be permitted to change course programmes without loss of accrued points. DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC (Preliminary: 1042; Research: 1072) (b) At the end of the first or second years MusB candidates may be permitted to proceed to BMusEd or vice versa without 169. The fields of study 1 for the degree of Master of Music loss of accrued points [see Regulation 179(3)(b) below]. are: (a) 164. The allocation of units to years of the course may be Composition varied in particular cases with the approval of the Faculty. (b) Performance
1 Entry to the MusB as a Second Degree A candidate for a higher degree whose major field of study has been Musicology will normally proceed to an MA. 165. The Faculty may permit a person who has qualified for any degree of this or another recognised tertiary institution to Admission proceed to the course for the degree of MusB provided that— 170. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of (1) candidates who have completed the requirements for the School of Music and, subject to a successful audition in the degree of BA and whose course did not include a major the case of Master of Music (in performance), accept as a subject other than Music shall include such a subject in their candidate for the degree of Master of Music an applicant MusB course; who— (2) candidates who have completed the requirements for (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of the degree of BMusEd may, in respect of work undertaken for Bachelor of Music or of Music Education of this University, or
D56—April/May 2000 Statutes who has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. (2) In the case of the Master of Music (in performance)— 5: an applicant who has not qualified for the degree of (a)(i) a committee comprising representatives of the bachelor with first or second class honours, or whose major School of Music and an external examiner shall be appointed field of study has not been the field for which candidature is to assess the recitals required of each candidate under sub- sought, may be required to undertake such preliminary study paragraph 172(b)(ii); and as the Head of the School of Music thinks fit; (ii) the recitals shall be performed before the full or committee or, if the external examiner cannot be present, shall (b) has completed the requirements for the degree of be performed before the representatives of the School of Bachelor of Arts of this University with first or second class Music and forwarded in recorded format to the external honours in Music, or who has been admitted to equivalent examiner; status under Statute No. 5: the applicant may be required to undertake such preliminary study as the Head of the School (b) the thesis required of each candidate under paragraph of Music thinks fit; 172(c) shall be examined as set out in the provisions of General Regulation 33. or (c) has completed the requirements for the degree of (3) Candidates for the Master of Music (in composition) Bachelor of Arts of this University, or who has been admitted and Master of Music (in performance) must pass all course to equivalent status under Statute No. 5, and who has since requirements as laid out in Regulation 172 above in order to completed a supervised course of study prescribed by the be awarded the degree. Faculty on the recommendation of the Head of the School of (4) An exercise, thesis or other work shall not be accepted Music and extending over a period of not less than one year the substance of which has been previously accepted for a for a full-time student or over such period as the Faculty may diploma or degree in this or any other institution. determine for a part-time student. (5) The degree may be awarded with distinction if, in the 171. In the case of an applicant who has not qualified for the opinion of the Faculty, the composition and thesis or perfor- degree of Bachelor of Music with first or second class honours mance and thesis of a candidate are of exceptional merit. or whose major field of study has not been the field for which candidature is sought the application must first have been Time Limit approved by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of 175. The provisions of Regulation 103 shall apply to the Head of the School of Music before it is submitted to the candidates for the degree of Master of Music. Faculty: the Head of the School may before making a recommendation to the Executive Dean require the applicant to pass such qualifying examinations or undertake such DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MUSIC (1092) preliminary study as the Head of the School thinks fit. 176. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall Course Requirements apply to the degree of Doctor of Music. 172. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall— (a) undertake a supervised course of advanced study DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION (1013) prescribed by the Faculty extending for at least one year of 177. The degree of Bachelor of Music Education may be full-time study, or the equivalent of part-time study; conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. (b)(i) for the degree of Master of Music (in composition) present for examination an exercise consisting of a compo- Course Requirements and Time Limit sition or group of compositions which show technical accomplishment and imaginative resource; 178.(1)(a) To qualify for the pass degree a candidate shall, over a period of at least four years of full-time study or the (ii) for the degree of Master of Music (in performance) equivalent in part-time study, complete the course prescribed present, at times and places arranged by the Head of the for pass candidates in Regulation 179 to a minimum total School of Music and approved by the Faculty, two recitals of value of 192 points and, except as provided in sub-regulation programmes totalling not less than three hours’ duration (2) below, a maximum total value of 200 points. which demonstrate advanced technical and interpretative accomplishment; (b) To be eligible for the honours degree, a candidate shall, over a period of at least four years of full-time study or the (c) present a thesis of 15,000 to 20,000 words on a topic equivalent in part-time study, complete the course prescribed related to one or more aspect(s) of the work presented under for honours candidates in Regulation 179 to a minimum total sub-regulation (b)(i) or (ii) above, approved by the Head of value of 200 points and, except as prescribed in sub-regulation the School of Music; (2) below, a maximum total value of 204 points. (d) undertake advanced coursework or seminar work as (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, determined by the School of Music and pass any other having regard to the recommendation of the Head or course written, practical or oral examination which the Faculty may adviser of the School of Music, may permit a candidate to require. take units to a total value greater than the limits prescribed in paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) above. Requirement for Faculty Approval of Exercises and Programmes (3)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (1)(b), a candidate shall not take units to a total value of less than 48 points or 173.(1) In the case of the degree of Master of Music (in compo- more than 52 points in an academic year of the course, unless sition) the details of the musical forms and media of the special approval is given by the Executive Dean, having regard exercise and the thesis topic shall be submitted to and to the recommendation of the Head or course adviser of the approved by the Faculty at least six months before the School of Music. exercise and thesis are presented. (b) A fourth-year honours candidate shall take units to a (2) In the case of the degree of Master of Music (in total of 56 points as provided in Regulation 179. performance) the details of the recital programmes shall be submitted to and approved by the Faculty no later than one (4) The provisions of Regulation 29 with respect to time month before the first recital is presented, and the thesis topic limits shall apply to candidates for the degree of Bachelor of shall be submitted to and approved by the Faculty at least six Music Education. months before the recitals and thesis are presented. 179.(1) Subject to paragraphs 2(a) and (b), the course shall comprise: Examinations (a) First Year 174.(1) In the case of the Master of Music (in composition) the (i) 190.101 Music 101 (8 points) procedure for the examination of the exercise and thesis shall 190.121 Music 121 (6 points) be the same as that laid down for the examination of theses in 190.122 Music 122 (6 points) General Regulation 33. approved Arts unit(s) to the value of 12 points
D57—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
and either and either (ii) Composition Programme (ii)A. 190.470 Music 470 (6 points) 190.130 Music 130 (8 points) or 190.141 Music 141 (8 points) B. a minor curriculum unit chosen from Faculty of or Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(ii) (6 points) (iii) Performance Programme and either 190.140 Music 140 (12 points) (iii)A. Pass Level 190.142 Music 142 (4 points) elective(s) to the value of 8 to 12 points chosen (b) Second Year from the following to make up the required total of 192 to 200 points for the degree: (i) 190.201 Music 201 (12 points) 190.221 Music 221 (6 points) 190.304 Music 304 (8 points) 190.222 Music 222 (6 points) 190.321 Music 321 (8 points) 190.331 Music 331 (8 points) and either 190.345 Music 345 (8 points) (ii) Composition Programme 190.346 Music 346 (8 points) A. 190.230 Music 230 (12 points) 190.347 Music 347 (8 points); and either and B. 190.241 Music 241 (8 points) and units listed in Faculty of Education Regulation 11 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) or or B. Honours level C. approved Arts units of first- and/or second-year 190.462 Music 462 (16 points) level to the value of 12 to 16 points; or (2)(a) All candidates must take a minimum of 12 points and may take up to a maximum of 40 points chosen from D. approved Arts unit(s) of first-year level to the non-Music Arts units of first- and second-year level. value of 12 points and (b) Candidates must submit their selection of non-Music 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) Arts units to the Head or course adviser of the School of Music for approval. or (iii) Performance Programme (c) Candidates wishing to take a non-Music second teaching area should also take second-year units to the value 190.240 Music 240 (16 points) of 16 points in the same subject normally provided such subject 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) is a suitable prerequisite for the teaching area. 190.244 Music 244 (4 points) (3)(a) At the end of the first year of the course a candidate or may, with the approval of the Head or course adviser of the (iv) Music Teaching Programme School of Music, be permitted to change course programmes 190.241 Music 241 (8 points) without loss of accrued points. 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) (b) At the end of the second year BMusEd candidates 190.270 Music 270 (12 points) may be permitted to proceed to MusB or BMusT without loss or of accrued points [see Regulation 163(4)(b) above]. (v) Music Education Programme (4) The provisions of Regulation 164 shall apply to 190.241 Music 241 (8 points) candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music Education. 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) Subject to sub-regulation (2)(c) below, approved Entry to BMusEd as a Second Degree Arts units of first- and/or second-year level to the 180.(1) The Faculty may permit a person who has qualified value of 12 to 16 points. for any degree of this or another recognised tertiary institution (c) Third Year to proceed to the course for the degree of BMusEd and may (i) 190.301 Music 301 (12 points) grant credit on the basis of relevant work in the previous 190.360 Music 360 (10 points) degree to a maximum of 96 points. 190.361 Music 361 (8 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3) and (4), candidates shall 190.371 Music 371 (6 points) complete a course approved by the Head or course adviser of and either the School of Music, which shall comply with the minimum and maximum total points values prescribed in sub-regulation (ii) 190.341 Music 341 (8 points) 178(1) after taking into account the total points value of any 190.342 Music 342 (4 points) credit granted in accordance with sub-regulation (1). or (3) Candidates who are admitted on the basis of holding a (iii) units to the value of 12 to 16 points chosen from: Bachelor of Music or a Bachelor of Music Teaching may be A. approved Arts units of first- and/or second-year required to include Music 361 (8 points) in their course. level; and/or (4) Candidates who are admitted on the basis of holding a B. electives listed under sub-paragraph (d)(iii)(A) Bachelor of Arts and whose course did not include a major below; other than Music shall include another Arts major in their or course. (iv) A. 190.342 Music 342 (4 points) Exclusion from Candidacy for BMusT and 181. A person who has qualified for the degree of BMusEd of B. units to the value of 8 to 12 points chosen from: this University or for an equivalent degree of another • approved Arts unit(s) of first- and/or second- recognised tertiary institution shall not be admitted as a year level; and/or candidate for the degree of BMusT. • electives listed under sub-paragraph (d)(iii)(A) below. Honours (d) Fourth Year Admission (i) 190.460 Music 460 (12 points) 182.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation 190.461 Music 461 (12 points) of the Head of the School of Music, admit as an honours 300.489 Educational Practices 489 (10 points) candidate for the degree, a candidate who has completed the
D58—April/May 2000 Statutes requirements for the first three years of the course at a Time Limit sufficiently high level. 188. The provisions of Regulation 103 shall apply to (2) The degree of Bachelor of Music Education shall be candidates for the degree of Master of Music Education. awarded with honours of the appropriate class to candidates who— (a) have completed the fourth-year honours programme DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC TEACHING (1010) as prescribed above; and 189. The degree of Bachelor of Music Teaching shall be conferred (b) have achieved an average ‘B’ grading (or 65 per cent as a pass degree. and above) in the honours programme; and (c) have achieved at least a ‘B’ grading (or 65 per cent and Course Requirements and Time Limit above) in Music 460, 461 and 462. 190.(1) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall— (3) The Faculty shall award the pass degree to honours (a) undertake a course of at least three years of full-time candidates who fail to meet the criteria for the award of study (or the equivalent in part-time study); and honours but who fulfil requirements equivalent to those for (b) complete units as prescribed in Regulation 191 to a the pass degree. minimum total value of 144 points and, except as provided in 183. The final examination in the fourth-year honours unit sub-regulation (2) below, a maximum total value of 148 points. (Music 462) shall be based on a dissertation on a topic (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, having approved by the Head of the School of Music, to be submitted regard to the recommendation of the Head or course adviser no later than the last day of October in the final year. of the School of Music, may permit a candidate to take units to a total value of more than 148 points. (3) Unless special approval is given by the Executive Dean, DEGREE OF MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION having regard to the recommendation of the Head or course (Preliminary: 1043; Research: 1073) adviser of the School of Music, a candidate shall not take units Admission to a total value of less than 48 points or more than 52 points in an academic year of the course. 184. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of the School of Music, admit as a candidate for the degree of (4) The provisions of Regulation 29 with respect to time Master of Music Education an applicant who— limits shall apply to candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music Teaching. (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Music Education or of Music of this University, or 191.(1) The units prescribed are: who has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5: an applicant who has not qualified for the degree of (a) First Year bachelor with first or second class honours, or whose major 190.101 Music 101 (8 points) field of study has not been the field for which candidature is 190.121 Music 121 (6 points) sought, may be required to undertake such preliminary study 190.122 Music 122 (6 points) as the Head of the School of Music thinks fit; 190.140 Music 140 (12 points) or 190.142 Music 142 (4 points) approved Arts unit(s) to the value of 12 points (b) has completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts of this University with first or second class (b) Second Year honours in Music, or who has been admitted to equivalent 190.201 Music 201 (12 points) status under Statute No. 5: the applicant may be required to 190.221 Music 221 (6 points) undertake such preliminary study as the Head of the School 190.222 Music 222 (6 points) of Music thinks fit; 190.241 Music 241 (8 points) or 190.242 Music 242 (4 points) 190.270 Music 270 (12 points) (c) has completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts of this University, or who has been admitted (c) Third Year to equivalent status under Statute No. 5, and who has since (i) 190.301 Music 301 (12 points) completed a supervised course of study prescribed by the 190.341 Music 341 (8 points) Faculty on the recommendation of the Head of the School of 190.342 Music 342 (4 points) Music and extending over a period of not less than one year 190.370 Music 370 (12 points) for a full-time student or over such period as the Faculty may and determine for a part-time student. (ii) units to the value of 12 to 16 points chosen from: A. approved Arts units of first- and/or second-year level; Course Requirements and/or 185. To qualify for the degree the candidate shall— B. electives listed in sub-regulation (2) below. (a) undertake a supervised course of advanced study prescribed by the Faculty extending for at least one year of (2) Elective Units Available in the Third Year shall be: full-time study, or the equivalent of part-time study; 190.304 Music 304 (8 points) (b) present a thesis which shows on the part of the 190.321 Music 321 (8 points) candidate sound knowledge of the subject matter and some 190.322 Music 322 (8 points) independence of thought combined with the ability to use 190.331 Music 331 (8 points) clear and concise language. 190.345 Music 345 (8 points) 190.346 Music 346 (8 points) Faculty Approval of Thesis Title 190.347 Music 347 (8 points) 190.348 Music 348 (6 points) 186. The title of the thesis must have been submitted to and 190.390 Music 390 (6 points) approved by the Faculty at least six months before the thesis is presented. (3) Candidates must submit their selection of non-Music units to the Head or course adviser of the School of Music for Examinations approval. 187.(1) The procedure to be followed for the examination of the Exclusion from Candidacy for MusB and BMusEd Degrees thesis will be the same as that laid down in General Regulation 33. 192. A person who has qualified for the degree of BMusT shall not be admitted as a candidate for either of the degrees of MusB (2) No exercise, thesis or other work shall be accepted the substance of which has been previously accepted for a or BMusEd. diploma or degree in this or any other institution.
D59—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
DIPLOMA IN MUSIC (TECHNOLOGY) (1034) (b) Second Year 193. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 38(1) 190.212 Music 212 shall apply to the Diploma in Music (Technology). 190.223 Music 223 190.250 Music 250 Course Structure 190.252 Music 252 190.255 Music 255 194. To qualify for the Diploma in Music (Technology), a 190.256 Music 256 candidate shall undertake a course of at least three years of full-time study (or the equivalent in part-time study) and and either complete the following units: 190.253 Music 253 or 190.254 Music 254 (a) First Year and one unit chosen from the electives in (d) 190.111 Music 111 190.129 Music 129 (c) Third Year 190.130 Music 130 190.312 Music 312 190.146 Music 146 190.350 Music 350 190.180 Music 180 190.352 Music 352 190.181 Music 181 190.355 Music 355 190.182 Music 182 190.356 Music 356 (b) Second Year and either 190.230 Music 230 190.353 Music 353 or 190.232 Music 232 190.354 Music 354 190.246 Music 246 and one unit chosen from the electives in (d) 190.281 Music 281 (d) Second- and Third-year Electives 190.282 Music 282 190.346 Music 346 190.283 Music 283 190.347 Music 347 190.284 Music 284 190.348 Music 348 and one unit chosen from the electives in (d) (c) Third Year Time Limit 190.330 Music 330 196B.(1) The requirements for the Diploma in Music (Orchestral 190.332 Music 332 Practice) shall be completed within six years from the date of 190.346 Music 346 first enrolment for the diploma. 190.381 Music 381 (2) 190.382 Music 382 Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1), in exceptional 190.383 Music 383 circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- 190.384 Music 384 mendation of the Head of the School of Music, may approve periods of extension. and one unit chosen from the electives in (d) (d) Second- and Third-year Electives 190.285 Music 285 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MUSIC EDUCATION (1028) 190.286 Music 286 196C. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 shall 190.306 Music 306 apply to the Graduate Certificate in Music Education. 190.311 Music 311 190.343 Music 343 Admission 190.345 Music 345 196D.(1) The Faculty may, having regard to the recom- mendation of the Head of the School of Music, accept as a Time Limit candidate for the Graduate Certificate in Music Education, an 195.(1) The requirements for the Diploma in Music (Technology) applicant who— shall be completed within six years, from the date of first (a) holds the degree of Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of enrolment for the diploma. Music Education of this University or has been admitted to (2) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1), in exceptional equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to the (b) holds the Graduate Diploma in Education of this recommendation of the Head of the School of Music, may University with a major study sequence in Music or has been approve periods of extension. admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or DIPLOMA IN MUSIC (ORCHESTRAL PRACTICE) (1036) (c) subject to sub-regulation (2), holds— 196. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 38(1) (i) a three-year Music teaching qualification from a shall apply to the Diploma in Music (Orchestral Practice). recognised tertiary institution; and Course Structure (ii) has at least five years’ music teaching experience. 196A. To qualify for the Diploma in Music (Orchestral Practice), a candidate shall undertake a course of at least three years of 2. In special circumstances the Faculty may, having regard to full-time study (or the equivalent in part-time study) and the recommendation of the Head of the School of Music and complete the following units: with the approval of the Executive Dean, accept as a candidate for the graduate certificate an applicant who has a Music (a) First Year teaching qualification from a course of less than three years’ 190.112 Music 112 duration, completed at a recognised tertiary institution. 190.123 Music 123 190.150 Music 150 Course Structure 190.152 Music 152 190.155 Music 155 196E. To qualify for the Graduate Certificate in Music 190.156 Music 156 Education, a candidate shall complete: and either 190.463 Music 463 (12 points) 190.153 Music 153 or and 190.154 Music 154 two electives chosen with the approval of the course adviser or Head of the School of Music, from the following: 190.464 Music 464 (6 points) 190.465 Music 465 (6 points)
D60—April/May 2000 Statutes
190.468 Music 468 (6 points) of Studies in Social Work and Social Policy, hereinafter 190.469 Music 469 (6 points) referred to as the Board of Studies, which will be responsible to the Faculty. Time Limit 196F.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the requirements for the Board of Studies Graduate Certificate in Music Education shall be completed 200.(1) The Board of Studies shall comprise: within two years from the date of first enrolment for the (a) the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social certificate. Policy; (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, (b) the full-time members of the teaching staff of the having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School Department of Social Work and Social Policy and the part- of Music, may approve periods of extension. time lecturers in that school responsible for full units in the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Social Work and Master of Social Work; GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MUSIC EDUCATION (1038) (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; 196G. Arts Regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Music Education. (d) the Associate Dean of the Faculty or nominee; (e) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; Admission (f) two persons at senior lecturer level or above, drawn 196H. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation from the staff of the University and having a relevant of the Head of the School of Music, accept as a candidate for academic background, nominated by the Executive Dean, the Graduate Diploma in Music Education an applicant who having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the has completed one of the following qualifications of this Department of Social Work and Social Policy; University or who has been admitted to equivalent status (g) three persons, not otherwise included, actively under Statute No. 5: engaged in the practice of social work and social admini- (a) the degree of Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Music stration appointed by the Faculty, having regard to the Education; or recommendation of the Board of Studies; (b) the Graduate Diploma in Education with a major (h) one representative of the Australian Association of study sequence in Music; Social Workers (WA Branch) nominated by that association; (c) the Graduate Certificate in Music Education. (i) three undergraduate students and one postgraduate student elected annually by and from the students enrolled in Course Structure degrees administered by the Board of Studies; (j) a member of the academic staff of the Department of 196I.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for Social Work at Curtin University of Technology nominated the Graduate Diploma in Music Education, a candidate shall annually by the head of that school; complete: (k) a member of the academic staff of the Department of (a) First Year Rural Community Studies at Edith Cowan University 190.463 Music 463 (12 points) nominated annually by the head of that department; 190.464 Music 464 (6 points) (l) a member of the staff of the Centre for Aboriginal Pro- 190.465 Music 465 (6 points) grammes at this University nominated by the Executive Dean (b) Second Year of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Electives to a maximum of 24 points chosen from the Policy. following: 190.466 Music 466 (12 points) (2) The members appointed under sub-regulations (1)(f), 190.467 Music 467 (12 points) (g) and (h) above shall hold office for a period of two years 190.468 Music 468 (6 points) and be eligible for reappointment. 190.469 Music 469 (6 points) (3) Meetings of the Board shall be chaired by the Head of
(2) A candidate who is admitted to the course after com- the Department of Social Work and Social Policy but, in the head’s absence, the members present shall determine which pleting the requirements of the Graduate Certificate in Music one of them shall take the chair. Education shall be credited with all the units completed in that certificate. (4) Nine members present shall constitute a quorum. (3) A candidate who has completed the Graduate (5) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such Certificate in Music Education but has not taken the units times and places as the Head of the Department of Social 190.464 and/or 190.465 shall take those units in place of the Work and Social Policy thinks fit but no less than twice a units 190.468 and/or 190.469 respectively. year.
Time Limit THE PASS DEGREE 196J.(1) The requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Music Course Requirements Education shall be completed within four years from the date of first enrolment for the diploma. 201. To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Social Work a candidate shall complete a course to a total of 192–195 (2) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1), in exceptional points as follows: circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Music, may (1)First Year approve periods of extension. (a) 185.100 Australian Studies 100 (6 points) 090.100 Aboriginal History 100 (6 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK (b) approved units at first-year level to the value of at (Undergraduate: 1024; Postgraduate: 1015 ) least 36 points, chosen from Regulation 39 in accordance with Regulation 202. 197. The provisions of the General Regulations and Arts (2) Second Year Regulations 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 23(1) shall apply to candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work. (a) 491.201 Social Work 201 (8 points) 491.206 Social Work 206 (8 points) 198. The degree of Bachelor of Social Work shall be conferred (b) approved units at second-year level to the value of either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. at least 32 points, chosen from Regulation 39 in accordance 199. The courses for the degrees of Bachelor of Social Work with Regulation 202. and Master of Social Work shall be administered by the Board
D61—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(3) Third Year Department of Social Work and Social Policy, may vary the (a) 491.302 Social Work 302 (5 points) time limit specified in sub-regulation (1). 491.303 Social Work 303 (8 points) 204.(1) Unless the Executive Dean in recognition of excep- 491.305 Social Work 305 (8 points) tional circumstances and having regard to the recom- 491.309 Social Work 309 (14 points) mendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and (b) an approved unit or units at second- or third-year Social Policy approves otherwise, or except as provided in level to the value of at least eight points, chosen from sub-regulation (2), candidates— Regulation 39 in accordance with Regulation 202. (a) shall not be permitted to enrol for more than the (c) either standard full-time load; (i) 491.304 Social Work 304 (5 points) (b) shall undertake both practicums on a full-time basis. or (2) Candidates in the third academic year who intend to proceed to the honours degree shall enrol in units to a total (ii) for candidates intending to proceed to the honours value of 51 points which shall include Social Work 344. degree: 491.344 Social Work 344 (8 points) 204A. (1) Unless the Executive Dean in recognition of exceptional circumstances and having regard to the recom- (4) Fourth Year mendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and (a) 491.404 Social Work 404 (8 points) Social Policy approves otherwise, or except as provided in 491.406 Social Work 406 (8 points) sub-regulation (2), candidates shall complete the require- 491.429 Social Work 429 (24 points) ments of one year before being permitted to enrol in any units (b) either from a higher year. (i) 491.421 Social Work 421 (8 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), candidates who have not completed the requirements of one year may enrol in units or from higher years provided they have completed all the (ii) with the approval of the Executive Dean, having appropriate prerequisite units. regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department (3) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, of Social Work and Social Policy, a unit or units from another having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the faculty to a total value of at least eight points, which the Head Department of Social Work and Social Policy, may waive or of the Department has deemed relevant to the study of social vary prerequisite requirements. work. 202.(1) Of the units chosen from Regulation 39, units to a total Satisfactory Progress value of at least 40 points shall be taken from among the 205.(1) To make satisfactory progress in the course, candi- following subject areas: dates shall— Anthropology (a) pass all practicum units in their enrolment; and Asian Studies (b) pass in at least half the units in which they remain Australian Studies enrolled after the final withdrawal date. English Literature (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), the Faculty may exclude History from re-enrolment in the course, for not less than one year, a Human and Social Geography candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress in terms of Human Biology sub-regulation (1). Indigenous Studies Philosophy (3) Subject to sub-regulation 206(2), the Executive Dean Political Science shall consider the case of any candidate who fails a practicum Psychology unit and, after having regard to the written recommendation Women’s Studies of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy and the lecturer in charge of field education and taking with the approval of the Executive Dean, having into account all relevant information, shall recommend to the regard to recommendation of the Head of the Faculty one of the following: Department of Social Work and Social Policy, any discipline deemed cognate to the professional study (a) subject to sub-regulation (4), that the candidate be of social work. permitted to repeat the practicum; or (2) In the case of candidates admitted to the course on the (b) subject to sub-regulation (4), that the candidate be basis of prior tertiary study, the Faculty may also accept as permitted to repeat the practicum following satisfactory prior contributing to the 40 points required under sub-regulation completion of specified additional relevant work; or (1) units from the subject areas listed below: (c) that the candidate not be permitted to re-enrol in the Cultural Studies course. Education (4) In any case in which the Faculty resolves to permit a Gerontology candidate to repeat a practicum, the Faculty shall determine Legal Studies the year in which the candidate may repeat the practicum in Sociology light of the candidate’s overall performance in the course. Youth Studies Withdrawal Time Limit, Mode of Study and Progress between Years 206.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the deadlines 203.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (4), a candidate and penalties for late withdrawal from units by candidates in shall complete all requirements for the degree— the courses for bachelor degrees in the Faculty of Arts as specified in Regulation 15 shall apply to candidates in the (a) within 12 calendar years from the date of first enrolment Bachelor of Social Work course. in a first-year unit; (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-regulation (1) (b) within four calendar years from the date of first enrolment and Regulation 13, a candidate who fails or is declared to in a third-year unit. have failed a practicum unit twice shall not be permitted to (2) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units re-enrol in that unit. from a complete degree course the credit will date from the year (3) A candidate who withdraws at any stage from a of first enrolment in the Bachelor of Social Work. practicum unit shall be declared to have failed the unit unless (3) Where a candidate is permitted to credit a unit or units the Executive Dean, having regard to the advice of the Head from an incomplete degree course, the credit will date from the of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, is year in which the unit or units concerned were passed. satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify (4) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, withdrawal. having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the
D62—April/May 2000 Statutes
Entry to the BSW as a Second Degree Time Limit 207.(1) The Faculty may— 211.(1) Candidates undertaking the degree of Bachelor of (a) permit a candidate who has qualified for any degree Social Work and Social Policy with Honours in accordance of this or another tertiary institution to proceed to the course with the provisions of Regulation 210 shall complete all for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work; requirements for the degree in one year of full-time study or its part-time equivalent. (b) grant credit for previous work. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, (2) A candidate permitted to proceed to the course in having considered the advice of the Head of the Department terms of sub-regulation (1) shall complete at this University of Social Work and Social Policy, may grant a candidate an units to a total value of at least 96 points. extension of time. (3) Subject to sub-regulation (2), in exceptional circum- stances the Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- 211. A For candidates undertaking the degree of Bachelor of mendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Work with Honours in accordance with the provisions Social Policy, may— of Regulation 201(1), (2) and (3)(a), (b) and (c)(ii) and Regulation 209— (a) permit a candidate to substitute for a unit or units prescribed under Regulation 201 a unit or units of equivalent (a) the overall time limit shall be the same as that weight; prescribed in Regulation 203 for candidates completing the pass degree in accordance with the provisions of Regulation (b) deem appropriate for credit to the degree a unit or 201; units from other than the subject areas listed in Regulation 202. and (b) unless the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of the Social Entry to the BSW on the Basis of Partially Work and Social Policy, approves otherwise, the units Completed Tertiary Study prescribed under Regulation 209 shall be completed within one year of full-time study or its part-time equivalent. 207A.(1) The Faculty may— (a) permit a candidate who has partially completed an Satisfactory Progress approved programme of tertiary study at this or another 211.B For candidates completing the degree in accordance tertiary institution to proceed to the course for the degree of with Regulation 209 the provisions of Regulation 205 shall Bachelor of Social Work; apply. (b) grant credit for previous work. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, 1 having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ADVANCED SOCIAL WORK (1037) Department of Social Work and Social Policy, may— 1 The Graduate Diploma in Advanced Social Work is not available in (a) permit a candidate to substitute for a unit or units 2000. prescribed under Regulation 201 a unit or units of equivalent weight; Admission (b) deem appropriate credit to the degree a unit or units 212. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation from other than the subject area listed in Regulation 202. of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, admit as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Advanced Social Work an applicant who— THE HONOURS DEGREE (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of Admission Bachelor of Social Work or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 208. A candidate who has completed at a satisfactory level the requirements of the first three years of the degree of Bachelor (b) has at least two years’ experience as a professionally of Social Work including the unit Social Work 344, and who is qualified social worker. recommended by the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, may, with the approval of the Executive Course Requirements Dean, enrol as a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Social 213. To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Advanced Social Work with Honours. Work a candidate shall complete a course to a total value of 48 points extending over a minimum of one year of full-time 209. A candidate who has been admitted to honours study or its part-time equivalent, excluding any period of candidature in accordance with Regulation 208 shall complete suspension of candidature, as follows: the following: (1) 490.601 Social Work 601 (Advanced Social Work 491.404 Social Work 404 (8 points) Theory and Practice) (8 points) 491.446 Social Work 446 (8 points) and 491.436 Social Work 436 (12 points) 491.439 Social Work 439 (24 points) 490.602 Social Work 602 (Research Methods) (8 points) Course Requirements for Candidates Enrolled and Prior to 1996 (2) four of the following: 210. (1) Candidates enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of 490.603 Social Work 603 (Family-based Practice) Social Work prior to 1996 may, on completion of the (8 points) requirements for the pass degree, apply to undertake a one- 490.604 Social Work 604 (Statutory Practice) year full-time honours course consisting of such research, (8 points) examinations, seminars and written work as may be 490.605 Social Work 605 (Community Practice) approved by the Executive Dean, having regard to the (8 points) recommendation of the Head of the Department of Social 490.606 Social Work 606 (Social Policy) (8 points) Work and Social Policy. 490.607 Social Work 607 (Supervision and Management in Social Work) (8 points) (2) Except in exceptional circumstances approved by the 490.608 Social Work 608 (Group Work) (8 points) Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 490.609 Social Work 609 (Gender Issues in Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, a Social Work) (8 points) candidate applying to enrol for the honours degree in terms 490.610 Social Work 610 (Cultural Issues in of sub-regulation (1) must have completed the requirements Social Work) (8 points) for the pass degree within the previous seven years. 490.611 Social Work 611 (Disability and Disadvantage) (8 points)
D63—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
490.612 Social Work 612 (Health and Social Work) (ii) the following compulsory units: (8 points) 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) 490.613 Social Work 613 (Social Work and Human 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) Development) (8 points) (b) Second Year any other semester unit to the value of eight points from another postgraduate programme at this (i) Second-year units totalling 32 points chosen from those University approved by the Executive Dean, having listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; Department of Social Work and Social Policy. and (ii) the following compulsory units: Time Limit 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) 214.(1) The requirements for the Graduate Diploma in 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) Advanced Social Work shall be completed within three years Third Year from the date of first enrolment for the diploma. (c) (i) Third-year units totalling 24 points chosen from those (2) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1), in exceptional listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; recommendation of the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, may approve periods of extension. and (ii) the following compulsory units: 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) DEGREE OF MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) (Preliminary: 1045; Coursework: 1057; Research: 1075) 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) Admission 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) 215. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of (d) Fourth Year the Department of Social Work and Social Policy, admit as a (i) The following compulsory units: candidate for the degree of Master of Social Work an 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) applicant who— 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) (a)(i) has completed the requirements for the degree of 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) Bachelor of Social Work with honours in terms of pre-1996 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) Regulations or has been admitted to equivalent status under and Statute No. 5; and (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in (ii) has had at least two years’ experience as a profes- accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). sionally qualified social worker; (e) Fifth Year or (i) The following compulsory units: (b)(i) has completed the requirements for the Graduate Diploma of Advanced Social Work, or been admitted to 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and Drafting 030 (12 points) (ii) has at least two years’ experience as a professionally qualified social worker. and (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in Continued Enrolment or Suspension accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). 216. The terms of General Regulation 44 shall apply to (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the continued enrolment or suspension of candidature. Faculty of Arts and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student shall complete the course within 12 years of the beginning of Course Requirements the year in which the first unit is credited towards either degree. 217.(a) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete a course of supervised study extending over a minimum of one (3) The course shall include a major sequence listed in the year of full-time study or its equivalent in part-time study, Faculty of Arts Handbook under ‘Summary of Major Sequences excluding any periods of suspension of candidature. within Departments’ which shall comprise units to the value of 12 points at first-year level, 16 points at second-year level (b) A candidate shall undertake supervised research in and 24 points at third-year level. A student who has been an area approved by the Head of the Department of Social permitted to enrol in a second-year unit of a major sequence Work and Social Policy, and shall attend such research under Faculty of Arts sub-regulation 38(2) may count the seminars and other classes as may be determined by the qualifying unit or units as meeting the first-year requirements Head of the School who may require the student to of the major sequence. undertake a period of supervised field work related to the selected area of study. (4) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a student shall be credited with units to the value of 12 (c) A candidate shall submit a thesis of no more than unspecified points at first-year level, 16 unspecified points at 30,000 words on the selected research topic. second-year level and 24 unspecified points at third-year level towards the degree of Bachelor of Arts. PART A(1) (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF Bachelor of Arts. BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2015)— for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Arts Bachelor of Arts (Honours) Regulation 80(2) 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the recommendation of the head of the department con- Course Requirements cerned, may either— 1.(1) The combined course shall consist of: (a) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth (a) First Year year of the course to suspend enrolment in the combined course for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the (i) First-year units totalling 36 points chosen from those degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours; listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; or and (b) permit a student who has completed the third year of the course to undertake the fourth year of the course over two
D64—April/May 2000 Statutes years, while undertaking the course for the degree of (b) Second Year Bachelor of Arts with Honours concurrently. (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; Satisfactory Progress and 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is (ii) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. units listed in Arts Regulation 39; (2) For those years of the course in which a student is and undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- (iii) the following compulsory units: lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) Academic Progress Review Committee (c) Third Year Membership (i)(A) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points 4.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee chosen from those listed in Arts Regulations 39; for the course, which shall consist of the Executive Dean of or the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Law, the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the (B) third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian Faculty of Law. language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation 39; Functions of the Committee and (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the (ii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen academic record of each student who has failed in any unit of from sub-paragraph (i); enrolment but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by and either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— (iii) the following compulsory units: (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; 200.400 Constitutional Law I 400 (6 points) (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) enrolment. 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) Appeals against Academic Assessment (d) A student may substitute for units in sub-paragraphs 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment (1)(b)(i), (1)(c)(i)(A) and (1)(c)(ii) units to a maximum value of in accordance with the procedure governing appeals 16 points on China, Indonesia or Japan offered by the published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Department of Asian Studies or other departments and chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies. Appeals against Sanctions (e) Fourth Year (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result from academic assessment in accordance with the procedures (i) The following compulsory units: set out in the relevant faculty handbook. 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) Options after Exclusion from Combined Course 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) 6. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined and course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject (ii) to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in re-enrolment solely in the LLB or solely in the BA course. accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). (f) Fifth Year (i) The following compulsory units: 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) PART A(2) 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Drafting 030 (12 points) ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2019)— and for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Arts (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in Regulation 81 accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the Course Requirements Faculty of Arts and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student 1.(1) The combined course shall consist of: shall complete the course within 12 years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited towards either (a) First Year degree. (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) (3) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a student shall be credited with units to the value of 12 and unspecified points at first-year level, 16 unspecified points at first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian second-year level and 24 unspecified points at third-year language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or level towards the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies). Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation 39; and (4) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of first-year units totalling 12 points, chosen from Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies). those listed in Arts Regulation 39, which must be in an Arts discipline complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of the Department of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) Asian Studies 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to (ii) the following compulsory units: the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) Studies may either— 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) (a) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year of the course to suspend enrolment in the combined course for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours; or
D65—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) permit a student who has completed the third year of (1) First Year the course to undertake the fourth year of the course over two (a) subject to paragraph (b): years while undertaking the course for the degree of Bachelor (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 1 of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours concurrently. 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) 1
Satisfactory Progress 1 Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is Asian Studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations and of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. first-year units totalling 12 points in an Arts discipline 2 (2) For those years of the course in which a student is complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 2 Anthropology, Archaeology, English, Geography, History, Industrial Academic Progress Review Committee Relations or Political Science. Membership and (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 4.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee (6 points) for the course, which shall consist of the Executive Dean of 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Law, the Sub- (6 points) Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 Faculty of Law. (6 points) Functions of the Committee and (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the units totalling 12 points chosen from the first-year academic record of each student who has failed in any unit of units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by Reglations 10 and 19. either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one enrolment. of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii) 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (6 points). Appeals against Academic Assessment (2) Second Year 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals (a) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points published in the Interfaculty Handbook. chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; and Appeals against Sanctions first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; from academic assessment in accordance with the procedures set out in the relevant faculty handbook. and (b) one unit to a total value of six points chosen from the Options after Exclusion from Combined Course first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; 6. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined and course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for units totalling 18 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of re-enrolment solely in the LLB or solely in the BA(AsSt) Economics and Commerce Regulations 11(5), 12(3) and 12A course. such that the candidate shall make progress towards the chosen major. (3) Third Year PART B(1) (a) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (4016) units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; and 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts second-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline 3 course and the Bachelor of Economics course may apply to complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of enrol in a combined course leading to the award of both the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed degrees. in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts 3 Anthropology, Archaeology, English, Geography, History, Industrial (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics, a candidate shall Relations or Political Science. complete the course in accordance with the following and regulations. (b) units totalling 24 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulation 11(5), 12(3) and 12A 3.(1) A candidate shall undertake at least one major from those such that the candidate shall make progress towards the chosen offered in the Bachelor of Economics course and shall nominate major. the chosen major at the start of the second year of the combined course. (4) Fourth Year (2) Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall (a) either have passed the prerequisites. (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulations 39; (3) For the purposes of the combined course, a major in the degree of Bachelor of Economics shall comprise units at the or second- and third-year level with a minimum aggregate value (ii) third-year units totalling 16 points in an Asian language of 36 points chosen from one of the majors in Faculty of chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5). in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 4. The course shall comprise: and
D66—April/May 2000 Statutes
(iii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen Academic Progress Review Committee from sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); Membership and 12.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee (b) units totalling 30 points chosen from those listed in for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11(5), 12(3) Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and and 12A such that the candidate shall complete the chosen Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and major. Economics and Commerce. (5) A student may substitute for units in paragraphs (2)(a) Functions of the Committee and (4)(a)(i), units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, Indonesia or Japan offered by the Department of Asian Studies (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine or other departments and chosen from those listed in Faculty the academic record of each student who has failed in any of Arts Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of Department of Asian Studies. the faculties concerned and shall determine— (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard enrolment. to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the Asian Studies may permit a student who has completed the combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. (Asian Studies) or Bachelor of Commerce. (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 62(2) shall apply to (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. Bachelor of Economics (Honours) (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. Bachelor of Economics with Honours. (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions Regulations 13 to 16 shall apply to the Bachelor of Economics 13.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic with Honours. assessment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals against academic assessment published in the Time Limit Interfaculty Handbook. 6. A candidate shall complete the combined course within 12 (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results years of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- the degree. Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten Qualification for Degree working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written determination or explanation. 7. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics. PART B(2) Supplementary and Deferred Examinations COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF 8.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (4015) taken for either the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts or the degree of Bachelor of Economics. course and Bachelor of Commerce course may apply to enrol (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees. with the provisions of General Regulation 20. 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Commerce, a candidate shall Satisfactory Progress complete the course in accordance with the following 9. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for regulations. the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies)/Bachelor of Economics, students shall pass at least half the total points 3.(1) A candidate shall undertake at least one major from those value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the offered in the Bachelor of Commerce course and shall nominate final specified withdrawal dates. the chosen major at the start of the second year of the combined course. Exclusions (2) Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall 10. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and have passed the prerequisites. Commerce— (3) For the purposes of the combined course, a major in the (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise units at the less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory second- and third-year level with a minimum aggregate value progress in terms of Regulation 9; of 36 points chosen from one of the majors in Faculty of (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4). a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in 4. The course shall comprise: terms of Regulation 9, is permitted to re-enrol and subse- quently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second time. (1) First Year (a) subject to paragraph (b): Successive Failures in the Same Unit (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 1 11. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) 1 unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval 1 Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of of the faculty concerned. Asian Studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). and
D67—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
first-year units totalling 12 points in an Arts discipline 1 Indonesia or Japan offered by the Department of Asian Studies complementary to Asian Studies, as approved by or other departments and chosen from those listed in Arts the Head of the Department of Asian Studies and Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the Department chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation of Asian Studies. 39; 1 Anthropology, Archaeology, English, Geography, History, Industrial Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) Relations or Political Science. 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard and to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies may permit a student who has completed the (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for (6 points) the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 62(2) shall apply to (6 points) the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. and units totalling 12 points chosen from the first-year Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Reglations 10 and 19. may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable Bachelor of Commerce with Honours. Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii) Regulations 21 to 24 shall apply to the Bachelor of Commerce the unit 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and with Honours. Economics 111 (6 points). (2) Second Year Membership of Professional Accounting Associations (a) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen 6. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulations 39; permit a candidate in the second academic year of the course and to substitute first-year Commerce units to a total value of six first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian language chosen points for second-year Commerce units with the same total from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Faculty points value for the express purpose of obtaining the prescribed of Arts Regulation 39; units necessary to qualify the candidate after graduation for and membership of the professional accounting associations. (b) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the first- year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Time Limit Regulations 10 and 19; 7. A candidate shall complete the combined course within 12 and years of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards subject to Regulation 5, units totalling 18 points chosen from the degree. those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regula- tions 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make Qualification for Degree progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 8. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined major. course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of Bachelor (3) Third Year of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Commerce. (a) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese Supplementary and Deferred Examinations units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 9.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units and taken for either the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) second-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline 2 or the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed with the provisions of General Regulation 20. in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; and Satisfactory Progress (b) units totalling 24 points chosen from those listed in 10. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies)/Bachelor of and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards Commerce, students shall pass at least half the total points completion of the requirements of the chosen major. value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the (4) Fourth Year final specified withdrawal dates. (a) either Exclusions (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen 11. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; Commerce— or (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not (ii) third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese units listed progress in terms of Regulation 10; in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, and a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in (iii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen terms of Regulation 10, is permitted to re-enrol and from sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); subsequently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second and time. (b) units totalling 30 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A Successive Failures in the Same Unit and 20B such that the candidate shall complete the 12. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any requirements of the chosen major. unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be (5) A student may substitute for units in paragraphs (2)(a) permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval and (4)(a)(i), units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, of the faculty concerned.
D68—April/May 2000 Statutes
Academic Progress Review Committee and Membership (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 13.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee (6 points) for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and (6 points) Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 Economics and Commerce. (6 points) and Functions of the Committee units with a total value of 12 points selected from the (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and the academic record of each student who has failed in any Commerce Regulations 10 and 19. unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (a)(ii), enrolment. 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the (6 points). combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for (2) Second Year enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen (Asian Studies) or Bachelor of Commerce. from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit any second-year Economics units; a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of (ii) first-year units to a total value of 12 points chosen from Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. those listed in Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 Economics (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in and writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. (b)(i) one unit with a value of six points selected from the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions and 14.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic (ii) second-year units with a total value of 18 points selected assessment in accordance with the procedure governing from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- appeals against academic assessment published in the regulations 11(5) and 12(3) and Regulation 12A such that the Interfaculty Handbook. candidate shall make progress towards completion of the (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results requirements of the chosen major. from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the (3) Third Year Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten working (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written determination from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding or explanation. any second-year Economics units; (ii) third-year units to a total value of eight points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding PART B(3) any third-year Economics units; COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF and BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (1023) (b) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts 12 and 12A such that the candidate shall make progress course and Bachelor of Economics course may apply to enrol towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees. (4) Fourth Year 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (a) third-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from and Bachelor of Economics, a candidate shall complete the those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any course in accordance with the following regulations. third-year Economics units; 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall undertake and a major sequence chosen from those offered in the Bachelor of (b) units to a total value of 30 points chosen from those Arts and a major from those offered in the Bachelor of listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, Economics and shall nominate the chosen major sequence and 12 and 12A such that the candidate shall complete the major at the start of the second year of the combined course. requirements of the chosen major. (2) For the purposes of the combined course— (a) a major sequence in the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall Bachelor of Arts (Honours) exclude units in Economics; 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard (b) a major in the degree of Bachelor of Economics shall to the recommendation of the head of the department comprise the units at the second- and third-year level with a concerned, may permit a student who has completed the fourth minimum aggregate value of 36 points chosen from one of the year of the combined course to enrol in the course for the groups identified in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours. regulation 11(5). (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 49(2) shall apply to (3) Before nominating the chosen major sequence or major a the Bachelor of Arts with Honours. candidate shall have passed the prerequisites. Bachelor of Economics (Honours) 4. The course shall comprise: (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce (1) First Year may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of (a) subject to paragraph (b): the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics with Honours. (i) first-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 Economics (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; Regulations 13 to 16 shall apply to the Bachelor of Economics with Honours.
D69—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Time Limit (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- (6) A candidate shall complete the course within 12 years of Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten towards the degree. working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written determination or explanation. Qualification for Degree (7) On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined course a candidate shall be qualified for the award PART B(4) of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF Supplementary and Deferred Examinations BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (1022) 8.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations either in 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts units taken for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or in those course and Bachelor of Commerce course may apply to enrol taken for the degree of Bachelor of Economics. in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees. (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts with the provisions of General Regulation 20. and Bachelor of Commerce, a candidate shall complete the course in accordance with the following regulations. Satisfactory Progress 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall undertake 9. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for a major sequence chosen from those offered in the Bachelor of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics, Arts and a major from those offered in the Bachelor of students shall pass at least half the total points value of all Commerce and shall nominate the chosen major sequence and the units in which they remain enrolled after the final specified major at the start of the second year of the combined course. withdrawal dates. (2) For the purposes of the combined course— Exclusions (a) a major sequence in the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall 10. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and exclude units in Economics; Commerce— (b) a major in the degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not comprise the units at the second- and third-year level with a less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory minimum aggregate value of 36 points chosen from one of the progress in terms of Regulation 9; groups identified in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- regulation 20(4). (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in (3) Before nominating the chosen major sequence or major a terms of Regulation 9, is permitted to re-enrol and subse- candidate shall have passed the prerequisites. quently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second time. 4. The course shall comprise: Successive Failures in the Same Unit (1) First Year 11. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any (a) subject to paragraph (b): unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be (i) first-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 of the faculty concerned. Economics 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; and Academic Progress Review Committee (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Membership (6 points) 12.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and (6 points) Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and and Economics and Commerce. units with a total value of 12 points selected from the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics Functions of the Committee and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19. (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled the academic record of each student who has failed in any score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one the faculties concerned and shall determine— of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (a)(ii), (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- (6 points). enrolment. (2) Second Year (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or any second-year Economics units; Bachelor of Economics. (ii) first-year units to a total value of 12 points chosen from (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Economics 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. and (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend (b) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the first- enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Regulations 10 and 19; Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. and subject to Regulation 5, units to a total value of 18 points Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and 13.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the assessment in accordance with the procedure governing candidate shall make progress towards completion of the appeals against academic assessment published in the requirements of the chosen major. Interfaculty Handbook.
D70—April/May 2000 Statutes
(3) Third Year Exclusions (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen 11. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding Commerce— any second-year Economics units; (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not (ii) third-year units to a total value of eight points chosen less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding progress in terms of Regulation 10; any third-year Economics units; (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, and a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in (b) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from those terms of Regulation 10, is permitted to re-enrol and listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations subsequently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress time. towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. Successive Failures in the Same Unit (4) Fourth Year 12. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any (a) third-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval third-year Economics units; of the faculty concerned. and (b) units to a total value of 30 points chosen from those Academic Progress Review Committee listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations Membership 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall complete the 13.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee requirements of the chosen major. for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Bachelor of Arts (Honours) Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard Economics and Commerce. to the recommendation of the head of the department concerned, may permit a student who has completed the Functions of the Committee fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours. the academic record of each student who has failed in any (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 49(2) shall apply to unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the Bachelor of Arts with Honours. the faculties concerned and shall determine— (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment. may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for Bachelor of Commerce with Honours. enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce Bachelor of Commerce. Regulations 21 to 24 shall apply to the Bachelor of Commerce with Honours. (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Membership of Professional Accounting Associations Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend 6. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in permit a candidate in the second academic year of the course writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the to substitute first-year Commerce units totalling no more than Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. six points for second-year Commerce units with the same total points value for the express purpose of obtaining the prescribed units necessary to qualify the candidate after graduation for Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions membership of the professional accounting associations. 14.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic assessment in accordance with the procedure governing Time Limit appeals against academic assessment published in the 7. A candidate shall complete the course within 12 years of Interfaculty Handbook. the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results towards the degree. from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of Qualification for Degree the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written 8. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined determination or explanation. course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Commerce. PART C Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 9.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations either in COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF units taken for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or in those BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND taken for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ENVIRONMENTAL) (6015) (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20. Admission 1. A student who is qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of Satisfactory Progress Engineering (Environmental) course and the Bachelor of Arts 10. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for (Asian Studies) course may apply to enrol in a combined course the degrees of Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce, leading to the award of both degrees. students shall pass at least half the total points value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the final specified General and Special Provisions withdrawal dates. 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13 , the general and special provisions for the constituent degrees shall apply to this combined course.
D71—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Course Requirements Qualification for Both Degrees 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 7(1), the combined (2) On successful completion of the fifth year of the combined course shall comprise: course and of the practical experience requirement prescribed in Part B of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regula- (a) First Year tions 16 to 19, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) Engineering (Environmental). 530.131 Mathematics 131 (6 points) 530.132 Mathematics 132 (6 points) Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 600.101 Engineering 101 (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102 (6 points) 4.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 230.105 Programming for Engineers taken for the combined course. and Scientists 105 (6 points) (2) Deferred examinations, which shall have the same format 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 as that of the initial examination, may be granted in accordance (6 points) with the provisions of General Regulation 20. (b) Second Year (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points Satisfactory Progress chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course, a student shall and pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points value (ii) 500.101 Biology 101 (12 points) of all units for which a final result is recorded. 530.281 Mathematics 281 ( 6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) Admissions and Progress Committee 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 6. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for the and course, comprising the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, the Sub-Deans of (iii) first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian language the Faculties of Arts and Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in the Senior Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science and Arts Regulation 39. the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. (c) Third Year (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points Variations to Enrolment chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; and 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in (ii) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) respect of Regulation 3 . 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and (2) A student wishing to vary the course as provided in sub- Management 215 (4 points) regulation (1) shall apply in writing to the Sub-Dean of the 640.221 Data Collection and Analysis 221 (4 points) Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) and Consideration and Reporting of Results (iii) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian lan- 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on behalf guage chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units of the Boards of Examiners in Arts and Engineering and Mathe- listed in Arts Regulation 39. matical Sciences in relation to considering and reporting of results in the course. (d) Fourth Year (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen Unsatisfactory Progress and Exclusions from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make satisfactory or progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee may— third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language cho- (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for not sen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese units listed in less than one year; or Arts Regulation 39; and (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such conditions as it may specify. (ii) 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course in 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory progress, 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) the committee may exclude the student from re-enrolment in 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) the course. 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and Management 315 (4 points) Student Options Following Exclusion from Combined Course 640.352 Computational Methods 352(4 points) 10. When the Admissions and Progress Committee determines 640.351 Analytical Methods 351 (4 points) that a student shall be excluded from the combined course, the 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340(4 points) student may— (e) Fifth Year (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points chosen by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of Arts, with a copy to from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; the Sub-Dean of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, no and later than ten University working days after the date of despatch of the written advice of exclusion; and/or (ii) the fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering (Environ- mental) course as prescribed in Part B paragraph 7(c) of the (b) apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the course Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations except for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) or the course that— for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Environmental). 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; and Time Limit the total number of points to be taken under sub-paragraph (ii) shall be 16. 11. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a student shall complete
D72—April/May 2000 Statutes the requirements of the combined course within ten calendar (ii) one of the following minor curriculum units: years of their first enrolment for the degrees. 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) Qualification for Admission to Bachelor of Commerce with 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) Honours Prior to Completion of the Combined Course 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 (6 points) 300.428 Information Technology in the 12. A student who is permitted to vary his or her course under Classroom 428 (6 points) the provisions of sub-regulation 7(1) and who thereby completes 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points) Studies) before completion of all requirements of the combined 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) course, shall be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Arts 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 (6 points) (Asian Studies) degree and may with the approval of the Admissions and Progress Committee and the Faculty of Arts, (iii) 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) proceed to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) Honours before completing the requirements of the combined 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) course. 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions (4 points) 13.(1) A student may appeal against academic assessment in and accordance with the procedure governing appeals against (iv) three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen from academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Faculty of Education Regulation 11; (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results or from academic assessment in accordance with paragraph 10(a). (b) for students studying two major teaching areas— (i) two of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of PART D Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i); (ii) 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) ARTS AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (1025) 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) Admission 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 1. A student who qualifies for entry to the Bachelor of Arts may (4 points) apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award of the and degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education. (iii) two elective units to the value of 8 points chosen from General Provisions Faculty of Education Regulation 11. 2. The provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulations 8 to 46 shall Satisfactory Progress apply to the course. 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall: 3. A student enrolled in the course shall complete at least one major sequence chosen from those offered in the Bachelor of (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points Arts and shall nominate the chosen major sequence at the start value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; and of the second year of the combined course. (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the Teaching Course Requirements Practicum units. 4. The course shall comprise units to a total value of 192 points Admissions and Progress Committee as follows: 6. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for (1) First Year the combined course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of (a) first-year units to a total value of 36 points chosen from Education, the Sub-Deans of the Faculty of Arts, the Associate Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; Dean of the Faculty of Education, the Senior Faculty Admini- (b) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) strative Officer of the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Education. (2) Second Year Credit (a) second-year units to a total value of 32 points chosen from 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant credit Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; for studies completed at an approved institution in accordance (b) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen from with the provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulation 9 and General the following: Regulation 10. 300.200 Educational Psychology 200 (8 points) (2) Credit granted for units completed at an approved 300.201 Language and Literacy 201 (8 points) institution shall not exceed 54 Arts points and 24 Education 300.202 Teachers’ Work 202 (8 points) points, excluding Teaching Practicum units. (3) Third Year Variations to Enrolment (a) third-year units to a total value of 40 points chosen from 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in respect of (b) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) Regulation 4. (4) Fourth Year Consideration and Reporting of Results Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: 9. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on behalf Either of the Boards of Examiners in Arts and Education in relation to consideration and reporting of results in the course. (a) for students studying one major and one minor teaching area— 10. (1) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student fails, for the first time, to make satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation (i) one of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of 5, the committee may: Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i); (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for a period of not less than one year; or
D73—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such Cell Physiology conditions as it may specify. Chemical Physics (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student who has Chemistry been re-admitted to the combined course in terms of paragraph Computer Science (1)(b), again fails to make satisfactory progress, the committee Environmental Chemistry may exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course. Environmental Geomechanics Environmental Geoscience (3) In making its determinations in terms of sub-regulations Environmental Microbiology (1) and (2) in relation to any candidate who fails Introduction to Genetics Teaching 303 or a Teaching Practicum unit, the committee shall Geology act on the recommendation of the committee of the Faculty of Human Movement Education established by Faculty of Education Regulation 6(6). Information Technology Applications Information Technology Systems Award of Conditional Passes and Faculty Passes Land and Water Management 11. The Admissions and Progress Committee may award to a Materials Chemistry student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass in a unit— Mathematical Geophysics Microbiology (a) a conditional pass (P*) for an Arts unit, in accordance with Pathology the provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulation 16; Pharmacology (b) a Faculty Pass for an Education unit in accordance with Physics Faculty of Education Regulation 6A. Physiology Soil Science and Plant Nutrition Student Options Following Exclusion Zoology 12. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, the (b) For the Bachelor of Arts component student may— Units to a minimum value of 108 points chosen from Arts Regulation 39, including: (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal by hand, post or by email with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of (i) first-year units to a total value of between 24 and 36 Arts with a copy to the Associate Dean of Education, no later points; than ten University working days after the date of despatch of (ii) second- and third-year units, including third-year units the written advice of exclusion; and/or to the value of at least 32 points, chosen to complete at least one (b) apply to the Faculty of Arts for transfer to the course for the of the following major sequences— degree of Bachelor of Arts. Asian Studies Chinese Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Arts Classics and Ancient History 13. On completion of the requirements for the third year of the Economics combined course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of English the degree of Bachelor of Arts. European Studies French Studies Time Limit German Greek 14. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Italian Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candidate shall Fine Arts complete the requirements of the combined course within ten History calendar years of first enrolment for the course. Indonesian Industrial Relations Japanese PART E Latin Music COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Philosophy ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Political Science Admission (c) Options for a third major sequence 1. A student who is qualified for entry to the Bachelor of Science An additional major sequence to make up the total points and Bachelor of Arts may apply to enrol in a combined course requirement, if necessary, chosen from— leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Anthropology Bachelor of Arts. Archaeology Geography General and Special Provisions Linguistics Mathematics (including Applied Mathematics, Mathe- 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13, the general and matical Science, Mathematical Statistics and Pure special provisions for the constituent degrees shall apply to this Mathematics) combined course. Psychology Course Requirements (2) A candidate wishing to undertake a double major in Psychology shall be permitted to complete a non-standard 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degrees course approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee. candidates shall complete a course comprising units to a minimum total value of 216 points as follows: Satisfactory Progress (a) For the Bachelor of Science component 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall Units to a minimum value of 108 points chosen from Science pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points value Regulation 23, including: of all the units for which a final result is recorded. (i) first-year units to a total value of between 24 and 36 points; and Admissions and Progress Committee (ii) the units required to complete at least one major sequence, 5. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for the chosen from— course, comprising the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Science, the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Science, Anatomy and Human Biology the Senior Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science and Biochemistry the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Arts. Biophysics Botany
D74—April/May 2000 Statutes
Credit Consideration and Reporting of Results 6.(1) Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress 10. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on behalf Committee, credit shall only be given for first- and second-year of the Boards of Examiners in Science and Arts in relation to units. considering and reporting of results in the course. (2) Credit may be granted for— 11.(1) (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; and/ When a student fails, for the first time, to make satisfactory or progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee may— (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for (b) units to a maximum value of 24 points passed through not less than one year; or Continuing Education in or after 1995. (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such Variations to Enrolment conditions as it may specify. 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory progress, respect of Regulation 3 above. the committee may exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course. (2) A student wishing to vary the course as provided in sub- regulation (1) shall apply in writing to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Student Options Following Exclusion from Combined Course Arts. 12. When the Admissions and Progress Committee determines that a student shall be excluded from the combined course, the Course Plan student may— 8. On completion of first year candidates shall submit a course (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal plan to the Admissions and Progress Committee for consi- by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of Science, with a copy deration. to the Sub-Dean of Arts, no later than ten University working days after the date of despatch of the written advice of exclusion; Conditional Passes and Passes in a Lesser Unit and/or (b) 9.(1) Candidates who fail to meet the requirements for a pass in apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the course a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress for the degree of Bachelor of Science or the course for the degree Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or a of Bachelor of Arts. pass in an associated lesser unit. Time Limit (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the associated original unit shall be declared failed. 13. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, candidates shall (3)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— complete the requirements of the combined course within ten (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for the calendar years of their first enrolment for the degrees. unit; (ii) more than half the points attempted in the year in question have been passed; and (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or greater. (b) The total value of units for which a conditional pass may be awarded shall not exceed 24 points.
D75—April/May 2000 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code is (a) Graduate Diploma in Accounting—GradDipAcc recorded against the title of each course and the major code (b)Graduate Diploma in Economics—GradDipEc against each major. This information does not form part of the (c) Graduate Diploma in Finance—GradDipFin Regulations per se. (d)Graduate Diploma in Human Resource Management— Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. GradDipHRM (e) Graduate Diploma in Industrial Relations— The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended GradDipIR to be read in conjunction with these regulations. (f) Graduate Diploma in Information Management— GradDipInfoMgt Membership of the Faculty (g) Graduate Diploma in Business Administration— 1. Subject to the provision of sub-clause 4(2) of Statute No. 8, GradDipBusAdmin the Faculty of Economics and Commerce shall comprise: (h)Graduate Diploma in Marketing—GradDipMktg (i) Graduate Diploma in Professional Accounting— (a) the Dean of the Faculty; GradDipPAcc (b) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty; (3) The certificate in the Faculty of Economics and (c) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses 1(1) Commerce shall be the Graduate Certificate in Management— and 1(2) of Statute No. 8, in all departments funded by the GradCertMgt Faculty, who hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appointments; (4) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for (d) the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics and the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Commerce, Education, and Law; (e) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and one member of the Faculty of Arts nominated annually by it; Delegation of Powers (f) the Dean of the Faculty of Law or nominee; 1B. The Dean may, after consulting with the head of the department or departments concerned, act on behalf of the (g) the Head of the Department of Mathematics and Faculty in dealing with matters arising under General Statistics or nominee; Regulations 11, 13, 14 and 25. (h) the Head of the Department of Political Science or nominee; DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (i) one member elected for a period of two years by and AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE from the administrative, technical and secretarial staff in the departments within the Faculty who hold full-time or 50 per 2. The degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of cent or greater fractional appointments; Commerce shall be conferred either as pass degrees or as (j) the President of the Economics and Commerce Students degrees with honours. Society or nominee and two members elected annually by and from the undergraduate students enrolled in the Faculty; COURSE STRUCTURE (k) one member elected annually by and from the post- graduate students enrolled in the Faculty; Points Requirements (l) such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of 3.(1) All candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Economics the academic staff, as the Faculty may from time to time and Bachelor of Commerce must, before beginning the appoint, provided that they are engaged in academic research course, have complied with the Matriculation Regulations. principally related to the interests of the Faculty and that they hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appoint- (2) Except with the permission of the Dean— ments of not less than two years’ duration; (a) a candidate for the pass degree of Bachelor of Economics (m) such other persons not exceeding ten in number as may or Bachelor of Commerce shall complete: be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time (i) the first-year requirements as prescribed in Regulations provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not 10 and 19; and exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of (ii) at least one of the major groups set out in Regulations a period of office. 11 and 20; and (iii) except as provided in paragraph (b), units to make up a Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates Offered total value of 144 points for the degree, chosen from: 1.A(1) The degrees in the Faculty of Economics and A. the optional minor streams set out in Regulations 12 and Commerce shall be: 20A; and (a) Bachelor of Economics—BEc B. the elective units listed in Regulations 12A and 20B. (b)Master of Economics—MEc (b) In exceptional circumstances and prior to the award of (c) Bachelor of Commerce—BCom the degree, a candidate may be permitted to include in the (d)Master of Commerce—MCom course additional second- or third-year units with a total value of 12 points for the purpose of completing a second (e) Master of Accounting—MAcc major. (f) Master of Business Administration—MBA (g) Master of Finance—MFin (3)(a) Normally a full-time candidate shall be required to enrol for four units in each semester in any year, with an (h)Master of Human Resource Management—MHRM aggregate yearly value of 48 points. (i) Master of Industrial Relations—MIR (b) Normally a part-time candidate shall enrol for units in (j) Master of Information Management—MInfoMgt any year with an aggregate value of not more than 30 points. (k)Master of Marketing—MMktg (c) The Dean may, in special circumstances, permit a (l) Master of Professional Accounting—MPAcc candidate to vary the above requirements. (m) Doctor of Business Administration—DBA (4) Each candidate’s course of study shall be approved by (2) The diplomas in the Faculty of Economics and the Dean. Commerce shall be: Statutes
(5) In accordance with the provisions of General Regulation Change of Enrolment and Withdrawal from Units 12(1), in appropriate circumstances the Dean may accept 7.(1) Unless the Dean, in recognition of exceptional work completed at another university as fulfilling all or part circumstances approves otherwise, a student will not be of the requirements for the final year of the course for either permitted to enrol in a unit after the last day of the third week the degree of Bachelor of Economics or the degree of Bachelor of instruction. of Commerce provided the Dean is satisfied such work is equivalent both quantitatively and qualitatively to the final (2)(a) A candidate whose attendance at classes and academic year’s requirements of the course in question. performance of class work in any unit is not satisfactory in terms of General Regulation 5 may be required by the Dean to Course Levels withdraw from that unit or in the case of an honours student to withdraw from the honours course. 4.(1) Except with the permission of the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the head of the department (b) The requirements relating to withdrawal from units as concerned, a candidate may not proceed to a higher grade in set out in General Regulation 7A shall apply to all students a subject without having been credited within the previous enrolled in courses offered by the Faculty. five years with the necessary prerequisites as set out in the (c) A candidate in the fourth academic year who, after the ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce first day of the first week of second semester, withdraws from Handbook and the appropriate lower grade in that subject. all units for which he or she is enrolled shall be deemed to have failed the honours course and shall be awarded a pass (2)(a) A candidate shall be in— degree unless the Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional (i) the first academic year of the course until 48 points of circumstances to justify late withdrawal. first-year units have been accrued towards the degree in accordance with Regulations 10 and 19; Split Years (ii) the second academic year of the course when the total (d) A candidate enrolled for a split year, as defined in number of accrued points is at least 48 points of first-year paragraph 4A(2), shall not be permitted to withdraw from units but less than 96 points; and any unit required for one academic year while retaining (iii) the third academic year of the course after 96 points enrolment in a unit which forms part of the requirements for have been accrued towards the degree. the next academic year of the course. (e) After the first day of week eight of first semester, a (3) Except as provided in Regulation 4A, a candidate shall candidate enrolled for a split year, as defined in paragraph complete the requirements of one academic year before 4A(2), who withdraws from any unit required for one proceeding to the next. academic year while retaining enrolment in a unit which forms part of the requirements for the next academic year of Split Year 1 the course shall— 1 For regulations relating to withdrawal from split years, see (i) be declared to have failed the unit from which he or she Regulation 7(2)(d) to (f). has withdrawn; and (ii) if it is prior to the second semester Higher Education 4A.(1) The Dean may permit a candidate to enrol for a split Contribution Scheme census date, be required to withdraw year, as defined in sub-regulation (2). from any second semester units which form part of the requirements for a subsequent academic year of the course. (2) A split year is defined as enrolment in units required for completion of one academic year of the course and, at the (f) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- same time, in some units which form part of the requirements stances permits otherwise, a candidate who withdraws from a for the next academic year. unit in terms of paragraph (d) shall thereafter be required to complete the requirements of one academic year before proceeding to the next. Time Limit (3) A candidate who is required to withdraw from the same 5. Unless otherwise approved by the Dean in exceptional unit twice shall not be permitted to enrol again in that unit circumstances— except with the approval of the Dean. (a) a candidate for the pass degree of Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce shall complete the requirements Examinations within ten years from the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited towards the degree; and 8.(1) In all reports on examinations, other than supplementary examinations, the following classifications shall be used. (b) a candidate for either degree with honours shall complete the requirements within 12 years from the Higher Distinction HD 80–100 beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited Distinction D 70–79 towards the pass degree. Credit Pass CR 60–69 Pass P 50–59 Ungraded Pass UP Substitution Pass Conditional P* 6.(1) A candidate may, in each year of the course, with the Fail N+ 45–49 permission of the Dean, substitute for one elective unit of Fail N 0–44 their selected course any other unit of equivalent grade Ungraded Fail UF offered from within the University. (2) A candidate who does not attend an examination in any (2) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may permit a unit for which he or she is then enrolled shall be deemed to candidate in the second academic year of the course to have failed that unit unless the Board of Examiners is substitute first-year units totalling no more than 12 points for satisfied that there was good cause for the absence. second-year units with the same aggregate points value. (3) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- stances permits otherwise, a candidate must sit for all the Credit papers of each unit in which a deferred examination is 6A.(1) The Faculty may grant credit towards the Bachelor of granted under General Regulation 20. Economics or the Bachelor of Commerce for— (a) work completed in other faculties or in other recognised Successive Failures in the Same Unit tertiary institutions; and 9. Except as detailed below, a candidate who has failed any (b) subject to sub-regulation (2), for units passed through unit twice shall not be permitted to enrol again in that unit Continuing Education in or after 1995. except with the approval of the Dean. (2) Credit for units passed through Continuing Education shall not exceed one-sixth of the total load for the course concerned.
D77—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Satisfactory Progress (a) the prerequisite for any subsequent unit in the area of study concerned except where two units together are 9A.(1) A candidate enrolled in the course for the pass degree of Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce shall not required as a prerequisite and a conditional pass has been have made satisfactory progress in the course— granted in one of the units, the conditional pass awarded will be considered to have satisfied the prerequisite. (a) in any year if the candidate fails to pass units with an aggregate points value which is at least half of the total points (b) the requirement for satisfactory progress under Regu- value of units for which the candidate is enrolled after the lation 9A. final withdrawal dates specified in General Regulation 7A; (6) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the (b) in the first year of the course if the candidate— appropriate head of department, may allow a candidate with (i) fails three times in any unit prescribed in paragraphs a conditional pass in any unit to proceed in a subject for 10(1)(a) or 19(1)(a); or which the unit conditionally passed is a prerequisite. (ii) fails twice in any unit required under paragraphs (7) No conditional pass shall be awarded for the unit 10(1)(b) or 19(1)(b). Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111. (2) A candidate enrolled in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics with Honours or Bachelor of Second Degree Requirements Commerce with Honours shall not have made satisfactory 9D. A candidate enrolling for the Bachelor of Economics or progress in the course— Bachelor of Commerce as a second degree shall— (a) in any year if the candidate fails to pass at least half of (a) undertake an approved course conforming to the the units for which the candidate is enrolled after the final regulations for the degree; and withdrawal dates specified in General Regulation 7A; or (b) include units with a value of not less than 72 points (b) if the candidate fails any unit twice. which— (3) A candidate shall be excluded from the course— (i) did not form part of the course for any degree for which (a) if the candidate fails to make satisfactory progress in the candidate has already qualified; and terms of sub-paragraphs (1)(b)(i) or (1)(b)(ii); or (ii) are so chosen that at least units with a total value of 60 points are at higher than first-year level. (b) if, after failing to make satisfactory progress in terms of sub-paragraph (1)(b)(iii), paragraph (1)(c) or paragraph (2)(b), the candidate is permitted to re-enrol in the unit DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (4012) concerned and subsequently fails the unit for a third time; or (c) if, after failing to make satisfactory progress in terms of The Pass Degree paragraph (2)(a), the candidate is permitted to re-enrol in the First-year Requirements course and subsequently fails to make satisfactory progress 10.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to complete the first year for a second time. of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics, a candidate shall complete units with a total value of 48 points Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanction as follows: 9B.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. assessment in accordance with the procedure governing * = Not available in 2000. appeals against academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (a) S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results from academic assessment in accordance with the pro- and cedures set out in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook. S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (6 points) Conditional Passes and 9C.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (7), the Board of S2 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 Examiners may grant a conditional pass in a unit the award of which will not allow a candidate to proceed in a subject for (6 points) which the unit conditionally passed is a prerequisite. or any other first-year mathematics unit with a value of (2) Up to a maximum of three conditional passes in units six points approved by the Dean; with a total value of 18 points may be granted, of which— and (a) only two conditional passes, with a total value of 12 (b) elective units with a total value of 30 points chosen from points, shall be permitted in any calendar year; and the first-year units offered within the University and (b) only one conditional pass, with a value of six points, normally selected from: shall be permitted for any unit which forms part of a major as (i) S1 290.101 Foundations in Industrial Relations 101 specified in Regulations 11 and 20. (6 points) (3) To be eligible for a conditional pass in any single S2 290.102 Australian Industrial Relations 102 semester a student— (6 points) * 290.103 Foundations of Industrial Sociology 103 (a) must have achieved a passing grade in more than half (6 points) the points value of the units for which the student is enrolled; S1 290.190 Foundations of Asian Business 190 and (6 points) (b) must have failed no more than one unit, with a grade S1 400.106 Economic History 106 (6 points) of no less than N+ (45). S2 400.107 Economic History 107 (6 points) (4) To be eligible for up to two conditional passes in any and calendar year a student— (ii) the first-year units listed in Regulation 19 ; and (a) must have achieved a passing grade in at least half of (iii) the first-year units listed in the Faculty of Arts and the the points value of the units in which the student is enrolled; Faculty of Science Regulations; and (b) must have no more than two failing grades for units (iv) other first-year units as approved by the Dean. undertaken during the year. (2) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled (c) must have achieved a grade of no less than N+ (45) in score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects Applicable the failed units. Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and (5) A conditional pass does not satisfy— Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements.
D78—April/May 2000 Statutes
Majors S2 400.252 Business History 252 (6 points) S1 400.260 Southeast Asian Economic History 260 11.(1) For the purposes of this degree a major normally shall (6 points) comprise at least six units at the second- and third-year level * 400.262 Japanese Economic History 262 with an aggregate minimum value of 36 points chosen from (6 points) one of the groups identified in sub-regulation (5). S1 400.264 Contemporary Japanese Economy 264 (2) A candidate shall undertake at least one major within (6 points) the degree course and shall nominate the chosen major or S1 400.270 Middle East Economies 270 (6 points) majors at the start of the second year of the course. S1 400.310 History of Economic Analysis 310 (3) Before nominating one of the majors listed in sub- (6 points) regulation (5) a candidate shall have previously passed the S2 400.370 Middle East Economies 370 (6 points) prerequisites shown. (d) Industrial Relations (290) (4) A candidate shall enrol in any co-requisite units shown (i) Prerequisites: for a major at the start of the second year of the course. S1 290.101 Foundations in Industrial Relations 101 (5) The following majors are offered in the degree: (6 points) and one of the following: Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. * = Not available in 2000. S2 290.102 Australian Industrial Relations 102 (6 points) (a) Economics (400) or (i) Prerequisites: * 290.103 Foundations of Industrial Sociology 103 S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and (6 points) Markets 101 (6 points) or and the equivalent of these units at the second-year level S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and (ii) Co-requisites: Finance 102 (6 points) S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and (ii) Required units: Applications 233 (6 points) S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and Applications 233 (6 points) Applications 234 (6 points) S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and Applications 234 (6 points) (iii) Required Units: S1 400.271 Business Econometrics 271 (6 points) six units with a total value of 36 points chosen from the S2 400.272 Mathematics for Economists 272 following: (6 points) S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 S1 400.364 Microeconomic Theory 364 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.365 Macroeconomic Theory 365 (6 points) * 290.203 Foundations of Industrial Sociology 203 (b) Quantitative Economics (404) (6 points) * 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (i) Prerequisites: (6 points) S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and S2 290.230 Employment Relations 230 (6 points) Markets 101 (6 points) S1 290.231 Trade Unions, Politics and Industrial and Relations 231 (6 points) S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and * 290.241 Comparative Labour Relations 241 Finance 102 (6 points) (6 points) S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 (ii) Required units: (6 points) S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and * 290.250 Australian Labour History 250 Applications 233 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and S2 290.260 Comparative Industrial Sociology 260 Applications 234 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.271 Business Econometrics 271 (6 points) S1 290.270 Negotiation: Theory and Practice 270 S2 400.272 Mathematics for Economists 272 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.280 Australian Wage Determination 280 S2 400.371 Econometrics 371 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.372 Mathematics for Economists 372 (e) Money and Banking (405) (6 points) (c) Economic History (403) (i) Prerequisites: (i) Prerequisites S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money Markets 101 (6 points) and Finance 102 (6 points) and S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: (ii) Required Units: S1 400.210 Monetary Economics 210 (6 points) S2 460.304 Banking: Theory and Practice 304 S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and (6 points) Applications 233 (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and S2 400.350 Money, Banking and Financial Applications 234 (6 points) Markets 350 (6 points) and S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and four units with a total value of 24 points chosen from Applications 233 (6 points) the following: S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and S1 400.241 Australian Economic History 241 Applications 234 (6 points) (6 points) * 400.242 Australian Economic History 242 (6 points)
D79—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(f) International Business Economics (406) shall be required to complete at least six units with a (i) Prerequisites: minimum value of 36 points chosen from the second-year Industrial Relations units offered by the Department of S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Organisational and Labour Studies and including at least one Markets 101 (6 points) unit with a value of six points chosen from the following: S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and S1 290.201 Foundations in Industrial Relations 201 Finance 102 (6 points) (6 points) S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 (ii) Required Units: (6 points) S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and * 290.203 Foundations of Industrial Sociology 203 Applications 233 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and (9) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Applications 234 (6 points) appropriate head of department, may permit or require a S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) candidate to substitute for not more than two units in the S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) chosen major or majors any other unit or units of equivalent S2 400.245 Business Economics 245 (6 points) weight and level for which the candidate has satisfied the S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) prerequisites. S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (6 points) Minors (iii) One of the following: 12.(1) For the purposes of this degree a minor shall comprise S1 290.341 International Management 341 four units at the second- or third-year level with an aggregate (6 points) minimum value of 24 points chosen from one of the groups * 400.220 Economic Development 220 (6 points) identified in sub-regulation (3). S2 400.252 Business History 252 (6 points) (2) A candidate may include in the course one of the * 400.314 Business and Economic Forecasting 314 minors listed below or listed in Regulation 20A provided that (6 points) the candidate has previously passed the prerequisites shown. S1 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) (3) The following minors are offered in the degree: S2 460.326 Applied Financial Management 326 Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. (6 points) * = Not available in 2000. S1 400.204 Finance and Economics for Mining and Energy 204 (6 points) (a) Quantitative Economics (g) Asian Business (084) (i) Prerequisites: (i) Prerequisites: S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) S1 290.190/ Foundations of Asian Business 190/290 S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and 290.290 (6 points) Finance 102 (6 points) (ii) Co-requisites: (ii) Required Units: S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and four units with a total value of 24 points chosen from Applications 233 (6 points) the following: S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and Applications 234 (6 points) S2 400.272 Mathematics for Economists 272 (6 points) (iii) Required Units: * 400.313 Applied Econometrics 313 (6 points) S2 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) * 400.314 Business and Economic Forecasting 314 S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.371 Econometrics 371 (6 points) and S1 400.372 Mathematics for Economists 372 (6 points) four units with a total value of at least 24 points chosen from: (b) International Business Economics S2 080.204/ Asian Studies 204/304: Culture, Society (i) Prerequisites: 080.304 and the State in Contemporary Asia S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (8 points) (6 points) S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 and (6 points) S2 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 (6 points) (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S1 290.341 International Management 341 four units with a total value of 24 points chosen (6 points) from the following: S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S2 450.202 International Information Systems 202 * 400.220 Economic Development 220 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) S1 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S2 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian S2 400.245 Business Economics 245 (6 points) Taxation 333 (6 points) S2 400.252 Business History 252 (6 points) * 400.295 Public Finance 295 (6 points) (6) A candidate who has not passed Economic History 106 or * 400.314 Business and Economic Forecasting 314 Economic History 107 in the first year of the course or who is (6 points) not undertaking a major in Industrial Relations is required to S1 400.204 Finance and Economics for Minerals enrol in one elective unit in Economic History with a value of and Energy 204 (6 points) six points chosen from the units listed in sub-paragraph 11(5)(c)(ii). S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (6 points) (c) Money and Trade (7) A candidate may include in the course a second major chosen from those listed in sub-regulation (5), sub-regulation (i) Prerequisites: 20(4) or a major sequence as prescribed in either Faculty of S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Arts or Faculty of Science Regulations. (6 points) (8) A candidate who, in accordance with sub-regulation (7), and includes Industrial Relations as a second major in the course
D80—April/May 2000 Statutes
S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (g) Asian Business (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: (ii) Required Units: S1 400.210 Monetary Economics 210 (6 points) S1 290.190/ Foundations of Asian Business 190/290 290.290 (6 points) S1 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S2 400.350 Money, Banking and Financial S2 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) Markets 350 (6 points) S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (d) Economic History (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: and S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 two units with a total value of at least 12 points chosen (6 points) from: and S2 080.204/ Asian Studies 204/304: Culture, Society and S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 080.304 the State in Contemporary Asia (8 points) (6 points) S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S2 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) S1 400.241 Australian Economic History 241 S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 (6 points) (6 points) * 400.242 Australian Economic History 242 S1 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S2 400.252 Business History 252 (6 points) S2 450.202 International Information Systems 202 S1 400.310 History of Economic Analysis 310 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) S2 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian (e) Economics Taxation 333 (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: (4) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and appropriate head of department, may permit or require a Markets 101 (6 points) candidate to substitute for one unit in the chosen minor or and minors any other unit of equivalent weight and level for S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and which the candidate has satisfied the prerequisites. Finance 102 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: Elective Units S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and 12A. A candidate shall include in the course elective units as Applications 233 (6 points) necessary to make up the required value of 144 points for the 1 S2 400.234 Macroeconomics: Policy and degree chosen from: Applications 234 (6 points) 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 S1 400.364 Microeconomic Theory 364 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.365 MacroeconomicTheory 365 (6 points) 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) 290.201 Foundations in Industrial Relations 201 (f) Industrial Relations (6 points) 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 (i) Co-requisites: (6 points) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the 290 203 Foundations of Industrial Sociology 203 following: (6 points) S1 290.201 Foundations in Industrial 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) Relations 201 (6 points) 290.205 Human Resource Economics 205 S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 (6 points) (6 points) 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (6 points) * 290.203 Foundations of Industrial 290.230 Employment Relations 230 (6 points) Sociology 203 (6 points) 290.231 Trade Unions, Politics and Industrial (ii) Required Units: Relations 231 (6 points) 290.241 Comparative Labour Relations 241 three units with a total value of 18 points chosen from (6 points) the following: 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 S1 290.201 Foundations in Industrial (6 points) Relations 201 (6 points) 290.250 Australian Labour History 250 (6 points) S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 290.260 Comparative Industrial Sociology 260 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.203 Foundations of Industrial 290.270 Negotiation: Theory and Practice 270 Sociology 203 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (6 points) 290.280 Australian Wage Determination 280 S2 290.230 Employment Relations 230 (6 points) (6 points) S1 290.231 Trade Unions, Politics and Industrial 290.290 Foundations of Asian Business 290 Relations 231 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.241 Comparative Labour Relations 241 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) (6 points) 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (6 points) S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 400.204 Finance and Economics for Mining (6 points) and Energy 204 (6 points) * 290.250 Australian Labour History 250 400.210 Monetary Economics 210 (6 points) (6 points) 400.220 Economic Development 220 (6 points) * 290.260 Comparative Industrial Sociology 260 400.235 International Trade 235 (6 points) (6 points) 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S1 290.270 Negotiation: Theory and Practice 270 400.241 Australian Economic History 241 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.280 Australian Wage Determination 280 400.242 Australian Economic History 242 (6 points) (6 points)
D81—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
400.245 Business Economics 245 (6 points) 400.408 Topics in Economic Development 408 400.252 Business History 252 (6 points) (8 points) 400.260 Southeast Asian Economic History 260 400.470 Middle East Economies 470 (8 points) (6 points) 400.510 History of Economic Thought 510 400.262 Japanese Economic History 262 (6 points) (8 points) 400.264 Contemporary Japanese Economy 264 or (6 points) 400.270 Middle East Economies 270 (6 points) (iii) Economics Honours (Money and Banking) (405) 400.271 Business Econometrics 271 (6 points) 400.420 Dissertation (Money and Banking) 420 400.272 Mathematics for Economists 272 (6 points) (16 points) 400.295 Public Finance 295 (6 points) 400.305 Applied Economic Analysis 305 (6 points) either 400.306 Special Topics in Economic Development 400.491 Microeconomic Theory and Over Time 306 (6 points) Applications 491 (8 points) 400.310 History of Economic Analysis 310 400.492 Macroeconomic Theory and (6 points) Applications 492 (8 points) 400.313 Applied Econometrics 313 (6 points) or 400.314 Business and Economic Forecasting 314 (6 points) for candidates who have completed Microeconomic 400.340 The Macroeconomy and World Theory 364 or Macroeconomic Theory 365: Markets 340 (6 points) 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) 400.350 Money, Banking and Financial 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) Markets 350 (6 points) and 400.370 Middle East Economies 370 (6 points) two elective units to a value of 16 points selected 400.371 Econometrics 371 (6 points) from: 400.372 Mathematics for Economists 372 (6 points) 450.202 International Information Systems 202 400.415 International Finance 415 (8 points) (6 points) 400.422 Monetary Economics 422 (8 points) 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) 400.423 Financial Economics 423 (8 points) 460.304 Banking, Theory and Practice 304 (6 points) or 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian (iv) Economics Honours (International Business Economics) (406) Taxation 333 (6 points) and 400.424 Dissertation (International Business Economics) 424 (16 points) the units listed in Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; and either the units listed in the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty of Science Regulations. 400.491 Microeconomic Theory and Applications 491 (8 points) THE HONOURS DEGREE 400.492 Macroeconomic Theory and Applications 492 (8 points) Admission or 13. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the head of for candidates who have completed Microeconomic the department concerned, or, in the case of a proposed joint Theory 364 or Macroeconomic Theory 365: honours course, the heads of the departments concerned, admit as a candidate for the Bachelor of Economics with 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) Honours, an applicant who— 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) (a)(i) has completed, within the preceding five years, the and requirements for a pass degree of this University at a two elective units to a value of 16 points selected sufficiently high level; or from: (ii) has been admitted under Statute No. 5 to status 400.405 Public Economics 405 (8 points) equiva-lent to that of an applicant described in sub-paragraph 400.415 International Finance 415 (8 points) (i); and 400.423 Financial Economics 423 (8 points) 400.450 Topics in International Economics 450 (b)(i) has completed at this University the requirements of (8 points) one of the majors listed in Regulation 11; or or (ii) has completed at another recognised institution work Economics Honours (Quantitative Economics) (404) equivalent to that described in sub-paragraph (i). (v) 400.425 Dissertation (Quantitative Economics) 425 Course Requirements (16 points) 14.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulations (2), to 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) qualify for the award of the degree with honours a candidate 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) shall complete at honours standard one of the following 400.411 Econometrics 411 (8 points) options: 400.413 Topics in Applied Econometrics 413 (8 points) (a) Economics Options (vi) Economics Honours (Finance) (407) (i) Economics Honours (Economics) (400) 400.417 Dissertation (Economics) (16 points) 400.417 Dissertation (Economics) 417 (16 points) 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) 460.481 Advanced Finance A 481 (8 points) and 460.482 Advanced Finance B 482 (8 points) two elective units to a value of 16 points selected (b) Industrial Relations Option (290) from the fourth-year units offered within the Department of Economics. (a) 290.490 Dissertation 490 (16 points) 290.413 Industrial Relations Theory 413 (8 points) (ii) Economics Honours (Economic History) (403) 290.661 Research Methodology 661 (8 points) 400.419 Dissertation (Economic History) 419 290.402 Research Seminar 402 (8 points) (16 points) 290.519 Strategic Workplace Relations 519 400.407 Topics in Post-War Australian Economic (8 points) History 407 (8 points)
D82—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the (b) In the Second Year Head of the Department of Economics, and where appro- Subject to paragraph 4(c), six units to a total value of 48 points priate, the other relevant head of department, may permit or chosen from the following: require a candidate to substitute up to two units, which may be either two honours-level units available in the Faculty or 400.415 International Finance 415 (8 points) one honours-level unit available from the Faculty and one 400.500 Issues in Public Finance 500 (8 points) other honours-level unit available in a course of this 400.501 Resource Economics 501 (8 points) University or of another recognised institution, for up to two 400.502 Applications of Consumption of the units listed in sub-paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi). Economics 502 (8 points) 400.506 Migration and Economic Demography 506 Time Limit (8 points) 400.507 Topics in the History of Economic 15. Unless the Dean, in exceptional circumstances, approves Analysis 507 (8 points) an extension of candidature— 400.508 Topics in Economic History 508 (8 points) (a) a full-time candidate shall complete all the work and 400.509 Topics in Contemporary Middle East examinations for the honours course by 30 November in the Economies 509 (8 points) year of first enrolment in that course; and 400.510 Forecasting and Economics 510 (8 points) (b) a part-time candidate shall complete all the work and 400.512 Topics in Econometric Theory 512 examinations for the honours course by 30 November in the (8 points) year following the year of first enrolment in that course. 400.513 Topics in Applied Econometrics 513 (8 points) Award of Pass Degree 400.519 Topics in Economics and its Applications 519 (8 points) 16. A candidate who is admitted to the course on the basis of having completed the requirements of a pass degree of this (3) In accordance with General Regulation 28E(2) a University, but who has not taken out that degree, and who candidate who is admitted to the course after completing the subsequently is required to withdraw from or fails the requirements of the Graduate Diploma in Economics shall be honours year, may apply to the relevant faculty to be credited with all the units completed in or credited to that awarded the appropriate pass degree. diploma. (4) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Economics, may— DEGREE OF MASTER OF ECONOMICS (a) subject to paragraph (b), approve credit for up to six of 17. A candidate for the degree of Master of Economics may the units listed in sub-regulation 14(1) on the basis of work proceed to the degree either— completed within the previous five years as part of a course for another degree or diploma of this University or another (a) by way of research and a thesis in accordance with recognised university or as part of a comparable Graduate General Regulations and Regulation 17A below; or Diploma in Economics of another recognised university; (b) by way of formal coursework in accordance with (b) in special circumstances, approve an extension of the Regulation 18 below. five-year limitation in paragraph (a); (c) approve the substitution of— Master of Economics by Research (4072) (i) 400.517 Dissertation 1 for one unit and 400.518 Disserta- 17A.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree tion 2 for a second unit listed in paragraph (2)(b); and/or of Master of Economics by research an applicant who is (ii) up to two units which may be either two graduate qualified in terms of the requirements of the General units available in an Economics course or one graduate Regulations for the Degree of Master. Economics unit and one other graduate unit available in a (2) A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Faculty has course of this University or of another recognised university approved a written application for suspension of candidature for up to two units listed in paragraph (2)(b); and/or in accordance with General Regulation 44. (iii) a unit or units listed in sub-paragraph 14(1)(a) and not (3) Except as provided in sub-regulation (4), a candidate for already taken in the course for a unit or units listed in the degree of Master of Economics by research shall submit paragraph (2)(b). the required thesis within five years from the date of first enrolment for the degree, not including any periods of 18A.(1) A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Dean has suspension of candidature. approved a written application for suspension of candidature (4) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a in accordance with General Regulation 44. candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (2)(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3) or requirements for the degree. paragraph (b), the requirements for the degree shall be completed within eight calendar years of the date of first Master of Economics by Coursework (4062) enrolment for the degree, not including periods of suspension 18.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of of candidature. Master of Economics by coursework an applicant who— (b) A candidate for the degree of Master of Economics by (a) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University with a coursework who has previously completed the requirements prescribed sequence in Economics, or has been admitted to for the Graduate Diploma in Economics or equivalent shall equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or complete the requirements for the degree within five years of the year in which the first unit was credited towards it. (b)(i) holds a Graduate Diploma in Economics of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status; and (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time of one or two semesters to (ii) satisfies the Faculty that he or she has the capacity to complete the requirements for the degree. benefit from the course by passing any test which may be prescribed by the Faculty or otherwise. (4) A candidate who withdraws from the course for the degree of Master of Economics by coursework before (2) To qualify for the degree of Master of Economics by completing the requirements but after completing sufficient coursework a candidate shall complete a course of 12 units to units to qualify for a Graduate Diploma in Economics may a total value of 96 points as follows: apply to the Faculty to be awarded the Graduate Diploma in (a) In the First Year Economics. Subject to sub-regulation (4), the units and written work 18B.(1) A candidate shall have made satisfactory progress if as prescribed in sub-regulation 14(1), except that 400.406 he or she achieves an average mark of at least 60 per cent in Dissertation 406 (8 points) is a required unit and candidates the units in which he or she is enrolled after the first day of do not enrol in any of the 16-point dissertation units; and week eight in each unit.
D83—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there and shall be no supplementary examinations. two units with a total value of 12 points chosen from the following: DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (4011) S1 460.321 Financial Accounting 321 (6 points) The Pass Degree S2 460.322 Auditing 322 (6 points) S2 460.323 Advanced Management First-year Requirements Accounting 323 (6 points) 19.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to complete the first year (b) Finance (462) of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce a (i) Prerequisites: candidate shall complete units with a total value of 48 points S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) as follows: and Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. * = Not available in 2000. S2 460.112 Management Accounting 112 (6 points) (a) S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) S2 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) (6 points) S2 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 or any other first-year mathematics unit with a value of (6 points) six points approved by the Dean S1 460.324 Investment Analysis 324 (6 points) S2 460.326 Applied Financial Management 326 and (6 points) (b) elective units with a total value of 30 points chosen and from the first-year units offered within the University, and one unit with a value of six points chosen from the normally selected from: following: (i) S2 200.104 Introduction to Law 104 (6 points) S1 200.306 Finance Law 306 (6 points) S1, S2 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 S1 400.210 Monetary Economics 210 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and S1, S2 290.136 Management and Organisations 136 Applications 233 (6 points) (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S1 290.190 Foundations of Asian Business 190 S1 460.201 Financial Accounting 201 (6 points) (6 points) S2 460.304 Banking: Theory and Practice S1 450.103 Introduction to Computer (6 points) Technology 103 (6 points) S2 460.325 Derivative Securities 325 (6 points) S2 460.112 Management Accounting 112 (6 points) (c) Quantitative Finance (463) and (i) Prerequisites: (ii) the first-year units listed in Regulation 10; and S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) S1 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (iii) the first-year units listed in the Faculty of Arts and the (6 points) Faculty of Science Regulations; and S2 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and (iv) other first-year units as approved by the Dean. Finance 102 (6 points) S1 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) (2) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled S2 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to (ii) Required Units: include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements. S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) S2 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 Majors (6 points) S1 460.324 Investment Analysis 324 (6 points) 20.(1) For the purposes of this degree a major shall normally S2 460.325 Derivative Securities 325 (6 points) comprise at least six units at the second- or third-year level S2 460.326 Applied Financial Management 326 with an aggregate minimum value of 36 points chosen from (6 points) one of the groups identified in sub-regulation (4). S1 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) (2) A candidate shall undertake at least one major within S1 530.261 2S1: Probability (4 points) the degree course and shall nominate the chosen major and S2 530 262 2S2: Statistical Inference (4 points) majors at the start of the second year of the course. S1 530.361 3S1: Probability Theory (6 points) S2 530.364 3S4: Applied Probability (6 points) (3) Before nominating one of the majors listed in sub- regulation (4) a candidate shall have previously passed the and either pre-requisites shown. S1 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) (4) The following majors are offered in the degree: or Key: Y = Full-year unit. S1 = Semester 1 only. S2 = Semester 2 only. S2 530.277 2MA2: Matrix Algebra 2 (4 points) * = Not available in 2000. (d) Management (296) (a) Accounting (461) (i) Prerequisites or co-requisites: (i) Prerequisites: S1, S2 290.136 Management and Organisations 136 S1, S2 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) (6 points) and or S2 460.112 Management Accounting 112 (6 points) S1, S2 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: and S1 460.201 Financial Accounting 201 (6 points) S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) one of the following: S1 460.203 Management Accounting 203 S1, S2 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) (6 points) S1, S2 290.235 Organisational Behaviour 235 (6 points)
D84—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) Required Units: S2 450.202 International Information Systems 202 S1, S2 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.231 Decision Making 231 (6 points) S1, S2 290.311 Organisational Structure and Design 311 S2 450.232 Operations Control Systems 232 (6 points) (6 points) S1 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) S1 450.233 Data Management and Analysis 233 S2 290.347 Strategic Management 347 (6 points) (6 points) S2 450.234 Information Systems 234 (6 points) and S1 450.235 Business Process Analysis 235 (6 points) two of the following: S2 450.239 Business Computing 239 (6 points) S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 S1 450.309 Multivariate Analysis for Business (6 points) Research 309 (6 points) S2 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) * 450.314 Decision Support Systems 314 (6 points) * 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (6 points) S1 450.315 Marketing Information Systems 315 S1 290.270 Negotiation: Theory and Practice 270 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.331 Database and Network Management 331 S2 290.342 Entrepreneurship 342 (6 points) (6 points) S1 290.344 Human Resource Management 344 * 450.332 Information Management: ( 6 points) Topical Issues 332 (6 points) S2 290.346 Organisational Development 346 (6 points) S2 450.333 Simulation 333 (6 points) S1 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) S1 450.334 Forecasting 334 (6 points) S2 460.242 Accounting Information Systems 242 (e) Human Resource Management (293) (6 points) (i) Prerequisites and co-requisites: (g) Marketing (451) S1, S2 290.136 Management and Organisations 136 (i) Prerequisites: nil (6 points) (ii) Required Units: or S1 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) S1, S2 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 S2 450.204 Consumer Behaviour 204 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.305 Marketing Research 305 (6 points) or S2 450.306 Strategic Marketing 306 (6 points) S1 290.101 Foundations of Industrial Relations 101 and two of the following provided that a candidate (6 points) shall not include both Marketing Law 308 and Inter- or national Commercial Law 328: S1 290.201 Foundations of Industrial Relations 201 S2 200.308 Marketing Law 308 (6 points) (6 points) S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 and (6 points) S1 450.238 Promotional Strategy 238 (6 points) any one of the following: S2 450.307 Contemporary Marketing Issues 307 S1, S2 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) (6 points) S1, S2 290.235 Organisational Behaviour 235 (6 points) S1 450.309 Multivariate Analysis for Business (ii) Required Units: Research 309 (6 points) S1 200.309 Workplace Law 309 ( 6 points) S2 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 S2 450.311 Marketing Services 311 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.315 Marketing Information Systems 315 S1, S2 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.334 Forecasting 334 (6 points) S1 290.344 Human Resource Management 344 (h) Electronic Commerce (458) (6 points) (i) Prerequisite: and S1 450.103 Introduction to Computer Technology two of the following: (6 points), or equivalent * 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S1 290.231 Trade Unions, Politics and Industrial S2 450.205 Foundations of Electronic Commerce 205 Relations 231 (6 points) (6 points) * 290.241 Comparative Labour Relations 241 S1 450.235 Business Process Analysis 235 ( 6 points) (6 points) S2 450.234 Information Systems 234 (6 points) S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 * 450.316 Advanced Electronic Commerce 316 (6 points) (6 points) S1 290.270 Negotiation: Theory and Practice 270 and (6 points) * 290.280 Australian Wage Determination 280 two units with a total value of 12 points chosen (6 points) from the following: S1, S2 290.311 Organisational Structure and Design 311 S1 231.314 Software Engineering 314 (6 points) (6 points) S2 450.202 International Information Systems S2 290.345 Human Resource Management 345 (6 points) (6 points) S2 450.239 Business Computing 239 (6 points) S2 290.346 Organisational Development 346 S1 450.315 Marketing Information Systems 315 (6 points) (6 points) (f) Information Management (457) S1 450.331 Database and Network Management 331 (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: S2 450.333 Simulation 333 (6 points) S1 450.103 Introduction to Computer (i) Asian Business (084) Technology 103 (6 points), or equivalent (i) Prerequisite: (ii) Required Units: S1 290.190/ Foundations of Asian Business 190/290 six units with a total value of 36 points chosen 290.290 (6 points) from the following:
D85—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) Required Units: (c) Business Law S2 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) (i) Prerequisite: S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 (6 points) S2 200.104 Introduction to Law 104 (6 points) and (ii) Required Units: four units with a total value of 24 points chosen S1 200.201 Legal Framework of Business 201 from: (6 points) S2 080.204/ Asian Studies 204/304: Culture, Society and 080.304 and the State in Contemporary Asia three units with a total value of 18 points chosen from (8 points) the following: S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 (6 points) S2 200.301 Company Law 301 (6 points) S2 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) S1 200.306 Finance Law 306 (6 points) S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 S2 200.308 Marketing Law 308 (6 points) (6 points) S1 200.309 Workplace Law 309 (6 points) S1 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) (6 points) S2 450.202 International Information Systems 202 S2 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) (6 points) (d) Human Resource Management S1 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: S2 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian Taxation 333 (6 points) any one of the following: (5) A candidate may include in the course a second major S1, S2 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) chosen from those listed in sub-regulation (4), sub-regulation * 290.210 Social Psychology of Work 210 (6 points) 11(5) or a major sequence as prescribed in either Faculty of S1, S2 290.235 Organisational Behaviour 235 (6 points) Arts or Faculty of Science Regulations. (ii) Required Units: (6) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the S2 290.202 Australian Industrial Relations 202 appropriate head of department, may permit or require a (6 points) candidate to substitute for not more than two units in the S1, S2 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 chosen major or majors any other unit or units of equivalent (6 points) weight and level for which the candidate has satisfied the S1 290.344 Human Resource Management 344 prerequisites. (6 points) S2 290.345 Human Resource Management 345 Minors (6 points) 20A.(1) For the purposes of this degree a minor shall (e) Information Management comprise four units at the second- or third-year level with an (i) Prerequisite: aggregate minimum value of 24 points chosen from one of the groups identified in sub-regulation (3). S1 450.103 Introduction to Computer Technology 103 (6 points) (2) A candidate may include in the course one of the minors listed below or listed in Regulation 12 provided that (ii) Required Units: the candidate has previously passed the prerequisites shown. four units to the value of 24 points selected from (3) The following minors are offered in the degree: those units listed under Regulation 20(4)(f)(ii). (a) Accounting (f) Marketing (i) Prerequisite: (i) Prerequisites: nil S1 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: (ii) Required Units: S1 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) S2 450.204 Consumer Behaviour 204 (6 points) four units with a total value of 24 points chosen from S1 450.305 Marketing Research 305 (6 points) the following: S2 450.306 Strategic Marketing 306 (6 points) S1 460.201 Financial Accounting 201 (6 points) (g) Strategic Management S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) S1 460.203 Management Accounting 203 (6 points) (i) Prerequisites: S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) any one of the following: S2 460.242 Accounting Information Systems 242 S1, S2 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) (6 points) S1, S2 290.136 Management and Organisations 136 S1 460.321 Financial Accounting 321 (6 points) (6 points) S2 460.322 Auditing 322 (6 points) S1, S2 290.235 Organisational Behaviour 235 (6 points) S2 460.323 Advanced Management Accounting 323 S1, S2 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 (6 points) (6 points) (b) Finance (ii) Required Units: (i) Prerequisite: S1, S2 290.311 Organisational Structure and Design 311 S1 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) (6 points) S2 290.347 Strategic Management 347 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) four units with a total value of 24 points chosen from the following: and S2 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the S1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points) following: S2 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) S1 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) S2 460.304 Banking: Theory and Practice 304 S2 290.342 Entrepreneurship 342 (6 points) (6 points) (h) Asian Business S1 460.324 Investment Analysis 324 (6 points) S2 460.325 Derivative Securities 325 (6 points) (i) Prerequisite: S2 460.326 Applied Financial Management 326 S1 290.190/ Foundations of Asian Business 190/290 (6 points) 290.290 (6 points)
D86—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) Required Units: 290.344 Human Resource Management 344 S2 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) (6 points) S2 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 290.345 Human Resource Management 345 (6 points) (6 points) 290.346 Organisation Development 346 and (6 points) two units with a total value of at least 12 points chosen 290.347 Strategic Management 347 (6 points) from: 400.203 Asia in the World Economy 203 S2 080.204 Asian Studies 204: Culture, Society and the (6 points) State in Contemporary Asia (8 points) 400.210 Monetary Economics 210 (6 points) S1 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 400.233 Microeconomics: Policy and (6 points) Applications 233 (6 points) S2 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) S2 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 450.202 International Information Systems 202 (6 points) (6 points) S1 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) 450.203 Marketing Management 203 (6 points) S1 400.236 International Finance 236 (6 points) 450.204 Consumer Behaviour 204 (6 points) S2 450.202 International Information Systems 202 450.205 Foundations of Electronic Commerce 205 (6 points) (6 points) S1 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) 450.231 Decision Making 231 (6 points) S2 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian 450.232 Operations Control Systems 232 Taxation 333 (6 points) (6 points) 450.233 Data Management and Analysis 233 Electronic Commerce (j) (6 points) (i) Prerequisite: 450.234 Information Systems 234 (6 points) S1 450.103 Introduction to Computer 450.238 Promotional Strategy 238 (6 points) Technology 103 (6 points), or equivalent 450.305 Marketing Research 305 (6 points) 450.306 Strategic Marketing 306 (6 points) (ii) Required Units: 450.307 Contemporary Marketing Issues 307 S2 450.205 Foundations of Electronic (6 points) Commerce 205 (6 points) 450.309 Multivariate Analysis for Business S2 450.234 Information Systems 234 (6 points) Research 309 (6 points) S1 450.235 Business Process Analysis 235 ( 6 points) 450.310 International Marketing 310 (6 points) * 450.316 Advanced Electronic Commerce 316 450.311 Marketing Services 311 (6 points) (6 points) 450.316 Advanced Electronic Commerce 316 (6 points) (4) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 450.331 Database and Network Management 331 appropriate head of department, may permit or require a (6 points) candidate to substitute for one unit in the chosen minor or 450.332 Information Management: minors any other unit of equivalent weight and level for Topical Issues 332 (6 points) which the candidate has satisfied the prerequisites. 450.333 Simulation 333 (6 points) 450.334 Forecasting 334 (6 points) Elective Units 460.201 Financial Accounting 201 (6 points) 20B. A candidate shall include in the course elective units as 460.202 Financial Accounting 202 (6 points) necessary to make up the required value of 144 points for the 460.203 Management Accounting 203 (6 points) degree chosen from: 1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points)
1 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) All these units will not necessarily be offered each year. Students 460.242 Accounting Information Systems 242 should refer to the ‘Details of Units’ section in the Faculty of Economics (6 points) and Commerce Handbook. 460.252 Ethical Issues in Accounting Practice 252 130.105 Introduction to Critical Thinking: (6 points) Philosophy 105 (6 points) 460.304 Banking: Theory and Practice 304 200.201 Legal Framework of Business 201 (6 points) (6 points) 460.305 Issues in Accounting Information 200.301 Company Law 301 (6 points) Systems 305 (6 points) 200.306 Finance Law 306 (6 points) 460.321 Financial Accounting 321 (6 points) 200.308 Marketing Law 308 (6 points) 460.322 Auditing 322 (6 points) 200.309 Workplace Law 309 (6 points) 460.323 Advanced Management Accounting 323 200.328 International Commercial Law 328 (6 points) (6 points) 460.324 Investment Analysis 324 (6 points) 200.329 Business Law in Asia 329 (6 points) 460.325 Derivative Securities 325 (6 points) 290.204 Asian Business Contexts 204 (6 points) 460.326 Applied Financial Management 326 290.205 Human Resource Economics 205 (6 points) (6 points) 460.331 Taxation 331 (6 points) 290.235 Organisational Behaviour 235 (6 points) 460.332 Taxation 332 (6 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 460.333 Introduction to Southeast Asian (6 points) Taxation 333 (6 points) 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 and (6 points) the units listed in Regulations 11, 12 and 12A; and 290.242 Labour and Management in Asia 242 the units listed in the Faculty of Arts and the (6 points) Faculty of Science Regulations. 290.290 Foundations of Asian Business 290 (6 points) 290.311 Organisational Structure and Design 311 THE HONOURS DEGREE (6 points) Admission 450.314 Decision Support Systems 314 (6 points) 450.315 Marketing Information Systems 315 21. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the head of the (6 points) department concerned, or in the case of a proposed joint 290.331 Research Methodology 331 (6 points) honours course the heads of the departments concerned, may 290.341 International Management 341 (6 points) admit as a candidate for the Bachelor of Commerce with 290.342 Entrepreneurship 342 (6 points) Honours, a candidate who—
D87—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a)(i) has completed, within the preceding five years, the 460.520 Topics in Advanced Auditing 520 requirements for a pass degree of this University at a (8 points) sufficiently high level; or 460.530 Topics in Advanced Taxation 530 (ii) has been admitted under Statute No. 5 to status (8 points) equivalent to that of an applicant described in sub-paragraph 460.531 Conceptual Income Tax Issues: Income (i); and and Deductions 531 (8 points) 460.544 Public Sector Financial Management (b)(i) has completed at this University the requirements of and Performance 544 (8 points) one of the majors listed in Regulation 20; or 460.560 Topics in Behavioural Accounting 560 (ii) has completed at another recognised institution work (8 points) equivalent to that described in sub-paragraph (i). 460.580 Topics in Advanced Management Accounting 580 (8 points) 22.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), to 460.590 Special Topics in Accounting and/or qualify for the award of the degree with honours a candidate Finance 590 (8 points) shall complete, at honours standard, one of the following options: (c) Finance (a) Financial Accounting: 460.480 Dissertation (Finance) 480 (16 points) 460.470 Dissertation (Accounting) 470 (16 points) 460.481 Advanced Finance A 481 (8 points) 460.471 Advanced Financial Accounting 471 460.482 Advanced Finance B 482 (8 points) (8 points) and 460.472 Contemporary Issues in Accounting 472 two units to a total value of 16 points chosen from (8 points) the following which, except as provided in sub- and regulation (2), shall not include more than one two units to a total value of 16 points chosen from ‘Topics’ unit: the following which, except as provided in sub- 460.463 Current Developments in Derivative regulation (2), shall not include more than one Securities 463 (8 points) ‘Topics’ unit: 460.464 Contemporary Banking Issues and 460.440 Management Accounting: Issues and Evidence 464 (8 points) Perspectives 440 (8 points) 460.465 Topics in Derivative Securities 465 460.451 Behavioural Accounting 451 (8 points) (8 points) 460.452 Advanced Accounting Information 460.471 Advanced Financial Accounting 471 Systems 452 (8 points) (8 points) 460.462 Accounting, Organisations and 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 Society 462 (8 points) (8 points) 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 460.492 Financial Institutions and Policy 492 (8 points) (8 points) 460.492 Financial Institutions and Policy 492 460.540 Topics in Corporate Finance 540 (8 points) (8 points) 460.493 Advanced Auditing 493 (8 points) 460.550 Topics in Investment Analysis 550 460.520 Topics in Advanced Auditing 520 (8 points) (8 points) 460.590 Special Topics in Accounting and/or 460.530 Topics in Advanced Taxation 530 Finance 590 (8 points) (8 points) or 460.531 Conceptual Income Tax Issues: (d) Taxation Income and Deductions 531 (8 points) 460.560 Topics in Behavioural Accounting 560 460.490 Dissertation (Taxation) 490 (16 points) (8 points) 460.531 Conceptual Tax Issues: Income and 460.590 Special Topics in Accounting and/or Deductions 531 (8 points) Finance 590 (8 points) 460.532 Tax Administration 532 (8 points) or and two units to a total value of 16 points chosen from (b) Management Accounting the following which, except as provided in sub- 460.440 Management Accounting: Issues and regulation (2), shall not include more than one Perspectives 440 (8 points) ‘Topics’ unit: 460.462 Accounting, Organisations and 460.451 Behavioural Accounting 451 (8 points) Society 462 (8 points) 460.461 Public Sector Financial Management 461 460.470 Dissertation (Accounting) 470 (8 points) (16 points) 460.471 Advanced Financial Accounting 471 and (8 points) two units to a total value of 16 points chosen from 460.472 Contemporary Issues in Financial the following which, except as provided in sub- Accounting 472 (8 points) regulation (2), shall not include more than one 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 ‘Topics’ unit: (8 points) 460.492 Financial Institutions and Policy 492 460.440 Management Accounting: Issues and (8 points) Perspectives 440 (8 points) 460.493 Advanced Auditing 493 (8 points) 460.451 Behavioural Accounting 451 (8 points) 460.520 Topics in Advanced Auditing 520 460.452 Advanced Accounting Information (8 points) Systems 452 (8 points) 460.533 Taxation of Employees and 460.461 Public Sector Financial Management and Employers 533 (8 points) Performance Measurement 461 460.534 Taxation Aspects of Superannuation 534 (8 points) (8 points) 460.462 Accounting, Organisations and 460.560 Topics in Behavioural Accounting 560 Society 462 (8 points) (8 points) 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 460.580 Topics in Management Accounting 580 (8 points) (8 points) 460.492 Financial Institutions and Policy 492 (8 points) or 460.493 Advanced Auditing 493 (8 points)
D88—April/May 2000 Statutes
(e) Accounting and Finance Time Limit (i) either 23. Unless the Dean, in exceptional circumstances, approves 460.471 Advanced Financial Accounting 471 an extension of candidature— (8 points); (a) a full-time candidate shall complete all the work and and examinations for the honours course by 30 November in the 460.472 Contemporary Issues in Accounting 472 year of first enrolment in that course; and (8 points) (b) a part-time candidate shall complete all the work and or examinations for the honours course by 30 November in the 460.440 Management Accounting: Issues and year following the year of first enrolment in that course. Perspectives 440 (8 points); and Award of Pass Degree 460.462 Accounting, Organisations 24. A candidate who is admitted to the course on the basis of and Society 462 (8 points) having completed the requirements of a pass degree of this and University, but who has not taken out that degree, and who (ii) 460.481 Advanced Finance A 481 (8 points) subsequently is required to withdraw from or fails the and honours year, may apply to the relevant faculty to be awarded the appropriate pass degree. 460.482 Advanced Finance B 482 (8 points) 24A. A student who is required to withdraw from the fourth and year or sits for the fourth-year examination and is unsuccess- ful, shall be awarded a pass degree. (iii) either 460.470 Dissertation (Accounting) 470 (16 points) DEGREE OF MASTER OF COMMERCE (4071) or 460.480 Dissertation (Finance) 480 (16 points) 25. The General Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Commerce. or (f) Marketing 25A. Normally, a student must complete the requirements for the degree of Master of Commerce within five years, not 450.401 Marketing 401 (8 points) including any periods of suspension of candidature, from the 450.402 Marketing 402 (8 points) date of first enrolment for the degree. In exceptional circum- 450.403 Advanced Marketing 403 (8 points) stances, the Faculty may grant the student an extension of 450.465 Advanced Marketing Research 465 time beyond the period of five years in which to complete the (8 points) requirements for the degree. 450.480 Dissertation (Marketing) 480 (16 points) or 26. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the head of the department concerned, may on behalf of the (g) Information Management Faculty approve the examination required under General 450.421 Information Management 421 (8 points) Regulation 34(b) and prescribe the supervised course of 450.422 Information Management 422 (8 points) advanced study and preliminary examination as required 450.490 Dissertation (Information under General Regulation 34(c). Management) 490 (16 points) and either 27. Rescinded 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for Business Research 461 (8 points) DEGREE OF MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (4053) or 450.465 Advanced Marketing Research 465 Admission Requirements (8 points) 28.(1) The degree of Master of Business Administration shall or consist of Stages 1 and 2. an approved Research Methodology unit of (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for Stage 1 an equivalent value applicant who— and either (a)(i) has completed a bachelor’s degree of this University 450.518 Topics in Management Science 518 requiring at least three years of full-time study or has been (8 points) admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5, and has at or least two years’ relevant experience; or 450.526 Computer Applications 526 (8 points) (ii) has completed a degree of this University at the level of honours or above or has been admitted to equivalent (h) Management or Human Resource Management status under Statute No 5; and 290.402 Research Seminar 402 (8 points) (b) has passed any test prescribed by the Faculty. 290.490 Dissertation (Management) 490 (16 points) (3) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for Stage 2 an 290.661 Research Methodology 661 (8 points) applicant who— 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for (a) has completed the units in Stage 1 with an average Business Research 461 (8 points) mark of at least 65 per cent; or and either (b)(i) has completed the units in Stage 1; and 290.492 Advanced Management 492 (8 points) (ii) has passed any test prescribed by the Faculty. or (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation 290.493 Advanced Human Resource 38, the Faculty may, in appropriate circumstances, permit a Management 493 (8 points) candidate for the degree of Master of Business Admini- stration to complete the course at an institution approved by (2) The Dean, on the recommendation of the appropriate the Academic Board without being an internal candidate of head of department, may— this University for all or part of the prescribed period of (a) permit a candidate to substitute an approved unit from study. another course offered by the Faculty for one unit listed in the candidate’s chosen option; Course Requirements (b) permit a candidate to include more than one ‘Topics’ unit; 29.(1) Stage 1 shall comprise units to a total value of 64 points which, except as provided in sub-regulations 31(2), (3) and (c) require a candidate to complete additional work. (4), shall be as follows:
D89—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) the six core units in List 1 (48 points); and (b) Financial Management (b) units to a total value of 16 points chosen from the foun- 455.530 Managerial Finance 530 (8 points) dation units in List 2. and (2) Stage 2 shall comprise a total of 64 points which, except at least three units chosen from: as provided in sub-regulations 31(2), (3) and (4), shall be as 455.631 International Financial Analysis 631 follows: (8 points) (a) 455.700 Strategic Management 700 (8 points); 455.632 Investment Analysis for Portfolio and Management 632 (8 points) 455.633 Advanced Management Accounting 633 (b) at least four units to a total of 32 points, and no more (8 points) than six units to a total of 48 points, from one of the 455.634 Financial Statement Reporting and specialisations (a) to (f) in List 3; and Analysis 634 (8 points) (c) units to make up the required total of points selected 455.635 Corporate Finance 635 (8 points) from Lists 2 and/or 3. 455.636 Derivatives Securities 636 (8 points) 455.637 Principles of Taxation 637 (8 points) List 1: Core Units 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) 455.500 Management of Organisations 500 (c) Human Resource Management (8 points) 455.540 Human Resource Management 540 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and (8 points) Leadership 501 (8 points) and 455.502 Accounting 502 (8 points) 455.503 Economics for Managers 503 (8 points) at least three units chosen from: 455.504 Data Analysis and Decision Making 504 455.543 Australian Industrial Relations 543 (8 points) (8 points) 455.505 International Management 505 (8 points) 455.602 Quality Management 602 (8 points) 455.641 Strategic Human Resource List 2: Foundation Units Management 641 (8 points) 455.642 Comparative Human Resource 455.520 Legal Principles for Management 520 Management 642 (8 points) (8 points) 455.643 Human Resource Planning and 455.530 Managerial Finance 530 (8 points) Development 643 (8 points) 455.540 Human Resource Management 540 455.647 Negotiation Behaviour 647 (8 points) (8 points) 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) 455.550 Marketing Principles 550 (8 points) 455.560 Information Management 560 (8 points) (d) Marketing Management 455.570 Operations Management 570 (8 points) 455.550 Marketing Principles 550 (8 points) and List 3: Electives and Specialisations at least three units chosen from: (a) General Management 455.651 Consumer Behaviour 651 (8 points) at least four units chosen from: 455.652 Business to Business Marketing 652 455.541 Public Sector Management 541 (8 points) (8 points) 455.542 Australian Public Policy 542 (8 points) 455.654 Services and Retail Marketing 654 455.543 Australian Industrial Relations 543 (8 points) (8 points) 455.655 International Marketing 655 (8 points) 455.570 Operations Management 570 (8 points) 455.657 Promotional Management 657 (8 points) 455.601 Small Business Management 601 (8 points) 455.659 Marketing Research 659 (8 points) 455.602 Quality Management 602 (8 points) 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) 455.603 Management of Technology and (e) International Business Management Innovation 603 (8 points) 455.505 International Management 505 (8 points) 455.604 Management Research Methods 604 (8 points) and 455.606 Business Ethics and Corporate at least three units chosen from: Responsibility 606 (8 points) 455.607 Business Strategy for the Asia Pacific 455.608 Entrepreneurship 608 (8 points) Region 607 (8 points) 455.609 Management and Consulting 609 455.612 International Business Law 612 (8 points) (8 points) 455.614 Australian International Public Policy 614 455.611 Commerical Law 611 (8 points) (8 points) 455.614 Australian International Public Policy 614 455.631 International Financial Analysis 631 (8 points) (8 points) 455.615 Selected Topics in Management 615 455.636 Derivatives Securities 636 (8 points) (8 points) 455.642 Comparative Human Resource 455.616 Advanced Topics in Management 616 Management 642 (8 points) (8 points) 455.647 Negotiation Behaviour 647 (8 points) 455.633 Advanced Management Accounting 633 455.655 International Marketing 655 (8 points) (8 points) 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) 455.637 Principles of Taxation 637 (8 points) 455.641 Strategic Human Resource (f) Information Management Management 641 (8 points) 455.560 Information Management 560 (8 points) 455.651 Consumer Behaviour 651 (8 points) and 455.661 Information Systems Management 661 (8 points) at least three units chosen from: 455.665 Project Management 665 (8 points) 455.602 Quality Management 602 (8 points) 455.667 Logistics Management 667 (8 points) 455.603 Management of Technology and 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) Innovation 603 (8 points) 455.780 Management Project 780 (32 points) 455.661 Information Systems Management 661 455.781 Management Report 781 (16 points) (8 points) 455.782 Management Case Study 782 (8 points) 455.662 Networked Information Systems 662 (8 points) 455.664 Contemporary Information Management Issues 664 (8 points)
D90—April/May 2000 Statutes
455.665 Project Management 665 (8 points) Exclusion 455.668 Electronic Commerce 668 (8 points) (5) The Dean shall exclude a candidate who— Award of Graduate Diploma of Business Administration (a) has made unsatisfactory progress as defined in sub- regulation (9); or (3) Candidates who withdraw from the course after com- (b) following a previous exclusion, is deemed in terms of pleting the requirements for the award of the Graduate sub-regulation (9), to have made further unsatisfactory Diploma in Business Administration may apply to the Faculty progress. to be awarded the diploma. Permission to Re-Enrol Award of Graduate Certificate of Management (6) The Dean shall— (4) Candidates who withdraw from the course after com- (a) pleting the requirements for the award of the Graduate determine the time when and conditions under which a Certificate of Management may apply to the Faculty to be candidate excluded because of unsatisfactory progress may be permitted to re-enrol in the course; awarded the certificate. (b) determine whether or not a candidate who withdraws 30. Rescinded twice from a unit, or has been deemed to have withdrawn twice from a unit, may be permitted to re-enrol in that unit; Approval of Course (c) determine whether or not a candidate who fails a unit 31.(1) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce twice, or who has been deemed to have failed a unit twice, shall be responsible for— may be permitted to re-enrol in that unit. (a) approving the course of studies to be undertaken by each candidate; and Time Limit (b) authorising any changes to the approved course of (7)(a) A candidate shall complete the requirements for studies. Stage 1 within three years of first enrolment in Stage 1. (b) Subject to paragraphs (c), (d) and (e), a candidate shall Substitution complete the requirements for Stages 1 and 2 within six years of first enrolment in Stage 1. (2)(a) A candidate shall not enrol in any unit for which the content is substantially the same as that of a course (c) The Dean may, in special circumstances, permit— undertaken by the candidate in the previous five years and, in (i) a break in enrolment of up to five years between the such cases, the candidate will be required to substitute other completion of the requirements for Stage 1 and enrolment in graduate units offered by the Faculty; Stage 2; and/or (b) The Dean may permit a candidate to substitute for (ii) an extension of not more than one trimester to the total prescribed units other graduate units. period of enrolment permitted in terms of paragraph (b). (d) A break in enrolment approved in terms of sub- Foreign Language Units paragraph (c)(i) shall not be included in the time limit (3) The Dean may permit a candidate undertaking the specified in paragraph (b). specialisation in International Business Management to (e) In cases where a candidate has been granted credit on include approved units to a total of 16 points in a foreign account of approved prior studies, the Dean shall determine— language in Stage 2 of the course instead of units to an equivalent points value in Lists 2 or 3. (i) any reduction in the time limits specified in paragraphs (a) and (b); and/or Credit for Previous Studies (ii) any reduction in the time limits specified in paragraph (7)(a). (4)(a) Subject to paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e), the Dean may grant credit for units to a total of 32 points in each stage of the course. Limits of Units per Trimester (b) Within the overall credit limits set out in paragraph (a), (8)(a) A student undertaking full-time studies shall credit may be granted as follows: normally enrol in four units per trimester. (i) to a total of 32 points towards Stage 1, on the basis of (b) The Dean may, in special circumstances, permit a majors or minors in undergraduate studies undertaken in the candidate to enrol in more than four units in any trimester. previous five years in commerce, business or cognate disciplines; Unsatisfactory Progress (ii) to a total of 32 points in each of Stages 1 and 2 for (9) For the purposes of these regulations unsatisfactory relevant studies completed within the last five years in progress is defined as— postgraduate courses at recognised tertiary institutions; (a) a fail grade in two or more units in Stage 1; (iii) to a total of 16 points in each of Stages 1 and 2 for (b) a fail grade in three or more units throughout Stages 1 work completed within the last five years in courses provided and 2; by professional providers or private educational institutions; (c) a fail grade in one half or more of the units undertaken (iv) to a total of eight points in each of Stages 1 and 2 for in any trimester; or units completed through Continuing Education at this institution in or after 1995. (d) a mark of 59 per cent or less in any five or more units (including failed units) throughout Stages 1 and 2. (c) The Dean may, in special circumstances, approve an extension to the five-year limit in sub-paragraphs (b)(ii) and Deferred Examinations (iii). (10) Deferred examinations may be granted but there shall Limit on Credit be no supplementary examinations (d) Subject to Regulation 60B, if a candidate applies to take out the Graduate Certificate in Management, the Faculty, in DEGREE OF MASTER OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS assessing whether or not the candidate has completed the requirements of the certificate, shall not take into account any 32. A candidate for the degree of Master of Industrial credit granted in terms of sub-paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(iii). Relations may proceed to the degree either— (e) If a candidate applies to take out the Graduate Diploma (a) by way of research and a thesis in accordance with the in Management, the Faculty, in assessing whether or not the General Regulations for the Degree of Master; or candiate has completed the requirements of the diploma, (b) by way of formal coursework. shall not take into any account any more than 16 points of credit granted in terms of sub-paragraphs (b)(i) and/or (b)(iii).
D91—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Master of Industrial Relations by Research (4074) (a) approve the substitution of other units for those listed in sub-regulation (1); 33.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Industrial Relations by research an applicant who is (b) grant credit towards the degree to a total value of 24 qualified in terms of the requirements of the General points on the basis of relevant work completed in the pre- Regulations for the Degree of Master. vious five years for any comparable master’s degree of this University or any comparable course in another recognised (2) A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Faculty has university; approved a written application for suspension of candidature in accordance with General Regulation 44. (c) in exceptional circumstances, approve an extension of the five-year limitation in paragraph (b). (3) Except as provided in sub-regulation (4), a candidate for the degree of Master of Industrial Relations by research 35A.(1) A candidate for the degree of Master of Industrial shall submit the required thesis within five years from the Relations by coursework shall enrol annually unless the Dean date of first enrolment for the degree, not including any has approved a written application for suspension of candi- periods of suspension of candidature. dature in accordance with General Regulation 44. (4) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time to complete the requirements Time Limit for the degree. (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the require- ments for the degree shall be completed within four years of Master of Industrial Relations by Coursework (4064) the date of first enrolment, not including periods of (for students enrolled prior to 2000) suspension of candidature. This course was discontinued in 1999. Students enrolled in (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a this course can refer to the Faculty of Economics and Commerce candidate an extension of time of one or two semesters to Handbook 1999 which is also published on the Web at http:// complete the requirements for the degree. www. publishing.uwa. edu.au/handbooks/. Satisfactory Progress Master of Industrial Relations by Coursework (4066) (for students enrolled from 2000) (4)(a) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may 34.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of exclude from the course a candidate who fails to make Master of Industrial Relations by coursework an applicant satisfactory progress. who— (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a), failure to make (a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree with honours in a satisfactory progress in the course means failure to pass at relevant discipline from this University or has been admitted least half of the units for which the candidate remains to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; enrolled after the first day of the week following the mid- (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this University point of instruction in each unit. and has completed a one-year graduate diploma in a relevant discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent or has Deferred and Supplementary Examinations been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (5) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree in a relevant with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent from shall be no supplementary examinations. this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and DEGREE OF MASTER OF ACCOUNTING (4050) (ii) has had two-years’ relevant experience or has passed a Admission test prescribed by the Faculty and demonstrated to the Faculty’s satisfaction the capacity to benefit from the course. 36. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Accounting an applicant who holds either a three- 35.(1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Industrial or four-year bachelor’s degree of this University with a Relations by coursework a candidate shall complete a course prescribed sequence in Accounting or has been admitted to which, subject to sub-regulation (2), shall comprise: equivalent status under Statute No. 5. (a) Required units: Course Requirements 290.413 Industrial Relations Theory and Methods 413 (8 points) 37.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), to qualify for 290.415 Industrial and Organisational the degree a candidate shall complete work to a total value of Behaviour 415 (8 points) 96 points which shall comprise: 290.519 Strategic Workplace Relations 519 (8 points) (a) units to a total value of 48 points selected in and accordance with sub-regulation 85C(1) for the Graduate (b) three elective units chosen from the following: Diploma in Accounting; and 200.555 Labour Law 555 (8 points) (b) 460.610 Major Dissertation in Accounting 610 200.577 Industrial Relations Law 577 (8 points) (48 points) 290.411 Labour History 411 (8 points) (2)(a) A candidate who has completed the Bachelor of 290.414 Economics of Labour and Payment Commerce with Honours in Accounting or Finance of this Systems 414 (8 points) University or has been admitted to equivalent status shall be 290.503 Industry Practicum 503 (8 points) granted credit for 48 points towards the degree and shall 290.511 Asian Industrial Relations 511 (8 points) complete work to the value of 48 points which, subject to 290.513 Union Organisation 513 (8 points) paragraphs (b) and (c), shall be selected from the following: 290.514 Negotiation 514 (8 points) 460.610 Major Dissertation in Accounting 610 290.515 Industrial Advocacy 515 (8 points) (48 points) 290.516 Research Project 516 (8 points) 290.520 Women and Work 520 (8 points) the units listed in sub-regulation 85(C)(1) 460.502 Professional Studies B 502 (16 points) Substitutions and Credit Substitution (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of Studies, may— the Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may permit a candidate referred to in paragraph (a) to substitute
D92—April/May 2000 Statutes for units up to a total value of 24 points listed in sub- Course Requirements regulation 85C(1) graduate units of an equivalent points value. 44B.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete work to a total value of Limits for Topics Units 96 points, which shall comprise: (a) units to a total value of 48 points selected in (c) A candidate referred to in paragraph (a) shall not accordance with Regulation 85K for the Graduate Diploma in include in the course more than four of the ‘Topics’ units Finance; and listed in sub-regulation 85C(1). (b) 460.620 Major Dissertation in Finance 620 Credit (48 points) 38.(1) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the (2)(a) A candidate who has completed the Bachelor of Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may Commerce with Honours in Accounting or Finance of this approve credit for up to 48 points in respect of work University or has been admitted to equivalent status shall be completed at an equivalent level as part of the course for granted credit for 48 points towards the degree and shall another degree or diploma of this University or of another complete work to the value of 48 points which, subject to recognised institution. paragraphs (b) and (c), shall be selected from the following: (2) A candidate who is admitted to the course after 460.620 Major Dissertation in Finance 620 completing the requirements of the Graduate Diploma in (48 points) Accounting shall be credited with all the units completed in the units listed in sub-regulation 85K(1) that diploma. 460.502 Professional Studies B 502 (16 points)
Enrolment Substitution 39. A full-time student shall enrol in units to total a value of (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 24 points in each semester and a part-time student in at least Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may 1 one unit to a value of eight points in each semester . permit a candidate referred to in paragraph (a) to substitute 1 Full-time students are required to complete the dissertation within for units up to a total value of 24 points listed in sub- one year and part-time students within three years. regulation 85K(1) graduate units of an equivalent points value. Examinations 40.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance Limits for Topics Units with the provisions of General Regulation (20)(1). (c) A candidate referred to in paragraph (a) shall not (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. include in the course more than four of the ‘Topics’ units listed in sub-regulation 85K(1). Satisfactory Progress Credit 41.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. 44C.(1) A candidate who is admitted to the course after completing the requirements of the Graduate Diploma in (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Finance shall be credited with all the units completed in that Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may diploma. exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress in terms of sub-regulation (1). (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- approve credit for up to 48 points in respect of work regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course completed at an equivalent level as part of the course for without the approval of the Dean. another degree or diploma of this University or of another recognised institution. Requirement to Re-enrol 42. A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Dean Enrolment approves an application for suspension of candidature in 44D. A full-time student shall enrol in units to a value of 24 accordance with General Regulation 44. points each semester and a part-time student in at least one unit to a value of eight points in each semester. 1 Time Limit 1 Full-time students are required to complete the dissertation within 43.(1) Subject to paragraph (2), a candidate shall complete the one year and part-time students within three years. requirements for the degree within seven years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit credited towards Examinations the degree was passed, not including periods of suspension of candidature. 44E.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- with the provisions of General Regulation (20)(1). mendation of the Head of Department of Accounting and (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. Finance, may grant an extension to the time limit specified in sub-regulation (1). Satisfactory Progress 44F.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if 44. A candidate who withdraws from the course before they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. qualifying for the Master of Accounting but after completing (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of sufficient units to qualify for a Graduate Diploma in the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may Accounting may apply to the Faculty to be awarded the exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress graduate diploma. in terms of sub-regulation (1). (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course MASTER OF FINANCE (4051) without the approval of the Dean. Admission 44A. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Requirement to Re-enrol Master of Finance an applicant who holds either a three- or 44G. A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Dean four-year bachelor’s degree of this University with a approves an application for suspension of candidature in prescribed sequence in Finance or has been admitted to accordance with General Regulation 44. equivalent status under Statute No. 5.
D93—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Time Limit COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND 44H.(1) Subject to paragraph (2) a candidate shall complete (4015) the requirements for the degree within seven years of the BACHELOR OF COMMERCE beginning of the year in which the first unit credited towards 47B. The regulations relating to the combined course for the the degree was passed, not including periods of suspension of degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of candidature. Commerce shall be as set out in Part D(2) following these (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- regulations. mendation of the Head of Department of Accounting and Finance, may grant an extension to the time limit specified in COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF sub-regulation (1). BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (1023) 44I. A candidate who withdraws from the course before 47C. The regulations relating to the combined course for the qualifying for the Master of Finance but after completing degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics shall sufficient units to qualify for a Graduate Diploma in Finance be as set out in Part E(1) following these regulations. may apply to the Faculty to be awarded the graduate diploma. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (1022) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2017) 47D. The regulations relating to the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Commerce shall 45.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the be as set out in Part E(2) following these regulations. degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Laws for students selected in the standard admission category on the basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF set out in Part A following these regulations. SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5022) category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees 47E. The regulations relating to the combined course for the of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Laws will be degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Economics or required to undertake a programme of studies based upon Bachelor of Commerce shall be as set out in Part F following the degree structure as set out in Part A. Each student’s these regulations. programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5021) BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2016) 47F. The regulations relating to the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of 46.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the Economics or Bachelor of Commerce shall be as set out in Part degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws for G following these regulations. students selected in the standard admission category on the basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as set out in Part B following these regulations. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission ECONOMICS OR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (4013) of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws will be 47G. The regulations relating to the combined course for the required to undertake a programme of studies based upon degrees of Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce the degree structure as set out in Part B. Each student’s and Bachelor of Education shall be as set out in Part H programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- following these regulations. Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. DEGREE OF MASTER OF MANAGEMENT COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT) (4063) BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND (for students enrolled prior to 2000) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (6014) 1 This course was discontinued in 1999. Students enrolled in 1 Candidates enrolled prior to 2000 in the combined course for the this course should refer to the Faculty of Economics and degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Engineering should Commerce Handbook 1999 which is also published on the Web at follow their selected Engineering stream in the regulations set out in http://www. publishing.uwa. edu.au/handbooks/. Part C.
47. The regulations relating to the combined course for the DEGREE OF MASTER OF HUMAN RESOURCE degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Engi- MANAGEMENT (4065) neering shall be as set out in Part C following these (for students enrolled from 2000) regulations. Admission COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 48. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) Master of Human Resource Management an applicant who— AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (4016) (a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree with honours in a relevant discipline from this University or has been admitted 47A. The regulations relating to the combined course for the to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics shall be as set out in Part D(1) following these (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this University regulations. and has completed a one-year graduate diploma in a relevant discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent, or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and
D94—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) has had two-years’ relevant experience or has passed a (a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree with honours in a test prescribed by the Faculty and demonstrated to the relevant discipline from this University or has been admitted Faculty’s satisfaction the capacity to benefit from the course. to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this University Course Requirements and has completed a one-year graduate diploma in a relevant 49.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for the discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent or has degree a candidate shall complete a course comprising: been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (a) the following required units: (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor's degree in a relevant discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent from 140.572 Organisational Psychology: Job Design 572 this University or has been admitted to equivalent status (8 points) under Statute No. 5; and 290.491 Advanced Organisational Behaviour 491 (8 points) (ii) has had at least two years’ relevant experience. 290.493 Advanced Human Resource 53.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4), to qualify for Management 493 (8 points) the degree of Master of Information Management a candidate 290.518 The Management of Human Resources 518 shall complete the following units (48 points): (8 points) (a) 450.421 Information Management 421 (8 points) and 450.422 Information Management 422 (8 points) (b) two elective units chosen from the following: 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for 290.414 Economics of Labour and Payment Business Research 461 (8 points) Systems 414 (8 points) 450.511 Advanced International Information 290.415 Industrial and Organisational Behaviour 415 Systems 511 (8 points) (8 points) 450.518 Topics in Management Science 518 290.503 Industry Practicum 503 (8 points) (8 points) 290.511 Asian Industrial Relations 511 (8 points) 450.526 Computer Applications 526 (8 points) 290.514 Negotiation 514 (8 points) 290.516 Research Project 516 (8 points) (2) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the 290.519 Strategic Workplace Relations 519 Department of Information Management and Marketing, may (8 points) permit a candidate to substitute 450.601 Minor Dissertation 601 290.520 Women and Work 520 (8 points) (16 points) for units to the value of 16 points listed in sub- regulation (1). Substitution (3) A candidate who enrols in the course after completing (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 450.421 Information Management 421 (8 points) and 450.422 Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour Information Management 422 (8 points) shall substitute for Studies, may permit a candidate to substitute for units those units, 450.601 Minor Dissertation 601 (16 points). required under sub-regulation (1) other relevant graduate (4) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the units offered in the University or in any comparable course in Department of Information Management and Marketing, another recognised institution. may— (a) permit a candidate to substitute another graduate unit Credit to the value of eight points for one of the units listed in sub- (3) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the regulation (1); Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour (b) subject to paragraph (c), grant credit towards the Studies may— degree for no more than two units to the value of 16 points, (a) grant credit towards the degree to a total value of 24 on the basis of work completed within the previous five years points on the basis of relevant work completed in the as part of a course for an honours degree of this University or previous five years for any comparable master’s degree of of another recognised university or as part of a Graduate this University or any comparable course in another Diploma in Information Management of another recognised recognised university. university. (b) in exceptional circumstances, approve an extension of (c) in exceptional circumstances an extension of the five- the five-year limitation in paragraph (a). year limitation in paragraph (b).
Deferred and Supplementary Examinations 54.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there 50.(1) In accordance with the provisions of General Regu- shall be no supplementary examinations. lation 20(1) deferred examinations may be granted. (2) A candidate shall have made satisfactory progress if he (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. or she passes at least half of the units for which the candidate (3) Students shall have made satisfactory progress if they remains enrolled after the final date for withdrawal. pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. 55.(1)A candidate for the degree of Master of Information 51.(1) A candidate for the degree of Master of Human Management shall enrol annually unless the Dean approves a Resource Management shall enrol annually unless the Dean written application for suspension of candidature in approves a written application for suspension of candidature accordance with General Regulation 44. in accordance with General Regulation 44. (2) A candidate for the degree of Master of Information (2) Except as provided in sub-regulations (1) and (3), the Management shall complete the requirements for the degree requirements for the degree shall be completed within four within three years of the year in which the first unit was calendar years of the date of first enrolment, not including credited towards the degree. periods of suspension of candidature. (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time of one or two semesters to candidate an extension of time to complete the requirements complete the requirements for the degree. for the degree.
DEGREE OF MASTER OF MARKETING (4058) DEGREE OF MASTER OF INFORMATION MANAGEMENT (4059) 56. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of 52. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Marketing an applicant who— Master of Information Management an applicant who—
D95—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree with honours in a Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Certificate in Manage- relevant discipline from this University or has been admitted ment. to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or 60B. Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation (b) holds a three-year bachelor degree of this University 28G, the Senate may from time to time, in specific cases where and has completed a one-year graduate diploma in a relevant the graduate certificate is taught outside the metropolitan area, discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent or has permit the Faculty to approve credit for up to 50 per cent of the been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No.5; or total course requirements for work completed in courses (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree in a relevant provided by professional providers or private educational discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent from institutions. this University, or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and Admission Requirements (ii) has had at least two years’ relevant experience. 61. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Certificate of Management an applicant who— 57.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4), to qualify for (a) meets the entry requirements for Stage 1 of the course the degree of Master of Marketing a candidate shall complete for the degree of Master of Business Administration as units to the value of 48 points selected from the following: prescribed in sub-regulation 28(2); 450.405 Special Topics in Marketing 405 (8 points) or 450.462 Global Marketing Strategy 462 (8 points) (b) can satisfy the Faculty that his or her level of education 450.463 Advanced Marketing Services 463 and the duration and level of his or her professional (8 points) experience in management are such that he or she has the 450.464 Advanced Marketing 464 (8 points) potential to complete the course satisfactorily. 450.465 Advanced Marketing 465 (8 points) 450.501 International Advertising and Course Requirements Communication Strategy 501 (8 points) 62.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for the 450.502 Interactive and Internet Marketing 502 Graduate Certificate of Management a candidate shall (8 points) complete four units from the following: (2) Offshore students shall select their units from such a 455.500 Management of Organisations 500 subset of the units listed in sub-regulation (1) as may be (8 points) published from time to time. 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and (3) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the Leadership 501 (8 points) Department of Information Management and Marketing, may 455.502 Accounting 502 (8 points) permit a candidate to substitute 450.601 Minor Dissertation 455.503 Economics for Managers 503 (8 points) 601 (16 points) for units to the value of 16 points listed in sub- 455.504 Data Analysis and Decision Making 504 regulation (1). (8 points) 455.505 International Management 505 (8 points) (4) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 455.540 Human Resource Management 540 Head of the Department of Information Management and (8 points) Marketing, may— 455.550 Marketing Principles 550 (8 points) (a) permit a candidate to substitute another graduate unit to the value of eight points for one of the units listed in sub- Substitutions and Credit regulation (1); (2)(a) The provisions of paragraph 31(2) shall apply to (b) grant credit towards the degree for not more than two substi-tutions. units to the value of 16 points. (b) Notwithstanding General Regulation 28G and except 58.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance as provided in Regulation 60B, the Dean shall not grant any with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there credit towards the certificate course for work completed in shall be no supplementary examinations. courses provided by professional providers or private educational institutions or for relevant professional experience. (2) A candidate shall have made satisfactory progress if he or she passes at least half of the units for which the candidate remains enrolled after the final date for withdrawal. Approval of Course (3) The provisions of paragraphs 31(1)(a) and (b) shall 59.(1) A candidate for the degree of Master of Marketing shall apply. enrol annually unless the Dean approves a written appli- cation for suspension of candidature in accordance with Exclusion General Regulation 44. 63. The provisions of sub-regulation 31(5) shall apply. (2) A candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree within three years of the year in which the first unit Permission to Re-enrol was credited towards the degree. 64. The provisions of sub-regulation 31(6) shall apply. (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time of one or two semesters to complete the requirements for the degree. Time Limit 65.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall complete the requirements of the Graduate Certificate within two years GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MASTER’S DEGREES of first enrolling in the course. (2) In special circumstances the Dean may grant an 60. A student who after the first day of week eight withdraws extension of not more than one semester’s duration to the from a unit shall be deemed to have failed in that unit unless time limit in sub-regulation (1). the Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional circum- stances to justify late withdrawal. Unsatisfactory Progress 65A. For the purposes of these regulations unsatisfactory GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MANAGEMENT (4031) progress is defined as: Applicability of General Regulations (a) a fail grade in two or more units throughout the course; 60A. Except as provided in Regulations 60B to 65E the General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate or (b) a fail grade in one half or more of the units undertaken in any semester or trimester.
D96—April/May 2000 Statutes
Deferred Examinations GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION MANAGEMENT (4039) 65B. Deferred examinations may be granted but there shall be 66.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 66 to 70, the General no supplementary examinations. Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Infor- mation Management. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (4037) (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the Faculty Applicability of General Regulations may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Information Management, an applicant who— 65C. Except as provided in Regulations 65D to 65J, the General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate (a) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University with a Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Business prescribed sequence in Information Management or has been Administration. admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (b)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University or has Admission Requirements been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 65D. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate (ii) has had two years’ relevant experience; and Diploma of Business Administration an applicant who— (iii) satisfies the Faculty that he or she has the capacity to (a) meets the entry requirements for Stage 1 of the course benefit from the course by passing any test which may be for the degree of Master of Business Administration; or prescribed by the Faculty or otherwise. (b) has completed the requirements for the Graduate (3) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Certificate in Management of this University or has been Commerce of this University with honours in Information admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. Management, or equivalent, shall not be accepted as a candi- date for the Graduate Diploma in Information Management. Course Requirements 67.(1) To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Information 65E.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (5), to qualify Management, a candidate shall complete the following: for the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration, a (a) 450.421 Information Management 421 (8 points) candidate shall complete the requirements for Stage 1 of the 450.422 Information Management 422 (8 points) course for the degree of Master of Business Administration, 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for Business as set out in sub-regulation 29(1), or such equivalent course Research 461 (8 points) as may be prescribed by the Faculty. 450.662 Research Project 662 (8 points) Substitution and (b) two units chosen from: (2) The provisions of sub-regulation 31(2) shall apply. 450.465 Advanced Marketing Research 465 Approval of Course (8 points) 450.511 Advanced International Information (3) The provisions of paragraphs 31(1)(a) and (b) shall Systems 511 (8 points) apply. 450.518 Topics in Management Science 518 (8 points) Credit for Previous Studies 450.526 Computer Applications 526 (8 points) (4) The provisions of sub-regulation 31(4), as they apply to 460.452 Advanced Accounting Information Stage 1 of the course for the degree of Master of Business Systems 452 (8 points) Administration, shall apply. (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Information Management and Exclusion Marketing, may permit a candidate for the Graduate Diploma 65F. The Dean shall exclude a candidate who— in Information Management to substitute one or two other graduate units for one or two units in sub-regulation (1). (a) has made unsatisfactory progress as defined in Regulation 65I; or 68. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the (b) following a previous exclusion obtains a mark of 59 Head of the Department of Information Management and per cent or less in any unit. Marketing, may grant credit for up to three units in respect of units completed which form part of an incomplete recognised Permission to Re-enrol graduate diploma course or comparable course approved by the Dean. 65G. The provisions of sub-regulation 31(6) shall apply. 69.(1)(a) A candidate for a graduate diploma who fails in Time Limit more than half the units for which he or she remains enrolled 65H. The provisions of sub-regulation 31(7), as they apply to after the first day of week eight in a unit shall be declared to Stage 1 of the course for the degree of Master of Business have made unsatisfactory progress. Administration, shall apply. (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may Unsatisfactory Progress exclude a candidate for a graduate diploma who has made 65I. For the purpose of these regulations unsatisfactory unsatisfactory progress in the terms of paragraph (a). progress is defined as: (2) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of (a) a fail grade in two or more units throughout the course; paragraph (1)(b) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the or course without the approval of the Dean. (b) a fail grade in one half or more of the units undertaken (3) A candidate who has failed any unit twice shall not be in any semester. permitted to re-enrol in that unit except with the approval of the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head Deferred Examinations of the Department of Information Management and Marketing. 65J. Deferred examinations may be granted, but there shall be (4) A candidate who is required to withdraw from any unit no supplementary examinations. in two successive years shall not be permitted to re-enrol in that unit except with the approval of the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Information Management and Marketing. (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate for a graduate diploma shall complete the requirements within three years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was credited towards the diploma.
D97—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- (4) A candidate who is required to withdraw from any unit mendation of the Head of the Department of Information in two successive years shall not be permitted to re-enrol in Management and Marketing, may grant an extension of one that unit except with the approval of the Dean, having regard semester to the time limitation specified in paragraph (a). to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Information Management and Marketing. 70. Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there shall be (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate for a graduate no supplementary examinations. diploma shall complete the requirements within three years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was credited towards the diploma. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MARKETING (4083) (b) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- 71.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2) and (3) and in mendation of the Head of the Department of Information Regulations 72 to 75, the General Regulations for Graduate Management and Marketing, may grant an extension of one Certificates and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the semester to the time limitation specified in paragraph (a). Graduate Diploma in Marketing. (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate 75. Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with Diploma in Marketing, an applicant who— the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there shall be no supplementary examinations. (a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree and a one-year GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS (4033) graduate diploma of this University or has been admitted to 76.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 76 to 80, the General equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor's degree of this University shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Economics. or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3) below, the and Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma (ii) has had two years’ relevant experience. in Economics, an applicant who— (iii) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of (a) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University with a Economics or Bachelor of Commerce of this University with prescribed sequence in Economics or has been admitted to honours in Marketing, or equivalent, shall not be accepted as equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or a candidate for the Graduate Diploma In Marketing. (b)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University or has 72.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for the been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and Graduate Diploma in Marketing, a candidate shall complete (ii) has had two years’ relevant experience and satisfies the units to the value of 48 points as follows: Faculty that he or she has the capacity to benefit from the (a) 450.401 Marketing 401 (8 points) course by passing any test which may be prescribed by the 450.402 Marketing 402 (8 points) Faculty or otherwise. 450.404 Special Topics in Marketing 404 (8 points) (3) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of 450.662 Research Project 662 (8 points) Economics or Bachelor of Arts of this University with and honours in Economics, or equivalent, shall not be accepted as (b) either a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Economics. 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for 77.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) below, to Business Research 461 (8 points) qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Economics, a candidate or shall complete the following: 450.661 Research Methodology 661 (8 points) (a) 400.402 Microeconomic Theory 402 (8 points) and or (c) one approved elective unit to the value of eight points 400.491 Microeconomic Theory and from the graduate units offered by the Department of Applications 491 (8 points) Information Management and Marketing. and either (2) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the 400.418 Macroeconomic Theory 418 (8 points) Department of Information Management and Marketing, may or permit a candidate to substitute other graduate units up to a 400.492 Macroeconomic Theory and toal value of 16 points for units of equivalent value listed in Applications 492 (8 points) sub-regulation (1). and (3) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Information Management and Marketing, may (b) four units selected from the following: grant credit for units up to a total value of 16 points in 400.401 Australian Economic Problems and consideration of units completed which form part of an Policies 401 (8 points) incomplete recognised graduate diploma course or com- 400.405 Public Economics 405 (8 points) parable course approved by the Dean. 400.407 Topics in Post-War Australian Economic History 407 (8 points) 73. Resinded 400.408 Topics in Economic Development 408 74.(1)(a) A candidate for a graduate diploma who fails in (8 points) more than half the units for which he or she remains enrolled 400.411 Econometrics 411 (8 points) after the first day of week eight in a unit shall be declared to 400.412 Mathematical Economics 412 (8 points) have made unsatisfactory progress. 400.413 Topics in Applied Econometrics 413 (8 points) (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 400.415 International Finance 415 (8 points) Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may 400.422 Monetary Economics 422 (8 points) exclude a candidate for a graduate diploma who has made 400.423 Financial Economics 423 (8 points) unsatisfactory progress in terms of paragraph (a). 400.450 Topics in International Economics 450 (2) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of (8 points) paragraph (1)(b) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the 400.470 Middle East Economies 470 (8 points) course without the approval of the Dean. 400.493 Introductory Quantitative Economics 493 (3) A candidate who has failed any unit twice shall not be (8 points) permitted to re-enrol in that unit except with the approval of (2) A candidate who does not satisfy the prerequisite for the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head Microeconomic Theory 402 shall be required to substitute the of the Department of Information Management and Marketing.
D98—April/May 2000 Statutes unit Microeconomic Theory and Applications 491 and a 82.(1) To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Industrial candidate who does not satisfy the prerequisites for Macro- Relations, a candidate shall complete the following: economic Theory 418 shall be required to substitute the unit (a) 200.555 Labour Law 555 (8 points) Macroeconomic Theory and Applications 492. 290.412 Contemporary Australian Industrial (3) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Relations 412 (8 points) Head of the Department of Economics, may permit a 290.414 Economics of Labour and Payment candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Economics to Systems 414 (8 points) substitute either one fourth-year unit offered within the 290.518 The Management of Human Resources 518 University or one fifth-year economics unit for one unit listed (8 points) in paragraph (l)(b) above. and 78. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the (b) two units chosen from: Head of the Department of Economics, may grant credit for 200.577 Industrial Relations Law 577 (8 points) up to three units in respect of units completed which form 290.411 Labour History 411 (8 points) part of an incomplete recognised graduate diploma course or 290.511 Asian Industrial Relations 511 (8 points) comparable course approved by the Dean. 290.513 Union Organisation 513 (8 points) 290.514 Negotiation 514 (8 points) 79.(1)(a) A candidate for a graduate diploma who fails in 290.520 Women and Work 520 (8 points) more than half the units for which he or she remains enrolled (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the after the first day of week eight in a unit shall be declared to Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour have made unsatisfactory progress. Studies, may permit a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Industrial Relations to substitute one or two other graduate Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may units for a unit or units in sub-regulation (1). exclude a candidate for a graduate diploma who has made unsatisfactory progress in the terms of paragraph (a). 83. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour (2) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of Studies, may grant credit for up to three units in respect of paragraph (l)(b) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the units completed which form part of an incomplete recognised course without the approval of the Dean. graduate diploma course or comparable course approved by (3) A candidate who has failed any unit twice shall not be the Dean. permitted to re-enrol in that unit except with the approval of 84.(1)(a) A candidate for a graduate diploma who fails in the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head more than half the units for which he or she remains enrolled of the Department of Economics. after the first day of week eight in a unit shall be declared to have made unsatisfactory progress. (4) A candidate who is required to withdraw from any unit in two successive years shall not be permitted to re-enrol in (b) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the that unit except with the approval of the Dean, having regard Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of exclude a candidate for a graduate diploma who has made Economics. unsatisfactory progress in the terms of paragraph (a). (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate for a graduate (2) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of diploma shall complete the requirements within three years paragraph (l)(b) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was course without the approval of the Dean. credited towards the diploma. (3) A candidate who has failed any unit twice shall not be (b) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- permitted to re-enrol in that unit except with the approval of mendation of the Head of the Department of Economics, may the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head grant an extension of one semester to the time limitation of the Department of Organisational and Labour Studies. specified in paragraph (a). (4) A candidate who is required to withdraw from any unit 80. Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with in two successive years shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there shall be that unit except with the approval of the Dean, having regard no supplementary examinations. to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour Studies. (5)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate for a graduate GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (4040) diploma shall complete the requirements within three years 81.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 81 to 85, the General of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas credited towards the diploma. shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Industrial Relations. (b) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- mendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3) below, the and Labour Studies, may grant an extension of one semester Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma to the time limitation specified in paragraph (a). in Industrial Relations, an applicant who— (a) holds a four-year bachelor’s degree of this University or 85. Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there shall be (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree and a one-year no supplementary examinations. postgraduate diploma of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING (4035) (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Applicability of General Regulations Statute No. 5; and 85A. Except as provided in Regulations 85B to 85H, the (ii) has had two years’ relevant practical experience or has General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate passed a test prescribed by the Faculty and demonstrated to Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Accounting. the Faculty’s satisfaction the capacity to benefit from the course. Admission (3) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Arts of this University with 85B.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Faculty honours in Industrial Relations, or equivalent, shall not be may accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who accepted as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in holds a bachelor’s degree of this University with a prescribed Industrial Relations. sequence in Accounting or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5.
D99—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Time Limit Commerce of this University with honours in Accounting or Finance, or an equivalent qualification, shall not be accepted 85H.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall as a candidate for the diploma. complete the requirements for the diploma within four years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was Course Requirements credited towards the diploma. (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- 85C.(1) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete mendation of the Head of the Department of Accounting and units to a total value of 48 points which, subject to sub- Finance, may grant an extension to the time limit specified in regulations (2) and (3), shall be chosen from the following: sub-regulation (1). 460.440 Management Accounting: Issues and Perspectives 440 (8 points) 460.451 Behavioural Accounting 451 (8 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCE (4036) 460.452 Advanced Accounting Information Systems 452 (8 points) Applicability of General Regulations 460.461 Public Sector Financial Management and Performance Measurement 461 (8 points) 85I. Except as provided in Regulations 85J to 85P, the General 460.462 Accounting, Organisations and Society 462 Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas (8 points) shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Finance. 460.471 Advanced Financial Accounting 471 (8 points) Admission 460.472 Contemporary Issues in Financial 85J.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Faculty Accounting 472 (8 points) may accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 (8 points) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University with a prescribed 460.493 Advanced Auditing 493 (8 points) sequence in Finance or has been admitted to equivalent status 460.501 Professional Studies A 501 (16 points) under Statute No. 5. 460.520 Topics in Advanced Auditing 520 (8 points) 460.530 Topics in Advanced Taxation 530 (8 points) (2) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of 460.531 Conceptual Income Tax Issues: Income and Commerce of this University with honours in Accounting or Deductions 531 (8 points) Finance, or an equivalent qualification, shall not be accepted 460.532 Tax Administration 532 (8 points) as a candidate. 460.560 Topics in Behavioural Accounting 560 (8 points) Course Requirements 460.570 Topics in Advanced Financial 85K.(1) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete Accounting 570 (8 points) units to a total value of 48 points which, subject to sub- 460.580 Topics in Advanced Management regulations (2) and (3), shall be chosen from the following: Accounting 580 (8 points) 460.590 Special Topics 590 (8 points) 400.415 International Finance 415 (8 points) 460.463 Current Developments in Derivative (2) A candidate shall not include more than two of the Securities 463 (8 points) ‘Topics’ units as part of the requirements listed under sub- 460.464 Contemporary Banking: Issues and regulation (1). Evidence 464 (8 points) (3) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 460.465 Topics in Derivative Securities 465 (8 points) Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may 460.481 Advanced Finance A 481 (8 points) permit a candidate to substitute for units in sub-regulation (1) 460.482 Advanced Finance B 482 (8 points) to a total value of 16 points other units offered in the 460.491 Financial Statement Analysis 491 (8 points) University. 460.492 Financial Institutions and Policy 492 (8 points) Credit 460.501 Professional Studies A 501 (16 points) 85D. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 460.540 Topics in Corporate Finance 540 (8 points) Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may 460.550 Topics in Investment Analysis 550 (8 points) approve credit for up to a total value of 24 points in respect of 460.590 Special Topics 590 (8 points) work completed as part of an incomplete graduate diploma (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of course or comparable course at a recognised institution. the Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may permit a candidate to substitute for units in sub-regulation (1) Enrolment to a total of 16 points other units offered in the University. 85E. A full-time student shall enrol in units to a total value of (3) A candidate shall not include more than two of the 24 points in each semester and a part-time student in at least ‘Topics’ units as part of the requirements listed under sub- one unit to a value of eight points in each semester. regulation (1).
Examinations Credit 85F.(1) In accordance with the provisions of General 85L. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Regulation (20)(1) deferred examinations may be granted. Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may approve credit for up to a total value 24 points in respect of (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. work completed as part of an incomplete graduate diploma course or comparable course at a recognised institution. Satisfactory Progress Enrolment 85G.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. 85M. A full-time student shall enrol for units to a total value (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of of 24 points in each semester and a part-time student in at the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may least one unit to a value of eight points in each semester. exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress in terms of sub-regulation (1). Examinations (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- 85N.(1) In accordance with the provisions of General regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course Regulation (20)(1) deferred examinations may be granted. without the approval of the Dean. (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations.
D100—April/May 2000 Statutes
Satisfactory Progress 290.520 Women and Work 520 (8 points) 310.585 Worksite Health Promotion 585 (8 points) 85O.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if 455.643 Human Resource Planning and they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. Development 643 (8 points) (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendations of the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may Substitution exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress in terms of sub-regulation (1). (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- Studies, may permit a candidate to substitute for units in sub- regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course regulation (1) other relevant graduate units offered in the without the approval of the Dean. University, to a total value of 24 points.
Time Limit Credit 85P.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall 85T. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the complete the requirements within four years of the beginning Head of the Department of Organisational and Labour of the year in which the first unit was credited towards the Studies, may grant credit for up to a total value of 24 points in diploma. respect of work completed as part of an incomplete graduate (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- diploma course or comparable course at a recognised mendation of the Head of the Department of Accounting and institution. Finance, may grant an extension to the time limit specified in sub-regulation (1). Enrolment 85U. A full-time student shall enrol in units up to a total GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN value of 24 points in each semester and a part-time student in HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (4030) at least one unit to a value of eight points in each semester. Applicability of General Regulations Examinations 85Q. Except as provided in Regulations 85R to 85X, the 85V.(1) In accordance with the provisions of General General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Regulation (20)(1) deferred examinations may be granted. Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Human (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. Resource Management. Satisfactory Progress Admission 85W.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if 85R.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Faculty they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. may accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who— (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may (a) holds a four year bachelor’s degree of this University exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; in terms of sub-regulation (1). or (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- (b) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this Uni- regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course versity and a one-year graduate diploma of this University or without the approval of the Dean. has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor’s degree of this Time Limit University or has been admitted to equivalent status under 85X.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall Statute No 5; and complete the requirements for the diploma within three years (ii) has had two years’ relevant experience or has passed of the beginning of the year in which the first unit was a test prescribed by the Faculty and demonstrated to the credited towards the diploma. Faculty’s satisfaction the capacity to benefit from the course. (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- (2) An applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of mendation of the Head of the Department of Organisational Commerce of this University with honours in Human and Labour Studies, may grant an extension to the time limit Resource Management, or an equivalent qualification, shall specified in sub-regulation (1). not be accepted as a candidate for the diploma.
Course Requirements DOCTOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (4083) 85S.(1) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete 86. Except as provided in Regulations 87 to 93, the General six units to a total value of 48 points which, subject to sub- Regulations governing Professional Doctorates shall apply to regulation (2), shall comprise: the degree of Doctor of Business Administration. (a) the following required units: 200.555 Labour Law 555 (8 points) Governance 290.415 Industrial and Organisational Behaviour 415 87. There shall be a Governing Board for the degree of Doctor (8 points) of Business Administration which shall comprise: 290.518 The Management of Human Resources 518 the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; (8 points) the Chair of the Board of the Postgraduate Research School 455.641 Strategic Human Resource Management 641 or nominee; (8 points) the Director of the Graduate School of Management; and the Director of Studies for the degree of Doctor of Business (b) two elective units chosen from the following: Administration; two senior members of the Faculty of Economics and 290.571 Organisational Psychology: Assessment and Commerce elected annually by the Faculty Board. Selection 571 (8 points) 290.412 Contemporary Australian Industrial 88. The Governing Board shall— Relations 412 (8 points) 290.414 Economics of Labour and Payment (a) having regard to the recommendations of the Director of Systems 414 (8 points) the Graduate School of Management, approve fields of study 290.511 Asian Industrial Relations 511 (8 points) within the areas of management which are available for the 290.514 Negotiation 514 (8 points)
D101—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar degree of Doctor of Business Administration and satisfy itself (ii) A thesis declared unfit in terms of sub-paragraph (i) as to the school’s capacity to supervise in each of the approved may be re-submitted only if accompanied by a certificate fields; from both the Director of the Graduate School of Manage- (b) appoint supervisor(s) for each candidate; ment and the University Librarian confirming that it has been put in a form suitable for examination. (c) satisfy itself on the basis of a candidate’s performance in the formal coursework and/or supervised study, that the Time Limits and Suspensions candidate has the capacity to undertake research in the nomi- nated field; 93.(1)(a) Unless the Governing Board permits otherwise, a full-time candidate shall complete the requirements for the (d) having regard to the recommendation of the Director of degree within five years from the date of first enrolment for the Graduate School of Management, appoint examiners for the degree and a part-time candidate shall complete the the thesis in accordance with the General Regulations; and requirements for the degree within six years from the date of (e) determine when there is a need for an oral examination. the first enrolment for the degree. Admission (b) In applying the time limits set out in paragraph (a) periods of suspension approved in accordance with sub- 89. In addition to the provisions of General Regulations 64 to regulation (2) shall not be included. 66 concerning admission to professional doctorates the (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the Governing following shall apply: Board may, on written application, permit suspension of (a) for a candidate admitted on the basis of a bachelor’s candidature for a specified period, or periods, which may not degree, the bachelor’s degree shall be in the field of commerce exceed one year throughout the duration of candidature. or a cognate area; (3) The Governing Board may, in recognition of exceptional (b) for a candidate admitted on the basis of a postgraduate circumstances, approve an extension to the one-year qualification, the qualification shall be in an area of maximum suspension in sub-regulation (2). management approved by the Faculty.
Course Requirements GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING AND 90.(1) To qualify for the degree of Doctor of Business MASTER OF PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING Administration a candidate shall complete the following course of studies: Admission A. 455.791 Management and Social Science 94.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the Faculty may accept as Research I 791 (6 points) a candidate for the degree of Master of Professional 455.792 Management and Social Science Accounting or Graduate Diploma of Professional Accounting Research II 792 (6 points) an applicant who has completed a bachelor’s degree of this 455.793 Management and Social Science University requiring at least three years of full-time study or Research III 793 (6 points) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. 455.794 Management and Social Science (2) An applicant who holds a bachelor’s degree with a pre- Research IV 794 (6 points) scribed sequence in Accounting shall not be accepted as a B. 455.795 Advanced Management candidate. Seminar I 795 (4 points) or Master of Professional Accounting (4061)— 455.796 Advanced Management Course Requirements Seminar II 796 (4 points) 95. Except as provided in Regulations 97 and 98, to qualify for and the degree of Master of Professional Accounting a candidate C. 455.800 Doctoral Thesis 800 (64 points) shall complete units to a total value of 128 points which shall comprise: (2) Unless the Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Director of the Graduate School of Management, (a) the four core units totalling 32 points in List 1; approves otherwise, a candidate may not begin work on the (b) the nine professional units totalling 72 points in List 2; thesis until the coursework component has been completed. and (c) elective units of equivalent level totalling 24 points Submission and Examination of Thesis selected from elsewhere within the University with the 91. The thesis shall make a substantial and original approval of the Head of the Department of Accounting and contribution to scholarship in a field of management. Finance.
92.(1) The thesis shall be presented in the form of typescript List 1: Core Units and shall not exceed 70,000 words excluding tables and 455.502 Accounting 502 (8 points) appendices. 460.511 Corporate Financial Reporting 511 (2) The thesis shall include an abstract of about 300 words. (8 points) 460.512 Contemporary Financial Accounting 512 (3) Candidates shall submit four copies of the thesis and (8 points) one unbound copy of the abstract. 460.521 Financial Accounting Theory 521 (4) Prior to the submission of the thesis— (8 points) (a) the Director of the Graduate School of Management and List 2: Professional Units supervisor(s) shall recommend to the Governing Board the 455.633 Advanced Management Accounting 633 names of three examiners, one of whom may be internal to (8 points) the University; and 460.522 Principles of Auditing 522 (8 points) (b) the Director of the Graduate School of Management 455.504 Data Analysis and Decision Making 504 shall informally invite the three nominees to act as examiners (8 points) and shall report their responses to the Governing Board. 455.503 Economics for Management 503 (8 points) (5)(a) Before appointing examiners for the thesis the 455.520 Legal Principles for Management 520 Governing Board may refer the thesis to the Director of the (8 points) Graduate School of Management for a report on its form and 455.560 Information Management 560 (8 points) content and to the University Librarian for a report on its 455.530 Managerial Finance 530 (8 points) physical form. 455.611 Commercial Law 611 (8 points) 455.637 Principles of Taxation 637 (8 points) (b)(i) On receipt of the reports referred to in paragraph (a), the Board may declare the thesis unfit for examination in its submitted form.
D102—April/May 2000 Statutes
Graduate Diploma in Professional Accounting (4029)— MASTER OF ELECTRONIC MARKETING AND Course Requirements INFORMATION MANAGEMENT (4069) 96.(1) To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Professional Accounting a candidate shall complete units to a total value 103. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of of 64 points which shall comprise: Master of Electronic Marketing and Information Management an applicant who— (a) the four core units totalling 32 points in List 1 of Regu- lation 95; and (a) holds a four-year bachelor's degree with honours in a (b) units totalling 32 points selected from List 2 of Regu- relevant discipline from this University or has been admitted lation 95. to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (b) holds a three-year bachelor's degree of this University (2) A candidate who fails to complete the Master of and has completed a one-year graduate diploma in a relevant Professional Accounting but who has satisfied the require- discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent or has ments for the graduate diploma may apply to the Faculty to been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or be awarded that diploma. (c)(i) holds a three-year bachelor's degree in a relevant Credit discipline with an average mark of at least 65 per cent from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status 97. The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the under Statute No. 5; and Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance, may approve credit for units up to a total value of 64 points (ii) has had at least two years’ relevant experience. towards the Master of Professional Accounting and for units up to a total value of 32 points towards the Graduate 104.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4), Diploma in Professional Accounting, in respect of work to qualify for the degree of Master of Electronic Marketing completed at an equivalent level as part of the course for and Information Management a candidate shall complete a another degree or diploma of this University or of another total of six units (48 points) comprising: recognised institution. (a) the following core units: 450.526 Computer Applications 526 (8 points) Substitution 450.462 Global Marketing Strategy 462 (8 points) 98. If a candidate has substantially covered the content of a 450.421 Information Management 421 (8 points) unit or units from Lists 1 or 2, in studies undertaken within 450.502 Interactive and Internet Marketing 502 the five calendar years before first enrolment in the course, (8 points) the Dean shall require the candidate to substitute for the units and concerned elective units to the same points value. (b) two elective units, to the value of 16 points, chosen from the following: Examinations 450.511 Advanced International Information 99.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance Systems 511 (8 points) with the provisions of General Regulation (20)(1). 450.465 Advanced Marketing Research 465 (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. (8 points) 450.464 Advanced Marketing Services 464 (8 points) Satisfactory Progress 450.461 Advanced Multivariate Analysis for Business Research 461 (8 points) 100.(1) Candidates shall have made satisfactory progress if 450.422 Information Management 422 (8 points) they pass at least half of the units for which they are enrolled. 450.501 International Advertising and (2) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Communication Strategy 501 (8 points) Board of Examiners in Economics and Commerce, may 450.518 Topics in Management Science 518 exclude a candidate who has not made satisfactory progress (8 points) in terms of sub-regulation (1). 450.406 Buyer Behaviour and Decision Making 406 (3) A candidate who has been excluded in terms of sub- (8 points) regulation (2) shall not be permitted to re-enrol in the course (2) Offshore students shall select their units from such a without the approval of the Dean. sub-set of the units set in sub-regulation (1) as may be published from time to time. Requirement to Re-enrol (3) The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the 101. A candidate shall enrol annually unless the Dean Department of Information Management and Marketing, may approves an application for suspension of candidature in permit a candidate to substitute 450.601 Minor Dissertation accordance with General Regulation 44. 601 (16 points) for two units to the value of 16 points listed in paragraph (1)(b). Time Limit (4) The Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the 102.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2)— Head of the Department of Information Management and (a) a candidate shall complete the requirements for the Marketing, may— degree of Master of Professional Accounting within seven (a) permit a candidate to substitute another graduate unit to years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit the value of eight points for one of the units listed in credited towards the degree was passed; paragraph (1)(a); (b) a candidate shall complete the requirements for the (b) grant credit for not more than two units to the value of Graduate Diploma in Professional Accounting within four 16 points towards the degree. years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit credited towards the diploma was passed. 105.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20(1) but there (2) In special circumstances, the Dean, on the recom- shall be no supplementary examinations. mendation of the Head of Department of Accounting and Finance, may grant an extension to the time limits specified in (2) A candidate shall have made satisfactory progress in sub-regulation (1). any year if he or she passes at least half of the units for which the candidate remains enrolled after the final date for with- drawal.
106.(1) A candidate for the degree of Master of Electronic Marketing and Information Management shall enrol annually unless the Dean approves a written application for suspen- sion of candidature in accordance with General Regulation 44.
D103—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) A candidate shall complete the requirements for the 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) degree within three years of the beginning of the year in 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and which the first unit was credited towards the degree. Drafting 030 (12 points) (3) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a and candidate an extension of time of one or two semesters to (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in complete the requirements of the degree. accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). Majors PART A (2)(a) A candidate shall undertake at least one major in the COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Bachelor of Economics and shall nominate the chosen major ECONOMICS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2017)— at the start of the second year of the combined course. for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Economics (b) For the purposes of the combined course a major in the and Commerce Regulation 45(2) Bachelor of Economics shall comprise units at the second- and third-year level with an aggregate minimum value of 36 Course Requirements points chosen from one of the major groups listed in Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5). 1.(1) The course shall comprise: (c) Before nominating the major a candidate shall have (a) First Year subject to paragraph 3(a): previously passed the prerequisites shown. (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (d) A candidate shall undertake the requirements of the (6 points) chosen major over the second and third years of the 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 combined course and shall complete them by the end of the (6 points) third year. 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 (3)(a) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled (6 points) score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects Applicable and Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and units with a total value of 18 points selected from Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements. the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; (b) A student who has completed or will complete either Taxation 303 or Taxation 331 in the Faculty of Economics and and Commerce may not enrol in Income Tax Law 362 in the (ii) the following compulsory units: Faculty of Law. 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) (c) A student who has completed or will complete either 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) Industrial Law 309 or Employee Relations Law 309 or Workplace Law 309 in the Faculty of Economics and (b) Second Year Commerce may not enrol in Employment Law 360 or (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate Workplace Relations Law 321 in the Faculty of Law, and a value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and student who has completed Marketing Law 308 in the Faculty Commerce Regulations 11, 12 and 12A; of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Consumers and Law 370 in the Faculty of Law. (ii) the following compulsory units: (4) Except with the permission of the deans of both faculties, a student shall complete the course within 12 years 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) towards either degree. (c) Third Year (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (i)A. subject to sub-paragraph (ii) and to sub-regulation (2), a student shall be credited with two unspecified first-year units with an aggregate value of at least 24 points chosen units, four unspecified second-year units and three un- from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations specified third-year units towards the degree of Bachelor of 11, 12 and 12A; Economics in respect of units which have been credited and towards the degree of Bachelor of Laws. (6) B. the following compulsory units: On successful completion of the third year of the course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) Bachelor of Economics. 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) Bachelor of Economics (Honours) (ii) Candidates, other than those undertaking a major in 2. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may Industrial Relations in the Bachelor of Economics degree, permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year of must enrol in one elective unit of Economic History with a the course to suspend enrolment in it for the purpose of value of six points chosen from the units listed in Economics enrolling in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics and Commerce sub-paragraph 11(5)(c)(ii). with Honours. (d) Fourth Year Supplementary and Deferred Examinations (i) the following compulsory units: 3.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) taken for the degree of Bachelor of Economics but supple- 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) mentary examinations in units taken for the degree of 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) Bachelor of Laws may be granted in accordance with the 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) provisions of Faculty of Law Regulation 12. and (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in with the provisions of General Regulation 20. accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c) below. Satisfactory Progress (e) Fifth Year 4.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is (i) the following compulsory units: undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply.
D104—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) For those years of the course in which a student is (c) Third Year undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. value of at least 24 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; Academic Progress Review Committee and Membership (ii) the following compulsory units: 5.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) for the course, which shall consist of the Deans of the Faculties 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) of Economics and Commerce, and Law, the Sub-Dean of the 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) Faculty of Economics and Commerce and the Associate Dean 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) of the Faculty of Law. (d) Fourth Year Functions of the Committee (i) the following compulsory units: (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) academic record of each student who has failed in any unit 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) faculties concerned and shall determine— 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; and (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in accor- enrolment. dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions (e) Fifth Year 6.(1) A student may appeal against his or her academic (i) the following compulsory units: assessment in accordance with the procedure governing 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results Drafting 030 (12 points) from academic assessment in accordance with the procedure and set out in the relevant faculty handbook. (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in accor- dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to Options after Exclusion from Combined Course paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). 7. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject Majors to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for (2)(a) A candidate shall undertake at least one major in the re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or solely in the Bachelor of Commerce and shall nominate the chosen major Bachelor of Economics. at the start of the second year of the combined course. (b) For the purpose of the combined course a major in the Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise units at the second- PART B and third-year level with an aggregate minimum value of 36 COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF points chosen from one of the major groups listed in BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2016)— Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4). for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Economics (c) Before nominating the major a candidate shall have and Commerce Regulation 46(2) previously passed the prerequisites shown. (d) A candidate shall undertake the requirements of the Course Requirements chosen major over the second and third years of the combined course and shall complete them by the end of the 1. (1) The course shall comprise: third year. (a) First Year (3)(a) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled subject to paragraph (3)(a): score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects Applicable (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to (6 points) include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements. (6 points) (b) A student who has completed or will complete either and Taxation 303 or Taxation 331 in the Faculty of Economics and 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) Commerce may not enrol in Income Tax Law 362 in the Faculty of Law. and (c) A student who has completed or will complete either units with a total value of 18 points selected from the Industrial Law 309 or Employee Relations Law 309 or first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Workplace Law 309 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; Commerce may not enrol in Employment Law 360 and and Workplace Relations Law 321 in the Faculty of Law, and a (ii) the following compulsory units: student who has completed Marketing Law 308 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Consumers 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) Law 370 in the Faculty of Law. 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) (4) Except with the permission of the deans of both (b) Second Year faculties, a student shall complete the course within 12 years (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and towards either degree. Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, and a student shall be credited with two unspecified first-year (ii) the following compulsory units: units, four unspecified second-year units and three unspeci- 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) fied third-year units towards the degree of Bachelor of 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) Commerce in respect of units which have been credited towards the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
D105—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(6) On successful completion of the third year of the course, Course Requirements a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of 2.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 7(1), the combined Bachelor of Commerce. course shall comprise: First Year Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (a) (i) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 2. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may 530.131 Mathematics 131 (6 points) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year 530.132 Mathematics 132 (6 points) of the course to suspend enrolment in it for the purpose of 600.101 Introduction to Engineering Mechanics 101 enrolling in the course for the degree of Bachelor of (6 points) Commerce with Honours. 600.102 Introduction to Electrical and Electronic Engineering 102 (6 points) Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 560.101 Physics 101 (6 points) 3.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 taken for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce but supple- (6 points) mentary examinations in units taken for the degree of and Bachelor of Laws may be granted in accordance with the (ii) either provisions of Faculty of Law Regulation 12. 600.105 Computing for Engineers and Scientists 105 (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance (6 points) with the provisions of General Regulation 20. or for students intending to major in Information Satisfactory Progress Technology: 4.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) enrolled in both faculties, the regulations of the appropriate and faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply to each enrolment. (iii) either (2) For those years of the course in which a student is 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) enrolled in a single faculty, that faculty’s regulations on satisfactory progress shall apply. or 460.112 Management Accounting 112 (6 points) Academic Progress Review Committee (b) Second Year Membership (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering 5.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 for the course, which shall consist of the Deans of the (6 points) Faculties of Economics and Commerce, and Law, the Sub- 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce and the 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) Functions of the Committee 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) academic record of each student who has failed in any unit and but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the B. either faculties concerned and shall determine— 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; (6 points); and (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 enrolment. (6 points) or Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and 6.(1) A student may appeal against his or her academic 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) assessment in accordance with the procedure governing (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results (6 points) from academic assessment in accordance with the procedure 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) set out in the relevant faculty handbook. 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) Options after Exclusion from Combined Course 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 7. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for and re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or solely in the B. either Bachelor of Commerce. 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 PART C (6 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF or COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (6014) 1 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) 1 Candidates enrolled in the combined degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Engineering prior to 2000 should follow (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering their selected stream in the regulations set out below. A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) Admission 530.285 Mathematics 285 (7 points) 1. A student who is qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of 530.286 Mathematics 286 (6 points) Commerce course and the Bachelor of Engineering course 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) award of both degrees.
D106—April/May 2000 Statutes
620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) (4 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) and 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) B. either 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 and (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 B. either (6 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 or (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and (6 points) 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) or (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) (6 points) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (viii) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) (6 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) Management 215 (4 points) 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) and 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) B. either 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 and (6 points); and B. 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 either (6 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 or (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and (6 points) 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) or (v) Commerce/Information Technology 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) (6 points) Third Year 530.287 Mathematics 287 (6 points) (c) 530.288 Mathematics 288 (4 points) For the purposes of the course a major in the degree of 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise at least 36 points 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) chosen from one of the major groups listed in Economics and 1 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) Commerce Regulation 20. 623.216 Algorithms and Data Structures 216 1 Units prescribed for a major in Management, Human Resource (4 points) Management and Finance will be timetabled to avoid as far as possible 623.217 Software Design and Programming any clashes with prescribed Engineering units. Students may choose Languages 217 (4 points) other majors, but no guarentee can be given that all timetable clashes and will be avoided. B. either A candidate shall undertake at least one major and shall nominate the chosen major at the start of the third year of the 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 combined course. (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall have (6 points) previously passed the designated prerequisites. or (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and A. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) (6 points) and 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of and the chosen major. B. either (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 (6 points); and A. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) (6 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) or 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and and 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress (6 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major.
D107—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) (8 points) 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) and 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from 621.213 Electromagnetics and Electromechanics 213 those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, (4 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 630.451 Mechanical Systems 451 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) major. 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) (d) Fourth Year and B. units with an aggregate value of 24 points chosen from (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, A. 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) major. 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering ( 4 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) A. 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) Management 215 (4 points) 640.221 Data Collection and Analysis 221 (4 points) and 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from and those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from towards completion of the requirements of the chosen those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, major. 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering major. A. 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) (v) Commerce/Information Technology 630.301 Mechanical Design 301 (4 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 622.211 Electronic Devices 211 (4 points) (4 points) 623.213 Computer Architecture and 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 Organisation 213 (4 points) (4 points) 623.214 Computer Operating Systems 214 (4 points) 623.215 Computer Graphics Hardware and and Algorithms 215 (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from and those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress B. units with an aggregate value of 24 points chosen from towards completion of the requirements of the chosen those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, major. 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering major. A. 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic A. 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) Theory 315 (7 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) and and B. either B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, • for students proceeding to a fifth-year course with an 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress emphasis on Electronics or Communications: towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 major. (4 points) 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering (4 points) A. 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) or 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) • for students proceeding to a fifth-year course with an 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) emphasis on Control or Power: 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) and and B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress major. towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering A. 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) A. 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points)
D108—April/May 2000 Statutes
640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) A. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) Management 315 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental (4 points) Engineering 351 (4 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 Engineering 352 (4 points) (8 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 630.350 Engineering Project 350 (8 points) and and B. units with an aggregate value of 12 points chosen from B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. major. (v) Commerce/Information Technology (e) Fifth Year A. 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) prescribed in Part B paragraph 5(c) of the Engineering and 623.304 Computational Theory 304 (4 points) Mathematical Sciences Regulations, except that— 623.305 Advanced Computer Architectures 305 Engineering and Society 400, shall not be included; and (4 points) 623.306 Software Engineering 306 (4 points) one unit only shall be selected freely from those listed in 623.307 Database Systems 307 (4 points) Groups A to D following Part B sub-paragraph (5)(c)(iii) of 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 those regulations; (4 points) and and B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen B. either from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. • for students intending to enrol in the Computer Systems Engineering stream in the fourth year of the course: (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as or prescribed in Part B paragraph 10(c) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— • for students intending to enrol in the Software Systems Engineering stream in the fourth year of the course: the unit, Engineering and Society 400, shall not be included; 233.413 Visualisation 413 (6 points) and and B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from 20, 20A and 20B. those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering towards completion of the requirements of the chosen A. 620.403 Electrical and Electronic Engineering major. Project 403 (12 points) (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 A. 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking and either Processes 304 (4 points) three Commerce units with an aggregate value of 18 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Materials 301 points chosen from those listed in Economics and (6 points) Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; 631.302 Phase Transformation 302 (6 points) or 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) points chosen from those listed in Economics and 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; and with B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, (4 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress and towards completion of the requirements of the chosen B. Electrical and Electronic Engineering units as prescribed major. in Part B, sub-regulation 6(c)(iii) of the Engineering and (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering Mathe-matical Sciences Regulations, except that the total of units shall be six and the number of units to be selected freely A. 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) under 6(c)(iii)A shall be one. 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 630.412 Noise and Vibration 412 (4 points) (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as and prescribed in Part B paragraph 7(c) of the Engineering and B. four units chosen from one of Streams A to F listed in Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— Part B sub-paragraph 12(b)(ii) of the Engineering and Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included and the Mathematical Sciences Regulations; total value of units to be taken under sub-paragraph 7(c)(ii) of and those regulations shall be 12; C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from and those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, B. two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce towards completion of the requirements of the chosen Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. major.
D109—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(v) Commerce/Information Technology Satisfactory Progress A. 623.406 Information Technology Project 406 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall (12 points) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 value of all the units in which a final result is recorded. and either three Commerce units with an aggregate value of 18 Admissions and Progress Committee points chosen from those listed in Economics and 6.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; for the combined course, comprising the Dean of the Faculty or of Economics and Commerce, the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences and the two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Economics and Commerce, and points chosen from those listed in Economics and Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; with Variations to and Suspensions of Enrolment 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- (4 points) tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in and respect of Regulation 2. B. Information Technology units as prescribed in Part B (2) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit paragraph 8(c) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences a student to suspend enrolment in the course. Regulations except that the total of units to be taken under sub-paragraph 8(c)(iii) of those regulations shall be six. (3) A student wishing to vary the course or suspend enrolment as provided in sub-regulations (1) and (2) (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering respectively, shall apply in writing to the Dean of the Faculty A The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as of Economics and Commerce with a copy to the Associate prescribed in Part B paragraph 9(c) of the Engineering and Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— Sciences. Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; Consideration and Reporting of Results and 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Economics and from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations Commerce and in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences in 20, 20A and 20B. relation to considering and reporting of results in the course. (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering A. 660.410 Resource Engineering Project 410 (12 points) Unsatisfactory Progress and Exclusions 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make 520.304 Mineral and Petroleum Resources 304 satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 5, the committee (4 points) may— 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4 points) not less than one year; or and (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such five units chosen from one of Streams A to F listed in conditions as it may specify. Part B sub-paragraph 12(c)(ii) of the Engineering and (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course Mathematical Sciences Regulations; in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory and progress, the committee may exclude the student from re- one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen enrolment in the course. from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. Successive Failures in the Same Unit (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering 10. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be prescribed in Part B paragraph 11(c) of the Engineering and permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— of the faculty concerned. Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; Student Options following Exclusion from and a Combined Course B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen 11. When the Admissions and Progress Committee deter- from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations mines that a student shall be excluded from the combined 20, 20A and 20B. course, the student may— (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of Qualification for Both Degrees appeal, by hand, post or email, with the Associate Dean of 3. On successful completion of the fifth year of Part B Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, with a copy to the Regulations 16 to 19 of the course and of the practical Dean of Economics and Commerce, no later than ten experience requirement for the Bachelor of Engineering University working days after the date of despatch of the prescribed in the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences written advice of exclusion; and/or Regulations, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of (b) apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the the degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of course for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce or the course Engineering. for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering.
Supplementary and Deferred Examinations Time Limit 4.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and taken within the combined course. Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance date shall complete the course within ten years of first with the provisions of General Regulation 20. enrolling in the course. (3) The format of a deferred examination shall be the same as that for the original examination.
D110—April/May 2000 Statutes
Qualification for Admission to the Bachelor of Commerce 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 with Honours Course prior to Completion (6 points) of the Combined Course and 13. A student who is permitted to vary his or her course units totalling 12 points chosen from the first-year under the provisions of sub-regulation 7(1) and who thereby units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce completes the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Reglations 10 and 19. Commerce before completion of the requirements of the (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled combined course, shall be eligible for the award of the score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable Bachelor of Commerce degree and may with the approval of Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one the Admissions and Progress Committee and the Faculty of of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii) Economics and Commerce, proceed to the course for the 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 degree of Bachelor of Commerce with Honours before (6 points). completing the requirements of the combined course. (2) Second Year Award of the Bachelor of Engineering with Honours (a) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen 14. The Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; may award the degree of Bachelor of Engineering with and Honours to a student who has completed the Bachelor of first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian language chosen Engineering course at a sufficiently high level. from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions and 15.(1) A student may appeal against academic assessment in (b) one unit to a total value of six points chosen from the accordance with the procedure governing appeals against first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Regulations 10 and 19; (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results and from academic assessment in accordance with paragraph units totalling 18 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of 11(a) Economics and Commerce Regulations 11(5), 12(3) and 12A such that the candidate shall make progress towards the chosen major. PART D(1) (3) Third Year COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (a) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (4016) units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts and course and the Bachelor of Economics course may apply to second-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline 2 enrol in a combined course leading to the award of both complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of degrees. the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts 2 Anthropology, Archaeology, English, Geography, History, Industrial (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics, a candidate shall Relations or Political Science. complete the course in accordance with the following and regulations. (b) units totalling 24 points chosen from those listed in Faculty 3.(1) A candidate shall undertake at least one major from those of Economics and Commerce Regulation 11(5), 12(3) and 12A offered in the Bachelor of Economics course and shall nominate such that the candidate shall make progress towards the chosen the chosen major at the start of the second year of the combined major. course. (4) Fourth Year (2) Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall (a) either have passed the prerequisites. (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen (3) For the purposes of the combined course, a major in the from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulations 39; degree of Bachelor of Economics shall comprise units at the or second- and third-year level with a minimum aggregate value of 36 points chosen from one of the majors in Faculty of (ii) third-year units totalling 16 points in an Asian language Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5). chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; 4. The course shall comprise: and (1) First Year (iii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen (a) subject to paragraph (b): from sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 1 and 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) 1 (b) units totalling 30 points chosen from those listed in 1 Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11(5), 12(3) Asian studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). and 12A such that the candidate shall complete the chosen major. and first-year units totalling 12 points in an Arts discipline 1 (5) A student may substitute for units in paragraphs (2)(a) complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the and (4)(a)(i), units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen Indonesia or Japan offered by the Department of Asian Studies from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; or other departments and chosen from those listed in Faculty 1 of Arts Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of Department of Asian Studies. Asian studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). and Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of (6 points) Asian Studies may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours.
D111—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 62(2) shall apply to (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. Bachelor of Economics (Honours) (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. Bachelor of Economics with Honours. (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions Regulations 13 to 16 shall apply to the Bachelor of Economics 13.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic with Honours. assessment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals against academic assessment published in the Time Limit Interfaculty Handbook. 6. A candidate shall complete the combined course within 12 (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results years of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- the degree. Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written Qualification for Degree determination or explanation. 7. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Economics. PART D(2) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF Supplementary and Deferred Examinations BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND 8.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (4015) taken for either the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts or the degree of Bachelor of Economics. course and Bachelor of Commerce course may apply to enrol (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees. with the provisions of General Regulation 20. 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Commerce, a candidate shall Satisfactory Progress complete the course in accordance with the following 9. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for regulations. the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies)/Bachelor of Economics, students shall pass at least half the total points 3.(1) A candidate shall undertake at least one major from those value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the offered in the Bachelor of Commerce course and shall nominate final specified withdrawal dates. the chosen major at the start of the second year of the combined course. Exclusions (2) Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall 10. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and have passed the prerequisites. Commerce— (3) For the purposes of the combined course, a major in the (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise units at the less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory second- and third-year level with a minimum aggregate value progress in terms of Regulation 9; of 36 points chosen from one of the majors in Faculty of (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4). a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in 4. The course shall comprise: terms of Regulation 9, is permitted to re-enrol and subse- quently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second time. (1) First Year (a) subject to paragraph (b): Successive Failures in the Same Unit (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) 1 11. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) 1 unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be 1 Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval Asian studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). of the faculty concerned. and first-year units totalling 12 points in an Arts discipline 1 Academic Progress Review Committee complementary to Asian Studies, as approved by the Membership Head of the Department of Asian Studies and chosen 12.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the 1 Students intending to study Japanese language may replace one of Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Asian studies 101/102 with Japanese Studies 130 (not available in 2000). Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and and Economics and Commerce. (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Functions of the Committee (6 points) (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) the academic record of each student who has failed in any 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of (6 points) the faculties concerned and shall determine— and (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; units totalling 12 points chosen from the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- Reglations 10 and 19. enrolment. (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable Mathematics combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one of the optional enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts units required under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii) the unit 400.111 (Asian Studies) or Bachelor of Commerce.
D112—April/May 2000 Statutes
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (6 (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce points). Regulations 21 to 24 shall apply to the Bachelor of Commerce with Honours. (2) Second Year (a) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulations 39; Membership of Professional Accounting Associations and 6. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian language chosen permit a candidate in the second academic year of the course from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Faculty to substitute first-year Commerce units to a total value of six of Arts Regulation 39; points for second-year Commerce units with the same total and points value for the express purpose of obtaining the prescribed units necessary to qualify the candidate after graduation for (b) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the first- membership of the professional accounting associations. year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; Time Limit and 7. A candidate shall complete the combined course within 12 subject to Regulation 5, units totalling 18 points chosen from years of the semester in which the first unit is credited towards those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regula- the degree. tions 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. Qualification for Degree 8. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined (3) Third Year course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of Bachelor (a) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Commerce. language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese units listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; Supplementary and Deferred Examinations and 2 9.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units second-year units totalling 16 points in an Arts discipline taken for either the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) complementary to Asian Studies as approved by the Head of or the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. the Department of Asian Studies and chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20. 2 Anthropology, Archaeology, English, Geography, History, Industrial Relations or Political Science. Satisfactory Progress and (b) units totalling 24 points chosen from those listed in 10. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies)/Bachelor of and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards Commerce, students shall pass at least half the total points completion of the requirements of the chosen major. value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the final specified withdrawal dates. (4) Fourth Year (a) either Exclusions (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen 11. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; Commerce— or (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not (ii) third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese units listed progress in terms of Regulation 10; in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, and a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in (iii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen terms of Regulation 10, is permitted to re-enrol and from sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); subsequently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second time. and (b) units totalling 30 points chosen from those listed in Successive Failures in the Same Unit Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall complete the 12. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any requirements of the chosen major. unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval (5) A student may substitute for units in paragraphs (2)(a) of the faculty concerned. and (4)(a)(i), units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, Indonesia or Japan offered by the Department of Asian Studies or other departments and chosen from those listed in Arts Academic Progress Review Committee Regulation 39 with the approval of the Head of the Department Membership of Asian Studies. 13.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Economics and Commerce. Asian Studies may permit a student who has completed the Functions of the Committee fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for (2)(a) the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the academic record of each student who has failed in any (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 62(2) shall apply to unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours. the faculties concerned and shall determine— (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment. may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for Bachelor of Commerce with Honours.
D113—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (2) Second Year (Asian Studies) or Bachelor of Commerce. (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of any second-year Economics units; Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. (ii) first-year units to a total value of 12 points chosen from (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend those listed in Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 Economics enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the and Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. (b)(i) one unit with a value of six points selected from the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions Regulations 10 and 19; 14.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic and assessment in accordance with the procedure governing (ii) second-year units with a total value of 18 points selected appeals against academic assessment published in the from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- Interfaculty Handbook. regulations 11(5) and 12(3) and Regulation 12A such that the (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results candidate shall make progress towards completion of the from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- requirements of the chosen major. Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the (3) Third Year Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written determination (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen or explanation. from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any second-year Economics units; (ii) third-year units to a total value of eight points chosen PART E(1) from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any third-year Economics units; COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF and BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (1023) (b) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from those 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, course and Bachelor of Economics course may apply to enrol 12 and 12A such that the candidate shall make progress in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees. towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (4) Fourth Year and Bachelor of Economics, a candidate shall complete the (a) third-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from course in accordance with the following regulations. those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any third-year Economics units; 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall undertake a major sequence chosen from those offered in the Bachelor of and Arts and a major from those offered in the Bachelor of (b) units to a total value of 30 points chosen from those Economics and shall nominate the chosen major sequence and listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, major at the start of the second year of the combined course. 12 and 12A such that the candidate shall complete the (2) For the purposes of the combined course— requirements of the chosen major. (a) a major sequence in the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall exclude units in Economics; Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (b) a major in the degree of Bachelor of Economics shall 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard comprise the units at the second- and third-year level with a to the recommendation of the head of the department minimum aggregate value of 36 points chosen from one of the concerned, may permit a student who has completed the fourth groups identified in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- year of the combined course to enrol in the course for the regulation 11(5). degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours. (3) Before nominating the chosen major sequence or major a (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 49(2) shall apply to candidate shall have passed the prerequisites. the Bachelor of Arts with Honours.
4. The course shall comprise: Bachelor of Economics (Honours) (1) First Year (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of (a) subject to paragraph (b): the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of (i) first-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from Bachelor of Economics with Honours. those listed in Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 Economics 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 13 to 16 shall apply to the Bachelor of Economics and with Honours. (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 Time Limit (6 points) (6) A candidate shall complete the course within 12 years of 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited (6 points) towards the degree. and units with a total value of 12 points selected from the Qualification for Degree first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and (7) On successful completion of the fourth year of the Commerce Regulations 10 and 19. combined course a candidate shall be qualified for the award (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Economics. score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one Supplementary and Deferred Examinations of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (a)(ii), 8.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations either in 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 units taken for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or in those (6 points). taken for the degree of Bachelor of Economics.
D114—April/May 2000 Statutes
(2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance 2. To qualify for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts with the provisions of General Regulation 20. and Bachelor of Commerce, a candidate shall complete the course in accordance with the following regulations. Satisfactory Progress 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall undertake 9. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for a major sequence chosen from those offered in the Bachelor of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics, Arts and a major from those offered in the Bachelor of students shall pass at least half the total points value of all Commerce and shall nominate the chosen major sequence and the units in which they remain enrolled after the final specified major at the start of the second year of the combined course. withdrawal dates. (2) For the purposes of the combined course— Exclusions (a) a major sequence in the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall exclude units in Economics; 10. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and Commerce— (b) a major in the degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise the units at the second- and third-year level with a (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not minimum aggregate value of 36 points chosen from one of the less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory groups identified in Faculty of Economics and Commerce sub- progress in terms of Regulation 9; regulation 20(4). (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, (3) Before nominating the chosen major sequence or major a a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in candidate shall have passed the prerequisites. terms of Regulation 9, is permitted to re-enrol and subse- quently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second time. 4. The course shall comprise: (1) First Year Successive Failures in the Same Unit (a) subject to paragraph (b): 11. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be (i) first-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 of the faculty concerned. Economics 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; and Academic Progress Review Committee (ii) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Membership (6 points) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 12.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the (6 points) Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and and Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and Economics and Commerce. units with a total value of 12 points selected from the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics Functions of the Committee and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19. (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine (b) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled the academic record of each student who has failed in any score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include as one the faculties concerned and shall determine— of the optional units required under sub-paragraph (a)(ii), (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; 400.111 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (6 points). (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- enrolment. (2) Second Year (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for enrol- from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding ment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or any second-year Economics units; Bachelor of Economics. (ii) first-year units to a total value of 12 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding 400.101 (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit Economics 101 and 400.102 Economics 102; a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. and (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend (b) one unit with a value of six points chosen from the first- enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Regulations 10 and 19; Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. and subject to Regulation 5, units to a total value of 18 points Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the 13.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic candidate shall make progress towards completion of the assessment in accordance with the procedure governing requirements of the chosen major. appeals against academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (3) Third Year (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results (a)(i) second-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of any second-year Economics units; the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten (ii) third-year units to a total value of eight points chosen working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written from those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding determination or explanation. any third-year Economics units; and (b) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from those PART E(2) listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (1022) 1. Students who qualify for entry to both the Bachelor of Arts course and Bachelor of Commerce course may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award of both degrees.
D115—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(4) Fourth Year Successive Failures in the Same Unit (a) third-year units to a total value of 24 points chosen from 12. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any those listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39, excluding any unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be third-year Economics units; permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval and of the faculty concerned. (b) units to a total value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations Academic Progress Review Committee 20(4), 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall complete the Membership requirements of the chosen major. 13.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee for the course which shall consist of the Executive Dean of the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and 5.(1) The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard Commerce and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts, and to the recommendation of the head of the department Economics and Commerce. concerned, may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of the combined course to enrol in the course for Functions of the Committee the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours. (2)(a) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine (2) The provisions of Arts Regulation 49(2) shall apply to the academic record of each student who has failed in any the Bachelor of Arts with Honours. unit but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (i) whether the candidate may re-enrol in the course; (3) The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce (ii) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- may permit a student who has completed the fourth year of enrolment. the combined course to enrol in the course for the degree of (b) A candidate who is not permitted to re-enrol in the Bachelor of Commerce with Honours. combined course may apply to the faculty concerned for (4) The provisions of Faculty of Economics and Commerce enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Regulations 21 to 24 shall apply to the Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Commerce. with Honours. (3)(a) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit a candidate to vary his or her enrolment in respect of Membership of Professional Accounting Associations Regulation 4 or to suspend enrolment in the course. 6. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may (b) A candidate who wishes to vary the course or suspend permit a candidate in the second academic year of the course enrolment in it, as provided in paragraph (a), shall apply in to substitute first-year Commerce units totalling no more than writing to the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the six points for second-year Commerce units with the same total Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. points value for the express purpose of obtaining the prescribed units necessary to qualify the candidate after graduation for Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions membership of the professional accounting associations. 14.(1) A candidate may appeal against his or her academic assessment in accordance with the procedure governing Time Limit appeals against academic assessment published in the 7. A candidate shall complete the course within 12 years of Interfaculty Handbook. the beginning of the semester in which the first unit is credited (2) A candidate may appeal against a sanction which results towards the degree. from academic assessment by written application to the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of Qualification for Degree the Faculty of Economics and Commerce no later than ten 8. On successful completion of the fourth year of the combined working days after the date of the Sub-Dean’s written course a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the determination or explanation. degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Commerce.
Supplementary and Deferred Examinations PART F 9. (1) There shall be no supplementary examinations either in COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF units taken for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or in those SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR taken for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5022) (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20. Admission 1. Students who are qualified for entry to the Bachelor of Satisfactory Progress Science, Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Commerce courses may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to 10. To make satisfactory progress in the combined course for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Science and either the degrees of Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce. students shall pass at least half the total points value of all the units in which they remain enrolled after the final specified withdrawal dates. General Provisions 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 11 which follow, the Exclusions general provisions for the relevant degrees shall apply to the 11. The Board of Examiners in Arts or in Economics and combined course. Commerce— (1) may exclude from re-enrolment in the faculties for not Course Requirements less than one year, a student who fails to make satisfactory 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the combined course shall progress in terms of Regulation 10; comprise units to a minimum total value of 216 points and a maximum total value of 230 points as follows: (2) will exclude from re-enrolment in the combined course, a student who, after failing to make satisfactory progress in (a) First Year terms of Regulation 10, is permitted to re-enrol and Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: subsequently fails to make satisfactory progress for a second (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 time. (6 points)
D116—April/May 2000 Statutes
(ii) subject to sub-regulation (3), Satisfactory Progress at least one of: 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 value of all the units in which a final result is recorded. (6 points) Admissions and Progress Committee (iii) one of: 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and for the combined course comprising: 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; or the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Economics 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) and Commerce; or the Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Eco- 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) nomics and Commerce.
or Credit 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) credit towards the combined course to a maximum value of (iv) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from one of 100 points. the foundation packages listed in Science Regulation 18A; (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4) and (5), credit may be and granted for— (v) if necessary to make up the required points, one first- (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; year unit chosen from those available in the Faculty of and/or Economics and Commerce. (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after (b) Second Year 1995. Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of (i) units to a minimum value of 24 points leading to one of Science component of the combined course in terms of the majors listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed 50 points. chosen from those listed in paragraph 23(b) of the Faculty of (4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of Science Regulations; and Economics or Bachelor of Commerce component of the (ii) units to the value of 30 points chosen from those combined course in terms of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed available in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce which 50 points. shall include units to the value of at least 12 points at second- (5) Credit granted in terms of paragraph (2)(b) shall be for or third-year level leading to one of the majors listed for the first- and second-year units only and shall not exceed 24 Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty points. of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those regulations. Variations to Enrolment (c) Third Year 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in (i) second-year or third-year Science units to a minimum respect of Regulation 3. value of 30 points leading to one of the majors listed in Science Regulation 24 and chosen from the units listed in Consideration and Reporting of Results paragraphs 23(b) or (c) of the Faculty of Science Regulations; 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on (ii) units to a minimum total value of 24 points leading to behalf of the Board of Examiners in Economics and one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- Commerce and Science in relation to consideration and regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce reporting of results in the course. Regulations or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make regulation 20(4) of those regulations; satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee (d) Fourth Year may— Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for (i) third-year Science units to a minimum value of 24 points not less than one year; or leading to the completion of one of the majors listed in (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course on such Science Regulation 24 and chosen from the units listed in the conditions as it may specify. Faculty of Science Regulation 23(c); and (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the (ii) units to a minimum total value of 30 points leading to combined course in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- make satisfactory progress, the committee may exclude the regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce student from re-enrolment in the course. Regulations or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- regulation 20(4) of those regulations. Award of Conditional Passes and Passes in a Lesser Unit (2) The course shall include: 10.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass (a) units offered by the Faculty of Economics and in a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress Commerce to a maximum total value of 108 points; Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or (b) units offered by the Faculty of Science to a maximum a pass in an associated lesser unit. total value of 110 points; and (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the (c) first-year mathematics units to a value of 12 points. associated original unit shall be declared failed. (3)(a) A student who wishes to undertake the degree of (3) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— Bachelor of Economics shall take Macroeconomics, Money (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for and Finance 102 under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii). the unit; (b) A student who wishes to undertake the degree of (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; Bachelor of Commerce shall take Financial Accounting 101 and under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii).
D117—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or 530.150 Mathematics 150 (12 points) greater. 530.140 Mathematics 140 (12 points) (4) The value of units for which conditional passes may be 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) total, which shall not include more than 12 points for units 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) Student Options following Exclusion 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) 11. When the Admissions and Progress Committee deter- (b) Second Year mines that a student shall be excluded from the course, the student may— (i) 750.201 Public Health 201 (6 points) 750.202 Public Health 202 (6 points); (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of (ii) subject to sub-regulation (5), units to a minimum value Science, with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculties of of 16 points chosen from paragraph 23(b) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, Education and Law, no later than Science Regulations and leading to at least one of the majors ten University working days after the date of despatch of the listed below: written advice of exclusion; and/or Anatomy and Human Biology (b) apply to either the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of Anthropology (with restrictions) Economics and Commerce for transfer to the Bachelor of Biochemistry Science or to the Bachelor of Economics and Commerce Biophysics respectively. Cell Physiology Environmental Microbiology Time Limit Genetics Geography (with restrictions) 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Human Movement Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- Information Technology Systems (with restrictions) date shall complete the requirements of the combined course Microbiology within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. Pathology Pharmacology Physiology PART G Psychology (with restrictions); COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF (iii) one first-year unit chosen in consultation with a course HEALTH SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR adviser from those available in the Faculty of Economics and BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5021) Commerce; (iv) units to a minimum value of 18 points leading to one of 1. Students who are qualified for entry to the Bachelor of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- Health Science, the Bachelor of Economics and the Bachelor of regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Commerce courses may apply to enrol in a combined course Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Health regulation 20(4) of those regulations. Science and either Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of (c) Third Year Commerce. (i) Units to a minimum value of 16 points as follows: Course Requirements at least one of: 2.(1) The combined course shall comprise: 750.203 Health Research Methods 203 (8 points) 750.204 Health Research Methods 204 (8 points); (a) First Year if necessary, units to make up the required 16 points (i) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) chosen from the following: or 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) 139.110 Biology 110 (12 points); 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) (ii) subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), the following 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) units: units which may be approved by the Executive Dean 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry or the (6 points) Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (ii) units to a minimum value of 12 points leading to at (6 points); least one of the majors listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); (iii) subject to sub-regulation (4), the following units: (iii) units to a total value of 24 points leading to one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 those regulations. (6 points); (d) Fourth Year (iv) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from the (i) 750.200 Health Industry Practicum 200 (8 points); following: (ii) 750.301 Health Administration 301 (8 points) 230.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) 750.303 Health Economics 303 (4 points); 230.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) (iii) third-year units to a minimum value of 24 points 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) leading to the completion of a major in one of the disciplines 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); 230.104 Computer Science 104 (6 points) 230.120 Foundations of Programming 120 (iv) units to a total value of 12 points leading to one of the (12 points) majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, 530.100 Mathematics 100 (12 points) or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of 530.170 Mathematics 170 (12 points) those regulations.
D118—April/May 2000 Statutes
(e) Fifth Year Credit (i) Subject to Regulation 3, 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant either credit towards the combined course up to a maximum of 96 points. for Bachelor of Health Science pass degree candidates: (2) Credit may be granted for— 750.300 Health Industry Practicum 300 (24 points) (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; or and/or for Bachelor of Health Science honours degree candidates: (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), units passed through 139.305 Health Science Honours Research Continuing Education in or after 1995. Dissertation 305 (24 points) (3) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing (ii) 750.302 Health Promotion 302 (8 points) Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and 750.304 Disease Control 304 (4 points); and shall not exceed 24 points. (iii) units selected from those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to a total value of 18 points and Conditional Passes and Passes in Lesser Units lead-ing to completion of one the majors listed for the 8.(1) A candidate who fails to meet the requirements for a Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty pass in a unit may, by decision of the Admissions and of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor Progress Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those regulations. that unit, or a pass in an associated lesser unit. (2) A candidate who enrols in a first-year mathematics unit (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the will not be permitted to enrol in Economic and Business associated original unit shall be declared failed. Statistics 106 and, in consultation with a course adviser, shall (3) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded for a unit select another unit in its place. with a mark of less than 45 per cent. (3) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled (4) The value of units for which conditional passes may be score of 50 in TEE Applicable Mathematics, or equivalent, awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in shall be required to take Quantitative Methods for Business total which shall not include more than 12 points for units and Economics 111 in the first year in place of Economics and offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. Business Statistics 106, which shall be taken as part of the second-year requirements under paragraph (1)(b)(iii). Satisfactory Progress (4) A candidate who wishes to undertake the degree of 9.(1) A candidate who in any year of enrolment gains at least Bachelor of Economics shall take Macroeconomics, Money half the points value of units for which a final result is and Finance 102 and a candidate who wishes to undertake the recorded shall have made satisfactory progress in that year. degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall take Financial Accounting 101. (2) A candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress shall be excluded from the combined course. (5) A candidate who wishes to major in Anthropology, Geography, Information Technology Systems or Psychology Time Limit shall take Physiology 250 in the second year. 10. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and 3. A candidate who has successfully completed the require- Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- ments of the first four years of the combined course and has date shall complete the requirements of the combined course attained a weighted average of at least 65 per cent in the within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. fourth year shall be eligible to enter the programme for the Bachelor of Health Science degree with Honours. 4. A candidate who withdraws from the combined course PART H before qualifying for the Bachelor of Health Science, but after completing the requirements for the first four years of the COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF EITHER combined course, may apply to the Faculty of Science: BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (4013) (a) to be awarded the Bachelor of Science; or (b) for admission to the course for Bachelor of Science with Admission Honours. 1. A student who is qualified for entry to the Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Commerce courses may apply to Admissions and Progress Committee enrol in a combined course leading either to the award of the 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Education, for the combined course comprising: or of the degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education. the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Medicine and Dentistry, and Science; the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; General Provisions 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13 which follow, the the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Economics general provisions for the relevant degrees shall apply to the and Commerce; combined course. the Head of the Department of Public Health; the Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; Course Requirements the Senior Faculty Administrative Officers of the Faculties 3. The combined course shall consist of units to a total value of Economics and Commerce, and Medicine and Dentistry. of 198 points, which shall comprise units offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to a total value of 114 Delegated Authority to Act as Board of Examiners points and units offered by the Faculty of Education to a total (2) The Admissions and Progress Committee shall have value of 84 points, as follows: delegated authority to act as the Board of Examiners for the (a) First Year combined course. Units to a total value of 48 points as follows: Variation to Enrolment (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 6. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- (6 points) tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 respect of Regulation 2. (6 points)
D119—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) one of: 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 (6 points) (6 points) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) C. 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) provided that 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) A. a student who intends to undertake the Bachelor of 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) Economics course shall take Macroeconomics, Money and 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 Finance 102, and a student who intends to take the Bachelor (4 points) of Commerce course shall take Financial Accounting 101; and and B. a student may take the second unit as part of the 18 D. three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen from points required under sub-paragraph (a)(iii); Education Regulation 11; (iii) first year units to the value of 18 points from those or listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; (b) for students studying two major teaching areas: provided that a student who has not obtained a minimum A. scaled score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable two of the major curriculum units listed in Education Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth 16 points; Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (6 B. 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) points) as one of the units chosen; 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) and 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) (iv) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 (4 points) (b) Second Year and Units to a total value of 50 points comprising: C. two elective units to the value of 8 points chosen from (i) second or/and third-year level units to a total value of 42 Education Regulation 11. points leading to either: A. a major sequence in Economics, Quantitative Economics, Satisfactory Progress Economic History, or Asian Business, as prescribed in 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5), for the shall— Bachelor of Economics; or (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total B. a major sequence in Accounting, Asian Business, Electronic points value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; Commerce or Information Management, as prescribed in and Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4), for the (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the Bachelor of Commerce; and Teaching Practicum units. (ii) one of the following: 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 Admissions and Progress Committee 300.300 (8 points) 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 the combined course which shall consist of: 300.301 (8 points) 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 the Deans of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce and 300.302 (8 points) the Faculty of Education; the Sub-Dean of the Faculties of Economics and Commerce, (c) Third Year Education and Law; Units to a total value of 52 points as follows: the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education; the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculties (i) units to a value of 36 points at second- or third-year level of Economics and Commerce Education and Law; and leading towards completion of the requirements of the major the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of chosen in second year under sub-paragraph (b)(i)A or B; Education. (ii) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) and Credit (iii) one of the following: 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 credit for previous work to a maximum value of 72 points. 300.300 (8 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4) and (5), credit may be 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 granted for— 300.301 (8 points) (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 300.302 (8 points) and/or (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after (d) Fourth Year 1995. Units to the value of 48 points as follows: (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of either Economics or Bachelor of Commerce component of the (i) for students studying one major and one minor teaching combined course in terms of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed area: 48 points. A. one of the major curriculum units listed in Education (4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth eight points; Education component of the combined course in terms of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed 24 points. B. one of the following minor curriculum units: (5) Credit granted towards the combined course in terms of 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) paragraph (2)(b) shall not exceed 24 points. 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 Variations to Enrolment (6 points) 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- 300.428 Information Technology in the tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in Classroom 428 (6 points) respect of Regulation 3. 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points)
D120—April/May 2000 Statutes
Consideration and Reporting of Results Student Options following Exclusion 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on 11. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Economics and determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, Commerce and Education in relation to consideration and the student may— reporting of results in the course. (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of 9.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student fails for the appeal, by hand, post or by email, with the Sub-Dean of the first time to make satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation Faculties of Economics and Commerce, Education and Law, 5, the committee may: with a copy to the Associate Dean of Education, no later than (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for ten University working days after the date of despatch of the not less than one year; or written advice of exclusion; and/or (b) (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such apply to the Faculty of Economics and Commerce for conditions as it may specify. transfer to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Commerce, as appropriate. (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3) when a student who has been re-admitted to the combined course in terms of paragraph (1)(b), again fails to make satisfactory progress, the Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Economics committee may exclude the student from re-enrolment in the or Bachelor of Commerce course. 12. On successful completion of the third year of the combined course, a candidate shall be qualified either for the (3) In making its determinations in terms of sub-regulations award of the degree of Bachelor of Economics or for the (1) and (2) in relation to any candidate who fails Introduction degree of Bachelor of Commerce. to Teaching 303 or a Teaching Practicum unit, the committee shall act on the recommendation of the committee of the Faculty of Education established by Education Regulation Time Limit 6(6). 13. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- Conditional Passes and Passes in a Lesser Unit date shall complete the requirements of the combined course within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. 10.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass in a unit may, by decision of the Admissions and Progress Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or a pass in an associated lesser unit. (2)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for the unit; (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; and (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or greater. (3) The total value of units for which conditional passes may be awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 20 points, which shall not include more than 12 points for units offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce.
D121—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY OF EDUCATION REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code (4) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree is recorded against the title of each course. This information, of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for however, does not form part of the Regulations per se. the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. 3. The degrees of Bachelor of Education, Master of Education, Master of Educational Management, Master of Education in The General Regulations for Academic Courses are to be read Applied Linguistics, Master of Special Education and Master in conjunction with these regulations. of Educational Studies shall be conferred as either pass 1. In addition to the members listed in sub-clause 4(2) of degrees or degrees with honours. Statute No. 8, the Faculty of Education shall comprise: Delegation of Powers of Faculty to the Dean (a) the Dean of the Faculty; 4.(1) The Dean may, after consulting with the head of any (b) the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics and department concerned, act on behalf of and with the powers Commerce, Education, and Law; of the Faculty in dealing with matters arising under General (c) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses Regulations 11, 12, 13, 14 and 25. 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, in the Graduate School of Education, who hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater Dean’s Responsibility to Consult fractional appoint-ments; (2) In exercising the Dean’s responsibility in the context of (d) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts or nominee; these regulations, the Dean shall have regard to the advice of the Graduate School of Education or committees of that (e) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or nominee; school as appropriate. (f) the Head of the Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science or nominee; GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN (g) two full-time members of the teaching staff of the EDUCATION, THE GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science STUDIES AND THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF EDUCATION appointed annually by the department; (h) the President of the Education Union or nominee and EXAMINATIONS two other students enrolled in the Faculty elected annually by Classifications the union, one of whom shall be enrolled in a doctoral degree; 5.(1) In all reports on examinations, the following classi- (i) such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of fications shall be used: the academic staff, as the Faculty may, from time to time, appoint, provided that they are engaged in academic research Higher Distinction HD 80–100 principally related to the interests of the Faculty and that they Distinction D 70–79 hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional Credit Pass CR 60–69 appointments of not less than two years’ duration; Pass P 50–59 Ungraded Pass UP (j) such other persons, not exceeding five in number, as Pass Conditional P* may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to Fail N+ 45–49 time, provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not Fail N 0–44 exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of Ungraded Fail UF a period of office. 2.(1) The degrees in the Faculty of Education shall be: Absence from Examinations (a) Bachelor of Education—BEd (2) A candidate who enrols in a unit and does not attend the (b) Master of Education—MEd examination for that unit shall be deemed to have failed the unit unless the Board of Examiners is satisfied that there is (c) Master of Educational Management—MEdMan good cause for the candidate being absent. (d) Master of Education in Applied Linguistics— MEdAppLing Successive Failures in the Same Unit (e) Master of Special Education—MSpEd (3) A candidate who has failed or been deemed to have (f) Master of Educational Studies—MEdSt failed in any unit at two successive final examinations shall not be permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the (g) Doctor of Education—EdD approval of the Faculty. (2) The graduate diplomas and the postgraduate certificates in the Faculty of Education shall be: Satisfactory Progress (a) the Graduate Diploma in Education—GradDipEd 6.(1) Candidates enrolled for the Graduate Diploma in (b) the Graduate Diploma in Educational Studies— Education shall have made satisfactory progress if they— GradDipEdSt (a) pass at the examinations in any one year at least half of (c) the Postgraduate Certificate in Curriculum Leadership— the points value of the units for which they enrolled; and PGCertCurriLead (b) pass all Study in Teaching units (teaching practicums) in (d) the Postgraduate Certificate in Inclusive Education— their enrolment. PGCertInclEd (2) Candidates enrolled for the Graduate Diploma in (e) the Postgraduate Certificate in Language and Literacy— Educational Studies or the degree of Bachelor of Education PGCertLang&Lit shall have made satisfactory progress if they complete and pass at the examinations in any one year, at least half of the (3) A student who is qualified in terms of the relevant points value of the units for which they are enrolled. regulation may apply to enrol in the following combined courses: Master of Psychology/Graduate Diploma in (3) Candidates enrolled for the Graduate Diploma in Education—MPsych/GradDipEd, Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor Education who fail to pass at least half of the points value of of Education—BA/BEd, Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of the units for which they are enrolled but who pass all Study Education—BCom/BEd, Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of in Teaching units for which they are enrolled shall be Education—BEc/BEd, or Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of excluded from study in the Faculty for a minimum of one Education—BSc/BEd. year in the first instance.
D122—April 2000 Education Regulations
(4) Candidates enrolled for the Graduate Diploma in Admission Educational Studies or the degree of Bachelor of Education 9. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate who fail to make satisfactory progress as defined in sub- Diploma in Education an applicant who— regulation (2) shall be excluded from study in the Faculty for (a) has completed the requirements for a degree of this a minimum of one year in the first instance. University; (5) Candidates referred to in sub-regulations (3) or (4) who or are classified as unsatisfactory a second time may be excluded (b) has been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5. from further study in the Faculty. (6) Candidates enrolled in the Graduate Diploma in Course Requirements Education who fail to pass a teaching practicum shall have 10.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the Graduate Diploma in their case considered by a committee comprising: Education shall comprise units to the value of 60 points and, the Head of the Graduate School of Education; except as provided in sub-regulation (3), a candidate may the Director of Teaching; and proceed by way of: the Associate Dean EITHER who, after taking into account all relevant information, shall (a) units to the value of 60 points made up as follows: recommend to the Faculty one of the following: (i) one of the following major curriculum units: 1 (a) subject to sub-regulation (7), that the candidate be permitted to repeat the practicum; or 1 Students wishing to major in School Psychology should note that a (b) subject to sub-regulation (7), that the candidate be combined MPsych/GradDipEd course is available as an alternative permitted to repeat the practicum following satisfactory prior professional accreditation. See Faculty of Education Regulation 60 and Faculty of Science Regulation 66A. completion of specified additional relevant work; or 300.470 English Curriculum 470 (8 points) (c) that the candidate not be permitted to re-enrol in the 300.471 LOTE Curriculum 471 (8 points) course. 300.472 Mathematics Curriculum 472 (8 points) (7) In any case in which the Faculty resolves to permit a 300.474 Information Technology and Teaching 474 candidate to repeat a practicum, the Faculty shall determine (8 points) the year in which the candidate may repeat the practicum in 300.475 Science Curriculum 475 (8 points) light of the candidate’s overall performance in the course. 300.476 Social Science Curriculum 476 (8 points) 300.477 TESOL Curriculum 477 (8 points) Faculty Pass 300.478 School Psychology 478 (8 points) (8) A candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Education, the 310.474 Physical Education Curriculum 474 Graduate Diploma in Educational Studies or Part I of the (8 points) Bachelor of Education who has obtained a N+ grade in one (ii) one of the following minor curriculum units: unit from Regulation 11 but has successfully completed all other units required in the course may be awarded a Faculty 300.460 English Curriculum 460 (4 points) Pass. 300.461 LOTE Curriculum 461 (4 points) 300.462 Mathematics Curriculum 462 (4 points) Appeals against Academic Assessment 300.463 Career Education Curriculum 463 (4 points) 7.(1) Candidates may appeal against their academic 300.464 Information Technology in the assessment in accordance with the procedure governing Classroom 464 (4 points) appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. 300.465 Science Curriculum 465 (4 points) Appeals against Sanctions 300.466 Social Studies Curriculum 466 (4 points) 300.467 TESOL Curriculum 467 (4 points) (2) Candidates may appeal against sanctions which result 300.468 Special Education Curriculum 468 from academic assessments in accordance with the (4 points) procedures set out in the Faculty of Education Handbook. or approved minor curriculum units available through Withdrawal from Course or Units The Australian Institute of Education (AIE) at Murdoch University. (Refer to The Australian Institute of Education 8.(1)(a) A candidate whose attendance at class and Handbook for details); performance of prescribed work in any unit is not satisfactory in terms of General Regulation 5 may be required by the (iii) all of the following units: Faculty to withdraw from that unit. 300.419 Introduction to Teaching 419 (6 points) (b) A candidate who is required to withdraw from the 300.422 Social and Policy Issues 422 (8 points) units 300.480 Study in Teaching V 480, 300.481 Study in 300.430 School-based Inquiry 430 (2 points) Teaching I 481, 300.482 Study in Teaching II 482, 300.483 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) Study in Teaching III 483, or 300.484 Study in Teaching IV 300.481 Study in Teaching I 481 (6 points) 484, in terms of paragraph (a), shall not be permitted to re- 300.482 Study in Teaching II 482 (8 points) enrol in that unit except with the approval of the Faculty. 300.485 Pedagogy 485 (8 points) (c) A candidate who is required to withdraw from any unit and in two successive years shall be reported to the Board of (iv) units to the value of eight points selected from those Examiners. Any application by the candidate to re-enrol in listed in Regulation 11, provided that a candidate enrolled in that unit shall be considered by the Faculty, having regard to 300.477 TESOL Curriculum 477 is required to complete the the candidate’s full academic record. unit 300.404 Educational Linguistics 404, and a candidate (2) A candidate in the Graduate Diploma in Education, the enrolled in 310.474 Physical Education Curriculum 474 is Graduate Diploma in Educational Studies or in the Bachelor required to complete the units 310.491 Health Education 491 of Education course who, after the first day of the week and 310.492 Health Promotion in the Schools 492; following the mid-point of instruction in a unit, withdraws or from a unit or, in accordance with paragraph (1)(a), is required to withdraw, shall be declared to have failed that (b) for candidates who wish to take a double major, and unit unless the Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional who have the necessary prerequisites and the permission of circumstances to justify late withdrawal. the Dean: (i) two of the following curriculum units: GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION 1 (3031) 300.470 English Curriculum 470 (8 points) 1 The Graduate Diploma in Education is available through The 300.471 LOTE Curriculum 471 (8 points) Australian Institute of Education (AIE). Refer to The Australian Institute 300.472 Mathematics Curriculum 472 (8 points) of Education Handbook.
D123—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
300.474 Information Technology and Teaching 474 (c) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted (8 points) for work completed in courses provided by professional 300.475 Science Curriculum 475 (8 points) providers or private educational institutions to a maximum 300.476 Social Science Curriculum 476 (8 points) value of six points; 300.477 TESOL Curriculum 477 (8 points) 300.478 School Psychology 478 (8 points) (d) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted for work completed in Continuing Education at this and University in or after 1995 to a maximum value of 12 points. (ii) all of the following units: Time Limit 300.419 Introduction to Teaching 419 (6 points) 300.422 Social and Policy Issues 422 (8 points) 13.(1) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- 300.430 School-based Inquiry 430 (2 points) stances permits otherwise, a candidate shall complete the 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Education within 300.483 Study in Teaching III 483 (6 points) one year of full-time study. 300.484 Study in Teaching IV 484 (8 points) (2) A candidate who in terms of sub-regulation (1) has 300.485 Pedagogy 485 (8 points) been permitted to extend the course over more than one year shall complete the requirements within a maximum of four and years from the date of first enrolment for the diploma. (iii) one unit to the value of four points selected from those listed in Regulation 11. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (3033) (2) In order to qualify for the graduate diploma, all can- Admission didates are required to attain a pass in the test of language skills administered by the Graduate School of Education in 14. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate addition to completing the course prescribed in sub- Diploma in Educational Studies an applicant who— regulation (1). (a) has completed the requirements for a degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status; (3) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- or stances permits otherwise, a candidate shall not undertake units to the value of more than 60 points in the course. (b) has a three-year teaching qualification from a recognised teacher training institution or has been admitted (4) Candidates enrolled in 310.474 Physical Education to equivalent status. Curriculum 474 may not undertake the Graduate Diploma in Education by way of paragraph (1)(b). Course Requirements Units Available 15. The Graduate Diploma in Educational Studies shall comprise units to the value of 48 points and a candidate shall 1 11. The units available under this Regulation are: complete— 1 Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under (a) units to a minimum total value of 24 points and a ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Education Handbook. Other elective units are available through The Australian Institute of Education (AIE) maximum total value of 36 points selected from those listed at Murdoch University. Refer to The Australian Institute of Education in Regulation 11; Handbook for details. (b)(i) 300.400 GradDipEdSt Major Paper 400 full-time 300.404 Educational Linguistics 404 (4 points) (14 points) 300.406 Changing Theories and Practices in School or Discipline 406 (4 points) (ii) 300.401 GradDipEdSt Major Paper 401 part-time 300.409 Academic Writing in English 409 (14 points) (4 points) and 300.410 Teaching Literacies 410 (4 points) 300.411 Comparative Education 411 (4 points) if necessary to make up the balance of points required: 300.412 Schools and the Law 412 (4 points) (c) a unit or units selected from the following: 300.415 Educational Administration 415 (4 points) (i) a unit to the value of four points selected from 300.416 Education in Rural Australia 416 (4 points) Regulation 10(1)(a)(ii); 300.429 Aboriginal Education 429 (4 points) 300.443 History of Education 443 (4 points) (ii) units to a maximum total value of 12 points selected 300.451 Teaching and Learning with Information from Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 or Faculty of Science Technology 451 (4 points) Regulation 23 or, with the approval of the Dean following 300.454 Learning Disabilities 454 (4 points) consultation with the appropriate faculty, from any other 300.487 Science and Technology Education 487 undergraduate course regulations. (4 points) 300.488 Curriculum Development 488 (4 points) Time Limit 300.492 Behaviour Management 492 (4 points) 16.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the Graduate 300.494 Measurement and Evaluation 494 Diploma in Educational Studies a candidate shall complete (4 points) the requirements over a period of one year of full-time study 310.491 Health Education 491 (4 points) or a maximum of three years of part-time study. 310.492 Health Promotion in the Schools 492 (4 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the Substitution of Units and Credit requirements for the award. 12. The Faculty may grant credit or permit the substitution of other units for the coursework units required under sub- DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (3011) paragraphs 10(1)(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) or sub-paragraphs Admission 10(1)(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) excluding any of the Study in Teaching 17. The admission requirements for the Bachelor of Education units, to a maximum of 12 points provided that: shall be those specified for the Graduate Diploma in (a) credit may be granted only for units passed in a course Education in Regulation 9. which was not completed; (b) credit may be granted for units from other courses Course Requirements offered by this University or by other recognised institutions 18.(1) To complete the course for the degree of Bachelor of only where such units are from courses of an equivalent level; Education, a candidate shall—
D124—April 2000 Education Regulations
(a) in Part I complete either— (c) permit a candidate who has completed all of Part I at (i) the course for the Graduate Diploma in Education as this University to complete work at another tertiary prescribed in Regulation 10; institution as part of the final year’s requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Education. or (5) (ii) if undertaking a non-teaching Bachelor of Education, Notwithstanding sub-regulation (4), a candidate may units to the value of 48 points from those listed in Regulation not obtain credit for more than half of the total course for 11; work completed at another institution. and Course Structure (b) in Part II of the course complete: 19.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate (i) 300.500 BEd (Part II) Major Paper 500 full-time shall complete the requirements of an earlier academic year (12 points) before proceeding to the next. or (2)(a) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1), the Dean may 300.501 BEd (Part II) Major Paper 501 part-time permit a student to enrol for a split year. (12 points) (b) A split year is defined as enrolment in units required and for completion of the course for one academic year and, at the same time, some units listed for the following year. (ii) units to the value of 36 points from those listed 1 in sub- regulation (2). (3) If prerequisite studies are stipulated, a student shall not 1 proceed to a unit at a higher grade unless the lower grade has Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under been passed, except with the approval of the Dean. ‘Details of Units’ listed in the Faculty of Education Handbook. (2) The units available in Part II of the course are: Time Limit 300.502 Education Studies 502 (6 points) 20.(1) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- 300.503 Education Studies 503 (6 points) stances permits otherwise, a candidate enrolled for the degree 300.504 Educational Linguistics 504 (6 points) of Bachelor of Education shall complete the requirements for 300.506 Changing Theories and Practices in School the degree within six years from the beginning of the year in Discipline 506 (6 points) which the first unit is credited towards it. 300.509 Academic Writing in English 509 (2) The time limit specified in sub-regulation (1) shall not (6 points) include any period of suspension approved by the Dean. 300.510 Teaching Literacies 510 (6 points) 300.511 Comparative Education 511 (6 points) 300.512 Schools and the Law 512 (6 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF EDUCATION WITH HONOURS 300.515 Educational Administration 515 (6 points) Admission 300.533 Quantitative Research Methods 533 21.(1) The Faculty may admit to the course for the degree of (6 points) Bachelor of Education with honours an applicant who— 300.534 Qualitative Research Methods 534 (6 points) (a) has completed Part I of the Bachelor of Education or has 300.538 Qualitative Analysis 538 (6 points) been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or 300.543 History of Education 543 (6 points) (b) has completed the Graduate Diploma in Education or 300.551 Teaching and Learning with Information has been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5. Technology 551 (6 points) 300.554 Learning Disabilities 554 (6 points) Course Requirements 300.587 Science and Technology 587 (6 points) (2) The course for the degree of Bachelor of Education with 300.588 Curriculum Development 588 (6 points) honours (300.743) shall consist of: 300.592 Behaviour Management 592 (6 points) (a) 300.560 BEd Honours Dissertation 560 full-time or 300.594 Measurement and Evaluation 594 300.561 BEd Honours Dissertation 561 part-time (20 points) on (6 points) an approved topic to be submitted in accordance with sub- 310.591 Health Education 591 (8 points) regulation (7); 310.592 Health Promotion in the Schools 592 (8 points) (b) 300.539 Honours Research Seminar 539 (4 points) and (3)(a) The Faculty may offer in Part I and Part II, units (c) which share a common lecture and tutorial programme, and units to the value of 24 points chosen, except as are designated as Part I or Part II units according to the provided in Regulation 22, from those listed in sub-regulation workload and standards of achievement required of 18(2). candidates. (3)(a) A candidate shall not be permitted to enrol as an (b) For all such units: honours degree candidate in Part II of the course unless— (i) Part I of the course has been completed at a standard (i) those taken in Part II of the course shall be differentiated from those in Part I by a requirement for satisfactory to the Faculty; and substantial additional written and seminar work; (ii) a topic for honours research has been submitted, and (ii) there shall be separate and distinct assessment for Part approved by the Head of the Graduate School of Education. I and Part II candidates; (b) In exceptional circumstances the Dean may accept a (iii) a candidate may not upgrade a pass in a Part I unit by candidate who has not completed Part I of the course as a completing additional work; provisional honours candidate, provided that a candidate shall not be eligible for the award of the honours degree until (iv) a candidate who fails to meet the requirements of a the requirements of the course have been completed at a Part II unit may not be awarded a pass at Part I level; standard satisfactory to the Faculty. (v) a candidate may not be credited with a unit in both Part (4) I and Part II. An external candidate shall not be permitted to enrol as a candidate for honours except with the approval of the (4) The Faculty may— Faculty which will only be granted in special circumstances. (a) grant credit for all or part of Part I of the course to a (5)(a) The Faculty may at any time, having regard to the candidate who has completed the Graduate Diploma in recommendation of the Head of the Graduate School of Education at this University or its equivalent at another Education, require a candidate who fails to meet the require- recognised tertiary institution; ments set down in General Regulation 5(1), to withdraw from (b) grant credit in respect of units completed as part of an the honours course. incomplete equivalent course at another tertiary institution; (b) The Faculty may, having regard to the recom- mendation of the Head of the Graduate School of Education,
D125—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
permit a candidate who is required to withdraw in terms of 301.656 Leadership in Professional Service paragraph (a) or who withdraws voluntarily, to complete the Organisations 656 (6 points) requirements for the pass degree. 301.658 Policy and Politics of Education 658 (6 points) (6) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Graduate School of Education, permit a Group B candidate who fails to obtain the honours degree, to complete 301.617 Information Technology Learning and the requirements for the pass degree. Teaching 617 (6 points) 301.618 Information Technology for Curriculum Honours Dissertation Submission Date Leaders 618 (6 points) (7) The honours dissertation shall be submitted by the first Group C day of the University examination period of the semester in which it is to be completed. 301.698 Science Communication and Education 698 (6 points) Substitution of a Unit 301.699 Science Education Issues 699 (6 points) 22. In exceptional circumstances the Dean may permit a Group D candidate to substitute for a unit or units listed in Regulation 301.614 Semiotics and Social Discourses in 18(2), a unit or units at honours level or above to a total value Education 614 (6 points) of 12 points from another course of this University. 301.628 Critical Literacy and Visual Media Time Limit Studies 628 (6 points) Group E 23.(1) Unless the Dean in recognition of exceptional circum- stances permits otherwise, a candidate enrolled for the degree 301.695 Mathematics Learning and Teaching 695 of Bachelor of Education with honours shall complete the (6 points) requirements for the degree within one year of full-time or 301.696 Mathematics Curriculum 696 (6 points) two years of part-time study or equivalent. Group F (2) The time limits specified in sub-regulation (1) shall not 301.602 Educating Selves in Society 602 (6 points) include any period of suspension approved by the Dean. 301.607 Ethics and Values in Education 607 (6 points) 301.608 Contemporary Educational Thought 608 POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN CURRICULUM LEADERSHIP (6 points) (3020) 301.690 Society and Environment Curriculum 690 (6 points) Applicability of General Regulations Group G 23A.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 23B to 23D, the 301.624 Gender and Education 624 (6 points) General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to 301.625 Aborigines and Education 625 (6 points) Graduate Certificates and Diplomas shall apply to the 301.646 Cultural Diversity in Teaching, Learning and Postgraduate Certificate in Curriculum Leadership. Working 646 (6 points) Group H Articulation 301.644 Perspectives and Issues in Adult (2) The certificate shall articulate with the Master of Education 644 (6 points) Education by coursework or the Master of Educational 301.645 Adult Learning in Education and Work 645 Management by coursework. (6 points) Group I Admission 301.639 Developmental Aspects of Exceptionality 639 23B. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Postgraduate (6 points) Certificate in Curriculum Leadership an applicant who meets 301.640 Assessment, Policy and Intervention in the admission requirements for the Master of Education as Special Education 640 (6 points) specified in sub-regulation 24(3). 301.648 Personal and Social Development and Education 648 (6 points) Course Requirements 301.693 Advanced Topics in Educational 23C.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), to qualify Psychology 693 (6 points) for the certificate a candidate shall complete an approved (2) A candidate who plans to apply to articulate the certificate course comprising units to the value of 24 points as follows: into the Master of Education or Master of Educational Manage- (a) Either or both of the following: ment or to seek partial credit towards another of the Faculty’s 301.678 Curriculum Context, Development and master’s degrees shall select units under sub-regulation (1) Innovation 678 (6 points) accordingly. 301.688 Curriculum Development for Practitioners 688 (6 points) Time Limit and 23D.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate (b) units, to make up the total points value required, which shall complete the requirements for the certificate over a shall include, unless otherwise approved by the Dean, units to maximum period of two years’ of study. the value of at least 12 points, and where possible 18 points, chosen from one of the following coherent groups of units: (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the Group A requirements for the certificate. 301.610 Human Resource Development in Education 610 (6 points) POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN LANGUAGE AND LITERACY 301.611 Resource Management and Finance in Education 611 (6 points) (3022) 301.612 Educational Leadership 612 (6 points) 301.613 Restructuring, Effectiveness and Applicability of General Regulations Improvement in Education 613 (6 points) 23E.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 23F to 23H, the 301.652 School Improvement: Issues and General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to Evidence 652 (6 points) 301.653 Action Learning/Action Research 653 Graduate Certificates and Diplomas shall apply to the (6 points) Postgraduate Certificate in Language and Literacy.
D126—April 2000 Education Regulations
Articulation and (2) The certificate shall articulate with the Master of (b) units, to make up the total points value required, which shall include, unless otherwise approved by the Dean, units to Education by coursework or the Master of Education in Applied the value of at least 12 points and where possible 18 points, Linguistics by coursework. chosen from one of the following coherent groups of units:
Admission Group A 23F. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Postgraduate 301.624 Gender and Education 624 (6 points) Certificate in Language and Literacy an applicant who meets the 301.625 Aborigines and Education 625 (6 points) admission requirements for the Master of Education as 301.646 Cultural Diversity in Teaching, Learning and specified in sub-regulation 24(3). Working 646 (6 points) Group B Course Requirements 301.644 Perspectives and Issues in Adult 23G.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), to qualify Education 644 (6 points) for the certificate a candidate shall complete an approved course 301.645 Adult Learning in Education and Work 645 comprising units to the value of 24 points as follows: (6 points) (a) 301.614 Semiotics and Social Discourses in Group C Education 614 (6 points) 301.639 Developmental Aspects of 301.628 Critical Literacy and Visual Media Exceptionality 639 (6 points) Studies 628 (6 points) 301.640 Assessment, Policy and Intervention in and Special Education 640 (6 points) (b) two units chosen from the following: 301.648 Personal and Social Development and Education 648 (6 points) 301.647 Collaborative Learning and Teaching 647 301.693 Advanced Topics in Educational (6 points) Psychology 693 (6 points) 301.653 Action Learning/Action Research 653 (6 points) (2) A candidate who plans to apply to articulate the certificate 301.678 Curriculum Context, Development and into the Master of Education or to seek partial credit towards Innovation 678 (6 points) another of the Faculty’s master’s degrees shall select units under 301.681 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 681 sub-regulation (1) accordingly. (6 points) 301.682 Educational Sociolinguistics 682 (6 points) Time Limit 301.683 Educational Psycholinguistics 683 (6 points) 23L.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate 301.688 Curriculum Development for shall complete the requirements for the certificate over a Practitioners 688 (6 points) maximum period of two years of study. 301.689 Literacy and Language 689 (6 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (2) A candidate who plans to apply to articulate the certificate candidate an extension of time in which to complete the into the Master of Education or the Master of Education in requirements for the certificate. Applied Linguistics or to seek partial credit towards another of the Faculty’s master’s degrees shall select units under sub- regulation (1) accordingly. DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION 1 (Coursework: 3057 from 2000, 3050 from 1998, 3051 prior to Time Limit 1998; Dissertation and Coursework: 3070 from 2000, 3061 23H.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate prior to 2000; Research: 3077 from 2000, 3071 prior to 2000) shall complete the requirements for the certificate over a maximum period of two years of study. 1 From 2000 the Master of Education degree will be offered jointly by (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a the Graduate School of Education at The University of Western Australia and the School of Education at Murdoch University through candidate an extension of time in which to complete the The Australian Institute of Education. Students shall enrol at one or requirements for the certificate. the other university but can take advantage of units taught at either institution. New students enrolling in the Master of Education, or current students who wish to change their enrolment to the new POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN INCLUSIVE EDUCATION (3021) Master of Education, must use the unit codes prefixed with 301. Continuing students must re-enrol using the standard 300 prefix unit Articulation and Applicability of General Regulations code. 23I.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 23J to 23L, the General Applicability of General Regulations Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to Graduate Certificates and Diplomas shall apply to the Postgraduate 24.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 24 to 32, the General Certificate in Inclusive Education. Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Education. Articulation (2) The Faculty may, in appropriate circumstances, permit (2) The certificate shall articulate with the Master of a candidate for the Master of Education to complete the Education by coursework. course at an institution approved by the Academic Board without being an internal candidate of this University for all Admission or part of the prescribed period of study. 23J. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Postgraduate Admission Certificate in Inclusive Education an applicant who meets the (3) The Faculty of Education may accept as a candidate for admission requirements for the Master of Education as the degree of Master of Education an applicant who— specified in sub-regulation 24(3). (a) has completed the following requirements of this Course Requirements University or been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5: 23K.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), to qualify (i) a bachelor’s degree requiring at least three years of full- for the certificate a candidate shall complete an approved course time study or the part-time equivalent and a postgraduate comprising units to the value of 24 points as follows: course in education requiring at least one year of full-time (a) 301.658 Policy and Politics of Education 658 study or part-time equivalent; (6 points) or
D127—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) a Bachelor of Education requiring at least four years of (2) Candidates who do not achieve the required standard full-time study or the part-time equivalent; as set out in sub-regulation (1), will not be permitted to and proceed to MEd (Education) Research Dissertation Phase III and will be required to complete the degree by way of (b)(i) has the equivalent of at least two years of full-time coursework in accordance with sub-paragraph 25(2)(c). relevant professional educational experience; or Units Available (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty has demonstrated research 27.(1) The units available 1 under this sub-regulation are: capacity. 1 Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under Course Requirements ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Education Handbook. For location and semester availability see under ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of 25.(1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Education a can- Education Handbook. didate shall complete an approved course comprising units to the value of 48 points. 301.602 Educating Selves in Society 602 (6 points) 300.602 Educating Selves in Society 602 (4 points) (2) Except as provided in Regulations 26 and 31, a 301.603 Professional Development Report 603 candidate may proceed by way of: (6 points) (a) Thesis—301.823 MEd (Education) 823; comprising: 300.603 Professional Development Report 603 (4 points) 301.823 MEd (Education) Thesis 823 (48 points) 301.607 Ethics and Values in Education 607 or (6 points) 300.607 Ethics and Values in Education 607 (b) Dissertation and Coursework—301.830 MEd (Education) (4 points) 830 comprising: 301.608 Contemporary Educational Thought 608 (i) 301.629 MEd (Education) Research Dissertation (6 points) Phase I 629 (6 points) 300.608 Contemporary Educational Thought 608 and (4 points) (ii) 301.630 MEd (Education) Research Dissertation 301.609 Academic Writing in English 609 Phase II 630 (6 points) (6 points) 300.609 Academic Writing in English 609 and (4 points) (iii) 301.642 MEd (Education) Research Dissertation 301.610 Human Resource Development in Phase III 642 full-time (24 points) Education 610 (6 points) or 300.610 Human Resource Development in 301.643 MEd (Education) Research Dissertation Education 610 (4 points) Phase III 643 part-time (24 points) 301.611 Resource Management and Finance in and Education 611 (6 points) 300.611 Resource Management and Finance in (iv) except as provided in Regulation 28, units to the value Education 611 (4 points) of 12 points selected from those listed in sub-regulation 27(1), 301.612 Educational Leadership 612 (6 points) with the exception of 301.633, 301.634 or 301.638; 300.612 Educational Leadership 612 (4 points) or 301.613 Restructuring, Effectiveness and Improvement in Education 613 (6 points) (c) Coursework—301.840 MEd (Education) 840; comprising: 300.613 Restructuring, Effectiveness and (i) 301.631 Introduction to Research 631 (6 points) Improvement in Education 613 (4 points) and 301.614 Semiotics and Social Discourses in Education 614 (6 points) (ii) except as provided in Regulation 28, units to a 300.614 Semiotics and Social Discourses in minimum value of 30 points and a maximum value of 36 Education 614 (4 points) points selected from those listed in sub-regulation 27(1) or, 301.616 International and Comparative for offshore students, such a subset of those units as from Education 616 (6 points) time to time may be published; 300.616 International and Comparative and Education 616 (4 points) (iii) 301.600 MEd (Education) Major Project 600 301.617 IT Learning and Teaching 617 (6 points) full-time (12 points) 300.617 IT Learning and Teaching 617 (4 points) or 301.618 IT for Curriculum Leaders 618 (6 points) 300.618 IT for Curriculum Leaders 618 (4 points) 301.601 MEd (Education) Major Project 601 301.624 Gender and Education 624 (6 points) part-time (12 points) 300.624 Gender and Education 624 (4 points) or 301.625 Aborigines and Education 625 (6 points) (iv) 301.605 MEd (Education) Project 605 full-time 300.625 Aborigines and Education 625 (4 points) (6 points) 301.627 Development and Conflict 627 (6 points) or 300.627 Development and Conflict 627 (4 points) 301.628 Critical Literacy and Visual Media 301.606 MEd (Education) Project 606 part-time Studies 628 (6 points) (6 points) 300.628 Critical Literacy and Visual Media (3) The General Regulations relating to theses shall apply Studies 628 (4 points) to the dissertation referred to in paragraph (2)(b), except that 301.631 Introduction to Research 631 (6 points) the dissertation may be examined internally. 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) 301.632 Survey Research Methods 632 (6 points) 26.(1) Candidates enrolled for the degree by way of 300.632 Survey Research Methods 632 (4 points) dissertation and coursework will not be permitted to proceed 301.633 Quantitative Research Methods 633 to MEd (Education) Research Dissertation Phase III unless (6 points) they have achieved an average mark of at least 65 per cent in 300.633 Quantitative Research Methods 633 MEd (Education) Research Dissertation Phases I and II and (4 points) the units selected from those referred to in sub-paragraph 301.634 Qualitative Research Methods 634 25(2)(b)(iv). (6 points) 300.634 Qualitative Research Methods 634 (4 points) 301.635 Social and Educational Measurement 635 (6 points)
D128—April 2000 Education Regulations
300.635 Social and Educational Measurement 635 301.681 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 681 (4 points) (6 points) 301.636 Theories and Applications in Social 300.681 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 681 Measurement 636 (6 points) (4 points) 300.636 Theories and Applications in Social 301.682 Educational Sociolinguistics 682 Measurement 636 (4 points) (6 points) 301.637 Programme Evaluation 637 (6 points) 300.682 Educational Sociolinguistics 682 300.637 Programme Evaluation 637 (4 points) (4 points) 301.638 Qualitative Analysis 638 (6 points) 301.683 Educational Psycholinguistics 683 300.638 Qualitative Analysis 638 (4 points) (6 points) 301.639 Developmental Aspects of 300.683 Educational Psycholinguistics 683 Exceptionality 639 (6 points) (4 points) 300.639 Developmental Aspects of 301.684 Discourse Analysis 684 (6 points) Exceptionality 639 (4 points) 300.684 Discourse Analysis 684 (4 points) 301.640 Assessment, Policy and Intervention in 301.688 Curriculum Development for Special Education 640 (6 points) Practitioners 688 (6 points) 300.640 Assessment, Policy and Intervention in 300.688 Curriculum Development for Special Education 640 (4 points) Practitioners 688 (4 points) 301.641 History of Education 641 (6 points) 301.689 Literacy and Language 689 (6 points) 300.641 History of Education 641 (4 points) 300.689 Literacy and Language 689 (4 points) 301.644 Perspectives and Issues in Adult 301.690 Society and Environment Curriculum 690 Education 644 (6 points) (6 points) 300.644 Perspectives and Issues in Adult 300.690 Society and Environment Curriculum 690 Education 644 (4 points) (4 points) 301.645 Adult Learning in Education and 301.693 Advanced Topics in Educational Work 645 (6 points) Psychology 693 (6 points) 300.645 Adult Learning in Education and 300.693 Advanced Topics in Educational Work 645 (4 points) Psychology 693 (4 points) 301.646 Cultural Diversity in Teaching, Learning 301.695 Mathematics Learning and Teaching 695 and Working (6 points) (6 points) 300.646 Cultural Diversity in Teaching, Learning 300.695 Mathematics Learning and Teaching 695 and Working (4 points) (4 points) 301.647 Collaborative Learning and Teaching 647 301.696 Mathematics Curriculum 696 (6 points) (6 points) 300.696 Mathematics Curriculum 696 (4 points) 300.647 Collaborative Learning and Teaching 647 301.698 Science Communication and (4 points) Education 698 (6 points) 301.648 Personal and Social Development and 300.698 Science Communication and Education 648 (6 points) Education 698 300.648 Personal and Social Development and (4 points) Education 648 (4 points) 301.699 Science Education Issues 699 (6 points) 301.649 Learning, Development and 300.699 Science Education Issues 699 (4 points) Instruction 649 (6 points) 1 300.649 Learning, Development and (2) The units available under this sub-regulation are: Instruction 649 (4 points) 1 Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under 301.652 School Improvement: Issues and ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Education Handbook. For location and Evidence 652 (6 points) semester availability see under ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of 300.652 School Improvement: Issues and Education Handbook. Evidence 652 (4 points) 310.501 Interdisciplinary Studies 501 (8 points) 301.653 Action Learning/Action Research 653 310.505 Research Methods 505 (8 points) (6 points) 310.506 Special Topic in Human Movement 300.653 Action Learning/Action Research 653 Studies I 506 (8 points) (4 points) 310.507 Special Topic in Human Movement 301.655 Educational Planning and Studies II 507 (8 points) Management 656 (6 points) 310.513 Management of Learning 300.655 Educational Planning and Organisations 513 (8 points) Management 656 (4 points) 310.514 Planning 1: Organisations and 301.656 Leadership in Professional Service Communities Functioning in Stable Organisations (6 points) Environments 514 (8 points) 300.656 Leadership in Professional Service 310.515 Planning 2: Organisations and Organisations (4 points) Communities Functioning in Turbulent 301.657 Tertiary Education Policies and Environments 515 (8 points) Practices 657 (6 points) 310.516 Organisational Design 1: Obsolescence of 300.657 Tertiary Education Policies and Parts 516 (8 points) Practices 657 (4 points) 310.517 Organisational Design 2: Obsolescence of 301.658 Policy and Politics of Education 658 Function 517 (8 points) (6 points) 310.527 Philosophy of Leisure 527 (8 points) 300.658 Policy and Politics of Education 658 310.533 Motion Analysis for Gait Sport and (4 points) Occupational Biomechanics 533 (8 points) 301.660 Education Studies 660 (6 points) 310.534 Neuromuscular Performance 534 300.660 Education Studies 660 (4 points) (8 points) 301.661 Education Studies 661 (6 points) 310.543 Cardiac and Respiratory Disease: Exercise 300.661 Education Studies 661 (4 points) in Prevention and Rehabilitation 543 301.678 Curriculum Context, Development and (8 points) Innovation 678 (6 points) 310.544 Current Issues and Advanced Laboratory 300.678 Curriculum Context, Development and Techniques in Exercise Physiology 544 Innovation 678 (4 points) (8 points) 301.680 Research Methodology in Applied 310.545 Medical Conditions and their Exercise Linguistics 680 (6 points) Implications 545 (8 points) 300.680 Research Methodology in Applied 310.551 Exercise and its Role in Musculo-Skeletal Linguistics 680 (4 points) Rehabilitation 551 (8 points)
D129—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
310.552 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical Course Requirements Issues in Human Movement Sciences 552 (8 points) 32. The degree shall comprise units to the value of 48 points, 310.553 Teaching and Coaching Sports Skills 553 and a candidate may proceed by way of: (8 points) (a) Thesis; comprising: 310.554 Motor Development and Dysfunction 554 310.820 MEd (Human Movement) Thesis 820 (8 points) (48 points) 310.563 Applied Sport Psychology 563 (8 points) or 310.564 Advanced Topics in Exercise and Health (b) Dissertation and Coursework—310.830 MEd (Human Psychology 564 (8 points) Movement) 830; comprising: 310.585 Worksite Health Promotion 585 (8 points) 310.589 Educational Technology in Human (i) 310.600 MEd (Human Movement) Research Movement 589 (8 points) Dissertation 600 (32 points) 310.593 Research Practicum in Human (ii) 310.505 Research Methods 505 (8 points) Movement 593 (8 points) and 310.594 Research Colloquium 594 (8 points) (iii) except as provided in Regulation 28, a unit to the Substitution of Units and Credit value of eight points selected from those listed in sub- regulation 27(2); 28. The Faculty may grant credit for or permit the substitution or of other units for the coursework units required under (c) Coursework—310.840 MEd (Human Movement) 840; paragraphs 25(2)(b) or (c) to a maximum of— comprising: (a) the total points value of the units required under sub- (i) 310.505 Research Methods 505 (8 points) paragraphs 25(2)(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) for students proceeding and by way of dissertation and coursework; (ii) except as provided in Regulation 28, units to the value or of 40 points selected from those listed in sub-regulation 27(2). (b) half the total points value of the units required under sub-paragraphs 25(2)(c)(i) and (ii) for students proceeding by DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT way of coursework (Dissertation and Coursework: 3065; provided that— Coursework: 3052 from 1998, 3053 prior to 1998) (i) credit may be granted only for units passed in a course which was not completed; Applicability of General Regulations and Admission (ii) credit may be granted for units from other courses 33.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) and in offered by this University or by other recognised institutions Regulations 34 to 38, the General Regulations for Academic only where such units are from courses of master’s or Courses which relate to the Degree of Master shall apply to equivalent level; the degree of Master of Educational Management. (iii) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted (2) The Faculty of Education may accept as a candidate for for work completed in courses provided by professional the degree of Master of Educational Management an providers or private educational institutions to a maximum applicant who— value of eight points; and (a) has completed the following requirements of this (iv) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted University or been admitted to equivalent status under for work completed in Continuing Education at this Statute No. 5; University in or after 1995 to a maximum value of eight (i) a bachelor’s degree requiring at least three years of full- points. time study or the part-time equivalent and a postgraduate course in education requiring at least one year of full-time Time Limit study or the part-time equivalent; 29.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree of or Master of Education, a candidate shall complete the require- (ii) a Bachelor of Education degree requiring at least four ments over a maximum period of two years of full-time study years of full-time study or the part-time equivalent; or four years of part-time study, excluding periods of suspension of candidature approved by the Faculty. and (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (b)(i) has the equivalent of at least two years of full-time candidate an extension of time in which to complete the relevant professional educational experience; requirements for the degree. or (ii) in the opinion of the Faculty has demonstrated research Master of Education with Honours capacity. 30. Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation 33(3), the Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation Course Requirements of the head of the department concerned, award the degree of 34.(1) The degree shall comprise units to the value of 48 Master of Education with Honours. points and a candidate may proceed by way of: 30A. Candidates who withdraw from the course before (a) Dissertation and Coursework—300.839 MEdMan 839; qualifying for the degree but after passing sufficient units to comprising: satisfy the requirements of one of the postgraduate (i) 300.730 MEdMan Research Dissertation 730 certificates (Curriculum Leadership, Language and Literacy full-time (32 points) or Inclusive Education) may apply to the Faculty to take out or the relevant certificate. 300.731 MEdMan Research Dissertation 731 part-time (32 points) DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION (ii) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) with emphasis on Human Movement and (Thesis: 3071; Dissertation and Coursework: 3061; Coursework: 3050 from 1998; 3051 prior to 1998) (iii) one only of the following units: 300.633 Quantitative Research Methods 633 31. Candidates for the degree of Master of Education who (4 points) wish to specialise in Human Movement shall undertake a 300.634 Qualitative Research Methods 634 course as prescribed in Regulation 32. (4 points) 300.638 Qualitative Analysis 638 (4 points) and
D130—April 2000 Education Regulations
(iv) units to the value of eight points selected, except as Time Limits provided in Regulation 36, from those listed in sub-regulation 35; 37.(1) Except as provided in (2) below, a candidate shall or complete the requirements for the degree over a maximum period of two years of full-time study or four years of part- (b) Coursework—300.849 MEdMan 849 (48 points); com- time study, excluding periods of suspension of candidature prising: approved by the Faculty. (i) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (ii) the units listed in Regulation 35 (16 points); candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (iii) 300.620 MEdMan Major Paper 620 full-time requirements for the degree. (16 points) or Master of Educational Management with Honours 300.621 MEdMan Major Paper 621 part-time 38. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of (16 points) the Head of the Graduate School of Education, award the (iv) units to the value of eight or 12 points selected from degree of Master of Educational Management with Honours. those listed in Regulation 27 with the prefix 300 and worth 38A. Candidates who withdraw from the course before four points each; qualifying for the degree but after passing sufficient units to and, if necessary to make up the balance of points required: satisfy the requirements of one of the postgraduate (v) one unit to the value of four points selected from those certificates (Curriculum Leadership, Language and Literacy in sub-paragraph 34(1)(a)(iii). or Inclusive Education) may apply to the Faculty to take out the relevant certificate. (2) The General Regulations relating to theses shall apply to the dissertation referred to in paragraph (1)(a), except that the dissertation may be examined internally. DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION (3) Candidates enrolled for the degree by way of IN APPLIED LINGUISTICS dissertation and coursework will not be permitted to proceed (Thesis: 3073; Dissertation and Coursework: 3064; with the dissertation component unless they have achieved Coursework: 3055 from 1998, 3054 prior to 1998) an average mark of at least 65 per cent in 300.631 Introduction to Research 631, and the units selected from those referred to Applicability of General Regulations in sub-paragraphs (1)(a)(iii) and (1)(a)(iv). 39. Except as provided in Regulations 40 to 45, the General (4) Candidates who do not achieve the required standard Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree as set out in sub-regulation (3), will not be permitted to of Master, shall apply to the degree of Master of Education in proceed with the dissertation and will be required to Applied Linguistics. complete the degree by way of coursework in accordance with paragraph (1)(b). Admission 40. Notwithstanding the provision of General Regulation 34, Units Available the Faculty of Education may accept as a candidate for the 35. The units available 1 under this Regulation are: degree of Master of Education in Applied Linguistics an 1 Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under applicant who— ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Education Handbook. (1)(a) has completed the degree of Bachelor of Education of 300.610 Human Resource Development in this University; Education 610 (4 points) or 300.611 Resource Management and Finance in (b)(i) has completed a bachelor’s degree in a field relevant Education 611 (4 points) to applied linguistics of this University or has been admitted 300.612 Educational Leadership 612 (4 points) to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; 300.613 Restructuring, Effectiveness and and Improvement in Education 613 (4 points) (ii) has completed a relevant educational diploma; 300.658 Policy and Politics of Education 658 (4 points) and (2)(a) has the equivalent of at least two years of full-time Substitution of Units and Credit appropriate professional experience; 36. The Faculty may grant credit for or permit the substitution or of other units for the coursework units required under (b) in the opinion of the Faculty has demonstrated research paragraphs 34(1)(a) or (b) to a maximum of— capacity. (a) the total points value of the units required under sub- (3) In accordance with the provisions of General paragraphs 34(1)(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) for students proceeding Regulations 25 to 28 the Faculty may require a candidate to by way of dissertation and coursework; undergo a preliminary or qualifying examination before or being accepted as a candidate for the degree of Master of Education in Applied Linguistics. (b) half the points value of the units required under sub- paragraphs 34(1)(b)(i), (ii), (iv) and (v) for students proceeding by way of coursework Course Requirements 41. The degree of Master of Education in Applied Linguistics provided that— shall comprise units to the value of 48 points and a candidate (i) credit may be granted only for units passed in a course may proceed by way of: which was not completed; (a) Thesis—300.824 MEdAppLing Thesis 824; comprising: (ii) credit may be granted for units from other courses 300.824 MEdAppLing Thesis 824 (48 points); offered by this University or by other recognised institutions or only where such units are from courses of master’s or equivalent level; (b) Dissertation and Coursework—300.834 MEdAppLing 834 which, except as provided in Regulation 43, shall (iii) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted comprise: for work completed in courses provided by professional providers or private educational institutions to a maximum (i) 300.741 MEdAppLing Research Dissertation 741 value of eight points; and full-time (32 points) or (iv) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted for work completed in Continuing Education at this 300.742 MEdAppLing Research Dissertation 742 University in or after 1995 to a maximum value of eight part-time (32 points) points.
D131—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a 300.680 Research Methodology in Applied candidate an extension of time in which to complete the Linguistics 680 (4 points) requirements for the degree. and Master of Education in Applied Linguistics (iii) units to the value of eight points selected from the with Honours following: 300.681 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 681 45. The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation of (4 points) Head of the Graduate School of Education, award the degree 300.682 Educational Sociolinguistics 682 (4 points) of Master of Education in Applied Linguistics with Honours. 300.683 Educational Psycholinguistics 683 45A. Candidates who withdraw from the course before (4 points) qualifying for the degree but after passing sufficient units to 300.684 Discourse Analysis 684 (4 points) satisfy the requirements of one of the postgraduate 300.689 Literacy and Language 689 (4 points) certificates (Curriculum Leadership, Language and Literacy or or Inclusive Education) may apply to the Faculty to take out (c) Coursework—300.844 MEdAppLing 844 (48 points) the relevant certificate. which, except as provided in Regulation 43, shall comprise: (i) 300.680 Research Methodology in Applied DEGREE OF MASTER OF SPECIAL EDUCATION Linguistics 680 (4 points) (Thesis: 3074; Dissertation and Coursework: 3062) (ii) 300.650 MEdAppLing Major Paper 650 full-time Applicability of General Regulations (16 points) 46.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 47 to 51, the General or Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree 300.651 MEdAppLing Major Paper 651 part-time of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Special (16 points) Education. and Admission (iii) units to the value of 28 points selected from Regulation 27 and the following list with at least eight and (2) Faculty of Education sub-regulation 24(3) shall apply to no more than 20 points being chosen from units listed in the degree of Master of Special Education. Regulation 27 with the prefix 300 and worth four points each: 300.681 Introduction to Applied Linguistics 681 Course Requirements (4 points) 47.(1) The course for the degree shall comprise units to the 300.682 Educational Sociolinguistics 682 (4 points) value of 48 points and a candidate may proceed by way of: 300.683 Educational Psycholinguistics 683 (a) Thesis—300.821 MSpEd Thesis 821 comprising: (4 points) 300.821 MSpEd Thesis 821 (48 points); 300.684 Discourse Analysis 684 (4 points) 300.689 Literacy and Language 689 (4 points) or 42.(1) Candidates enrolled for the degree by way of (b) Dissertation and Coursework—300.831 MSpEd 831; dissertation and coursework will not be permitted to proceed comprising, except as provided in Regulation 49, the with the dissertation component unless they have achieved following: an average mark of at least 65 per cent in the units selected (i) 300.717 MSpEd Research Dissertation 717 from those listed in sub-paragraphs 41(b)(ii) and (iii) and in full-time (32 points) any unit for which they have been granted credit or which or they have been permitted to substitute in terms of Regulation 300.718 MSpEd Research Dissertation 718 43. part-time (32 points) (2) Candidates who are not permitted to proceed with the (ii) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) dissertation in terms of sub-regulation (1) will be required to complete the degree by way of coursework in accordance (iii) one only of the following units: with paragraph 41(c). 300.633 Quantitative Research Methods 633 (4 points) Substitution of Units 300.634 Qualitative Research Methods 634 43. The Faculty may grant credit for or permit the substitution (4 points) of other units for the coursework units required under 300.638 Qualitative Analysis 638 (4 points) paragraphs 41(b) or (c) to a maximum of— (iv) 300.639 Developmental Aspects of Exceptionality 639 (4 points) (a) the total points value of the units required under sub- 300.640 Assessment, Policy and Intervention in paragraphs 41(b)(ii) and (iii) for students proceeding by way Special Education 640 (4 points) of dissertation and coursework; (2) or The General Regulations relating to theses shall apply to the dissertation referred to in paragraph (1)(b), except that the (b) half the points value required under sub-paragraphs dissertation may be examined internally. 41(c)(i) and (iii) for students proceeding by way of coursework 48.(1) Candidates enrolled for the degree by way of dissertation and coursework will not be permitted to proceed provided that— with the dissertation component unless they have achieved (i) units in respect of which credit is granted are from an an average mark of at least 65 per cent in 300.631 Introduction incomplete course; to Research 631, the unit selected from those listed in sub- (ii) such units are from a course of equivalent level at this paragraph 47(1)(b)(iii), and the units selected from those University or another recognised institution; and referred to in sub-paragraph 47(1)(b)(iv). (iii) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted (2) The Faculty may permit candidates who do not achieve for work completed in Continuing Education at this Uni- the required standard as set out in sub-regulation (1) to versity in or after 1995 to a maximum value of eight points. transfer to the course for the degree of Master of Education by way of coursework and complete that degree in accordance Time Limit with paragraph 25(2)(c). 44.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree over a Substitution of Units and Credit maximum period of two years of full-time study or four years 49. The Faculty may grant credit for, or permit the of part-time study, excluding periods of suspension of substitution of other units for any or all of the units listed in candidature approved by the Faculty. sub-paragraph 47(1)((b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) provided that—
D132—April 2000 Education Regulations
(a) credit may only be granted for units passed in a course or which was not completed; 300.714 MEdSt Research Dissertation 714 (b) credit may be granted for units from other courses part-time (32 points) offered by this University or by other recognised institutions only where such units are from courses of master’s or (b) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) equivalent level; (c) one only of the following units: (c) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted for 300.633 Quantitative Research Methods 633 work completed in courses provided by professional (4 points) providers or private educational institutions to a maximum 300.634 Qualitative Research Methods 634 value of eight points; (4 points) 300.638 Qualitative Analysis 638 (4 points) (d) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted for work completed in Continuing Education at this University in and or after 1995 to a maximum value of eight points. (d) except as provided in Regulation 58, units to the value of eight points selected from those listed in Regulation 57. Time Limit 50.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate Coursework shall complete the requirements for the degree over a (2) To qualify for the degree by coursework (MEdSt maximum period of two years of full-time study or four years 300.829) a candidate shall complete a course to the value of 48 of part-time study, excluding periods of suspension of points which shall comprise: candidature approved by the Faculty. (a) 300.631 Introduction to Research 631 (4 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (b) except as provided in Regulation 58, units to the value requirements for the degree. of 28 points selected from those listed in Regulation 57 or, for offshore students, such a subset of those units as may be Master of Special Education with Honours published from time to time; 51. Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation and 33(3), the Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (c) 300.622 MEdSt Major Paper 622 full-time of the Head of the Graduate School of Education, award the (16 points) degree of Master of Special Education with Honours. or 51A. Candidates who withdraw from the course before qualifying for the degree but after passing sufficient units to 300.626 MEdSt Major Paper 626 part-time satisfy the requirements of one of the postgraduate (16 points) certificates (Curriculum Leadership, Language and Literacy (3) The General Regulations relating to theses shall apply or Inclusive Education) may apply to the Faculty to take out to the dissertation referred to in paragraph (1)(a), except that the relevant certificate. the dissertation may be examined internally. 56.(1) Candidates enrolled for the degree by way of DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES dissertation and coursework shall not be permitted to (Dissertation and Coursework: 3060; Coursework: 3056) proceed with the dissertation component unless they have achieved an average mark of at least 65 per cent in 300.631 Applicability of General Regulations Introduction to Research 631, the unit selected from those 52.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) and in listed in paragraph 55(1)(c) and the units selected from those Regulations 53 to 58, the General Regulations for Academic referred to in paragraph 55(1)(d). Courses which relate to the Degree of Master shall apply to (2) The Faculty may permit candidates who are not the degree of Master of Educational Studies. permitted to proceed with the dissertation component in (2) The Faculty may, in appropriate circumstances, permit terms of sub-regulation (1), to complete the degree by way of a candidate for the degree of Master of Educational Studies to coursework in accordance with sub-regulation 55(2). complete the course at an institution approved by the Academic Board without being an internal candidate of this Units Available University for all or part of the prescribed period of study. 57.(1) The units available 1 under this Regulation are: 53. The degree shall be offered either by way of dissertation 1 Units may be cancelled in line with Faculty policy as described under and coursework or by way of coursework. ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Education Handbook. 300.602 Educating Selves in Society 602 (4 points) Admission 300.612 Educational Leadership 612 (4 points) 54.(1) General Regulation 34 shall apply to admission to the 300.613 Restructuring, Effectiveness and degree by way of dissertation and coursework. Improvement in Education 613 (4 points) (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree by 300.614 Semiotics and Social Discourses in way of coursework an applicant who— Education 614 (4 points) (a)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree requiring at least three 300.616 International and Comparative years of full-time study or the part-time equivalent; and Education 616 (4 points) 300.618 Information Technology for Curriculum (ii) has the equivalent of at least two years of relevant Leaders 618 (4 points) professional experience; 300.641 History of Education 641 (4 points) or 300.660 Education Studies 660 (4 points) (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Stat- 300.661 Education Studies 661 (4 points) ute No. 5. 300.678 Curriculum Context, Development and Innovation 678 (4 points) Course Requirements 300.689 Literacy and Language 689 (4 points) Dissertation and Coursework Substitution of Units and Credit 55.(1) Subject to Regulation 56, to qualify for the degree by dissertation and coursework (MEdSt 300.819) a candidate 58. The Faculty may grant credit for or permit the substitution shall complete an approved course to the value of 48 points of other units for the coursework units required under sub- which shall comprise: regulations 55(1) or 55(2) to a maximum of: (a) 300.713 MEdSt Research Dissertation 713 full-time (a) the total points value of the units required under (32 points) paragraphs 55(1)(b), (c) and (d) for students proceeding by way of dissertation and coursework;
D133—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
or Course Requirements (b) half the total points value of the units required under 64.(1) A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Education paragraphs 55(2)(a) and (b) for students proceeding by way of (300.890) shall complete the following: coursework (a) Part I, comprising the following units: provided that— 300.970 Advanced Research Methods in (i) credit may be granted only for units passed in a course Education 970 (6 points) which was not completed; 300.971 Advanced Studies in Education 971 (ii) credit may be granted for units from other courses (6 points) offered by this University or by other recognised institutions 300.972 Advanced Theory and Practice in only where such units are from courses of master’s or Education 972 (6 points) equivalent level; 300.973 Research Paradigms in Education (iii) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted Studies 973 (6 points) for work completed in courses provided by professional and providers or private educational institutions to a maximum (b) Part II, comprising: value of eight points; and 300.985 Doctoral Thesis 985 full time (76 points) (iv) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted for work completed in Continuing Education at this or University in or after 1995 to a maximum value of eight 300.986 Doctoral Thesis 986 part time (76 points) points. (2) Unless the Faculty Research Committee otherwise Time Limit approves, a candidate shall not proceed to Part II until all components of Part I have been completed satisfactorily. 59.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree of Master of Educational Studies, a candidate shall complete the 65.(1) A full-time candidate shall within six months of first requirements over a maximum period of two years of full- enrolling in Doctoral Thesis 985 and a part-time candidate time study or four years of part-time study, excluding periods shall within nine months of first enrolling in Doctoral Thesis of suspension of candidature approved by the Faculty. 986 prepare and defend a research proposal to the satisfaction of the Faculty Research Committee. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (2)(a) A candidate in Part II shall, by 15 October each year, requirements for the degree. provide an annual progress report to his or her supervisor(s) and to the Head of the Graduate School of Education. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF (b) The annual progress report provided by a candidate in PSYCHOLOGY AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION accordance with paragraph (a) shall be forwarded by the Head of the Graduate School of Education to the Faculty 60. The regulations relating to the combined course for the Research Committee with a recommendation on whether the degree of Master of Psychology and Graduate Diploma in candidate should be permitted to re-enrol. Education shall be set out in Part A following these regulations. Submission and Examination of Thesis 66. The thesis shall make a substantial and original COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREE OF contribution to scholarship and professional practices in BACHELOR OF EDUCATION AND BACHELOR OF ARTS, education. BACHELOR OF COMMERCE, BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS 67.(1) The thesis shall be presented only in the form of a OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE typescript and shall not exceed 70,000 words excluding tables and appendices. The form and content must meet University 61. The regulations relating to the combined course for the requirements. degree of Bachelor of Education and Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of (2) The thesis shall include a summary of about 300 words, Science shall be set out in Parts B, C and D following these and one additional copy (unbound) of the summary shall be regulations. submitted with the four copies of the thesis. (3) Prior to the submission of the thesis— DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF EDUCATION (3081) (a) the Head of the Graduate School of Education and 62. Except as provided in Regulations 63 to 69, the General supervisor(s) shall recommend to the Faculty Research Com- Regulations governing professional doctorates shall apply to mittee— the degree of Doctor of Education. (i) the names of three examiners; and Admission (ii) the name of a fourth examiner who shall be designated as a reserve; and 63.(1) The Faculty may, on the recommendation of its Research Committee, accept as a candidate an applicant (b) the Head of the Graduate School of Education shall who— informally invite the three nominated examiners referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(i) and submit their responses to the (a)(i) has been awarded the degree of Bachelor of Faculty Research Committee. Education with first or upper second class honours from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Substitution of Units and Credit Statute No. 5; or 68. The Faculty may grant credit for or permit the substitution (ii) has a master’s degree by research in Education with an of other units for any or all of the coursework units required average of 65 per cent or better from this University or has under sub-regulation 64(1)(a) provided that— been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or (a) credit may be granted only for units passed in a course (iii) has demonstrated adequate research preparation as which was not completed; prescribed in General Regulation 65; (b) credit may be granted for units from other courses and offered by this University or by other recognised institutions (b) has the equivalent of at least two years’ full-time only where such units are from courses of doctoral or professional educational experience. equivalent level; (2) In accordance with General Regulation 66, the Faculty (c) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted Research Committee may require a candidate to undergo a for work completed in courses provided by professional preliminary or qualifying examination (300.814) before being providers or private educational institutions to a maximum accepted as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Education. value of 12 points and shall not include either 300.970
D134—April 2000 Education Regulations
Advanced Research Methods in Education 970 or 300.973 (b) Second Year Research Paradigms in Education Studies 973; and (i) Coursework (d) within the overall credit limit, credit may be granted 140.651 Applied Developmental Psychology 651 for work completed in Continuing Education at this Univer- (6 points) sity in or after 1995 to a maximum value of 12 points. 140.652 Applied Developmental Psychology 652 (e) Substitutions may only be permitted where the units to (6 points) be substituted are of doctoral or equivalent level. and either 300.463 Career Education Curriculum 463 Time Limits and Suspensions (6 points) 69.(1)(a) Unless the Faculty Research Committee permits or otherwise, a full-time candidate shall complete the 300.468 Special Education Curriculum 468 requirements for the degree within five years from the date of (4 points) first enrolment for the degree and a part-time candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree within six years (ii) Practicums from the date of the first enrolment for the degree. 300.480 Study in Teaching V 480 (4 points) 1 (b) In applying the time limits set out in paragraph (a), 140.656 Minor Practicum 656 (4 points) periods of suspension approved in accordance with sub- 140.657 Major Practicum 657 (8 points) regulation (2) shall not be included. (iii) Research (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), the Faculty 140.610 Dissertation 610 (12 points) Research Committee may, on written application, permit or suspension of candidature for a specified period, or periods, 140.611 Dissertation 611 (6 points); and which may not exceed one year throughout the duration of 140.612 Dissertation 612 (6 points) candidature. (3) The Faculty Research Committee may, in recognition of Time Limit exceptional circumstances, approve an extension to the one- 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a candidate year of maximum suspension in sub-regulation (2). shall complete the course in two years of full-time study or up to a maximum of four years of part-time study. (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Admissions and PART A Progress Committee may approve an extension of not more COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF than one calendar year. PSYCHOLOGY AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (5054) Assessment 1. There shall be an Admission and Progress Committee for the combined course for the degree of Master of Psychology 5.(1) The means of assessment shall be: and the Graduate Diploma in Education which shall consist (a) for the coursework component—assignments and/or of the Dean of the Faculty of Education, the Executive Dean of written examination; the Faculty of Science, two academic staff from the (b) for the practicum component—a report addressing Department of Psychology and two academic staff from the specific criteria; and Graduate School of Education appointed by the heads of the departments concerned. (c) for the research component—a literature review and a research report. Admission Unsatisfactory Progress 2.(1) The Faculties of Education and Science, on the recommendation of the Admissions and Progress Committee, 6.(1) A candidate who— may accept as a candidate for the combined course, an (a) in any year fails to gain at least half the points value of applicant who has completed an honours degree in units for which a final result is recorded; or psychology from this University or has been granted (b) fails the same unit twice, equivalent status under Statute No. 5. shall have made unsatisfactory progress. Course Requirements (2) A candidate who has made unsatisfactory progress in 3.(1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Psychology and terms of sub–regulation (1) shall be excluded from the course. the Graduate Diploma in Education a candidate shall complete the following: PART B (a) First Year (i) Coursework COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF EITHER 300.485 Pedagogy 485 (8 points) BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE 140.551 Applied Developmental Psychology 551 AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (4013) (8 points) 1. A student who is qualified for entry to the Bachelor of 140.552 Applied Developmental Psychology 552 Economics and Bachelor of Commerce courses may apply to (8 points) enrol in a combined course leading either to the award of the 140.553 Applied Developmental Psychology 553 degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Education, (6 points) or of the degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of 140.554 Applied Developmental Psychology 554 Education. (6 points) (ii) Practicums General Provisions 140.556 Minor Practicum 556 (4 points) 1 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13 which follow, the 140.557 Major Practicum 557 (8 points) general provisions for the relevant degrees shall apply to the 1 In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to combined course. the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psychology, may grant an exemption for Minor Practicum 556 and Minor Course Requirements Practicum 656. 3. The combined course shall consist of units to a total value (iii) Research of 198 points, which shall comprise units offered by the 140.510 Dissertation 510 (8 points) Faculty of Economics and Commerce to a total value of 114 points and units offered by the Faculty of Education to a total value of 84 points, as follows:
D135—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) First Year B. one of the following minor curriculum units: Units to a total value of 48 points as follows: 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) (6 points) 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 (6 points) (6 points) 300.428 Information Technology in the (ii) one of: Classroom 428 (6 points) 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) (6 points) 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 provided that (6 points) A. a student who intends to undertake the Bachelor of C. 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) Economics course shall take Macroeconomics, Money and 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) Finance 102, and a student who intends to take the Bachelor 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) of Commerce course shall take Financial Accounting 101; and 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) B. a student may take the second unit as part of the 18 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 points required under sub-paragraph (a)(iii); (4 points) (iii) first-year units to the value of 18 points from those and listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; D. three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen from Faculty of Education Regulation 11; provided that a student who has not obtained a minimum scaled score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects, Applicable or Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall include (b) for students studying two major teaching areas— Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 (6 points) as one of the units chosen; A. two of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth 16 points; and B. 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) (iv) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) (b) Second Year 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) Units to a total value of 50 points comprising: 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 (4 points) (i) second- or/and third-year level units to a total value of and 42 points leading to either— C. two elective units to the value of eight points chosen A. a major sequence in Economics, Quantitative from Faculty of Education Regulation 11. Economics, Economic History or Asian Business, as prescribed in Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5), Satisfactory Progress for the Bachelor of Economics; or 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student B. a major sequence in Accounting, Asian Business, Elec- shall— tronic Commerce or Information Management, as prescribed in Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4), for the (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total Bachelor of Commerce; and points value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; and (ii) one of the following: (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 Teaching Practicum units. 300.300 (8 points) 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 Admissions and Progress Committee 300.301 (8 points) 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 300.302 (8 points) for the combined course which shall consist of: (c) Third Year the Deans of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce and the Faculty of Education; Units to a total value of 52 points as follows: the Sub-Dean of the Faculties of Economics and (i) units to a value of 36 points at second- or third-year Commerce, Education and Law; level leading towards completion of the requirements of the the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education; major chosen in second year under sub-paragraph (b)(i)A or the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the B; Faculties of Economics and Commerce, (ii) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) Education and Law; and and the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Education. (iii) one of the following: 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 Credit 300.300 (8 points) 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 credit for previous work to a maximum value of 72 points. 300.301 (8 points) 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4) and (5), credit may be 300.302 (8 points) granted for— (d) Fourth Year (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; Units to the value of 48 points as follows: and/or either (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after 1995. (i) for students studying one major and one minor teaching area— (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce component of the A. one of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of combined course in terms of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth eight points; 48 points.
D136—April 2000 Education Regulations
(4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of Time Limit Education component of the combined course in terms of 13. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed 24 points. Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a (5) Credit granted towards the combined course in terms of candidate shall complete the requirements of the combined paragraph (2)(b) shall not exceed 24 points. course within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. Variations to Enrolment 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in PART C respect of Regulation 3. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Consideration and Reporting of Results SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (5023) 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on Admission behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Economics and 1. A student who qualifies for entry to the Bachelor of Science Commerce and Education in relation to consideration and course may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to reporting of results in the course. the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor 9.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student fails for the of Education. first time to make satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 5, the committee may— General Provisions (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for a 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 12 which follow, the period of not less than one year; or general provisions for the Bachelor of Science shall apply to (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such the course. conditions as it may specify. Course Requirements (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student who has 3. The course shall comprise units to a minimum total value been re-admitted to the combined course in terms of of 200 points and a maximum total value of 224 points as paragraph (1)(b), again fails to make satisfactory progress, the follows: committee may exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course. (1) First Year (3) In making its determinations in terms of sub-regulations Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: (1) and (2) in relation to any candidate who fails Introduction (a) one of: to Teaching 303 or a Teaching Practicum unit, the committee shall act on the recommendation of the committee of the 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) Faculty of Education established by Faculty of Education 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) Regulation 6(6). 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) Conditional Passes and Passes in a Lesser Unit (b) one of: 10.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) in a unit may, by decision of the Admissions and Progress 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points); and a pass in an associated lesser unit. (c) either (2)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— (i) one of: (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 the unit; (6 points) 230 124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; 139.100 Environmental Geoscience 100 (12 points) and 060.101/ Geography 101 and Geography 102 (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or 060.102 (12 points) greater. 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) (3) The total value of units for which conditional passes or may be awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 20 (ii) one of: points, which shall not include more than 12 points for units offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Student Options Following Exclusion or 11. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) the student may— or (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and appeal by hand, post or by email with the Sub-Dean of the 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Faculties of Economics and Commerce, Education and Law, with a copy to the Associate Dean of Education, no later than (d) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) ten University working days after the date of despatch of the 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) written advice of exclusion; and/or (2) Second Year (b) apply to the Faculty of Economics and Commerce for Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: transfer to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce, as appropriate. (a) Units to a minimum value of 16 points leading to an approved Science major as listed in Faculty of Science Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Economics Regulation 24, chosen from: or Bachelor of Commerce 510.260 Chemistry 260 (16 points) 12.On successful completion of the third year of the 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) combined course, a candidate shall be qualified either for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Economics or for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce.
D137—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) and 530.205 2C2: Calculus(4 points) (iv) three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) from Faculty of Education Regulation 11; 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 560.210 Physics 210 (16 points) or 560.220 Physics 220 (16 points) (b) for students studying two major teaching areas— 563.244 Biophysics 244 (16 points) (i) two of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of (b) units to a minimum value of 16 points leading to an Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth 16 points; approved Science major as listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 24, chosen from: (ii) 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) 060.2XX Geography second-year units (16 points) 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) 230.220 Programming Structures 220 (16 points) 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) 310.2XX Human Movement second-year units 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) (16 points) 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 500.205 Botany 205 (20 points) (4 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) and 530.205 2C2: Calculus(4 points) (iii) two elective units to the value of eight points chosen 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) from Faculty of Education Regulation 11. 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 570.201 Zoology 201 (10 points) Satisfactory Progress 570.202 Zoology 202 (10 points) 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student 910.210 Human Biology 210 (16 points) shall— 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total 950.200 Microbiology 200 (12 points) points value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; 950.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) and 960.200 Pharmacology 200 (12 points) (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the 980.200 Physiology 200 (16 points); and Teaching Practicum units. (c) units to the value of 16 points chosen from: Admissions and Progress Committee 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 300.300 (8 points) for the combined course which shall consist of: 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 300.301 (8 points) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 the Dean of the Faculty of Education; 300.302 (8 points) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science; (3) Third Year the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education; Units to a total value of 56 points as follows: the Senior Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; and (a) third-year Science units to a minimum value of 24 points leading to the completion of an approved Science the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of major as listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and chosen Education. from the units listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 23(c); Credit (b) if necessary, other second- or third-year Science units to make up the required points, chosen from Faculty of 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant Science Regulation 23(b) and/or (c); and credit towards the combined course for previous work, to a maximum value of 72 points. (c) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4), (5) and (6), credit (4) Fourth Year may be granted for— Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; either and/or (a) for students studying one major and one minor (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after teaching area— 1995. (i) one of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth eight points; of Science component of the combined course for units completed at an approved institution shall not exceed 48 (ii) one of the following minor curriculum units: points. 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) (4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) of Education component of the combined course for units 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) completed at an approved institution shall not exceed 24 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 points. (6 points) 300.428 Information Technology in the (5) Credit granted towards the combined course for units Classroom 428 (6 points) passed through Continuing Education shall be for first- and 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) second-year units only and shall not exceed 24 points. 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points) (6) Credit shall not be granted for Teaching Practicum 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) units. 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 (6 points) Variation to Enrolment (iii) 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) respect of Regulation 3. 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 Consideration and Reporting of Results (4 points) 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Education and Science in
D138—April 2000 Education Regulations relation to the consideration and reporting of results in the (b) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) course. 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) (2) Second Year Award of Conditional Passes or Passes in a Lesser Unit (a) second-year units to a total value of 32 points chosen 9.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass from Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; in a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or (b) second-year units to a total value of 16 points chosen a pass in an associated lesser unit. from the following: (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the 300.200 Educational Psychology 200 (8 points) associated original unit shall be declared failed. 300.201 Language and Literacy 201 (8 points) 300.202 Teachers’ Work 202 (8 points) (3)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— (3) Third Year (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for (a) third-year units to a total value of 40 points chosen the unit; from Faculty of Arts Regulation 39; (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; (b) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) and (4) Fourth Year (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: greater. Either (b) The value of units for which conditional passes may be awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in (a) for students studying one major and one minor total. teaching area— (i) one of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of Student Options Following Exclusion Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i); 10. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee (ii) one of the following minor curriculum units: determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, the student may— 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) appeal by hand, post or by email with the Sub-Dean of the 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 Faculty of Science with a copy to the Associate Dean of (6 points) Education, no later than ten University working days after 300.428 Information Technology in the the date of despatch of the written advice of exclusion; and/ Classroom 428 (6 points) or 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) (b) apply to the Faculty of Science for transfer to the 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points) course for the degree of Bachelor of Science. 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Science (6 points) 11. On successful completion of the third year of the (iii) 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) combined course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) of the degree of Bachelor of Science. 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) Time Limit 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 (4 points) 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a and candidate shall complete the requirements of the combined (iv) three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen course within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the from Faculty of Education Regulation 11; course. or (b) for students studying two major teaching areas— PART D (i) two of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i); BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (1025) (ii) 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) Admission 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) 1. A student who qualifies for entry to the Bachelor of Arts 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education. (4 points) and General Provisions (iii) two elective units to the value of 8 points chosen from 2. The provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulations 8 to 46 shall Faculty of Education Regulation 11. apply to the course. 3. A student enrolled in the course shall complete at least Satisfactory Progress one major sequence chosen from those offered in the 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall: Bachelor of Arts and shall nominate the chosen major sequence at the start of the second year of the combined (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total course. points value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; and Course Requirements (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the Teaching Practicum units. 4. The course shall comprise units to a total value of 192 points as follows: Admissions and Progress Committee (1) First Year 6. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee (a) first-year units to a total value of 36 points chosen from for the combined course which shall consist of the Faculty of Arts Regulation 39;
D139—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Award of Conditional Passes and Faculty Passes Faculty of Education, the Sub-Deans of the Faculty of Arts, 11. The Admissions and Progress Committee may award to a the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education, the Senior student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass in a Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Arts and the unit— Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Education. (a) a conditional pass (P*) for an Arts unit, in accordance Credit with the provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulation 16; 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant (b) a Faculty Pass for an Education unit in accordance with credit for studies completed at an approved institution in Faculty of Education Regulation 6A. accordance with the provisions of Faculty of Arts Regulation 9 and General Regulation 10. Student Options Following Exclusion (2) Credit granted for units completed at an approved 12. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee institution shall not exceed 54 Arts points and 24 Education determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, points, excluding Teaching Practicum units. the student may— Variations to Enrolment (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal by hand, post or by email with the Sub-Dean of the 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Associate Dean of exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in Education, no later than ten University working days after respect of Regulation 4. the date of despatch of the written advice of exclusion; and/ or Consideration and Reporting of Results (b) apply to the Faculty of Arts for transfer to the course 9. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Arts and Education in relation to consideration and reporting of results in the Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Arts course. 13. On completion of the requirements for the third year of 10. (1) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student fails, for the combined course, a candidate shall be qualified for the the first time, to make satisfactory progress in terms of award of the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Regulation 5, the committee may: (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for Time Limit a period of not less than one year; or 14. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a conditions as it may specify. candidate shall complete the requirements of the combined course within ten calendar years of first enrolment for the (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), when a student who has course. been re-admitted to the combined course in terms of paragraph (1)(b), again fails to make satisfactory progress, the committee may exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course. (3) In making its determinations in terms of sub- regulations (1) and (2) in relation to any candidate who fails Introduction to Teaching 303 or a Teaching Practicum unit, the committee shall act on the recommendation of the committee of the Faculty of Education established by Faculty of Education Regulation 6(6).
D140—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code permitted to enrol in a unit after the last day of the third week is recorded against the title of each course. For the Bachelor of of instruction. Engineering (Part B) the major code is also recorded against each (2) Unless the Associate Dean, in recognition of exceptional stream. This information, however, does not form part of the circumstances, approves otherwise, a student who withdraws Regulations per se. from a unit or, in accordance with Faculty Regulations, is required to withdraw after the deadlines specified for Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. particular categories of enrolment in sub-regulations (3) and The General Regulations for Academic Courses and the (4) shall be declared to have failed that unit. Matriculation Regulations are to be read in conjunction with (3) The deadlines for withdrawal from standard-length these regulations. semester and full-year units shall be: (a) for a student enrolled in a first-year unit as part of the PART A first academic year of an undergraduate bachelor’s degree course, as follows: GENERAL (i) for a semester unit—no later than the first day of the 1.(1) The qualifications in Engineering and Mathematical tenth teaching week of the semester; and Sciences shall be: (ii) for a full-year unit—no later than the first day of the (a) Bachelor of Engineering—BE sixth teaching week of second semester; (b) Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Sciences— (b) for any student enrolled in a unit in an undergraduate, BCM honours or postgraduate course, other than those specified in (c) Diploma in Information Technology—DipIT paragraph (a), as follows: (d) Graduate Certificate in Information Technology— (i) for a semester unit—the first day of the eighth teaching GradCertIT week of the semester; and (e) Graduate Diploma in Computer and Mathematical Sciences—GradDipCM (ii) for a full-year unit—the first day of the second teaching 1 week of second semester. (f) Graduate Diploma in Engineering—GradDipE (g) Graduate Diploma in Information Technology— (4) The deadline for withdrawal from units of other than GradDipIT standard length shall be the first day of the week following the mid-point of instruction. (h) Master of Engineering Science—MEngSc (i) Master of Engineering—ME (5) Unless the Associate Dean, in recognition of exceptional (j) Master of Oil and Gas Engineering—MOGE circumstances, approves otherwise, a student will not be per- mitted to withdraw from a unit after the last day of the final (k) Doctor of Engineering—DEng week of instruction in the unit. 1 Check availability with the Faculty Administrative Officer. (6)(a) Any student whose attendance at lectures or (2) An applicant who is eligible under the relevant laboratory classes or work in semester or class examinations regulations may apply to undertake either the degree of has not been satisfactory may be refused admission to the Bachelor of Engineering or the degree of Bachelor of annual examinations by the Faculty. Computer and Mathematical Sciences— (b) Any student described in paragraph (a) shall be (a) within one of the combined courses described in Part D; reported to the Board of Examiners in Engineering and or Mathematical Sciences and may be excluded from any further (b) in conjunction with one of the undergraduate diplomas study in the Faculty. described in Part E. (3) A graduate may also apply to enrol as a candidate for Powers of the Associate Dean of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Degree of Bachelor of Engineering 2.(1) The regulations governing the Bachelor of Engineering 4. The Associate Dean shall have the power to act on behalf of shall be as set out in Part B of these regulations. the Faculty in dealing with matters arising under these (2) The regulations governing the Bachelor of Computer regulations. and Mathematical Sciences shall be as set out in Part C of 5.(1) The Associate Dean may, after consultation with the these regulations. head of the relevant department concerned— (3) The regulations governing the combined courses leading (a) permit a candidate to substitute for a unit or units up to to the award of the Bachelor of Engineering or the Bachelor of a total value of eight points in each year of the course Computer and Mathematical Sciences and another degree concerned any unit or units of equivalent value offered shall be as set out in Part D of these regulations. within the University; (4) The regulations governing concurrent enrolments in the (b) unless otherwise stated in the regulations, approve Bachelor of Engineering or the Bachelor of Computer and credit towards courses within the Faculty for units passed Mathematical Sciences and an undergraduate diploma shall through Continuing Education in or after 1995, provided that be as set out in Part E of these regulations. credits granted on this basis are limited in any case to not (5) The regulations governing postgraduate programmes in more than one sixth of the total load for the course concerned. the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences shall be as set out in Parts F, G and H of these regulations. Time Limits 6.(1) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering or GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE COURSES the degree of Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Changes of Enrolment, Withdrawal from Units Sciences, unless otherwise approved by the Associate Dean in and Attendance exceptional circumstances, a student shall— 3.(1) Unless the Associate Dean, in recognition of exceptional (a) complete the requirements within ten calendar years of circumstances, approves otherwise, a student will not be first enrolment for the degree;
D141—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) complete the first two years of the course within three Exclusions years of full-time study or the part-time equivalent; and 13.(1) The Faculty may exclude from re-enrolment for one or (c) complete any one year of the course within two years of more years a student who— full-time study or the part-time equivalent. (a) fails to make satisfactory progress in terms of (2) Where a student is granted credit towards the degree by Regulation 12; or virtue of previous study in another incomplete degree course (b) fails to comply with either of the time limits set out in in this or another institution or by virtue of units passed paragraphs 6(1)(b) and (c); or through Continuing Education in or after 1995— (c) fails to comply with any time limit specified by the (a) the student shall complete the requirements for the Associate Dean in terms of paragraph 6(2)(b); or degree within ten calendar years of the date on which that (d) withdraws more than once from the course; or previous study began; and (e) fails to satisfy the Faculty in terms of paragraph 3(6)(a). (b) the Associate Dean may reduce the period allowed under paragraph (1)(b) and paragraph (1)(c), to take account (2) In determining the period of exclusion to be imposed of the credit granted, and shall specify the period allowed in on a student, the Faculty may take into account the student’s writing to the student at the time of enrolment or as soon as entire academic record in this University. possible thereafter. (3) A student who is excluded from re-enrolment may (3) Where a student is granted credit in terms of sub- apply for re-enrolment after the prescribed period of regulation (2), the time limit specified in paragraph (1)(a) exclusion. shall be reduced in proportion to the number of points for which credit has been granted. Supplementary Examinations (4) Periods of exclusion shall not be counted in the time 14.(1) The Board of Examiners in Engineering and Mathe- limits set out in sub-regulation (1) and paragraph (2)(a). matical Sciences may grant supplementary examinations to (5) In exceptional circumstances the Associate Dean may students who need 12 or fewer points to complete the approve extensions to the time limits set out in sub-regulation minimum requirement for the relevant degree. (1) and paragraph (2)(a). (2) The format of a supplementary examination may differ from that of the original examination. Prerequisites 7. Unless the Associate Dean approves otherwise, all pre- Deferred Examinations requisites for a unit shall have been completed in the four 15.(1) The Associate Dean may grant deferred examinations. years prior to enrolment in that unit concerned. (2) The format of a deferred examination shall be the same as that of the original examination. Full-time/Part-time Enrolment 8.(1) A standard load in any academic year shall be 48 points. Successive Failures (2) A student enrolled in units with a total value of 36 16. Except with the approval of the Associate Dean, a student points or more in any academic year shall be classified as full- who: time. (a) has failed the same unit twice; or (b) has failed units to a total value of 24 points of the same Overload level in a subject 9. Unless the Associate Dean approves otherwise, a student shall not be permitted to enrol in any unit of the same level in shall not be permitted to enrol for units with a total value of the same subject. more than 52 points in any year or 28 points in any semester.
Examination Results Course Levels 17. A student shall be— 10. In all reports on examinations other than those for a thesis or dissertation the following grades and their associated (a) in the first academic year of a course until 48 points marks will be used: have been accrued; Higher Distinction HD 80–100 (b) in the second academic year of a course when the total Distinction D 70–79 of points accrued is at least 48 and less than 96; Credit Pass CR 60–69 (c)(i) in the third academic year of the Bachelor of Pass P 50–59 Computer and Mathematical Sciences course after 96 points Ungraded Pass UP have been accrued; Pass Conditional P* (ii) in the third academic year of the Bachelor of Fail N+ 45–49 Engineering course when the total of points accrued is at least Fail N 0–44 96 and less than 144; Ungraded Fail UF (d) in the fourth academic year of the Bachelor of Engineering course, after 144 points have been accrued. Conditional Passes 11.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass Appeals in a unit may, by decision of the Board of Examiners in 18.(1) A student may appeal against academic assessment in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, be awarded a accordance with the procedure governing appeals against conditional pass (P*) in that unit. academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (2) Unless the Associate Dean approves otherwise, on the (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results recommendation of the head of department concerned, a from an academic assessment in accordance with the proce- student awarded a conditional pass (P*) in a unit shall not dures set out in the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical proceed to higher level units in the subject concerned. Sciences Handbook.
Satisfactory Progress GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR POSTGRADUATE COURSES 12. A student who in any year of enrolment gains at least half 19. Except as otherwise provided in this Part and in Parts F, the points value of units for which a final result is recorded G and H— shall have made satisfactory progress in that year. (a) the General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree of Master shall apply to the degrees of master in the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences;
D142—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
(b) the General Regulations for Academic Courses which PART B relate to Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to graduate certificates and graduate diplomas in the DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (6011) Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. COURSES IN CIVIL, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC, ENVIRONMENTAL, MATERIALS, MECHANICAL, MECHATRONICS AND Admission RESOURCE ENGINEERING, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND 20. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for a graduate APPLIED OCEAN SCIENCE certificate or graduate diploma an applicant who— 1.(1) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, a (a) holds a degree of bachelor awarded by the Faculty of student shall complete a course of four years as prescribed in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences of this University or Regulations 3 to 15 below and comply with the requirements has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or of Regulations 16 to 19 in regard to practical experience (b) holds any other bachelor’s degree of this University or through a professional practicum. another recognised institution which in the opinion of the (2) The degree of Bachelor of Engineering shall be Faculty, having regard to the recommendation of the relevant conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. head(s) of department(s), provides appropriate preparation 2.(1) The Faculty may permit an applicant to enrol for the for the proposed course of study. Bachelor of Engineering as a second degree. 21. In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may admit as a (2) A candidate for the Bachelor of Engineering as a second candidate for the degree of master an applicant who— degree shall complete an approved course comprising at least (a) has completed the requirements for the degree of the third and fourth years of the course. Bachelor of Engineering of this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and Pass and Honours Degree (b) in the opinion of the Faculty has the ability to complete First Year the course. 3.(1) To complete the first year of the course, a student shall Enrolment complete the following: (a) 22.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) and Regu- 530.131 Mathematics 131 (6 points) lation 23, a candidate for a certificate or diploma shall enrol 530.132 Mathematics 132 (6 points) each year. 560.101 Physics 101 (6 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional (2) The Associate Dean may, having regard to the re- Engineering 103 (6 points) commendation of the head(s) of department(s) concerned, 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to refuse an application for re-enrolment. Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical Suspension and Electronic Engineering (6 points) 23.(1) The Associate Dean may, on receipt of a written appli- and cation from a student, grant a suspension of candidature for (b) subject to sub-regulation (2), two units chosen from the any year. following: (2) Periods of suspension of candidature granted in terms 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) of sub-regulation (1) shall not be counted for the purposes of 600.105 Computing for Engineers and determining whether a student is within the relevant time Scientists 105 (6 points) limit. 631.100 Computer-aided Materials Selection, Drafting and Manufacture 100 (6 points) Examinations, Grades and Marks 610.101 Engineering Structures 101 (6 points) 24. In all reports on examinations other than those for a thesis 660.103 Introduction to Resource or dissertation, the following grades and their associated Engineering 103 (6 points) marks will be used: 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 630.106 Engineering Dynamics 106 (6 points) Higher Distinction HD 80–100 640.107 Our Living Earth 107 (6 points) Distinction D 70–79 (2) A student shall not enrol in both Software Engineering Credit Pass CR 60–69 104 and Computing for Engineers and Scientists 105. Pass P 50–59 Ungraded Pass UP Second, Third and Fourth Years Pass Conditional P* 4. To complete the remaining requirements of the course a Fail N+ 45–49 student shall complete one of the courses set out in Fail N 0–44 Regulations 5 to 13, and comply with the requirements of Ungraded Fail UF Regulations 16 to 19.
Unsatisfactory Progress Civil (610) 25. A student who— 5. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years (a) in any year of enrolment fails to gain at least half the of the course shall be as set out below: total points value of units for which a final result is recorded; (a) Second Year or 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) (b) fails a unit twice 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) shall be considered to have made unsatisfactory progress and 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) may re-enrol only with the approval of the Faculty. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) Time Limit 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 26. A student who has not completed the requirements for a 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) certificate or diploma after having been enrolled in the course 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) for the relevant time limit may re-enrol only with the 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) permission of the Faculty. 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (b) Third Year 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points)
D143—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic (4 points) Theory 315 (7 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) and 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) (ii) either 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) A. for students proceeding to a fourth-year course with an emphasis on Electronics or Communications: (c) Fourth Year 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) (4 points) 610.401 Project Management 401 (4 points) 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 610.402 Project Management 402 (4 points) (4 points) 610.405 Civil Engineering Project 405 (12 points) 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 or and B. for students proceeding to a fourth-year course with an (ii) four units selected from the units available in Groups emphasis on Control or Power: A, B and C which follow sub-paragraph (iii) provided that at 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) least one unit is selected from each of the three groups; 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) and (c) Fourth Year (iii) two units selected freely from Groups A to D which (i) 620.403 Electrical and Electronic Engineering follow, or from units available within the University chosen Project 403 (12 points) with the approval of the Associate Dean on the recom- mendation of the Head of the Department of Civil and and Resource Engineering: (ii) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) Group A—Structures 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 (4 points) 610.410 Advanced Structural Design 410 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 (4 points) 610.411 Advanced Structural Analysis 411 and (4 points) (iii) a total of seven units chosen with the approval of the Group B—Geomechanics Head of the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering which shall comprise: 610.420 Foundation Engineering 420 (4 points) 610.421 Environmental Geomechanics 421 A. at least three units selected from Group A which (4 points) follows; Group C—Hydraulics B. at least two units selected from Group B which follows; and 610.430 Civil Engineering Hydraulics 430 (4 points) C. units to make up the required total selected freely from 610.431 Offshore Engineering 431 (4 points) Groups A to D which follow: Group D—General Group A 610.412 Civil Engineering Analysis 412 (4 points) 620.406 Computer Architecture 406 (4 points) 610.422 Rock Mechanics 422 (4 points) 620.409 Communications 409 (4 points) 610.440 Systems Studies 440 (4 points) 620.421 Control Engineering 421 (4 points) 610.455 Waste Management 455 (4 points) 621.419 Power Electronics 419 (4 points) 610.460 Traffic Engineering 460 (4 points) 622.425 Digital Electronics Systems Design 425 630.416 Engineering Finance and (4 points) Management 416 (4 points) Group B 630.418 Humans in Industry 418 (4 points) Electronics Stream 640.402 Water and Wastewater Treatment 402 622.402 RF and Low Noise Electronics 402 (4 points) (4 points) 640.403 Hydrology 403 (4 points) 622.418 Microelectronics 418 (4 points) Communications Stream Electrical and Electronic (620) 6. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years 620.411 Advanced Communications Systems 411 of the course shall be as set out below: (4 points) 620.424 Lightwave Communications (a) Second Year Technology 424 (4 points) 530.285 Mathematics 285 (7 points) Control Stream 530.286 Mathematics 286 (6 points) 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 620.413 Adaptive Systems 413 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) 620.427 Digital Control 427 (4 points) 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) Power Stream 621.213 Electromagnetics and 621.417 Power Technologies 417 (4 points) Electromechanics 213 (4 points) 621.418 Power Systems Control 418 (4 points) 630.451 Mechanical Systems 451 (4 points) 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) Group C—Electrical and Electronic Engineering Options 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 620.489 Special Topics 489 (4 points) (4 points) 623.490 Special Topics 490 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 623.473 Information Network Systems 473 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) (4 points) 623.426 Information Network Design 426 (b) Third Year (4 points) 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) (i) 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) (4 points)
D144—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 640.416 Theory of Environmental Engineering (4 points) Design 416 (4 points) Group D—Computer Science Options 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 230.302 Artificial Intelligence and Logic and Programming 302 (6 points) (ii) units to a total value of 20 points selected with the 230.225 Human Computer Interaction 225 approval of the Head of the Department of Environmental (4 points) Engineering from the following: 233.412 Computer Vision 412 (6 points) 640.403 Hydrology 403 (4 points) 231.315 Robotics 315 (6 points) 640.407 Oceanographic Engineering 407 (4 points) 640.422 Mixing and Dispersion 422 (4 points) Environmental (640) 640.402 Water and Wastewater Treatment 402 7. The course for the second, third and fourth years of the (4 points) course shall be as set out below: 640.414 Contaminant Fate and Transport 414 (4 points) (a) Second Year 640.451 Applied Aquatic Ecology 451 (4 points) (i) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) a unit to the value of four points chosen from the 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) units available within the University with the 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) approval of the Associate Dean, on the recommend- 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) ation of the Head of the Department of Environ- 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) mental Engineering. 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and Management 215 (4 points) 640.221 Data Collection and Analysis 221 Information Technology (623) (4 points) 8. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years (ii) for students who have taken the Chemistry option in of the course shall be as set out below: the first academic year, the units listed in Stream A; and for (a) Second Year students who have taken the Physics option in the first 530.287 Mathematics 287 (6 points) academic year, the unit in Stream B as follows: 530.288 Mathematics 288 (4 points) Stream A 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) and one of 622.211 Electronic Devices 211 (4 points) 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) 623.213 Computer Architecture and 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) Organisation 213 (4 points) Stream B 623.214 Computer Operating Systems 214 (4 points) 510.115 Chemistry 115 (8 points) 623.215 Computer Graphics Hardware and (b) Third Year Algorithms 215 (3 points) (i) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 623.216 Algorithms and Data Structures 216 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) (4 points) 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) 623.217 Software Design and Programming 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) Languages 217 (4 points) 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and (b) Third Year Management 315 (8 points) (i) 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) Engineering 352 (4 points) 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) Engineering 351 (4 points) 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 623.304 Computational Theory 304 (4 points) and 623.305 Advanced Computer Architectures 305 (ii) for students who completed the second year of the (5 points) course in Stream A, the units listed under Stream A below 623.306 Software Engineering 306 (5 points) and for students who completed the second year of the course 623.307 Database Systems 307 (4 points) in Stream B, the units listed in Stream B below: 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 (4 points) Stream A and 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) (ii) either and one unit chosen from: 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) or 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) 233.413 Visualisation 413 (6 points) 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) (c) Fourth Year 950.250 Microbiology 250 (4 points) (i) 623.406 Information Technology Project 406 Stream B (12 points) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) and 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) (ii) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) (c) Fourth Year 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) (4 points) 640.406 Environmental Engineering Project 406 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 (12 points) and 640.415 Environmental Engineering Design and (iii) a total of seven units which shall comprise: Management 415 (8 points) A. 623.407 Software Quality and Reliability 407 (4 points)
D145—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
623.408 Real-time Distributed Systems 408 (ii) 631.402 Physical Metallurgy 402 (4 points) (4 points) 631.403 Ceramic Materials 403 (4 points) 623.473 Information Network Systems 473 631.404 Polymer Structure, Properties and (4 points) Processing 404 (4 points) B. a minimum of one stream, comprising two units selected 631.405 Fracture of Materials 405 (4 points) from Group A which follows; and 631.413 Engineering Materials Selection and Design 413 (4 points) C. other units to make up the required total of units 631.414 Advanced Materials Processing 414 selected from Groups A to C which follow: (4 points) Group A and Software Systems Engineering Stream (iii) two units selected from among those listed in Groups 233.401 Formal Methods in Software A and B which follow, subject to the approval of the Physics Engineering 401 (6 points) Co-ordinator in the case of units from Group B: 230.225 Human Computer Interaction 225 Group A (4 points) 630.416 Engineering Finance and Network Systems Engineering Stream Management 416 (4 points) 620.409 Communications 409 (4 points) 630.423 Manufacturing Technology 423 623.426 Information Network Design 426 (4 points) (4 points) 630.440 Tribology 440 (4 points) 631.409 Materials Process Modelling 409 Computer Systems Engineering Stream (4 points) 622.425 Digital Electronics Systems Design 425 Group B (4 points) 623.410 Fault Tolerant Systems 410 (4 points) 560.410 Magnetism and Magnetic Materials 410 (4 points) Group B—Electrical and Electronic Engineering Options 560.413 Solid State Physics 413 (4 points) 620.489 Special Topics 489 (4 points) 560.414 Physics 414 (4 points) 623.490 Special Topics 490 (4 points) 620.421 Control Engineering 421 (4 points) Mechanical (630) 620.413 Adaptive Systems 413 (4 points) 10. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years 620.427 Digital Control 427 (4 points) of the course shall be as set out below: 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) (a) Second Year Group C—Computer Science Options 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) 233.407 Neural Computation 407 (6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 233.412 Computer Vision 412 (6 points) 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 231.315 Robotics 315 (6 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 233.411 Algorithms for Artificial Intelligence 411 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) (6 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 233.413 Visualisation 413 (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) Materials (631) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 9. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) of the course shall be as set out below: 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (a) Second Year (b) Third Year (i) 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) (i) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 631.202 Thermodynamics 202 (4 points) 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (4 points) and either 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 (4 points) (ii) 560.101 Physics 101 (6 points) 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 or (4 points) 510.111 Chemistry 111 (2 points); and and 510.112 Chemistry 112 (6 points) (ii) units totalling eight points selected from the following: Third Year (b) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) Processes 304 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Processes 304 (4 points) Materials 301 (6 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 631.302 Phase Transformations 302 (6 points) (4 points) 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) Fourth Year 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) (c) 631.306 Electrical Materials 306 (5 points) (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) 630.403 Mechanical Engineering Project 403 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) (12 points) 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 (c) Fourth Year and (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) 631.406 Materials Engineering Project 406 (ii) units totalling 24 points selected from the following: (12 points) 630.405 Mechanical Design 405 (4 points) 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 630.407 Energy Systems 407 (4 points)
D146—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
630.409 Project Management and Financing 409 630.411 Advanced Control and Mechatronics 411 (4 points) (4 points)* 630.411 Advanced Control and Mechatronics 411 630.412 Noise and Vibration 412 (4 points) (4 points) 630.416 Engineering Finance and 630.412 Noise and Vibration 412 (4 points) Management 416 (4 points) 630.416 Engineering Finance and 630.418 Humans in Industry 418 (4 points)* Management 416 (4 points) 630.423 Manufacturing Technology 423 630.418 Humans in Industry 418 (4 points) (4 points) 630.419 Materials 419 (4 points) 630.440 Tribology 440 (4 points) 630.422 Thermofluids 422 (4 points) 621.419 Power Electronics 419 (4 points) 630.423 Manufacturing Technology 423 620.406 Computer Architecture 406 (4 points) (4 points) * Recommended options 630.440 Tribology 440 (4 points) 631.405 Fracture of Materials 405 (4 points) Resource (660) and 12. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years of the course shall be as set out below: (iii) units totalling eight points selected from sub- 1 paragraph 10(c)(ii) or, with the approval of the Associate (a) Second Year Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department of 1 Entry to the second year of the Resource Engineering course is Mechanical and Materials Engineering, from units available subject to quota. within the University. 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) Mechatronics (632) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 11. The units prescribed for the second, third and fourth years 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) of the course shall be as set out below: 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) (a) Second Year 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) (b) Third Year 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) (i) 520.304 Mineral and Petroleum Resources 304 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) (8 points) 630.412 Noise and Vibration 412 (4 points) (b) Third Year 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) (i) 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) and 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 (ii) the units in one of Streams A to F: (4 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) Stream A—Mining Engineering 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) (4 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 610.422 Rock Mechanics 422 (4 points) (8 points) 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (4 points) (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) and Stream B—Mineral Processing (ii) either 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 231.315 Robotics 315 (6 points) 610.422 Rock Mechanics 422 (4 points) or 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) 233.412 Computer Vision 412 (6 points) 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) and 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) (iii) units totalling eight points selected from the following: Stream C—Oil and Gas Engineering 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points)* (4 points) 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points)* 650.304 Oil and Gas Processing 304 (4 points) * Recommended options 650.305 Oil and Gas Extraction 305 (4 points) 660.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) (c) Fourth Year Stream D—Offshore Engineering (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4 points) 630.450 Mechatronics Engineering Project 450 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 (12 points) (4 points) 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) and 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) (ii) units totalling 32 points selected from the units listed in 650.320 Naval Architecture 320 (4 points) paragraph 11(b), or from the following: 660.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 Stream E—Environmental Engineering (6 points)* 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) 630.405 Mechanical Design 405 (4 points)* 610.455 Waste Management 455 (4 points) 630.409 Project Management and Financing 409 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) (4 points)* 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points)
D147—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) 631.405 Fracture of Materials 405 (4␣ points) 650.304 Oil and Gas Processing 304 (4 points) 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) Stream F—Process Automation Stream D—Offshore Engineering 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 610.406 Offshore Foundation Systems 406 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) (4 points) 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) 610.411 Advanced Structural Analysis 411 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 650.420 Offshore Platforms 420 (4␣ points) 650.304 Oil and Gas Processing 304 (4 points) 660.441 Ocean Engineering 441 (4␣ points) (c) Fourth Year and (i) 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 (4␣ points) two units chosen from: 660.403 Project Management 403 (4␣ points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 660.404 Project Management 404 (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 660.410 Resource Engineering Project 410 (4 points) (12 points) 630.416 Engineering Finance and 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 Management 416 (4␣ points) and 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5␣ points) (ii) the units in one of the following streams which corres- 631.405 Fracture of Materials 405 (4␣ points) ponds to the candidate’s second semester of third year: 650.304 Oil and Gas Processing 304 (4␣ points) 650.305 Oil and Gas Extraction 305 (4␣ points) Stream A—Mining Engineering 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) 520.405 Mine Geology 405 (4 points) Stream E—Environmental Engineering 660.402 Open Pit Mining 402 (4 points) 660.405 Underground Mining 405 (4 points) 610.421 Environmental Geomechanics 421 660.412 Mine Design 412 (4 points) (4 points) 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) 640.403 Hydrology 403 (4 points) 640.450 Resource Engineering Impacts and and Management 450 (4 points) one unit chosen from: 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) 610.407 Modelling in Rock Mechanics 407 and (4 points) 610.421 Environmental Geomechanics 421 two units chosen from: (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (4␣ points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 610.426 Environmental Management 426 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points) (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 660.413 Mining Economics 413 (4␣ points) (4 points) Stream B—Mineral Processing 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5␣ points) 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4␣ points) 630.419 Materials 419 (4 points) 640.407 Oceanographic Engineering 407 (4␣ points) 631.414 Advanced Materials Processing 414 (4 points) Stream F—Process Automation 660.421 Advanced Pyrometallurgy 421 (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 660.422 Advanced Hydrometallurgy 422 (4 points) (4 points) 630.405 Mechanical Design 405 (4␣ points) and 630.419 Materials 419 (4 points) 631.414 Advanced Materials Processing 414 two units chosen from: (4 points) 610.421 Environmental Geomechanics 421 and (4 points) 610.455 Waste Management 455 (4 points) two units chosen from: 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 610.455 Waste Management 455 (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) (4 points) 630.411 Advanced Control and Mechatronics 411 630.416 Engineering Finance and (4 points) Management 416 (4␣ points) 630.416 Engineering Finance and Management 416 630.440 Tribology 440 (4 points) (4␣ points) 631.402 Physical Metallurgy 402 (4␣ points) 630.422 Thermofluids 422 (4 points) 631.405 Fracture of Materials 405 (4␣ points) 630.440 Tribology 440 (4 points) 631.413 Engineering Materials Selection 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) and Design 413 (4 points) 650.304 Oil and Gas Processing 304 (4␣ points) Applied Ocean Science (645) 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4␣ points) 13. The units prescribed for the second and third years of the Stream C—Oil and Gas Engineering course shall be as set out below: 650.401 Oil and Gas Engineering 401 (4␣ points) (a) Second Year 650.402 Oil and Gas Engineering 402 (4 points) 650.411 Oil and Gas Processing 411 (4␣ points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 650.412 Oil and Gas Processing 412 (4 points) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) and 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) two units chosen from: 139.202 Marine Science 202 (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 630.405 Mechanical Design 405 (4␣ points) 1 630.416 Engineering Finance and (b) Third Year 1 Management 416 (4␣ points) This is an interim third-year course and will be revised for 2001. 630.418 Humans in Industry 418 (4␣ points) 630.419 Materials 419 (4 points) (i) 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5␣ points) 139.202 Introduction to Marine Science 202 (4 points)
D148—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) either 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) (a) two majors selected from the following list: 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) Applied Mathematics 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) Computer Science 640.351 Analytical methods 351 (4 points) Information Technology Applications 640.352 Computational Methods 352 (4 points) Information Technology Systems 640.411 Biological Oceanography 411 (4 points) Mathematical Sciences 640.413 Physical Oceanography 413 Mathematical Statistics (4 points); and Pure Mathematics (ii) a unit to a minimum value of four points chosen from or the units available within the University with the approval of (b) one major selected from the list in paragraph (a) and a the Associate Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of second major, approved by the Faculty. the Department of Environmental Engineering. (3) In exceptional circumstances, the Associate Dean may permit a student to undertake a third major. Fourth-year Project 2. The requirements for each year of the course shall be as 14.(1) For the fourth-year project a student shall attend the follows: prescribed seminars and submit for examination no later than (a) First Year 12 noon on the first University working day following the last (i) 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points); day of the second semester a project report in the prescribed format. (ii) one computer science unit to the value of six points chosen from the first-year units listed in paragraph 3(a); (2) If a student fails to submit the project report by the required date a penalty shall be applied to it in accordance (iii) first-year mathematics units to a total value of 12 with Faculty policy, unless the Associate Dean is satisfied that points chosen from the first-year units listed in paragraph there were exceptional circumstances to justify the late 3(a); and submission. (iv) other first-year units to the value of 24 points, as approved by the Associate Dean, which shall, if necessary, The Honours Degree include units prescribed for the major sequences required under Regulation 1. 15.(1) The Faculty may award the degree with honours to a student who has completed the course at a sufficiently high (b) Second Year level. (i) Second-year computer science units to a minimum total (2) The Faculty shall determine, in accordance with Faculty value of 12 points, chosen from the units listed in paragraph policy, whether honours are to be awarded, and if so, the 3(b); grade of honours to be awarded. (ii) second-year mathematics units to a minimum total value of 12 points, chosen from the units listed in sub- Professional Practicum regulation 3(b); 16. Students are required to complete not less than 12 weeks’ (iii) other units to a total value of 24 points, as approved by professional practicum or practical experience in a suitable the Associate Dean, which shall, if necessary, include units engineering environment as approved by the Associate Dean. prescribed for the major sequences required under Regu- lation 1. 17. Student are required to make their own arrangements for practical experience, but to facilitate their efforts they should (c) Third Year seek advice from members of the Faculty and register with (i) Subject to sub-paragraph (ii), third-year units to a total the Careers Centre. value of 48 points selected so as to complete the two major 18.(1) A student who produces evidence of having completed sequences required under Regulation 1 and comprising units satisfactory work in terms of Regulation 16 before being to a total value of 24 points for each major selected. admitted to the first year of study may, on application, be (ii) The third-year units available to complete the major granted exemption from its provision. sequences in paragraph (1)(2)(a) are as listed in sub- (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Associate Dean may regulation 3(c). vary the requirements for professional practicum if satisfied that such practical experience cannot be obtained or Computer and Mathematical Sciences Units undertaken. 3. The units available at first-, second- and third-year level under paragraphs 2(a), (b) and (c) respectively shall be: 19.(1) Before the end of the first semester of the final year of the course, a candidate shall submit through the Faculty (a) First Year Office a report of approximately 1500 to 2000 words on 230.104 (CS) Foundations of Information practical work completed during the professional practicum Technology 104 (6 points) required under Regulation 16. 600.105 (CS) Computing for Engineers and (2) The Faculty shall obtain from the employer or Scientists 105 (6 points) employers, a statement concerning the nature and duration of 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 the practical work and the candidate’s conduct. (6 points) 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) PART C 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points)
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMPUTER AND 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points) 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (5010) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Course Requirements 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) 1.(1) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete a 620.103 Computer Hardware 103 (6 points) course comprising units to a minimum value of 144 points such other units as may be approved by the and a maximum of 168 points, which shall include two Associate Dean standard major sequences, comprising in each case at least 24 Second Year points at third-year level and associated prerequisite units. (b) (2) The two major sequences required under sub-regulation 230.202 (CS) Programming Language (1) shall comprise: Implementation 202 (6 points) 230.223 (CS) Data Structures 223 (6 points)
D149—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
230.224 (CS) Object-oriented Programming 224 530.360 3S10: Stochastic Processes with (6 points) Applications (6 points) 230.225 (CS) Human Computer Interaction 225 530.341 3M1: Mathematical Methods 341 (4 points) (6 points) 230.226 (CS) Unix and Windows Programming 226 530.342 3M2: Complex Variable Methods (4 points) (6 points) 230.227 (CS) Discrete Structures 227 (4 points) 530.343 3M3: History of Mathematics (6 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) and 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) such other units as may be approved by the 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) Associate Dean 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 530.270 2ASM1: Applied Statistical Modelling 1 (4 points) Honours 530.271 2ASM2: Applied Statistical Modelling 2 4.(1) Applicants who— (4 points) (a) have completed the requirements for the Bachelor of 530.273 2MA1: Matrix Algebra 1 (4 points) Computer and Mathematical Sciences pass degree of this 530.277 2MA2: Matrix Algebra 2 (4 points) University, or its equivalent; and 530.275 2MC: Multivariate Calculus (4 points) 530.220 2A1 Networks and Optimisation (b) unless otherwise approved by the Faculty, have (4 points) completed within the previous two years the final unit or 530.222 2A2: Mathematics in the Real World units of the major subject in which they intend to proceed to (4 points) honours 530.231 2CA1: Concepts in Analysis (4 points) may, with the approval of the Faculty, having regard to the 530.232 2GA2: Geometry and Algebra with recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mathe- Applications to Computer Science matics and Statistics or the Head of the Department of (4 points) Computer Science, enrol for the degree with honours in either 530.261 2S1: Probability (4 points) Mathematics or Computer Science. 530.262 2S2: Statistical Inference (4 points) (2) The Faculty may approve joint honours courses such other units as may be approved by the arranged by two or more departments of which at least one Associate Dean shall be the Department of Mathematics and Statistics or the (c) Third Year Department of Computer Science. 230.300 (CS) Algorithms 300 (6 points) (3) Candidates who complete the requirements of the 230.301 (CS) Functional Programming 301 Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Sciences degree in (6 points) the first semester in any year may be granted permission to 230.302 (CS) Artificial Intelligence and Logic enrol in the honours course in the second semester of the Programming 302 (6 points) same year. 230.304 (CS) Concurrent Programming 304 5.(1) In exceptional circumstances, and having regard to the (6 points) recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mathe- 231.311 (CS) Computer Graphics 311 (6 points) matics and Statistics or the Head of the Department of 231.312 (CS) Computer Networks 312 (6 points) Computer Science, the Faculty may permit a candidate for the 231.313 (CS) Databases 313 (6 points) pass degree who requires 12 points or fewer to complete that 231.314 (CS) Software Engineering 314 (6 points) degree to enrol for the degree with honours. 231.315 (CS) Robotics 315 (6 points) (2) Unless otherwise approved by the Faculty, a candidate 231.316 (CS) Operating Systems 316 (6 points) permitted to enrol for the degree with honours in terms of 233.407 (CS) Neural Computation 407 (6 points) sub-regulation (1) shall complete the remaining requirements 233.412 (CS) Computer Vision 412 (6 points) for the pass degree and the requirements for the honours 530.321 3A1: Operations Research and degree within the time specified for completion of the Optimisation (6 points) honours degree under Regulation 7. 530.322 3A2: Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing (6 points) Course Requirements 530.324 3A4: Control Theory (6 points) 530.325 3A5: Continuum Mechanics and Industrial 6. Candidates for the honours degree shall fulfil the require- Modelling (6 points) ments for a course recommended by the Head of the 530.326 3A6: Geophysical Continuum Department of Computer Science or the Head of the Mechanics (6 points) Department of Mathematics and Statistics and approved by 530.327 3A7: Chaos and Dynamical Systems the Faculty. (6 points) 530.329 3A9: Advanced Topics in Applied Time Limits Mathematics (6 points) 7.(1) Unless the Associate Dean in recognition of exceptional 530.332 3P2: Manifolds (6 points) circumstances approves otherwise, candidates for the 530.333 3P3: Linear Analysis (6 points) honours degree shall complete all requirements for the course 530.335 3P5: Groups and Symmetry (6 points) within three years. 530.337 3P7: Rings and Number Theory (6 points) (2) Candidates shall complete all the requirements for the 530.339 3P9: Advanced Topics in Pure honours degree by 30 November in the final year of Mathematics (6 points) enrolment in the honours course, unless the Associate Dean 530.361 3S1: Probability Theory (6 points) approves in writing an extension of time because of 530.362 3S2: Generalised Linear Models and exceptional circumstances. Discrete Data (6 points) 530.363 3S3: Sample Surveys and Design of Results Experiments (6 points) 8.(1) The final results of candidates for the honours degree 530.364 3S4: Applied Probability (6 points) shall be recorded in accordance with the provisions of 530.365 3S5: Industrial Statistics and Total Quality General Regulation 19. Management (6 points) 530.366 3S6: Applied Statistical Methods (2) In the case of a part-time student enrolment for the (6 points) second year of the course shall be conditional upon the Board 530.367 3S7: Multivariate Methods and of Examiners in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Time Series (6 points) reporting satisfactory progress in the first year. 530.369 3S9: Advanced Topics in Mathematical Statistics (6 points)
D150—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
Restrictions or 9.(1) Supplementary examinations shall not be granted to Electrical and Electronic Engineering candidates for the honours degree. 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) (2) Except with the approval of the Faculty, a candidate who 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) fails or is declared to have failed the honours course shall not 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) be permitted to re-enrol for honours in the same subject. 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 (4 points) PART D(1) or COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Materials Engineering SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (5013) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 1. Students who are qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) Science course and the Bachelor of Engineering course may 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award of 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) both degrees. or 2.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 4(2) below, the Mechanical or Mechatronics Engineering combined course shall be as follows: 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) (a) for students intending to major in subjects other than 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) Chemistry in their Bachelor of Science degree: 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) (i) First Year 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) A. Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, or Mechatronics or Resource Engineering Resource Engineering 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) Units to the value of 20 points chosen in consultation with the 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Head of the Department of Civil and Resource Engineering 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to from those units listed below: Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) and Electronic Engineering (6 points) 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) and either 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (6 points) B. Environmental Engineering 1 or 1 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each 230.104 Foundations of Information year. Technology 104 (6 points) B. Environmental Engineering The second- and third-year requirements for the course are as follows, and shall be completed by the end of the third year of 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) the course. 2 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 2 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Students must have their course approved by both the Environmental Engineering Mechanics (6 points) Engineering BSc/BE course adviser and the Sub-Dean of Science or 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical nominated adviser. and Electronic Engineering (6 points) For the course of study in Engineering: 600.103 Introduction to Professional 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) and 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) first-year units selected from Faculty of Science 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design Regulation 23 to the value of 12 points. and Management 215 (4 points) (ii) Second Year and A. Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, any approved units to a minimum value of four Mechatronics or Resource Engineering points at second- or third-year level Second-year Science units selected from those listed in Science and Regulation 23 leading to a major in one or two of Computer 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) Science, Information Technology, Mathematics, Physics and 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) having in the aggregate a minimum value of 16 points; 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra 203 (4 points) and 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) or 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) where permitted by the Executive Dean of the 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) Faculty of Science and the Associate Dean of the 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: and 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) units required for an Engineering major selected from: 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) either For the course of study in Science: Civil Engineering units to a minimum total value of 48 points chosen 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) from Faculty of Science Regulation 23, leading to 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) completion of a recognised Science major by the end 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) of the third year, with between 12 and 18 points 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) normally being taken in second year and the 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) required remainder in third year.
D151—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(iii) Third Year 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) A. Civil, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking Resource Engineering Processes 304 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 Units to a minimum value of 24 points at third-year level (4 points) leading to the completion of an approved Science major and 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) approved units to the value of 24 points at third-year level selected from those listed in Science Regulation 23(c). C. Electrical and Electronic Engineering B. Computer Science, Information Technology or 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) Mathematics/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Units to a minimum value of 24 points at third-year level Theory 315 (7 points) leading to the completion of an approved Science major and 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) approved units to the value of 12 points at third-year level 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) selected from those listed in Science Regulation 23(c); 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) and 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 621.213 Electromagnetics and and Electromechanics 213 (4 points) • for students other than those majoring in Physics in 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) the Bachelor of Science degree, units to a total value 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 of 16 points chosen with the approval of the Head (4 points) of the Department of Electrical and Electronic or Engineering from the following: Physics/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) Units to a minimum value of 42 points at third-year level 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) leading to the completion of a Physics major selected from 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) those listed in Science Regulation 23(c); 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) and 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) (4 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 (4 points) (4 points) 1 C. Environmental Engineering or 1 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each • for students majoring in Physics in the Bachelor year. of Science degree: The units prescribed for the (second and) third year of the 621.213 Electromagnetics and course are set out in sub-paragraph 2(1)(a)(ii)B. Electromechanics 213 (4 points) (iv) Fourth Year and A. Civil Engineering units to a total value of 12 points chosen with the approval of the Head of the Department of Electrical 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) and Electronic Engineering from the units listed above 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) for students other than those majoring in Physics 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) in the Bachelor of Science degree. 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 (4 points) D. Environmental Engineering 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) Management 315 (8 points) and either 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental Engineering 352 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) Engineering 351 (4 points) or 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) and B. Mechanical Engineering two units selected from: 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 950.250 Microbiology 250 (4 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) E. Materials Engineering 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 Processes 304 (4 points) (4 points) 631.202 Thermodynamics 202 (4 points) 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Materials 301 (4 points) (6 points) 631.302 Phase Transformations 302 (6 points) and 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) two units selected from the following: 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 631.306 Electrical Materials 306 (5 points) (4 points) 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points)
D152—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
F. Mechatronics Engineering 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) (6 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 or (4 points) Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 (8 points) (4 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) or 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) Chemistry/Materials Engineering and 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) two units selected from the following: 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking Processes 304 (4 points) or 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 Chemistry/Mechanical or Mechatronics Engineering (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) (v) Fifth Year 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) prescribed in Part B of the Engineering and Mathematical or Sciences Regulations (paragraphs 5(c) Civil, 6(c) Electrical and Chemistry/Resource Engineering Electronic, 7(c) Environmental, 9(c) Materials, 10(c) Mechanical, Units to the value of 20 points chosen in consultation with the 11(c) Mechatronics, and 12(c) Resource). Head of the Department of Civil and Resource Engineering (b) For students intending to major in Chemistry in their from those listed below: Science degree: 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) (i) First Year 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) A. Chemistry/Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) Mechanical, Mechatronics or Resource Engineering 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical 1 and Electronic Engineering (6 points) B. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 1 600.103 Introduction to Professional Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each Engineering 103 (6 points) year. 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) The following units must be completed by the end of third year. 2 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 2 Chemistry/Environmental Engineering Students must have their course approved by both the Environ- B. mental Engineering BSc/BE course adviser and the Sub-Dean of 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) Science or nominated adviser. 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) For the course of study in Engineering: 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to 3 Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) and Electronic Engineering (6 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and 600.103 Introduction to Professional Management 215 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) (6 points) 3 and Equivalent alternative units may be taken subject to approval by the first-year units selected from Science Regulation 23 Head of Department. to the value of 12 points. and (ii) Second Year approved units to a minimum value of six points at second- or third-year level A. Chemistry/Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or Resource Engineering and 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) and 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) and 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) for the course of study in Science: and second- and third-year Science units to a minimum value of 48 points chosen with the approval of the Executive Dean of the following units required for an Engineering the Faculty of Science and which shall include— major selected from: either either 510.200 Chemistry 200 (24 points) Chemistry/Civil Engineering or 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points)
D153—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
and and two units selected from the following: 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) (iii) Third Year 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points) A. Chemistry/Civil, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) Resource Engineering 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) Processes 304 (4 points) and 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 (4 points) units to the value of six to 12 points chosen from: 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) 1 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) or 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 (6 points) C. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 230.104 Foundations of Information 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) Technology 104 (6 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) and 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) Science units to the minimum value of 12 points and 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and a maximum value of 18 points. Management 315 (8 points) 1 A prerequisite for further studies in Computer Science. 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental Engineering 352 (4 points) 2 B. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental 2 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each Engineering 351 (4 points) year. 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) The units prescribed for the (second and) third year of the 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) course are set out in sub-paragraph 2(1)(b)(ii)B. and C. Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering units totalling eight points selected from: 510.204 Materials Chemistry 204 (8 points) 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 621.213 Electromagnetics and 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) Electromechanics 213 (4 points) 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 950.250 Microbiology 250 (4 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 or (4 points) D. Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering and either 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) (6 points) 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic or Theory 315 (7 points) 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) (iv) Fourth Year 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) either 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) A. Chemistry/Civil Engineering and 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) the equivalent of 16 points chosen with the approval of the Head of the Department of Electrical and 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) Electronic Engineering from the following: 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) (4 points) 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) (4 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 and either (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) or 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) E. Chemistry/Materials Engineering or 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) Processes 304 (4 points) 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering or Materials 301 (6 points) B. Chemistry/Mechanical Engineering 631.302 Phase Transformations 302 (6 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 621.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) 631.306 Electrical Materials 306 (5 points) 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) and either 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 or (4 points) one four-point unit selected with the approval of the 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 Head of the Department of Mechanical and Materials (4 points) Engineering. 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 (4 points)
D154—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
F. Chemistry/Mechatronics Engineering 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 Engineering Mechanics (6 points) (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 and Electronic Engineering (6 points) (4 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 (ii) Second Year (4 points) 520.211 Geology 211 (12 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 520.221 Geology 221 (12 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 520.222 Geology 222 (4 points) (8 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) and 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) two units selected from the following: (iii) Third Year 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points) 520.350 Geology 350 (24 points) 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) Processes 304 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) and (v) Fifth Year six points of third-year Mathematics units The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as (iv) Fourth Year prescribed in Part B of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations (paragraphs 5(c) Civil, 6(c) Electrical and A. 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) Electronic, 7(c) Environmental, 9(c) Materials, 10(c) Mechanical, 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) 11(c) Mechatronics, and 12(c) Resource). 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 (c) For students intending to major in Materials Chemistry (4 points) in their Bachelor of Science degree and Mechanical Engi- 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) neering in their Bachelor of Engineering degree: 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (4 points) Materials Chemistry/Mechanical Engineering 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) (i) First and Second Years 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) The first and second years as prescribed for the Chemistry/ Mechanical Engineering option in paragraph 2(1)(b). and (ii) Third Year B. units totalling 12 points selected with the approval of the Head of the Department of Civil and Resource A. 510.305 Materials Chemistry 305 (24 points) Engineering which include one four-point unit and either available in the Bachelor of Engineering B. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) and and C. either 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) or or 230.104 Foundations of Information Technology 104 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) (6 points) 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) and (v) Fifth Year Science units to a value of 12 points selected with the The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science prescribed in Part B, paragraph 5(c) of the Engineering and and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering Mathematical Sciences Regulations. and Mathematical Sciences or (e) For students intending to major in Anatomy and Human Biology, Biochemistry, Human Movement, Pharmacology, or C. 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 Physiology in their Bachelor of Science degree and Electrical (6 points) and Electronic Engineering in their Bachelor of Engineering and degree: Science units to a value of 18 points selected with the Biomedical/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 1 approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science 1 Recognised standard courses are set out in the booklet Science Courses and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering Booklet 2000. and Mathematical Sciences (i) First Year (iii) Fourth and Fifth Years 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) The fourth and fifth years as prescribed for the Chemistry/ 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Mechanical Engineering option in paragraph 2(1)(b). 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Engineering (d) For students intending to major in Geology in their Mechanics (6 points) Bachelor of Science degree and Civil Engineering in their 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical and Bachelor of Engineering degree: Electronic Engineering (6 points) Geology/Civil Engineering 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 (6 points) (i) First Year 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points)
D155—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) Second Year and A. 510.141 Biomedical Chemistry 141 (5 points) B. units to the value of 24 points at third-year level leading 510.142 Biomedical Chemistry 142 (3 points) to a recognised Science major and selected with the 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering 621.213 Electromagnetics and Electromechanics 213 and Mathematical Sciences from the following: (4 points) 310.346 Human Movement 346 (6 points) 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) 310.355 Human Movement 355 (6 points) 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 310.356 Human Movement 356 (6 points) (4 points) 910.309 Anatomy and Human Biology 309 (6 points) and 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) B. 530.285 Mathematics 285 (7 points) 910.399 Anatomy and Human Biology 399 (6 points) 530.286 Mathematics 286 (6 points) 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 or (12 points) 920.301 Cellular and Metabolic Biochemistry 301 • for students taking Zoology 106 as their biological (12 points) science option: 950.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (24 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) C. Science units to the value of 12 points selected from: (v) Fifth Year 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) prescribed in Part B paragraph 6(c) of the Faculty of 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, except (iii) Third Year under sub-paragraph 6(c)(iii), 630.451 Mechanical Systems 451 (4 points) shall be taken in place of one of the optional A total of 48 points which shall comprise a recognised course 1 units to be selected. appropriate to a student’s approved Science major and include: 1 (2) Recognised standard courses are set out in the booklet Science Courses A student shall normally complete the course in five Booklet 2000. consecutive years of full-time enrolment, not counting periods of approved suspension of candidature, or time spent A. 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic completing the Bachelor of Science with Honours. Theory 315 (7 points) (3) A student shall not proceed to the fourth year of the 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) combined course or any part of it without having completed 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) the first three years. and B. either Qualification for Both Degrees 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 3.(1) On successful completion of the fifth year of the (4 points); combined course and of the practical experience requirement and prescribed in Part B, Regulations 16 to 19 of the Faculty of 622.308 Quantum- and Opto- Electronics 308 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, a (4 points) candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degrees of or Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Engineering. 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points); and 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) Entry to the Bachelor of Science with Honours prior to Completion of the Combined Course and (2) C. units to the value of 32 points selected with the approval On successful completion of the requirements of the of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science and the Bachelor of Science degree in the third or fourth year of the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathe- combined course a candidate— matical Sciences from the following: (a) shall be qualified for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Science; and 310.245 Human Movement 245 (8 points) (b) may be permitted to proceed to the course for the 310.255 Human Movement 255 (8 points) degree of Bachelor of Science with Honours before continuing 910.201 Anatomy and Human Biology 201 (4 points) to the fourth or fifth year of the combined course. 910.202 Anatomy and Human Biology 202 (4 points) 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 (4 points) 910.299 Anatomy and Human Biology 299 (4 points) Admissions and Progress Committee 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) 4.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) for the combined course which shall consist of the Executive 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) Dean of the Faculty of Science, the Associate Dean of the 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences and the 960.210 Principles of Pharmacology 210 (6 points) Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science and Engineering and and either Mathematical Sciences. 960.220 Molecular Pharmacology 220 (6 points) or Variations to Enrolment 960.230 Systems Pharmacology 230 (6 points) (2) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in (iv) Fourth Year respect of Regulation 2 above. A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) Satisfactory Progress 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) (3)(a) Satisfactory progress in the first three years of the 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) course is defined as a pass in each unit studied. 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) (b) Satisfactory progress in the fourth and fifth years of the 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) course is defined in terms of Part A, Regulation 12 of the 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regu- lations.
D156—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
Application to Repeat a Year B. either (c) A student who fails to complete a year of the course and 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 who wishes to repeat it shall apply to the Admissions and (6 points); and Progress Committee for permission to do so. 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 (6 points) Student Options following Exclusion from the or Combined Course 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and (d) A student not permitted to re-enrol in the combined 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) course may apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science or the course A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering. (6 points) 5. Except as may be provided otherwise in these regu- 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) lations— 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) (1) for the first, second and third years of the combined 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) course the regulations governing the degree of Bachelor of 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) Science shall apply; 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (2) for the fourth and fifth years of the combined course the regulations governing the degree of Bachelor of Engineering and shall apply. B. either 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 PART D(2) (6 points); and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF (6 points) COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (6014) 1 or 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and 1 Candidates enrolled in the combined degrees of Bachelor of 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) Commerce and Bachelor of Engineering prior to 2000 should follow their selected stream in the regulations set out below. (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering Admission A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) 1. A student who is qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of 530.285 Mathematics 285 (7 points) Commerce course and the Bachelor of Engineering course 530.286 Mathematics 286 (6 points) may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) award of both degrees. 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) Course Requirements 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) 2.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 7(1), the combined 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 course shall comprise: (4 points) (a) First Year and (i) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) B. either 530.131 Mathematics 131 (6 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 530.132 Mathematics 132 (6 points) (6 points); and 600.101 Introduction to Engineering Mechanics 101 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 (6 points) (6 points) 600.102 Introduction to Electrical and Electronic or Engineering 102 (6 points) 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and 560.101 Physics 101 (6 points) 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 (6 points) (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering and A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (ii) either (6 points) 600.105 Computing for Engineers and Scientists 105 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (6 points) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) or 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) for students intending to major in Information 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and Technology: Management 215 (4 points) 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) and and B. either (iii) either 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 290.135 Organisational Behaviour 135 (6 points) (6 points); and or 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 (6 points) 460.112 Management Accounting 112 (6 points) or (b) Second Year 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (v) Commerce/Information Technology (6 points) A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) (6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 530.287 Mathematics 287 (6 points) 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) 530.288 Mathematics 288 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) and
D157—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
623.216 Algorithms and Data Structures 216 (c) Third Year (4 points) For the purposes of the course a major in the degree of 623.217 Software Design and Programming Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise at least 36 points Languages 217 (4 points) chosen from one of the major groups listed in Economics and and Commerce Regulation 20. 1 B. either 1 Units prescribed for a major in Management, Human Resource 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 Management and Finance will be timetabled to avoid as far as possible any clashes with prescribed Engineering units. Students may choose (6 points); and other majors, but no guarentee can be given that all timetable clashes 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 will be avoided. (6 points) or A candidate shall undertake at least one major and shall 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and nominate the chosen major at the start of the third year of the 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) combined course. (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering Before nominating the chosen major a candidate shall have previously passed the designated prerequisites. A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) A. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) and 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) B. either and 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from (6 points); and those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress (6 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen or major. 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) A. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) (6 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) and 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) major. and (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering B. either A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) (6 points); and 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 621.213 Electromagnetics and Electromechanics 213 (6 points) (4 points) or 630.451 Mechanical Systems 451 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) and (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering B. units with an aggregate value of 24 points chosen from A. 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, (6 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 530.282 Mathematics 282 (7 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) major. 610.205 Computer Applications 205 (4 points) (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) A. 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and and Management 215 (4 points) B. either 640.221 Data Collection and Analysis 221 (4 points) 290.236 Management and Organisations 236 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) (6 points); and and 290.237 Human Resource Management 237 B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from (6 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, or 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 460.221 Introduction to Finance 221 (6 points); and towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 460.222 Corporate Financial Policy 222 (6 points) major. (v) Commerce/Information Technology A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) 620.211 Industrial Practice 211 (3 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 622.211 Electronic Devices 211 (4 points)
D158—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
623.213 Computer Architecture and and Organisation 213 (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from 623.214 Computer Operating Systems 214 (4 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 623.215 Computer Graphics Hardware and 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress Algorithms 215 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen and major. B. units with an aggregate value of 24 points chosen from (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress A. 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) major. 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering Theory 315 (7 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) A. 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) and 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) B. either and • for students proceeding to a fifth-year course with an emphasis on Electronics or Communications: B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 major. (4 points) or (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering • for students proceeding to a fifth-year course with an A. 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) emphasis on Control or Power: 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) and and C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen towards completion of the requirements of the chosen major. major. (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering A. 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) A. 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) (8 points) 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and Management 315 (4 points) and 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental B. units with an aggregate value of 30 points chosen from Engineering 351 (4 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress Engineering 352 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) major. and (d) Fourth Year B. units with an aggregate value of 12 points chosen from (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress A. 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) major. 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 (v) Commerce/Information Technology ( 4 points) A. 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 623.304 Computational Theory 304 (4 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 623.305 Advanced Computer Architectures 305 and (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from 623.306 Software Engineering 306 (4 points) those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 623.307 Database Systems 307 (4 points) 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 towards completion of the requirements of the chosen (4 points) major. and (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering B. either A. 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) • for students intending to enrol in the Computer 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) Systems Engineering stream in the fourth year of the 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) course: 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) or 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 • for students intending to enrol in the Software Systems (4 points) Engineering stream in the fourth year of the course: 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 233.413 Visualisation 413 (6 points) (4 points) and
D159—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from (iii) Commerce/Electrical and Electronic Engineering those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make A. 620.403 Electrical and Electronic Engineering progress towards completion of the requirements of Project 403 (12 points) the chosen major. 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 and either (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering three Commerce units with an aggregate value of 18 points A. 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Processes 304 (4 points) Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Materials 301 (6 points) or 631.302 Phase Transformation 302 (6 points) two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 points 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) with 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 and (4 points) B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from and those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, B. Electrical and Electronic Engineering fourth-year units as 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress prescribed in Part B, sub-regulation 6(c)(iii) of the towards completion of the requirements of the chosen Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, except major. that the total of units shall be six and the number of units to (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering be selected freely under 6(c)(iii)A shall be one. A. 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) (iv) Commerce/Environmental Engineering 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as 630.412 Noise and Vibration 412 (4 points) prescribed in Part B paragraph 7(c) of the Engineering and 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— and Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included and the B. four units chosen from one of Streams A to F listed in total value of units to be taken under sub-paragraph 7(c)(ii) of Part B sub-paragraph 12(b)(ii) of the Engineering and those regulations shall be 12; Mathematical Sciences Regulations; and and B. two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 C. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress towards completion of the requirements of the chosen (v) Commerce/Information Technology major. A. 623.406 Information Technology Project 406 (12 points) (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 A. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) and either 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 three Commerce units with an aggregate value of 18 (4 points) points chosen from those listed in Economics and 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 or (8 points) two Commerce units with an aggregate value of 12 630.350 Engineering Project 350 (8 points) points chosen from those listed in Economics and and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; B. units with an aggregate value of 18 points chosen from with those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 620.444 Engineering Project Management 444 20A and 20B such that the candidate shall make progress (4 points) towards completion of the requirements of the chosen and major. B. Information Technology fourth-year units as prescribed (e) Fifth Year in Part B paragraph 8(c)(iii) of the Engineering and (i) Commerce/Civil Engineering Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that the total of units to be taken under sub-paragraph 8(c)(iii) of those A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as regulations shall be six. prescribed in Part B paragraph 5(c) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, except that— (vi) Commerce/Materials Engineering Engineering and Society 400, shall not be included; and A The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as prescribed in Part B paragraph 9(c) of the Engineering and one unit only shall be selected freely from those listed in Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— Groups A to D following Part B sub-paragraph (5)(c)(iii) of those regulations; Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; and and B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. 20, 20A and 20B. (ii) Commerce/Mechanical Engineering (vii) Commerce/Resource Engineering A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as A. 660.410 Resource Engineering Project 410 (12 points) prescribed in Part B paragraph 10(c) of the Engineering and 600.410 Professional Practicum 410 Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— 520.304 Mineral and Petroleum Resources 304 (4 points) the unit, Engineering and Society 400, shall not be included; 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) and 660.461 Risk Engineering 461 (4 points) B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen and from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B.
D160—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
five units chosen from one of Streams A to F listed in (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course Part B sub-paragraph 12(c)(ii) of the Engineering and in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory Mathematical Sciences Regulations; progress, the committee may exclude the student from re- and enrolment in the course. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Successive Failures in the Same Unit Regulations 20, 20A and 20B. 10. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any unit at two successive annual examinations shall not be (viii) Commerce/Mechatronics Engineering permitted to enrol again in that unit except with the approval A. The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering course as of the faculty concerned. prescribed in Part B paragraph 11(c) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations except that— Student Options following Exclusion from Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; a Combined Course and 11. When the Admissions and Progress Committee deter- B. one Commerce unit with a value of six points chosen mines that a student shall be excluded from the combined from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations course, the student may— 20, 20A and 20B. (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal, by hand, post or email, with the Associate Dean of Qualification for Both Degrees Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, with a copy to the Dean of Economics and Commerce, no later than ten 3. On successful completion of the fifth year of Part B University working days after the date of despatch of the Regulations 16 to 19 of the course and of the practical written advice of exclusion; and/or experience requirement for the Bachelor of Engineering prescribed in the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences (b) apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the Regulations, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of course for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce or the course the degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering. Engineering. Time Limit Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and 4.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- taken within the combined course. date shall complete the course within ten years of first enrolling in the course. (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20. Qualification for Admission to the Bachelor of Commerce (3) The format of a deferred examination shall be the same with Honours Course prior to Completion as that for the original examination. of the Combined Course 13. A student who is permitted to vary his or her course Satisfactory Progress under the provisions of sub-regulation 7(1) and who thereby 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall completes the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points Commerce before completion of the requirements of the value of all the units in which a final result is recorded. combined course, shall be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Commerce degree and may with the approval of Admissions and Progress Committee the Admissions and Progress Committee and the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, proceed to the course for the 6.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee degree of Bachelor of Commerce with Honours before for the combined course, comprising the Dean of the Faculty completing the requirements of the combined course. of Economics and Commerce, the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences and the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Economics and Commerce, and Award of the Bachelor of Engineering with Honours Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. 14. The Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences may award the degree of Bachelor of Engineering with Variations to and Suspensions of Enrolment Honours to a student who has completed the Bachelor of 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- Engineering course at a sufficiently high level. tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in respect of Regulation 2. Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions (2) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit 15.(1) A student may appeal against academic assessment in a student to suspend enrolment in the course. accordance with the procedure governing appeals against (3) A student wishing to vary the course or suspend academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. enrolment as provided in sub-regulations (1) and (2) (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results respectively, shall apply in writing to the Dean of the Faculty from academic assessment in accordance with paragraph of Economics and Commerce with a copy to the Associate 11(a) Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. PART D(3) Consideration and Reporting of Results COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ENVIRONMENTAL) AND behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Economics and BACHELOR OF ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) (6015) Commerce and in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences in relation to considering and reporting of results in the course. Admission Unsatisfactory Progress and Exclusions 1. A student who is qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of Engineering (Environmental) course and the Bachelor of Arts 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make (Asian Studies) course may apply to enrol in a combined satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 5, the committee course leading to the award of both degrees. may— (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for General and Special Provisions not less than one year; or 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13 , the general and (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such special provisions for the constituent degrees shall apply to conditions as it may specify. this combined course.
D161—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Course Requirements Qualification for Both Degrees 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 7(1), the combined (2) On successful completion of the fifth year of the course shall comprise: combined course and of the practical experience requirement (a) First Year prescribed in Part B, Regulations 16 to 19 of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, a candidate shall be 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) qualified for the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Engineering (Environmental). 530.131 Mathematics 131 (6 points) 530.132 Mathematics 132 (6 points) Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 600.101 Engineering 101 (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102 (6 points) 4.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 600.105 Computing for Engineers taken for the combined course. and Scientists 105 (6 points) (2) Deferred examinations, which shall have the same 600.103 Introduction to Professional format as that of the initial examination, may be granted in Engineering 103 (6 points) accordance with the provisions of General Regulation 20. (b) Second Year (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points Satisfactory Progress chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; 5. To make satisfactory progress in the course, a student shall and pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points (ii) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) value of all units for which a final result is recorded. 530.281 Mathematics 281 ( 6 points) 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) Admissions and Progress Committee 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 6. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for and the course, comprising the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, the Sub- (iii) first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Engineering and Mathe- language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese matical Sciences, the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of units listed in Arts Regulation 39. Arts and the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of (c) Third Year Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; Variations to Enrolment and 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in (ii) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) respect of Regulation 3 . 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and (2) A student wishing to vary the course as provided in Management 215 (4 points) sub-regulation (1) shall apply in writing to the Sub-Dean of 640.221 Data Collection and Analysis 221 (4 points) the Faculty of Arts with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Faculty 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences. 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) and Consideration and Reporting of Results (iii) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Arts and Engineering units listed in Arts Regulation 39. and Mathematical Sciences in relation to considering and (d) Fourth Year reporting of results in the course. (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points chosen Unsatisfactory Progress and Exclusions from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make or satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language may— chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation 39; (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for not less than one year; or and (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such (ii) 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) conditions as it may specify. 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) progress, the committee may exclude the student from re- 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and enrolment in the course. Management 315 (4 points) 640.352 Computational Methods 352(4 points) Student Options following Exclusion from 640.351 Analytical Methods 351 (4 points) Combined Course 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) 10. When the Admissions and Progress Committee deter- (e) Fifth Year mines that a student shall be excluded from the combined (i) third-year Asian Studies units totalling eight points course, the student may— chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of and appeal by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of Arts, (ii) the fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering (Environ- with a copy to the Sub-Dean of Engineering and Mathe- mental) course as prescribed in Part B, paragraph 7(c) of the matical Sciences, no later than ten University working days Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations except after the date of despatch of the written advice of exclusion; that— and/or 600.400 Engineering and Society 400 shall not be included; (b) apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the and course for the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) or the total number of points to be taken under sub-paragraph the course for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (ii) shall be 16. (Environmental).
D162—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
Time Limit (3) Fourth Year 11. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and (a) units to the approximate value of 24 points chosen in Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a student accordance with Part B Regulations 5 to 14 of the Engineering shall complete the requirements of the combined course and Mathematical Sciences Regulations; and within ten calendar years of their first enrolment for the (b) third-year units to the value of 24 points, in accordance degrees. with Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate. (4) Fifth Year Qualification for Admission to the Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours prior to Completion of the The fourth year of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in accordance with Part B Regulations 5 to 14 of Combined Course the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations. 12. A student who is permitted to vary his or her course under the provisions of sub-regulation 7(1) and who thereby Powers of the Associate Dean of Engineering completes the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Mathematical Sciences (Asian Studies) before completion of all requirements of the combined course, shall be eligible for the award of the 4. The Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) degree and may with the Mathematical Sciences shall have the power to act on behalf approval of the Admissions and Progress Committee and the of the Faculty in relation to matters arising under these Faculty of Arts, proceed to the course for the degree of regulations with regard to enrolment in the Bachelor of Bachelor of Arts with Honours before completing the Engineering. requirements of the combined course. PART E(2) Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions CONCURRENT ENROLMENT IN BACHELOR OF COMPUTER 13.(1) A student may appeal against academic assessment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals against AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES AND DIPLOMA IN ARTS OR academic assessment published in the Interfaculty Handbook. DIPLOMA IN MODERN LANGUAGES (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results For the purpose of these regulations, ‘the diploma’ shall mean from academic assessment in accordance with paragraph either the Diploma in Arts or the Diploma in Modern 10(a). Languages as appropriate.
PART E(1) Admission 1. With the permission of the Faculty of Engineering and Concurrent Enrolment in Diploma Courses Mathematical Sciences, a candidate enrolled in the Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Sciences may apply to the CONCURRENT ENROLMENT IN BACHELOR OF Faculty of Arts for selection into the Diploma in Arts or the ENGINEERING AND DIPLOMA IN ARTS OR Diploma in Modern Languages, and if selected may enrol DIPLOMA IN MODERN LANGUAGES concurrently in the Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Sciences and the diploma in question. For the purpose of these regulations, ‘the diploma’ shall mean either the Diploma in Arts or the Diploma in Modern Languages as appropriate. Course Requirements 2. To qualify for the award of both the Bachelor of Computer Admission and Mathematical Sciences and the diploma, a candidate shall complete all requirements for both courses as prescribed in 1. With the permission of the Faculty of Engineering and the relevant faculty regulations, in accordance with Regu- Mathematical Sciences, a candidate enrolled in the Bachelor lation 3, and except as provided in these regulations, in of Engineering may apply to the Faculty of Arts for selection accordance with the regulations for each of the courses into the Diploma in Arts or the Diploma in Modern concerned. Languages in the Faculty of Arts, and, if selected, may enrol concurrently in the Bachelor of Engineering and the diploma 3. Unless otherwise authorised by the Faculty of Engineering in question. and Mathematical Sciences, a candidate for the Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical Sciences and the diploma shall Course Requirements enrol in the diploma concurrently with the first year of the course for the Bachelor of Computer and Mathematical 2. To qualify for the award of both the Bachelor of Sciences and shall complete a course approved by either the Engineering and the diploma, a candidate shall complete all Head of the Department of Computer Science or the Head of requirements for both courses as prescribed in the relevant the Department of Mathematics and Statistics and the faculty regulations, in accordance with Regulation 3, and Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathe- except as provided in these regulations, in accordance with matical Sciences, comprising: the regulations for each of the courses concerned. (1) First Year 3. Unless otherwise authorised by the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, a candidate for the Bachelor of (a) the first year of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering and the diploma shall enrol in the diploma after Computer and Mathematical Sciences as set out in Part C completing the requirements for the first year of the course paragraph 2(a) of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathe- for the Bachelor of Engineering and shall complete four matical Sciences Regulations except that units to the value of further years of study comprising: 12 points only shall be taken under sub-paragraph 2(a)(iv), (36 points); and (1) Second Year (b) first-year units to the value of 12 points, in accordance (a) units to the approximate value of 36 points chosen in with the Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate. accordance with Part B Regulations 5 to 14 of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations; and (2) Second Year (b) first-year units to the value of 12 points, in accordance (a) units to the value of 36 points as follows: with Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate. (i) the remainder of the units required under Part C sub- (2) Third Year paragraph 2(a)(iv) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations; (a) units to the approximate value of 36 points chosen in (ii) the units required under Part C sub-paragraphs 2(b)(i) accordance with Part B Regulations 5 to 14 of the Engineering and (ii) of the Engineering and Mathematical Sciences and Mathematical Sciences Regulations; and Regulations; and (b) second-year units to the value of 16 points, in accor- dance with Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate.
D163—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) second-year units to the value of 16 points, in (b) in exceptional circumstances, a unit offered by another accordance with the Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate. department, where that unit is closely related to Information (3) Third Year Technology. (a) units required under Part C sub-paragraph 2(b)(iii) of the Time Limit Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, (24 points); and 4.(1) A candidate for the diploma shall complete the require- (b) third-year units to the value of 24 points, in accordance ments for the course within four years from the date of first with the Arts Regulation 69B or 71 as appropriate. enrolment for the diploma. (4) Fourth Year (2) In exceptional circumstances the Associate Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department The third year of the course for the degree of Bachelor of of Computer Science, may grant a candidate an extension of Computer and Mathematical Sciences as prescribed in Part C time, not exceeding one year, to complete the requirements paragraph 2(c) of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathe- for the diploma. matical Sciences Regulations (48 points).
Powers of the Associate Dean of Engineering and PART F Mathematical Sciences GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN 4. The Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (6022) Mathematical Sciences shall have the power to act on behalf of the Faculty in relation to matters arising under these 1. Except as specified below, the general provisions for regulations with regard to enrolment in the Bachelor of postgraduate courses in the Faculty of Engineering and Computer and Mathematical Sciences. Mathematical Sciences shall apply to the Graduate Certificate in Information Technology. PART E(3) Admission 2. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (6020) Department of Computer Science, may admit as a candidate 1. The general provisions for undergraduate courses in the for the Graduate Certificate in Information Technology, an Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations 3 to 18 applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of this shall apply to the Diploma in Information Technology. University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. Admission Course Structure 2.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who is enrolled in any 3. To qualify for the certificate a candidate shall complete: undergraduate degree course of this University. (1) First Year (2) A student who is enrolled in a combined course or who units to a total value of 12 points as follows: is undertaking a course in computer science as part of an 230.124 Java Programming (6 points) undergraduate degree shall not be eligible to enrol in the 230.104 Foundations of Information Technology diploma course. (6 points) Course Structure (2) Second Year 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the award of units to a total value of 16 points as follows: the diploma, a candidate shall satisfactorily complete, in (i) 230.223 Data Structures (6 points) addition to the requirements of the concurrent undergraduate 230.224 Object-oriented Programming (6 points) degree, the following: (ii) one of the following: (a) First Year 230.226 Unix and Windows Programming (4 points) units to a total value of 12 points as follows: 230.225 Human Computer Interaction (4 points) 230.124 Java Programming (6 points) 230.104 Foundations of Information Technology Time Limit (6 points) 4.(1)A candidate for the certificate shall complete the require- (b) Second Year ments for the course within three years from the date of first units to a total value of 16 points as follows: enrolment for the certificate. (2) (i) 230.223 Data Structures (6 points) In exceptional circumstances the Associate Dean having 230.224 Object-oriented Programming (6 points) regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science, may grant a candidate an extension of and time, not exceeding one year, to complete the requirements (ii) one of the following: for the certificate. 230.226 Unix and Windows Programming (4 points) 230.225 Human Computer Interaction (4 points) PART G(1) (c) Third Year GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER AND units to a total value of at least 24 points selected from the following: MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (6030) 231.314 Software Engineering (6 points) 1. Except as specified below, the general provisions governing 231.311 Computer Graphics (6 points) graduate diploma programmes in the Faculty of Engineering 231.313 Databases (6 points) and Mathematical Sciences as set out in Part A shall apply to 231.312 Computer Networks (6 points) the Graduate Diploma in Computer and Mathematical 231.316 Operating Systems (6 points) Sciences. (2) The Head of the Department of Computer Science may permit a candidate to substitute for a unit referred to in Course Requirements paragraph (1)(c)— 2. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete a (a) another unit from the third- or fourth-year programmes programme of advanced study which shall be approved by offered by the Department of Computer Science; the Faculty, having regard to the recommendation of the or relevant head(s) of department(s) concerned, and which shall—
D164—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
(a) have a total value of 48 points; and (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Associate Dean, (b) unless otherwise approved by the Faculty, comprise 75 having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the per cent coursework and 25 per cent research. Department of Computer Science, may grant a candidate an extension of time, not exceeding one year to complete the requirements for the diploma. PART G(2) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENGINEERING (6031) Surrender of Graduate Certificate 5. A holder of the Graduate Certificate in Information Tech- 1. The general provisions governing postgraduate courses in nology shall surrender the certificate before being awarded the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences as set the related graduate diploma. out in Part A shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Engineering. Diploma with Honours 6.(1) The Associate Dean, having regard to the recom- PART G(3) mendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science, may permit a student who has completed the GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN requirements for the diploma at a sufficiently high level, to INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (6032) enrol in the course for the diploma with honours. 1. The general provisions governing the graduate diploma (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), students programmes in the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical enrolled in the course for the diploma with honours shall Sciences as set out in Part A shall apply to the Graduate normally complete the requirements for the course within one Diploma in Information Technology. year of full-time study or two-years of part-time study. (3) In exceptional circumstances the Associate Dean, having Admission regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science, may permit a student to extend the 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma an course over two years of full-time study or over three years of applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of this part-time study. University or who has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. PART H(1) Course Structure DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE 1 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for the (6041: Preliminary, 6071: Research) diploma a candidate shall undertake a course comprising: 1 Students enrolled for the former Master of Engineering Science by (a) First Year coursework and dissertation shold consult the Master of Engineering units to a total value of 12 points as follows: Studies booklet. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) Course Requirements 230.104 Foundations of Information Technology 104 (6 points) 1. The degree shall primarily be awarded on the basis of research and a thesis. (b) Second Year units to a total value of 16 points as follows: 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 1, a (i) 230.223 Data Structures 223 (6 points) candidate for the degree— 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 (6 points) (a) may be required by the head of the department (ii) one of following: concerned to complete units of coursework to a total of not 230.226 Unix and Windows Programming 226 more than 16 points; (4 points) (b) shall undertake such courses, lectures, seminars and 230.225 Human Computer Interaction 225 (4 points) other work as the head of the department concerned directs. (c) Third Year units to a total value of at least 24 points selected from the Time Limit following: 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree a 231.314 Software Engineering 314 (6 points) candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree over 231.311 Computer Graphics 311 (6 points) a maximum period of four years of full-time study or its 231.313 Databases 313 (6 points) equivalent in part-time study, excluding periods of suspen- 231.312 Computer Networks 312 (6 points) sion of candidature approved by the Faculty. 231.316 Operating Systems 316 (6 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (2) The Head of the Department of Computer Science may candidate an extension of time in which to complete the permit a candidate to substitute for a unit referred to in requirements for the degree. paragraph (1)(c)— 4.(1) Where a thesis has been classified by the Higher Degrees (a) another unit from the third- or fourth-year programmes Committee as ‘passed, subject to correction’, the candidate offered by the Department of Computer Science; shall complete the corrections within a maximum period of 12 or months from the date of notification of the committee’s decision. (b) in exceptional circumstances, a unit offered by another department, where that unit is closely related to Information (2) Where a thesis has been classified by the Higher Degrees Technology. Committee as ‘deferred’, the candidate shall re-enrol and submit the revised thesis within a maximum period of 12 months (3) A candidate who is admitted to the course after from the date of notification of the committee’s decision. completing the requirements of the Graduate Certificate in Information Technology shall be credited with all the units completed in that certificate. PART H(2)
Time Limit DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING (6042: Preliminary, 6053: Dissertation and Coursework) 4.(1) A candidate for the diploma shall complete the require- ments for the course within four years from the beginning of Time Limit the year in which the first unit credited towards the diploma is passed. 1.(1) A candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree—
D165—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) over a minimum of one year of full-time enrolment; or 625.605 Statistical and Syntactic Pattern (b) except as provided in sub-regulation (2), a maximum of Recognition 605 three calendar years of full-time or part-time enrolment, or a and the remaining three units selected from: combination of full-time and part-time enrolment, from the B. 625.606 Sensors and Instrumentation 606 date of first enrolment for the degree. 625.607 Biomedical Engineering 607 (2) The Faculty may, in exceptional circumstances, grant an 625.608 Image Processing 608 extension of time in which to complete the requirements for 625.609 Speech Analysis, Synthesis and the degree. Recognition 609 625.611 High Performance Computing 611 Course Structure and Requirements 625.612 Project Management 612 2. To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall complete work and with a value of 48 points, the majority of which shall be in the with the approval of the Associate Dean, units candidate’s approved field of study. described in sub-regulation 5.(2) 3. The course for the degree shall comprise: and (a) coursework to a total value of 32 points which shall (b) a dissertation on a topic within the candidate’s field of consist of units selected subject to Regulation 5 from the study with a value of 16 points. following, of which not all will be available each year: 4.(1) A candidate shall complete coursework units to the (i) Field of Study: Environmental Fluid Mechanics value of at least 24 points in their approved field of study. 643.601 Coastal Oceanography 601 (2) To make up the total points value of coursework units 643.602 Coastal Engineering 602 required a candidate may complete— 643.603 Hydrology (Surface Hydrology) 603 either 643.604 Hydrology (Groundwater Hydrology) 604 643.605 Environmental Fluid Dynamics (Fluid (a) work of appropriate content from another approved Dynamics 500) 605 field of study within the Master of Engineering; 643.606 Environmental Fluid Dynamics or (Transport Processes) 606 (b) master’s level units offered by another faculty. 643.607 Environmental Fluid Dynamics (Physical Limnology) 607 643.608 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Credit (Circulation Processes) 608 5. The Associate Dean may grant credit to the value of eight 643.609 Computational Fluid Dynamics 609 points towards the coursework component of the degree for 643.610 Modelling of Natural Water Bodies 610 master’s level units completed as part of an unfinished course 643.611 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics (Mixing at another recognised tertiary institution provided that the Processes) 611 course has the same entry standard as the Master of 643.612 Aquatic Contaminants 612 Engineering. 643.613 Hydrobiological Processes 613 (ii) Field of Study: Geomechanics Examination of Dissertation 612.601 Strength and Deformation of Soil 6.(1) General Regulation 33(1)(a)(ii) shall apply to the exami- and Rock 601 nation of the dissertation. 612.602 Engineering and Structural Geology 602 (2) An oral examination on the dissertation shall be 612.603 Site Investigation and Testing required. Techniques 603 612.604 Environmental Geomechanics 604 Unsatisfactory Progress 612.605 Stress Analysis in Soil and Rock Mechanics 605 7.(1) A candidate shall have made unsatisfactory progress in 612.606 Computational Methods in Soil and Rock the course for the degree of Master of Engineering if they— Mechanics 606 (a) fail in coursework units to the value of eight points or 612.607 Design of Excavations in Rock 607 more; or 612.608 Rock Breakage and Comminution (b) fail in the same unit twice. Techniques 608 612.609 Marine Geotechnics 609 (2) A candidate who makes unsatisfactory progress may be 612.610 Foundation Engineering 610 excluded by the Faculty from further study in the course. 612.611 Physical Modelling in Geomechanics 611 (iii) Field of Study: Power Systems Engineering PART H(3) 624.601 Digital Technology in Protection 601 DEGREE OF MASTER OF OIL AND GAS ENGINEERING 624.602 HVDC and Thyristor Switching Control 602 (6044: Preliminary, 6054: Coursework) 624.603 Quality of Supply and Corona Noise 603 624.604 Electromagnetic Transients and Insulation Admission Co-ordination 604 624.605 Network System Modelling 605 1.(1) General Regulation 34 shall apply to admission. 624.606 Protection and Substation Control (2) Notwithstanding General Regulation 34, in exceptional Functions 606 circumstances the Faculty may admit as a candidate for the 624.607 Communications and Transducers 607 degree an applicant who— 624.608 System Operation and Optimal (a) holds a degree of bachelor of this University in a branch Power Flow 608 of engineering or science related to oil and gas engineering, or 624.609 Distribution System Planning, Design and has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; Management 609 and 624.610 System Control 610 (b) in the opinion of the Faculty has the ability to complete (iv) Field of Study: Intelligent Information Processing Systems the course, which may be demonstrated by experience in an A. The following core units: occupation in the oil and gas industry. 625.601 Advanced Adaptive Signal Processing 601 (3) Notwithstanding sub-regulations (1) and (2), an applicant 625.602 Artificial Neural Networks 602 who has completed the Graduate Diploma in Engineering 625.603 Engineering Mathematics 603 (Petroleum Engineering) from Curtin University of Tech- 625.604 Applied Digital Signal Processing 604 nology with an average mark of 65 per cent, or better, may apply for admission to the second year of the course for the degree of Master of Oil and Gas Engineering.
D166—April 2000 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations
Time Limit (iii) an individual project with a value of 16 points. 2.(1) A candidate shall complete the requirements for the (b) With the approval of the Director of the Centre for Oil degree in not less than two years’ full-time enrolment and, and Gas Engineering, a candidate may substitute for a unit except as provided in sub-regulation (2), not more than five listed in sub-paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) one of the following calendar years of full-time or part-time enrolment or a special topics: combination of full-time and part-time enrolment from the 650.698 Oil and Gas Special Topic 698 (4 points) date of first enrolment for the degree. 650.699 Oil and Gas Special Topic 699 (4 points) (2) The Faculty may, in exceptional circumstances, grant an extension of time in which to complete the requirements for Variations to Enrolment the degree. 5.(1) In exceptional circumstances, the Associate Dean may Structure permit variations to enrolment in respect of Regulation 4. 3. Subject to Regulation 5, to qualify for the degree, a Credit candidate shall successfully complete coursework and project work units to the value of at least 96 points as set out in 6.(1) The Associate Dean may grant a maximum of 48 points Regulation 4. of credit towards the coursework component of the degree. (2) Credit may be granted for: Course Requirements (a) units of equivalent level and weight completed at this or 4.(1) First Year another recognised institution; and/or (a) subject to paragraph (b), (b) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed— 650.501 Petroleum Geology 501 (4 points) (i) in a course provided by a professional provider or 650.502 Reservoir Engineering 502 (4 points) private institution; and/or 650.503 Hydrocarbon Phase Equilibria 503 (4 points) (ii) in the course of relevant professional work experience. 650.504 Process Engineering 504 (4 points) 650.505 Well Engineering 505 (4 points) (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in 650.506 Ocean Engineering 506 (4 points) paragraph (3)(b) shall not exceed 24 points. 650.507 Offshore Structures 507 (4 points) 650.508 Environmental Engineering 508 (4 points) Examinations 650.509 Drilling Engineering 509 (4 points) 7.(1) The individual projects shall be examined by a 650.510 Project Management 510 (4 points) committee of no more than three members chaired by the 650.511 Oil and Gas Economics 511 (4 points) project supervisor. 650.512 Health and Safety 512 (4 points) (2) The committee shall recommend classifications which (b) With the approval of the Director of the Centre for Oil shall be either ‘Pass’ or ‘Fail’. and Gas Engineering, a candidate may substitute for a unit listed in paragraph (a) one of the following special topics: (3) First-year students will be required to pass an examination at the conclusion of each unit, which may be 650.598 Oil and Gas Special Topic 598 (4 points) partly written and partly oral, to demonstrate satisfactory 650.599 Oil and Gas Special Topic 599 (4 points) overall progress. (2) Second Year (a) subject to paragraph (b), Unsatisfactory Progress (i) the following core units to the value of 20 points: 8. A candidate for the degree shall make unsatisfactory 650.601 Investment Management 601 (4 points) progress if they— 650.602 Materials and Corrosion Engineering 602 (a) fail in units to the value of 12 or more points in the first (4 points) year of the course; 650.603 Reliability and Risk Engineering 603 (b) fail in units to the value of eight or more points in the (4 points) second year of the course; 650.604 Subsea Technology 604 (4 points) 650.605 Oil and Gas Transmission 605 (4 points) (c) fail in a unit that they have failed previously. and Exclusion (ii) optional units to the value of 12 points selected, with the approval of the Associate Dean on the recommendation of the 9. The Faculty may exclude from re-enrolment in the course a Director of the Centre for Oil and Gas Engineering, from: candidate who has made unsatisfactory progress. either Award of Graduate Diploma A. 650.611 Reservoir Performance 611 (4 points) 650.612 Production Operations 612 (4 points) 10. A candidate who withdraws from the course before 650.613 Reservoir Simulation 613 (4 points) qualifying for the master’s degree, but after completing the requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Engineering, may or apply to the Faculty to be awarded that diploma. B. 650.631 Offshore Geomechanics 631 (4 points) 650.632 Fixed Offshore Platforms 632 (4 points) 650.633 Floating Production Systems 633 (4 points) PART J or DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF ENGINEERING (6091) C. 650.621 Measurement and Control 621 (4 points) 650.622 Facilities Design 622 (4 points) 1. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall apply and either to the degree of Doctor of Engineering. 650.611 Reservoir Performance 611 (4 points) or 650.612 Production Operations 612 (4 points) and
D167—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code is (d) Graduate Diploma in Criminal Justice— recorded against the title of each course. This information, GradDipCrimJust however, does not form part of the Regulations per se. (e) Graduate Diploma in Banking and Finance Law— Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. GradDipBFLaw The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended 2A. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded as a pass to be read in conjunction with these regulations. degree or as a degree with honours, which may be: First class honours; Membership of the Faculty Second class honours (division A); or 1. In addition to the members listed in sub-clause 4(2) of Second class honours (division B) Statute No. 8, the Faculty of Law shall comprise: (a) the Dean of the Faculty; DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS (b) the Associate Dean of the Faculty; Admission Requirements (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics and Commerce, Education, and Law; 3. (1) All candidates for admission to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Laws and the combined courses set out in Parts (d) the Sub-Dean of the Faculties of Economics and A, B, C, D and E must, before beginning the course, have Commerce, Education, and Law; complied with the Matriculation Regulations. (e) the professors and lecturers, as defined in sub-clauses (2)(a) Except as provided in sub-regulations (3) and (4) 1(1) and (2) of Statute No. 8, in the Department of Law and below, all candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall centres funded by it, who hold full-time or 50 per cent or enrol in a five-year combined course as set out in Parts A, B, greater fractional appointments; C, D and E. (f) the President and the Education Vice-President of the (b) A student who successfully completes the first year of a Blackstone Society, and two other student members under- combined course as set out in Parts A, B, C, D and E may, taking the LLB degree elected annually by and from that with the permission of the executive dean or dean of the society; faculty concerned, apply for re-enrolment solely in the course (g) a student, nominated by the Blackstone Society, for the degree of Bachelor of Laws or solely for a degree of enrolled in a PhD, a master’s degree, or a graduate diploma bachelor in another faculty. in Law; (c) A student who in terms of paragraph (b) above is (h) such postdoctoral staff, other than existing members of permitted to re-enrol solely in the course for the degree of the academic staff, as the Faculty may, from time to time, Bachelor of Laws shall complete the requirements for the appoint provided that they are engaged in academic research degree as set out in Regulation 5B. principally related to the interests of the Faculty and that they (3) To be eligible to proceed directly to the four-year course hold full-time or 50 per cent or greater fractional appoint- leading solely to the degree of Bachelor of Laws as set out in ments of not less than two years’ duration; Regulation 4 below a candidate must be admitted as a Group (i) the Chief Justice of Western Australia, or nominee, who C applicant in terms of the selection policy for the course for shall be a judge of the Supreme Court of Western Australia; the degree of Bachelor of Laws as approved by the Senate. (j) four persons nominated by the Law Society of Western (4) To be eligible to proceed directly to the three-year Australia, of whom two, insofar as reasonably practicable, course leading solely to the degree of Bachelor of Laws as set shall be involved part-time in the teaching of courses towards out in Regulation 5A below a candidate must either hold a the degree of Bachelor of Laws; bachelor’s degree from this University or have been admitted (k) two persons nominated by the Legal Practice Board of to equivalent status. Western Australia; (5) Candidates who are admitted in terms of sub-regulation (l) such other persons, not exceeding ten in number, as (4) are not eligible to undertake the combined courses as set may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to out in Parts A, B, C, D and E. time, provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of a BACHELOR OF LAWS period of office. Pass Degree Degrees and Diplomas Offered FOUR-YEAR COURSE (2013) 2. (1) The degrees in the Faculty of Law are: (a) Bachelor of Jurisprudence—BJuris Note: Students enrolled in the four-year LLB course prior to 1994 (b) Bachelor of Laws—LLB must enrol in 48 points each year as per the 1993 regulations, set out in the 1993 Faculty of Law Handbook. (c) Master of Laws—LLM (d) Master of Taxation Studies—MTaxStud 4. To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Laws a (e) Master of Criminal Justice—MCrimJust candidate who is admitted in terms of Regulation 3(3) above (f) Master of Banking and Finance Law—MBFLaw shall complete over a period of at least four years the course prescribed in Regulation 5. (g) Doctor of Laws—LLD (h) Doctor of Juridical Science—SJD 5. The course for the degree shall comprise: (1) First Year (2) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for The following compulsory units: the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) (3) The graduate diplomas in the Faculty of Law are: 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) (a) Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice— 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) GradDipLegalPrac 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) (b) Graduate Diploma in Law—GradDipLaw (c) Graduate Diploma in Taxation Studies— GradDipTaxStud
D168—April 2000 Law Regulations
(2) Second Year 200.326 Misleading and Deceptive 1 The following compulsory units: Conduct 326 (6 points) 200.367 Natural Resources Law 367 (6 points) 1, 3 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) 200.336 Negotiation and Mediation 336 (6 points) 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) 200.348 Remedies 348 (6 points) 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) 200.390 Securities 390 (6 points) 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) 200.349 Sentencing 349 (6 points) 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) 200.280 Shipping Law 280 (6 points) 1 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) 200.347 Supervised Research 1 347 (6 points) (3) Third Year 200.345 Supervised Research 2 345 (12 points) 4, 5 (a) The following compulsory units: 200.363 Taxation of Business Enterprises and Foreign Income 363 (6 points) 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) 200.392 Unjust Enrichment and Restitution 392 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) (6 points) and 200.380 Urban Legal Problems 380 (6 points) 1 (b) elective units to the value of 42 points chosen in 200.332 Wills and Intestacy 332 (6 points) accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation (5). 200.321 Workplace Relations Law 321 (6 points) 2 (4) Fourth Year Legal Theory and Law in Society (a) The following compulsory units: 200.358 Aboriginal Peoples and the Law 358 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) (6 points) 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and 200.331 Comparative Law 331 (6 points) 1 Drafting 030 (12 points) 200.300 Criminology 300 (12 points) 1 and 200.311 Critical Legal Theory 311 (6 points) 200.368 Feminist Analysis of Law 368 (6 points) (b) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in 200.304 Human Rights and Equal Opportunity accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation (5). Law 304 (6 points) (5) The elective units for the course shall be chosen from 200.318 International Humanitarian and Refugee those listed below and shall include, over the duration of the Law 318 (6 points) 1 course, a unit or units to the value of at least 12 points chosen 200.359 Jessup International Moot from those listed under the heading ‘Legal Theory and Law Competition 359 (12 points) in Society’. 200.420 Jurisprudence 420 (6 points) 1 200.430 Law and Contemporary Social Notes to List of Units below: Problems 430 (6 points) 1 Not available in 2000. 200.334 Law and Religion 334 (6 points) 2 Not available to students who have previously passed the unit 200.305 Legal Concepts 305 (6 points) 1 200.321 Principles of Labour Law 321. 200.361 Legal Ethics and Lawyers’ Duties 361 3 Available only to students who have completed 200.370 Mining and (6 points) Energy Law 370 and/or 200.302 Environmental Law 302. 4 200.314 Legal History 314 (6 points) See sub-regulation 7(2) for restrictions on enrolment. 200.324 Medicine and the Law 324 (6 points) 5 Only upon invitation by the Honours Committee. 200.330 Public lnternational Law 330 (12 points) 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) 200.327 Advanced Evidence and Proof 327 (6) Students in the four-year LLB course may substitute one (6 points) non-law elective worth six points for one elective of the same 200.381 Agency, Partnerships and Joint value listed in Regulation 5(5). Ventures 381 (6 points) 2 Three-year Course for Graduates (2014) 200.365 Alternative Dispute Resolution 365 (6 points) 5A.(1) To qualify for the pass degree of Bachelor of Laws a 200.373 Banking Law 373 (6 points) 1 candidate who is admitted in terms of Regulation 3(4) above 200.355 Commercial Law 355 (6 points) 1 shall complete over a period of at least three years the course 200.372 Commercial Transactions 372 (6 points) 1 prescribed in sub-regulation (2) below. 200.352 Company Management and Control 352 (2) The course for the degree shall comprise: 1 (6 points) (a) First Year 200.375 Competition Law 375 (6 points) 1, 4 200.340 Conflict of Laws 340 (6 points) The following compulsory units: 200.351 Constitutional Problems 351 (6 points) 1 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) 200.370 Consumers Law 370 (6 points) 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) 200.303 Corporate Finance and Securities 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) Regulation 303 (6 points) 1 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) 200.312 Corporate lnsolvency 312 (6 points) 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) (b) Second Year 200.323 Criminal Procedure: Investigations 323 (i) The following compulsory units: (6 points) 1 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) 200.364 Criminal Procedure: The Trial Process 364 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) (6 points) 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) 200.360 Employment Law 360 (6 points) 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) 200.302 Environmental Law 302 (6 points) 1 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) 200.333 Estates 333 (6 points) 200.350 Family Law 350 (12 points) and 200.366 Forensic Advocacy 366 (6 points) (ii) elective units to the value of 24 points chosen in accor- 200.362 Income Tax Law 362 (6 points) dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). 200.382 Industrial and lntellectual Property 382 (c) Third Year (6 points) 200.383 Insurance Law 383 (6 points) (i) The following compulsory units: 200.319 International Trade Law 319 (6 points) 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) 200.440 Law and Technology 440 (6 points) 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) 200.356 Law Review 1 356 (6 points) 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) 200.357 Law Review 2 357 (12 points) 1 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and 200.335 Legal Research and Writing 335 (6 points) 1 Drafting 030 (12 points) 200.371 Mining and Energy Law 371 (6 points) and
D169—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in or accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). (c) the first four years of one of the combined courses as set out in Parts A, B, C, D or E; An Option Available after Successful Completion of the or First Year of a Combined Course (d) sufficient units in any of the courses described in 5B. A student who after successful completion of the first year paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) to be able, in the opinion of the Chair of a combined course is permitted in terms of Regulation 3(2)(b) of the Honours Committee, to complete the course within to re-enrol solely in the LLB course shall complete over a three further consecutive semesters of study and has notified period of at least three years the remaining requirements for the Chair of the Honours Committee of his or her intention to the degree as set out in sub-regulations (l), (2) and (3) below. complete the course within that period. (1) Second Year (4) Work satisfactorily completed for 200.345 Supervised The following compulsory units: Research 2 345 shall count towards the requirements of 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) (5) The degree shall be awarded with honours of the 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) appropriate class to students on the recommendation of the 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) Board of Examiners which shall take into account work 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) satisfactorily completed for 200.345 Supervised Research 2 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) 345 and work completed in all years of the course. (2) Third Year (6) A student who is not recommended for the degree with honours may be awarded a pass degree. (a) The following compulsory units: (7) Material submitted by a student for 200.345 Supervised 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) Research 2 345 shall not comprise, wholly or substantially, 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) material which has been previously, or simultaneously, sub- 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) mitted for credit in any other course in this or any other 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) university unless prior written approval is obtained from the and Honours Committee. (b) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in accor- dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). Degree with Distinction (3) Fourth Year 8.(1) The Bachelor of Laws shall be awarded with distinction (a) The following compulsory units: to students who complete the coursework requirements of the 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) degree with an average mark of 70 per cent or more. 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and (2) A student who is awarded the Bachelor of Laws with Drafting 030 (12 points) honours shall not be awarded the degree with distinction. and (b) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LEGAL PRACTICE (2035) accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). Admission 6. (1) A student who serves on the Editorial Board of The 9. (1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate University of Western Australia Law Review in the capacity of Diploma in Legal Practice an applicant who holds a law Associate Editor, Articles Editor or Managing Editor shall degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent enrol in the unit 200.357 Law Review 2 357 (12 points). status under Statute No. 5. (2) A student who serves on the Editorial Board of the Law (2) The course shall be administered by the Higher Degrees Review in any capacity other than those listed in sub- Committee of the Faculty of Law. regulation (1) above, shall enrol in the unit 200.356 Law Review 1 356 (6 points). Course Requirements (3) The Board of Examiners shall award an ungraded result 10.(1) To qualify for the Graduate Diploma a candidate shall of ‘Pass’ or ‘Fail’ to each student enrolled in these units, after successfully complete the following units: having regard to the recommendation of the Faculty Advisers to the Law Review. (a) 200.480 Procedure 480 (12 points) 200.481 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and 6A. Material submitted by a student for 200.347 Supervised Drafting 481 (12 points) Research 1 347 shall not comprise, wholly or substantially, and material which has been previously, or simultaneously, submitted for credit in any other course in this or any other (b) subject to the approval of the Higher Degrees University unless prior written approval is obtained from the Committee, a unit or units with a total value of 36 points Honours Committee. chosen from those listed in Regulation 5. (2) The Higher Degrees Committee may permit or require Honours Degree a candidate to substitute for Procedure 480 (12 points) and/or 7.(1) Only students who enrol in, and who satisfactorily com- Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and Drafting 481 (12 plete the requirements for, 200.345 Supervised Research 2 345 points) any other unit or units of equal points value from shall be eligible for the award of the degree of Bachelor of those listed in Regulation 5. Laws with Honours. (3)(a) Excluding any periods of suspension approved (2) Only students who have received a formal invitation under paragraph (b), a candidate will be required to complete from the Chair of the Honours Committee at the direction of the course for the diploma within three years from the the Faculty of Law shall be eligible to enrol in 200.345 beginning of the academic year in which the first unit is Supervised Research 2 345. credited to the diploma. (3) An invitation to undertake 200.345 Supervised Research (b) The Higher Degrees Committee may in exceptional 2 345 may be made to a student who has successfully circumstances grant a suspension of candidature. completed— (4) A candidate who withdraws or is required to withdraw either from a unit after the mid-point of instruction, as defined in Regulation 11A(2), shall be declared to have failed that unit (a) the first three years of the four-year course as set out in unless the Higher Degrees Committee is satisfied that there Regulation 5; were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal. or (5)(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), a candidate (b) the first two years of the three-year course as set out in who is enrolled in a unit and fails to attend the examination Regulation 5A; shall be declared to have failed that unit.
D170—April 2000 Law Regulations
(b) The Board of Examiners in Law may permit a (4) The Board of Examiners may permit a candidate who is candidate who is enrolled in a unit and fails to attend the enrolled in a unit and fails to attend the examination in that examination in that unit to take a deferred examination if it is unit to take a deferred examination if it is satisfied that there satisfied that there was good cause for absence. was good cause for absence. (6)(a) Supplementary examinations may be granted in 12A.(1) Candidates in the four-year course for the degree of accordance with the Faculty of Law Examination Rules and Bachelor of Laws shall have made satisfactory progress— Guidelines. (a) in the first year of the course if they pass three first- (b) Candidates re-examined under paragraph (a) shall be year units; classified as pass or fail. (b) in the second and subsequent year(s) of the course if (7) A candidate for the diploma may appeal against his or they pass units with an aggregate value of at least half of the her academic assessment in accordance with the procedure total points value of the units for which they are enrolled. governing appeals against academic assessment published in (2) Candidates in the three-year course for the degree of the Interfaculty Handbook. Bachelor of Laws shall have made satisfactory progress— (a) in the first year of the course if they pass four first- MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS year units; (b) in the second and subsequent year(s) of the course if 10A.(1) Except with the permission of the Dean, a student they pass units with an aggregate value of at least half of the shall complete the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of total points value of the units for which they are enrolled. Laws within ten years from the beginning of the year in (3) Candidates in a combined course which includes a which the first unit is credited towards the degree. course for the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall have made (2) Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 10 satisfactory progress— and 12(1), the Faculty may grant credit for work completed in (a) in the LLB component taken in the first and second other recognised tertiary institutions, or for units from award years of the course if they pass three of the following units: courses of this University completed through Continuing 200.130 The Legal Process 130, 200.100 Criminal Law 100, Education in 1995 or thereafter. 200.110 Contract 110 and 200.120 Torts 120; (3) Where a student is permitted to credit a unit in terms (b) in the LLB component taken in the third or of sub-regulation (2), the credit shall date from the beginning subsequent years of the course if they pass law units to an of the year in which it was passed. aggregate value of at least half the points value of the law (4) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing units for which they are enrolled in that year. Education shall not exceed one-sixth of the total points (4) The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Board of required for the course concerned. Examiners, may impose upon a candidate referred to in sub- B. Except with the approval of the Dean, having regard to regulation (1), (2) or (3) who fails to make satisfactory the recommendation of the unit co-ordinator, students shall progress, such sanctions as are provided for in the Faculty of not be permitted to enrol in units for which they have not Law Examination Rules and Guidelines. completed the prerequisites specified by the Faculty in the 12B. (1) Except as provided in sub-regulations 12B(2) and section entitled ‘Details of Units’ in the Faculty of Law 12B(3) below, the following classifications shall be used in Handbook. all reports on examinations: 11.(1) The Faculty may— Higher Distinction HD 80–100 (a) vary the allocation of units to particular years of the Distinction D 70–79 course; Credit CR 60–69 (b) permit or require a candidate to include in any year of Pass P 50–59 the course one or more units in place of a unit or units of Pass Conditional P* equal value prescribed for that year; Fail N+ 45–49 Fail N 0–44 (c) in accordance with its overload policy permit a (2) For supplementary examinations Regulation 12(2) candidate to include in any year of a course for the degree of shall apply. Bachelor of Laws a unit or units in addition to the units prescribed; (3) Provided that Faculty has been notified, a specified unit may be assessed on an ungraded pass or fail basis, in (d) in exceptional circumstances to be determined by the which case the following classifications shall be used in all Dean accept work completed at another university as reports on examinations in that unit: fulfilling all or part of the requirements for the final year of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Laws, provided it is Ungraded Pass UP satisfied such work is equivalent both quantitatively and Ungraded Fail UF qualitatively to the final academic year’s requirements for the course. Appeals against Academic Assessment (2) The Dean shall have power to take action on behalf of 12C. (1) Students may appeal against their academic assess- the Faculty with respect to sub-regulation (1). ment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Changing Enrolments and Withdrawal Applying to All Students Appeals against Sanctions (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result 11A. General Regulations 4A and 7A shall apply to all from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- students in courses offered by the Faculty. dures set out in the Faculty of Law Handbook. Examinations (2032) 12.(1) Subject to the Faculty of Law Examination Rules and GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW Guidelines, the Board of Examiners may permit candidates 13.(1)(a) Except as otherwise provided in sub-regulations (2) who fail at an examination in a unit to take a supplementary to (5), the General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and examination in that unit. Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in (2) Candidates re-examined under sub-regulation (1) Law. above shall be classified as pass or fail. (b) The course shall be administered by the Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty of Law. (3) Except as provided in General Regulation 7A, a candidate who is enrolled in a unit and fails to attend the examination shall be declared to have failed that unit.
D171—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Admission Requirements ‘Head’ means the Head of the Department of Law from time to (2) The committee may admit to candidature an applicant time. who— ‘Sub-Dean’ means the Sub-Dean of the Faculty from time to (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in law of this University or time. has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or ‘this University’ means The University of Western Australia. (b) has qualifications and experience which in the 16.(1) The degree shall be administered by the Higher committee’s opinion are equivalent to the degree quali- Degrees Committee. fications specified in paragraph (a) provided in each case that the applicant’s degree or quali- 17. The committee shall— fications and experience are considered a suitable preparation (a) consider and determine applications for enrolment for the proposed course of study. under Regulation 19; (b) consider and make recommendations on proposals for Course Requirements new units in the course; (3) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete (c) consider and determine applications for suspension of units to a total value of 24 points selected from those listed in candidature; Regulation 21(1). (d) review the academic progress of candidates for the Satisfactory Progress and Deferred Examinations degree; (4) Regulations 22A to 23 shall apply to the diploma. (e) review the curriculum of the course from time to time; (f) in respect of each or both of 200.513 Research Paper 513 Duration of Course and 200.542 Research Paper 2 542— (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation (i) approve the topic proposed by a candidate; 28C(3), the minimum duration of the course for the diploma (ii) appoint a supervisor to assist a candidate with his/her shall be one semester of full-time study or the equivalent in preparation; part-time study. (iii) appoint examiners to assess a candidate’s work; (iv) consider the examiners’ reports and report the results DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS (2072) to the Board of Examiners; (g) perform other tasks delegated to it by the Faculty with 13A. The General Regulations for the Degree of Master, the approval of the Senate. excepting Regulations 34, 40, 41 and 44, shall apply to the degree of Master of Laws, but notwithstanding anything 18. The committee shall meet as necessary and shall report at contained in the General Regulations— least annually to the Faculty on the exercise of its functions. (1) the Faculty may admit as a candidate for the degree of Master of Laws an applicant who is a Bachelor of Admission Requirements Jurisprudence or a Bachelor of Laws of this University or has 19. The committee may admit to candidature an applicant been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No 5. who— (2) An applicant with a pass degree may be required to (a) has qualified for a law degree with an average mark of pass such qualifying examination as the Faculty determines at least 60 per cent at this University or the equivalent at (Master of Laws [Preliminary] 200.812). another university; or (3) The text of a thesis for the degree of Master of Laws (b) has successfully completed the units required for the should not ordinarily exceed 40,000 words excluding Graduate Diploma in Law at this University with an average appendices, tables and other illustrative matter. mark of at least 60 per cent. (4) Subject to sub-regulation (5), the requirements for the 20. Rescinded. degree of Master of Laws by Research shall be completed within a maximum of two years of full-time enrolment or 21.(1) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall successfully four years of part-time enrolment, excluding any periods of complete units to a total value of 48 points selected from the suspension of candidature. following list: (5) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant 200.534 Aboriginal Peoples and the Law 534 the student a suspension of candidature or an extension of (6 points) time in which to complete the requirements for the degree. 200.565 Advanced Legal Studies I 565 (6 points) 1 200.566 Advanced Legal Studies II 566 (6 points) 1 14. The degree may be awarded either as a pass or with 200.518 Bioethics and the Law 518 (6 points) distinction. 200.523 Capital Gains Taxation 523 (6 points) (1) A pass degree shall be awarded if, in the view of the 200.520 Commercial Arbitration and Alternative examiners, the candidate’s thesis constitutes a competent Dispute Resolution Techniques 520 exposition and analysis of the chosen subject matter and (6 points) 1 makes a contribution to knowledge in the area. 200.526 Company Reorganisations and Takeovers 526 (6 points) 1 (2) The degree may be awarded with distinction if, in the 1 view of the examiners, the candidate’s thesis demonstrates a 200.529 Competition Law 529 (6 points) quality of analysis and makes a contribution to knowledge 200.503 Conflict of Laws 503 (6 points) which substantially exceeds that which would suffice for the 200.516 Corporate Crime, Entrepreneurial Crime and award of a pass degree. the Regulation of Business Standards 516 (12 points) 200.541 Corporate Finance and Securities DEGREE OF MASTER OF LAWS BY COURSEWORK (2050) Regulation 541 (6 points) 1 200.550 Current Issues in International Law 550 15. In Regulations 16–24 inclusive unless the contrary (12 points) intention appears— 200.540 Environmental Law 540 (6 points) ‘Committee’ means the Higher Degrees Committee. 200.519 Forensic Psychiatry 519 (6 points) 1 1 ‘Course’ means the course for the degree of Master of Laws 200.531 Indirect Taxation 531 (6 points) by coursework. 200.502 Industrial and Intellectual Property 502 (12 points) ‘Dean’ means the Dean of the Faculty from time to time. 200.504 Insurance Law 504 (6 points) ‘Degree’ means the degree of Master of Laws by coursework. 200.535 International Income Taxation 535 1 ‘Faculty’ means the Faculty of Law. (6 points) 200.511 International Trade Law 511 (6 points)
D172—April 2000 Law Regulations
200.505 International Transport Law 505 (6 points) 1 Satisfactory Progress 200.530 Jurisprudence 530 (6 points) 22A.(1) Students shall have made satisfactory progress if they 200.506 Land Development Law 506 (12 points) 1 pass at least 50 per cent of the points value of the units in 200.514 Law and Practice of International which they are enrolled. Finance 514 (6 points) 200.572 Law and Religion 572 (6 points) (2) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3) the Dean, 200.527 The Law of Patents 527 (6 points) 1 having regard to the recommendation of the Board of 200.538 Lender Liability 538 (12 points) Examiners in Law, may exclude from the course a candidate 200.517 Natural Resources Law 1: Disposition of who fails to make satisfactory progress. Natural Resources 517 (6 points) 1 (3) The provisions of sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to 200.532 Natural Resources Law 2: Commercial, part-time students in their first year of enrolment. Environmental and Social Considerations in Resource Projects and Enterprises 532 22B. Students may appeal against sanctions which result from (6 points) academic assessments in accordance with the procedures set 200.548 Remedies 548 (6 points) out in the Faculty of Law Handbook. 200.513 Research Paper 513 (12 points) 23.(1) The committee may grant deferred examinations. 200.542 Research Paper 2 542 (12 points) 200.549 Sentencing 549 (6 points) (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. 200.524 Taxation of Projects and Enterprises 524 1 24. The degree may be awarded with distinction if, in the (6 points) opinion of the Faculty, the coursework of a candidate is of 200.533 Tort Liability Law 533 (6 points) exceptional merit. 200.537 Trade Practices: Misleading and Deceptive Conduct 537 (6 points) 1 Surrender of Diploma 200.528 Unjust Enrichment and Restitution 528 (6 points) 24A.(1) The holder of a Graduate Diploma in Law shall surrender the diploma before being permitted to take out the 1 Not available in 2000. related degree of Master of Laws by coursework. (2) A student who successfully completed units with a total (2) Candidates who commence but do not complete the value of 48 points in the years 1987 to 1989 in accordance with Master of Laws but who have completed the requirements for the then regulations for the degree of Master of Laws by the Graduate Diploma in Law may apply to the Faculty to be coursework shall be qualified for admission to the degree. awarded the diploma. (3)(a) A student may not enrol in a unit listed in sub- regulation 21(1), the content of which is substantially similar GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TAXATION STUDIES (2033) to a unit the student has completed towards an under- graduate degree at this University. 25.(1)(a) Except as otherwise provided in sub-regulations (2) (b) A student may not enrol in a unit listed in sub- to (5), the General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and regulation 21(1) the content of which is substantially similar Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in to a unit for which the student has been granted credit Taxation Studies. pursuant to paragraph 4(a). (b) The course shall be administered by the Higher (c) A student who has completed prior to 1991 the unit Degrees Committee of the Faculty of Law. 200.502 Industrial and Intellectual Property 502 may not enrol in the unit 200.527 The Law of Patents 527. Admission Requirements (2) The Faculty of Law may accept as a candidate for the Credit and Substitution Graduate Diploma in Taxation Studies an applicant who— (4) Subject to sub-regulations (5) and (6), the committee (a)(i) has completed a Bachelor of Laws or a Bachelor of may— Economics with Honours or a Bachelor of Commerce with (a) grant credit for units to the value of not more than 24 Honours of this University or has been admitted to points completed towards a comparable degree at this equivalent status under Statute No. 5; University or at another recognised tertiary institution; or and (b) having regard to the recommendation of the Director of (ii) has one year’s relevant experience; Postgraduate Studies, permit a candidate to substitute for or units listed in sub-regulation 21(1) a unit or units to the value of not more than 24 points, offered in a comparable (b)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University or has postgraduate course at this University or another recognised been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; tertiary institution. and (5) A candidate who enrols in the course after completing (ii) is a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants the requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Law shall be or a Member of the Australian Society of Certified Practising credited with all the units completed in that diploma. Accountants; (6) Credit shall not be granted for a unit the content of and which is substantially similar to that of a unit completed by (iii) has three years’ relevant experience; the candidate, or in which the candidate is presently enrolled, for the degree. or (c) has qualifications and experience in a relevant field of Time Limit tax administration and practice which, in the committee's 22.(1) The minimum duration of the course shall be one opinion, are equivalent to the degree qualifications described calendar year for full-time candidates and two calendar years in paragraphs (a) and (b) for part-time candidates: the maximum duration of the course provided in each case that the applicant’s degree or quali- shall be two calendar years for full-time candidates and six fications and experience are considered by the committee to calendar years for part-time candidates—all excluding any be a suitable preparation for the proposed course of study. periods of suspension of candidature approved under the provisions of (2) below. Course Requirements (2) The committee may in exceptional circumstances grant (3) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete a suspension of candidature. units to the value of 24 points chosen from those listed in Regulation 27(2). (4) Regulation 27(4)(a) shall apply to the diploma.
D173—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Duration of Course 200.559 Stamp Duty and Business Entities 559 (6 points) 1 (5)(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regu- 200.564 Stamp Duty in Relation to Financial lation 28C(3), and subject to paragraph (b), the minimum Products and Intellectual Property 564 duration of the course for the diploma shall be the equivalent (6 points) of one semester of full-time study. (b) The course shall be taken on a part-time basis only with (d) 460.530 Topics in Advanced Taxation 530 an enrolment of not more than 12 points per semester. (6 points) (e) 200.600 Research Paper 600 (18 points)
MASTER OF TAXATION STUDIES (2053) 1 Not available in 2000. 25A. The Master of Taxation Studies shall be administered by (3) Except with the permission of the Dean, a candidate the Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty of Law. will not be permitted to— Admission Requirements (a) enrol in the unit listed in paragraph (2)(d) unless he or she has successfully completed two of the units listed in each 26.The Faculty of Law may accept as a candidate for the of paragraphs (a) and (b); or Master of Taxation Studies an applicant who— (b) enrol in the unit listed in paragraph (2)(e) unless he or (a)(i) has completed a Bachelor of Laws with an average she has successfully completed two of the units listed in each mark of at least 60 per cent or a Bachelor of Economics with of paragraphs (a) and (b). Honours or a Bachelor of Commerce with Honours of this (4)(a) University or has been admitted to equivalent status under A student may not enrol in a unit listed in sub- Statute No. 5; regulation (2) the content of which is substantially similar to a unit the student has completed towards an undergraduate and degree at this University. (ii) has one year’s relevant experience; (b) A candidate may not enrol in a unit the content of or which is substantially similar to a unit for which the (b)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University or has candidate has been granted credit pursuant to paragraph been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; 28(1)(a). and (5) Excluding any periods of approved suspension, the minimum duration of the course shall be two years and the (ii) is a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants maximum duration shall be eight years. or a Member of the Australian Society of Certified Practising Accountants; 28.(1) The Dean may— and (a) grant credit for not more than 24 points for units (iii) has three years’ relevant experience; completed towards a comparable degree at this University or or at another recognised tertiary institution provided that credit shall not be granted for a unit the content of which is (c) has successfully completed the units required for the substantially similar to that of a unit completed by the Graduate Diploma in Taxation Studies at this University with candidate, or in which the candidate is presently enrolled, for an average mark of at least 60 per cent the degree; provided in each case that the applicant’s degree or quali- (b) permit a candidate to substitute a unit or units to the fications and experience are considered by the committee to value of 12 points, offered in a postgraduate course of this be a suitable preparation for the proposed course of study. University or another recognised tertiary institution, for two units listed in paragraphs 27(2)(c) and (d); Duration of Course (c) in exceptional circumstances grant a candidate an 27.(1) The course for the Master of Taxation Studies shall be extension of the time limit prescribed in sub-regulation 27(5); the equivalent of one year of full-time study but shall be (d) in accordance with the Examination Rules and taken on a part-time basis with an enrolment of no more than Guidelines of the Faculty, exclude a candidate who, in the 24 points per year. opinion of the Board of Examiners of the Faculty, fails to Course Requirements make satisfactory progress for the course. (2) To qualify for the Master of Taxation Studies a Satisfactory Progress candidate shall complete units to the value of 48 points from (2) Satisfactory progress in the course is defined as passing the units 1 listed below, at least two of which must be selected in at least half the units for which the candidate is enrolled in from paragraph (a) and at least two of which shall be selected any academic year. from paragraph (b): (3) In this regulation ‘degree’ means the Master of (a) 200.523 Capital Gains Taxation 523 (6 points) Taxation Studies. 200.531 Indirect Taxation (Commonwealth and State) 531 (6 points) 1 29.(1) In accordance with the provisions of General Regu- 200.535 International Income Taxation 535 lation 20(1), deferred examinations may be granted. (6 points) (2) There shall be no supplementary examinations. 200.524 Taxation of Projects and Enterprises 524 (6 points) 1 30. A candidate for the Master of Taxation Studies shall enrol annually unless the Dean approves a written application for (b) 460.531 Conceptual Income Tax Issues—Income suspension of candidature. and Deductions 531 (6 points) 1 400.500 Issues in Public Finance 500 (6 points) Surrender of Diploma 460.532 Tax Administration 532 (6 points) 1 30A.(1) The holder of a Graduate Diploma in Taxation (c) 460.535 Contemporary Taxation Issues Studies shall surrender the diploma before being permitted to 1 and Policy 535 (6 points) take out the related degree of Master of Taxation Studies. 460.534 Taxation Aspects of Superannuation 534 (6 points) (2) Candidates who commence but do not complete the 460.533 Taxation of Employers and Employees 533 Master of Taxation Studies but who have completed the (6 points) 1 requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Taxation Studies 200.551 General Principles and Administration of may apply to the Faculty to be awarded the diploma. Stamp Duty 551 (6 points) 200.554 Stamp Duty and the Agricultural and Mining Industries 554 (6 points)
D174—April 2000 Law Regulations
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE (2031) requirements for the diploma within a minimum period of one semester of full-time study and a maximum period of 31.(1) Except as provided in Regulations 31(3) to (5) the two years of part-time study, excluding any periods of General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate suspension approved under sub-regulation (2). Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Criminal (b) The Higher Degrees Committee may in exceptional Justice. circumstances grant a suspension of candidature. (2) The course shall be administered by the Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty. Withdrawal Admission Requirements (c) A candidate who withdraws or is required to withdraw from a unit after the mid-point of instruction shall be declared (3) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate to have failed that unit unless the Higher Degrees Committee Diploma in Criminal Justice an applicant who— is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal. (a) has completed a bachelor’s degree in law or a relevant field of social science at this University requiring at least four years of full-time study or has been admitted to equivalent MASTER OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE BY COURSEWORK (2051) status under Statute No. 5; 31A.(1)(a) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2) to (6), the or General Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to (b) has qualifications and experience in a relevant field of the Master of Criminal Justice by Coursework. criminal justice or social policy administration which, in the (b) The course shall be administered by the Higher committee’s opinion, are equivalent to the degree qualifi- Degrees Committee of the Faculty of Law. cations described in paragraph (a) provided in each case that the applicant’s degree or qualifi- Admission Requirements cations and experience are considered a suitable preparation (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree for the proposed course of study. of Master of Criminal Justice an applicant who— Course Requirements (a) has successfully completed the units required for the Graduate Diploma in Criminal Justice at this University with (4) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete an average mark of at least 60 per cent; units to a total value of 24 points as follows— or Core Units (b) has completed at this University a bachelor’s degree (a) units to the value of 12 points chosen from: in law or a relevant field of social science requiring at least 200.544 Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice four years of full-time study, or has been admitted to Policy 544 (6 points) 1 equivalent status under Statute No. 5, provided that the 200.539 Criminology, Criminal Law and Public applicant’s degree or qualifications and experience are Policy 539 (6 points) considered to be a suitable preparation for the proposed 200.543 Measuring Crime and Monitoring the course of study. Administration of Criminal Justice 543 (6 points) Course Requirements 200.545 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 545 (3) Subject to sub-regulation (4), to qualify for the degree (6 points) a candidate shall complete Part 1 and Part 2 as follows: and Part 1 Electives The units required for the Graduate Diploma in Criminal Justice as set out in sub-regulation 31(4). (b) other units to the value of 12 points chosen from: 200.547 Aboriginality, Crime and Justice 547 Part 2 (6 points) Units to a total value of 24 points selected from the following: 200.546 The Administration of Sentences 546 the units listed in sub-regulations 31(4)(a) and (b); (6 points) 1 200.563 Supervised Research 563 (12 points) 200.544 Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice Policy 544 (6 points) 1 Substitution of Units 200.553 Dealing with Juvenile Crime and (4) The Dean may permit a candidate to substitute a unit Offenders 553 (6 points) or units to a total value of 12 points, offered in an appropriate 200.552 Dealing with Victims 552 (6 points) 1 area of study in a postgraduate course of this University or 200.543 Measuring Crime and Monitoring the another recognised tertiary institution, for units to the same Administration of Criminal Justice 543 value required under sub-regulation 31A(3). (6 points) 200.556 Policing Issues for the Twenty-first Satisfactory Progress Century 556 (6 points) 1 200.557 Private and Non-Government Sector (5) Satisfactory progress in the course shall mean passing Involvement in the Criminal Justice in at least half the units for which the candidate is enrolled in System 557 (6 points) any academic year. 200.558 Punishment and Corrections in the Asian and Pacific Region 558 (6 points) 1 Duration of Course 200.545 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 545 (6) The minimum duration of the course for the degree (6 points) shall be one year of full-time study or the equivalent in part- 200.560 Risk Assessment and the Effectiveness of time study. Treatment 560 (6 points) 1 200.561 Theories of Punishment and Principles of Credit and Surrender of Diploma Sentencing 561 (6 points) (7)(a) A candidate who enrols in the course after 200.562 Women, Crime and the Criminal Justice completing the requirements for the Graduate Diploma in System 562 (6 points) Criminal Justice shall be credited with all units completed in that diploma. 1 Not available in 2000. (b) The holder of a Graduate Diploma in Criminal Justice shall surrender the diploma before being permitted to take Time Limit out the related degree of Master of Criminal Justice. (5)(a) Nothwithstanding the provisions of General (c) Candidates who commence but do not complete the Regulation 28C(3), a candidate shall complete the course Master of Criminal Justice but who have completed the
D175—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Criminal Justice 200.569 Liquidation and Voluntary 1 may apply to the Faculty to be awarded the diploma. Administration 569 (6 points) 200.537 Misleading or Deceptive Conduct 537 (6 points) 1 MASTER OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE BY RESEARCH (2071) 200.570 Payments Systems and Electronic Banking 570 (6 points) 1 31B.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (2) to (5), the 200.568 Receivership 568 (6 points) General Regulations which apply to the degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Criminal Justice by Research. 1 Not available in 2000. Admission Requirements Time Limit (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree an (5)(a) Nothwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation applicant who— 28C(3), a candidate shall complete the course requirements for the diploma within a minimum period of one semester of full- (a) holds the degree of Bachelor of Jurisprudence or time study and a maximum period of two years of part-time Bachelor of Laws of this University or has been admitted to study, excluding any periods of suspension approved under equivalent status under Statute No. 5; sub-regulation (6). or (b) has completed at this University a bachelor’s degree in Suspension of Candidature a relevant field of social science requiring at least four years of (6) The Higher Degrees Committee may in exceptional full-time study, or has been admitted to equivalent status circumstances grant a suspension of candidature. under Statute No. 5, provided that the applicant’s degree or qualifications and experience are considered to be suitable Withdrawal preparation for the proposed course of study. (7) A candidate who withdraws or is required to withdraw from a unit after the first day of the week following the mid- Course Requirements point of instruction shall be declared to have failed that unit (3) A candidate shall complete a thesis which shall not unless the Higher Degrees Committee is satisfied that there ordinarily exceed 40,000 words. were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal. Time Limit MASTER OF BANKING AND FINANCE LAW (2054) (4)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), a candidate shall complete the requirements of the degree within two years of full-time 31D.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (3) to (11), the study or four years of part-time study excluding any periods General Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the of suspension of candidature granted in terms of sub- Master of Banking and Finance Law. regulation (4). (2) The course shall be administered by the Higher Degrees (b) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant Committee of the Faculty of Law. the candidate an extension of time in which to complete the requirements for the degree. Admission Requirements (3) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Suspension of Candidature Master of Banking and Finance Law an applicant who— (5) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (a) has successfully completed the units required for the suspension of candidature. Graduate Diploma in Banking and Finance Law at this University with an average mark of at least 60 per cent; GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BANKING AND FINANCE LAW (2034) or (b) has completed a bachelor’s degree in law at this 31C.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulations (3) to (7), the University or has been admitted to equivalent status under General Regulations for Graduate Certificates and Graduate Statute No. 5; Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Banking and Finance Law. or (2) The course shall be administered by the Higher Degrees (c) has completed a bachelor’s degree with honours in Committee of the Faculty. another discipline requiring at least four years of full-time study or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5 Admission Requirements provided that the applicant’s degree or qualifications and (3) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate experience are considered to be a suitable preparation for the Diploma in Banking and Finance Law an applicant who— proposed course of study. (a) has completed a bachelor’s degree in law at this Course Requirements University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; (4) Subject to sub-regulation (5), to qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete units to a total value of 48 points or selected from the units listed in sub-regulation 31B(4). (b) has completed a bachelor’s degree with honours in another discipline requiring at least four years of full-time study or has (5) The Dean may permit a candidate to substitute a unit been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or units to the value of 12 points, offered in a postgraduate course of this University or another recognised tertiary (c) has qualifications and experience in a relevant field of institution, for units referred to in sub-regulation (4). banking and finance which, in the committee’s opinion, are equivalent to the degree qualifications described in paragraph Satisfactory Progress (a) or (b) (6) Satisfactory progress in the course shall mean passing provided in each case that the applicant’s degree or at least half of the units for which the candidate is enrolled in qualifications and experience are considered a suitable any academic year. preparation for the proposed course of study. Time Limit Course Requirements (7) The minimum duration of the course for the degree (4) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete shall be one year of full-time study or the equivalent in part- units to a total value of 24 points from the following list: time study. 200.567 Banks In Society 567 (6 points) 1 200.536 Guarantees and Indemnities 536 (6 points) 1 Suspension of Candidature 200.514 Law and Practice of International (8) The Higher Degrees Committee may in exceptional Finance 514 (6 points) circumstances grant a suspension of candidature. 200.538 Lender Liability 538 (12 points)
D176—April 2000 Law Regulations
Credit and Surrender of Diploma (ii) has completed the degree of Master of Laws from this (9)(a) A candidate who enrols in the course after completing University with an average mark of 65 per cent or better or the requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Banking and has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No.5; or Finance Law shall be credited with all units completed in that (iii) has completed a pass degree in law from a recognised diploma. university and has demonstrated adequate research prep- (b) The holder of a Graduate Diploma in Banking and aration in any of the following ways: Finance Law shall surrender the diploma before being permitted A. as part of a degree course; to take out the related degree of Master of Banking and Finance B. in the course of an occupation since graduation; Law. C. by satisfactory completion of an acceptable preliminary Withdrawal course either at this University or at another approved institution; (10) A candidate who withdraws or is required to withdraw from a unit after the mid-point of instruction shall be declared and to have failed that unit unless the Higher Degrees Committee (b) has the equivalent of at least two years’ professional is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify experience in law. late withdrawal. 35. Prior to being admitted to candidature an applicant may (11) A candidate who commences but does not complete be required by the Board to undertake any of the following: the Master of Banking and Finance Law but who has completed (a) for an applicant whose first language is not English, the requirements for the Graduate Diploma in Banking and demonstrate competence in the English language by gaining Finance Law may apply to the Faculty to be awarded the an English language proficiency score as determined from diploma. time to time by the University; (b) complete such courses, lectures, seminars and other DOCTOR OF JURIDICAL SCIENCE (2081) work as may be directed; (c) complete such research preparation as directed and 32.Except as provided in Regulations 33 to 38, the General provide particulars of the progress and results of the research Regulations governing Professional Doctorates shall apply to as requested; the degree of Doctor of Juridical Science. (d) pass an examination approved by the Board. 33.(1) There shall be a Governing Board (‘the Board’) for the degree of Doctor of Juridical Science which shall comprise: 36.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulations (2) and (3) to qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete: (a) the Dean of the Faculty of Law; (a) units to the value of 42 points selected from the (b) the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law; following: (c) the Director of Postgraduate Studies of the Faculty of 200.723 Advanced International Finance Law 723 Law; (6 points) (d) the Chair of the Higher Degrees Committee, who shall 200.712 Advanced Topics in International Law be the Chair of the Board, and one other member of the and Business 712 (12 points) Higher Degrees Committee appointed by the Faculty; 200.725 Bank Risks and Liabilities 725 (12 points) 1 (e) the Chair of the Board of the Postgraduate Research 200.701 Bioethics and Law 701 (6 points) School or nominee; 200.702 Capital Gains Taxation 702 (6 points) 200.740 Collateral Obligations 740 (6 points) 1 (f) a Judge of the Supreme Court of Western Australia 200.709 Corporate Crime, Entrepreneurial Crime nominated by the Chief Justice; and the Regulation of Business (g) one person nominated annually by the Law Society of Standards 709 (12 points) Western Australia. 200.710 Corporate Finance and Securities 1 (2) The Board, having regard to the recommendations of Regulation 710 (6 points) the Director of Postgraduate Studies, shall— 200.711 Corporate Reconstruction and Recovery 711 (12 points) 1 (a) approve units which will be available for the degree of 200.738 Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice Doctor of Juridical Science; Policy 738 (6 points) 1 (b) satisfy itself that an applicant is conversant with the 200.737 Criminology, Criminal Law and Public substantive content of the field of study nominated in the Policy 737 (6 points) research proposal and has the capacity to conduct research in 200.713 Environmental Law 713 (6 points) that field of study; 200.700 Indigenous Peoples and the Law 700 (c) approve research proposals; (6 points) 200.715 Indirect Taxation 715 (6 points) 1 (d) appoint for each candidate one or more supervisors 200.716 Industrial and Intellectual Property 716 who must— (6 points) (i) hold the degree of doctor and/or have an appropriate 200.718 International Income Taxation 718 record of scholarly publications; or (6 points) 1 (ii) have an extensive knowledge of and expertise in the 200.719 International Trade Law 719 (6 points) field of research nominated by the candidate; 200.720 International Transport Law 720 (6 points) 1 200.721 Jurisprudence 721 (6 points) (e) having regard to the recommendation of the candi- 200.722 Large Project Development Law 722 date’s supervisor(s), appoint three examiners for the thesis in (12 points) 1 accordance with General Regulation 33. 200.714 Law and Psychiatry 714 (6 points) 1 (3) The Board may, having regard to the recommendation 200.772 Law and Religion 772 (6 points) of the Director of Postgraduate Studies, refuse an application 200.726 Natural Resources Law I: Disposition of for re-enrolment on the grounds of unsatisfactory progress as Natural Resources 726 (6 points) 1 defined in sub-regulations 36(2), (3) and (4), or failure to 200.727 Natural Resources Law II: Commercial, submit an annual progress report as required in Regulation Environmental and Social Considerations 38. in Resource Projects and Enterprises 727 (6 points) 34. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Board, may 200.736 Remedies 736 (6 points) accept as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Juridical 200.729 Research Paper I 729 (12 points) Science an applicant who— 200.730 Research Paper II 730 (12 points) (a)(i) has completed the degree of Bachelor of Laws with 200.732 Sentencing 732 (6 points) 1 first or upper second class honours from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or
D177—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
200.733 Taxation of Projects and Enterprises 733 COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (6 points) 1 BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS 200.739 The Administration of Sentences 739 (6 points) 1 41.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the 200.734 Tort Liability Law 734 (6 points) degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Laws for 200.717 Unjust Enrichment and Restitution 717 students selected in the standard admission category on the (6 points) basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as (b) 200.979 Advanced Legal Theory and Research set out in Part C following these regulations. Methodology 979 (6 points) (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission (c) 200.980 Doctoral Thesis 980 (96 points) category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Laws will be 1 Not available in 2000. required to undertake a programme of studies based upon the degree structure as set out in Part C. Each student’s (2) A candidate shall complete the units required under programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- paragraph (1)(a) with an average mark of at least 65 per cent. Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the (3) A candidate must complete the coursework require- Faculty of Law. ments in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) and sub- regulation (2) before enrolling for the doctoral thesis. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (4) A candidate who fails to comply with the require- BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS ments of sub-regulation (2) shall be excluded from the course. 42.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the 37.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (3), a candidate degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws for shall provide a research proposal to his or her supervisor(s) at students selected in the standard admission category on the the time of enrolling for the doctoral thesis. basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as (2) The research proposal with the supervisor(s)’ comments set out in Part D following these regulations. shall be forwarded to the Board for approval. (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission (3) A candidate who has completed a Doctor of Juridical category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees Science (Preliminary) course, or who wishes to transfer from of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws will be Master of Laws candidature, shall provide a research required to undertake a programme of studies based upon proposal for the Board’s approval at the time of application. the degree structure as set out in Part D. Each student’s programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- 38.(1) A candidate who has commenced work on the thesis Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the shall provide a progress report to the supervisor no later than Faculty of Law. 15 October each year. (2) The supervisor shall forward the report to the Board with a recommendation of the supervisor(s) on whether the COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF candidate should be permitted to re-enrol. ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF LAWS 43.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LAWS degrees of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Laws for students selected in the standard admission 38A. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates apply to category on the basis of TEE results, in 1995 or subsequent the degree of Doctor of Laws. years, shall be as set out in Part E following these regulations. (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) and Bachelor of Laws will be required to undertake a programme of studies based upon 39.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the the degree structure as set out in Part E. Each student’s degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws for students programme will be devised in consultation with the Sub- selected in the standard admission category on the basis of Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as set out in Faculty of Law. Part A following these regulations. (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees PART A of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws will be required to undertake a programme of studies based upon the degree COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF structure as set out in Part A. Each student’s programme will BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2015)— be devised in consultation with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Law of Arts and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. Regulation 39(2)
COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF Course Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS 1.(1) The combined course shall consist of: 40.(1) The regulations relating to the combined course for the (a) First Year degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws for (i) First-year units totalling 36 points chosen from those students selected in the standard admission category on the listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the basis of TEE results, in 1992 or subsequent years, shall be as Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; set out in Part B following these regulations. and (2) Candidates selected in the non-standard admission (ii) the following compulsory units: category of Group C to the combined course for the degrees 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws will be required 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) to undertake a programme of studies based upon the degree structure as set out in Part B. Each student’s programme will (b) Second Year be devised in consultation with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty (i) Second-year units totalling 32 points chosen from those of Arts and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; and (ii) the following compulsory units:
D178—April 2000 Law Regulations
200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) Academic Progress Review Committee 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) Membership (c) Third Year 4.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee (i) Third-year units totalling 24 points chosen from those for the course, which shall consist of the Executive Dean of listed in Faculty of Arts Regulation 39 and approved by the the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Law, the Sub- Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the and Faculty of Law. (ii) the following compulsory units: Functions of the Committee 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) academic record of each student who has failed in any unit of 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) enrolment but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— (d) Fourth Year (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; (i) The following compulsory units: (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) enrolment. 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) Appeals against Academic Assessment and 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in in accordance with the procedure governing appeals accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (e) Fifth Year Appeals against Sanctions (i) The following compulsory units: 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and from academic assessment in accordance with the procedures Drafting 030 (12 points) set out in the relevant faculty handbook. and Options after Exclusion from Combined Course (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). 6. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for Faculty of Arts and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student re-enrolment solely in the LLB or solely in the BA course. shall complete the course within 12 years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited towards either degree. (3) The course shall include a major sequence listed in the PART B Faculty of Arts Handbook under ‘Summary of Major Sequences within Departments’ which shall comprise units to the value COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF of 12 points at first-year level, 16 points at second-year level BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2018)— and 24 points at third-year level. A student who has been for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Law permitted to enrol in a second-year unit of a major sequence Regulation 40(2) under Faculty of Arts sub-regulation 38(2) may count the qualifying unit or units as meeting the first-year requirements Course Requirements of the major sequence. 1. (1) The combined course shall consist of— (4) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (a) First Year a student shall be credited with units to the value of 12 unspecified points at first-year level, 16 unspecified points at (i) Three units, each to the value of 12 points, chosen from second-year level and 24 unspecified points at third-year level those listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 23; towards the degree of Bachelor of Arts. and (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (ii) the following compulsory units: a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) Bachelor of Arts. 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) (b) Second Year Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (i) Units to the value of 32 points selected from those listed 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to in Faculty of Science Regulation 23 or permitted under the recommendation of the head of the department con- Faculty of Science Regulation 25(a); cerned, may either— and (a) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year of the course to suspend enrolment in the combined (ii) the following compulsory units: course for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours; 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) or (c) Third Year (b) permit a student who has completed the third year of (i) A unit or units of at least 24 points value at third-year the course to undertake the fourth year of the course over two level chosen from those major subjects listed in Faculty of years, while undertaking the course for the degree of Science Regulation 24(1). A student may be permitted to take Bachelor of Arts with Honours concurrently. additional units with the approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Law; Satisfactory Progress and 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is (ii) the following compulsory units: undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) (2) For those years of the course in which a student is 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) lations on satisfactory progress shall apply.
D179—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(d) Fourth Year Appeals against Academic Assessment (i) The following compulsory units: 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) in accordance with the procedure governing appeals 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) published in the Interfaculty Handbook. 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) Appeals against Sanctions and (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in from academic assessments in accordance with the pro- accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). cedures set out in the relevant faculty handbook. (e) Fifth Year Options after Exclusion from Combined Course (i) The following compulsory units: 6. A student who is denied re-enrolment in the combined 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) course under the provisions of Regulation 4(2) above may, 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and subject to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be Drafting 030 (12 points) considered for re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or and solely in the Bachelor of Science. (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the PART C Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student shall complete the course within 12 years of the COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited ECONOMICS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2017)— towards either degree. for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 41(2) (3)(a) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a student shall be credited with up to 24 first-year Course Requirements points, up to 16 second-year points and up to 12 third-year 1.(1) The course shall comprise: points towards the degree of Bachelor of Science in respect of units which have been credited towards the degree of (a) First Year Bachelor of Laws. subject to paragraph 3(a): (b) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 a candidate shall be qualified for admission to the degree of (6 points) Bachelor of Science. 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (6 points) Bachelor of Science (Honours) 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science, having (6 points) regard to the recommendation of the head of the department and concerned, may permit a student who has completed the units with a total value of 18 points selected from third or fourth year of the course to suspend enrolment in it the first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the degree of and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; Bachelor of Science with Honours. and Satisfactory Progress (ii) the following compulsory units: 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. (b) Second Year (2) For those years of the course in which a student is undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, 12 and 12A; Academic Progress Review Committee and Membership (ii) the following compulsory units: 4(1)(a) There shall be an Academic Progress Review 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) Committee for the combined course, which shall consist of 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science, the Dean of the (c) Third Year Faculty of Law, the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. (i)A. subject to sub-paragraph (ii) and to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate value of at least 24 points chosen Functions of the Committee from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 11, 12 and 12A; (b) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit a student to complete additional Science units during the and second or third years of the course. B. the following compulsory units: (c) Students wishing to apply to vary their enrolment as 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) provided in paragraph (b) above shall apply in writing to the 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) Faculty of Law. 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) (2) The committee shall examine the academic record of (ii) Candidates, other than those undertaking a major in each student who has failed in any unit of enrolment but has Industrial Relations in the Bachelor of Economics degree, not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties must enrol in one elective unit of Economic History with a concerned and shall determine— value of six points chosen from the units listed in Economics (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; and Commerce sub-paragraph 11(5)(c)(iii). (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- (d) Fourth Year enrolment. (i) the following compulsory units: 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points)
D180—April 2000 Law Regulations
200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) with the provisions of General Regulation 20. and (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in Satisfactory Progress accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject 4.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c) below. undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations (e) Fifth Year of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. (i) the following compulsory units: (2) For those years of the course in which a student is 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. Drafting 030 (12 points) and Academic Progress Review Committee (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in Membership accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject 5.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). for the course, which shall consist of the Deans of the Faculties of Economics and Commerce, and Law, the Sub-Dean of the Majors Faculty of Economics and Commerce and the Associate Dean (2)(a) A candidate shall undertake at least one major in the of the Faculty of Law. Bachelor of Economics and shall nominate the chosen major at the start of the second year of the combined course. Functions of the Committee (b) For the purposes of the combined course a major in the (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the Bachelor of Economics shall comprise units at the second- and academic record of each student who has failed in any unit third-year level with an aggregate minimum value of 36 but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the points chosen from one of the major groups listed in faculties concerned and shall determine— Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 11(5). (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; (c) Before nominating the major a candidate shall have (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- previously passed the prerequisites shown. enrolment. (d) A candidate shall undertake the requirements of the chosen major over the second and third years of the Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions combined course and shall complete them by the end of the 6.(1) A student may appeal against his or her academic third year. assessment in accordance with the procedure governing (3)(a) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects Applicable (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to from academic assessment in accordance with the procedure include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and set out in the relevant faculty handbook. Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements. (b) A student who has completed or will complete either Options after Exclusion from Combined Course Taxation 303 or Taxation 331 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Income Tax Law 362 in the 7. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined Faculty of Law. course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for (c) A student who has completed or will complete either re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or solely in the Industrial Law 309 or Employee Relations Law 309 or Bachelor of Economics. Workplace Law 309 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Employment Law 360 or Workplace Relations Law 321 in the Faculty of Law, and a student who has completed Marketing Law 308 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Consumers Law PART D 370 in the Faculty of Law. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (4) Except with the permission of the deans of both BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS faculties, a student shall complete the course within 12 years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited (2016)— towards either degree. for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 42(2) (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, a student shall be credited with two unspecified first-year Course Requirements units, four unspecified second-year units and three unspeci- fied third-year units towards the degree of Bachelor of 1. (1) The course shall comprise: Economics in respect of units which have been credited (a) First Year towards the degree of Bachelor of Laws. subject to paragraph (3)(a): 6) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of (6 points) Bachelor of Economics. 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 (6 points) Bachelor of Economics (Honours) and 2. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year of the course to suspend enrolment in it for the purpose of and enrolling in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Economics units with a total value of 18 points selected from the with Honours. first-year units listed in Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations 10 and 19; Supplementary and Deferred Examinations and 3.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units (ii) the following compulsory units: taken for the degree of Bachelor of Economics but supple- 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) mentary examinations in units taken for the degree of 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) Bachelor of Laws may be granted in accordance with the provisions of Faculty of Law Regulation 12.
D181—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) Second Year of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate towards either degree. value of 30 points chosen from those listed in Economics and (5) On successful completion of the third year of the course, Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; a student shall be credited with two unspecified first-year and units, four unspecified second-year units and three unspeci- fied third-year units towards the degree of Bachelor of (ii) the following compulsory units: Commerce in respect of units which have been credited 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) towards the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) (6) On successful completion of the third year of the course, Third Year (c) a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of (i) subject to sub-regulation (2), units with an aggregate Bachelor of Commerce. value of at least 24 points chosen from those listed in Economics and Commerce Regulations 20, 20A and 20B; Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) and 2. The Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may (ii) the following compulsory units: permit a student who has completed the third or fourth year 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) of the course to suspend enrolment in it for the purpose of 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) enrolling in the course for the degree of Bachelor of 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) Commerce with Honours. 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) (d) Fourth Year Supplementary and Deferred Examinations (i) the following compulsory units: 3.(1) There shall be no supplementary examinations in units 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) taken for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce but supple- 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) mentary examinations in units taken for the degree of 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) Bachelor of Laws may be granted in accordance with the 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) provisions of Faculty of Law Regulation 12. and (2) Deferred examinations may be granted in accordance (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in accor- with the provisions of General Regulation 20. dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). Satisfactory Progress (e) Fifth Year 4.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is (i) the following compulsory units: enrolled in both faculties, the regulations of the appropriate faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply to each enrolment. 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and (2) For those years of the course in which a student is Drafting 030 (12 points) enrolled in a single faculty, that faculty’s regulations on and satisfactory progress shall apply. (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in accor- dance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5) and subject to Academic Progress Review Committee paragraphs (3)(b) and (c). Membership Majors 5.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee (2)(a) A candidate shall undertake at least one major in the for the course, which shall consist of the Deans of the Bachelor of Commerce and shall nominate the chosen major Faculties of Economics and Commerce, and Law, the Sub- at the start of the second year of the combined course. Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. (b) For the purpose of the combined course a major in the Bachelor of Commerce shall comprise units at the second- Functions of the Committee and third-year level with an aggregate minimum value of 36 (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the points chosen from one of the major groups listed in academic record of each student who has failed in any unit Economics and Commerce sub-regulation 20(4). but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the (c) Before nominating the major a candidate shall have faculties concerned and shall determine— previously passed the prerequisites shown. (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; (d) A candidate shall undertake the requirements of the (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- chosen major over the second and third years of the enrolment. combined course and shall complete them by the end of the third year. Appeals against Academic Assessment and Sanctions (3)(a) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled score of 50 in either of the TEE subjects Applicable 6.(1) A student may appeal against his or her academic Mathematics or Calculus, or equivalent, shall be required to assessment in accordance with the procedure governing include the unit Quantitative Methods for Business and appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Economics 111 as part of the first-year requirements. (2) A student may appeal against a sanction which results (b) A student who has completed or will complete either from academic assessment in accordance with the procedure Taxation 303 or Taxation 331 in the Faculty of Economics and set out in the relevant faculty handbook. Commerce may not enrol in Income Tax Law 362 in the Faculty of Law. Options after Exclusion from Combined Course (c) A student who has completed or will complete either 7. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined Industrial Law 309 or Employee Relations Law 309 or course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject Workplace Law 309 in the Faculty of Economics and to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for Commerce may not enrol in Employment Law 360 or re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or solely in the Workplace Relations Law 321 in the Faculty of Law, and a Bachelor of Commerce. student who has completed Marketing Law 308 in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce may not enrol in Consumers Law 370 in the Faculty of Law. (4) Except with the permission of the deans of both faculties, a student shall complete the course within 12 years
D182—April 2000 Law Regulations
PART E and (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). ARTS (ASIAN STUDIES) AND BACHELOR OF LAWS (2019)— (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Law Faculty of Arts and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student Regulation 43 shall complete the course within 12 years of the beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited towards either Course Requirements degree. 1.(1) The combined course shall consist of: (3) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (a) First Year a student shall be credited with units to the value of 12 (i) 080.101 Asian Studies 101 (6 points) unspecified points at first-year level, 16 unspecified points at 080.102 Asian Studies 102 (6 points) second-year level and 24 unspecified points at third-year level towards the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies). and first-year units totalling 12 points in one Asian (4) On successful completion of the third year of the course, language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree of Japanese units listed in Arts Regulation 39; Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies). and first-year units totalling 12 points, chosen from Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) (Honours) those listed in Arts Regulation 39, which must be in 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to an Arts discipline complementary to Asian Studies the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Asian as approved by the Head of the Department of Studies may either— Asian Studies (a) permit a student who has completed the third or fourth (ii) the following compulsory units: year of the course to suspend enrolment in the combined 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) course for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) degree of Bachelor of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours; or (b) Second Year (b) permit a student who has completed the third year of (i) second-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points the course to undertake the fourth year of the course over two chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39; years while undertaking the course for the degree of Bachelor and of Arts (Asian Studies) with Honours concurrently. (ii) second-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian or Japanese Satisfactory Progress units listed in Arts Regulation 39; 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is and undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations (iii) the following compulsory units: of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) (2) For those years of the course in which a student is 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. (c) Third Year (i)(A) third-year Asian Studies units totalling 16 points Academic Progress Review Committee chosen from those listed in Arts Regulations 39; Membership or (B) third-year units totalling 16 points in one Asian 4.(1) There shall be an Academic Progress Review Committee language chosen from the Chinese, Indonesian and Japanese for the course, which shall consist of the Executive Dean of units listed in Arts Regulation 39; the Faculty of Arts, the Dean of the Faculty of Law, the Sub- Dean of the Faculty of Arts and the Associate Dean of the and Faculty of Law. (ii) one additional unit to the value of eight points chosen from sub-paragraph (i); Functions of the Committee and (2) At the end of each year, the committee shall examine the (iii) the following compulsory units: academic record of each student who has failed in any unit of 200.400 Constitutional Law I 400 (6 points) enrolment but has not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties concerned and shall determine— 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- enrolment. (d) A student may substitute for units in sub-paragraphs (1)(b)(i), (1)(c)(i)(A) and (1)(c)(ii) units to a maximum value of 16 points on China, Indonesia or Japan offered by the Appeals against Academic Assessment Department of Asian Studies or other departments and 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment chosen from those listed in Arts Regulation 39 with the in accordance with the procedure governing appeals approval of the Head of the Department of Asian Studies. published in the Interfaculty Handbook. (e) Fourth Year (i) The following compulsory units: Appeals against Sanctions 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) from academic assessment in accordance with the procedures 200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) set out in the relevant faculty handbook. 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) and Options after Exclusion from Combined Course (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in 6. A student who fails in a unit or units of the combined accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). course and is denied re-enrolment in the course may, subject (f) Fifth Year to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for (i) The following compulsory units: re-enrolment solely in the LLB or solely in the BA(AsSt) course. 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and Drafting 030 (12 points)
D183—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY REGULATIONS
MEDICINE (5) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may approve on the recommendation of the Associate Dean (Student Affairs) Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code and subject to sub-regulation (6), a candidate enrolling on a is recorded against the title of each course. This information, part-time basis. however, does not form part of the Regulations per se. (6) A student shall not be permitted to enrol in two consecutive years of the course on a part-time basis. Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. Course Content The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended to be read in conjunction with these regulations. 3. The courses of instruction prescribed for each year are as follows: 1.(1) The degrees in Medicine are: (a) Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery—MB BS (1) First Year (b) Bachelor of Medical Science—BMedSc 909.100 Normal Systems 100 (17 points) 909.105 Foundations of Cell Biology 105 (4 points) (c) Bachelor of Health Science—BHlthSc 909.106 Foundations of Animal and (d) Master of Clinical Audiology—MClinAudiol Human Biology 106 (4 points) (e) Master of Clinical Biochemistry—MClinB 909.107 Foundations of Medical Chemistry 107 (f) Master of Primary Health Care—MPHC (3 points) (g) Master of Public Health—MPH 909.111 Foundations of Clinical Practice 111 (7 points) (h) Master of Medical Science—MMedSc 909.112 Foundations of Clinical Practice 112 (i) Doctor of Medicine—DM (7 points) (j) Doctor of Surgery—DS and (2) The graduate diplomas in the Faculty of Medicine and 560.131 Physics 131, where the candidate, in the Dentistry are: opinion of the Faculty, does not have (a) Graduate Diploma in Clinical Epidemiology— adequate knowledge of physics GradDipClinEpid or (b) Graduate Diploma in Public Health—GradDipPubHlth a first-year unit approved by the Faculty to the value (c) Graduate Diploma in Primary Health Care— of six points from any faculty GradDipPHC and (d) Graduate Diploma in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies— attendance at co-ordinated teaching and other sessions GradDipADAS as required. (e) Graduate Diploma in Primary Care Psychiatry— (2) Second Year GradDipPCP 920.235 Biochemistry 235 (3) The graduate certificates in the Faculty of Medicine and 910.235 Human Anatomy 235 Dentistry are: 980.235 Medical Physiology 235 (a) Graduate Certificate in Clinical Epidemiology— 750.230 Behavioural Science, Public Health and GradCertClinEpid General Practice 230 (b) Graduate Certificate in Public Health— (3) Third Year GradCertPubHlth 910.327 Co-ordinated Neurosciences 327 (c) Graduate Certificate in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies 950.326 Molecular Biology 326 (Medical Management)—GradCertADAS(MedMgt) 950.330 Clinical Microbiology and Laboratory Medicine 330 (d) Graduate Certificate in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies— 970.330 Pathology 330 GradCertADAS 960.320 Medical Pharmacology 320 (4) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree 750.320 Behavioural Science, Public Health and of Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for General Practice 320 the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. (4) Fourth Year 860.410 General Practice 410 DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF 970.400 Pathology (including Neuropathology) 400 SURGERY (9011) 890.410 Psychiatry 410 990.400 Surgery 400 Course Requirements 890.420 Clinical Ethics 420 2.(1) The course for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and 900.415 Clinical Methods 415 Bachelor of Surgery is a six-year full-time course or part-time In addition, candidates shall attend co-ordinated teaching equivalent. and other sessions as required. (2) Candidates for the degree shall in each year of the course— (5) Fifth Year 1 (a) complete all the courses of instruction prescribed for that 1 In 2000, the fifth year will be a transition year from the old to the new year unless the Faculty in special cases approves otherwise; and curriculum with minor changes to the content of the revised curriculum. (b) attend lectures, seminars, tutorials, demonstrations and teaching and other sessions and do clinical and practical work 909.500 Science and Practice of Medicine 500 as required at the University and at teaching hospitals and (2 points) other institutions approved by the Faculty. 909.530 Medicine 530 (6 points) 909.540 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 540 (8 points) (3) During any period of the course for the degree carried 909.550 Paediatrics 550 (8 points) out in any teaching hospital or other institution candidates 909.560 Psychiatry 560 (6 points) shall observe the regulations and rules of such hospital or 909.584 Cancer 584 (2 points) institution. 909.585 Musculoskeletal Disorders 585 (4 points) (4) During the period of the course for the degree a candidate 909.591 Options 591 (2 points) shall comply with the requirements of the Faculty’s Infection 909.592 Options 592 (2 points) Control Policy. 909.593 Options 593 (2 points)
D184—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
750.530 Public Health 530 (3 points) (5) The Faculty, when considering all matters concerning 960.500 Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 500 repeat years and exclusion from the course, shall take due (2 points) account of the whole of a student’s academic record. 950.510 Infectious Diseases 510 (1 point) (6) Elective Term Classifications Before commencing the sixth year of the course a student 8.(1) When classifying or allocating marks to a candidate the shall undertake a minimum six-week elective period during examiner or examiners in any course of instruction may take the vacation. into consideration the candidate’s general performance in that course as well as the examination. (7) Sixth Year 900.610 Medicine (and Medicine Specialties) 610 (2) The Board of Examiners in Medicine may take into con- 990.600 Surgery 600 sideration a candidate’s overall performance when deter- 940.600 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 600 mining whether the candidate should be passed or failed in 930.600 Paediatrics 600 any course of instruction. 890.600 Psychiatry 600 (3) In implementing Regulations 6(1) to 8(2) inclusive, due 890.620 Clinical Ethics 620 account shall be taken of a student’s total previous academic 860.600 General Practice 600 record, and of any claim that examination performance was adversely affected by sickness or other special circumstances. Withdrawal (4) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- 4. Unless the Faculty is satisfied that there were exceptional mentary examinations, the following classifications shall be circumstances to justify late withdrawal— used: (a) a first-year candidate who withdraws from a semester- length unit later than the commencement of week ten of the Higher Distinction HD 80–100 semester in question; or Distinction D 70–79 Credit Pass CR 60–69 (b) a candidate from any other year of the course who Pass P 50–59 withdraws from any unit after the mid-point of instruction Ungraded Pass UP for the unit Pass Conditional P* shall be declared to have failed that unit. Fail N+ 45–49 Fail N 0–44 Examinations Ungraded Fail UF 5.(1) Examinations and parts of examinations will be held at (5) The degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of such times and places as the Faculty determines. Surgery may be conferred either as a pass degree or as a (2) The Faculty may exclude from any examination or any degree with honours. part of an examination in any course of instruction a student (6)(a) The degree will be awarded with honours to whose general performance in that course has, in its opinion, candidates who have achieved an overall standard of work in been unsatisfactory. the six years of the course which, in the opinion of the Board of Examiners in Medicine, is sufficiently high to merit such an Supplementary and Deferred Examinations award. 6.(1) Supplementary examinations in failed units may be (b) The following shall not be eligible for the award of granted in all years at the discretion of the Board of honours: Examiners in Medicine provided that— (i) a candidate who has failed in any year of the course; or (a) in the first, second, third and fourth years of the course (ii) a candidate who has been granted a supplementary the minimum number of units specified in sub-regulation 7(3) examination in the final year of the course. have been passed at the first attempt; (b) a supplementary examination shall not be granted to a Progress to Later Years student repeating a year. 9. Except with the permission of the Faculty, a student shall (2) The Board of Examiners in Medicine, when considering not proceed to any part of a later year of the course without all matters concerning supplementary examinations, shall having successfully completed all the previous years’ courses of take due account of the whole of a student’s academic record. instruction. (3) A student who fails a deferred examination in a unit 10. A student shall not proceed to the second year of the shall not be granted a supplementary examination in that course unless he or she has fulfilled the requirements for so unit. doing specified in the Faculty’s Infection Control Policy.
Sanctions Retention of Credit 7.(1) A student who is classified as failed in any completed 11.(1) Students who have made satisfactory progress and, course in any year shall be declared to have failed overall for having been granted leave, have been absent from the course that year. for no more than one year, shall be permitted to proceed to a (2) A student who fails may by decision of the Faculty on higher level of the course. the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Medicine (2) Students who have been absent from the course for be— more than one year may be granted credit for successfully (a) permitted to repeat the year; or completed years at the discretion of the Faculty in the light of (b) excluded from the course for a period of not less than their previous academic record, the reason for taking leave, two years as determined by the Faculty; or the period of absence from the course, and their occupation during the period of absence. (c) excluded permanently from the course. (3) Students shall not retain credit for any part of the MB (3) A student who at the annual examinations fails or is BS course after absence from it for five or more consecutive declared to have failed at the first attempt in more than two years. of the units prescribed for any of the first, second, third or fourth years of the MB BS course shall not be eligible to sit for Appeals against Final Assessment supplementary examinations in the failed units. 12.(a) Students may appeal against their academic assessment (4) A student in the first year of the course who fails one or in accordance with the procedure governing appeals more units in the first semester may, by the decision of the published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Faculty and on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Medicine, be excluded from the course for a period of not less than two years as determined by the Faculty.
D185—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Appeals against Sanctions 909.302 Integrated Paraclinical Sciences 302 (14 points) (b) Students may appeal against a sanction imposed by the 909.312 Foundations of Clinical Practice 312 (7 points) Faculty in accordance with the procedure governing appeals 909.391 PhD Thesis—Research 391 (6 points) against sanctions published in the Faculty of Medicine and 909.392 PhD Thesis—Research 392 (Vacation) Dentistry Handbook. (12 points) Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean (d) Fourth Year 13. When it is impracticable to call the Faculty together, the 909.490 PhD Thesis—Research 490 (48 points) Executive Dean may after consulting the head of any (e) Fifth Year department concerned exercise on behalf of the Faculty its 909.400 Scientific Basis of Medicine 400 (8 points) powers under General Regulation 11 and Medicine Regu- 909.410 Core Clinical Methods 410 (4 points) lations 5(2), 7(2) and 9. 909.430 Medicine 430 (8 points) 909.460 Psychiatry 460 (8 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 909.470 Surgery 470 (8 points) BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND 909.481 Geriatrics 481 (4 points) 909.482 Infection 482 (2 points) BACHELOR OF SURGERY AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (9015) 909.483 Ophthalmology 483 (2 points) 909.491 PhD Thesis—Research 491 (4 points) Applicability of General and Faculty Regulations 909.492 PhD Thesis—Research 492 (Vacation) (8 points) 14. Except as provided in Regulations 14 to 19, Medicine Regulations 2(2) to (6), and 4 to 13 shall apply to the Bachelor (e) Sixth Year of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery component and General 909.500 Scientific Basis of Medicine 500 (8 points) Regulations 45 to 55D shall apply to the Doctor of Philosophy 909.520 General Practice 520 (6 points) component of the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor 909.530 Medicine 530 (6 points) of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery and Doctor of Philosophy. 909.540 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 540 (8 points) 909.550 Paediatrics 550 (8 points) Admission 909.584 Cancer 584 (2 points) 15. The Board of Postgraduate Research Studies and the Faculty 909.585 Musculoskeletal Disorders 585 (4 points) of Medicine and Dentistry may accept as a candidate for the 909.591 PhD Thesis—Research 591 (6 points) combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and 909.592 PhD Thesis—Research 592 (Vacation) Bachelor of Surgery and Doctor of Philosophy an applicant (12 points) who— (f) Seventh Year (a) holds an honours degree of at least 2A level or equivalent 909.620 Rural General Practice 620 (12 points) or has been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or 909.630 Medicine 630 (12 points) (b) has successfully completed at least the third year of the 909.645 Maternal and Child Health 645 (6 points) course for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of 909.660 Psychiatry 660 (6 points) Surgery or has been granted equivalent status under Statute 909.670 Surgery 670 (12 points) No. 5. 909.686 Emergency Medicine 686 (6 points) 909.790 PhD Thesis—Research 790 (12 points) Course Requirements (2) The Executive Dean, in recognition of exceptional circum- 16. No later than 12 months from the date of first enrolment stances, may permit a candidate to undertake PhD Thesis— for the course, a candidate shall provide a research proposal, Research 490 (909.490) as the fifth or sixth year of the course. through the Head of the Department and supervisor(s), for 18.(1) Before submission of the thesis for the degree of Doctor consideration and approval of the Board of the Postgraduate of Philosophy, a candidate admitted to the combined course Research School. under paragraph 15(b), shall complete the following: 17.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), before sub- (a) Fourth Year mission of the thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, a 909.490 PhD Thesis—Research 490 (48 points) candidate admitted to the combined course under paragraph 15(a), shall complete the following: (b) Fifth Year 909.400 Scientific Basis of Medicine 400 (8 points) (a) First Year 909.410 Core Clinical Methods 410 (4 points) (i) 909.100 Normal Systems 100 (17 points) 909.430 Medicine 430 (8 points) 909.105 Foundations of Cell Biology 105 (4 points) 909.460 Psychiatry 460 (8 points) 909.106 Foundations of Animal and Human 909.470 Surgery 470 (8 points) Biology 106 (4 points) 909.481 Geriatrics 481 (4 points) 909.107 Foundations of Medical Chemistry 107 909.482 Infection 482 (2 points) (3 points) 909.483 Ophthalmology 483 (2 points) 909.111 Foundations of Clinical Practice 111 (14 points) 909.492 PhD Thesis—Research 492 (4 points) 909.191 PhD Thesis—Research 191 (6 points) 909.493 PhD Thesis—Research 493 (Vacation) 909.192 PhD Thesis—Research 192 (Vacation) (12 points) (12 points) and (c) Sixth Year (ii) required attendance at co-ordinated teaching and 909.500 Scientific Basis of Medicine 500 (8 points) other sessions. 909.520 General Practice 520 (6 points) (b) Second Year 909.530 Medicine 530 (6 points) 909.201 Normal Systems 201 (14 points) 909.540 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 540 (8 points) 909.211 Foundations of Clinical Practice 211 (7 points) 909.550 Paediatrics 550 (8 points) 909.202 Normal Systems 202 (14 points) 909.584 Cancer 584 (2 points) 909.212 Foundations of Clinical Practice 212 (7 points) 909.585 Musculoskeletal Disorders 585 (4 points) 909.200 Normal Systems 200 909.590 PhD Thesis—Research 590 (12 points) 909.291 PhD Thesis—Research 291 (6 points) 909.690 PhD Thesis—Research 690 (Elective) 909.292 PhD Thesis—Research 292 (Vacation) (12 points) (12 points) (d) Seventh Year (c) Third Year 909.620 Rural General Practice 620 (12 points) 909.301 Integrated Paraclinical Sciences 301 909.630 Medicine 630 (12 points) (14 points) 909.645 Maternal and Child Health 645 (6 points) 909.311 Foundations of Clinical Practice 311 (7 points) 909.660 Psychiatry 660 (6 points)
D186—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
909.670 Surgery 670 (12 points) Classification 909.686 Emergency Medicine 686 (6 points) 909.691 PhD Thesis—Research 691 (Vacation) 24. Upon the successful completion of this course the degree (8 points) of the Bachelor of Medical Science shall be awarded with honours. (e) Eighth Year 909.790 PhD Thesis—Research 790 (48 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE (5026)
(2) A candidate who wishes to withdraw from the course General Provisions after successfully completing the fourth year, may apply to the 25. Faculty of Science Regulations 2 to 17 shall apply to the Faculty— Bachelor of Health Science. (a) to continue the course for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery; and Course Structure (b) to be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. 26. The course for the degree shall comprise: Credit (1) in the first year of the course, units to a total value of 48 points including: 19. The Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation (a) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) of the relevant course controller(s), may grant credit towards the degree in terms of General Regulation 12 up to a maximum or of 12 points. 139.110 Biology 110 (12 points) (b) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from: Qualification for Award of the Degrees 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) 20.(1) Candidates who successfully complete the requirements 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) set out in either Regulation 17 or Regulation 18 and complete 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) qualify for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) of Surgery and Doctor of Philosophy. 230.104 Computer Science 104 (6 points) (2) In accordance with General Regulation 55B or 55C, a 230.120 Foundations of Programming 120 (12 points) candidate who fails to qualify for the award of the Doctor of 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) Philosophy may be permitted to submit his/her research, or 530.100 Mathematics 100 (12 points) any part of it, in a form approved by the Faculty, in order to 530.170 Mathematics 170 (12 points) complete the requirements for the award of the Master of 530.150 Mathematics 150 (12 points) Medical Science. 530.140 Mathematics 140 (12 points) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICAL SCIENCE (9012) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) Admission 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) 21. Undergraduates who have shown special aptitude in their 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) studies and are recommended by the head of the department 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) concerned as suitable for advanced work may be permitted (c) by the Faculty to interrupt their studies for the degree of subject to Regulation 27, units to make up the total points Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery and to enrol as required chosen from the first-year offerings offered by the candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. Faculty of Arts, the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, or the Faculty of Science; Course Requirements (2) in the second year of the course, units to a minimum 22.(1) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Medical total value of 48 points as follows: Science shall— (a) 750.201 Public Health 201 (6 points) (a) undertake an approved course of advanced study and 750.202 Public Health 202 (6 points) research in any subject offered by a department in the Faculty and of Medicine and Dentistry; (b) subject to Regulation 28, units to a maximum value of 32 (b) work for at least 36 weeks as a full-time student in the points selected from Faculty of Science Regulation 23(b) and department concerned. leading to at least one of the majors listed below: (2) Upon the successful completion of this course and at Anatomy and Human Biology least the third year of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Anthropology (with restrictions) Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, candidates shall have com- Biochemistry pleted the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Medical Biophysics Science. Cell Physiology (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation Environmental Microbiology 12(1) a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Medical Genetics Science may be permitted by the Faculty to undertake an Geography (with restrictions) approved course of advanced study and research at an Human Movement institution either interstate or overseas. Information Technology Systems (with restrictions) Microbiology Assessment Pathology Pharmacology 23.(1) A candidate shall— Physiology (a) submit a thesis or dissertation on the work done to the Psychology (with restrictions); department not later than the first day of the academic year following the year of first enrolment for the degree; and and (b) sit for such written, practical and oral examinations as (c) subject to Regulation 27, units to make up the total may be required. points required chosen from the first- or second-year offerings offered by the Faculty of Arts, the Faculty of Economics and (2) A department shall for each thesis or dissertation Commerce, or the Faculty of Science; appoint not more than two examiners who, following their examination of the thesis or dissertation, shall provide a (3) in the third year of the course, units to a minimum written report to the department. value of 48 points as follows: (a) 750.200 Health Industry Practicum 200 (8 points) (b) units to a minimum value of 16 points as follows:
D187—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
at least one of: Examinations 750.203 Health Research Methods 203 (8 points) 32. In all reports on examinations of units both marks and 750.204 Health Research Methods 204 (8 points) letter grades shall be used as follows— if necessary, units to make up the required 16 points Higher Distinction HD 80–100 chosen from the following: Distinction D 70–79 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) Credit Pass CR 60–69 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) Pass P 50–59 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) Ungraded Pass UP Pass Conditional P* units which may be approved by the Executive Dean of Fail N+ 45–49 the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry or the Executive Fail N 0–44 Dean of the Faculty of Science; Ungraded Fail UF (c) third-year units to a minimum value of 24 points leading to the completion of a major in one of the disciplines listed in Re-Enrolment sub-paragraph (2)(b); 33.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) or Regulation (4) in the fourth year of the course, the following units to a 34, candidates for the degree of master by coursework or of a minimum value of 48 points: graduate diploma shall enrol or re-enrol each year in (a) subject to Regulation 29 accordance with General Regulations 2 and 3. either (2) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the for pass degree candidates: recommendation of the head of the department concerned, refuse an application for re-enrolment. 750.300 Health Industry Practicum 300 (24 points) or Suspension of Candidature for honours degree candidates: 34. The Executive Dean may, on receipt of a written 139.305 Health Science Honours Research application, approve suspension of candidature for any Dissertation 305 (24 points) semester. and (b) 750.301 Health Administration 301 (8 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY (9034) 750.302 Health Promotion 302 (8 points) 750.303 Health Economics 303 (4 points) Applicability of General Regulations 750.304 Disease Control 304 (4 points) 35. The General Regulations relating to Graduate Certificates and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma 27.(1) Before the end of the second year of the course a candidate in Clinical Epidemiology. shall complete at least two units selected in consultation with a course adviser, and subject to Regulation 26, from the following: 36.(1) The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) Department of Public Health, may admit as a candidate for 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 the diploma an applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s (6 points) degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 status under Statute No. 5. (6 points) (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma 535.106 Economics and Business Statistics 106 an applicant who does not hold the qualifications specified in (6 points) sub-regulation (1) but can satisfy the Faculty that his or her (2) Candidates who enrol in a first-year mathematics unit level of education and the duration and level of his or her will not be permitted to enrol in Economics and Business professional experience are such that he or she has the potential Statistics 106. to complete the course satisfactorily. 28. Candidates wishing to major in Anthropology, Geography, Course Requirements Information Technology Systems or Psychology shall take Physiology 250 in the second year. 37. Except as provided in Regulation 40, to qualify for the diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete coursework Entry to Honours with a total value of 48 points comprising: (a) the following compulsory units: 29. Candidates who have successfully completed the require- ments of the first three years of the course and have attained a 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) weighted average of at least 65 per cent in the third year shall 750.757 Clinical Epidemiology 757 (6 points) be eligible to enter the programme for the degree with honours. 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 Withdrawal from Course after Completion (6 points) of the First Three Years 750.773 Scientific Basis of Health Services 773 (6 points) 30. Candidates who withdraw from the course before and qualifying for the Bachelor of Health Science, but after completing the first three years of the course, may apply to (b) units as necessary to make up the required points value the Faculty of Science— chosen from the following: (1) to be awarded the Bachelor of Science; or 750.769 Biostatistics II 769 (6 points) 750.748 Cardiovascular Epidemiology 748 (6 points) (2) for admission to the course for Bachelor of Science with 750.750 Epidemiology II 750 (8 points) Honours. 750.761 Epidemiology and Control of Communicable Diseases 761 (4 points) 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR GRADUATE DIPLOMAS AND 750.766 Health Survey Research Methods 766 MASTER’S COURSEWORK DEGREES (6 points) Late Withdrawals 750.763 Leadership in Public Health 763 (6 points) 750.767 Maternal and Child Health 767 (6 points) 31. A student enrolled in any year of a master’s degree by 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and coursework or of a graduate diploma who, after the first day Leadership 501 (6 points) of the week following the mid-point of instruction in a unit, 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) withdraws from that unit shall be declared to have failed unless the Executive Dean is satisfied that there were exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal.
D188—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
units of equivalent level offered in another course at this level of education and the duration and level of his or her or another recognised institution, as approved by the professional experience are such that he or she has the potential Executive Dean on the recommendation of the Head to complete the course satisfactorily. of Department. Course Requirements Enrolment 45. Except as provided in Regulation 49, to qualify for the 38. A candidate shall enrol in at least one unit in each semester diploma a candidate shall satisfactorily complete one of the unless the Executive Dean in recognition of exceptional programmes set out in sub-regulations (1) to (5) below: circumstances permits otherwise. Graduate Diploma in Public Health (9036) Time Limit (1) The programme shall comprise: 39.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the course for the diploma (a) the following compulsory units: shall be completed within three years from the date of first 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) enrolment excluding periods of suspension approved by the 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) Faculty. 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 Department of Public Health, may grant an extension, not (6 points) exceeding one year, to the time limits specified in sub- and regulation (1). (b) units as necessary to make up a total value of at least Credit 48 points chosen from: 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) 40.(1) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recommen- 860.703 Advanced Topics in Primary Health dation of the Head of the Department of Public Health, may Care 703 (4 points) grant credit towards the course for units totalling up to half of 150.751 Anthropology and Sociology of Health and the minimum points value. Illness 751 (4 points) (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: 150.752 Anthropology and Sociology of Health Care (a) coursework completed as part of an approved course Systems 752 (4 points) at this or another recognised tertiary institution; 750.769 Biostatistics II 769 (6 points) 750.775 Behavioural Research in Public Health 775 (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework completed (6 points) through Continuing Education at this institution in or after 750.748 Cardiovascular Epidemiology 748 (6 points) 1995; and/or 750.757 Clinical Epidemiology 757 (6 points) (c) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed in 750.751 Environmental Health I 751 (6 points) courses provided by professional providers or private 750.758 Environmental Health II 758 (6 points) educational institutions. 750.750 Epidemiology II 750 (8 points) (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- 750.761 Epidemiology and Control of graph (2)(b) shall not exceed 12 points. Communicable Diseases 761 (6 points) 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- Health 1 702 (8 points) graph (2)(c) shall not exceed 12 points. 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community Health 2 704 (4 points) Unsatisfactory Progress 750.765 Health Promotion II 765 (6 points) 41. Unless the Faculty determines otherwise, a candidate 750.766 Health Survey Research Methods 766 who— (6 points) 455.661 Information Systems Management 661 (a) fails to pass a compulsory unit after two attempts; or (6 points) (b) fails to pass at first attempt any three units 750.763 Leadership in Public Health 763 (6 points) shall be excluded from further study in the course. 455.500 Management of Organisations 500 (6 points) 750.767 Maternal and Child Health 767 (6 points) Award of Graduate Certificate 860.701 Primary Health Care and International Health 701 (8 points) 42. A candidate who withdraws from the course before 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) qualifying for the diploma but after completing the following 750.764 Programme Evaluation 764 (6 points) units may apply to the Board of Examiners in Medicine and 750.781 Public Health Nutrition 781 (6 points) Dentistry to be awarded the Graduate Certificate in Clinical 750.770 Special Topics in Public Health 770 (2 points), Epidemiology: semester 1 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) 750.771 Special Topics in Public Health 771 750.757 Clinical Epidemiology 757 (6 points) (4 points), semester 1 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) 750.772 Special Topics in Public Health 772 (2 points), 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 semester 2 (6 points) 750.780 Special Topics in Public Health 780 (4 points), semester 2
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH units of equivalent level offered in another course at this or another recognised institution, as approved by Applicability of General Regulations the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the 43. The General Regulations relating to Graduate Certificates Head of the Department. and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Public Health. Graduate Diploma in Public Health (in Research Methods) (9028) 44.(1) The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the (2) The programme shall comprise: Department of Public Health, may admit as a candidate for (a) the following compulsory units: the diploma an applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) degree of this University or has been admitted to equivalent 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) status under Statute No. 5. 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma and an applicant who does not hold the qualifications specified in (b) units with a total value of at least nine points chosen sub-regulation (1) but can satisfy the Faculty that his or her from the following:
D189—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
750.775 Behavioural Research in Public Health 775 and (6 points) 750.769 Biostatistics II 769 (6 points) (c) units as necessary to make up a total value of 24 points 750.768 Biostatistics IIB 768 (6 points) chosen from: 750.750 Epidemiology II 750 (8 points) 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 Health 2 704 (8 points) (6 points) 750.766 Health Survey Research Methods 766 and (6 points) 750.764 Programme Evaluation 764 (6 points) those units listed in sub-regulation (1)(b) and and (c) units as necessary to make up a total value of at least units of equivalent level offered in another course at 48 points chosen from: this or another recognised institution, as approved by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) Head of the Department. 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 (6 points) Graduate Diploma in Public Health (in Aboriginal Health) (9040) and (5) The programme shall comprise: those units listed in sub-regulation (1)(b) (a) the following compulsory units: and 750.776 Underlying Issues in Aboriginal Health 776 units of equivalent level offered in another course at (6 points) this or another recognised institution, as approved 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) Head of the Department. 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) Graduate Diploma in Public Health (in Health Planning) (9038) and (3) The programme shall comprise: (b) units as necessary to make up a total value of at least 48 points chosen from: (a) the following compulsory units: 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 (6 points) (6 points) and and the units listed in sub-regulation (1)(b) (b) units with a total value of at least nine points chosen from the following: and 750.764 Programme Evaluation 764 (6 points) units of equivalent level offered in another course at 750.763 Leadership in Public Health 763 (6 points) this or another recognised institution, as approved 455.560 Information Management 560 (6 points) by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the 455.500 Management of Organisations 500 Head of the Department. (6 points) 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and Enrolment Leadership 501 (6 points) 46. A candidate shall enrol in at least one unit in each semester unless the Executive Dean in recognition of exceptional and circumstances permits otherwise. (c) units as necessary to make up a total value of at least 48 points chosen from: Time Limit 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) 47.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course for 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) the diploma shall be completed within three years from the and date of first enrolment excluding periods of suspension those units listed in sub-regulation (1)(b) approved by the Faculty. and (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, units of equivalent level offered in another course at having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the this or another recognised institution, as approved Department of Public Health, may grant an extension, not by the Executive Dean on the recommendation of the exceeding one year, to the time limits specified in sub- Head of the Department. regulation (1).
Graduate Diploma in Public Health (in Health Promotion) (9039) Exemption from Core Units 48. (4) The programme shall comprise: In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Public Health, the Executive (a) the following compulsory units: Dean may permit a student to substitute for one compulsory 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) unit an elective unit, or a unit of equivalent level and weight 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) nominated by the Head of the Department from an approved 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) course at this or another recognised institution. and Credit (b) units with a total value of at least nine points chosen from the following: 49.(1) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recommen- dation of the Head of the Department of Public Health, may 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) grant credit towards the course for units totalling up to half of 150.751 Anthropology and Sociology of Health and the minimum points value. Illness 751 (2 points) 150.752 Anthropology and Sociology of Health Care (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: Systems 752 (2 points) (a) coursework completed as part of an approved course 750.775 Behavioural Research in Public Health 775 at this or another recognised tertiary institution; (6 points) (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework completed 750.765 Health Promotion II 765 (6 points) through Continuing Education at this institution in or after 750.763 Leadership in Public Health 763 (6 points) 1995; and/or 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and Leadership 501 (6 points) 750.781 Public Health Nutrition 781 (6 points)
D190—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
(c) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed in courses Course Requirements provided by professional providers or private educational 53. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete institutions. satisfactorily an advanced programme of supervised study (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- with a total value of 48 points selected from the programmes graph (2)(b) shall not exceed 12 points. set out in sub-regulations (1) and (2).1
1 (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- The units listed in sub-regulations (1) and (2) may not be available graph (2)(c) shall not exceed 12 points. every year. The course may from time to time include other approved units not currently listed in the regulations for this diploma. Unsatisfactory Progress 50. Unless the Faculty determines otherwise, a candidate International and Community Health Programme 1 who— 1 The International Community Health Programme may not be (a) fails to pass a compulsory unit after two attempts; or available in 2000. Contact the Faculty Office (telephone: 9346 2562) for further information. (b) fails to pass at first attempt any three units shall be excluded from further study in the course. (1) Subject to sub-regulations 54(1) and (2), the course for the degree of Graduate Diploma in Primary Health Care (Inter- Award of Graduate Certificate national and Community Health) shall consist of the 51. A candidate who withdraws from the course before following units: qualifying for the diploma but after completing the 860.701 Primary Health Care and International requirements for one of the programmes set out in sub- Health 701 (8 points) regulations (1) and (2) below may apply to the Board of 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) Examiners in Medicine to be awarded the appropriate graduate 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) certificate: 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community Health I 702 (8 points) 2 Graduate Certificate in Public Health 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community (1) The programme shall comprise: Health II 704 (8 points) 2 2 (a) 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) 860.711 Advanced Study Programme 711 (12 points) 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 2 These units will be offered both on campus and by Distance (6 points) Education in 2000. and (b) one of the following units: General Practice Research and Evaluation Programme 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulations 54(1) and (2), the course for the 750.766 Health Survey Research Methods 766 degree of Graduate Diploma in Primary Health Care (General (6 points) Practice Research and Evaluation) shall consist of the 750.764 Programme Evaluation 764 (6 points) following units: and First Year (c) one of the following units: 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) 860.651 General Practice A—Research Methods 651 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 (6 points) 3 (6 points) 860.614 Biostatistics A 614 (6 points) 3 Second Year Graduate Certificate in Public Health (in Aboriginal Health) 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community (2) The programme shall comprise: Health I 702 (8 points) 4 (a) the following compulsory units: 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community Health II 704 (8 points) 4 750.776 Underlying Issues in Aboriginal Health 776 860.711 Advanced Study Programme 711 (12 points) 4 (6 points) 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) 3 These units are offered through the University of Newcastle by cross- 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 institutional enrolment. (6 points) 4 These units will be offered both on campus and by Distance and Education in 2000. (b) one of the following units: 54.(1) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community Department of General Practice, may permit a student to Health I 702 (8 points) substitute for Advanced Study Programme 711 units to the value of 12 points from the list of approved units offered in the course for the degree of Master of Primary Health Care or GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PRIMARY HEALTH CARE (9035) Master of Public Health. Admission (2) The Executive Dean may permit a candidate to substitute for units listed in sub-regulations 53(1) and (2) 52.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate above, other than 860.701 or 860.715, work of appropriate Diploma in Primary Health Care an applicant who holds a content and of equivalent level and weight offered as part of bachelor’s degree from this University or has been admitted any other approved course in this or another recognised to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. tertiary institution. (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma an applicant who does not hold the qualifications specified in Assessment sub-regulation (1) but can satisfy the Faculty that his or her 55. Assessment shall be: level of education and the duration and level of his or her (a) for the coursework component by assignments and/or professional experience are such that he or she has the potential written examination; and to complete the course satisfactorily. (b) for the advanced study programme by examination of the research proposal, dissertation or project report.
D191—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Unsatisfactory Progress Assessment 56. A candidate may be excluded from further study if, in the 62. Assessment shall be: opinion of the Faculty, progress made in any year is unsatis- (a) for the coursework component by assignments and factory. written examination; (b) for the practicum by satisfactory demonstration of Time Limit clinical skills. 57.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course for the diploma shall extend over one year for a full-time Satisfactory Progress candidate or the equivalent as determined by the Faculty for a 63. A candidate shall be permitted to proceed to the clinical part-time candidate. placement only if, in the opinion of the Faculty, there has (2) The Faculty may permit an extension of candidature been satisfactory progress in the units undertaken. which will normally not exceed one year but may, in exceptional circumstances, be extended having regard to the Time Limit recom-mendation of the Head of the Department of General 64.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course for Practice. the diploma shall extend over one year for a full-time candidate or two years for a part-time candidate. Credit (2) The Faculty may permit an extension of candidature 58.(1) Notwithstanding Regulation 54, the Executive Dean, which shall normally not exceed one year but may, in having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the exceptional circumstances, be extended having regard to the Department of General Practice, may grant credit towards the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psychiatry degree, up to a maximum of 24 points. and Behavioural Science. (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: (a) coursework completed as part of an approved course Exemption from Units at this or another recognised tertiary institution; 65. In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework completed of the Head of the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioural through Continuing Education at this institution; and/or Science the Executive Dean may permit a candidate to (c) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed in substitute for one unit, excluding the clinical placement, a courses provided by professional providers or private unit from an approved course of study at this or another educational institutions. recognised institution. (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in paragraph 2(b) shall not exceed eight points. Award of Graduate Certificate 66. A candidate who withdraws from the course before quali- (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in fying for the diploma but after completing one of the pro- paragraph 2(c) shall not exceed 12 points. grammes set out in sub-regulations (1) and (2) below may apply to the Board of Examiners in Medicine to be awarded GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ALCOHOL the appropriate graduate certificate. AND DRUG ABUSE STUDIES (9031) Graduate Certificate in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies Applicability of General Regulations (Medical Management) 59. The General Regulations relating to Graduate Certificates (1) The programme shall comprise: and Graduate Diplomas shall apply to the Graduate Diploma 890.700 Introduction to Alcohol and Drugs 700 in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies. (6 points) Admission 890.702 Clinical Skills Development 702 (8 points) 890.707 Drug Management 707 (10 points) 60.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies an applicant Graduate Certificate in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies who— (2) The programme shall comprise: (a)(i) holds the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and 890.700 Introduction to Alcohol and Drugs 700 Bachelor of Surgery from this University; or (6 points) (ii) holds a bachelor’s degree from this University with a 890.702 Clinical Skills Development 702 (8 points) major in Psychology, Social Work or other discipline that 890.701 Research Methods and Instruments in Alcohol would allow the candidate to meet the clinical placement and Drugs 701 (6 points) requirements of the course; or 890.703 Special Topics in Alcohol and Drugs 703 (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under (4 points) Statute No. 5. (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PRIMARY CARE PSYCHIATRY (9032) Graduate Diploma in Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies an applicant who does not hold the qualifications specified in Admission sub-regulation (1) but can satisfy the Faculty that his or her 67. level of education and the duration and level of his or her The Faculty may accept as candidate for the Graduate professional experience are such that he or she has the Diploma in Primary Care Psychiatry an applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery potential to complete the course satisfactorily. from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status Course Requirements under Statute No. 5. 61. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete Course Requirements satisfactorily an advanced course of supervised study with a total value of 48 points chosen from the following: 68. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete work with a value of 48 points as follows: 890.700 Introduction to Alcohol and Drugs 700 (6 points) (a) core units (compulsory): 890.701 Research Methods and Instruments in Alcohol 890.730 Psychiatric Syndromes 730 (4 points) and Drugs 701 (6 points) 890.731 Schizophrenia and the Psychoses 731 890.702 Clinical Skills Development 702 (8 points) (4 points) 890.703 Special Topics in Alcohol and Drugs 703 890.732 Personality Disorders and Maladaptive (4 points) Behaviours 732 (4 points) 890.704 Clinical Placements 704 (24 points) 890.733 Affective and Anxiety Disorders 733 890.707 Drug Management 707 (10 points) (4 points) 890.734 Clinical Placement 734 (24 points)
D192—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
(b) coursework units to a total value of eight points (c) a minimum of 250 hours of clinical practicum over the selected from: period of the degree. 890.735 Psychological Models 735 (4 points) (2) Candidates for the degree shall in each year of the course 890.736 Psychogeriatrics 736 (2 points) complete all the courses of instruction prescribed for that year 890.737 Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 737 unless the Executive Dean in special cases approves otherwise. (4 points) 890.738 Culture and Mental Illness 738 (2 points) Progress to Later Years or 75. Except with the permission of the Faculty, a candidate units offered in the courses for the Graduate Diploma in shall not proceed to any part of a later year of the course Primary Health Care, the Graduate Diploma in Alcohol without having successfully completed all the previous years’ and Drug Abuse Studies or the degree of Master of courses of instruction. Public Health. Credit Assessment 76. Notwithstanding Regulation 74, the Executive Dean, having 69. Assessment shall be: regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department (a) for the coursework component by assignments, of Physiology, may give credit towards the degree, up to a presentations and written examination; maximum of 48 points in consideration of a graduate diploma or master’s degree in Clinical Audiology. (b) for the practicum by satisfactory demonstration of clinical skills. Time Limit 77.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree a Progress to Clinical Placement candidate shall complete the requirements over a maximum 70. A candidate shall be permitted to proceed to the clinical of two years of full-time study, excluding periods of suspension placement only if, in the opinion of the Faculty, there has of candidature approved by the Faculty. been satisfactory progress in the units undertaken. (2) In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation Time Limit of the Head of the Department of Physiology the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of not more than one calendar 71.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course for year in which to complete the requirements for the degree. the diploma shall extend over one year for a full-time candidate or two years for a part-time candidate. COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (2) The Faculty may permit an extension of candidature MASTER OF CLINICAL AUDIOLOGY/ which shall normally not exceed one year but may, in DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (9073) exceptional circumstances, be further extended having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of 78.(1) The Board of Postgraduate Research Studies and the Psychiatry and Behavioural Science. Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry may accept as a candidate for the degrees of Master of Clinical Audiology and Doctor of Exemption from Units Philosophy an applicant who holds an honours degree of at least 2A level or equivalent and meets the requirements of 72. In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation General Regulations 45 to 47. of the Head of the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioural Science, the Executive Dean may permit a candidate to (2)(a) A candidate for the degree shall provide a research substitute for one unit, excluding the clinical placement, a proposal, through the Head of the Department of Physiology unit from an approved course of study at this or another and supervisor(s), six months from the date of first enrolment recognised institution. for the degree. (b) The research proposal provided by the candidate, in accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation (2)(a), shall MASTER OF CLINICAL AUDIOLOGY (9054) be forwarded by the Head of the Department of Physiology to the Academic Board for its approval. Admission (3) Candidates enrolled in the combined course shall, before 73. The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head of submission of the thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the Department of Physiology, accept as a candidate for the complete the following: degree of Master of Clinical Audiology applicants who hold a First Year bachelor’s degree of this University, or have been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5. 980.513 Speech, Language and Communication 513 (6 points) Course Requirements 980.512 Basic Clinical Audiology 512 (12 points) 74.(1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Clinical Audiology, Second Year candidates shall complete the following: 980.515 Hearing Devices and Aural Rehabilitation 515 (a) in the first year: (6 points) 980.510 Physiology of the Auditory System 510 980.516 Evoked Response Audiometry 516 (4 points) (6 points) Third Year 980.511 Audiological Instrumentation 511 (12 points) 980.611 Advanced Clinical Audiology 611 (12 points) 980.512 Basic Clinical Audiology 512 (12 points) 980.610 Advanced Hearing Devices and 980.513 Speech, Language and Communication 513 Aural Rehabilitation 610 (12 points) (6 points) 980.514 Evoked Responses in Clinical Diagnosis 514 Fourth Year (6 points) 980.612 Community and Workplace Audiology 612 980.515 Hearing Devices and Aural (8 points) Rehabilitation 515 (6 points) 980.613 Audiology Practice Management 613 (b) in the second year: (4 points) 980.610 Advanced Hearing Devices and (4) Except as approved by the Faculty on the recom- Aural Rehabilitation 610 (12 points) mendation of the Head of Department of Physiology, 980.611 Advanced Clinical Audiology 611 (12 points) candidates shall complete the requirements specified in sub- 980.612 Community and Workplace Audiology 612 regulation (3) above in not more than four calendar years (8 points) from first enrolment in the combined course. 980.613 Audiology Practice Management 613 (5)(a) Candidates who successfully complete the require- (4 points) ments set out in Regulation 78(3) and complete the 980.614 Audiology Research Project 614 (12 points) requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall
D193—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar qualify for the degrees of Master of Clinical Audiology and DEGREE OF MASTER OF PRIMARY HEALTH CARE (9061) Doctor of Philosophy. (b) Candidates who fail to qualify for the award of the Admission Doctor of Philosophy may submit the results of their research 85. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of for the dissertation specified in a form approved by the Faculty, Master of Primary Health Care a person who holds a in order to qualify for the award of the Master of Clinical bachelor’s degree of this University in a relevant discipline, or Audiology. who has been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5. (6) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- Course Requirements mendation of the Head of the Department of Physiology, may grant credit towards the degree, up to a maximum of 48 points, 86. The course for the degree of Master of Primary Health for work completed towards the degree of Master of Clinical Care shall consist of the following: Audiology at this University. Coursework (1) coursework to the value of 48 points comprising: 1 DEGREE OF MASTER OF LABORATORY MEDICINE (9053) (a) the compulsory Group A Core Units listed below; and 79. In addition to the regulations that follow, the General Regu- (b) units to a total value of six points selected from those lations for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree of listed in Group B below and/or, with the approval of the Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Laboratory Executive Dean on the recommendation of the Head of Medicine. Department of General Practice, from units of equivalent level offered in another relevant course at this or another Admission recognised institution. 80. The Faculty, having regard to the recommendation of the 1 The units listed in sub-regulation (1) may not be available every year. Head of the Department of Pathology, may accept as The course may from time to time include other approved units not candidates for the degree of Master of Laboratory Medicine, currently listed in the regulations for this diploma. applicants who— Group A—Core Units (Compulsory) (a) hold the degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in 860.701 Primary Health Care and International Health Biochemistry, Pathology, Pharmacology or Microbiology from (8 points) this University; or or (b) hold a bachelor’s degree in Science or in Medicine from 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) this University and have satisfied the Faculty that their and knowledge of relevant biochemistry, pathology, pharmacology 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) or microbiology is adequate; or 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) (c) have been admitted to status equivalent to sub- 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community regulations (a) or (b) above under Statute No. 5. Health I (8 points) 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community Enrolment Health II (8 points) 81. Candidates for the degree shall enrol on a full-time basis Group B—Electives only. 860.711 Advanced Study Programme 711 (12 points) Time Limit 150.751 Anthropology and Sociology of Health and Illness 751 (4 points) 82. Candidates shall complete all requirements within two 150.752 Anthropology and Sociology of Health Care calendar years of the date of first enrolment for the degree. Systems 752 (4 points) Course Requirements 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) 860.703 Advanced Topics in Primary Health Care 703 83. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete work (4 points) with a value of 96 points as follows: 860.705 Techniques for the Synthesis of Secondary Data 705 (4 points) 880.553 Special Aspects in Laboratory Medicine 553 860.706 Palliative Medicine 706 (4 points) (4 points) 860.708 Medical Education 708 (4 points) 880.559 Seminars Year I 559 (2 points) 860.714 Medical Ethics 714 (6 points) 880.560 Practicum Year I 560 (10 points) 860.709 Geriatric Medicine 709 (4 points) 880.561 Seminars Year II 561 (2 points) 860.712 Psychiatry and Psychological Aspects of 880.562 Practicum Year II 562 (10 points) General Practice 712 (4 points) 880.565 Research Project 565 (20 points) 860.713 Health Care of Isolated and Rural 970.501 Clinical Biochemistry Year I 501 (8 points) Communities 713 (4 points) 960.501 Clinical Pharmacology and Toxicology 501 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) (8 points) 950.503 Clinical Diagnostic Microbiology 503 (8 points) and 970.502 Clinical Haematology and Immunology 502 Dissertation (8 points) (2) a dissertation on a topic approved by the Head of the 970.503 Clinical Biochemistry Year II 503 (8 points) Department of General Practice with a value of 48 points: 970.504 Molecular Diagnostics 504 (8 points) 860.720 Dissertation 720 Assessment Time Limit 84. Assessment shall be: 87.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the require- (a) for the coursework component by written examination; ments for the degree shall be completed in no more than three (b) for the seminar series, by attendance and contribution; years of full-time or five years of part-time study, not (c) for the practicum by satisfactory demonstration of including any periods of suspension of candidature approved laboratory skills; by the Faculty. (d) for the research project by presentation of a laboratory (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may extend report or a literature review on a topic to be determined in the time limit in sub-regulation (1) by one year. consultation with the course co-ordinator. Unsatisfactory Progress 88. A candidate may be excluded from further study if, in the opinion of the Faculty, progress made in any year is unsatisfactory.
D194—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
Exemption from Core Units (c) before being permitted to enrol in the dissertation unit complete Epidemiology I (750.750) and Biostatistics I 89. The Executive Dean may permit a candidate to substitute (750.753) as well as any other core units relevant to the topic for units listed in Regulation 86(1), other than 860.701 or of the dissertation. 860.715, work of appropriate content and of equivalent level and weight offered as part of any other approved course in (2) The course shall consist of the following: this or another recognised tertiary institution. Coursework 1 Credit 1 The description of units offered by other faculties may be obtained 90.(1) Notwithstanding Regulation 86, the Executive Dean, from the relevant faculty handbook. having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the (a) coursework to the value of 72 or 48 points comprising: Department of General Practice, may grant credit towards the (i) the compulsory Group A Core Requirements listed degree, up to a maximum of 48 points. below; (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: and (a) work completed in the Graduate Diploma in Primary (ii) units making up the balance of points required, Health Care; selected from those listed in Group B and/or, with the (b) coursework completed as part of an approved course approval of the Executive Dean on the recommendation of at this or another recognised tertiary institution; the Head of the Department, from units of equivalent level offered in another relevant course at this or another (c) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework completed recognised institution. through Continuing Education at this institution; and/or (d) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed in Group A. Core Requirements (Compulsory) courses provided by professional providers or private 750.749 Foundations of Public Health 749 (6 points) educational institutions. 750.750 Epidemiology I 750 (6 points) (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in 750.751 Environmental Health I 751 (6 points) paragraph 2(c) shall not exceed 16 points. 750.752 Health Systems and Economics 752 (6 points) 2 (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in 750.753 Biostatistics I 753 (6 points) paragraph 2(d) shall not exceed 24 points. 750.754 Health Promotion I 754 (6 points) Assessment Group B. Electives 91. Assessment for the coursework component shall be by 750.755 Aboriginal Health 755 (6 points) assignments and/or written examination. 860.703 Advanced Topics in Primary Health Care 703 (4 points) Submission of Dissertation 150.751 Anthropology and Sociology of Health and Illness 751 (4 points) 92. General Regulations 30, 31, 32 and 33 shall apply to the 150.752 Anthropology and Sociology of Health Care submission and examination of the dissertation. Systems 752 (4 points) 750.775 Behavioural Research in Public Health 775 DEGREE OF MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH (6 points) 200.518 Bioethics and the Law 518 (4 points) (Coursework: 9051; Research: 9071) 530.751 Biostatistics III 751 (6 points) 750.768 Biostatistics IIB 768 (6 points) Applicability of General Regulations 750.769 Biostatistics IIA 769 (6 points) 93. A candidate for the degree of Master of Public Health may 750.748 Cardiovascular Epidemiology 748 (6 points) proceed to the degree either— 750.757 Clinical Epidemiology 757 (6 points) (a) by way of research and a thesis in accordance with the 750.758 Environmental Health II 758 (6 points) General Regulations for the Degree of Master and in terms of 750.759 Epidemiology II 759 (8 points) Medicine Regulation 106; 750.761 Epidemiology and Control of Communicable or Diseases 761 (4 points) 750.762 Epidemiology, Management and Control of (b) by way of coursework and a dissertation. Sexually Transmitted Disease 762 (4 points) 860.702 Evaluation and Research in Community Coursework and Dissertation Stream Health I 702 (8 points) 94. For a candidate proceeding by way of coursework and a 860.704 Evaluation and Research in Community dissertation Regulations 95 to 105 shall apply. Health II 704 (8 points) 750.765 Health Promotion II 765 (6 points) 95. Subject to Regulation 96, the relevant provisions of the 750.766 Health Survey Research Methods 766 General Regulations for Academic Courses shall apply to the (6 points) degree of Master of Public Health. 455.661 Information Systems Management 661 (6 points) Admission 890.700 Introduction to Alcohol and Drugs 700 96. The Faculty may admit to candidature for the degree by (6 points) coursework and dissertation a person who— 750.763 Leadership in Public Health 763 (6 points) 3 (a) holds a bachelor’s degree of this University or has been 455.500 Management of Organisations 500 (6 points) granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 750.767 Maternal and Child Health 767 (6 points) (b) has satisfied the other academic requirements for entry 455.501 Organisational Behaviour and to the course for the degree. Leadership 501 (6 points) 800.754 Prevention of Oral Diseases 754 (4 points) Course Requirements 860.701 Primary Health Care and International Health 701 (8 points) 97.(1) Except as provided in Regulation 101, to qualify for the 860.715 Principles of General Practice 715 (8 points) degree of Master of Public Health a candidate shall complete 750.764 Programme Evaluation 764 (6 points) work to the value of at least 96 points and shall— 750.781 Public Health Nutrition 781 (6 points) (a) complete the requirements prescribed over a period of 890.701 Research Methods and Instruments in not less than two years’ full-time or three years’ part-time Alcohol and Drugs 701 (6 points) study; and 890.703 Special Topics in Alcohol and Drugs 703 (b) enrol in units to the value of at least 16 points in any (4 points) one year, unless special approval is given by the Executive 750.770 Special Topics in Public Health 770 (2 points), Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of semester 1 the Department of Public Health, to enrol in units to the value of less than 16 points;
D195—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
750.771 Special Topics in Public Health 771 (4 points), (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in semester 1 paragraph (2)(d) shall not exceed 16 points. 750.772 Special Topics in Public Health 772 (2 points), (5) Credit granted in respect of work described in semester 2 paragraph (2)(e) shall not exceed 16 points. 750.780 Special Topics in Public Health 780 (4 points), semester 2 Time Limit 2 Not available as an elective to students who have completed the 102.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree former unit Health Policy and Planning I 752. a candidate shall complete the requirements over a maximum of three years of full-time or six years of part-time study, 3 Not available as an elective to students who have completed the excluding periods of suspension of candidature approved by former unit Health Policy and Planning I 763. the Faculty. and (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a Dissertation candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (b) a dissertation on a topic approved by the Head of the requirements for the degree. Department of Public Health and which shall have a value of either 24 points or 48 points as determined by Faculty: 1 Submission of Dissertation 750.712 Dissertation 712 (24 points) full-time, 103. Notwithstanding General Regulation 33 the Department semester 1 of Public Health shall have the power to appoint examiners, 750.713 Dissertation 713 (24 points) full-time, consider the reports on candidates’ dissertations and report semester 2 the results to the Board of Examiners. 751.712 Dissertation 712 (24 points) part-time, 104. The degree shall be awarded with distinction if, in the semester 1 opinion of the Faculty, a candidate’s coursework and 751.713 Dissertation 713 (24 points) part-time, dissertation are of exceptional merit. semester 2 750.724 Dissertation 724 (48 points) full-time, Award of Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate semester 1 105. A candidate who withdraws from the course before 750.725 Dissertation 725 (48 points) full-time, qualifying for the Master of Public Health but after semester 2 completing the required units for the Graduate Diploma or 751.724 Dissertation 724 (48 points) part-time, Graduate Certificate in Public Health or in Clinical Epidemi- semester 1 ology may apply to the Board of Examiners in Medicine to be 751.725 Dissertation 725 (48 points) part-time, awarded the appropriate qualification. semester 2
Unsatisfactory Progress DEGREE OF MASTER OF MEDICAL SCIENCE (9072) 98. Unless the Faculty otherwise determines, a candidate 106.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3) and (4) hereof the who— General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to (a) fails to pass a core unit after two attempts; or the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of (b) fails to pass at first attempt any three elective units Medical Science. shall be excluded from further study in the course. (2) Every candidate for the degree shall undertake an approved programme of supervised research and advanced Deferred and Supplementary Examinations study for a prescribed period and at the conclusion of that 99.(1) Deferred examinations may be granted. period present for examination a thesis incorporating the (2) Supplementary examinations shall not be granted. findings. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation Exemption from Core Units 38 the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of 100. In exceptional circumstances and on the recom- Master of Medical Science who does not hold the degree of mendation of the Head of the Department of Public Health, bachelor of this University but who has been admitted to the Executive Dean may permit a student to substitute for one equivalent status to spend all or part of the prescribed period core unit from Group A either an elective unit from Group B, as an external candidate. or a unit of equivalent level nominated by the Head of the (4) A candidate permitted to spend all or part of the pre- Department from an approved course at this or another scribed period as an external candidate shall be supervised by recognised institution. a member of the staff of this University. Credit (5)(a) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degree of Master of Medical Science a candidate shall 101.(1) Notwithstanding sub-regulation 97(2), the Executive complete the requirements over a maximum period of five Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of years, excluding periods of suspension of candidature the Department of Public Health, may give credit towards the approved by the Faculty. degree, up to a maximum of 48 points. (b) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: candidate an extension of time in which to complete the (a) coursework completed in the Graduate Diploma in requirements for the degree. Public Health; (6) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation (b) coursework completed in the Graduate Diploma in 40, the head of the department concerned shall before the Clinical Epidemiology; commencement of the prescribed period of advanced study (c) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework other than and research submit the name of the candidate’s supervisor(s) that described in paragraphs (a) and (b) completed as part of and the title of the thesis to the Faculty. an approved course at this or another recognised tertiary (7) A candidate shall, within three months of the date of institution; first enrolment for the degree, provide a research proposal (d) subject to sub-regulation (4), work completed in through the appropriate head of department and super- courses provided by professional providers or private visor(s) to the Faculty for approval. educational institutions; and/or (e) subject to sub-regulation (5), coursework completed through Continuing Education at this institution in or after DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (9092) 1995. 107. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall (3) Credit granted in respect of work described in apply to the degree of Doctor of Medicine. paragraph (2)(c) shall not exceed 36 points.
D196—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SURGERY (9093) Anatomy and Human Biology Anthropology (with restrictions) 108. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall Biochemistry apply to the degree of Doctor of Surgery. Biophysics Cell Physiology DELEGATION OF POWERS OF FACULTY FOR HIGHER Environmental Microbiology DEGREES, MASTER’S PRELIMINARY COURSES AND Genetics DIPLOMAS TO EXECUTIVE DEAN Geography (with restrictions) Human Movement 109. The Executive Dean, after consultation as appropriate Information Technology Systems (with restrictions) with the relevant head of department, shall have the power to Microbiology act on behalf of the Faculty in dealing with matters arising— Pathology (1) under General Regulations 25, 33(1)(a) and 40; and Pharmacology (2) under Medicine sub-regulations 87(1), 102(1) and Physiology 106(5)(a). Psychology (with restrictions) (iii) one first-year unit chosen in consultation with a course adviser from those available in the Faculty of Economics and PART A Commerce; (iv) units to a minimum value of 18 points leading to one of COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- HEALTH SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5021) Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- regulation 20(4) of those regulations. 1. Students who are qualified for entry to the Bachelor of (c) Third Year Health Science, the Bachelor of Economics and the Bachelor of (i) Units to a minimum value of 16 points as follows: Commerce courses may apply to enrol in a combined course at least one of: leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Health Science and either Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of 750.203 Health Research Methods 203 (8 points) Commerce. 750.204 Health Research Methods 204 (8 points) if necessary, units to make up the required 16 points Course Requirements chosen from the following: 2.(1) The combined course shall comprise— 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) (a) First Year 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) (i) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) units which may be approved by the Executive Dean or of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry or the 139.110 Biology 110 (12 points) Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; (ii) subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), the following units: (ii) units to a minimum value of 12 points leading to at 535.106 Economics and Business Statistics 106 least one of the majors listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); (6 points) (iii) units to a total value of 24 points leading to one of the 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation (6 points) 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, (iii) subject to sub-regulation (4), the following units: or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) those regulations. or (d) Fourth Year 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (i) 750.200 Health Industry Practicum 200 (8 points) (6 points) (ii) 750.301 Health Administration 301 (8 points) (iv) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from the 750.303 Health Economics 303 (4 points) following: (iii) third-year units to a minimum value of 24 points 230.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) leading to the completion of a major in one of the disciplines 230.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (iv) units to a total value of 12 points leading to one of the 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 230.104 Computer Science 104 (6 points) 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, 230.120 Foundations of Programming 120 (12 points) or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) those regulations. 530.100 Mathematics 100 (12 points) (e) Fifth Year 530.170 Mathematics 170 (12 points) (i) Subject to Regulation 3, 530.150 Mathematics 150 (12 points) 530.140 Mathematics 140 (12 points) either 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) for Bachelor of Health Science pass degree candidates: 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 750.300 Health Industry Practicum 300 (24 points) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) or 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) for Bachelor of Health Science honours degree candidates: 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) 139.305 Health Science Honours Research 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) Dissertation 305 (24 points) (b) Second Year (ii) 750.302 Health Promotion 302 (8 points) (i) 750.201 Public Health 201 (6 points) 750.304 Disease Control 304 (4 points); and 750.202 Public Health 202 (6 points) (iii) units selected from those offered by the Faculty of (ii) Subject to sub-regulation (5), units to a minimum value Economics and Commerce to a total value of 18 points and of 16 points chosen from paragraph 23(b) of the Faculty of lead-ing to completion of one the majors listed for the Bachelor Science Regulations and leading to at least one of the majors of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of listed below:
D197—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor of (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those regulations. associated original unit shall be declared failed. (2) A candidate who enrols in a first-year mathematics unit (3) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded for a unit will not be permitted to enrol in Economics and Business with a mark of less than 45 per cent. Statistics 106 and, in consultation with a course adviser, shall (4) The value of units for which conditional passes may be select another unit in its place. awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in (3) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled total which shall not include more than 12 points for units score of 50 in TEE Applicable Mathematics, or equivalent, offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. shall be required to take Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 111 in the first year in place of Economics and Satisfactory Progress Business Statistics 106, which shall be taken as part of the 9.(1) A candidate who in any year of enrolment gains at least second-year requirements under paragraph (1)(b)(iii). half the points value of units for which a final result is (4) A candidate who wishes to undertake the degree of recorded shall have made satisfactory progress in that year. Bachelor of Economics shall take Macroeconomics, Money (2) A candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress shall and Finance 102 and a candidate who wishes to undertake the be excluded from the combined course. degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall take Financial Accounting 101. Time Limit (5) A candidate who wishes to major in Anthropology, 10. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress Geography, Information Technology Systems or Psychology Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candidate shall shall take Physiology 250 in the second year. complete the requirements of the combined course within ten 3. A candidate who has successfully completed the require- calendar years of first enrolling in the course. ments of the first four years of the combined course and has attained a weighted average of at least 65 per cent in the fourth year shall be eligible to enter the programme for the Bachelor of Health Science degree with Honours. 4. A candidate who withdraws from the combined course DENTISTRY before qualifying for the Bachelor of Health Science, but after completing the requirements for the first four years of the combined course, may apply to the Faculty of Science: Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code is recorded against the title of each course. This information, however, does (a) to be awarded the Bachelor of Science; or not form part of the Regulations per se. (b) for admission to the course for Bachelor of Science with Honours. Regulations approved up to 30 April 2000. Admissions and Progress Committee The General Regulations for Academic Courses are intended to be read in conjunction with these regulations. 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for the combined course comprising: 1.(1) The degrees in Dentistry shall be: the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Medicine and Bachelor of Dental Science—BDSc Dentistry, and Science; Bachelor of Science in Dentistry—BScDent the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; Master of Dental Science—MDSc the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Economics Master of Science in Dentistry—MScDent and Commerce; Doctor of Dental Science—DDSc the Head of the Department of Public Health; (2) The graduate diplomas in Dentistry shall be: the Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; Graduate Diploma in Dental Education Studies— the Senior Faculty Administrative Officers of the Faculties GradDipDentEdStud of Economics and Commerce, and Medicine and Dentistry. Graduate Diploma in Dental Studies— GradDipDentStud Delegated Authority to Act as Board of Examiners (3) A student may also enrol as a candidate for the degree of (2) The Admissions and Progress Committee shall have Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for the delegated authority to act as the Board of Examiners for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. combined course. Variation to Enrolment DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE 6. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- (Five-year course: 8015) tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in respect of Regulation 2. Admission 2.(1) All candidates for admission to the course for the degree Credit of Bachelor of Dental Science must, before beginning the 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant credit course, have complied with the Matriculation Regulations. towards the combined course up to a maximum of 96 points. (2) All candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Sci- (2) Credit may be granted for— ence shall enrol in the five-year course set out in Regulation 6. (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; (3) Prior to admission to the course for the degree a candi- and/or date shall— (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), units passed through (a) have demonstrated that he or she is not antigen positive Continuing Education in or after 1995. in relation to Hepatitis B, as required by the Faculty’s Infec- (3) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing tion Control Policy; and Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and (b) have fulfilled any other requirements for admission to shall not exceed 24 points. the course specified in the Faculty’s Infection Control Policy. Conditional Passes and Passes in Lesser Units 8.(1) A candidate who fails to meet the requirements for a Course Requirements pass in a unit may, by decision of the Admissions and Progress 3.(1) A student shall enrol in the first academic year of the Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or course on a full-time basis only. a pass in an associated lesser unit. (2) A student may enrol in the second, third, fourth or fifth academic year of the course:
D198—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
(a) on a full-time basis; or 800.464 Periodontics 464 800.484 Paediatric Dentistry 484 (b) subject to sub-regulation (3) and with approval of the Faculty on the recommendation of the Head of the School, on (4) In the fourth year students shall— a part-time basis. (a) attend and pass examinations in the following courses (3) A student shall not enrol in two consecutive academic of instruction: years of the course on a part-time basis. 800.524 Dental Public Health 524 (4) Candidates for the degree shall attend lectures and 800.534 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 534 demonstrations, carry out laboratory and clinical work, pass 800.544 Orthodontics 544 examinations, and do such other work as the Faculty may 800.554 Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine 554 from time to time determine, such work to be carried out 800.564 Periodontics 564 within the University or such other institutions as are 800.574 Restorative Dentistry 574 approved by the University. 800.584 Paediatric Dentistry 584 (5) A student who does or causes to be done any prescribed (b) attend to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners in practical dental work in any department or place other than Dentistry the following course: that allocated for that work will not be allowed to present for 800.585 Ethics, Jurisprudence and Practice examination in that year. Management 585 (6) During any period of attendance at a teaching hospital, dental clinic, private dental practice or other institution a Five-Year Course (8015) student shall at all times observe the regulations of the host organisation. 6. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science a candidate who is admitted in terms of sub-regulation 2(2) (7) During the period of the course for the degree a student shall complete over a period of at least five years the shall comply with the requirements of the Faculty’s Infection following course: Control Policy. (a) First Year Four-year Course (8011) 1 800.100 Oral Biomorphology I 100 800.110 Oral Health and Disease I 110 1 Entry to the four-year BDSc course is no longer available. 909.120 Normal Systems 120 909.121 Foundations of Animal and 4. To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science a Human Biology 121 candidate who was admitted to the four-year course in terms 909.122 Foundations of Cell Biology 122 of the Regulations governing admission in their year of 909.123 Foundations of Medical Chemistry 123 commencement shall complete over a period of at least four years the course prescribed in Regulation 5. (b) Second Year 800.201 Oral Biomorphology II 201 5.(1) In the first year students shall attend and pass 800.202 The Understanding and Communication of examinations in the following courses of instruction: Science I 202 800.200 Materials Science 200 800.203 Oral Health and Disease II 203 800.230 Oral Biology 230 890.200 Behavioural Science 200 800.240 Introduction to Clinical Dentistry 240 910.250 Histology 250 910.220 Anatomy 220 920.236 Dental Biochemistry 236 910.250 Histology 250 950.201 Dental Microbiology 201 920.220 Biochemistry 220 980.236 Dental Physiology 236 980.220 Physiology 220 (c) Third Year (2) In the second year students shall— 800.301 Human Health and Disease 301 800.302 The Understanding and Communication of (a) attend and pass examinations in the following courses Science II 302 of instruction: 800.303 Oral Health and Disease III 303 960.325 Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics 325 800.340 Local Analgesia 340 (d) Fourth Year 800.350 Preventive Dentistry 350 800.402 The Understanding and Communication of 800.360 Dental Radiography 360 Science III 402 800.371 Operative Dentistry and Fixed 800.403 Oral Health and Disease IV 403 Prosthodontics 371 800.404 Clinical Oral Health and Disease IV 404 800.372 Removable Prosthodontics 372 (e) Fifth Year 950.350 Microbiology and Immunology 350 800.500 Oral Health and Disease V 500 970.310 Pathology 310 (b) attend to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners in Dentistry the following courses: GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE 800.354 Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine 354 800.373 Clinical Exodontics and Local Analgesia 373 Withdrawal 7. Unless the Executive Dean is satisfied that there were (3) In the third year students shall— exceptional circumstances to justify late withdrawal— (a) attend and pass examinations in the following courses (a) a student in the first academic year of a course who, after of instruction: the first day of the sixth week of second semester, withdraws 800.420 General Anaesthesia 420 from a unit or is required by the Faculty to withdraw shall be 800.435 General Medicine and Surgery 435 declared to have failed that unit; 800.450 Orthodontics 450 800.473 Fixed and Removable Prosthodontics 473 (b) a student in the second, third, fourth or fifth academic 800.474 Operative Dentistry and Endodontics 474 year who, after the mid-point of the academic year, withdraws from a unit or is required by the Faculty to (b) attend clinical instruction in exodontics and local anal- withdraw shall be declared to have failed that unit. gesia to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners in Dentistry. Examinations (c) attend to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners in 8.(1) Examinations and parts of examinations shall be held at Dentistry the following courses: such times and places as the Faculty determines. 800.434 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 434 (2) The Executive Dean may refuse admission to the annual 800.454 Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine 454 examinations to a student who has not performed satis-
D199—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar factorily in all of the following: clinical and laboratory classes, she has complied with the regulations and passed the semester and class examinations and attendance at lectures. examinations of the previous year. (3) The annual and supplementary examinations may (2) The Faculty may grant students permission to complete include written, oral, practical and clinical examinations as the unit The Understanding and Communication of Science determined by the Faculty. III 402 (800.402) concurrently with the units prescribed for the third year of the course. (4) Except in special circumstances approved by the Faculty, a student shall pass in all the subjects specified for the year at Unsatisfactory Clinical Performance one examination (the annual examination and the next following supplementary examination being considered as 12A. The Faculty may permit a student in the fourth academic one examination). year of the course, whose clinical performance in Oral Health and Disease IV 403 (800.403) is unsatisfactory but whose (5) The Board of Examiners in Dentistry may concede an performance might, in the opinion of the Faculty, with upgraded pass in one marginally failed unit where all other additional work reach a satisfactory standard, to enrol in the units have been passed, except in the case of supplementary unit Clinical Oral Health and Disease IV 404 (800.404) and, on examinations. completion of that unit, to proceed to the fifth year of the course. Supplementary and Deferred Examinations 9.(1) A student shall be admitted to a supplementary Appeals against Academic Assessment examination only by resolution of the Board of Examiners in Dentistry. 13.(a) Students may appeal against their academic assessment in accordance with the procedure governing appeals (2) Only in exceptional circumstances will the Board of published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Examiners grant— (a) a supplementary examination to a student in the final Appeals against Sanctions year of the course; (b) Students may appeal against a sanction imposed by the (b) more than two supplementary examinations to a student Faculty in accordance with the procedure governing appeals in any year of the course; against sanctions published in the Faculty of Medicine and (c) a supplementary examination to a student who is Dentistry Handbook. repeating a year. (3) A student who misses an examination for other than Retention of Credit medical reasons may, at the discretion of the Executive Dean, 13A.(1) A student who has made satisfactory progress and be granted a deferred examination. has been absent from the course with the approval of the (4) Unless the Executive Dean permits otherwise, a student Faculty for no more than one year shall be permitted to who is permitted to take a deferred examination in terms of proceed to a higher level of the course. General Regulation 20 shall take the whole examination (2) A student who has been absent from the course for (including any papers or other parts of the examination more than one year may retain credit for successfully which may already have been taken). completed years at the discretion of the Faculty which shall (5) A student who fails a deferred examination in a unit take account of the student’s previous academic record, shall not be granted a supplementary examination in that reason for taking leave, period of absence from the course, unit. and occupation during the period of absence. (3) A student who has been absent from the course for Sanctions five or more consecutive years shall not be able to retain 10.(1)(a) A student will be permitted to repeat a year only by credit for any work completed. resolution of the Board of Examiners in Dentistry. (b) A student who is permitted to repeat a year in terms of Delegation of Powers of Faculty to Executive Dean paragraph (a) shall consult the Executive Dean before re- 13B. When it is impracticable to call the Faculty together, the enrolling. Executive Dean may, after consulting the head of any depart- (2) Unless the Executive Dean in recognition of exceptional ment concerned, exercise on behalf of the Faculty its powers circumstances permits otherwise— under General Regulation 11 and Dentistry Regulations 8(4), 10(1) and 12 or may delegate these powers to the Head of the (a) a student who fails to complete the first year of the School of Oral Health Sciences. course shall be excluded for one year after which the student may re-apply for selection to the course; (b) a student who fails to complete two academic years of DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY (8012) the course in three consecutive calendar years of enrolment shall be excluded from further study in the course. Admission 14. The following may be admitted by the Faculty to Classifications candidature for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Dentistry 11. (1) In all reports on examinations, other than supple- provided they have shown special aptitude in their previous mentary examinations, the following classifications shall be studies and are recommended by the head of the department used: in which they propose to work as being suitable for advanced study: Higher Distinction HD 80–100 Distinction D 70–79 (a) students who have successfully completed at least two Credit Pass CR 60–69 years of the BDSc course; or Pass P 50–59 (b) students who have successfully completed a bachelor’s Ungraded Pass UP degree at this University in an area of study acceptable to the Pass Conditional P* Faculty; or Fail N+ 45–49 (c) students who have been admitted to status equivalent Fail N 0–44 to (a) or (b) above. Ungraded Fail UF (2) The degree of Bachelor of Dental Science shall be Time Limit conferred either as a pass degree or as a degree with honours. 15.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), candidates shall enrol full-time and shall complete the requirements for Satisfactory Progress the degree within one year. 12.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a student shall not (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, proceed to any part of the work of a higher year unless he or having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the
D200—April 2000 Medicine and Dentistry Regulations
School of Oral Health Sciences and the head of department Exemption from Units concerned, may permit a candidate to enrol part-time for the 18E. In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation degree and to complete the requirements for it within two of the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences, the Executive years. Dean may permit a candidate to substitute for one unit, excluding the elective units, a unit from an approved course Course Requirements of study at this or another recognised institution. 16.(1) The course for the degree which shall be determined in each case by the Faculty may be undertaken in any appropriate University department approved by it, and shall GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DENTAL STUDIES (8035) include both advanced study and research. Admission (2) Candidates shall work on the course in the approved 18F. The Faculty, on the recommendation of the Head of the department for at least 36 weeks if enrolled full-time or for a School of Oral Health Sciences, may accept as a candidate for period to be determined by the Faculty if enrolled part-time. the Graduate Diploma in Dental Studies an applicant who holds the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science from this Assessment University or has been admitted to equivalent status under 17.(1) Candidates shall submit either a dissertation or a Statute No. 5. formal report on their work by the first day of the academic year following the year of first enrolment for the degree if Course Requirements enrolled full-time or by a date to be determined by the 18G. Except as provided in Regulations 18I and 18J, to qualify Faculty if enrolled part-time. for the diploma a candidate shall complete: (2) Candidates shall sit for such written, practical or oral examinations as the Faculty may require. (a) the following compulsory units: 800.612 Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Classification (Practical) I 612 800.622 Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 18. Upon successful completion of this course the degree of (Practical) II 622 Bachelor of Science in Dentistry shall be awarded with 800.611 Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery honours. (Theory) I 611 800.621 Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DENTAL EDUCATION STUDIES (8030) (Theory) II 621 800.614 Current Concepts in Oral Health Admission Sciences 614 18A. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate 800.610 Scientific Foundations of Dentistry 610 Diploma in Dental Education Studies an applicant who holds and the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science from this University or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. (b) two elective units chosen from the following: 800.615 Clinical Oral Pathology I 615 800.625 Clinical Oral Pathology II 625 Course Requirements 800.616 Dental Research Methodology 616 18B. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete 800.613 Diagnosis and Radiology in Oral and work with a total value of 48 points as follows: Maxillofacial Surgery I 613 (a) core units (compulsory): 800.623 Diagnosis and Radiology in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery II 623 800.601 Clinical Oral Pathology I 601 (6 points) 800.617 Professional Development in Continuing 800.603 Dental Research Methodology 603 Dental Education 617 (6 points) 800.604 Effective Dental Teaching and Learning 604 (6 points) Time Limit 800.605 Dental Curriculum Development and 18H.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course Assessment 605 (6 points) for the diploma shall extend over one year for a full-time 800.606 Professional Development in Continuing candidate or two years for a part-time candidate. Dental Education 606 (6 points) 800.607 Reflective Dental Teaching 607 (6 points) (2) The Faculty may permit an extension of candidature which shall normally not exceed one year but may, in (b) two of the following elective units: exceptional circumstances, be further extended, having regard 800.602 Clinical Oral Pathology II 602 (6 points) to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Oral 800.608 Clinical Dentistry 608 (6 points) Health Sciences. 800.609 Dental Research 609 (6 points) Exemption from Units Assessment 18I. In exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation 18C. Assessment shall be: of the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences, the Executive (a) for the coursework component by assignments, Dean may permit a candidate to substitute for one unit a unit presentations and written examination; and from an approved course of study at this or another recognised institution. (b) for the elective units by satisfactory demonstration of clinical and research skills. Credit Time Limit 18J.(1) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recommen- dation of the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences, may 18D.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course grant credit towards the diploma, to a maximum of six units. for the diploma shall extend over one year for a full-time candidate or two years for a part-time candidate. (2) Credit may be granted in consideration of: (2) The Faculty may permit an extension of candidature (a) coursework completed as part of an approved course which shall normally not exceed one year but may, in at this or another recognised tertiary institution; exceptional circumstances, be further extended, having regard (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), coursework completed to the recommendation of the Head of the School of Oral through Continuing Education at this institution in or after Health Sciences. 1995; and (c) subject to sub-regulation (4), coursework completed in courses provided by professional providers or private educational institutions.
D201—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(3) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- (2) In exceptional circumstances approved by the Execu- graph (2)(b) shall not exceed two units. tive Dean, the Faculty may permit a candidate to enrol on a (4) Credit granted in respect of work described in para- part-time basis. graph (2)(c) shall not exceed three units. Time Limit 26.(1) The minimum period of candidature for a full-time DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY (8072) student shall be three years and, except as provided in sub- regulation (2), the maximum shall be five years excluding any 19. Subject to Regulations 20, 21 and 22 the General Regulations periods of suspension of candidature approved by the for Academic Courses which relate to the Degree of Master Faculty in accordance with the provisions of General shall apply to the degree of Master of Science in Dentistry. Regulation 44(a). (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a Admission candidate an extension of time in which to complete the 20. The Faculty may admit to candidature for the degree a requirements for the degree. person who— (a) holds a bachelor’s degree from this University or has Course Requirements been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and 27. To qualify for the degree of Master of Dental Science by (b) satisfies the Faculty that their academic training and coursework in a clinical specialty a candidate shall— background are relevant to the proposed area of study. (a) undertake and complete a course of supervised study and clinical practice and at the end of the course pass such Time Limit written, oral, practical or clinical examinations as the Faculty may require; 21.(1) The minimum period of candidature shall be two years of full-time study and, except as provided in sub-regulation (b) participate in seminars; (2), the maximum shall be five years from the date of first (c) undertake and complete a supervised research project enrolment for the degree excluding any period of suspension and submit a dissertation, in accordance with the General of candidature, approved by the Faculty in accordance with Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to the degree the provisions of General Regulation 44. of master. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the Assessment requirements for the degree. 28.(1) The examinations for the degree of Master of Dental Science shall be held each year at the time of the annual Course Requirements examinations unless otherwise determined by the Faculty. 22.(1) A candidate for the degree shall undertake an approved (2) The means of assessment shall be: programme of supervised research and advanced study for (a) for the coursework component by written examination; the prescribed period and, at the conclusion of that period, present for examination a thesis incorporating the findings. (b) for the clinical practice by satisfactory demonstration of clinical and laboratory skills; (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation 38 the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree of Master (c) for the seminars by attendance and contribution; of Science in Dentistry who does not hold the degree of (d) for the research project by presentation of a disser- bachelor of this University but who has been admitted to tation on a topic to be determined in consultation with the equivalent status to spend part of the prescribed period as an course co-ordinator. external candidate. (3) A candidate permitted to spend part of the prescribed Classification period as an external candidate shall be supervised by a 29.(1) In all reports on examinations the following classifi- member of the staff of this University. cations shall be used: Higher Distinction HD 80–100 Distinction D 70–79 DEGREE OF MASTER OF DENTAL SCIENCE (8051) Credit Pass CR 60–69 Pass P 50–59 23. Subject to Regulations 24, 27 and 28, the provisions of the Ungraded Pass UP General Regulations for Academic Courses which relate to Pass Conditional P* the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of Master of Fail N+ 45–49 Dental Science. Fail N 0–44 Ungraded Fail UF Admission (4) General Regulation 33(1)(a), (i) and (ii) shall apply to 24. A candidate for the degree of Master of Dental Science examination of the dissertation for the degree of Master of shall— Dental Science. (a) hold the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science of this University or have been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; and DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE (8091) (b) have at least two years’ experience in the practice of 30. The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall general dentistry. apply to the degree of Doctor of Dental Science. Enrolment 25.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), candidates for the degree shall enrol on a full-time basis.
D202—April 2000 Science Regulations
FACULTY OF SCIENCE REGULATIONS
Note: For the convenience of students and staff, the course code (a) Graduate Diploma in Science—GradDipSc is recorded against the title of each course. This information, (b) Graduate Diploma in Forensic Science— however, does not form part of the Regulations per se. GradDipForenSc (c) Graduate Diploma in Psychology—GradDipPsych Regulations approved to 30 April 2000.
The General Regulations for Academic Courses are to be read Powers of the Executive Dean in conjunction with these regulations. 2. The Executive Dean, after consultation as appropriate with the relevant head of department, shall have the power— Definitions (1) to act on behalf of the Faculty in dealing with matters In these regulations— arising under General Regulations 11, 12, 13, 14 and 34 to 44; ‘diploma’ means the Graduate Diploma in Science; (2) in special circumstances to approve exceptions to the ‘General Regulations’ means the General Regulations for following Faculty of Science Regulations and Parts following Academic Courses; these regulations: 3, 5, 7(2), 8, 12(3), 14(4), 16, 17, 19(3), 24(2), ‘pass degree’ means the Bachelor of Science degree; 25, 26, 28, 29(b), 32(2), 34, 35(1), 38B(6)(ii), 38C(4)(ii), 38D(3), 42(2), 43(2), 44A(3)(ii), 44B(3)(a)(ii), 44B(5)(b), 44C(3)(a)(ii), ‘honours degree’ means the degree of Bachelor of Science with 44C(3)(b), 45(5)(b), 47(2), 49A, 55(2), 58(3)(b), 58(3)(c), 59(c), Honours, Bachelor of Physical and Health Education with 60(a), 61(c), 64(3)(c), 65(3), 67(H); Part A(2)—1(1)(c)(i), Part Honours and Bachelor of Cognitive Science with Honours; A(2)—1(2), Part A(2)—2, Part B—2(1)(ii)(B), Part B— ‘major’ means a subject chosen from those listed in 2(1)(c)(ii), Part B—2(1)(e)(iii), Part C(3)—4, Part C(4)—4, Part Regulation 24 in which units with a total value of at least 24 C(5)—(3), Part E(2)—3(c), 3(d), 4(c), 5(b); Part E(3)—3(3), 3(4), points are taken at third-year level; 1 4(1), 4(2); Part E(4)—4; Part F—4(2), Part F—5(1), Part F—5(2), ‘standard course’ means one of the courses approved by the Part H—3(1)(b)(iii). Faculty and published in the Science Courses Booklet 2000. 1 Special conditions apply to some majors and these are published in DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (5011) Faculty of Science Handbook. the departmental entries in the GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.(1) The degrees in the Faculty of Science shall be: Credit (a) Bachelor of Science—BSc 2A.(1) The Faculty may grant credit towards the degree up to (b) Bachelor of Science with Honours—BSc(Hons) a maximum of 96 points. (c) Bachelor of Science (Biomedical Science)— (2) Credit may be granted for— BSc(BiomedSc) (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; (d) Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science)— and/or BSc(Env) (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), units passed through (e) Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science) with Continuing Education in or after 1995. Honours—BSc(Env)(Hons) (3) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing (f) Bachelor of Science (Geophysical Sciences)— Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and BSc(Geophys) shall not exceed 24 points. (g) Bachelor of Science (Geophysical Sciences) with Honours—BSc(Geophys)(Hons) Time Limit (h) Bachelor of Science (Marine Science)—BSc(MarSc) 3.(1) Unless otherwise approved by the Executive Dean in (i) Bachelor of Science (Marine Science) with Honours— exceptional circumstances, candidates shall— BSc(MarSc)(Hons) (a) complete the requirements for the degree within ten (j) Bachelor of Science (Materials)—BSc(Materials) calendar years of their first enrolment for the degree; and (k) Bachelor of Science (Neuroscience)—BSc(Neuro) (b) complete the first two years of the course within three (l) Bachelor of Science (Neuroscience) with Honours— years of full-time study or the part-time equivalent; and BSc(Neuro)(Hons) (c) complete any one year of the course within two years of (m) Bachelor of Cognitive Science—BCogSc full-time study or the part-time equivalent. (n) Bachelor of Cognitive Science with Honours— (2) Where a candidate is granted credit towards the degree BCogSc(Hons) by virtue of previous study in another degree course in this or (o) Bachelor of Health Science—BHlthSc another institution— (p) Bachelor of Health Science with Honours— (a) the candidate shall complete the requirements for the BHlthSc(Hons) degree within ten calendar years of the date on which that (q) Bachelor of Molecular Biology—BMolBiol previous study began; and (r) Bachelor of Physical and Health Education—BPHE (b) the Executive Dean may reduce the period allowed (s) Bachelor of Physical and Health Education with under sub-regulation (1)(b) and sub-regulation (1)(c) above, Honours—BPHE(Hons) to take account of the credit granted, and shall specify the (t) Bachelor of Plant Biology—BPltBiol period allowed in writing to the candidate at the time of (u) Bachelor of Psychology—BPsych enrolment or as soon as possible thereafter. (v) Bachelor of Vision Science—BVisSc (3) Where a candidate is granted credit in terms of sub- (w) Master of Cognitive Science—MCogSc regulation (2), the time limit specified in sub-regulation (1)(a) (x) Master of Forensic Science—(MForSc) shall be reduced in proportion to the number of points for (y) Master of Physical and Health Education—MPHE which credit has been granted. (z) Master of Psychology—MPsych (za) Master of Science—MSc Standard Courses (zb) Master of Science Education—MScEd 4. Rescinded. (zc) Doctor of Science—DSc (2) The graduate diplomas in the Faculty of Science shall be—
D203—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Prerequisites Exclusions and Re-admissions Following Exclusion 5. Except as approved by the Executive Dean, all prerequisites 14.(1) Except as provided under sub-regulation (5), the Board shall have been completed in the four years prior to of Examiners in Science may exclude from re-enrolment in the enrolment in a unit. Faculty for one or more years— (a) any candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 13 above; or Full-time/Part-time Enrolment (b) any candidate who having undertaken 108 points or 6. Candidates enrolled in units with a total value of 36 points more, has failed to pass at least 65 per cent of these points; or or more shall be classified as full-time. (c) any candidate who having undertaken between 72 and 107 points, has failed to pass at least 55 per cent of these Units Offered at Two Levels points; or 7.(1) The Faculty may offer at second- and third-year level (d) any candidate who withdraws more than once from units which share a common lecture and tutorial programme, the course. and are designated as second- or third-year units according to (2) In determining the period of exclusion to be imposed on the respective standards of achievement required in second- a candidate, the Board of Examiners in Science may take into and third-year units. account the candidate’s entire academic record in this (2) A candidate who completes a unit at second-year level University. shall not be permitted to enrol in the related unit at third-year (3) A candidate who is excluded from re-enrolment in level. terms of sub-regulation (1)(b) or sub-regulation (1)(c) above (3) A candidate who fails to meet the requirements of a may apply for re-enrolment after the prescribed period of third-year unit of the kind defined in sub-regulation (1) shall exclusion and shall be considered for re-admission within the not be awarded a pass in the related unit at second-year level. quota, if any. (4) A candidate who is excluded from re-enrolment in Overload terms of sub-regulation 1(d) above may apply for re- enrolment after the prescribed period of exclusion and may 8. Except as approved by the Executive Dean, candidates shall be re-admitted at the discretion of the Executive Dean. not be permitted to enrol for units with a total value of more than 52 points in any year and 28 points in any semester. (5) Candidates who have been re-admitted following exclusion and have, in each year following the exclusion passed at least 70 per cent of the total points undertaken, shall Changes of Enrolment and Withdrawal from Units not be liable for a further sanction. 9. General Regulations 4A and 7A governing changes of enrol- (6) In accordance with the provisions of General Regu- ment and withdrawal from units shall apply to the degree. lation 6(3), the Executive Dean may require students who have been re-admitted following exclusion to enrol on a part- Compulsory Withdrawal time basis for the first year after re-admission. 10. The academic record of a student excluded from a unit by the Faculty in terms of General Regulation 5(2) shall show a Supplementary and Deferred Examinations result of WE (excluded from examination; declared failed) for 15. The Board of Examiners in Science may grant appropriate that unit. supplementary examinations to the following categories of candidate: Examinations (i) those who need 12 points or fewer to complete the 11. The codes which shall be used in recording examination minimum requirements for the degree; and results shall be as follows: (ii) those who have completed the minimum requirements for the degree but have failed a unit with a value of 12 points (a) for interim results: or fewer which forms part of a major. NA Result not yet available DE Deferred examination result pending 16. Except as decided by the Executive Dean, a candidate NS Supplementary examination result granted a deferred examination in a unit shall sit for all papers pending in that unit. (b) for final results: Higher Distinction HD 80–100 Successive Failures Distinction D 70–79 17. Except by decision of the Executive Dean, candidates who Credit CR 60–69 have failed— Pass P 50–59 (a) twice in the same unit; or Pass conditional P* (b) units to a total value of 24 points of the same level in a Ungraded Pass UP subject Fail N+ 45–49 shall not be permitted to enrol in any unit of the same level in Fail N 0–44 the same subject. Ungraded Fail UF WN Withdrawn; declared failed WE Excluded from examination; Appeals against Academic Assessment declared failed 18.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment XX Part unit; no individual result in accordance with the procedure governing appeals published in the Interfaculty Handbook. 12.(1) Candidates who fail to meet the requirements for a pass in a unit may, by the decision of the Board of Examiners in Science, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or a Appeals against Sanctions pass in an associated lesser unit. (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the from academic assessment in accordance with the procedures associated original unit shall be declared failed. set out in the Faculty of Science Handbook. (3) Except as approved by the Executive Dean, candidates awarded a conditional pass (P*) shall not proceed to higher COURSE STRUCTURE levels in the subject. 18A.Except as provided in sub-regulation (5), students in the Satisfactory Progress first year of the general Bachelor of Science degree course shall complete one of the foundation packages listed below 13. A candidate who in any year of enrolment gains at least com-prising units to a total of 48 points: half the points value of units for which a final result is recorded shall have made satisfactory progress in that year.
D204—April 2000 Science Regulations
(1) Physical Sciences (iv) 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points); and (a) At least three of: 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) (i) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points); or (v) 160.101 Archaeology 101 (6 points); and 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 160.102 Archaeology 102 (6 points) (ii) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points); or (vi) 151.101 Linguistics 101 (6 points); and 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) 151.102 Linguistics 102 (6 points) (iii) 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) (vii) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points): and 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) (iv) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) (b) if necessary to make up the required points value, two or elective units at first-year level chosen in consultation with 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and a faculty course adviser 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) OR or (B) Life Sciences (Biological) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and (a)(i) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points); or 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) (b) if necessary to make up the required points value, one (ii) elective unit at first-year level chosen in consultation with a 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points); or faculty course adviser. 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points); or 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) (b) at least one of: (2) Mathematics and Computer Science (i) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and (a)(i) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) or or 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) or (ii) 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and (6 points); and 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) or (b) two elective units at first-year level chosen in 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and consultation with a faculty course adviser. 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (3) Earth Science (ii) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points); or (a) At least one of: 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points); or (i) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points); and 560.131 Physics 131 (6 points) 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) (c) if necessary to make up the required points value, one (ii) 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) elective unit at first-year level chosen in consultation with a faculty course adviser. (iii) 139.100 Environmental Geoscience 100 (12 points) (b) at least two of: (5) With the approval of the Executive Dean, students may substitute an elective unit for one of the core units. (i) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points); or 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points); or 510.121 Chemistry 121 (12 points); or Points Requirements 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) 19.(1) The course for the pass degree shall comprise units (ii) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and selected from Regulations 23 and 25 with a minimum total 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) value of 144 points and a maximum total value of 168 points. or (2) The total value of points shall include— 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and (a) a maximum of 60 first-year points; and 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) (b) at least 24 points completed at third-year level in a or major subject chosen from those listed in Regulation 24. 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and (3) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) approve enrolment in a course with a total points value or greater than 168. 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Restrictions (iii) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points); or 20.(1) Points may be counted towards the total number of 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points); or points required from only one of any two or more units which overlap substantially in content. 560.131 Physics 131 (6 points) (iv) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (2) In the first academic year, only 12 points may be counted from each subject taken at first-year level except (c) if necessary to make up the required points value, one mathematics from which up to 24 points may be counted. For elective unit at first-year level chosen in consultation with a this purpose, Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 107, 117, faculty course adviser. 122, 126, 127, 128, 129, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 145, 146, 147, (4) Life Sciences 148, 149, 150, 155, 157, 167, 168, 169, 170, 179, 189, and EITHER Mathematical Statistics 155, Mathematical Sciences 100, 105, 106 and 110, Statistics and Modelling 155, whether taken (A) Life Sciences (Human and Behavioural) separately or as component parts of other units, shall be (a) at least two of: regarded as first-year mathematics units. (i) 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) (3) No more than 32 second-year points and 48 third-year (ii) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) points shall be counted from each subject with the exception of second-year Mathematics, from which up to 40 points may (iii) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) be counted.
D205—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
21. Candidates shall complete units to the value of at least 48 * 150.218 Anthropology 218 (8 points) 1 points before being permitted to enrol in any third-year unit. 1 150.219 Anthropology 219 (8 points) 1 2 150.220 Anthropology 220 (8 points) 1 1 Course Levels 1 150.221 Anthropology 221 (8 points) * 150.222 Anthropology 222 (8 points) 1 22. Candidates shall be— 2 150.223 Anthropology 223 (8 points) 1 (a) in the first academic year of the course until 48 points 1 150.224 Anthropology 224 (8 points) 1 have been accrued towards the degree; * 160.212 Archaeology 212 (8 points) 1 (b) in the second academic year of the course when the * 160.213 Archaeology 213 (8 points) 1 total of their points towards the degree is at least 48 and less 1 160.215 Archaeology 215 (8 points) 1 than 96; 1 160.217 Archaeology 217 (8 points) 1 1 (c) in the third academic year of the course after 96 points * 160.222 Archaeology 222 (8 points) 1 have been accrued towards the degree. 2 160.225 Archaeology 225 (8 points) 2 160.227 Archaeology 227 (8 points) 1 * 160.232 Archaeology 232 (8 points) 1 Units and Points Values * 160.242 Archaeology 242 (8 points) 1 23. The units offered in the Faculty of Science for the degree, * 160.252 Archaeology 252 (8 points) 1 and their values in points, shall be: * 160.262 Archaeology 262 (8 points) 1 1 Key: Y = Full-year unit. 1 = Semester 1 only. 2 = Semester 2 only. 3 = * 160.270 Archaeology 270 (8 points) Summer School only. * = Not available in 2000. • = By invitation of the Y 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) Head of the Department only. § = Timing depends on topics chosen. 1 920.251 Biochemistry 251 (6 points) Y 563.244 Biophysics 244 (8 points) (a) First-year Units Y 563.246 Biophysics 246 (12 points) 1 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) Y 563.248 Biophysics 248 (16 points) 2 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) Y 500.205 Botany 205 (20 points) 1 160.101 Archaeology 101 (6 points) Y 510.200 Chemistry 200 (24 points) 2 160.102 Archaeology 102 (6 points) Y 510.246 Chemistry 246 (12 points) Y 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) Y 510.254 Chemistry 254 (8 points) Y 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) Y 510.256 Chemistry 256 (12 points) Y 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) Y 510.260 Chemistry 260 (16 points) Y 510.121 Chemistry 121 (12 points) Y 510.270 Chemistry 270 (12 points) 1 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 Y 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) (6 points) 1 540.201 Cognitive Science 201 (8 points) 1 230.104 (CS) Foundations of Information * 230.202 (CS) Programming Languages Technology 104 (6 points) Implementation (6 points) 2 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) 2 230.223 (CS) Data Structures 223 (6 points) Y 139.100 Environmental Geoscience 100 (12 points) 1 230.224 (CS) Object-oriented Programming 224 1 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) (6 points) 2 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) 2 230.225 (CS) Introduction to Human Computer Y 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) Interaction 225 (4 points) 1 520.105 Geology 105 (6 points) 1 230.226 (CS) Unix and Windows Programming 226 2 520.106 Geology 106 (6 points) (4 points) Y 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) 2 230.227 (CS) Discrete Structures 227 (4 points) Y 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) 1 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) Y 510.130 Introductory and Biological Chemistry 130 Y 510.261 Environmental Chemistry 261 (8 points) (12 points) 1 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) 1 560.131 Introductory Physics 131 (6 points) 2 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 1 151.101 Linguistics 101 (6 points) 1 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) 2 151.102 Linguistics 102 (6 points) 1 060.201 Geography 201 (8 points) 1 534.105 Mathematical Sciences 105 (6 points) 1 060.202 Geography 202 (8 points) 1 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 2 060.206 Geography 206 (8 points) 2 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 1 060.208 (MU) Geography 208 (8 points) 1 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) 1 060.217 Geography 217 (8 points) 1 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points) 2 060.218 Geography 218 (8 points) 1 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) 2 060.219 Geography 219 (8 points) 2 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) Y 060.226 (GG) Field Studies in Developing Areas 226 Y 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) (4 points) Y 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 1 520.211 Geology 211 (12 points) Y 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 1 520.212 Geology 212 (4 points) 2 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 2 520.221 Geology 221 (12 points) Y 520.222 Geology 222 (4 points) Second-year Units (b) Y 520.230 Geology 230 (20 points) 1 910.201 Anatomy and Human Biology 201 (4 points) Y 520.240 Geology 240 (24 points) 2 910.202 Anatomy and Human Biology 202 (4 points) 2 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 1 910.203 Anatomy and Human Biology 203 (4 points) * 030.203 Greek Archaeology 203 (8 points) 2 910.204 Anatomy and Human Biology 204 (4 points) Y 910.210 Human Biology 210 (16 points) 1 910.205 Anatomy and Human Biology 205 (4 points) 1 310.241 (HM) Motor Control and Development 241 2 910.206 Anatomy and Human Biology 206 (4 points) (4 points) 2 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 (4 points) 2 310.242 (HM) Motor Learning 242 (4 points) 1 150.203 Anthropology 203 (8 points) 1 1 310.251 (HM) Biomechanics of Movement 251 1 150.204 Anthropology 204 (8 points) 1 (4 points) 2 150.206 Anthropology 206 (8 points) 1 2 310.252 (HM) Movement Analysis in Sport, Gait * 150.207 Anthropology 207 (8 points) 1 and the Workplace 252 (4 points) * 150.208 Anthropology 208 (8 points) 1 1 310.261 (HM) Cardiopulmonary Regulation * 150.209 Anthropology 209 (8 points) 1 and Integration 261 (4 points) 1 150.210 Anthropology 210 (8 points) 1 2 310.262 (HM) Exercise Physiology: Fuel Utilisation * 150.211 Anthropology 211 (8 points) 1 and Homeostasis 262 (4 points) 2 150.213 Anthropology 213 (8 points) 1 1 310.271 (HM) Psycho-social Aspects of Human * 150.214 Anthropology 214 (8 points) 1 Movement and Exercise Science 271 2 150.215 Anthropology 215 (8 points) 1 (4 points) * 150.216 Anthropology 216 (8 points) 1 1 150.217 Anthropology 217 (8 points) 1
D206—April 2000 Science Regulations
2 310.272 (HM) Socio-cultural Aspects of Human 2 150.313 Anthropology 313 (8 points) 1 Movement and Exercise Science 272 * 150.314 Anthropology 314 (8 points) 1 (4 points) 2 150.315 Anthropology 315 (8 points) 1 2 701.250 Hydrology 250 (8 points) * 150.316 Anthropology 316 (8 points) 1 1 151.201 Linguistics 201 (8 points) 1 150.317 Anthropology 317 (8 points) 1 2 151.202 Linguistics 202 (8 points) * 150.318 Anthropology 318 (8 points) 1 * 151.203 Linguistics 203 (8 points) 1 150.319 Anthropology 319 (8 points) 1 1 151.204 Linguistics 204 (8 points) 2 150.320 Anthropology 320 (8 points) 1 * 151.230 Linguistics 230 (8 points) 1 150.321 Anthropology 321 (8 points) 1 1 530.201 (M) 2C1 Calculus (4 points) * 150.322 Anthropology 322 (8 points) 1 1 530.203 (M) 2LA Linear Algebra (4 points) 2 150.323 Anthropology 323 (8 points) 1 2 530.205 (M) 2C2 Calculus (4 points) 1 150.324 Anthropology 324 (8 points) 1 2 530.207 (M) 2MM Mathematical Methods (4 points) * 160.312 Archaeology 312 (8 points) 1 1 530.220 (M) 2A1 Networks and Optimisation * 160.313 Archaeology 313 (8 points) 1 (4 points) 1 160.315 Archaeology 315 (8 points) 1 2 530.222 (M) 2A2 Mathematics in the Real World 1 160.317 Archaeology 317 (8 points) 1 (4 points) * 160.322 Archaeology 322 (8 points) 1 1 530.231 (M) 2CA1 Concepts in Analysis (4 points) 2 160.325 Archaeology 325 (8 points) 1 2 530.232 (M) 2GA2 Geometry and Algebra with 2 160.327 Archaeology 327 (8 points) 1 Applications to Computer Science (4 points) * 160.332 Archaeology 332 (8 points) 1 1 530.261 (M) 2S1 Probability (4 points) * 160.342 Archaeology 342 (8 points) 1 2 530.262 (M) 2S2 Statistical Inference (4 points) * 160.352 Archaeology 352 (8 points) 1 1 530.270 (M) 2ASM1 Applied Statistical Modelling 1 * 160.362 Archaeology 362 (8 points) 1 (4 points) * 160.370 Archaeology 370 (8 points) 1 2 530.271 (M) 2ASM2 Applied Statistical Modelling 2 1 920.351 (BC) Molecular and Structural (4 points) Biochemistry 351 (12 points) 1 530.273 (M) 2MA1 Matrix Algebra 1 (4 points) 2 920.301 Biochemistry 301 (12 points) 2 530.277 (M) 2MA2 Matrix Algebra 2 (4 points) Y 920.370 Biochemistry 370 (12 points) 1 530.275 (M) 2MC Multivariable Calculus (4 points) 1 500.313 Biological Oceanography 313 (3 points) Y 510.204 Materials Chemistry 204 (8 points) Y 563.311 Biophysics 311 (6 points) 1 950.200 Microbiology 200 (12 points) Y 563.312 Biophysics 312 (12 points) 1 701.212 Microbiology 212 (4 points) Y 563.313 Biophysics 313 (18 points) 2 950.213 Microbiology 213 (4 points) Y 563.314 Biophysics 314 (24 points) 2 950.214 Microbiology 214 (4 points) Y 562.340 Chemical Physics 340 (36 points) 2 950.215 Microbiology 215 (4 points) Y 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) 2 950.216 Microbiology 216 (4 points) Y 510.310 Chemistry 310 (24 points) 2 950.217 Microbiology 217 (4 points) Y 510.330 Chemistry 330 (6 points) 2 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) Y 510.360 Chemistry 360 (12 points) 2 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) Y 510.390 Chemistry 390 (18 points) 1 130.270 Philosophy 270 (8 points) 2 233.412 Computer Vision 412 (6 points) Y 560.200 Physics 200 (24 points) 1 230.300 (CS) Algorithms 300 (6 points) Y 560.210 Physics 210 (16 points) 1 230.301 (CS) Functional Programming 301 (6 points) Y 560.220 Physics 220 (16 points) 2 230.302 (CS) Artificial Intelligence and Y 560.230 Physics 230 (16 points) Logic Programming 302 (6 points) Y 560.250 Physics 250 (12 points) 1 230.304 (CS) Concurrent Programming 304 (6 points) Y 560.270 Physics 270 (8 points) 1 230.305 (CS) Computer Vision 305 (8 points) Y 980.200 Physiology 200 (16 points) 2 231.311 (CS) Computer Graphics 311 (6 points) 1 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) 2 231.312 (CS) Computer Networks 312 (6 points) 2 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) 2 231.313 (CS) Databases 313 (6 points) 2 960.201 (PM) Human Toxicology 201 (6 points) 1 231.314 (CS) Software Engineering 314 (6 points) 1 960.210 (PM) Principles of Pharmacology 210 2 231.315 (CS) Robotics 315 (6 points) (6 points) 1 231.316 (CS) Operating Systems (6 points) 2 960.220 (PM) Molecular Pharmacology 220 (6 points) Y 510.320 Environmental Chemistry 320 (24 points) 2 960.230 (PM) Systems Pharmacology 230 (6 points) Y 139.301 Environmental Geomechanics 301 (24 points) 1 140.201 Psychology 201 (8 points) Y 139.300 Environmental Geoscience (Physical 2 140.202 Psychology 202 (8 points) Processes) 300 (24 points) Y 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) Y 139.302 Environmental Geoscience (Environmental 2 139.201 Remote Sensing and Applied Geochemistry) 302 (24 points) Image Analysis (4 points) Y 139.303 Environmental Geoscience (Regolith) 303 2 030.204 Roman Archaeology 204 (8 points) (24 points) 1 701.230 Soil Science 230 (8 points) Y 060.300 Geography 300 (24 points) 2 701.240 Soil Science 240 (8 points) 2 060.304 Geography 304 (12 points) 1 139.211 Vision Science 211 (6 points) 1 060.307 (MU) Geography 307 (8 points) 1 570.201 Zoology 201 (10 points) 1 060.311 Geography 311 (12 points) 2 570.202 Zoology 202 (10 points) 1 060.319 Geography 319 (12 points) 1 570.211 Zoology 211 (4 points) 1 060.321 Geography 321 (8 points) 2 570.212 Zoology 212 (4 points) 2 060.322 Geography 322 (6 points) 1 This unit has a counterpart at third-year level. See Regulation 7. 2 060.323 Geography 323 (6 points) 2 060.324 Geography 324 (8 points) Third-year Units (c) 1 060.325 Geography 325 (8 points) 2 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) 1 520.302 Geology 302 (4 points) Y 910.309 Anatomy and Human Biology 309 (6 points) 2 520.305 Geology 305 (4 points) 1 910.313 Anatomy and Human Biology 313 (12 points) 2 520.306 Geology 306 (4 points) * 910.321 Anatomy and Human Biology 321 (6 points) * 520.307 Geology 307 (4 points) 1 150.303 Anthropology 303 (8 points) 1 1 520.309 Geology 309 (4 points) 1 150.304 Anthropology 304 (8 points) 1 2 520.311 Geology 311 (4 points) 2 150.306 Anthropology 306 (8 points) 1 1 520.330 Geology 330 (4 points) * 150.307 Anthropology 307 (8 points) 1 Y 520.340 Geology 340 (12 points) * 150.308 Anthropology 308 (8 points) 1 2 520.361 Geology 361 (4 points) * 150.309 Anthropology 309 (8 points) 1 * 520.362 Geology 362 (4 points) 1 150.310 Anthropology 310 (8 points) 1 * 520.363 Geology 363 (4 points) * 150.311 Anthropology 311 (8 points) 1
D207—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
2 520.364 Geology 364 (4 points) 1 530.360 (M) 3S10 Stochastic Processes with 1 520.365 Geology 365 (4 points) Applications (6 points) * 520.366 Geology 366 (4 points) 1 530.341 (M) 3M1 Mathematical Methods (6 points) 1 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 2 530.342 (M) 3M2 Complex Variable Methods 1 520.374 Geophysics 374 (4 points) (6 points) 2 520.375 Geophysics 375 (4 points) 2 530.343 (M) 3M3 History of Mathematics (6 points) * 520.376 Geophysics 376 (4 points) 2 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) 2 030.303 Greek Archaeology 303 (8 points) 2 500.314 Marine Systems and Processes 314 1 910.311 Human Biology 311 (12 points) (3 points) 2 910.312 Human Biology 312 (12 points) Y 510.305 Materials Chemistry 305 (24 points) Y 310.336 Human Movement 336 (12 points) 2 970.320 Medical Genetics 320 (12 points) Y 310.337 Human Movement 337 (6 points) 1 950.301 Microbiology 301 (12 points) * 310.338 Human Movement 338 (6 points) 2 950.302 Microbiology 302 (12 points) 2 310.345 Human Movement 345 (6 points) Y 950.303 Microbiology 303 (12 points) 1 310.346 Human Movement 346 (6 points) Y 950.304 Microbiology 304 (6 points) 2 310.355 Human Movement 355 (6 points) 1 520.304 Mineral and Petroleum Resources 304 1 310.356 Human Movement 356 (6 points) (4 points) 1 310.365 Human Movement 365 (6 points) 2 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) 2 310.366 Human Movement 366 (6 points) 1 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 1 310.375 Human Movement 375 (6 points) (12 points) 2 310.376 Human Movement 376 (6 points) 2 233.407 Neural Computation (6 points) 2 310.377 Human Movement 377 (6 points) 2 500.317 Nutrient Cycling and Biogeochemistry 317 * 310.378 Human Movement 378 (6 points) (3 points) 1 310.385 Human Movement 385 (6 points) 1 970.301 Pathology 301 (12 points) 1 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) 2 970.302 Pathology 302 (12 points) 1 310.387 Human Movement 387 (6 points) 2 970.303 Pathology 303 (12 points) 2 310.389 Human Movement 389 (6 points) 1 970.351 Pathology 351 (6 points) * 310.390 (HM) Professional Practice in Human 2 970.352 Pathology 352 (6 points) Movement and Exercise Science 390 2 970.353 Pathology 353 (6 points) (6 points) Y 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) Y 701.330 Land and Water Management 330 1 130.370 Philosophy 370 (12 points) (24 points) Y 560.312 Physics 312 (12 points) Y 701.331 Land and Water Management 331 Y 560.313 Physics 313 (18 points) (12 points) Y 560.314 Physics 314 (24 points) 1 151.301 Linguistics 301 (8 points) Y 560.315 Physics 315 (30 points) 2 151.302 Linguistics 302 (8 points) Y 560.316 Physics 316 (36 points) * 151.303 Linguistics 303 (8 points) Y 560.324 Physics 324 (24 points) 1 151.304 Linguistics 304 (8 points) Y 560.325 Physics 325 (30 points) * 151.305 Linguistics 305 (8 points) 2 Y 560.326 Physics 326 (36 points) * 151.306 Linguistics 306 (8 points) Y 560.336 Physics 336 (36 points) * 151.307 Linguistics 307 (8 points) 2 1 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) * 151.308 Linguistics 308 (8 points) 2 2 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) * 151.309 Linguistics 309 (8 points) 2 * 500.315 Plant Adaptations 315 (3 points) * 151.311 Linguistics 311 (8 points) 2 1 500.312 Plant Biochemistry 312 (3 points) 2 151.312 Linguistics 312 (8 points) 2 1 500.316 Plant Molecular Biology 316 (3 points) 1 151.314 Linguistics 314 (8 points) 2 1 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) * 151.330 Linguistics 330 (8 points) 2 1 140.310 Psychology 310 (10 points) 1 530.321 (M) 3A1 Operations Research and 2 140.311 Psychology 311 (10 points) Optimisation (6 points) 2 140.312 Psychology 312 (4 points) 1 530.322 (M) 3A2 Numerical Analysis and Scientific 2 140.313 Psychology 313 (4 points) Computing (6 points) 2 140.314 Psychology 314 (4 points) 2 530.324 (M) 3A4 Control Theory (6 points) 1 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) 2 530.325 (M) 3A5 Continuum Mechanics and 1 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) Industrial Modelling (6 points) 1 500.318 Quantitative Plant Ecology 318 (3 points) 2 530.326 (M) 3A6 Geophysical Continuum * 030.304 Roman Archaeology 304 (8 points) Mechanics (6 points) Y 701.310 Soil Science 310 (24 points) 2 530.327 (M) 3A7 Chaos and Dynamical Systems Y 701.311 Soil Science 311 (12 points) (6 points) 2 500.319 Systematic Methods 319 (3 points) • 530.329 (M) 3A9 Advanced Topics in Applied 2 139.311 Vision Science 311 (10 points) Mathematics (6 points) 1 139.312 Vision Science 312 (8 points) 2 530.332 (M) 3P2 Manifolds (6 points) 2 139.313 Vision Science 313 (8 points) 1 530.333 (M) 3P3 Linear Analysis (6 points) 1 139.317 Vision Science 317 (6 points) 1 530.335 (M) 3P5 Groups and Symmetry (6 points) 2 703.353 Wildlife Management 353 (4 points) 2 530.337 (M) 3P7 Rings and Number Theory 1 570.301 Zoology 301 (6 points) (6 points) 2 570.302 Zoology 302 (6 points) • 530.339 (M) 3P9 Advanced Topics in Pure 2 570.303 Zoology 303 (6 points) Mathematics (6 points) 1 570.304 Zoology 304 (6 points) 1 530.361 (M) 3S1 Probability Theory (6 points) 3 570.305 Zoology 305 (10 points) 1 530.362 (M) 3S2 Generalised Linear Models and 3 570.306 Zoology 306 (10 points) Discrete Data (6 points) 2 570.311 Zoology 311 (4 points) 1 530.363 (M) 3S3 Sample Surveys and the Design of * 570.313 Zoology 313 (4 points) Experiments (6 points) 2 570.314 Zoology 314 (4 points) 2 530.364 (M) 3S4 Applied Probability (6 points) 1 570.315 Zoology 315 (4 points) 2 530.365 (M) 3S5 Industrial Statistics and Total 2 570.316 Zoology 316 (4 points) Quality Management (6 points) 1 570.320 Zoology 320 (4 points) 2 530.366 (M) 3S6 Applied Statistical Methods * 570.321 Zoology 321 (4 points) (6 points) * 570.323 Zoology 323 (4 points) * 530.367 (M) 3S7 Multivariate Methods and Time 1 570.324 Zoology 324 (4 points) Series (6 points) * 570.325 Zoology 325 (4 points) • 530.369 (M) 3S9 Advanced Topics in Mathematical 1 This unit has a counterpart at third-year level. See Regulation 7. Statistics (6 points) 2 Only one of these units will be available. Contact the department for details.
D208—April 2000 Science Regulations
Majors (5) The regulations governing the combined course for the 24.(1) Before commencing the second year of the course degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts shall be as candidates shall be required to nominate at least one major set out in Part A(5). from the following subjects: (6) The regulations relating to the combined course for the Anatomy and Human Biology degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Engineering Anthropology shall be as set out in Part B following these regulations. Applied Mathematics Archaeology Second Bachelor’s Degree 1 Biochemistry Biophysics 1 For details on admission procedures see ‘Courses in the Faculty of Botany Science’ section in the Faculty of Science Handbook. Cell Physiology Chemical Physics 28.(1) Except as approved by the Executive Dean, a graduate Chemistry shall not be permitted to include in the BSc course units Computer Science which are judged to be the equivalent of elements of study in Environmental Chemistry a previous degree course. Environmental Geomechanics (2) The proposed course shall include: Environmental Geoscience (a) units with a minimum total value of 72 points selected Environmental Microbiology with the approval of the Executive Dean from units listed in Genetics Regulations 23 and 25; Geography Geology (b) units at higher than first-year level with a total value of Human Movement at least 60 points; and Information Technology Applications (c) third-year units with a total value of at least 24 points Information Technology Systems in a major subject. Land and Water Management Linguistics THE HONOURS DEGREE Materials Chemistry Mathematical Geophysics Admission Requirements Mathematical Sciences 29. Applicants who have— Mathematical Statistics (a) completed the requirements for— Microbiology Pathology (i) the BSc pass degree of this University or its equivalent; Pharmacology or Physics (ii) a pass degree including the equivalent of at least 64 Physiology points of Science units listed in Regulation 23; and Pure Mathematics (b) except where, in recognition of exceptional circum- Psychology stances, the Executive Dean approves otherwise, completed Soil Science and Plant Nutrition within the previous four years the final unit or units of the Zoology major subject in which they intend to proceed to honours (2) The Executive Dean may permit a change of major may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, having regard subject. to the recommendation of the relevant head of department, enrol for the degree with honours. Non-standard Courses (c) Candidates who complete the requirements of the pass 25. Candidates may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, degree in semester one may be granted permission to change include in their course— their enrolment to the honours course from semester two of the same year. (a) one or more special units comprising elements of the units listed in Regulation 23, the points value of which shall 30. The Faculty may approve joint honours courses arranged be determined by the Faculty Board; by two or more departments. (b) units offered by another faculty with a total value in the Faculty of Science of not more than 28 points. 31.(1) In exceptional circumstances, and on the recom- mendation of the head of department concerned, the Faculty 26. Candidates may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, may permit a candidate for the pass degree who requires 12 undertake a non-standard course which includes: points or fewer to complete that degree to enrol for the degree (i) units to the value of 12 points at first-year level in each with honours. of Economics and Accounting; (2) A candidate permitted to enrol for the degree with (ii) units selected from those listed in the Faculty of Econo- honours in terms of sub-regulation (1) above shall complete mics and Commerce Regulations to the value of 30 points the requirements for the pass degree within the time specified across second and third year with no more than 18 points in for completion of the honours degree, unless the Faculty any one year. resolves otherwise.
Combined Courses Time Limit 27.(1) The regulations governing the combined course for the 32.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), candidates for degrees of Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of Science shall be the honours degree shall normally enrol full-time and shall as set out in Part A(1) following these regulations. complete the requirements for the degree within one year. (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, (2) The regulations governing the combined course for the having regard to the recommendation of the head of degrees of Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of department concerned, may permit an applicant to enrol Commerce or Bachelor of Economics shall be as set out in Part part-time for the degree and to complete the requirements A(2). for it within two years. (3) The regulations governing the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Commerce or 32A.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), the Bachelor of Economics shall be as set out in Part A(3). Faculty may grant credit towards the honours degree up to a maximum of six points. (4) The regulations governing the combined course for the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, shall be as set out in Part A(4). having regard to the recommendation of the relevant head of department, may grant additional credit.
D209—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Course Requirements 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) 33. Candidates for the honours degree shall fulfil the require- or ments for— any other first-year unit to the value of 12 points (a) one of the courses prescribed in the ‘Details of Honours (b) at second-year level, units to the value of 48 points as Degree Courses in Science’ set out in the Faculty of Science set out below: Handbook; or (i) 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) (b) a course recommended by the relevant head of depart- ment, and approved by the Faculty. or 510.200 Chemistry 200 (24 points) 34. Candidates shall complete all the requirements for the (ii) 560.250 Physics 250 (12 points) honours degree by 30 November in the final year of enrolment in the honours course, unless the Executive Dean or approves in writing an extension of time because of 560.230 Physics 230 (16 points) exceptional circumstances. (iii) 510.204 Materials Chemistry 204 (8 points)
1 Withdrawals and Changes of Enrolment (iv) other units to make up the required points selected 1 Students will not be able to withdraw from a unit after the course of from: instruction has been completed. Mathematics 2C1, 2C2, 2LA, 2MM, 2MC, 2MA2, 2ASM1 35.(1) Except as approved by the Executive Dean, a final result Geology 211, 212, 221, 222 of WN (withdrawn; declared failed) shall be recorded in the Computer Science 225, 226 case of— (c) Third Year (a) a full-time candidate who withdraws from the course after the commencement of semester two; 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) (b) a part-time candidate who withdraws from the course 510.305 Materials Chemistry 305 (24 points) after the first day of semester one in the second year of enrolment. DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL (2) A full-time candidate shall not be permitted to transfer SCIENCE) (5011, programme 01) to part-time enrolment after the commencement of semester two. 38A.(1) Regulations 2 to 23, 25 and 26 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science). Results (2) The course for the degree shall include: 36.(1) The final results of candidates for the honours degree (a) at first-year level, but not necessarily in the first year shall be recorded in accordance with the provisions of of academic study, units to the total value of 12 points from General Regulation 19. each of the three areas of physical science, biological science and earth science; 1 (2) In the case of a part-time candidate, enrolment for the second year of the course shall be conditional upon the Board (b) units to the value of 16 points at second-year level, of Examiners in Science reporting satisfactory progress in the but not necessarily in the second year of academic study, in first year. each of two of the three areas of biological science, earth science and physical science in which units have been Restrictions completed at the first-year level; 37.(1) Supplementary examinations shall not be granted to (c) at the second- or third-year levels, the following units: candidates for the honours degree. (i) 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) (2) Except with the approval of the Faculty, a candidate 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) who fails or is declared to have failed the honours course and shall not be permitted to re-enrol for honours in the same except as provided in sub-regulation (3) below subject. (ii) 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 1 For the purpose of this regulation ‘earth science’ shall comprise DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATERIALS) Geology 105 and 106, or Geography 101 and 102; ‘physical science’ (5011, programme 04) shall comprise Chemistry 100, 120, 121 and Introductory and Biological Chemistry 130, or Physics 100 and 140; and ‘biological 38.(1) All regulations governing the degree of Bachelor of science’ shall comprise Biology 105, Botany 106 and Zoology 106. Science shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Materials). (3) A student who passes Geography 304 is not required to take Environmental Law 447. Programme of Study (4)(a) Before beginning the second year of the course candidates shall be required to nominate at least one (2) The course for the degree shall consist of: approved major in Environmental Science nominated from (a) at first-year level, units to the value of 48 points as set the following: out below: Botany (i) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) Environmental Chemistry or Environmental Geomechanics 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) Environmental Geoscience Environmental Microbiology (ii) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and Geography 2 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Land and Water Management (iii) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) Soil Science 3 (iv) and one of: Zoology 2 This major comprises units to the value of 24 points chosen from 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 Geography 300, 304, 307, 321, 322, 323, 324 and 325. (6 points); and 3 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) This major comprises Zoology 301, 302, 303 and 304. or (b) An additional major may be selected from those listed 600.100 Engineering 100 (20 points) under Regulation 24(1). or
D210—April 2000 Science Regulations
THE HONOURS DEGREE Marine Biology Coastal and Marine Geoscience Admission Requirements Coastal Management (5) Applicants who— (c) at third-year level, units to the value of 48 points as (i) have completed the requirements for the degree of set out below: Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science) of this Uni- (i) 139.304 Marine Science 304 (4 points) versity, or its equivalent; and (ii) units comprising one of the majors listed in sub- (ii) except with the approval of the Executive Dean, have regulation 2(b)(ii); completed within the previous two years the final unit or units of the major subject in which they intend to proceed to (iii) other units to make up the required points selected honours from Regulation 23. may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, having regard (3) A major in Marine Biology shall comprise: to the recommendation of the Course Co-ordinator (Environ- (i) 500.313 Biological Oceanography 313 (3 points) mental Science) and the head of the relevant department, 500.324 Marine Systems and Processes 324 enrol for the degree with honours. (4 points) (6) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 570.301 Zoology 301 (6 points) Science (Environmental Science) with Honours. (ii) and three of: 500.317 Nutrient Cycling and Biogeochemistry 317 Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and (3 points) Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions 500.318 Quantitative Plant Ecology 318 (3 points) 640.413 Physical Oceanography 413 (4 points) (7) Regulations 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the 570.314 Zoology 314 (4 points) degree of Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science) with 570.323 Zoology 323 (4 points) Honours. (4) A major in Coastal and Marine Geoscience shall (8) The Faculty may approve joint honours courses comprise: arranged by two or more departments at least one of which shall be from the Departments of Botany, Chemistry, 060.324 Geography 324 (8 points) Geography, Geology and Geophysics, Microbiology, Soil 500.324 Marine Systems and Processes 324 Science or Zoology. (4 points) 520.309 Geology 309 (4 points) 520.362 Geology 362 (4 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 640.413 Physical Oceanography 413 (4 points) (MARINE SCIENCE) (5011, programme 03) (5) A major in Coastal Management shall comprise: (i) 060.324 Geography 324 (8 points) 38B.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), Regulations 640.413 Physical Oceanography 413 (4 points) 2 to 23, 25 and 26 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Marine Science). and (2) The course for the degree shall comprise: (ii) one of: (a) at first-year level, units to the value of 48 points as set 060.304 Geography 304 (12 points) out below: 060.311 Geography 311 (12 points) 060.322/323 Geography 322 and Geography 323 (i) Biological and Earth Sciences (6/6 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) and two of: THE HONOURS DEGREE 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) Admission Requirements 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) 520.105 Geology 105 (6 points) (6) Applicants who— (ii) Physical Science (i) have completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science (Marine Science) of this University or its one of the following: equivalent; and 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (ii) unless the Executive Dean in recognition of excep- 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) tional circumstances approves otherwise, have completed 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) within the previous two years the final unit or units of the major subject in which they intend to proceed to honours (iii) Mathematics may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, having regard one of the following: to the recommendation of the Course Co-ordinator (Marine 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and Science) and the head of the relevant department, enrol for 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) the degree with honours. or (7) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and Science (Marine Science) with Honours. 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) or Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (8) Regulations 23, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the or degree of Bachelor of Science (Marine Science) with Honours. 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and (9) The Faculty may approve joint honours courses 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) arranged by two or more departments at least one of which shall be from the Departments of Botany, Geography or (b) at second- and third-year levels units to the value of Geology and Geophysics. 48 points selected from Regulation 23 including units leading to a major in one of the following disciplines: (i) 139.202 Introduction to Marine Science 202 DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (4 points) (GEOPHYSICAL SCIENCES) (5011, Programme 02) (ii) other units to make up the required points selected 38C.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), Regulations from Regulation 23 including units leading to a major in 2 to 23, 25 and 26 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of one of the following disciplines: Science (Geophysical Sciences). (2) The course for the degree shall include:
D211—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) in the first-year, the following units: physical Sciences programme and the head of the relevant department, enrol for the degree with honours. (i) 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) (5) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Science (Geophysical Sciences) with Honours. 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) and one of: Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and (ii) 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions (6 points); and (6) Regulations 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) degree of Bachelor of Science (Geophysical Sciences) with or Honours. 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) or DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (NEUROSCIENCE) 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (5011, programme 05) or 38D.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), Regulations 510.121 Chemistry 121 (12 points) 2 to 23, and 25 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Neuroscience). (b) in the second year, the following units: 520.250 Geology 250 (16 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), to qualify for the degree 560.280 Physics 280 (16 points) a candidate shall complete the following: 530.201 (M) 2C1 Calculus (4 points) (a) at first-year level, units to the value of 48 points as set 530.203 (M) 2LA Linear Algebra (4 points) out below: 530.205 (M) 2C2 Calculus (4 points) (i) one of the following: 530.207 (M) 2MM Mathematical Methods (4 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) (c) in the third year, the following units: 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) 520.374 Geophysics 374 (4 points) 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) 520.375 Geophysics 375 (4 points) (ii) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 520.376 Geophysics 376 (4 points) or and either 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) (i) units leading to a major in Mathematics which shall include: (iii) one of the following: Mathematics units to a total value of 24 points 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and including 3M1 and 3M2 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) and or 560.312 Physics 312 (12 points) 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) or or (ii) units leading to a major in Physics which shall include: 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 560.314/ Physics 314/324 (24 points) 560.324 or 530.341 (M) 3M1 Mathematical Methods (6 points) 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 530.342 (M) 3M2 Complex Variable Methods 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) (6 points) or or 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) (iii) units leading to a major in Geoscience which shall or include 12 points selected from: 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 520.330 Geology 330 (4 points) 520.361 Geology 361 (4 points) (iv) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 520.365 Geology 365 (4 points) (b) at second-year level, units to the value of 48 points as 520.366 Geology 366 (4 points) set out below: and (i) 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 530.341 (M) 3M1 Mathematical Methods (6 points) (4 points) 530.342 (M) 3M2 Complex Variable Methods or (6 points) 560.312 Physics 312 910 210 Anatomy and Human Biology 210 (16 points) (3) A major in Geoscience shall comprise Geophysics 374, (ii) 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) Geophysics 375 and Geophysics 376 and other third-year 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) Geology units to a value of 12 points selected from those 140.201 Psychology 201 (8 points) listed in sub-regulation 2(c)(iii). (iii) units to make up the required points chosen from: THE HONOURS DEGREE 910.201 Anatomy and Human Biology 201 (4 points) Admission Requirements 910.202 Anatomy and Human Biology 202 (4) Applicants who— (4 points) 910.203 Anatomy and Human Biology 203 (i) have completed the requirements for the degree of (4 points) Bachelor of Science (Geophysical Sciences) of this University, 910.204 Anatomy and Human Biology 204 or its equivalent; and (4 points) (ii) except with the approval of the Executive Dean, have 910.206 Anatomy and Human Biology 206 completed within the previous two years the final unit or (4 points) units of the major subject in which they intend to proceed to 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) honours 560.244 Biophysics 244 (8 points) may, with the approval of the Executive Dean, having regard 560.246 Biophysics 246 (12 points) to the recommendation of the Co-ordinator of the Geo- 560.248 Biophysics 248 (16 points) 540.201 Cognitive Science 201 (8 points)
D212—April 2000 Science Regulations
310.245 Human Movement 245 (8 points) shall be from the Departments of Anatomy and Human 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) Biology, Biochemistry, Physiology, Psychology 1 or Zoology. 130.265 Philosophy 265 (8 points) 1 Requires completion of a double major. 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) 960.210 (PM) Principles of Pharmacology 210 (6 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 960.220 (PM) Molecular Pharmacology 220 (BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE) (5011, programme 06) (6 points) 960.230 (PM) Systems Pharmacology 230 (6 points) 38E.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), Regulations 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) 2 to 23 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of Science 570.201 Zoology 201 (10 points) (Biomedical Science). 570.202 Zoology 202 (10 points) (2) The course for the degree shall comprise: (c) at third-year level, units to the value of 48 points as set out below: (a) at first-year level, units to a minimum value of 48 points as follows: (i) 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) 139.310 Neuroscience 310 (8 points) (i) at least one of: 570.320 Zoology 320 (4 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (ii) units to make up the required points chosen from: 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) (ii) one of: 910.309 Anatomy and Human Biology 309 (6 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 910.313 Anatomy and Human Biology 313 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) (12 points) 510.121 Chemistry 121 (12 points) 920.300 Biochemistry 300 (24 points) 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) 920.301 Biochemistry 301 (24 points) (iii) one of: 563.311 Biophysics 311 (6 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 563.312 Biophysics 312 (12 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 563.313 Biophysics 313 (18 points) or 563.314 Biophysics 314 (24 points) 910.311 Human Biology 311 (12 points) 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 310.356 Human Movement 356 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (24 points) or 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (12 points) 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) or 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 140.310 Psychology 310 (10 points) (iv) if necessary to make up the required points value, 140.311 Psychology 311 (10 points) one of the following: 140.314 Psychology 314 (4 points) 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) (6 points); and 140.457 Psychology 457 (6 points) 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) 570.301 Zoology 301 (6 points) or 570.302 Zoology 302 (6 points) 570.303 Zoology 303 (6 points) 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) 570.304 Zoology 304 (6 points) or (3) To be eligible to enter the third year of the course, a 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) candidate must be successful in gaining a place in the quota or for Advanced Neuroscience 325. 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) THE HONOURS DEGREE (b) at second-year level, units to a minimum value of 48 points leading to at least one of the following majors: Admission Requirements Cell Biology (4) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the Molecular Medicine recommendation of the Neuroscience Co-ordinator, accept for enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science chosen from: (Neuroscience) with Honours, applicants who— 910.203 Anatomy and Human Biology 203 (a) have completed the requirements for the degree of (4 points) Bachelor of Science (Neuroscience) of this University, or have 910.204 Anatomy and Human Biology 204 been admitted to equivalent status in terms of Statute No. 5; (4 points) and 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 (4 points) (b) except in exceptional circumstances, have completed 910.210 Human Biology 210 (16 points) within the previous two years the third-year units prescribed 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) for the pass degree. 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) (5) Except in exceptional circumstances as approved by 950.200 Microbiology 200 (12 points) the Executive Dean, enrolment in the honours course shall be 950.213 Microbiology 213 (4 points) full-time. 950.215 Microbiology 215 (4 points) (6) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 950.216 Microbiology 216 (4 points) Science (Neuroscience) with Honours. 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) 960.201 Human Toxicology 201 (6 points) 960.210 Pharmacology 210 (6 points) Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and 960.220 Pharmacology 220 (6 points) Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions 960.230 Pharmacology 230 (6 points) (7) Regulations 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) degree of Bachelor of Science (Neuroscience) with Honours. 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) (8) The Faculty may approve joint honours courses (c) at third-year level, units to a minimum value of 48 arranged by two or more departments at least one of which points comprising one of the following majors:
D213—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(i) Cell Biology years of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science or • at least two units chosen from the following: Bachelor of Arts and have completed Psychology 100, Psy- chology 201, 202 and 203 or their equivalents; or 910.313 Anatomy and Human Biology 313 (d) are eligible for credit for at least two years of the (12 points) degree of Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts and have 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 completed Psychology 201, 202 and 203 or their equivalents. (12 points) 920.301 Cellular and Metabolic Biochemistry 301 41.(1) A candidate admitted under the provisions of (12 points) Regulation 40(a) above shall proceed direct to the fourth year 950.301 Microbiology 301 (12 points) of the course. 950.302 Microbiology 302 (12 points) (2) 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) A candidate admitted under the provisions of
980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) Regulation 40(b), (c), or (d) above shall enter the course at 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) third-year level. • at least one unit chosen from the following: Time Limit 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) 910.312 Human Biology 312 (12 points) 42.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) below, a 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 candidate shall complete all requirements for the degree— (12 points) (a) within seven calendar years of completion of pre- 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) requisite units appropriate for the level of entry to the course; 970.301 Pathology 301 (12 points) and 970.302 Pathology 302 (12 points) (b) within four calendar years from enrolment in the first 970.303 Pathology 303 (12 points) third-year unit; and 970.320 Medical Genetics 320 (12 points) (c) within two calendar years from enrolment in the first 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) fourth-year unit. • if necessary to make up the required points value, one (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean may elective unit in a relevant area chosen in consultation with a extend the time limits specified in sub-regulation (1) above. Faculty adviser. (ii) Molecular Medicine Course Requirements • units to a minimum value of 24 points chosen from the 43.(1) The course for the degree shall consist of the following: following: (a) in the first and second years: 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) 910.312 Human Biology 312 (12 points) (i) the first two years of the course for the degree of 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts including Psychology (12 points) 100, Psychology 201, 202 and 203 or their equivalents; or 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) (ii) credits equivalent to the requirements in sub-clause (i) 970.301 Pathology 301 (12 points) above; 970.302 Pathology 302 (12 points) (b) in the third year a double major in Psychology (48 970.303 Pathology 303 (12 points) points); 970.320 Medical Genetics 320 (12 points) 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) (c) except as provided in sub-regulation 2, in the fourth year: • at least one unit chosen from the following: (i) core units: 910.313 Anatomy and Human Biology 313 (12 points) 140.458 Psychology 458 (6 points) 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 140.460 Psychology 460 (30 points) (12 points) 140.461 Psychology 461 (6 points) 920.301 Cellular and Metabolic Biochemistry 301 (ii) elective: (12 points) 950.301 Microbiology 301 (12 points) a third- or fourth-year unit to the value of six points chosen 950.302 Microbiology 302 (12 points) with the approval of the supervisor from disciplines 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) including anatomy and human biology, geography, human 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) movement, management and psychology. 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) (2) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- mendation of the supervisor, may permit a candidate to enrol • if necessary to make up the required points value, one in additional units to a maximum value of six points. elective unit in a relevant area chosen in consultation with a Faculty adviser. (3) A candidate who commences the course on a part-time basis shall complete Psychology 460 prior to enrolling in any other units. DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY (1014) Results 39. Regulations 2(1), 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14(1)(a) and (d) and 14(2), (3) and (4), 15, 16, 18 shall apply to the degree of 44.(1) The degree shall be conferred as a pass degree only. Bachelor of Psychology. (2) In the case of candidates admitted to the course under the provisions of Regulation 40(a) who have taken out the Admission degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science and have successfully completed the requirements for the degree of 40. The Faculty may accept as candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Psychology the previous award of the degree of Bachelor of Psychology applicants who— Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science shall be revoked by (a)(i) have completed, with a double major in Psychology, the Senate and, following surrender of the certificate for the the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science or revoked degree, the degree of Bachelor of Psychology shall be Bachelor of Arts of this University; and conferred. (ii) have attained at least a mark of 60 per cent in at least three third-year psychology units; or DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHYSICAL AND (b) have been admitted to equivalent status under Statute HEALTH EDUCATION (5015) No. 5; or (c) hold a bachelor’s degree of this or another recognised General Provisions tertiary institution and are eligible for credit for at least two 44A.(1) The General Provisions for the degree of Bachelor of Physical and Health Education shall be as per the Bachelor of
D214—April 2000 Science Regulations
Science with the exception of the course structure which is set (b) A student will not be admitted as a candidate for out in Regulation 44A(2). honours unless the third year of the course has been completed at a standard satisfactory to the Faculty, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department The Pass Degree of Human Movement and Exercise Science, and the student (2) The course for the pass degree shall comprise units has submitted a topic and proposal for honours research selected from Regulation 44A(3) below, with a minimum total which have been approved by the Head of the Department of value of 144 points and a maximum total value of 168 points. Human Movement and Exercise Science. (3) To complete the requirements for the degree of (c) To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Physical and Bachelor of Physical and Health Education a candidate Health Education with Honours a candidate in the fourth shall— year of the course shall— (a) in the first year of the course complete: (i) complete Human Movement 386 if not already com- (i) 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) pleted in third year; 310.110 Human Movement 110 (12 points) (ii) present a thesis on a topic approved by the Head of 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) the Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science (Biology 101 may be substituted for Human Biology before the first day of the annual examinations in the fourth 100 with the approval of the Executive Dean, having year of the course; regard to the recommendation of the Head of the (iii) complete such other work as the Faculty may Department.) require. (ii) first-year units to the value of 12 points from any (d) The Faculty may at any time on the recommendation faculty; of the Head of the Department of Human Movement and (b) in the second year of the course complete: Exercise Science require a candidate to withdraw from the (i) 310.241 (HM) Motor Control and Development 241 honours course. A candidate so required to withdraw or who (4 points) withdraws voluntarily may, on the recommendation of the 310.242 (HM) Motor Learning 242 (4 points) Head of the Department of Human Movement and Exercise 310.251 (HM) Biomechanics of Movement 251 Science, be awarded a pass degree if the requirements for that (4 points) degree have been completed. 310.252 (HM) Movement Analysis in Sport, Gait and the Workplace 252 (4 points) 310.261 (HM) Exercise Physiology: Cardiopulmonary DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COGNITIVE SCIENCE (5014) Regulation and Integration (4 points) 310.262 (HM) Exercise Physiology: Fuel Utilisation General Provisions and Homeostasis (4 points) 44B.(1) The general provisions for the degree of Bachelor of 310.271 (HM) Psycho-social Aspects of Human Cognitive Science shall be as per the Bachelor of Science. Movement and Exercise Science 271 (4 points) 310.272 (HM) Socio-Cultural Aspects of Human THE PASS DEGREE Movement and Exercise Science 272 Course Requirements (4 points) (2) To complete the requirements for the degree of (ii) first- or second-year units to the value of 16 points Bachelor of Cognitive Science a candidate shall complete from any faculty; units with a minimum total value of 144 points and a (c) before commencing the third year of the course maximum total value of 168 points as follows: provide proof of having completed a first aid course or sports (3)(a) in the first year, units to a minimum total value of trainer’s certificate approved by the Faculty; 48 points including: (d) in the third year of the course complete: (i) 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 (i) 310.336 Human Movement 336 (6 points) (6 points); and and 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) (ii) subject to sub-regulation (5), six units selected from (ii) one of: the following: 1 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 1 Students who are eligible and who intend to enrol for honours in the 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) fourth year must include Human Movement 386 in the six units. or 310.337 Human Movement 337 (6 points) 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 310.345 Human Movement 345 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 310.346 Human Movement 346 (6 points) 310.355 Human Movement 355 (6 points) or 310.356 Human Movement 356 (6 points) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 310.365 Human Movement 365 (6 points) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 310.366 Human Movement 366 (6 points) (iii) other units to make up the total required points 310.375 Human Movement 375 (6 points) chosen from: 310.376 Human Movement 376 (6 points) 310.377 Human Movement 377 (6 points) 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) 310.378 Human Movement 378 (6 points) 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) 310.385 Human Movement 385 (6 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) 310.387 Human Movement 387 (6 points) 151.101 Linguistics 101 (6 points) 310.389 Human Movement 389 (6 points) 151.102 Linguistics 102 (6 points) 310.390 Human Movement 390 (6 points) 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) 130.125 Philosophy 125 (6 points) (e) Students wishing to proceed to a Graduate Diploma 560.100/ Physics 100 or in Education must complete Human Movement 337. 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) The Honours Degree provided that a candidate who has not completed TEE (4)(a) A student who wishes to become a candidate for Chemistry and who wishes to complete a major se- the degree of Bachelor of Physical and Health Education with quence in Physiology shall be permitted to substitute Honours must apply to the Head of the Department of Chemistry 130 for a unit or units to the value of 12 Human Movement and Exercise Science by 9 December in the points required under sub-paragraph (iii). year in which the third year of the course is being completed.
D215—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) in the second year, units to a minimum total value of • Philosophy and Cognition 48 points which shall include: 151.314 Linguistics 314 (8 points) (i) 540.201 Cognitive Science 201 (8 points) 130.305 Philosophy 305 (8 points) (ii) one of: 130.345 Philosophy 345 (8 points) 130.360 Philosophy 360 (8 points) 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) 130.365 Philosophy 365 (8 points) 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) 130.370 Philosophy 370 (8 points) 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 130.390 Philosophy 390 (8 points) (4 points) 140.310 Psychology 310 1 (10 points) (iii) second-year units to make up the total required 140.311 Psychology 311 1 (10 points) points leading to a major in Cognitive Science and a major in 1 Topics require approval of the course co-ordinator. one of Anatomy and Human Biology, Computer Science, Lin- guistics, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physiology or Psychology. (ii) other third-year units leading to a major in one of the (c) in the third year, third-year units to a minimum value following disciplines: of 48 points which shall include: Anatomy and Human Biology Computer Science (i) a Cognitive Science major comprising units to a Linguistics minimum value of 24 points and including one unit from Mathematics each of three of the four topic areas listed below: Philosophy • Brain and Behaviour Physiology 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) Psychology 310.346 Human Movement 346 (6 points) 563.312 Biophysics 312 (12 points) THE HONOURS DEGREE 233.407 Neural Computation 407 (6 points) 140.310 Psychology 310 1 (10 points) Admission Requirements 140.311 Psychology 311 1 (10 points) (4)(a) The Faculty may, having regard to recommendation 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) of the Cognitive Science Course Co-ordinator, accept for 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) enrolment in the degree of Bachelor of Cognitive Science with 139.310 Neuroscience 310 (8 points) Honours applicants who— • Language and Thought (i) have completed the requirements for the degree of 150.003 Anthropology Special unit 003 1 (8 points) Bachelor of Cognitive Science of this University or its 150.314 Anthropology 314 (8 points) equivalent; and 150.321 Anthropology 321 (8 points) (ii) unless otherwise approved by the Executive Dean, 150.323 Anthropology 323 (8 points) have completed within the previous four years the final units 151.301 Linguistics 301 (8 points) comprising a major in Cognitive Science. 151.302 Linguistics 302 (8 points) (b) Enrolment in the honours course shall normally be 151.303 Linguistics 303 (8 points) full-time. 151.304 Linguistics 304 (8 points) 151.306 Linguistics 306 (8 points) (5) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 140.310 Psychology 310 1 (10 points) Cognitive Science with Honours. 140.311 Psychology 311 1 (10 points) 140.312 Psychology 312 (4 points) Course Requirements 140.313 Psychology 313 (4 points) (6)(a) To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Cognitive 233.407 Neural Computation 407 (6 points) Science with Honours a candidate shall complete the • Logic and Computation following: 230.300 Algorithms 300 (6 points) (i) 540.401 Cognitive Science Seminar (8 points) 230.301 Functional Programming 301 (6 points) 540.402 Honours Research Project (24 points) 230.302 Logic Programming 302 (6 points) (ii) except as provided in sub-regulation (2), fourth-year 230.304 Concurrent Programming 304 (6 points) units to a minimum value of 16 points in one or two allied 231.311 Computer Graphics 311 (6 points) disciplines. 231.315 Robotics 315 (6 points) 233.407 Neural Computation 407 (6 points) (b) The Executive Dean in exceptional circumstances may, 233.411 Algorithms for Artificial Intelligence 411 having regard to the recommendation of the Cognitive (6 points) Science Course Co-ordinator, permit a student to substitute 233.412 Computer Vision 412 (6 points) one third-year unit for one fourth-year elective unit. 151.305 Linguistics 305 (8 points) 151.309 Linguistics 309 (8 points) Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and 130.340 Philosophy 340 (8 points) Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions 130.360 Philosophy 360 (8 points) (7) Regulations 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the 530.324 3A4: Control Theory (6 points) degree of Bachelor of Cognitive Science with Honours. 530.327 3A7: Chaos and Dynamical Systems (6 points) 530.329 3A9: Advanced Topics in Applied DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF VISION SCIENCE (5020) Mathematics (6 points) 530.332 3P2: Manifolds (6 points) General and Special Provisions 530.341 3M1: Mathematical Methods (6 points) 44C.(1) The general and special provisions for the degree of 530.342 3M2: Complex Variable Methods (6 points) Bachelor of Vision Science shall be as per the Bachelor of 530.345 3M3: History of Mathematics (6 points) Science. 530.360 3S10: Stochastic Processes with Applications (6 points) 530.361 3S1: Probability Theory (6 points) THE PASS DEGREE 530.362 3S2: Generalised Linear Models and Course Requirements Discrete Data (6 points) 530.364 3S4: Applied Probability (6 points) (2) Subject to sub-regulation (3), to qualify for the degree 530.367 3S7: Multivariate Methods and Time Series a candidate shall complete the following: (6 points) 530.369 3S9: Advanced Topics in Mathematical (a) at first-year level, the following units: Statistics (6 points) (i) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 140.310 Psychology 310 1 (10 points) or 140.311 Psychology 311 1 (10 points)
D216—April 2000 Science Regulations
510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (5025) (ii) one of: General Provisions 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 44D.(1) Regulations 2A, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 18 shall apply to the Bachelor of Molecular Biology. or (2)(a)(i) Entry to third and fourth year is subject to a 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and quota. 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) (ii) In order to be eligible to enter third and fourth year, or students must attain an average of 65 per cent in the 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and preceding year. 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (b) The Faculty may permit a student to transfer to the (iii) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) Bachelor of Science. or 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) Course Requirements (iv) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) (2) The course for the degree shall comprise: or (a) at first-year level, the following units: 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (i) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) (b) at second-year level, the following units: (ii) one of: 139.211 Vision Science 211 (6 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 139.214 Vision Science 214 (4 points) 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) 563.243 Biophysics 243 (6 points) (iii) one of: 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and (4 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 910.203 Anatomy and Human Biology 203 or (4 points) 910.201 Anatomy and Human Biology 201 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and (4 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 920.251 Biochemistry 251 (6 points) or 950.220 Microbiology 220 (4 points) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 980.245 Physiology 245 (10 points) 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (c) at third year level, the following units: (iv) one of: (i) 139.311 Vision Science 311 (10 points) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 139.313 Vision Science 313 (6 points) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 139.317 Vision Science 317 (6 points) (b) 139.312 Vision Science 312 (8 points) at second-year level the following units: 563.310 Biophysics 310 (6 points) 139.203 Bioinformatics 203 (6 points) 910.321 Anatomy and Human Biology 321 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) (6 points) 139.204 Genetics 204 (6 points) (ii) 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) or and either 910.326 Advanced Neuroscience 326 (6 points) (i) for those students intending to major in Molecular (3) To be eligible to enter the third year of the course, a Genetics: candidate must attain an average of 65 per cent in the second 950.202 Prokaryotic and Viral Biology 202 (8 points) year. 960.220 Molecular Pharmacology 220 (4 points) (4) The Faculty may permit a candidate who is not or eligible to enter the third year of the course in terms of (ii) for those students intending to major in Structural paragraph (3) to transfer to the Bachelor of Science course. Molecular Biology: 510.270 Chemistry 270 (12 points) THE HONOURS DEGREE or Admission Requirements (iii) for those students intending to major in Molecular (5)(a) The Faculty may, having regard to the recom- Cell Biology: mendation of the Vision Science Course Co-ordinator, accept 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) for enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of 980.201 Physiology 201 (4 points) Vision Science with Honours applicants who— (c) at third-year level, units listed for one of the following (i) have completed the requirements for the degree of majors: Bachelor of Vision Science of this University or have been (i) Molecular Genetics admitted to equivalent status in terms of statute No. 5; and 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 (ii) unless otherwise approved by the Executive Dean, (12 points) have completed within the previous two years the third-year 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) units prescribed for the pass degree. and either (b) Except in exceptional circumstances as approved by 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) the Executive Dean, enrolment in the honours course shall be full-time. or (6) Regulation 31 shall apply to the degree of Bachelor of 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 Vision Science with Honours. (12 points) and two of: Time Limits, Course Requirements, Withdrawals and 139.306 Molecular Genetics Project 306 (6 points) Changes of Enrolment, Results and Restrictions 139.308 Molecular Cell Biology Project 308 (7) Regulations 32, 34, 35, 36 and 37 shall apply to the (6 points) degree of Bachelor of Vision Science with Honours. 139.307 Structural Molecular Biology Project 307 (6 points)
D217—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(ii) Structural Molecular Biology (i) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 920.351 Molecular and Structural 139.107 Plant Science Field Course 107 (6 points) Biochemistry 351 (12 points) (ii) one of: 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) and either 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) (iii) one of: or 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 (12 points) or and two of: 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and 139.306 Molecular Genetics Project 306 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) 139.308 Molecular Cell Biology Project 308 or (6 points) 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 139.307 Structural Molecular Biology Project 307 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) (6 points) (iv) other units to make up the required points selected (iii) Molecular Cell Biology from: 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (12 points) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) and either 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer Science 123 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 (6 points) (12 points) 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) 520.105 Geology 105 (6 points) or 520.106 Geology 106 (6 points) 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) (12 points) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) and two of: (b) at second-year level, the following units: 139.306 Molecular Genetics Project 306 (6 points) 139.205 Molecular Plant Cell Biology 205 139.308 Molecular Cell Biology Project 308 (12 points) (6 points) 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) 139.307 Structural Molecular Biology Project 307 139.206 Plant Physiology, Structure (6 points) and Function 206 (12 points) 139.215 Ecosystem Process Field Course 215 (d) at fourth-year level, the following units: (6 points) (i) 139.409 Specialist Programmes in Molecular 500.230 Land Plant Diversity and Systematics 230 Biology 409 (12 points) (6 points) 139.410 Major Research Project 410 (30 points) 920.250 Biochemistry 250 (6 points) (ii) one of: (c) at third-year level, units to a minimum value of 48 139.406 Molecular Genetics Project 406 (6 points) points as follows: 139.408 Molecular Cell Biology Project 408 (i) 500.315 Plant Ecophysiology and Systems (6 points) Ecology 315 (8 points) 139.407 Structural Molecular Biology Project 407 500.316 Molecular Regulation of Plant (6 points) Processes 316 (6 points) (3) Students who withdraw from the course before (ii) other third-year units to make up the required points qualifying for the Bachelor of Molecular Biology, but after selected from: completing the first three years of the course, may apply to 702.403 Molecular Genetics and Plant the Faculty of Science to be awarded the Bachelor of Science. Improvement 403 (8 points) 702.303 Genetics and Plant Breeding (8 points) 702.408 Environmental Plant Physiology 408 THE HONOURS DEGREE (4 points) (4)(a) The Faculty may award the degree with honours to 920.301 Cellular and Metabolic Biochemistry 301 students who have completed all the units prescribed for the (12 points) fourth-year level in paragraph (2)(d) over one year of 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 enrolment in the case of full-time candidates and over two (12 points) years of enrolment in the case of part-time candidates. 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) (b) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to 920.330 Molecular Genetics and Genomics 330 be awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on (12 points) the basis of a student’s performance in the units referred to in (d) at fourth-year level, the following units: paragraph (a). 139.412 Specialist Programmes in Plant Biology 412 (12 points) 139.411 Research Project 411 (36 points) DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PLANT BIOLOGY (5024) (4) Students who withdraw from the course before quali- General Provisions fying for the Bachelor of Plant Biology, but after completing the first three years of the course, may apply to the Faculty of 44E.(1) Regulations 2A, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 Science to be awarded the Bachelor of Science. and 18 shall apply to the Bachelor of Plant Biology. (2)(a) In order to be eligible to enter the fourth year, THE HONOURS DEGREE students must attain an average of 65 per cent in the preceding year. (5)(a) The degree of Bachelor of Plant Biology may be awarded with honours to students who have completed all (b) The Faculty may permit a student to transfer to the the units prescribed for the fourth-year level in paragraph Bachelor of Science. (2)(d) over one year of enrolment in the case of full-time candidates and over two years of enrolment in the case of Course Requirements part-time candidates. (3) The course for the degree shall comprise: (b) The Faculty shall determine whether honours are to be awarded and, if so, the grade of honours to be awarded on (a) at first-year level, units to a minimum value of 48 the basis of a student’s performance in the units referred to in points as follows: paragraph (a).
D218—April 2000 Science Regulations
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE (5026) if necessary, units to make up the required 16 points chosen from the following: General Provisions 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) 44F.(1) Faculty of Science Regulations 2 to 17 shall apply to 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) the Bachelor of Health Science. 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) units which may be approved by the Executive Course Structure Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry or the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; (2) The course for the degree shall comprise: (iii) third-year units to a minimum value of 24 points (a) in the first year of the course, units to a total value of leading to the completion of a major in one of the disciplines 48 points including: listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); (i) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) (d) in the fourth year of the course, the following units to or a minimum value of 48 points: 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points); (i) subject to sub-regulation (5), (ii) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from: either 150.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) for the pass degree: 150.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) 750.300 Health Industry Practicum (24 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) or 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) for the honours degree: 230.104 Computer Science 104 (6 points) 139.305 Health Science Honours Research 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 Dissertation 305; (6 points) and 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) (ii) 750.301 Health Administration 301 (8 points) 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) 750.302 Health Promotion 302 (8 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 750.303 Health Economics 303 (4 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 750.304 Disease Control 304 (4 points) 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) (3)(a) Before the end of the second year of the course a 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points) candidate shall have completed at least two units selected in 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) consultation with a course adviser and subject to paragraph 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) (b) from the following: 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) (6 points) 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) (6 points) 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) 535.106 Economic and Business Statistics 106 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points); (6 points) (iii) subject to sub-regulation (3), units to make up the (b) Candidates who enrol in a first-year mathematics unit total points required chosen from the first-year offerings will not be permitted to enrol in Economic and Business offered by the Faculty of Arts, the Faculty of Economics and Statistics 106. Commerce, or the Faculty of Science; (4) Candidates wishing to major in Anthropology, Infor- (b) in the second year of the course, units to a minimum mation Technology Systems or Psychology shall take total value of 48 points as follows: Physiology 250 in the second year. (i) 750.201 Public Health 201 (12 points); and (ii) subject to sub-regulation (4), units to a maximum Entry to Honours value of 32 points selected from Faculty of Science Regulation (5) Candidates who have successfully completed the 23(b) and leading to at least one of the majors listed below: requirements of the first three years of the course and have Anatomy and Human Biology attained a weighted average of at least 65 per cent in the third Anthropology (with restrictions) year shall be eligible to enter the honours programme. Biochemistry Biophysics Withdrawal from Course after Completion of the Cell Physiology First Three Years Environmental Microbiology Genetics (6) Candidates who withdraw from the course before Geography (with restrictions) qualifying for the Bachelor of Health Science, but after com- Human Movement pleting the first three years of the course, may apply to the Information Technology Systems (with restrictions) Faculty of Science: Microbiology (a) to be awarded the Bachelor of Science; or Pathology (b) for admission to the course for Bachelor of Science Pharmacology with Honours. Physiology Psychology; and GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PSYCHOLOGY (5034) (iii) subject to sub-regulation (3), units to make up the General Provisions total points required chosen from the first- or second-year offerings offered by the Faculty of Arts, the Faculty of 45.(1) Regulations 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14(1)(a) and (d), (3) and Economics and Commerce, or the Faculty of Science; (4), 15, 16 and 18 shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Psychology. (c) in the third year of the course, units to a minimum value of 48 points as follows: (2) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation (i) 750.200 Health Industry Practicum 200 (8 points); of the Head of the Department of Psychology, admit as a (ii) units to a minimum value of 16 points as follows: candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Psychology an applicant who has qualified for a bachelor’s degree of this at least one of University or has been admitted to equivalent status under 750.203 Health Research Methods 203 (8 points) Statute No.5. 750.204 Health Research Methods 204 (8 points)
D219—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Course Structure 49A. A student who fails or is declared to have failed in any (3) To qualify for the Graduate Diploma in Psychology, a unit twice shall not be permitted to re-enrol in that unit candidate shall undertake a course of study as follows: except with the approval of the Executive Dean, having regard to the recommendation of the head of the department. (a) First Year 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) 50. Additional regulations governing specified Graduate Diploma programmes offered by the Faculty are set out in the (b) Second Year parts following these regulations. 140.201 Psychology 201 (8 points) 140.202 Psychology 202 (8 points) 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FORENSIC SCIENCE (5032) (c) Third Year 50A.(1) Except as specified below, the regulations governing the Graduate Diploma in Science shall apply to the Graduate 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) Diploma in Forensic Science. 140.310 Psychology 310 (10 points) 140.311 Psychology 311 (10 points) 140.312 Psychology 312 (4 points) Admission 140.313 Psychology 313 (4 points) (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the 140.314 Psychology 314 (4 points) diploma an applicant who— 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline from 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) this University, or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; Credit (b) has qualifications and experience in a relevant field 4(a) The Faculty may grant credit towards the diploma up which are considered to be equivalent to those of an applicant to a maximum value of 36 points. described in paragraph (a). (b) Credit may be granted for— (i) studies completed at this or any other approved Course Requirements institution; and/or (3) To qualify for the diploma students shall successfully (ii) subject to sub-regulation (3), units passed through complete units totalling 48 to 52 points as follows: Continuing Education in or after 1995. (c) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing Core Units Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and (a) The following compulsory units: shall not exceed 12 points. 550.501 Instrumentation and Measurement in Materials Science 501 (10 points) Time Limit 550.502 Nature of Biological Evidence 502 5(a) A candidate for the Graduate Diploma in Psycho- (10 points) logy shall complete the requirements for the course within: 550.503 Forensic Pathology 503 (4 points) 550.504 Issues in Forensic Science 504 (4 points) (i) ten years from the beginning of the year in which Psychology 100, or equivalent, was passed; and Optional Units (ii) within five years from first enrolment in a second-year (b) At least one unit chosen from the following: Psychology unit. (b) In exceptional circumstances, the Executive Dean, 550.511 Soil Forensics 511 (4 points) having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the 550.512 Environmental SEM as a Tool in Forensic Department of Psychology, may grant a candidate an Science 512 (4 points) extension of time, not exceeding one year, to complete the 550.513 The Law and DNA 513 (4 points) requirements for the diploma. 550.514 Psychology and the Investigative Process 514 (4 points) 550.515 Insects as Biological Clocks 515 (4 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE (5030) 550.516 Forensic Anthropology 516 (4 points) 550.517 Image Processing 517 (4 points) 46. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate 550.518 Shapes—Their Reconstruction and Diploma in Science an applicant who— Measurement 518 (4 points) (a) holds the degree of Bachelor of Science of this 550.519 Instrumentation 519 (4 points) University or has been admitted to equivalent status under 550.520 The Body in the Library: Forensics in Statute No. 5; or Fiction 520 (4 points) (b) holds any other bachelor’s degree of this University, 550.521 Solving Computer Crime 521 (4 points) the course for which has included units from those listed in Regulation 23 to the value of 64 points or their recognised Research equivalent. (c) 550.505 Case Study 505 (16 points) 46A. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete an approved course of advanced study of a value of 48 points. Satisfactory Progress The majority of the points shall be obtained by completing (4) Satisfactory progress in any one year shall be elements of the Bachelor of Science honours courses, and the successful completion of at least half the points for which a remainder from other work approved by the Faculty after it candidate is enrolled. has considered the recommendation of the head of the department concerned. Credit 47.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the course for the diploma shall extend over one academic year for a full- (5)(a) The Faculty may grant credit towards the course for time candidate and two academic years for a part-time units totalling a maximum of eight points. candidate. (b) Credit may be granted in consideration of: (2) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may (i) coursework completed as part of an approved course at approve an extension of up to one academic year. this or another recognised tertiary institution; 48. The Faculty may refuse re-enrolment in the course to a (ii) subject to sub-regulation (c), coursework completed part-time candidate who has failed to make satisfactory through Continuing Education at this institution in or after progress in any year. 1995; and/or 49. The Faculty shall declare a result of ‘HD’, ‘D’, ‘CR’, ‘Pass’ (iii) subject to sub-regulation (d), work completed in or ‘Fail’ for each candidate. courses provided by professional providers or private educational institutions.
D220—April 2000 Science Regulations
(c) Credit granted in respect of work described in sub- Submission of Thesis paragraph (b)(ii) shall not exceed four points. 56. A thesis submitted for the degree shall not be accepted by (d) Credit granted in respect of work described in sub- the Faculty for examination unless declared suitable for paragraph (b)(iii) shall not exceed four points. examination by the head of the department concerned who shall consult the candidate’s supervisor. Time Limit 57. Additional regulations governing specified Master of (6)(a) The minimum period of candidature is one year, Science programmes offered by the Faculty are set out in the and the maximum two years from the date of first enrolment parts following these regulations. for the diploma. (b) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION (5057/5072) 1 permit an extension of candidature of not more than one year. 1 Subject to review. Supplementary Examination 58.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (3) below, the General Regula- (7) The Faculty may permit a student who attains a final tions for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree of mark of between 40 per cent and 49 per cent in any unit to sit Master of Science Education. a supplementary examination in that unit. (2) A candidate who has completed the requirements for the degree of Graduate Diploma in Science (in Science Education), or its equivalent, and has a minimum of two MASTER’S PRELIMINARY COURSES years’ teaching experience may proceed to the degree of Master of Science Education by way of— 51. The General Regulations for candidates proceeding to preliminary or qualifying examinations shall apply to (a) coursework; or candidates enrolled in master’s preliminary courses in the (b) coursework and minor thesis; or Faculty. (c) research and thesis. (3)(a) A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework shall complete units as laid down in paragraphs (b), (c) and (5050/5061/5071) DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE (d) to a minimum value of 48 points. 52. In addition to the regulations which follow, the General (b) Except as approved in terms of sub-regulation (3)(c), a Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree candidate undertaking the degree by coursework shall of Master of Science. complete units from the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of Education as approved by the Executive Dean, having regard Admission to the recommendation of the course co-ordinator. 53.(1) A candidate may, as provided by General Regulation (c) The Executive Dean may also approve units to a 34, proceed to the degree of Master of Science by way of— maximum value of 12 points from faculties other than Science and Education or, in exceptional circumstances, from other (a) research and thesis; or institutions. (b) coursework and research; or (d) A candidate for the coursework degree may include a (c) coursework and dissertation; or research project which shall have a value of not more than 12 (d) coursework. points of the total points in the course. (2) For the purposes of sub-regulation (1)(b) above, the 59. A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and Senate has approved programmes in Applied Psychology, minor thesis shall complete: Human Biology, Human Movement, Intelligent Systems (a) units as described in Regulation 58(3)(a) and (b) above Science, Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation, and Mathe- with a value of 32 points of the total points in the course; and matics, the regulations for which shall be as set out in the (b) a research project and minor thesis with a value of 16 parts following these regulations. points of the total points in the course. (c) The Executive Dean may approve a minor variation to External Candidature the points required in (a) and (b) above. 54.(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of General Regulation 38, the Faculty may permit a candidate for the degree who 60. A candidate undertaking the degree by research and does not hold the degree of bachelor of this University or its thesis— equivalent to spend all or part of the prescribed period as an (a) shall be supervised by a member of the Faculty of external candidate. Science and may be co-supervised by other persons as (2) An external candidate shall be supervised by a member considered appropriate by the Executive Dean; of staff of this University. (b) may undertake coursework units as described in Regulation 58(3)(a) and (b) to a value of not more than 12 points of the total points in the course. Time Limit 55.(1) Subject to paragraph (2), a candidate shall complete the 61.(a) The minimum requirement for the degree shall be one requirements for the degree within five calendar years from year of full-time study or two years of part time study. the date of first enrolment for the degree, excluding any (b) Except as provided in sub-regulation (c) below, a period of suspension of candidature. candidate shall complete the requirements for the degree (2) Except as specified otherwise by resolution of the within four calendar years from first enrolment for the Higher Degrees Committee, the Executive Dean may grant degree, not including any time of suspension of candidature. approval— (c) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may (a) for suspensions of candidature to an aggregate of 12 grant a candidate an extension of not more than one calendar months; year beyond the time specified in (b) above, for completion of (b) for extensions of candidature to an aggregate of six thesis requirements only. months. (3) Except as specified otherwise by resolution of the DEGREE OF MASTER OF PSYCHOLOGY (5056) Higher Degrees Committee— (a) a candidate whose thesis is classified as passed subject 62. Regulations 52, 55 and 56 shall apply to the degree of to correction, shall complete the corrections within six months Master of Psychology. of notification of the result; (b) a candidate whose thesis is classified as resubmit shall re-submit the revised thesis within one calendar year of notification of the result.
D221—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Admission (i) in the first year: A. 140.5XX Applied Research Methods for Industrial and 63.(1) The Faculty may, on the recommendation of the Head Organisational Behaviour 5XX (8 points) of the Department, accept as candidates for the degree of 140.576 Practical Placement 1 576 (8 points) Master of Psychology applicants who— and (a) hold a bachelor’s degree with honours in Psychology; or B. one unit chosen from the following: (b) have been admitted to equivalent status under Statute 140.671 Organisational Psychology 671 (8 points) No. 5. 290.502 Occupational Health and Safety 502 (8 points) Course Requirements 290.493 Advanced Human Resources 64.(1) To qualify for the degree in Clinical Psychology, can- Management 493 (8 points) didates shall complete the following: 290.491 Advanced Organisational Behaviour 491 (8 points) (a) in the first year: (i) Coursework (ii) in the second year: 140.560 Psychology 560 (8 points) A. Coursework 140.561 Psychology 561 (8 points) 140.572 Organisational Psychology 572 (8 points) 140.562 Psychology 562 (8 points) 140.676 Practical Placement 2 676 (8 points) 140.563 Psychology 563 (4 points) 140.677 Practical Placement 3 677 (8 points) (ii) Practicums B. Research 140.564 Clinical Practicum 564 (8 points) 140.610 Dissertation 610 (24 points) 140.565 External Practicum 565 (4 points) (b) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may (iii) Research approve completion of all coursework in the first year and all 140.510 Dissertation I 510 (8 points) placements in the second year. (b) in the second year: (4) To qualify for the degree in Clinical Neuropsychology, (i) Coursework candidates shall complete the following: 140.660 Psychology 660 (4 points) (a) in the first year: 140.661 Psychology 661 (8 points) (i) Coursework (ii) Practicums 140.662 Clinical Practicum 662 (4 points) 140.590 Psychology 590 (8 points) 140.663 External Practicum 663 (4 points) 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 140.664 External Practicum 664 (4 points) (4 points) 140.591 Psychology 591 (4 points) (iii) Research 140.592 Psychology 592 (4 points) either 140.593 Psychology 593 (4 points) 140.610 Dissertation 610 (24 points) (ii) Practicums or 140.594 External Practicum 594 (4 points) 140.611 Dissertation 611 (12 points) and 140.595 Psychology 595 (4 points) 140.612 Dissertation 612 (12 points) 140.562 Psychology 562 (8 points) (2) To qualify for the degree in Applied Developmental (iii) Research Psychology, candidates shall complete the following: 140.510 Dissertation I 510 (8 points) (a) in the first year: (b) in the second year: Coursework (i) (i) Coursework 140.551 Applied Developmental Psychology 551 140.560 Psychology 560 (8 points) (8 points) 140.661 Psychology 661 (8 points) 140.552 Applied Developmental Psychology 552 (8 points) (ii) Practicums 140.553 Applied Developmental Psychology 553 140.597 External Practicum 597 (4 points) (6 points) 140.598 External Practicum 598 (4 points) 140.554 Applied Developmental Psychology 554 (iii) Research (6 points) either (ii) Practicums 140.610 Dissertation 610 (24 points) 140.556 Minor Practicum 556 (4 points) 140.557 Major Practicum 557 (8 points) or (iii) Research 140.611 Dissertation 611 (12 points) 140.510 Dissertation I 510 (8 points) and (b) in the second year: 140.612 Dissertation 612 (12 points) (i) Coursework 140.651 Applied Developmental Psychology 651 Exemptions (6 points) 65.(1) Except as specified in sub-regulation (2) below, in 140.652 Applied Developmental Psychology 652 exceptional circumstances and on the recommendation of the (6 points) Head of the Department of Psychology, the Faculty may (ii) Practicums approve exemptions for up to 48 points for applicants who 140.656 Minor Practicum 656 (4 points) have successfully completed postgraduate studies and/or 140.657 Major Practicum 657 (8 points) practical training equivalent to components of the course. (iii) Research (2) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (1) and except as either provided in sub-regulation (3), the following components 140.610 Dissertation 610 (24 points) shall be compulsory: (a) coursework to a value of 22 points; or (b) all clinical practicums; 140.611 Dissertation 611 (12 points) and (c) at least one external practicum. 140.612 Dissertation 612 (12 points) (3) In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, (3)(a) To qualify for the degree in Industrial and Organi- sational Psychology, candidates shall complete the following: having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the
D222—April 2000 Science Regulations
Department of Psychology, may grant an exemption for Third Year Minor Practicum 556 and Minor Practicum 656. 140.882 Applied Developmental Psychology 882 (8 points) Time Limit 140.884 Applied Developmental Psychology 884 66.(1) Except as specified in Regulation 67 below, all require- (8 points) ments for the degree shall be completed in not more than two Fourth Year calendar years of full-time study or not more than four 140.892 Applied Developmental Psychology 892 calendar years of part-time study from the year in which the (8 points) first unit is credited towards the degree. 140.894 Applied Developmental Psychology 894 (2) In exceptional circumstances and on the recom- (8 points) mendation of the Head of the Department of Psychology, the (iii) in the case of candidates in the Organisational Psy- Faculty may approve an extension of not more than one chology programme: calendar year. First Year 140.863 Organisational Psychology 863 (8 points) 140.865 Organisational Psychology 865 (8 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF PSYCHOLOGY AND THE GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN Second Year EDUCATION (5054) 140.873 Organisational Psychology 873 (8 points) 140.877 Organisational Psychology 877 (8 points) 66A. The regulations relating to the combined course for the Third Year degrees of Master of Psychology and Graduate Diploma in Education shall be set out in Part H following these 140.883 Organisational Psychology 883 (8 points) regulations. 140.885 Organisational Psychology 885 (8 points) Fourth Year 140.893 Organisational Psychology 893 (8 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 140.896 Organisational Psychology 896 (8 points) MPsych AND PhD (0082) (4) A candidate who enters the combined course under the 67.(1) The Board of the Postgraduate Research School and the provisions of sub-regulation 1(a) will receive credit for Faculty of Science may accept as a candidate for the combined coursework units to a maximum value of 40 points from first, course for the degrees of Master of Psychology and Doctor of second and third year. Philosophy an applicant who— (5) Except as approved by the Faculty on the recom- either mendation of the Head of Department of Psychology (a) has had a PhD proposal approved by the Board of the candidates shall complete the requirements specified in sub- Postgraduate Research School; regulation (3) above in not more than four calendar years from first enrolment in the combined course. or (6)(a) Candidates who successfully complete the require- (b) holds an honours degree of at least 2A level or ments set out in Regulation 67(3) and complete the equivalent and has completed the first year of the course requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall leading to the degree of Master of Psychology. qualify for the degrees of Master of Psychology and Doctor of (2) A candidate who is permitted to enrol in terms of Philosophy. paragraph (1)(a) shall submit a full research proposal within (b) Candidates who fail to qualify for the award of the Doctor six months of commencement of candidature if enrolled full- of Philosophy may submit the results of their research for the time or nine months if enrolled part-time. dissertation specified in a form approved by the Faculty, in (3) Candidates enrolled in the combined course shall, order to qualify for the award of the Master of Psychology. before submission of the thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, complete the following: (a) except as provided in sub-regulation (4) the following: DEGREE OF MASTER OF PHYSICAL AND (i) in the case of candidates in the Clinical Psychology HEALTH EDUCATION (5053/5058/5063) programme: 67A. In addition to the regulations which follow, the General First Year Regulations for the Degree of Master shall apply to the degree 140.860 Clinical Psychology 860 (8 points) of Master of Physical and Health Education. 140.861 Clinical Psychology 861 (8 points) Second Year Course Requirements 140.870 Clinical Psychology 870 (8 points) 67B.(1) A candidate may, as provided by General Regulation 140.875 Clinical Psychology 875 (8 points) 34, proceed to the degree of Master of Physical and Health Third Year Education as set out in sub-regulation (2). 140.880 Clinical Psychology 880 (8 points) (2) The degree of Master of Physical and Health 140.889 Clinical Psychology 889 (8 points) Education shall comprise 48 points and a candidate may Fourth Year proceed by way of— 140.891 Clinical Psychology 891 (8 points) (a) a thesis (48 points) and such other work as the Faculty 140.895 Clinical Psychology 895 (8 points) may require; or (ii) in the case of candidates in the Applied Developmental (b) a 32-point dissertation (which may be examined Psychology programme: internally but must otherwise comply with the General First Year Regulations relating to theses) and coursework comprising units to the value of 16 points selected, except as provided in 140.862 Applied Developmental Psychology 862 Regulation 67C below, from those listed in Regulation 67B(c) (8 points) below; or 140.864 Applied Developmental Psychology 864 (c) coursework comprising units to the value of 48 points (8 points) selected, except as provided in Regulation 67C below, from Second Year those listed below: 1, 2 140.874 Applied Developmental Psychology 874 1 Availability of units depends on various factors including adequate (8 points) enrolments. 140.876 Applied Developmental Psychology 876 2 Unit descriptions can be found in the departmental postgraduate (8 points) booklet. 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) 310.606 Special Topics in Human Movement Studies 606 (8 points)
D223—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
310.607 Special Topics in Human Movement (b) accept as a candidate for the degree by way of Studies 607 (8 points) coursework and thesis an applicant who holds a bachelor’s 310.613 Management of Leisure Organisations 613 degree with honours in a relevant discipline or has been (8 points) admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. 310.614 Planning 1: Organisations and Communities Functioning in Stable Environments 614 (8 points) Course Requirements 310.616 Organisational Design 1: Obsolescence of 67G.(1) A candidate undertaking the degree by way of Parts 616 (8 points) research and thesis shall complete a thesis in accordance with 310.617 Organisational Design 2: Obsolescence of the General Regulations for Academic Courses. Function 617 (8 points) (2) A candidate undertaking the degree by way of 310.627 Philosophy of Leisure 627 (8 points) course-work and thesis shall complete the following: 310.633 Motion Analysis for Gait, Sport and (a) in the first year: Occupational Biomechanics 633 (8 points) (i) Coursework 310.634 Neuromuscular Performance 634 (8 points) 310.643 Physiology of Exercise: Cardio-Respiratory 540.201 Cognitive Science 201 (8 points) Physiology 643 (8 points) 540.401 Cognitive Science 401 (8 points) 310.644 Current Issues and Advanced Laboratory and Techniques in Exercise Physiology 644 units outside of the student’s original area of study to (8 points) the value of 16 points. 310.645 Medical Conditions and their Exercise Implications 645 (8 points) (ii) Research 310.651 Exercise and its Role in Musculoskeletal 540.510 Cognitive Science Thesis I 510 (16 points) Rehabilitation 651 (8 points) (b) in the second year: 310.652 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical 540.610 Cognitive Science Thesis II 610 (48 points) Issues in Human Movement Sciences 652 (8 points) or 310.653 Teaching and Coaching Sports Skills 653 540.611 Cognitive Science Thesis 611 (24 points) (8 points) (part-time) 310.654 Motor Development and Dysfunction 654 (8 points) Supervision 310.663 Applied Sports Psychology 663 (8 points) 310.664 Advanced Topics in Exercise and Health 67H. All candidates for the degree shall be supervised by a Psychology 664 (8 points) member of the Faculty of Science and may be co-supervised 310.685 Worksite Health Promotion 685 (8 points) by other persons approved by the Executive Dean, having 310.693 Research Practicum in Human Movement regard to the recommendation of the Co-ordinator of the Studies 693 (8 points) Cognitive Science Programme. 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) 310.701 Interdisciplinary Studies 701 (8 points) Assessment 67I. The means of assessment for candidates undertaking the (3) A candidate shall be supervised by a member of staff degree by way of coursework and thesis shall be by way of of this University. written examinations and/or assignments and a thesis. (4)(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, to qualify for the degree of Master of Physical and Health Education, a candidate shall complete the requirements over a maximum DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (5091) period of two years of full-time study or four years of part- 68. time study, excluding periods of suspension of candidature The General Regulations for Higher Doctorates shall approved by the Faculty. apply to the degree of Doctor of Science. (b) In exceptional circumstances the Faculty may grant a candidate an extension of time in which to complete the DEGREE OF MASTER OF FORENSIC SCIENCE requirements for the degree. (5060/5062)
67C. The Faculty may— 68A.(1) Except as specified below, the regulations governing (a) approve the substitution of other master’s level units the Master of Science shall apply to the Master of Forensic available in this University or at another recognised Science. institution for units listed in Regulation 67B(2)(c) above; (2) A candidate for the degree of Master of Forensic (b) grant credit for up to two units in respect of master’s Science may proceed to the degree by way of either: level units completed as part of another incomplete course in (a) coursework and dissertation; this University or at another recognised institution. or (b) coursework. DEGREE OF MASTER OF COGNITIVE SCIENCE (5064/5074) Admission 67D. Except as provided in Regulations 67E to 67H, the (3) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree General Regulations for Academic Courses and Regulation 55 of Master of Forensic Science by way of coursework and shall apply to the degree of Master of Cognitive Science. dissertation, an applicant who— 67E. A candidate for the degree may proceed either— (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in a relevant discipline; or (a) by way of research and thesis; (b) has successfully completed the combined course for or the degrees of Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of Science at (b) by way of coursework and thesis. this University; or (c) has been admitted under Statute No. 5 to status equiv- Admission alent to that of an applicant described in paragraph (a) or (b). (4) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of 67F. The Faculty may— Master of Forensic Science by coursework, an applicant who— (a) accept as a candidate for the degree by way of (a) has completed a Graduate Diploma in Forensic Science research and thesis, an applicant who holds a Bachelor of Cognitive Science with Honours from this University or has within the past four years with an average mark of at least 60 per been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; cent; or
D224—April 2000 Science Regulations
(b) has completed a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline, (c) Credit granted in respect of work described in sub- or has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5, paragraph (b)(ii) shall not exceed four points. provided that the applicant’s degree or qualifications and (d) Credit granted in respect of work described in sub- experience are considered to be suitable preparation for the paragraph (b)(iii) shall not exceed four points. proposed course of study. (9)(a) In the case of a candidate admitted to the course under paragraph (4)(a), the Faculty may grant credit for core Course Requirements units and not more than one elective in which the candidate (5) To qualify for the degree by coursework and has attained a mark of at least 50 per cent in the initial dissertation a candidate shall successfully complete units examination. totalling 96 to 104 points as follows: (b) A candidate who accepts credit for work undertaken in the Graduate Diploma in Forensic Science, shall surrender Coursework the diploma before the Master of Forensic Science degree will be awarded. (a) all the core units listed in paragraph (6)(b); and (b) at least one elective chosen from paragraph (6)(c). Time Limit (10)(a) The minimum period of candidature for a Research candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and (c) 550.605 Case Study (Research) 605 (40 points) dissertation is two years and the maximum five years from 550.606 Research Thesis 606 (24 points) date of first enrolment for the degree. (6) To qualify for the degree by coursework a candidate (b) The minimum period of candidature for a candidate shall complete the following: undertaking the degree by coursework is two years, and the maximum four years from the date of first enrolment for the degree. Coursework (a) 550.600 Case Study (Coursework) 600 (40 points) Supplementary Examination (11) The Faculty may permit a candidate who attains a Core Units final mark of between 40 per cent and 49 per cent in any unit (b) the following compulsory units: to sit a supplementary examination in that unit. 550.601 Instrumentation and Measurement in Materials Science 601 (10 points) 69.–72. Rescinded. 550.602 Nature of Biological Evidence 602 (10 points) 550.603 Forensic Pathology 603 (4 points) PART A(1) 550.604 Issues in Forensic Science 604 (4 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF LAWS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (2018)— Electives for students selected in accordance with Faculty of Science (c) at least one unit chosen from the following: Regulation 27(2) 550.611 Soil Forensics 611 (4 points) 550.612 Environmental SEM as a Tool in Forensic Course Requirements Science 612 (4 points) 1. (1) The combined course shall consist of— 550.613 The Law and DNA 613 (4 points) First Year 550.614 Psychology and the Investigative (a) Process 614 (4 points) (i) Three units, each to the value of 12 points, chosen from 550.615 Insects as Biological Clocks 615 (4 points) those listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 23; 550.616 Forensic Anthropology 616 (4 points) and 550.617 Image Processing 617 (4 points) (ii) the following compulsory units: 550.618 Shapes—Their Reconstruction and Measurement 618 (4 points) 200.130 The Legal Process 130 (6 points) 550.619 Instrumentation 619 (4 points) 200.110 Contract 110 (12 points) 550.620 The Body in the Library: Forensics in (b) Second Year Fiction 620 (4 points) (i) Units to the value of 32 points selected from those listed 550.621 Solving Computer Crime 621 (4 points) in Faculty of Science Regulation 23 or permitted under Faculty of Science Regulation 25(a); Research and (d) 550.606 Research Thesis 606 (24 points) (ii) the following compulsory units: 200.120 Torts 120 (12 points) Satisfactory Progress 200.100 Criminal Law 100 (12 points) (7) Satisfactory progress in any one year shall be successful Third Year completion of at least half the points for which a candidate is (c) enrolled. (i) A unit or units of at least 24 points value at third-year level chosen from those major subjects listed in Faculty of Credit Science Regulation 24(1). A student may be permitted to take additional units with the approval of the Executive Dean of (8)(a) In the case of a candidate other than one admitted the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Law; to the course under the provisions of paragraph (4)(a), the Faculty may grant credit towards the degree for units and totalling a maximum of eight points. (ii) the following compulsory units: (b) Credit may be granted in consideration of: 200.400 Constitutional Law 1 400 (6 points) (i) coursework completed as part of an approved course 200.220 Property 220 (12 points) at this or another recognised tertiary institution; 200.202 Equity 202 (6 points) (ii) subject to sub-regulation (c), coursework completed 200.203 Trusts 203 (6 points) through Continuing Education at this institution in or after (d) Fourth Year 1995; and/or; (i) The following compulsory units: (iii) subject to sub-regulation (d), work completed in 200.322 Corporations Law 322 (6 points) courses provided by professional providers or private 200.310 Evidence 310 (6 points) educational institutions.
D225—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
200.401 Constitutional Law 2 401 (6 points) Appeals against Sanctions 200.320 Administrative Law 320 (12 points) (2) Students may appeal against sanctions which result and from academic assessments in accordance with the proce- (ii) elective units to the value of 30 points chosen in dures set out in the relevant faculty handbook. accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). Options after Exclusion from Combined Course (e) Fifth Year 6. A student who is denied re-enrolment in the combined (i) The following compulsory units: course under the provisions of Regulation 4(2) above may, 200.020 Procedure 020 (12 points) subject to the regulations of the faculty concerned, be considered for re-enrolment solely in the Bachelor of Laws or 200.030 Commercial Practice, Conveyancing and solely in the Bachelor of Science. Drafting 030 (12 points) and PART A(2) (ii) elective units to the value of 36 points chosen in COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF accordance with Faculty of Law Regulation 5(5). HEALTH SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS OR (2) Except with the permission of the Executive Dean of the BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5021) Faculty of Science and the Dean of the Faculty of Law, a student shall complete the course within 12 years of the 1. Students who are qualified for entry to the Bachelor of beginning of the year in which the first unit is credited Health Science, the Bachelor of Economics and the Bachelor of towards either degree. Commerce courses may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Health (3)(a) On successful completion of the third year of the Science and either Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of course, a student shall be credited with up to 24 first-year Commerce. points, up to 16 second-year points and up to 12 third-year points towards the degree of Bachelor of Science in respect of units which have been credited towards the degree of Course Requirements Bachelor of Laws. 2.(1) The combined course shall comprise— (b) On successful completion of the third year of the course, (a) First Year a candidate shall be qualified for admission to the degree of (i) 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) Bachelor of Science. or Bachelor of Science (Honours) 139.110 Biology 110 (12 points) 2. The Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science, having (ii) subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), the following regard to the recommendation of the head of the department units: concerned, may permit a student who has completed the 535.106 Economics and Business Statistics 106 third or fourth year of the course to suspend enrolment in it (6 points) for the purpose of enrolling in the course for the degree of 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 Bachelor of Science with Honours. (6 points) Satisfactory Progress (iii) subject to sub-regulation (4), the following units: 3.(1) For those years of the course in which a student is 460.101 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) undertaking units in both faculties, the respective regulations or of each faculty on satisfactory progress shall apply. 400.102 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 (2) For those years of the course in which a student is (6 points) undertaking units in a single faculty, that faculty’s regu- (iv) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from the lations on satisfactory progress shall apply. following: Academic Progress Review Committee 230.101 Anthropology 101 (6 points) 230.102 Anthropology 102 (6 points) Membership 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 4(1)(a) There shall be an Academic Progress Review 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) Committee for the combined course, which shall consist of 510.130 Chemistry 130 (12 points) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science, the Dean of the 230.104 Computer Science 104 (6 points) Faculty of Law, the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science and 230.120 Foundations of Programming 120 the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Law. (12 points) Functions of the Committee 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) (b) In exceptional circumstances the committee may permit 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) a student to complete additional Science units during the 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) second or third years of the course. 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points) 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) (c) Students wishing to apply to vary their enrolment as 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points) provided in paragraph (b) above shall apply in writing to the 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points) Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science and the Dean of the 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Faculty of Law. 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) (2) The committee shall examine the academic record of 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) each student who has failed in any unit of enrolment but has 140.100 Psychology 100 (12 points) not been excluded from re-enrolment by either of the faculties 060.101 Geography 101 (6 points) concerned and shall determine— 060.102 Geography 102 (6 points) (a) whether the student may re-enrol in the course; 130.105 Philosophy 105 (6 points) 130.115 Philosophy 115 (6 points) (b) whether any special conditions shall apply to re- enrolment. (b) Second Year (i) 750.201 Public Health 201 (6 points) Appeals against Academic Assessment 750.202 Public Health 202 (6 points) 5.(1) Students may appeal against their academic assessment (ii) Subject to sub-regulation (5), units to a minimum value in accordance with the procedure governing appeals of 16 points chosen from paragraph 23(b) of the Faculty of published in the Interfaculty Handbook. Science Regulations and leading to at least one of the majors listed below:
D226—April 2000 Science Regulations
Anatomy and Human Biology Statistics 106 and, in consultation with a course adviser, shall Anthropology (with restrictions) select another unit in its place. Biochemistry (3) A candidate who has not obtained a minimum scaled score Biophysics of 50 in TEE Applicable Mathematics, or equivalent, shall be Cell Physiology required to take Quantitative Methods for Business and Environmental Microbiology Economics 111 in the first year in place of Economics and Genetics Business Statistics 106, which shall be taken as part of the Geography (with restrictions) second-year requirements under paragraph (1)(b)(iii). Human Movement Information Technology Systems (with restrictions) (4) A candidate who wishes to undertake the degree of Microbiology Bachelor of Economics shall take Macroeconomics, Money Pathology and Finance 102 and a candidate who wishes to undertake the Pharmacology degree of Bachelor of Commerce shall take Financial Physiology Accounting 101. Psychology (with restrictions) (5) A candidate who wishes to major in Anthropology, Geography, Information Technology Systems or Psychology (iii) one first-year unit chosen in consultation with a course shall take Physiology 250 in the second year. adviser from those available in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; 3. A candidate who has successfully completed the require- ments of the first four years of the combined course and has (iv) units to a minimum value of 18 points leading to one of attained a weighted average of at least 65 per cent in the the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- fourth year shall be eligible to enter the programme for the regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Bachelor of Health Science degree with Honours. Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- regulation 20(4) of those regulations. 4. A candidate who withdraws from the combined course before qualifying for the Bachelor of Health Science, but after Third Year (c) completing the requirements for the first four years of the (i) Units to a minimum value of 16 points as follows: combined course, may apply to the Faculty of Science: at least one of: (a) to be awarded the Bachelor of Science; or 750.203 Health Research Methods 203 (8 points) (b) for admission to the course for Bachelor of Science with 750.204 Health Research Methods 204 (8 points) Honours. if necessary, units to make up the required 16 points chosen from the following: Admissions and Progress Committee 310.386 Human Movement 386 (6 points) 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) for the combined course comprising: 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Medicine and units which may be approved by the Executive Dean Dentistry, and Science; of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry or the the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Economics (ii) units to a minimum value of 12 points leading to at and Commerce; least one of the majors listed in sub-paragraph (b)(ii); the Head of the Department of Public Health; (iii) units to a total value of 24 points leading to one of the the Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or the Senior Faculty Administrative Officers of the Faculties for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those of Economics and Commerce, and Medicine and Dentistry. regulations. Delegated Authority to Act as Board of Examiners (d) Fourth Year (i) 750.200 Health Industry Practicum 200 (8 points) (2) The Admissions and Progress Committee shall have (ii) 750.301 Health Administration 301 (8 points) delegated authority to act as the Board of Examiners for the 750.303 Health Economics 303 (4 points) combined course. (iii) third-year units to a minimum value of 24 points leading to the completion of a major in one of the disciplines listed in Variation to Enrolment sub-paragraph (b)(ii); 6. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in excep- (iv) units to a total value of 12 points leading to one of the tional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation respect of Regulation 2. 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those Credit regulations. 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant (e) Fifth Year credit towards the combined course up to a maximum of 96 (i) Subject to Regulation 3, points. either (2) Credit may be granted for— for Bachelor of Health Science pass degree candidates: (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; 750.300 Health Industry Practicum 300 (24 points) and/or or (b) subject to sub-regulation (3), units passed through Continuing Education in or after 1995. for Bachelor of Health Science honours degree candidates: (3) Credit granted for units passed through Continuing 139.305 Health Science Honours Research Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and Dissertation 305 (24 points) shall not exceed 24 points. (ii) 750.302 Health Promotion 302 (8 points) 750.304 Disease Control 304 (4 points); and Conditional Passes and Passes in Lesser Units (iii) units selected from those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to a total value of 18 points and 8.(1) A candidate who fails to meet the requirements for a lead-ing to completion of one the majors listed for the pass in a unit may, by decision of the Admissions and Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty Progress Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor that unit, or a pass in an associated lesser unit. of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those regulations. (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the (2) A candidate who enrols in a first-year mathematics unit associated original unit shall be declared failed. will not be permitted to enrol in Economics and Business
D227—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(3) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded for a unit chosen from those listed in paragraph 23(b) of the Faculty of with a mark of less than 45 per cent. Science Regulations; and (4) The value of units for which conditional passes may be (ii) units to the value of 30 points chosen from those awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in available in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce which total which shall not include more than 12 points for units shall include units to the value of at least 12 points at second- offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. or third-year level leading to one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub-regulation 11(5) of the Faculty Satisfactory Progress of Economics and Commerce Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub-regulation 20(4) of those regulations. 9.(1) A candidate who in any year of enrolment gains at least half Third Year the points value of units for which a final result is recorded shall (c) have made satisfactory progress in that year. Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: (2) A candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress (i) second-year or third-year Science units to a minimum shall be excluded from the combined course. value of 30 points leading to one of the majors listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and chosen from the units listed in paragraphs 23(b) or (c) of the Faculty of Science Time Limit Regulations; and 10. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and (ii) units to a minimum total value of 24 points leading to Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- date shall complete the requirements of the combined course regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. Regulations, or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- regulation 20(4) of those regulations. PART A(3) (d) Fourth Year Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF (i) third-year Science units to a minimum value of 24 points BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS leading to the completion of one of the majors listed in OR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (5022) Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and chosen from the units Admission listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 23(c); and (ii) units to a minimum total value of 30 points leading to 1. Students who are qualified for entry to the Bachelor of one of the majors listed for the Bachelor of Economics in sub- Science, Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Commerce regulation 11(5) of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce courses may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to Regulations or for the Bachelor of Commerce in sub- the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Science and either regulation 20(4) of those regulations. Bachelor of Economics or Bachelor of Commerce. (2) The course shall include: General Provisions (a) units offered by the Faculty of Economics and 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 11 which follow, the Commerce to a maximum total value of 108 points; general provisions for the relevant degrees shall apply to the (b) units offered by the Faculty of Science to a maximum combined course. total value of 110 points; and (c) first-year mathematics units to a value of 12 points. Course Requirements (3)(a) A student who wishes to undertake the degree of 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), the combined course shall Bachelor of Economics shall take Macroeconomics, Money comprise units to a minimum total value of 216 points and a and Finance 102 under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii). maximum total value of 230 points as follows: (b) A student who wishes to undertake the degree of (a) First Year Bachelor of Commerce shall take Financial Accounting 101 under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii). Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: (i) 400.101 Microeconomics, Prices and Markets 101 (6 points) Satisfactory Progress 4. (ii) subject to sub-regulation (3), To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points at least one of: value of all the units in which a final result is recorded. 530.140 Financial Accounting 101 (6 points) 530.140 Macroeconomics, Money and Finance 102 Admissions and Progress Committee (6 points) 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee (iii) one of: for the combined course comprising: 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) the Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; or the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Economics and 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and Commerce; 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) the Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of or Economics and Commerce. 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and 535. 155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) Credit or 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant 530.122 Mathematics 122 (6 points); and credit towards the combined course to a maximum value of 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) 100 points. (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4) and (5), credit may be (iv) units to a total value of 24 points chosen from one of the granted for— foundation packages listed in Science Regulation 18A; and (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; (v) if necessary to make up the required points, one first- and/or year unit chosen from those available in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after 1995. (b) Second Year (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of Units to a minimum total value of 54 points as follows: Science component of the combined course in terms of (i) units to a minimum value of 24 points leading to one of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed 50 points. the majors listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and
D228—April 2000 Science Regulations
(4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of PART A(4) Economics or Bachelor of Commerce component of the combined course in terms of paragraph (2)(a) shall not exceed COMBINED COURSE FOR THE 50 points. DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (5) Credit granted in terms of paragraph (2)(b) shall be for AND BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (5023) first- and second-year units only and shall not exceed 24 Admission points. 1. A student who qualifies for entry to the Bachelor of Science course may apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the Variations to Enrolment award of the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in Education. exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in respect of Regulation 3. General Provisions Consideration and Reporting of Results 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 12 which follow, the general provisions for the Bachelor of Science shall apply to the 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on course. behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Economics and Commerce and Science in relation to consideration and reporting of results in the course. Course Requirements 3. The course shall comprise units to a minimum total value 9.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make of 200 points and a maximum total value of 224 points as satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee follows: may— (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for (1) First Year not less than one year; or Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such (a) one of: conditions as it may specify. 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the 510.120 Chemistry 120 (12 points) combined course in terms of paragraph (1)(b), again fails to 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) make satisfactory progress, the committee may exclude the 560.140 Physics 140 (12 points) student from re-enrolment in the course. (b) one of: 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) Award of Conditional Passes and Passes in a Lesser Unit 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 10.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points); and in a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress (c) either Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or (i) one of: a pass in an associated lesser unit. 230.123 (CS) Foundations of Computer (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the Science 123 (6 points) associated original unit shall be declared failed. 230.124 (CS) Java Programming 124 (6 points) (3) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless 139.100 Environmental Geoscience 100 (12 points) (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for the 060.101/ Geography 101 and Geography 102 unit; 060.102 (12 points) (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) and or (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or (ii) one of: greater. 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points); and (4) The value of units for which conditional passes may be 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in or total, which shall not include more than 12 points for units 530.175 Mathematics 175 (6 points); and offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. 530.176 Mathematics 176 (6 points) Student Options Following Exclusion or 11. When the Admissions and Progress Committee 530.155 Mathematics 155 (6 points); and determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, 535.155 Statistics and Modelling 155 (6 points) the student may— (d) 300.100 Education in Australia 100 (6 points) (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of 300.101 Youth Culture 101 (6 points) appeal, by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science, with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the (2) Second Year Faculties of Economics and Commerce, Education and Law, Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: no later than ten University working days after the date of (a) Units to a minimum value of 16 points leading to an despatch of the written advice of exclusion; and/or approved Science major as listed in Faculty of Science Regulation (b) apply to either the Faculty of Science or the Faculty of 24, chosen from: Economics and Commerce for transfer to the Bachelor of 510.260 Chemistry 260 (16 points) Science or to the Bachelor of Economics or Commerce 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) respectively. 530.208 Mathematics 208 (16 points) 560.210 Physics 210 (16 points) Time Limit 560.220 Physics 220 (16 points) 563.244 Biophysics 244 (16 points) 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and (b) units to a minimum value of 16 points leading to an Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candi- approved Science major as listed in Faculty of Science Regulation date shall complete the requirements of the combined course 24, chosen from: within ten calendar years of first enrolling in the course. 060.2XX Geography second-year units (16 points) 230.220 Programming Structures 220 (16 points) 310.2XX Human Movement second-year units (16 points)
D229—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
500.205 Botany 205 (20 points) Satisfactory Progress 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall— 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) (a) pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) value of all the units in which a final result is recorded; and 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 570.201 Zoology 201 (10 points) (b) pass Introduction to Teaching 303 and each of the Teaching 570.202 Zoology 202 (10 points) Practicum units. 910.210 Human Biology 210 (16 points) 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) Admissions and Progress Committee 920.230 Molecular Genetics 230 (8 points) 5.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for 950.200 Microbiology 200 (12 points) the combined course which shall consist of: 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) 960.200 Pharmacology 200 (12 points) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science; 980.200 Physiology 200 (16 points); and the Dean of the Faculty of Education; (c) units to the value of 16 points chosen from: the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Science; 300.200/ Educational Psychology 200/300 the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education; 300.300 (8 points) the Senior Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Science; 300.201/ Language and Literacy 201/301 and 300.301 (8 points) the Faculty Administrative Officer of the Faculty of Education. 300.202/ Teachers’ Work 202/302 300.302 (8 points) Credit (3) Third Year 6.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may grant credit Units to a total value of 56 points as follows: towards the combined course for previous work, to a maximum (a) third-year Science units to a minimum value of 24 points value of 72 points. leading to the completion of an approved Science major as listed (2) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4), (5) and (6), credit may in Faculty of Science Regulation 24 and chosen from the units be granted for— listed in Faculty of Science Regulation 23(c); (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; (b) if necessary, other second- or third-year Science units to and/or make up the required points, chosen from Faculty of Science (b) units passed through Continuing Education in or after Regulation 23(b) and/or (c); and 1995. (c) 300.303 Introduction to Teaching 303 (8 points) (3) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of (4) Fourth Year Science component of the combined course for units completed Units to a total value of 48 points as set out below: at an approved institution shall not exceed 48 points. either (4) The total value of credit granted towards the Bachelor of (a) for students studying one major and one minor teaching Education component of the combined course for units completed area— at an approved institution shall not exceed 24 points. (i) one of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of (5) Credit granted towards the combined course for units Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth eight points; passed through Continuing Education shall be for first- and second-year units only and shall not exceed 24 points. (ii) one of the following minor curriculum units: (6) Credit shall not be granted for Teaching Practicum units. 300.418 English Curriculum 418 (6 points) 300.421 LOTE Curriculum 421 (6 points) 300.423 Mathematics Curriculum 423 (6 points) Variation to Enrolment 300.426 Career Education Curriculum 426 (6 points) 7. The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional 300.428 Information Technology in the circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in respect of Classroom 428 (6 points) Regulation 3. 300.440 Science Curriculum 440 (6 points) 300.441 Social Studies Curriculum 441 (6 points) Consideration and Reporting of Results 300.450 TESOL Curriculum 450 (6 points) 300.459 Special Education Curriculum 459 (6 points) 8. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on behalf (iii) 300.413 Teaching Practicum I (4 points) of the Boards of Examiners in Education and Science in relation 300.414 Teaching Practicum II (8 points) to the consideration and reporting of results in the course. 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) Award of Conditional Passes or Passes in a Lesser Unit 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 9.(1) A student who fails to meet the requirements for a pass in (4 points) a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress and Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or a (iv) three elective units to the value of 12 points chosen from pass in an associated lesser unit. Faculty of Education Regulation 11; (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the or associated original unit shall be declared failed. (b) for students studying two major teaching areas— (3)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— (i) two of the major curriculum units listed in Faculty of (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for the Education Regulation 10(1)(a)(i), worth 16 points; unit; (ii) 300.431 Special Education 431 (2 points) (ii) more than half the points attempted have been passed; 300.469 Teaching Practicum III (6 points) and 300.473 Teaching Practicum IV (8 points) (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or 300.491 Pedagogical Processes 491 (4 points) greater. 300.493 Social, Political and Legal Issues 493 (b) The value of units for which conditional passes may be (4 points) awarded in the combined course shall not exceed 24 points in and total. (iii) two elective units to the value of eight points chosen from Faculty of Education Regulation 11. Student Options Following Exclusion 10. When the Admissions and Progress Review Committee determines that a student shall be excluded from the course, the student may—
D230—April 2000 Science Regulations
(a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of appeal (b) For the Bachelor of Arts component by hand, post or by email with the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Units to a minimum value of 108 points chosen from Arts Science with a copy to the Associate Dean of Education, no later Regulation 39, including: than ten University working days after the date of despatch of (i) first-year units to a total value of between 24 and 36 the written advice of exclusion; and/or points; (b) apply to the Faculty of Science for transfer to the course (ii) second- and third-year units, including third-year for the degree of Bachelor of Science. units to the value of at least 32 points, chosen to complete at least one of the following major sequences— Qualification for Degree of Bachelor of Science Asian Studies 11. On successful completion of the third year of the combined Chinese course, a candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degree Classics and Ancient History of Bachelor of Science. Economics English European Studies Time Limit French Studies 12. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Progress German Committee in exceptional circumstances, a candidate shall Greek complete the requirements of the combined course within ten Italian calendar years of first enrolling in the course. Fine Arts History Indonesian PART A(5) Industrial Relations Japanese COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF Latin SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ARTS (5009) Music Philosophy Admission Political Science 1. A student who is qualified for entry to the Bachelor of (c) Options for a third major sequence Science and Bachelor of Arts may apply to enrol in a An additional major sequence to make up the total points combined course leading to the award of the degrees of requirement, if necessary, chosen from— Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts. Anthropology Archaeology General and Special Provisions Geography Linguistics 2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 to 13, the general and Mathematics (including Applied Mathematics, special provisions for the constituent degrees shall apply to Mathematical Science, Mathematical Statistics and this combined course. Pure Mathematics) Psychology Course Requirements (2) A candidate wishing to undertake a double major in 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), to qualify for the degrees Psychology shall be permitted to complete a non-standard candidates shall complete a course comprising units to a course approved by the Admissions and Progress Committee. minimum total value of 216 points as follows: (a) For the Bachelor of Science component Satisfactory Progress Units to a minimum value of 108 points chosen from Science 4. To make satisfactory progress in the course a student shall Regulation 23, including: pass, in any year of enrolment, at least half the total points (i) first-year units to a total value of between 24 and 36 value of all the units for which a final result is recorded. points; and Admissions and Progress Committee (ii) the units required to complete at least one major sequence, chosen from— 5. There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee for Anatomy and Human Biology the course, comprising the Executive Deans of the Faculties of Biochemistry Arts and Science, the Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Biophysics Science, the Senior Executive Administrator of the Faculty of Botany Science and the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer of the Cell Physiology Faculty of Arts. Chemical Physics Chemistry Credit Computer Science Environmental Chemistry 6.(1) Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and Environmental Geomechanics Progress Committee, credit shall only be given for first- and Environmental Geoscience second-year units. Environmental Microbiology (2) Credit may be granted for— Genetics (a) studies completed at any other approved institution; Geology and/or Human Movement (b) units to a maximum value of 24 points passed through Information Technology Applications Continuing Education in or after 1995. Information Technology Systems Land and Water Management Materials Chemistry Variations to Enrolment Mathematical Geophysics 7.(1) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in Microbiology exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in Pathology respect of Regulation 3 above. Pharmacology Physics (2) A student wishing to vary the course as provided in Physiology sub-regulation (1) shall apply in writing to the Sub-Dean of Soil Science and Plant Nutrition the Faculty of Science with a copy to the Sub-Dean of the Zoology Faculty of Arts.
D231—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Course Plan (i) First Year 8. On completion of first year candidates shall submit a A. Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, course plan to the Admissions and Progress Committee for Mechatronics or Resource Engineering consi-deration. 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Conditional Passes And Passes in a Lesser Unit 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 9.(1) Candidates who fail to meet the requirements for a pass 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical in a unit, may by decision of the Admissions and Progress and Electronic Engineering (6 points) Committee, be awarded a conditional pass (P*) in that unit, or a pass in an associated lesser unit. 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 (6 points) (2) Where a pass in a lesser unit (NL) is awarded, the 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) associated original unit shall be declared failed. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) (3)(a) A conditional pass (P*) shall not be awarded unless— and either (i) a mark of 45 per cent or greater has been awarded for the 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 unit; (6 points) (ii) more than half the points attempted in the year in or question have been passed; and (iii) the student has a weighted average of 55 per cent or 230.104 Foundations of Information greater. Technology 104 (6 points) (b) The total value of units for which a conditional pass B. Environmental Engineering may be awarded shall not exceed 24 points. 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Consideration and Reporting of Results 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 10. The Admissions and Progress Committee shall act on 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical behalf of the Boards of Examiners in Science and Arts in and Electronic Engineering (6 points) relation to considering and reporting of results in the course. 600.103 Introduction to Professional 11.(1) When a student fails, for the first time, to make Engineering 103 (6 points) satisfactory progress in terms of Regulation 4, the committee 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) may— and (a) exclude the student from re-enrolment in the course for first-year units selected from Faculty of Science not less than one year; or Regulation 23 to the value of 12 points. (b) permit the student to re-enrol in the course, on such (ii) Second Year conditions as it may specify. A. Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, (2) When a student who has been re-admitted to the course Mechatronics or Resource Engineering in terms of paragraph (1)(b) again fails to make satisfactory Second-year Science units selected from those listed in progress, the committee may exclude the student from re- Science Regulation 23 leading to a major in one or two of enrolment in the course. Computer Science, Information Technology, Mathematics, Physics and having in the aggregate a minimum value of 16 Student Options Following Exclusion from points; Combined Course and 12. When the Admissions and Progress Committee deter- 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) mines that a student shall be excluded from the combined 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) course, the student may— 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) (a) appeal against the exclusion by lodging a letter of 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) appeal by hand, post or email with the Sub-Dean of Science, and with a copy to the Sub-Dean of Arts, no later than ten units required for an Engineering major selected University working days after the date of despatch of the from: written advice of exclusion; and/or either (b) apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science or the course for Civil Engineering the degree of Bachelor of Arts. 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) Time Limit 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 13. Unless otherwise approved by the Admissions and 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) Progress Committee in exceptional circumstances, candidates or shall complete the requirements of the combined course within ten calendar years of their first enrolment for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering degrees. 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) PART B 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND (4 points) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (5013) or Materials Engineering 1. Students who are qualified for entry to both the Bachelor of 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) Science course and the Bachelor of Engineering course may 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) apply to enrol in a combined course leading to the award of 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) both degrees. 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 2.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation 4(2) below, the 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) combined course shall be as follows. or (a) for students intending to major in subjects other than Chemistry in their Bachelor of Science degree:
D232—April 2000 Science Regulations
Mechanical or Mechatronics Engineering 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) or 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) Physics/Electrical and Electronic Engineering or Units to a minimum value of 42 points at third-year level Resource Engineering leading to the completion of a Physics major selected from Units to the value of 20 points chosen in consultation with the those listed in Science Regulation 23(c); Head of the Department of Civil and Resource Engineering and from those units listed below: 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) C. Environmental Engineering 1 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 1 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) year. 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) The units prescribed for the (second and) third year of the 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) course are set out in sub-paragraph 2(1)(a)(ii)B. 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (iv) Fourth Year 1 B. Environmental Engineering A. Civil Engineering 1 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) year. 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) The second- and third-year requirements for the course are as 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) follows, and shall be completed by the end of the third year of 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 the course. 2 (4 points) 2 Students must have their course approved by both the Environ- 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) mental Engineering BSc/BE course adviser and the Sub-Dean of 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) Science. 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) For the course of study in Engineering: 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 510.262 Environmental Chemistry 262 (4 points) and either 510.362 Environmental Chemistry 362 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) and Management 215 (4 points) or and 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) any approved units to a minimum value of four 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) points at second- or third-year level B. Mechanical Engineering and 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) or 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) where permitted by the Executive Dean of the Faculty 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) of Science and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 Engineering and Mathematical Sciences: (4 points) 530.281 Mathematics 281 (6 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 530.283 Mathematics 283 (6 points) (4 points) and 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 for the course of study in Science: (4 points) Units to a minimum total value of 48 points chosen from and Faculty of Science Regulation 23, leading to completion of a two units selected from the following: recognised Science major by the end of the third year, with 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) between 12 and 18 points normally being taken in second 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 year and the required remainder in third year. (4 points) (iii) Third Year 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking A. Civil, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or Resource Processes 304 (4 points) Engineering 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 Units to a minimum value of 24 points at third-year level (4 points) leading to the completion of an approved Science major and 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) approved units to the value of 24 points at third-year level Electrical and Electronic Engineering selected from those listed in Science Regulation 23(c). C. 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) Computer Science, Information Technology or B. 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) Mathematics/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Units to a minimum value of 24 points at third-year level Theory 315 (7 points) leading to the completion of an approved Science major and 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) approved units to the value of 12 points at third-year level 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) selected from those listed in Science Regulation 23(c); 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) and 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 621.213 Electromagnetics and and Electromechanics 213 (4 points)
D233—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
• for students other than those majoring in Physics in 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 the Bachelor of Science degree, units to a total value (4 points) of 16 points chosen with the approval of the Head 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) of the Department of Electrical and Electronic 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking Engineering from the following: Processes 304 (4 points) 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) (4 points) 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) (v) Fifth Year 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 prescribed in Part B of the Engineering and Mathematical (4 points) Sciences Regulations (paragraphs 5(c) Civil, 6(c) Electrical and 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 Electronic, 7(c) Environmental, 9(c) Materials, 10(c) Mechanical, (4 points) 11(c) Mechatronics, and 12(c) Resource). or (b) For students intending to major in Chemistry in their • for students majoring in Physics in the Bachelor of Science degree: Science degree: (i) First Year 621.213 Electromagnetics and A. Chemistry/Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Electromechanics 213 (4 points) Mechanical, Mechatronics or Resource Engineering and 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) units to a total value of 12 points chosen with the appro- 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) val of the Head of the Department of Electrical and 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Electronic Engineering from the units listed above for Engineering Mechanics (6 points) students other than those majoring in Physics in the 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical Bachelor of Science degree. and Electronic Engineering (6 points) D. Environmental Engineering 600.103 Introduction to Professional 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) B. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) Management 315 (8 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Engineering 352 (4 points) Engineering Mechanics (6 points) 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical Engineering 351 (4 points) and Electronic Engineering (6 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) and 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) two units selected from: and 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) first-year units selected from Science Regulation 23 to 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) the value of 12 points. 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) (ii) Second Year 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) 950.250 Microbiology 250 (4 points) A. Chemistry/Civil, Electrical and Electronic, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or Resource Engineering E. Materials Engineering 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) and 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) Processes 304 (4 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 631.202 Thermodynamics 202 (4 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Materials 301 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) (6 points) and 631.302 Phase Transformations 302 (6 points) the following units required for an Engineering major 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) selected from: 631.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) either 631.306 Electrical Materials 306 (5 points) Chemistry/Civil Engineering 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) F. Mechatronics Engineering 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) (6 points) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) (4 points) or 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) (4 points) 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) (8 points) 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) or and two units selected from the following:
D234—April 2000 Science Regulations
Chemistry/Materials Engineering 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 1 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) (6 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 230.104 Foundations of Information 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) Technology 104 (6 points) 1 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) Prerequisite for further studies in Computer Science. or and Chemistry/Mechanical or Mechatronics Engineering Science units to a minimum value of 12 points and 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) a maximum value of 18 points. 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) 2 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) B. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 2 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) Units with a minimum value of 48 points should be taken each year. or The units prescribed for the (second and) third year of the Chemistry/Resource Engineering course are set out in sub-paragraph 2(1)(b)(ii)B. Units to the value of 20 points chosen in consultation with the C. Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering Head of the Department of Civil and Resource Engineering 510.204 Materials Chemistry 204 (8 points) from those listed below: 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) 610.251 Engineering Geology 251 (4 points) 621.213 Electromagnetics and 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) Electromechanics 213 (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) and either 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 630.200 Applied Thermodynamics 200 (4 points) (6 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) or 1 B. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) 1 Units with a minimum total value of 48 points should be taken each (iv) Fourth Year year. either The following units must be completed by the end of third A. Chemistry/Civil Engineering year. 2 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) 2 Students must have their course approved by both the Environmental 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (4 points) Engineering BSc/BE course adviser and the Sub-Dean of Science or 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) nominated adviser. 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 For the course of study in Engineering: (4 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 3 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (5 points) 640.215 Environmental Engineering Design and 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) Management 215 (4 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) (6 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) 3 Equivalent alternative units may be taken subject to approval of the and either Head of the Department. 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) and 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) approved units to a minimum value of six points at or second- or third-year level 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) and 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) or 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) B. Chemistry/Mechanical Engineering 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) and 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 630.300 Mechanical Design 300 (4 points) for the course of study in Science: 630.302 Mechanical Design 302 (4 points) Second- and third-year Science units to a minimum value of 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) 48 points chosen with the approval of the Executive Dean of 630.312 Thermofluids 312 (4 points) the Faculty of Science and which shall include— 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) either 630.340 Risk and Probability in Engineering 340 510.200 Chemistry 200 (24 points); or (4 points) 510.280 Chemistry 280 (16 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 and (4 points) 630.351 Mechanical Engineering Project 351 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) (4 points) Third Year (iii) and two units selected from the following: A. Chemistry/Civil, Materials, Mechanical, Mechatronics or 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) Resource Engineering 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 510.300 Chemistry 300 (24 points) (4 points) and 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking units to the value of six to 12 points chosen from: Processes 304 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 (4 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points)
D235—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
or 630.331 Dynamics 331 (4 points) C. Chemistry/Environmental Engineering 630.213 Engineering Design 213 (4 points) 640.311 Fluid Mechanics 311 (4 points) 630.214 Manufacturing 214 (3 points) 640.312 Fluid Mechanics 312 (4 points) and 640.341 Environmental Mechanics 341 (4 points) two units selected from the following: 640.342 Environmental Mechanics 342 (4 points) 620.317 Instrumentation Engineering 317 (4 points) 640.315 Environmental Engineering Design and 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) Management 315 (8 points) 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking 640.352 Computational Methods in Environmental Processes 304 (4 points) Engineering 352 (4 points) 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 640.351 Analytical Methods in Environmental (4 points) Engineering 351 (4 points) 630.313 Thermofluids 313 (4 points) 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 640.340 Ecological Engineering 340 (4 points) (v) Fifth Year and The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as prescribed in Part B of the Engineering and Mathematical units totalling eight points selected from: Sciences Regulations (paragraph 5(c) Civil, 6(c) Electrical and 060.302 Geomorphology 302 (4 points) Electronic, 7(c) Environmental, 9(c) Materials, 10(c) Mechanical, 139.447 Environmental Law 447 (4 points) 11(c) Mechatronics, and 12(c) Resource). 640.405 Environmental Policy 405 (4 points) (c) For students intending to major in Materials Chemistry 704.201 Environmental Economics 201 (4 points) in their Bachelor of Science degree and Mechanical Engi- 950.250 Microbiology 250 (4 points) neering in their Bachelor of Engineering degree: or Materials Chemistry/Mechanical Engineering D. Chemistry/Electrical and Electronic Engineering (i) First and Second Years 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) The first and second years as prescribed for the Chemistry/ 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Mechanical Engineering option in paragraph 2(1)(b). Theory 315 (7 points) (ii) Third Year 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) A. 510.305 Materials Chemistry 305 (24 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) and either 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) B. 230.124 Java Programming 124 (6 points) and and the equivalent of 16 points chosen with the approval 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 of the Head of the Department of Electrical and (6 points) Electronic Engineering from the following: or 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 230.104 Foundations of Information 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) Technology 104 (6 points) 530.357 Mathematics 357 (2 points) and 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points) 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) Science units to a value of 12 points selected with the 622.308 Quantum- and Opto-Electronics 308 approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science (4 points) and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 and Mathematical Sciences (4 points) or or C. 230.123 Foundations of Computer Science 123 E. Chemistry/Materials Engineering (6 points) 630.303 Manufacturing 303 (4 points) and 630.304 Fundamentals of Metalworking Science units to a value of 18 points selected with the Processes 304 (4 points) approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of 631.301 Fundamentals of Engineering Science and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engi- Materials 301 (6 points) neering and Mathematical Sciences 631.302 Phase Transformations 302 (6 points) (iii) Fourth and Fifth Years 631.312 Mineral Processing 312 (4 points) 621.322 Extractive Metallurgy 322 (4 points) The fourth and fifth years as prescribed for the Chemistry/ Mechanical Engineering option in paragraph 2(1)(b). 631.306 Electrical Materials 306 (5 points) 631.307 Process Control 307 (5 points) (d) For students intending to major in Geology in their 631.308 Degradation of Materials 308 (5 points) Bachelor of Science degree and Civil Engineering in their Bachelor of Engineering degree: and either Geology/Civil Engineering 631.303 Materials Characterisation 303 (5 points) or (i) First Year one four-point unit selected with the approval of the 510.100 Chemistry 100 (12 points) Head of the Department of Mechanical and Materials 520.100 Geology 100 (12 points) Engineering. 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) Chemistry/Mechatronics Engineering F. 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 Engineering Mechanics (6 points) (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical 630.305 Mechanisms and Multibody Systems 305 and Electronic Engineering (6 points) (4 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional 630.322 Control and Mechatronics 322 (4 points) Engineering 103 (6 points) 630.350 Mechanical Engineering Project 350 (ii) Second Year (4 points) 620.309 Electric Machines 309 (4 points) 520.211 Geology 211 (12 points) 620.202 Mechatronics Project and Electronics 202 520.221 Geology 221 (12 points) (8 points) 520.222 Geology 222 (4 points)
D236—April 2000 Science Regulations
530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) B. 530.285 Mathematics 285 (7 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 530.286 Mathematics 286 (6 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) or 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) • for students taking Zoology 106 as their biological 610.250 Geomechanics 250 (4 points) science option: (iii) Third Year 530.201 2C1: Calculus (4 points) 520.350 Geology 350 (24 points) 530.205 2C2: Calculus (4 points) 610.211 Solid Mechanics 211 (4 points) 530.203 2LA: Linear Algebra (4 points) 610.212 Solid Mechanics 212 (4 points) 530.207 2MM: Mathematical Methods (4 points) 630.205 Machine Dynamics 205 (4 points) C. Science units to the value of 12 points selected from: 610.351 Geomechanics 351 (4 points) 640.200 Fluid Mechanics 200 (4 points) 139.101 Biology 101 (12 points) 310.100 Human Movement 100 (12 points) and 910.100 Human Biology 100 (12 points) six points of third-year mathematics units (iii) Third Year (iv) Fourth Year A total of 48 points which shall comprise a recognised course 1 A. 610.301 Fluid Mechanics 301 (4 points) appropriate to a student’s approved Science major and 610.302 Fluid Mechanics 302 (5 points) include: 1 610.371 Structural Engineering 371 (4 points) Recognised standard courses are set out in the booklet Science Courses 610.372 Computer Analysis of Structures 372 Booklet 2000. (4 points) 610.321 Structural Engineering 321 (4 points) A. 620.315 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Theory 315 610.322 Structural Engineering 322 (4 points) (7 points) 610.331 Surveying 331 (3 points) 622.206 Electronic Circuit Design 206 (4 points) 610.332 Surveying 332 (2 points) 622.207 Electronic Device Modelling 207 (4 points) 610.352 Geomechanics 352 (5 points) and and B. either B. units totalling 12 points selected with the approval of 623.314 Information Theory and Coding 314 (4 points); the Head of the Department of Civil and Resource and Engineering which include one four-point unit 622.308 Quantum- and Opto- Electronics 308 (4 points) available in the Bachelor of Engineering or and 621.301 Rotating Machines 301 (4 points); and C. either 621.304 Energy Transmission 304 (4 points) 630.203 Materials Engineering 203 (4 points) and 630.204 Materials Engineering 204 (4 points) C. units to the value of 32 points selected with the approval or of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science and 610.361 Risk Engineering 361 (4 points) the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and 610.362 Project Management 362 (4 points) Mathematical Sciences from the following: (v) Fifth Year 310.241 (HM) Motor Control and Development 241 (4 points) The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as 310.242 (HM) Motor Learning 242 (4 points) prescribed in Part B, paragraph 5(c) of the Engineering and 310.251 (HM) Biomechanics of Movement 251 Mathematical Sciences Regulations. (4 points) (e) For students intending to major in Anatomy and Human 310.252 (HM) Movement Analysis in Sport, Gait and Biology, Biochemistry, Human Movement, Pharmacology, or the Workplace 252 (4 points) Physiology in their Bachelor of Science degree and Electrical 910.201 Anatomy and Human Biology 201 (4 points) and Electronic Engineering in their Bachelor of Engineering 910.202 Anatomy and Human Biology 202 (4 points) degree: 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 (4 points) Biomedical/Electrical and Electronic Engineering 1 910.299 Anatomy and Human Biology 299 (4 points) 1 920.210 Biochemistry 210 (12 points) Recognised standard courses are set out in the booklet Science Courses Booklet 2000. 139.225 Molecular Biology 225 (6 points) 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) (i) First Year 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) 530.101 Mathematics 101 (6 points) 960.210 Principles of Pharmacology 210 (6 points) 530.102 Mathematics 102 (6 points) and either 600.101 Engineering 101: Introduction to Engineering 960.220 Molecular Pharmacology 220 (6 points) Mechanics (6 points) 600.102 Engineering 102: Introduction to Electrical and or Electronic Engineering (6 points) 960.230 Systems Pharmacology 230 (6 points) 600.103 Introduction to Professional Engineering 103 (iv) Fourth Year (6 points) 560.100 Physics 100 (12 points) A. 530.353 Mathematics 353 (4 points) 600.104 Software Engineering 104 (6 points) 530.354 Mathematics 354 (4 points) 620.318 System Theory 318 (4 points) 620.102 Computer Engineering 102 (6 points) 620.320 Signal Processing 320 (4 points) (ii) Second Year 620.333 Engineering Management 333 (4 points) A. 510.141 Biomedical Chemistry 141 (5 points) 622.302 Analogue Electronics 302 (5 points) 510.142 Biomedical Chemistry 142 (3 points) 622.317 Digital Electronics 317 (4 points) 620.216 Linear Circuits 216 (4 points) 622.303 Digital System Design 303 (4 points) 620.215 Linear Systems 215 (4 points) and 621.213 Electromagnetics and Electromechanics 213 B. units to the value of 24 points at third-year level leading (4 points) to a recognised Science major and selected with the 622.204 Physical Electronics 204 (4 points) approval of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science 622.205 Electrical Properties of Materials 205 and the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering (4 points) and Mathematical Sciences from the following: and
D237—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
310.346 Human Movement 346 (6 points) Student Options Following Exclusion from the 310.355 Human Movement 355 (6 points) Combined Course 310.356 Human Movement 356 (6 points) (d) A student not permitted to re-enrol in the combined 910.309 Anatomy and Human Biology 309 (6 points) course may apply to the faculty concerned for enrolment in 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science or the course 910.399 Anatomy and Human Biology 399 (6 points) for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering. 920.351 Molecular and Structural Biochemistry 351 (12 points) 5. Except as may be provided otherwise in these regu- 920.301 Cellular and Metabolic Biochemistry 301 lations— (12 points) (1) for the first, second and third years of the combined 139.325 Molecular Biology 325 (12 points) course the regulations governing the degree of Bachelor of 960.300 Pharmacology 300 (24 points) Science shall apply; 980.300 Mammalian Cell Biology 300 (24 points) (2) for the fourth and fifth years of the combined course the 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) regulations governing the degree of Bachelor of Engineering 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) shall apply. (v) Fifth Year The fourth year of the Bachelor of Engineering degree as prescribed in Part B paragraph 6(c) of the Faculty of Engineering PART C and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, except under sub- paragraph 6(c)(iii), 630.451 Mechanical Systems 451 (4 points) Rescinded. shall be taken in place of one of the optional units to be selected. (2) A student shall normally complete the course in five PART C(1) consecutive years of full-time enrolment, not counting periods of approved suspension of candidature, or time spent GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE completing the Bachelor of Science with Honours. (IN INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS SCIENCE) (5030/5035) (3) A student shall not proceed to the fourth year of the 1. Except as specified below, regulations governing the combined course or any part of it without having completed Graduate Diploma in Science shall apply to the Graduate the first three years. Diploma in Science (in Intelligent Systems Science).
Qualification for Both Degrees Admission 3.(1) On successful completion of the fifth year of the 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate combined course and of the practical experience requirement Diploma in Science (in Intelligent Systems Science) an prescribed in Part B, Regulations 16 to 19 of the Faculty of applicant who— Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regulations, a (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline from candidate shall be qualified for the award of the degrees of this University; or Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Engineering. (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or Entry to the Bachelor of Science with Honours prior to Completion of the Combined Course (c) holds a bachelor’s degree from a recognised tertiary institution with approved professional experience. (2) On successful completion of the requirements of the Bachelor of Science degree in the third or fourth year of the combined course a candidate— Course Requirements 3. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete units (a) shall be qualified for the award of the degree of Bachelor to a total value of 48 points chosen from the following: of Science; and (a) a minimum of 24 points from: (b) may be permitted to proceed to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Science with Honours before continuing Computer Science to the fourth or fifth year of the combined course. 230.302 (CS) Artificial Intelligence and Logic Programming 302 (6 points) Admissions and Progress Committee 233.402 (CS) Computational Logics 402 (6 points) 233.407 (CS) Neural Computation 407 (6 points) 4.(1) There shall be an Admissions and Progress Committee 230.489 (CS) Special Topic 489 (6 points) for the combined course which shall consist of the Executive 231.315 (CS) Robotics 315 (6 points) Dean of the Faculty of Science, the Associate Dean of the 233.411 (CS) Algorithms for Artificial Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences and the Intelligence 411 (6 points) Sub-Deans of the Faculties of Science, and Engineering and 233.412 (CS) Computer Vision 412 (6 points) Mathematical Sciences. 233.413 (CS) Visualisation 413 (6 points) (b) a maximum of 24 points from: Variations to Enrolment Anthropology-Linguistics (2) The Admissions and Progress Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, permit variations to enrolment in 151.352 Computational Linguistics 352 (6 points) respect of Regulation 2 above. 151.401 Combinatorial Categorical Grammars 401 (6 points) Satisfactory Progress Mechanical Engineering and Electrical and Electronic Engineering (3)(a) Satisfactory progress in the first three years of the 610.440 Systems Studies 440 (4 points) course is defined as a pass in each unit studied. 620.450 Artificial Neural Networks 450 (4 points) 620.451 Artificial Intelligence 451 (4 points) (b) Satisfactory progress in the fourth and fifth years of the 623.300 Computer Systems 300 (9 points) course is defined in terms of Part A, Regulation 12 of the 630.301 Computing 301 (4 points) Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Regu- 640.425 Engineering Analysis 425 (4 points) lations. Mathematics Application to Repeat a Year Selection of fourth-year topics and: 539.321 Operations Research and Optimisation 321 (c) A student who fails to complete a year of the course and (6 points) who wishes to repeat it shall apply to the Admissions and 539.322 Numerical Analysis and Scientific Progress Committee for permission to do so. Computing 322 (6 points) 539.324 Control Theory 324 (6 points)
D238—April 2000 Science Regulations
539.335 Groups and Symmetry 335 (6 points) (a) core units: 539.337 Rings and Number Theory 337 (6 points) either 539.368 Decision Making and Games 368 (6 points) 060.410 Research Project 410 (12 points) or Assessment 231.492 Research Project 492 (12 points) The means of assessment shall be written examinations and laboratory exercises. and either 060.411 Geographic Information Systems 411 (12 points) PART C(2) or GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE 060.412 Principles and Practices in Geographic (IN ORE DEPOSIT GEOLOGY AND EVALUATION) (5030/5035) Information Systems 412 (12 points) 1. Regulations 46, 47, 48, 49 and 50 shall apply to the and Graduate Diploma in Science (in Ore Deposit and Evalu- 233.411 (CS) Algorithms for Artificial Intelligence 411 ation). (6 points) 231.313 (CS) Databases 313 (6 points) Admission (b) coursework units to a total value of 12 points selected 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate from the following: Diploma in Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation) 060.322 Geography 322: Applications of an applicant who— Geographical Information Systems (6 points) (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant subject from this 060.323 Geography 323: Advanced Geographic University and has two years’ relevant employment Information Systems (6 points) experience; or 231.311 (CS) Computer Graphics 311 (6 points) (b) has been admitted to the equivalent status of a 233.407 (CS) Neural Computation 407 (6 points) bachelor’s degree under Statute No. 5 and has two years’ 233.412 (CS) Computer Vision 412 (6 points) relevant employment experience; or 233.413 (CS) Visualisation 413 (6 points) (c) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in a relevant 4. The Executive Dean, on the recommendation of the course subject from this University; or controller, may permit a candidate to substitute for not more than two units listed in Regulation 3 any other unit or units of (d) has been admitted to the equivalent of bachelor with equivalent weight and level. honours under Statute No. 5.
Course Requirements Assessment 3. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete units 5. The means of assessment shall be: to the value of 48 points selected from the following units: (a) for the research project—a research report; and 522.405 Geological Communication 405 (10 points) (b) for the units—assignments and/or written examinations any two (as available) of the MSc modules which shall be advised at the commencement of each unit. 522.502 to 522.517 (8 points) 522.406 Geological and Industrial Experience 406 (10 points) PART C(4) 522.407 Resources Geology 407 (10 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE 522.408 Field Documentation and Thesis 408 (IN EXERCISE REHABILITATION) (5030/5035) (10 points) 1. Except as specified below, Science Regulations 45 to 49A Assessment shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Science (in Exercise Rehabilitation). 4.(i) Except as provided in sub-regulation (ii) below, the means of assessment of the coursework shall be by assignments, and other forms of continuous assessment Admission which shall be advised at the commencement of each 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate component. Diploma in Science (in Exercise Rehabilitation) an applicant (ii) A candidate who fails a unit may at the Faculty’s who holds a bachelor’s degree with a major in Human discretion be permitted to take a formal written supple- Movement or has been admitted to equivalent status under mentary examination in that unit. Statute No. 5.
Course Requirements PART C(3) 3.(1) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete: GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE (a) the following compulsory units: (IN GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS) (5030/5035) 310.693 Practicum in Human Movement 693 (8 points) 1. Except as specified below, regulations governing the 310.643 Cardiac and Respiratory Disease: Exercise Graduate Diploma in Science shall apply to the Graduate in Prevention and Rehabilitation (8 points) Diploma in Science (in Geographical Information Systems). 310.645 Medical Conditions and their Exercise Implications 645 (8 points) Admission 310.651 Exercise and its Role in Musculoskeletal 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate Rehabilitation 651 (8 points) Diploma in Science (in Geographical Information Systems) an (b) two elective units chosen from the following: applicant who— 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline from 310.633 Motion Analysis for Gait, Sport and this University; or Occupational Biomechanics 633 (8 points) (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute 310.634 Neuromuscular Performance 634 (8 points) No. 5. 310.643 Cardiac and Respiratory Disease: Exercise in Prevention and Rehabilitation 643 (8 points) Course Requirements 310.654 Motor Development and Dysfunction 654 3. To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall be required to (8 points) complete the following units:
D239—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
310.664 Advanced Topics in Exercise and Health PART D Psychology 664 (8 points) 310.685 Worksite Health Promotion 685 (8 points) GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) (IN COGNITIVE SCIENCE) (5030/5035) (2) A candidate wishing to progress to the Master of Science 1. Except as specified below, regulations governing the or Master of Physical Health Education taken by way of Graduate Diploma in Science shall apply to the Graduate research shall complete Research Methods 605 as part of the Diploma in Science (in Cognitive Science). diploma programme. Admission Substitution 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Graduate 4. The Executive Dean may, having regard to the recommen- Diploma in Science (in Cognitive Science) an applicant who— dation of the Head of the Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science, approve the substitution of Research (i) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline from Colloquium for one of the electives listed in paragraph 3(1)(b). this University; or (ii) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute Assessment No. 5. 5. The means of assessment shall be written examination, project work, acceptable performance in a practical environ- Course Requirements ment and, for Research Methods 605, a research proposal. 3.(1) To qualify for the diploma a candidate shall complete the following: PART C(5) (a) Coursework Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the following units: GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE (IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE) (5030/5035) (i) 540.201 Cognitive Science 201 (8 points) 540.401 Cognitive Science 401 (8 points) 1. Except as specified below, the regulations governing the and Graduate Diploma in Science shall apply to the Graduate Diploma in Science (in Environmental Science). (ii) units from outside the student’s original area of study to a minimum value of 16 points chosen from two of the Admission discipline areas listed below: 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the diploma an Neuroscience (Physiology and Anatomy and Human Biology) applicant who— 980.240 Physiology 240 (8 points) 980.250 Physiology 250 (8 points) (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in a relevant discipline from 980.340 Physiology 340 (12 points) this University; or 980.350 Physiology 350 (12 points) (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 910.207 Anatomy and Human Biology 207 (4 points) 5. 910.309 Anatomy and Human Biology 309 (6 points) 910.325 Advanced Neuroscience 325 (12 points) Course Requirements Computer Science and Mathematics 3.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2) and (3), to qualify for the 230.225 Introduction to Human Computer diploma a candidate shall complete units to the value of 48 Interaction 225 (4 points) points comprising: 230.226 Unix and Windows Programming 226 (a) one of the following : (4 points) 599.480 Environmental Science Research 230.223 Data Structures 223 (6 points) Report 480 (12 points) 230.224 Object-oriented Programming 224 (6 points) 233.407 Neural Computation 407 (6 points) 599.481 Environmental Science Dissertation 481 230.300 (CS) Algorithms 300 (6 points) (24 points) 230.302 (CS) Logic Programming 302 (6 points) 599.482 Environmental Science Thesis 482 230.304 (CS) Concurrent Programming 304 (6 points) (36 points) 530.220 2A1: Networks and Optimisation (4 points) and 530.222 2A2: Mathematics in the Real World (b) other environmental science units to a minimum value (4 points) of 12 points and to a maximum value of 24 points chosen 530.261 2S1: Probability (4 points) from third- or fourth-year environmental science units in 530.262 2S2: Statistical Inference (4 points) botany, chemistry, environmental economics, environmental 530.343 3M3: History of Mathematics (6 points) law, environmental policy, geography, geology, land and Linguistics water management, microbiology, soil science and zoology. 151.201/ Linguistics 201/301 (8 points) (2) A candidate shall have his or her choice of units 151.301 approved by the Co-ordinator of the Environmental Science 151.202/ Linguistics 202/302 (8 points) programme. 151.302 151.305 Linguistics 305 (8 points) Substitution 151.306 Linguistics 306 (8 points) 151.308 Linguistics 308 (8 points) (3) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the recom- 151.330 Linguistics 330 (8 points) mendation of the Co-ordinator of the Environmental Science programme, approve the substitution of first-year units, to a Philosophy maximum value of 12 points, for units listed in paragraph 130.205/ Philosophy 205/305 (8 points) 3(b). 130.305 130.265/ Philosophy 265/365 (8 points) Assessment 130.365 130.270/ Philosophy 270/370 (8 points) 4. The means of assessment shall be: 130.370 (a) for the research project—a research report; and 130.295/ Philosophy 295/395 (8 points) (b) for the coursework components—written examinations. 130.395 130.340 Philosophy 340 (8 points) 130.345 Philosophy 345 (8 points) 130.360 Philosophy 360 (8 points) 130.390 Philosophy 390 (8 points)
D240—April 2000 Science Regulations
Psychology (b) a maximum of 24 points chosen from cognate 140.201 Psychology 201 (8 points) disciplines, as approved by the Head of Department: 140.203 Psychology 203 (8 points) (c) 230.480 Computer Science Research Project 480 140.301 Psychology 301 (8 points) (24 points) 140.315 Psychology 315 (4 points) or 140.316 Psychology 316 (4 points) 231.490 Information Technology Research (b) Research Project 490 (24 points) 540.510 Cognitive Science Dissertation I 510 (16 points) Assessment (2) A student who has previously passed Cognitive Science 4. The means of assessment shall be: 201 will be required to substitute an elective unit or units to (a) for the coursework component—written examination the value of eight points selected from sub-paragraph and laboratory exercises; and (1)(a)(ii). (b) for the research project—a research report. Assessment 4. The means of assessment shall be— PART E(2) (a) for the coursework component—written examination MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN MATHEMATICS) (b) for the research component—a dissertation. (5050/5061/5071) Unsatisfactory Progress 1. Regulations 52, 53 and 55 shall apply to the Master of Science (in Mathematics). 5.(1) A candidate who— (a) in any year fails to gain at least half the points value of units for which a final result is recorded; or Admission 2.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of (b) fails the same unit twice Master of Science (in Mathematics) by way of coursework or shall have made unsatisfactory progress. coursework and research, an applicant who— (2) A candidate who has made unsatisfactory progress in (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with a major in Mathematics terms of sub-regulation (1) shall be excluded from the course. or related discipline from this University; or (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. PART E (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Rescinded. Master of Science (in Mathematics) by way of coursework and dissertation an applicant who— (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in Mathematics PART E(1) or related discipline from this University, with an overall mark of at least 60 per cent; or MASTER OF SCIENCE (b) holds a Graduate Diploma in Science (in Mathematics or (IN INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS SCIENCE) (5050/5061/5071) Applied Statistics) from this University, with an overall mark 1. Except as specified below, regulations for the Degree of of at least 60 per cent; or Master of Science shall apply to the Master of Science (in (c) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. Intelligent Systems Science) by coursework. 5.
Admission Course Requirements 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of 3. A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework shall Master of Science (in Intelligent Systems Science) an applicant complete the following: who— (a) in the first year: (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science, (i) 530.511 Coursework Programme 1 511 (36 points) Information Technology or equivalent from this University; or or (ii) 530.518 Coursework Programme 1 518 (18 points); (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5; or and (c) holds a bachelor's degree from a recognised tertiary 530.519 Coursework Programme 1 519 (18 points) institution with approved professional experience. and (iii) 530.512 Research Seminar Programme 1 512 Course Requirements (2 points) 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete units and to a total value of 96 points chosen from the following: (iv) 530.513 Research Project 513 (10 points); (a) a minimum of 48 points from: Computer Science (b) in the second year: 233.405 (CS) Scientific Communication 405 (i) 530.521 Coursework Programme 2 521 (36 points) (6 points) or 230.302 (CS) Artificial Intelligence and Logic (ii) 530.528 Coursework Programme 2 528 (18 points); Programming 302 (6 points) 230.304 (CS) Concurrent Programming 304 and (6 points) 530.529 Coursework Programme 2 529 (18 points) 230.313 (CS) Databases 313 (6 points) and 231.314 (CS) Software Engineering 314 (6 points) 233.407 (CS) Neural Computation 407 (6 points) (iii) 530.522 Research Seminar Programme 2 522 230.489 (CS) Special Topics 489 (6 points) (2 points) 231.315 (CS) Robotics 315 (6 points) and 233.411 (CS) Algorithms for Artificial (iv) 530.523 Advanced Research Project 523 (10 points) Intelligence 411 (6 points) 233.412 (CS) Computer Vision 412 (6 points) (c) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- 233.413 (CS) Visualisation 413 (6 points) mendation of the Head of the Department of Mathematics
D241—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
and Statistics, may approve a substitution of coursework PART E(3) units from this University (or, in exceptional circumstances, from other institutions) for units listed in paragraphs (a) and MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY) (b) to a maximum total value of 24 points. (5050/5061/5071) (d) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- 1. Except as specified below, the regulations for the degree of mendation of the Head of the Department of Mathematics Master of Science shall apply to the Master of Science (in and Statistics, may approve credit of up to 48 points to a Applied Psychology). candidate who holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in Mathematics or a Graduate Diploma in Science (in Mathe- Admission matics or Applied Statistics). 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Master of 4. A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and Science (in Applied Psychology) an applicant who— research shall complete the following: (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in Psychology with first or (a) in the first year: upper second class honours or the equivalent from this (i) 530.511 Coursework Programme 1 511 (36 points) University; or or (b) holds a Graduate Diploma in Science (in Psychology) (ii) 530.518 Coursework Programme 1 518 (18 points); from this University with a pass of not less than 70 per cent; or and (c) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute 530.519 Coursework Programme 1 519 (18 points) No. 5. and (iii) 530.512 Seminar Programme 1 512 (2 points) Course Requirements and 3.(1) To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete the (iv) 530.513 Research Project 513 (10 points); following units: (b) in the second year: (a) in the first year: 530.522 Seminar Programme 2 522 (2 points) (i) Coursework 530.524 Mathematics Course 524 (6 points) Elective units to a total value of 32 points selected from: 1 530.525 Thesis 525 (40 points) 1 Not all units will be available. Contact the course co-ordinator for (c) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- further details. mendation of the Head of the Department of Mathematics and Statistics, may approve a substitution of coursework 140.551 Applied Developmental Psychology 551 units from this University (or, in exceptional circumstances, (8 points) from other institutions) for units listed in paragraphs (a) and 140.552 Applied Developmental Psychology 552 (b) to a maximum total value of 18 points. (8 points) 140.553 Applied Developmental Psychology 553 5. A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and (6 points) dissertation shall complete the following: 140.554 Applied Developmental Psychology 554 (a) 530.526 Coursework Programme 3 526 (16 points) (6 points) 530.527 Major Dissertation 527 (32 points) 140.651 Applied Developmental Psychology 651 (b) The Executive Dean, having regard to the recom- (6 points) mendation of the Head of the Department of Mathematics 140.652 Applied Developmental Psychology 652 and Statistics, may approve a substitution of coursework (6 points) units from this University (or, in exceptional circumstances, 140.571 Organisational Psychology 571 (8 points) from other institutions) for units listed in paragraph (a) to a 140.572 Organisational Psychology 572 (8 points) maximum value of 12 points. 140.573 Organisational Psychology 573 (6 points) 140.574 Organisational Psychology 574 (6 points) Time Limit 140.671 Organisational Psychology 671 (6 points) 140.672 Organisational Psychology 672 (6 points) 6.(1) The minimum period of candidature for the degree by 140.560 Psychology 560 (8 points) coursework shall be one year and the maximum shall be five 140.561 Psychology 561 (8 points) years from the date of first enrolment for the degree. 140.562 Psychology 562 (8 points) (2) The minimum period of candidature for the degree by 140.563 Psychology 563 (4 points) coursework and research shall be two years and the 140.660 Psychology 660 (4 points) maximum shall be five years from the date of first enrolment 140.661 Psychology 661 (8 points) for the degree. 140.580 Statistical Analysis for Applied Research 580 (3) The minimum period of candidature for the degree by (8 points) coursework and dissertation shall be one year and the (ii) Research maximum shall be three years from the date of first 140.511 Dissertation 511 (16 points) enrolment for the degree. (b) in the second year: Assessment (i) Research 7.(1) The means of assessment shall be: 140.600 Thesis 600 (FT) (48 points); or (a) for the coursework component—assignments and 140.601 Thesis 601 (PT) (48 points) written examination; (2) A student who has previously passed Psychology 431 (b) for the following units—a research report: will be required to take an additional elective unit to the 530.513 Research Project 513 value of eight points selected from sub-paragraph 3(1)(a)(i). 530.523 Advanced Research Project 523 (3) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the 530.525 Thesis 525 recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psycho- 530.527 Major Dissertation 527 logy, approve the substitution of other master’s level units (2) The Faculty may, having regard to the recommendation available in this University for two elective units listed in sub- of the Head of the Department of Mathematics and Statistics, paragraph 3(1)(a)(i). permit a candidate who fails a unit to take a formal written (4) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the supplementary examination in that unit. recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psycho- logy, approve the inclusion of one of the following as an elective unit:
D242—April 2000 Science Regulations
140.564 Clinical Practicum 564 (8 points) 310.693 Research Practicum in Human Movement 140.557 Major Practicum 557 (8 points) Studies 693 (8 points) 140.577 Major Practicum 577 (8 points) 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) (ii) Exercise Physiology Credit 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) 4.(1) Except as specified in clause (ii), the Executive Dean 310.643 Physiology of Exercise: Cardio-Respiratory may, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Physiology 643 (8 points) Department of Psychology, approve credit for up to 48 points 310.644 Current Issues and Advanced Laboratory for a candidate who has successfully completed postgraduate Techniques in Exercise Physiology 644 studies and/or practical training equivalent to components of (8 points) the course. 310.645 Medical Conditions and their Exercise Implications 645 (8 points) Exemption 310.651 Exercise and its Role in Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation 651 (8 points) (2) The Executive Dean may, having regard to the recommen- 310.652 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical Issues dation of the Head of the Department of Psychology, approve in Human Movement Sciences 652 exemptions for up to 16 points for a candidate who has (8 points) successfully completed the requirements for the degree of 310.685 Worksite Health Promotion 685 (8 points) Master of Psychology at this University. 310.693 Research Practicum in Human Movement Studies 693 (8 points) Time Limits 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) 5.(1) The minimum period of candidature shall be two years (iii) Motor Control and Learning/Movement Disability and the maximum four years from date of first enrolment for the degree. 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) 310.651 Exercise and its Role in Musculoskeletal (2) In exceptional circumstances and having regard to the Rehabilitation 651 (8 points) recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psycho- 310.652 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical Issues logy, the Faculty may approve an extension of not more than in Human Movement Sciences 652 one calendar year. (8 points) 310.653 Teaching and Coaching Sports Skills 653 Assessment (8 points) 6. The means of assessment for the coursework component shall 310.654 Motor Development and Dysfunction 654 be: (8 points) (a) assignments and written examination; and 310.693 Research Practicum in Human Movement Studies 693 (8 points) (b) for the following units—a research report: 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) 140.600 Thesis 600 Sport/Exercise Psychology 140.601 Thesis 601 (iv) 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) 310.651 Exercise and its Role in Musculoskeletal PART E(4) Rehabilitation 651 (8 points) 310.652 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical Issues MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN HUMAN MOVEMENT) in Human Movement Sciences 652 (5050/5061/5071) (8 points) 310.663 Applied Sport Psychology 663 (8 points) 1. Except as specified below, the regulations for the degree of 310.664 Advanced Topics in Exercise and Health Master of Science shall apply to the Master of Science (in Psychology 664 (8 points) Human Movement). 310.685 Worksite Health Promotion 685 (8 points) 310.693 Research Practicum in Human Movement Admission Studies 693 (8 points) 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Master of 310.694 Research Colloquium 694 (8 points) Science (in Human Movement) an applicant who— and (a) holds a bachelor’s degree in Human Movement with first (b) Research or second class honours or the equivalent from this 310.715 Dissertation (32 points) University; or 310.716 Dissertation (PT) (16 points) (b) holds a Graduate Diploma in Science (in Human (2) To qualify for the degree by coursework a candidate Movement) from this University with an aggregate pass of 65 shall complete six units not previously completed from one of per cent; or the sub-discipline groups listed in paragraph 3(1)(a). (c) has been admitted to status equivalent to (a) or (b) above. Substitution and Exemption Course Requirements 4. The Executive Dean may, having regard to the recom- 3.(1) To qualify for the degree by coursework and dissertation mendation of the Head of the Department of Human a candidate shall complete the following: Movement and Exercise Science— (a) Coursework (a) approve the substitution of one unit from a different Except as provided in Regulation 4, two units not previously sub-discipline for a unit from the sub-discipline group completed selected from one of the following sub-discipline selected; and groups: (b) approve the substitution of one unit from outside the (i) Biomechanics department for a unit listed in paragraph 3(1)(a); or 310.605 Research Methods 605 (8 points) (c) grant credit for up to two units listed in paragraph 310.633 Motion Analysis for Gait, Sport and 3(1)(a) on the basis of units completed as part of another Occupational Biomechanics 633 (8 points) incomplete course at this University or at another recognised 310.634 Neuromuscular Performance 634 (8 points) institution. 310.652 Philosophical, Sociological and Ethical Issues in Human Movement Sciences 652 Time Limit (8 points) 310.654 Motor Development and Dysfunction 654 5.(1) The minimum period of candidature shall be one year of (8 points) full-time study or the part-time equivalent and, except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the maximum shall be three years from the date of first enrolment for the degree.
D243—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) In exceptional circumstances and on the recom- (a)(i) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in a relevant mendation of the Head of the Department of Human subject from this University; or Movement and Exercise Science, the Faculty may approve an (ii) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute extension of the time limits specified in sub-regulation (1) of No. 5; or not more than one calendar year. (iii) has passed an appropriate preliminary examination; Assessment and (b) has one year of relevant employment experience. 6. The means of assessment shall be: (2) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of (a) for the coursework component—written examinations Master of Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation) by and viva examination; and way of coursework and research an applicant who— (b) for the dissertation component—a research report. (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in a relevant subject from this University; or PART E(5) (b) holds the Graduate Diploma in Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation) from this University with an MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN INDUSTRIAL AND aggregate pass of 60 per cent; or ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY) (c) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. 1. Except as specified in Regulations 2 to 4, the regulations for the degree of Master of Science shall apply to the Master of Science 3.(1) The degree of Master of Science (in Ore Deposit Geology (in Industrial and Organisational Psychology). and Evaluation) taken by way of coursework shall be available on a part-time basis only. (2) The degree of Master of Science (in Ore Deposit Geology Admission and Evaluation) taken by way of coursework and research 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Master of shall be available on a full-time basis only. Science (in Industrial and Organisational Psychology) an applicant who— Course Requirements (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with first or upper second class 4.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), a honours in Psychology or the equivalent from this University; or candidate undertaking the degree by coursework shall (b) has been admitted to equivalent status under Statute No. 5. complete the following units: 522.502 Geological Computing and Ore Reserve Course Requirements Calculations 502 (4 points) 3. To qualify for the degree a candidate shall complete the 522.503 Minor Dissertation 503 (1 point) following units: 522.504 Structure and Field Geology 504 (4 points) 522.505 Minor Dissertation 505 (1 point) (a) 140.506 Applied Research Methods for Industrial and 522.506 Exploration Techniques 506 (4 points) Organisational Psychology 506 (8 points) 522.507 Minor Dissertation 507 (1 point) 140.507 Research Project in Industrial and 522.508 Ore Deposit Conceptual Models Organisational Psychology 507 (8 points) (Precious Metals) 508 (4 points) (b) three units chosen from the following: 522.509 Minor Dissertation 509 (1 point) 140.571 Organisational Psychology 571 (8 points) 522.517 Management in the Exploration and Mining 140.572 Organisational Psychology 572 (8 points) Industry 517 (4 points) 140.573 Organisational Psychology 573 (8 points) 522.518 Minor Dissertation 518 (1 point) 290.518 Management of Human Resources 518 522.519 Ore Deposit Field Work 519 (4 points) (8 points) 522.510 Minor Dissertation 510 (1 point) 290.415 Industrial and Organisational Behaviour 415 522.520 Major Dissertation 520 (18 points) (8 points); and (2) With the approval of the Executive Dean a candidate (c) one of the following units: may substitute for units up to a total value of 10 points from sub-regulation (1), units of an equivalent value from 140.671 Specialist Topics in Industrial and corresponding courses at James Cook University and/or the Organisational Psychology (8 points) University of Tasmania. 290.502 Occupational Health and Safety 502 (3) A candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and (8 points) research shall complete the following units: 290.493 Advanced Human Resources Management 493 (8 points) any three of the MSc modules 522.502 to 522.517 not 290.491 Advanced Organisational Behaviour 491 taken in the Graduate Diploma in Science (in Ore (8 points) Deposit Geology and Evaluation) (24 points); and 522.601 Research Thesis 601 (36 points) Assessment 5.(1) A candidate may apply in writing to the Executive Dean 4. The means of assessment for the coursework component shall for exemption from attendance at coursework, but not from be: examination, in not more than two of the units 522.502 to 522.517 inclusive. (a) assignments and written examination; and (2) The Executive Dean shall permit a candidate to enrol in (b) for the unit 140.5XX a research report. 522.520 Major Dissertation 520 only after the candidate has successfully completed five of the units 522.503 to 522.510 inclusive. (3) A candidate who completes the coursework component PART F of the degree only, may apply to the Executive Dean to take MASTER OF SCIENCE out a Graduate Diploma in Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation). (IN ORE DEPOSIT GEOLOGY AND EVALUATION) (5059) (4) A candidate who holds the Graduate Diploma in Science 1. Regulations 52, 55 and 56 shall apply to the Master of (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation) and subsequently Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation). completes the Major Dissertation unit may not take out the master’s degree without first relinquishing their graduate Admission diploma. 2.(1) The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the degree of Master of Science (in Ore Deposit Geology and Evaluation) an applicant who—
D244—April 2000 Science Regulations
Time Limits PART H 6.(1) The minimum period of candidature for a candidate COMBINED COURSE FOR THE DEGREE OF undertaking the degree is two years and the maximum five years from the date of first enrolment for the degree. MASTER OF PSYCHOLOGY AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (5054) (2) The minimum period of candidature for a candidate undertaking the degree by coursework and research is one 1. There shall be an Admission and Progress Committee for year and the maximum five years from the date of first the combined course for the degree of Master of Psychology enrolment for the degree. and the Graduate Diploma in Education which shall consist of the Dean of the Faculty of Education, the Executive Dean of Assessment the Faculty of Science, two academic staff from the Department of Psychology and two academic staff from the 7.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) below, the Graduate School of Education appointed by the heads of the means of assessment of the coursework shall be by departments concerned. assignments, and other forms of continuous assessment which shall be advised at the commencement of each component. Admission (2) A candidate who fails a unit may at the Faculty’s 2.(1) The Faculties of Education and Science, on the discretion be permitted to take a formal written supple- recommendation of the Admissions and Progress Committee, mentary examination in that unit. may accept as a candidate for the combined course, an applicant who has completed an honours degree in psycho- logy from this University or has been granted equivalent status under Statute No. 5. PART G MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN HUMAN BIOLOGY) Course Requirements (5050/5061/5071) 3.(1) To qualify for the degree of Master of Psychology and 1. Regulations 52, 53, 55 and 56 shall apply to the Master of the Graduate Diploma in Education a candidate shall Science (in Human Biology). complete the following: (a) First year: Admission (i) Coursework 2. The Faculty may accept as a candidate for the Master of 300.485 Pedagogy 485 (6 points) Science (in Human Biology) an applicant who— 140.551 Applied Developmental Psychology 551 (a) holds a bachelor’s degree with honours in Anatomy and (8 points) Human Biology from this University; or 140.552 Applied Developmental Psychology 552 (8 points) (b) holds the Graduate Diploma in Science (in Human 140.553 Applied Developmental Psychology 553 Biology); or (6 points) (c) has been admitted to status equivalent to (a) or (b) above 140.554 Applied Developmental Psychology 554 under Statute No. 5. (6 points) Practicums 3. A candidate for the degree may proceed either— (ii) 140.556 Minor Practicum 556 (4 points) 1 (a) by way of coursework and dissertation; 140.557 Major Practicum 557 (8 points) or 1 In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to (b) by way of coursework. the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psychology, may grant an exemption for Minor Practicum 556. Course Requirements (iii) Research 4.(1) A candidate undertaking the degree by way of course- 140.510 Dissertation 510 (8 points) work and dissertation shall complete the following: (b) Second year: Coursework (a) (i) Coursework one of: 140.651 Applied Developmental Psychology 651 910.501 Changing Concepts in Human Biology 501 (6 points) (12 points) 140.652 Applied Developmental Psychology 652 910.502 Advanced Topics in Human Biology 502 (6 points) (12 points) and either 910.503 Research Methods in Human Biology 503 (12 points) 300.463 Career Education Curriculum 463 910.504 Integrative Human Studies 504 (12 points) (6 points) (b) Dissertation or 910.505 Dissertation 505 (36 points) 300.468 Special Education Curriculum 468 (4 points) or (ii) Practicums 910.506 Dissertation 506 (12 points) and 910.507 Dissertation 507 (24 points) 300.480 Study in Teaching V 480 (4 points) 140.656 Minor Practicum 656 (4 points) 1 (2) A candidate undertaking the degree of way of 140.657 Major Practicum 657 (8 points) coursework shall complete the following: 910.501 Changing Concepts in Human Biology 501 1 In exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean, having regard to (12 points) the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Psychology, 910.502 Advanced Topics in Human Biology 502 may grant an exemption for Minor Practicum 656. (12 points) (iii) Research 910.503 Research Methods in Human Biology 503 140.610 Dissertation 610 (12 points) (12 points) 910.504 Integrative Human Studies 504 (12 points) or 140.611 Dissertation 611 (6 points) and Assessment 140.612 Dissertation 612 (6 points) 5. The means of assessment for the coursework component shall be written examinations and viva examination and for the dissertation, examiners’ reports.
D245—April 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Time Limit Unsatisfactory Progress 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2) below, a 6.(1) A candidate who— candidate shall complete the course in two years of full-time (a) in any year fails to gain at least half the points value of study or up to a maximum of four years of part-time study. units for which a final result is recorded; or (2) In exceptional circumstances, the Admissions and (b) fails the same unit twice, Progress Committee may approve an extension of not more than one calendar year. shall have made unsatisfactory progress. (2) A candidate who has made unsatisfactory progress in Assessment terms of sub-regulation (1) shall be excluded from the course. 5.(1) The means of assessment shall be: (a) for the coursework component—assignments and/or written examination; (b) for the practicum component—a report addressing specific criteria; and (c) for the research component—a literature review and a research report.
D246—April 2000 Library Rules
E GENERAL
E1—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
THE LIBRARY
LIBRARY RULES: STAFF 4.1 Failure to return an item by the due date: one point per item per day. AUTHORISED USERS 4.2 Failure to return a Reserve Collection item by the date and time due: five points per item per hour. 1. The use of the University Library is restricted to: 4.3 Failure to return a Three-Day Loan item by the due date: 1.1 students enrolled at the University for the current ten points per item per day. session; 4.4 A staff member who fails to return a recalled item 1.2 members of the University staff; within five days of the date of a recall notice shall have 1.3 members of the University Senate; borrowing rights suspended until all overdue items have been returned. 1.4 other persons or bodies approved by the University Librarian. Such persons shall pay an annual fee, to be 4.5 A staff member who accumulates a total of 100 or more determined from time to time by the Library Committee, points shall have borrowing privileges suspended until all unless this fee is waived by the University Librarian. overdue items have been returned. 1.5 students and staff of Murdoch University, the Curtin 4.6 A staff member who accumulates a second 100 penalty University of Technology and Edith Cowan University points within one calendar year shall be suspended from endorsed by the Librarian of these institutions. borrowing and asked to demonstrate to the University Librarian why borrowing privileges should be restored. CONDITIONS FOR USE OF THE LIBRARY 4.7 When an item is 31 days overdue the staff member will be invoiced for the replacement cost of the item plus a non- 2. The University Librarian shall issue a Library card to each refundable service charge. authorised user. 4.8 A staff member who loses an item, unless it can be 2.1 The authorised user shall be required to produce the established to the satisfaction of the University Librarian that Library card when requested by Library staff. the loss was not primarily the borrower’s fault, shall be 2.2 The authorised user shall report loss of the Library card charged the replacement cost of the item plus an irrevocable to the Library immediately. handling charge. 2.3 The authorised user shall report any change of name or 4.9 A staff member who damages or permits to be damaged address to the Library immediately. an item to such an extent that it is necessary to replace the item shall be subject to the same penalties as a staff member 2.4 Use of the Library card is not transferable to another who loses an item. person. 4.10 A staff member who removes an item from the Library 2.5 Authorised users shall be subject in all respects to the without completing the appropriate records may be rules of the Library. suspended from borrowing for a period of two weeks. 4.11 The University Librarian may suspend a staff BORROWING member’s borrowing privileges for breaches of the Library rules. Any appeal against the exercise of this power by staff 3. Authorised users may borrow items from the University shall be made to the Vice-Chancellor and President. Library by completing the appropriate loan record. 3.1 Certain items and classes of items may not be borrowed. HOURS Such items shall be indicated either by a notice on the individual item or by being placed in a particular section of 5. The hours of opening of the Library shall be determined by the Library from which borrowing is not permitted. the Library Committee annually. 3.2 All borrowers are responsible for the safekeeping and return of items which they have borrowed. 6. CONDUCT 3.3 All items borrowed are subject to recall. 6.1 Talking, smoking and the consumption of food and 3.4 The date due stipulated by a recall notice overrides the drink are prohibited in the Library except in those areas original date due stamped at the time of borrowing. which may from time to time be authorised for such purposes. 3.5 It is the responsibility of the borrower to return any item to the Library within the period indicated by the Library 6.2 The reservation of seats in public reading areas is recall notice for that particular item. prohibited. Items left unattended for more than 15 minutes on chairs and tables may be removed by Library staff. 3.6 In the absence of a recall notice, all items must be returned by the due date stamped on the item by Library 6.3 Persons leaving the Library may be required to present staff. for inspection any items in their possession and any bags or other receptacles capable of containing Library material. 3.7 The length of the loan period and number of volumes which may be borrowed by the various categories of 6.4 All persons within the Library shall behave in a manner authorised users shall be determined from time to time by the which does not offend or cause undue inconvenience to other Library Committee. Library users, and which does not endanger or cause damage to any Library materials or equipment. 3.8 Permission to take Library material outside the State of Western Australia shall be given by the University Librarian 6.5 The Library accepts no responsibility for personal only under the most exceptional circumstances. belongings left in the building. 6.6 Only authorised persons shall remain on, or enter, PENALTIES Library premises when the Library is officially closed.
4. Within each calendar year staff who fail to return an item BRANCH AND DEPARTMENTAL LIBRARIES by the due date, or within five days of the date of a recall notice, shall be allocated penalty points as follows: 7. These rules shall apply to all branch and departmental libraries except in so far as the Library Committee may otherwise decide.
E2—April/May 2000 Library Rules
LIBRARY RULES: STUDENTS AND USERS OTHER THAN 4.1 Failure to return an item by the due date: one point per UNIVERSITY STAFF item per day. 4.2 Failure to return a Reserve Collection item by the date AUTHORISED USERS and time due: five points per item per hour. 1. The use of the University Library is restricted to: 4.3 Failure to return a Three-Day Loan item by the due date: ten points per item per day. 1.1 students enrolled at the University for the current session; 4.4 A borrower who fails to return a recalled item within five days of the date of a recall notice shall have borrowing 1.2 members of the University staff; rights suspended until all overdue items have been returned. 1.3 members of the University Senate; 4.5 A borrower who accumulates a total of 100 or more 1.4 other persons or bodies approved by the University points shall have borrowing privileges suspended until all Librarian. Such persons shall pay an annual fee, to be overdue items have been returned. determined from time to time by the Library Committee, 4.6 A borrower who accumulates a second 100 penalty unless this fee is waived by the University Librarian. points within one calendar year shall be suspended from 1.5 students and staff of Murdoch University, the Curtin borrowing and may be fined and/or asked to demonstrate to University of Technology and Edith Cowan University the University Librarian why borrowing privileges should be endorsed by the Librarian of these institutions. restored. 4.7 When an item is 31 days overdue the borrower will be CONDITIONS FOR USE OF THE LIBRARY invoiced for the replacement cost of the item plus a non- refundable service charge. 2. The University Librarian shall issue a Library card to each authorised user, other than students. 4.8 A borrower who loses an item, unless it can be established to the satisfaction of the University Librarian that 2.1 The authorised user shall be required to produce the the loss was not primarily the borrower’s fault, shall be Library card when requested by Library staff. charged the replacement cost of the item plus an irrevocable 2.2 The authorised user shall report loss of the Library card handling charge. to the Library immediately. 4.9 Anyone who damages or permits to be damaged an 2.3 The authorised user shall report any change of name or item to such an extent that it is necessary to replace the item address to the Library immediately. shall be subject to the same penalties as the borrower who loses an item. 2.4 Use of the Library card is not transferable to another person. 4.10 Anyone who removes an item from the Library without completing the appropriate records may be 2.5 Authorised users shall be subject in all respects to the suspended from borrowing for a period of two weeks and rules of the Library. shall be liable to a fine. 2.6 Students are issued with a Student Card which is administered by the Registrar’s Office. 4.11 The University Librarian may impose a fine and/or suspension of borrowing privileges for any breaches of the 2.7 Students shall be required to produce the Student Card Library rules. when requested to do so by Library staff. 4.12 The University Librarian may report any student to the 2.8 Students shall be subject in all respects to the rules of the Board of Discipline for any breaches of the Library rules. Library. 4.13 Fines and charges for infringements and BORROWING misdemeanours will be determined from time to time by the Library Committee. 3. Authorised users may borrow items from the University Library by completing the appropriate loan record. HOURS 3.1 Certain items and classes of items may not be borrowed. 5. The hours of opening of the Library shall be determined by Such items shall be indicated either by a notice on the the Library Committee annually. individual item or by being placed in a particular section of the Library from which borrowing is not permitted. 6. CONDUCT 3.2 All borrowers are responsible for the safekeeping and 6.1 Talking, smoking and the consumption of food and return of items which they have borrowed. drink are prohibited in the Library except in those areas 3.3 All items borrowed are subject to recall. which may from time to time be authorised for such purposes. 3.4 The date due stipulated by a recall notice overrides the original date due stamped at the time of borrowing. 6.2 The reservation of seats in public reading areas is 3.5 It is the responsibility of the borrower to return any item prohibited. Items left unattended for more than 15 minutes on to the Library within the period indicated by the Library chairs and tables may be removed by Library staff. recall notice for that particular item. 6.3 Persons leaving the Library may be required to present 3.6 In the absence of a recall notice, all items must be for inspection any items in their possession and any bags or returned by the due date stamped on the item by Library other receptacles capable of containing Library material. staff. 6.4 All persons within the Library shall behave in a manner 3.7 The length of the loan period and number of volumes which does not offend or cause undue inconvenience to other which may be borrowed by the various categories of Library users, and which does not endanger or cause damage authorised users shall be determined from time to time by the to any Library materials or equipment. Library Committee. 6.5 The Library accepts no responsibility for personal 3.8 Permission to take Library material outside the State of belongings left in the building. Western Australia shall be given by the University Librarian 6.6 Only authorised persons shall remain on, or enter, only under the most exceptional circumstances. Library premises when the Library is officially closed.
PENALTIES BRANCH AND DEPARTMENTAL LIBRARIES 4. Within each calendar year a borrower who fails to return an item by the due date, or within five days of the date of a 7. These rules shall apply to all branch and departmental recall notice, shall be allocated penalty points as follows: libraries except in so far as the Library Committee may otherwise decide.
E3—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
CONSTITUTIONS: SENATE BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
Unless otherwise specified the quorum for Senate boards and (d) examine and comment on all institutional plans and committees is fixed at not less than one half of the members policies which may affect animal welfare; constituting such board or committee, provided that in (e) ensure that a register of approved proposals is maintained; relation to the following committees the Vice-Chancellor and and President or representative is among those present: Medical (f) perform all other duties required by the Australian Code Research Grants Committee, University Research Committee, of Practice for the Care and Use of Animals for Scientific Library Committee. Purposes. (2) The committee shall have the power to withdraw approval ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION ETHICS COMMITTEE for any project or authorise the treatment or humane killing 1.(1) The Animal Experimentation Ethics Committee shall of any animal. consist of: (a) the following members appointed by the Vice Chancellor APPEALS COMMITTEE (DISCIPLINE) and President: See Statute No. 17, Clause 12. (i) three University staff members with substantial recent experience in the use of animals for scientific purposes, selected to provide a range of expertise from across the spectrum of AUDIT AND REVIEW COMMITTEE animal experimentation activities; 1. The Audit and Review Committee shall— (ii) an established scholar from the humanities, preferably with a background in ethics; (a) investigate and report regularly to the Senate on financial (iii) a person with qualifications in veterinary science, with and non-financial matters, either within an audit programme experience relevant to the activities of the University, or in which it determines or as directed by the Senate; special circumstances, a person with qualifications and (b) ensure proper standards of financial, statutory and experience to provide comparable expertise; operational accountability; (iv) two people with demonstrable commitment to, and (c)(i) receive statutory annual reports from within the Uni- established experience in, furthering the welfare of animals, versity and transmit to the Senate comment on any material who are not employed by the University, and who are not matters arising; involved in the care of animals for scientific purposes; (ii) receive internal and external reviews, monitor compliance (v) two independent persons who do not currently and have with recommendations contained therein and transmit to the not previously conducted experiments using animals, and who Senate comment on any materials arising; and preferably are not employed by the University; (d) additionally monitor and review the relevance and accuracy (b) a member of the University Senate, appointed by the of information going to the Senate whenever requested to do Senate; so by the Senate. (c) a nominee of the Chief Executive Officer of Sir Charles Gairdner Hospital, preferably with substantial recent 2. (1) The committee shall comprise no more than ten members, experience in the use of animals for scientific purposes. as follows: (d) up to two additional members co-opted by the foregoing (a) up to eight Senate members, of whom at least four shall in such a way that the composition of the committee complies be external as defined in Regulation 3; and with the Australian Code of Practice for the Care and Use of (b) up to two co-optees, recommended by the foregoing Animals for Scientific Purposes. and approved by the Chancellor's Committee. (2) The term of office of appointed members shall normally (2) The Chair of the committee shall be an external member be three years, but members may be reappointed at the end of of the Senate, appointed by the Senate, and shall serve for a that period. two-year term, which may be renewed. (3) (3) Co-opted members may be appointed for up to two years Co-opted members shall normally be external to the at a time, but they may be reappointed at the end of that University and shall be selected on the basis of their expertise period. and capacity to enable the committee to conduct its business more effectively. (4) The Chair shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor and 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), an external President. Senate member shall be defined as a member who does not (5) The Animal Welfare Officer and the Co-ordinator of hold any University position, either paid or honorary. Animal Facilities shall attend meetings of the committee as (2) The Senate may determine that a holder of a clincial, observers. adjunct or honorary position, who has limited direct involve- ment with the University, is an external Senate member for 2.(1) The committee shall— the purposes of these regulations. (a) monitor the acquisition, transport, production, housing, 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), members care, use and disposal of animals; appointed in terms of paragraph 2(1)(a) shall have two-year (b) recommend to Senate any measures needed to ensure terms of office, but may be re-appointed. that the standards of the Australian Code of Practice for the (2) Care and Use of Animals for Scientific Purposes are main- Student members shall have a one-year term of office. tained; (3) Co-opted members shall have a one-year term of office, (c) examine written proposals relevant to the use of animals but may be reappointed. in scientific and teaching activities and either approve, approve 5.(1) The Chancellor shall be entitled to attend meetings of the subject to modification or reject such proposals provided that committee, but shall not have voting rights. the committee shall approve only those studies for which animals are essential and which conform to the requirements (2) Appropriate University officers shall attend meetings of of the Australian Code of Practice for the Care and Use of the committee to provide information or advice, but shall not Animals for Scientific Purposes, taking into consideration have voting rights. ethical and welfare aspects as well as scientific and educational value;
E4—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Senate Boards and Committees
AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD (AMEB) 5. to approve an appropriate induction programme for new Senators. See Statute No. 21. Refer to Section E for the Governance and Structure of AMEB(WA). Meetings The committee shall meet in accordance with a pre-arranged BERNDT MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY BOARD schedule, not less than quarterly and at times to coincide with the generation of business by the Senate committees. 1. There shall be a Berndt Museum of Anthropology Board. 2. The board shall be responsible to the Executive Dean of the DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE Faculty of Arts for— (a) advising the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts in 1. The Development Committee shall: regard to the management of the museum and making (a) advise Senate as appropriate on community relations issues recommendations on policy when it considers this necessary; and seek its support for the Community Relations section (b) advising the Curator on the display of the museum’s when required; collections, and the facilitating and fostering of research and (b) act as an advisory body to the Community Relations section other activities related to them; in regard to marketing and fundraising; (c) advising the Curator on the management and deploy- ment of the funds of the museum, however derived, and (c) identify and debate issues relevant to the Community ensuring that relevant gifts, donations and bequests are Relations operational plan such as the marketing plan, utilised in accordance with the donors’ wishes; fundraising and alumni relations; and (d) advising the Curator on the implementation and en- (d) support the Community Relations section in the process of couragement of the preservation, expansion and develop- generating community interest in and support for the ment within the University of the ethnological collections University with reference to the activities of the External housed in the Berndt Museum of Anthropology, for the Strategies Committee. benefit of both the University and the wider community. 2. (1) The committee shall comprise no more than ten members, (e) making recommendations to the Executive Dean of the as follows: Faculty of Arts on appointments to the staff of the museum as (a) and when necessary. up to eight Senate members, of whom at least four shall be external as defined in Regulation 3; and 3. The board shall consist of: (b) up to two co-optees, recommended by the foregoing (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee; and approved by the Chancellor’s Committee. (b) one member of the staff of the Department of Anthro- (2) The Chair of the committee shall be an external member pology nominated by the head of that department; of the Senate, appointed by the Senate, and shall serve for a two-year term, which may be renewed. (c) one student member of the Department of Anthropology nominated by the head of that department; (3) Co-opted members shall normally be external to the University and shall be selected on the basis of their expertise (d) one member of the staff of the Western Australian and capacity to enable the committee to conduct its business Museum nominated by its director; more effectively. (e) the Head of the Department of Anthropology; 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), an external (f) a Professor of Anthropology appointed by the Vice- Senate member shall be defined as a member who does not Chancellor and President; hold any University position, either paid or honorary. (g) up to two persons who may be co-opted by the board. (2) The Senate may determine that a holder of a clincial, adjunct or honorary position, who has limited direct involve- 4. The board shall elect its chair annually. ment with the University, is an external Senate member for 5. The quorum for a meeting of the board shall be not less the purposes of these regulations. than one half of its members. 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), members appointed in terms of paragraph 2(1)(a) shall have two-year 6. The Curator of the Berndt Museum of Anthropology shall terms of office, but may be reappointed. be the board’s secretary. (2) Student members shall have a one-year term of office. 7. The board, through the Executive Dean of the Faculty of (3) Co-opted members shall have a one-year term of office, Arts, shall submit an annual report to the Senate. but may be reappointed.
BOARD OF DISCIPLINE 5.(1) The Chancellor shall be entitled to attend meetings of the committee, but shall not have voting rights. See Statute No. 17, Clauses 9 and 10. (2) Appropriate University officers shall attend meetings of the committee to provide information or advice, but shall not CHANCELLOR’S COMMITTEE have voting rights. Terms of Reference EXTERNAL STRATEGIES COMMITTEE The terms of reference for the Chancellor’s Committee are— 1. The External Strategies Committee shall: 1. to co-ordinate the business of Senate’s four standing com- (a) monitor, analyse and seek to understand the external mittees as it moves to the Senate Agenda; environment and its potential impact on the University through federal and state policies, federal funding, industry trends, 2. to consider annually the field of potential candidates for co- internationalisation, deregulation and the like, and advise option to the Senate, including the current co-optee whose Senate accordingly; appointment is due to expire, and to propose appropriate nominations for Senate to consider; (b) recommend ways of influencing federal and state policies through the commissioning of research papers on areas 3. to consider annually the field of potential candidates to fill germane to the interests of the Higher Education system and the positions of Governor’s appointees to Senate, and to make The University of Western Australia in particular; and; appropriate recommendations to the Minister on behalf of (c) within the context of the University’s Strategic Plan and Senate, such recommendations to be reported to the Senate; Operational Priorities Plan seek to influence state and federal 4. to recommend to the Senate the assignment of members to policies, in consultation with the Development Committee, by Senate committees in accordance with their constitutions; using information gathered and the skills and strategies available.
E5—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
2. (1) The committee shall comprise no more than ten members, (iii) two medical graduates with knowledge of, and current as follows: experience in, the professional care, counselling or treatment (a) up to eight Senate members, of whom at least four shall of people; be external as defined in Regulation 3; and (iv) a researcher with knowledge of, and current experience (b) up to two co-optees, recommended by the foregoing in, the areas of research that are regularly considered by the and approved by the Chancellor’s Committee. HREC; (2) The Chair of the committee shall be an external member (v) a behavioural scientist with knowledge of, and current of the Senate, appointed by the Senate, and shall serve for a experience in, the areas of research that are regularly considered two-year term, which may be renewed. by the HREC; (3) Co-opted members shall normally be external to the (vi) a minister of religion, or a person who performs a similar University and shall be selected on the basis of their expertise role in a community; and capacity to enable the committee to conduct its business more effectively. (vii) a member of the Law School teaching staff; and 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), an external (b) up to two co-opted members, if required for balance or Senate member shall be defined as a member who does not specific expertise. hold any University position, either paid or honorary. (2) Appointed and co-opted members shall have a three-year (2) The Senate may determine that a holder of a clincial, term of office but may be reappointed or co-opted at the end adjunct or honorary position, who has limited direct involve- of that period if still qualified. ment with the University, is an external Senate member for (3) The Chair shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor and the purposes of these regulations. President. 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), members (4) The committee shall elect its Deputy Chair. appointed in terms of paragraph 2(1)(a) shall have two-year terms of office, but may be reappointed. 5. The quorum shall not be less than one half of the members and shall include: (2) Student members shall have a one-year term of office. (a) the Chair or Deputy Chair; (3) Co-opted members shall have a one-year term of office, but may be reappointed. (b) one of the medical graduates appointed under sub- paragraph 4(1)(a)(iii); and 5.(1) The Chancellor shall be entitled to attend meetings of the (c) one of the lay persons or the member appointed to the committee, but shall not have voting rights. committee under sub-paragraph 4(1)(a)(vi). (2) Appropriate University officers shall attend meetings of the committee to provide information or advice, but shall not 6. The committee may appoint sub-committees, not necessarily have voting rights. of its own members, to advise it on any specialised matter relevant to its responsibilities.
PATRICK BURSELUM AND MARY ESTELLE HEALY LEGISLATIVE COMMITTEE MEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE 1. The Legislative Committee shall be a joint committee of the Senate and Academic Council and shall have the responsi- For committee membership see under ‘Arnold Yeldham and bilities set out in Clause 2. Mary Raine Medical Research Foundation Research Com- mittee’. 2. The committee shall— (a) consider all proposals for new statutes and for the amendment of statutes, and all proposals for new regulations HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE and for the amendment of regulations; See Statute No. 14, Clause 7. (b) forward to Academic Council for its consideration any proposals in the categories described in paragraph (a) which, in the view of the Chair of the Academic Board, involve HUMAN RESEARCH ETHICS COMMITTEE significant issues of academic principle; 1. The Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) shall be (c) approve on behalf of the Academic Council any proposals responsible to the Senate for requiring and considering written in the categories described in paragraph (a) which, in the view protocols from staff employed by the University for all of the Chair of the Academic Board, are routine in nature; and proposed research projects which comprise or include (d) undertake final drafting of proposed new or amended investigatory projects involving or impacting upon humans. statutes and proposed new or amended regulations and 2. In considering the implications of proposed research projects, conditions, and submit the final drafts of new or amended the committee shall determine whether the research reflects statutes and regulations to the Senate for approval. the basic ethical values of integrity, respect for persons, beneficence and justice. 3.(1) The Legislative Committee shall comprise: 3. In discharging its responsibility, the committee shall require (a) the Chair of the Academic Board; that the standards of the National Health and Medical Research (b) the Deputy Chair of the Academic Board; Council (NHMRC) National Statement on Ethical Conduct in (c) the Director, Secretariat Services; Research Involving Humans as published from time to time, (d) the Legislative Officer; and and the requirements of all relevant commonwealth, state and (e) two members appointed by the Senate. territory legislation are met. (2) The University Solicitor shall be invited to attend all meet- 4.(1) The committee shall comprise: ings of the committee. (a) the following appointees of the Vice-Chancellor and President: PERTH INTERNATIONAL ARTS FESTIVAL (i) a laywoman who has no affliation with the University, is BOARD OF MANAGEMENT not currently involved in medical, scientific or legal work, and is from the community in which the University is located; The objects of the Festival shall be— (ii) a layman who has no affliation with the University, is (a) to promote and encourage the arts, especially music, not currently involved in medical, scientific or legal work, drama, dance, film and the visual arts, and the study of the and is from the community in which the University is located; arts, and for these purposes to organise, promote, manage and conduct festivals of music, drama and other enter-tainments in Perth annually or at such longer intervals as may be determined by the board;
E6—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Senate Boards and Committees
(b) to encourage and employ persons, firms or companies to (c) In the event of any member of the committee appointed present and produce such performances and events in Perth pursuant to paragraph 1(ii) to (vii) inclusive above ceasing for and in other cities and territories of Australia as may tend to any reason to be a member of the committee then the Senate promote and encourage the arts in Australia; shall and where necessary, on the recommendation of the (c) to raise money for the purposes of the Festival by grants, appropriate body, fill such vacancy. guarantees, gifts or donations and to accept the same and to (d)(i) The committee may, subject to sub-paragraph (ii) conform so far as it lawfully may to any conditions upon hereof, from time to time grant leave of absence to any which such grants, guarantees, gifts or donations may be member appointed pursuant to paragraph 1(ii) to (viii) made or granted. inclusive for such period as the committee sees fit. (ii) In the event that a member granted leave as herein Membership provided was appointed pursuant to paragraph 1(ii) to (vii) The board shall comprise: inclusive hereof then the Senate shall and where necessary, (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee on the recommendation of the appropriate body, appoint a (ex-officio chair); nominee to fill the temporary vacancy so arising. (b) lay member of Senate; (iii) In the event that a member granted leave as herein provided was appointed pursuant to paragraph 1(viii) then (c) the Director of the Festival (ex officio); the committee by a majority vote of the other members of the (d) Arts specialist; committee may appoint a nominee to fill the temporary (e) two Chief Executive Officers (business); vacancy so arising. (f) Marketing specialist; (g) Media specialist; STRATEGIC RESOURCES COMMITTEE (h) Accounting expert; (i) Community member; 1. The Strategic Resources Committee shall: (j) Government members (a) within the limits of agreed delegation make decisions or recommendations to Senate on investments within a Period of office framework of strategy approved by Senate; Appointed members shall serve for three years with a (b) monitor the financial welfare of the University and advise maximum of two consecutive terms of office. Senate accordingly; (c) monitor campus planning and advise Senate on major Meetings physical developments and associated policy issues; The board shall meet not less than quarterly. (d) develop and recommend to Senate strategic policies on staffing resources.
ARNOLD YELDHAM AND MARY RAINE MEDICAL 2. (1) The committee shall comprise no more than ten members, as follows: RESEARCH FOUNDATION RESEARCH COMMITTEE (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President; 1. The committee shall consist of: (b) the chair of the Academic Board; (i) the Vice-Chancellor and President of the University for (c) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates; the time being or nominee as chair; (d) up to seven other Senate members, provided that all but (ii) a professor of medicine of the University appointed by one of such members shall be external, as defined in Regulation the Senate of the University (hereinafter called ‘the Senate’) 3; and from time to time; (e) up to two co-optees, recommended by the foregoing and (iii) a professor of surgery of the University appointed by approved by the Chancellor’s Committee. the Senate from time to time; (2) The Chair of the committee shall be an external member (iv) a professor of biochemistry of the University appointed of the Senate, appointed by the Senate, and shall serve for a by the Senate from time to time; two-year term, which may be renewed. (v) a member or fellow of a Royal College of Physicians (3) Co-opted members shall normally be external to the appointed by the Senate from time to time on the recom- University and shall be selected on the basis of their expertise mendation of the local State Committee of the Royal and capacity to enable the committee to conduct its business Australasian College of Physicians; more effectively. (vi) Doctor Carl Georgeff and on his ceasing to be a member 3.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), an external of the committee a fellow of a Royal College of Surgeons Senate member shall be defined as a member who does not appointed from time to time by the Senate on the recom- hold any University position, either paid or honorary. mendation of the local State Committee of the Royal (2) The Senate may determine that a holder of a clincial, Australasian College of Surgeons; adjunct or honorary position, who has limited direct involve- ment with the University, is an external Senate member for (vii) a general medical practitioner appointed by the Senate the purposes of these regulations. from time to time on the recommendation of the Western Australian branch of the Australian Medical Association; 4.(1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), members (viii) one other person to be appointed from time to time by appointed in terms of paragraph 2(1)(d) shall have two-year a majority vote of the other members of the committee which terms of office, but may be reappointed. person shall hold office for such period as the majority vote of (2) Student members shall have a one-year term of office. the committee shall from time to time decide. (3) Co-opted members shall have a one-year term of office, 2.(a) Doctor Carl Georgeff shall remain a member of the but may be reappointed. committee until he resigns or dies. 5.(1) The Chancellor shall be entitled to attend meetings of the (b) Subject to paragraph (a) above each of the members of committee, but shall not have voting rights. the committee appointed pursuant to paragraph 1(ii) to (vii) (2) Appropriate University officers shall attend meetings of inclusive shall hold office for a period of three years or until the committee to provide information or advice, but shall not he or she dies or resigns within that period and shall at the have voting rights. expiration of his or her period of appointment be eligible for reappointment.
E7—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA 4.(a) The board shall comprise: PRESS ADVISORY BOARD (i) a nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President; 1. There shall be a University of Western Australia Press. (ii) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources); (iii) a member of the Senate, nominated by the Senate Objects (iv) four members of the academic staff nominated by the 2. The objects of the Press shall be— Academic Board to represent a spread of academic interests; (a) to publish, and encourage and assist in the publication and of, works of scholarship and merit; and (v) up to three members co-opted by the foregoing members. (b) to publish works of interest to the wider international, (b)(i) The term of office of members nominated in terms of national and local communities, ensuring that all publications paragraph (a)(iii) shall be three years, and may be renewed. which bear the University imprimatur are of a high standard (ii) Co-opted members shall be appointed annually and may both in content and presentation. be reappointed. 3. The Press Advisory Board shall be responsible to the Pro (c) The board shall elect its chair annually; Vice-Chancellor (Community Development) for— (d) The quorum for a meeting of the board shall be three (a) determining what publications may bear the University members. imprimatur; (b) undertaking, or assisting in, the publication, either on its 5. The board shall have a standing committee, to be known as own or jointly with other publishers, of such works as it the Charles and Joy Staples South-West Region Publications thinks fit; Fund Committee, which shall operate under its own constitution. (c) doing as it thinks fit to further the objects of the Press; and 6. The board, through the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community (d) advising utilisation of all funds accruing to the Press and Development), shall submit an annual report to the from any source whatever, including surpluses arising from Senate and a quarterly financial report to the Strategic its undertakings, and using such funds to further the objects Resources Committee of the Senate. of the Press and to facilitate the exercise of its powers.
E8—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Standing Committees of the Academic Board
CONSTITUTION: COUNCIL OF CONVOCATION
See also Statute No. 9.
Convocation, The University of Western Australia Graduates Association consists of all graduates of the University together with graduates of other universities who obtain membership through various statutes of the University.
The Council of Convocation performs the function of the management committee of Convocation and consists of the Warden, Deputy Warden, Immediate Past Warden and 21 members who are elected for a three-year term, seven of whom retire by rotation every year.
The Council of Convocation meets monthly between the months of February and December and performs such duties as are conferred or imposed on it by Statute 9 or Convocation. The Council operates with a number of sub-committees to cover various aspects of Convocation activities which—
(a) encourage members of Convocation to participate in the governance of the University through the election of Convocation members to the Senate and the review of amendments to University statutes;
(b) represent the interests and opinions of members through effective communication and present such views to the University and the community of Western Australia;
(c) encourage members to support and contribute to the intellectual and cultural prosperity of the University community;
(d) promote professional and social links between members of Convocation by creating and supporting opportunities for graduate interaction; and
(e) promote the ideals and purpose of the University and Convocation to graduates and undergraduates, other members of the University, and the community of Western Australia.
Convocation holds at least two Ordinary Meetings a year. The first Ordinary Meeting is held on the third Friday in March and another is held on the third Friday in September, unless these dates are deemed unsuitable by the Warden. The election of Warden, Deputy Warden and candidates to the Council of Convocation shall be declared at the March Ordinary Meeting in each year.
E9—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
CONSTITUTIONS: STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMIC BOARD
ACADEMIC COUNCIL the relevant meeting, or both, on any matter listed in its agenda. 1. The Academic Council shall be the Executive Committee of (iv) Within seven days of the circulation date which appears the Academic Board and shall, subject to Clause 8 below, on the relevant minutes of the Academic Council, a member determine all matters which by statute, regulation, or custom of the Academic Board may request the Chair of the Board to are the Board’s responsibility, with the exception of: recommit to the next meeting of the Council any matter dealt (a) the amendment of Statute No. 19 (Academic Board); with in those minutes, provided that the member gives (b) the determination of the membership of the Council and reasons for such a request and is prepared either to submit a committees of the Board or Council, except as provided in 4 paper on the issue for the Council’s consideration, and/or to below; attend the Council’s meeting to discuss it. (c) the creation or suppression of faculties, and the (v) If ten members of the Academic Board so require, a suppression of departments; special meeting of the Board shall be convened to consider (d) the transfer of resourcing responsibility for a depart- whether any matter dealt with in the minutes of the ment from one faculty to another; Academic Council should be declared a ‘special matter’ and so be determined by the Board itself. (e) such policy recommendations of the committees of the Board or Council as are classified as ‘major’ by the Chair of (vi) No action shall be taken other than by the Academic the Board or by the originating committee; Board on any matter in the minutes of the Academic Council which is the subject of a special meeting of the Board called (f) any matter which is declared a ‘special matter’ under the under (v) above unless, at the special meeting, the Board provisions of 8(v) below; declares it not to be a ‘special matter’, when action shall (g) recommendations to the Senate for the conferring of the proceed on it as proposed in the Council’s minutes. title of Emeritus Professor. (vii) Any matter declared by the Academic Board to be a ‘special matter’ shall be finalised by the Board itself without 2. Notwithstanding the provision of Clause 1 above, the further reference to the Academic Council. Academic Council may refer any matter to the Board for decision, and may advise the Academic Board on any of the (viii) if four or more members of the Academic Council so matters listed in sub-sections (a) to (e) of that clause. request, an item on a Council agenda shall be referred to the Academic Board for consideration. 3. The membership of the Academic Council shall be: 9. Establishment by the Academic Council of standing (i) the Chair of the Academic Board (chair); committees, and their terms of reference, delegations and (ii) the Deputy Chair of the Academic Board (reserve chair); membership, shall be subject to the approval of the Academic (iii) the Vice-Chancellor and President; Board. (iv) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost; 10. The Academic Council shall normally meet monthly, save (v) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation); for January. (vi) the immediate past Chair of the Academic Board; (vii) the Executive Deans of faculties; TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR ACADEMIC COUNCIL COMMITTEES (viii) Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar; ACCOMMODATION COMMITTEE (ix) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources); (x) the University Librarian; 1. The Accommodation Committee shall be a committee of the Planning and Budget Committee and shall have the (xi) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates; responsibilities set out in Clause 2 and such others as the (xii) seven members elected by and from the members of Academic Board may from time to time determine, having the Academic Board, each for a term of three years; considered the recommendations of the Planning and Budget (xiii) up to two members co-opted by the foregoing, each Committee. for a period of one year. 2.(1) The Accommodation Committee shall: 4. The Academic Council may fill a casual vacancy in its own (a) advise and submit recommendations to the Planning and membership or that of another Academic Board committee Budget Committee on policy matters and on major procedural for the balance of the appropriate term of a former member if matters relating to University accommodation; it has no more than one year to run; otherwise such vacancies (b) advise and submit recommendations to the Planning shall be filled by Board election. and Budget Committee on the setting of priorities and the 5. The procedure governing election to the Academic Council allocation of funds for major works; shall be the same as that applying by direction of the (c) deal executively with all matters relating to the setting of Academic Board to all its committees. priorities and the allocation of funding for minor works; and (d) deal executively with the allocation of accommodation 6. In the absence of both the Chair and Deputy Chair of the within the University. Academic Board from a meeting the Academic Council shall elect a chair from among those present. (2) The committee shall report to the Planning and Budget 7. The quorum for a meeting of the Academic Council shall Committee on its activities under paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) in be 15. such a format and at such intervals as that committee requires. 8.(i) The full agenda and minutes of the Academic Council shall be distributed to all members of the Academic Board at 3.(1) The committee shall comprise: the same time as they are sent out to the Council. (a) a nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President who (ii) The Academic Council shall not make a decision or shall normally be from the membership of the Academic recommendation on any matter which has not been listed in Council (including the co-optees) as chair; its circulated agenda. (b) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost or nominee; (iii) A member of the Academic Board shall be entitled to (c) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; make a submission to the Academic Council, in writing, or at (d) four appointees by election of the Academic Board;
E10—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Standing Committees of the Academic Board
(e) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources); (b) advise and submit recommendations to the Research (f) the President of the Guild or nominee; Committee on funding and budgetary strategy relating to the administration of University Postgraduate Awards; (g) up to two co-opted members, if required for balance or specific expertise. (c) monitor academic standards for the award of post- graduate scholarships and ensure that all awards are (2) The Director, Facilities Management, shall be invited to allocated in accordance with University principles of equity attend all meetings. and open competition; (3) Appointed members shall have a two-year term of office (d) deal executively with all matters relating to the award of but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still postgraduate scholarships within the Deed of Gift of the qualified. University and all awards funded by Government and other external agencies; and BOARD OF THE POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH SCHOOL (e) recommend to the Board of the Postgraduate Research School and the faculties any necessary action to ensure that 1. The Board of the Postgraduate Research School shall— appropriate standards and policies relating to any of the (a) advise and make recommendations to the Academic above are maintained. Council and/or other University bodies or officers, as appropriate, on matters relating to postgraduate research, 3. The Scholarships Committee shall comprise: research training and supervision within the University, (a) the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School as chair; including policy matters relating to the establishment and (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; administration of postgraduate awards; (c) six appointees by election of the Academic Board chosen (b) deal exclusively with all matters relating to the so that each of the Faculties of Agriculture, Arts, Engineering admission, enrolment, supervision and examination of and Mathematical Sciences, Medicine and Dentistry, Science candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy and, from and the FECEL Group are represented; 2001, such master’s degrees by research as shall be approved (d) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association by the Academic Board; or nominee; (c) ensure the maintenance of high standards in the (e) up to three co-opted members if required for balance. University’s research degrees by monitoring the completion times, quality of supervision and skills acquisition of 4.(1) Appointed members shall have a three-year term of candidates enrolled in them; office but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still (d) monitor standards in, and relativities between, the qualified. professional doctorates offered by the University and (2) The term of office of co-opted members shall be one year. recommend to the Academic Council necessary action to ensure that appropriate standards and relativities are 5. The committee shall elect a deputy chair annually from maintained; among its members. (e) monitor and report to the Academic Council on compliance with the University’s Code of Practice in Research COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE Supervision; (f) facilitate and encourage interdisciplinary and cross- 1. (1) The Community Services Committee shall— departmental programmes of postgraduate research studies; (a) develop, maintain and monitor the implementation of a (g) promulgate examples of best practice in all aspects of Community Service Management Plan for the University; postgraduate research education. (b) monitor the implementation of those components of the (h) provide advice and support to the Dean of the University’s Operational Priorities Plan and the University’s Postgraduate Research School in fostering the welfare of Strategic Plan which pertain to community service; postgraduate research students. (c) develop appropriate policies for the University’s community service (including community relations) activities 2. The board shall comprise: and ensure that Federal Government requirements, where (a) the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School as chair; they relate to these areas, are adhered to; (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (d) assess strategic initiatives in the area of community (c) six appointees by election of the Academic Board chosen service, and forward a co-ordinated budget bid for those so that each of the Faculties of Agriculture, Arts, Engineering initiatives; and Mathematical Sciences, Medicine and Dentistry, Science (e) assess the financial needs of community relations entities and the FECEL Group are represented; on campus and forward a co-ordinated budget bid for those (d) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association entities; or nominee; (f) advise the Academic Council from time to time on the (e) up to four co-opted members if required for balance. levels of integration between community service and teaching and research; 3.(1) Appointed members shall have a three-year term of office but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still (g) oversee the development of means of recording data about qualified. community service and monitor such records. (2) The term of office of co-opted members shall be one year. (2) In carrying out its functions the committee shall give due consideration to approved University and faculty objectives as 4. The board shall elect a deputy chair annually from among set out in Strategic Plans. its members. 2.(1) The committee shall comprise: Scholarships Committee (a) Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community and Development) (chair) (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; 1. The Scholarships Committee shall be a committee of the (c) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee; Board of the Postgraduate Research School and shall have the responsibilities set out in Clause 2 and such others as the (d) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation); Academic Board may from time to time determine, having (e) the Chair of the Teaching and Learning Committee; considered the recommendations of the Board of the (f) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar; Postgraduate Research School. (g) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates or nominee; 2. The Scholarships Committee shall— (h) four appointees by election of the Academic Board; (a) advise and submit recommendations to the Board of the (i) up to two co-opted members, if required for balance or Postgraduate Research School on policy matters relating to specific expertise; the establishment and administration of postgraduate research awards;
E11—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(2) Appointed members shall have a two-year term of office LIBRARY COMMITTEE but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still qualified. 1. The Library Committee shall advise and make recom- mendations to the Academic Council on all significant (3) The Chair shall appoint a deputy chair. Library policy issues relating to the provision of service to the University’s staff and students in support of the functions of INTERNATIONALISATION COMMITTEE training, learning and research. In so doing, it shall give due consideration to approved University and faculty objectives 1. The Internationalisation Committee shall report, through and priorities as set out in Strategic Plans. the Planning and Budget Committee, to the Academic 2.(1) Council/Vice-Chancellor and President, as appropriate. The committee shall comprise: (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee who shall 2. The role of the committee shall be to focus on the normally be from the membership of the Academic Council University community’s commitment to the increasing (including the two co-optees) as chair; internationalisation of its research, teaching and learning, and (b) the University Librarian; community service activities, through— (c) a senior Librarian; (a) the development of appropriate strategies; (d) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (b) the co-ordination and integration of the work of key (e) four appointees by election of the Academic Board; bodies in relation to internationalisation; and (f) the President of the Guild or nominee; (c) the monitoring and evaluation of outcomes. (g) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association 3.(1) The committee shall comprise: or nominee; (a) The Vice-Chancellor and President as chair; (h) up to two co-options, if required for balance or specific expertise. (b) the Executive Deans of the faculties; (c) the Chair of the Academic Board; (2) Appointed members shall have a two-year term of office but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still (d) the Executive Dean (International Relations); qualified. (e) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar; 3. The Chair shall appoint a deputy chair to perform essential (f) the President of the Guild; duties in his or her absence. (g) three members elected by the Academic Board; and (h) up to four members co-opted by the foregoing if required to provide balance, specific expertise or desirable MATRICULATION AND ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE linkages between committees. 1. The Matriculation and Admissions Committee shall advise and make recommendations to the Academic Council on (2) Members appointed in terms of sub-paragraph (1)(g) policy matters relating to matriculation and admission to the shall have a two-year term of office, but may be reappointed. University including the University’s relationships with the (3) Members appointed in terms of sub-paragraph (1)(h) Education Department of WA, the Curriculum Council, the shall have a one-year term of office, but may be reappointed. Tertiary Institutions Service Centre, other universities and the (4) The Director of the International Centre shall be the schools. In so doing, it shall give due consideration to Executive Officer of the committee. approved University and faculty objectives as set out in Strategic Plans. The committee’s sub-group, the Admission and Quota Committee, shall, on behalf of the Matriculation International Programmes Committee and Admissions Committee, provide advice and make recommendations on all aspects of the University’s Admis- 1. The International Programmes Committee shall advise and sion and Quota Policy. make recommendations to the Academic Council on policy, planning and resource issues relating to the University’s 2.(1) The committee shall comprise: international activities including student recruitment and (a) the Academic Co-ordinator of Student Affairs as chair; support, level of fees, staff and student exchange, inter- (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; national prospects and inter-institutional collaborative (c) six members appointed by election of the Academic activities. In so doing, it shall give due consideration to Board; approved University and faculty objectives and priorities as set out in Strategic Plans. (d) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar or nominee; 2. The committee shall comprise: (e) up to two co-opted members if the committee so decides. (a) the Director of the International Centre as chair; (2) Appointed members shall have a three-year term of (b) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee who shall office with two members retiring each year. normally be from the membership of the Academic Council (including the two co-optees); 3. The committee shall elect a deputy chair. (c) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (d) the Academic Co-ordinator of Student Affairs; Admission And Quota Committee (e) three appointees by election of the Academic Board; The Admission and Quota Committee shall advise and make (f) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar recommendations to the Academic Council each year on the or nominee; University’s Admission and Quota Policy. It shall be empowered to report direct to the Council at appropriate (g) one student nominated by the President of the Guild; times. (h) up to two co-opted members, if required for balance or specific expertise. Membership and Chair (2) Appointed members shall have a two-year term of office The Admission and Quota Committee is a sub-group of the but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still Matriculation and Admissions Committee, with the following qualified. membership: 3. The Chair shall appoint a deputy chair to perform essential (a) the Chair of the Matriculation and Admissions Com- duties in his or her absence. mittee as chair; (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (c) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee; (d) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar or nominee.
E12—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Standing Committees of the Academic Board
PLANNING AND BUDGET COMMITTEE (h) up to three co-opted members, if required for balance or specific expertise. 1. The Planning and Budget Committee shall: (1)(a) advise and make recommendations to the Vice- 3. Appointed and co-opted members shall have a two-year Chancellor and President on behalf of the Academic Council term of office but may be re-appointed or co-opted at the end on the following matters: of that period if still qualified. (i) the formulation of the University’s budget strategy; (ii) the adoption of mechanisms for resource allocation; TEACHING AND LEARNING COMMITTEE 1. (iii) the structure of the University budget; The Teaching and Learning Committee shall advise and make recommendations to the Academic Council and/or (iv) the setting of priorities and the allocation of funds for other University bodies or officers, as appropriate, on matters major building works; and relating to teaching and learning in the University including (b) report its advice and recommendations on the matters the University’s Teaching and Management Plan, the quality listed in paragraph (a) to the Academic Council; and of teaching and learning in the institution, means of assessing and improving the quality of teaching and learning, the use of (2) advise and submit recommendations to the Academic technology in teaching and learning, research studies on Council on policy matters and on major procedural matters teaching and learning, and matters arising through liaison relating to University accommodation. with relevant external bodies. 2. The committee shall comprise: 2.(1) The committee shall comprise: (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President as chair; (a) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost as chair; (b) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost; (b) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (c) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation); (c) three appointees by election of the Academic Board; (d) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Community and Development); (d) the Director, Centre for Staff Development; (e) the Chair of the Academic Board; (e) the President of the Guild or nominee; (f) the Deputy Chair of the Academic Board; (f) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association (g) the Executive Deans; or nominee; (h) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources). (g) up to two co-opted members, if required for balance or specific expertise. RESEARCH COMMITTEE (2) Appointed members shall have a two-year term of office 1. The Research Committee shall advise, make recom- but may be reappointed at the end of that period if still mendations and provide information to the Academic qualified. Council on research matters including the formation of the 3. The Chair shall appoint a deputy chair to perform essential research component of the University Budget, the allocation duties in the Chair’s absence. of research funds, and the formulation of University research policy and the research management plan. NOMINATING COMMITTEE 2.(1) The committee shall comprise: The committee consists of the Chair of the Academic Board, (a) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) as the Deputy Chair of the Academic Board, the Chair Elect and chair; a past Chair of the Academic Board. (b) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost; (c) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; (d) the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School; (e) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association or nominee; (f) five appointees by election of the Academic Board; (g) one postdoctoral research fellow whose appointment is for two years or more, appointed to the committee by the Chair of the Academic Board following a request by public notice for nominations from such research fellows;
E13—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
CONSTITUTIONS: OTHER BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
CONTINUING DENTAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE The terms of reference of the Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee shall be— 1. The name of the committee shall be the ‘Continuing Dental • to provide advice on the promotion of equal opportunity in Education Committee of The University of Western Australia’. employment and education within the University; 2. The purpose of the committee is the promotion within the • to monitor the practice of equal opportunity in the University and the dental profession of postgraduate and University and to report to Senate through the Vice- continuing dental education and research other than that Chancellor and President on the development of appropriate leading to the higher degrees of the University. policies in response to legislation and in the best interests of the principles of equity; 3. The committee shall consist of: • to consider and recommend on ways in which any present (a) a chair nominated jointly by the Vice-Chancellor and impediments to equality of opportunity might be removed; President and the President of the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Dental Association; • to provide advice and support to the Manager, Equity; (b) four members nominated by the Senate on the • to report to Senate annually on the effectiveness of policies recommendation of the School of Oral Health Sciences; and programmes introduced to promote equality of oppor- tunity. (c) four members nominated by the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Dental Association; (d) not more than three co-opted members. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY COMMITTEE 4. Five members present shall constitute a quorum. 1. The Information Technology Committee shall report, through the Planning and Budget Committee to the Academic 5. The tenure of appointment of the nominated members shall Council/Vice-Chancellor and President as appropriate. be for two years, provided that two of the members first 2. The committee shall— nominated by the Senate, and two of the members first nominated by the Western Australian Branch of the (a) advise and recommend on information technology policy Australian Dental Association, shall hold office for three and planning matters; years. The four members to serve the three-year period shall (b) advise on major hardware and software initiatives and be chosen by lot. upgrades; and 6. The nominated members shall be appointed as from the (c) periodically review the maintenance of information first day of January in each year. technology standards. 3.(1)(a) The committee shall comprise: 7. The co-opted members shall end their terms of service on 31 December of the year in which they were co-opted. (i) the Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Provost or nominee as chair; 8. If the chair or any member of the committee or a co-opted (ii) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources) or member is absent without leave for three consecutive nominee; meetings or more than half the meetings in any one year, his or her position on the committee shall be taken to have been (iii) the Executive Director (Academic Services) and vacated and the authority which nominated him or her shall Registrar; be requested to submit an alternative nomination. (iv) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; 9. The committee may appoint sub-committees in which it (v) the University Librarian or nominee may include persons who are not members of the committee. (vi) the President of the Guild of Undergraduates or nominee; 10. Any funds of the committee shall be placed in a trust fund under the control of the University, and shall be used solely (vii) the Information Technology Executive Officer; for the promotion within the University and the dental (viii) a representative from each faculty/faculty group, profession of postgraduate and continuing dental education nominated by the Executive Dean; and research other than that leading to the higher degrees of (ix) three members of the academic or general staff with the University. demonstrated information technology skills, appointed by the Academic Board; and 11. Copies of all written communications from the committee to the Senate shall be sent to the Council of the Western (x) up to four members co-opted by the foregoing if required Australian Branch of the Australian Dental Association for to provide balance, specific expertise or desirable linkages such comment as the Council may think fit to address direct between committees. to the Senate. (b) Members appointed in terms of sub-paragraphs (a)(viii) and (ix) shall have a two-year term of office, but may be EQUAL OPPORTUNITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE reappointed. (c) Members appointed in terms of of sub-paragraph (a)(x) The membership of the Equal Opportunity Advisory shall have a one-year term of office, but may be reappointed. Committee shall be as follows: (2) The information Technology Executive Officer shall be Nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President as chair the Executive Officer of the committee. Executive Deans of the faculties or nominees Academic Staff Association nominee Information Technology Technical Community Public Sector Union nominee Advisory Group Status of Women Group nominee Director of the Centre for Aboriginal Programmes or 1. The Information Technology Technical Advisory Group shall nominee be a committee of the Information Technology Policy Guild of Undergraduates nominee Committee. Postgraduate Students’ Association nominee 2. The committee shall— Child Care Officer (a) identify policy issues for consideration by the Information Manager, Equity Technology Policy Committee; and
E14—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Other Boards and Committees
(b) provide technical advice to the Information Technology 2. The purpose of the committee is to allocate funds donated Policy Committee as required. to the University by the Orthopaedic Research and Education 3.(1) The committee shall comprise: Foundation from time to time for orthopaedic research and education, in particular for— (a) the Information Technology Executive Officer; (a) the promotion of research that is directed at under- (b) the Director, Administration Computing Services; standing the cause and sequelae of those disorders for which (c) a computer manager from each faculty/faculty group, patients consult orthopaedic surgeons; nominated by the Executive Dean; and (b) the encouragement of scholarship directed at ways and (d) a member of the Library staff with information tech- means of alleviating such disorders; nology skills, nominated by the Librarian. (c) the study of the rehabilitation and care of persons (2) Members appointed in terms of paragraphs (1)(c) and suffering from orthopaedic diseases; and (d) shall have a two-year term of office, but may be reappointed. (d) such other purposes connected with the understanding (3) The committee shall appoints its own chair. of orthopaedic diseases and the treatment of persons suffering therefrom as may be determined by the committee from time to time. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COMMITTEE 3. Grants and other assistance may be made or rendered by 1. The Intellectual Property Committee shall advise the Vice- the committee at its discretion to persons within or outside Chancellor and President on the implementation of the the University. University’s intellectual property policy in accordance with 4. The committee shall consist of: the Intellectual Property Regulations. (a) a chair; 2. The Intellectual Property Committee shall comprise: (b) three members of the Western Australian Branch of the (1)(a) the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) as Australian Orthopaedic Association, who must be in active chair; practice, nominated by that branch, provided that Sir George Bedbrook, if he is not the chair of the committee, shall be one (b) the Chair of the Academic Board; of these members during his lifetime for so long as he (c) the Executive Director (Finance and Resources) or chooses; nominee; (c) the Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery at The University (d) the President of the Postgraduate Students’ Association of Western Australia; or nominee; (d) two members appointed by the Senate of The University (e) two members of the academic staff appointed by the of Western Australia; Vice-Chancellor and President; (e) two members appointed by the Senate of The University (f) one member of the general staff appointed by the Vice- of Western Australia on the recommendation of the Faculty of Chancellor and President; Medicine and Dentistry. (g) up to two persons co-opted by the Intellectual Property The committee shall have the power to co-opt. Committee. 5.(a) The inaugural chair shall be Sir George Bedbrook. (2) Appointed and co-opted members shall have a two-year (b) When Sir George Bedbrook ceases to be chair, the chair term of office but may be reappointed or co-opted at the end shall be nominated jointly by the Vice-Chancellor and of that period if still qualified. President and the President of the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Orthopaedic Association. 3. The Intellectual Property Solicitor shall be the committee’s Executive Officer. 6.(1) Of the three members initially nominated by the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Orthopaedic Association 4. The Intellectual Property Committee shall normally meet one shall serve for one year, one for two years, and one for three times each year, after which the committee shall report three years. to the Vice-Chancellor and President only in general terms for reasons of confidentiality. (2) Of the two members initially appointed by the Senate one shall serve for one year and one for two years. 5. The Intellectual Property Committee, as part of its function, (3) After the expiry of the respective terms of office of those shall review all relevant matters determined by the Pro Vice- initially nominated or appointed to the committee the Chancellor (Research and Innovation), to ensure that proper following rules shall apply to other than ex-officio members: policy advice on intellectual property is developed. (a) the term of office of Senate appointees shall be two years; 6. The Intellectual Property Committee shall take action to (b) the term of office of the Western Australian Branch of resolve disputes arising from or as to the operation of this the Australian Orthopaedic Association appointees shall be policy, or as to any matter on which the operation of this three years; policy hinges, as set down in Regulation 11 of the Intellectual (c) the term of office of the chair, nominated jointly by the Property Regulations. Vice-Chancellor and President and the Western Australian Branch of the Australian Orthopaedic Association, shall be for 7. The Intellectual Property Committee exercises the power of up to three years; the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) as set down in Regulation 9 of the Intellectual Property Regulations in (d) nominated or appointed members shall be eligible to respect of any reference to it by the Vice-Chancellor and serve on the committee for no more than two consecutive President. terms.
8. All proceedings and papers of the Intellectual Property COMMITTEE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES Committee shall be kept strictly confidential. The terms of reference of the Committee for Persons with 9. Members may be required to sign a confidentiality Disabilites are— undertaking in either general terms or in relation to specific matters. 1. to identify the particular needs of students and other persons with disabilities in order to facilitate their full participation in University activities on campus; ORTHOPAEDIC RESEARCH AND 2. to advise the Executive Director (Finance and Resources) EDUCATION COMMITTEE on policy relating to the use of University facilities by people with disabilities; and 1. There shall be a committee called the ‘Orthopaedic Research and Education Committee’. 3. to monitor the effectiveness of policies and programmes relating to persons with disabilities.
E15—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Meetings Recreation Association and a co-opted University staff A meeting of the full committee will normally be held twice member who is also the University representative on the WA each semester plus others as required. Sports Centre Trust Board of Management. Terms of reference of the board are— Membership (a) Disability Officer; 1. to prepare an annual budget for the maintenance and operation of all sporting facilities for submission to the (b) Assistant to Disability Officer; Director, Office of Facilities Management; (c) Representative of Student Services; (d) Representative of the Library; 2. to monitor the implementation of the agreed budget by the Director, Office of Facilities Management and the Executive (e) Representative of Office of Facilities Management; Director, Sport and Recreation Association; (f) Representative of Human Resources; (g) President of the Guild or nominee; 3. to determine policy in regard to the use and operation of sporting facilities, having regard to the need to enhance the (h) Manager, Equity; sporting facilities, and the use of University grounds; (i) at least two student representatives; 4. to advise on the future development and expansion of (j) Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar or University sporting facilities; nominee; (k) Representative to be nominated by the executive dean of 5. to report to the Vice-Chancellor and President on these each faculty; matters. (l) Representative of the University residential colleges; The committee has the power to co-opt as required. THEATRES ADVISORY BOARD 1. The Theatres Advisory Board comprises a chair and seven members representing the School of Music, Theatres Studies, POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE the Academic Board, the Perth International Arts Festival, the 1. Under Clause 2 of its constitution, the purpose of the Office of Facilities Management, the Guild of Undergraduates committee is the promotion of postgraduate medical and the Theatres Manager. Membership of the advisory education, study and work and of clinical research in board reflects the importance of the performing arts on medicine. Clinical research in medicine does not include that campus and the University’s contribution to community carried out in University departments and leading to higher service. degrees of the University. 2. The role of the board is to represent the views of all users of 2. Under Clause 3 of its constitution the committee shall campus venues, including the general public, advise on consist of: policy relating to the use of all performing arts venues and provide advice to the Theatres Manager in broad policy areas. (a) a chair nominated jointly by the Vice-Chancellor and President and the President of the Western Australian Branch 3. The board meets a minimum of twice a year, the members of the Australian Medical Association; being able to request meetings if necessary. (b) four members nominated by the Senate; (c) four members nominated by the Western Australian UNIVERSITY SAFETY COMMITTEE Branch of the Australian Medical Association; (d) not more than three co-opted members who shall not 1. The role of the University Safety Committee is to— have voting power. (a) assist the University in complying with statutory occu- pational safety and health obligations and best practice SECURITY AND PARKING ADVISORY COMMITTEE requirements to provide safe workplaces and safe work practices; 1. The terms of reference of the Security and Parking (b) assist workplaces and individuals by supporting the Advisory Committee are— provision of occupational safety and health information, (i) to advise the Vice-Chancellor and President on broad instruction, training and financial assistance as required; policies in regard to the security and parking on campus; (c) provide an open forum to raise occupational safety and (ii) to advise the Vice-Chancellor and President on matters health issues and assistance with resolving such issues; which need to be referred to Senate for approval e.g. changes to the by-laws; (d) review and approve occupational safety and health policies, procedures and programmes for continuous improve- (iii) to advise the Vice-Chancellor and President annually on appropriate changes to the tariff of parking charges and fines ment in these areas; for infringements, for recommendation to Senate; (e) monitor occupational safety and health performance at the (iv) to ensure that short-term determinations for the security University; and parking on campus are properly integrated with long- (f) advise the University community of occupational safety term security and parking strategies; and and health responsibilities, performance and issues as required; (v) to consult regularly with the two Staff Associations and and the Guild of Undergraduates on matters affecting the interests (g) promote a culture of safety throughout the University. of campus users. 2.(1) The committee shall comprise: 2. The advisory committee shall consist of the Executive Director (Finance and Resources) as chair, the Executive (a) the Director, Human Resources or nominee; Director (Academic Services) and Registrar, the Director, (b) the Director, Office of Facilities Management or nominee; Office of Facilities Management, and shall have power to co- (c) the Director, University Health Services or nominee; opt. (d) two members of the academic staff, nominated by the Vice- Chancellor and President; SPORTING FACILITIES BOARD OF MANAGEMENT (e) one member nominated by and from the Departmental Administrative Managers Group; The board consists of: (f) six members nominated by and from the current University The Vice-Chancellor and President’s nominee as chair, the Safety and Health Representatives; and Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar, the (g) up to two co-opted members, provided that at least one is Director, Office of Facilities Management, the Head of the a current University Safety and Health Representative. Department of Human Movement and Exercise Science, the Sports Council President, the Executive Director, Sport and
E16—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Other Boards and Committees
(2) Members appointed under paragraphs (1)(f) and (g) shall 3. to maintain a record of all projects within the University have a one-year term of office, but may be reappointed. which involve storage and use of known and suspected chemical carcinogens and mutagens; 3.(1) The Chair and Deputy Chair shall be elected annually by and from the members. 4. to issue an updated list of carcinogens and mutagens which (2) The Chair of the meeting shall have an ordinary and a are in use within the University; casting vote. 5. to provide to the University community, information on 4. Six members present shall constitute a quorum. new developments involving carcinogenic and mutagenic substances; 5. The committee shall provide an annual report on its activities to the Vice-Chancellor and President. 6. to report and offer general advice to the University Safety Committee in the areas of carcinogenic and mutagenic substances. TERMS OF REFERENCE OF UNIVERSITY SAFETY COMMITTEE SUB-COMMITTEES RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE BIOSAFETY COMMITTEE 1. The committee shall be responsible for radiation safety in the University. The terms of reference of the Biosafety Committee are: 2. The committee shall consist of five members of staff chosen 1. The Biosafety Committee shall be responsible to the for experience in radiation safety work in the appropriate University Safety Committee for the duties required by the disciplines. current Genetic Manipulation Advisory Committee (GMAC) Guidelines. VENTILATION COMMITTEE For information the following are major responsibilities The terms of reference of the Ventilation Committee are— contained in section 3.3.5 of the 1989 Guidelines: 1. to have responsibility for the elimination of noxious and (a) the assessment of all proposals to establish potentially hazardous fumes generally within the University. This would biohazardous* procedures and situations undertaken or encompass existing installations, modifications to those existing with the University’s sanction and for ensuring that installations and proposals for new facilities; the highest safety standards and practices are observed; (b) the assessment of all proposals to establish potentially 2. to maintain an up-to-date awareness of the performance of biohazardous activities and their approval or rejection; existing fume cupboards and ventilation systems and to (c) reviewing applications for experiments as set out recommend to the University Safety Committee necessary elsewhere in the guidelines; modifications and improvements; (d) arranging and advising on the certification of containment 3. to report and offer general advice to the University Safety facilities for laboratories as set out elsewhere in the guidelines; Committee in the areas of safety ventilation and fume (e) ensuring, by at least annual inspection, that physical cupboard performance; containment facilities at all levels continue to meet require- ments, giving particular attention to air-conditioning, biosafety 4. to assess individual case priorities for improvements within cabinets, air-filters, autoclaves and the observance of general guidelines established by relevant Federal and State legislation, procedures set out elsewhere in the guidelines; Australian Standards and Codes of Practice concerning fume cupboards and ventilation systems. (f) maintaining a list of people working in laboratories requiring levels of containment and to ensure that new personnel are familiar with procedures at the relevant VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT’S PROMOTIONS containment level, and the correct use of laboratory equipment. AND TENURE COMMITTEE
2. The committee shall consist of: 1. The committee shall advise the Vice-Chancellor and (a) a chair, who shall be a microbiologist; President in connection with applications for the promotion (b) three members of the University staff appointed and and tenure of members of the academic staff. chosen for their expertise and experience; 2. The committee shall consist of the Vice-Chancellor and (c) the Executive Director of the Health Department of President’s nominee as chair together with six members of the Western Australia or nominee; academic staff of whom three members shall be nominated by (d) the Manager, Safety and Health Office (ex-officio). the Academic Board, two shall be appointed by the Vice- 3. The committee shall have the power to co-opt and appoint Chancellor and President and one shall be selected by the working groups. Vice-Chancellor and President from a panel of three names to be submitted by the Academic Staff Association. 4. As early as possible each year the committee shall submit a report, as required by the current Guidelines, to the University Safety Committee and the GMAC, on the activities of the BOARDS, COUNCILS AND COMMITTEES OF FOUNDATIONS Biosafety Committee during the previous year, including in particular information on l(d), l(e) and l(f) above and a list of See Constitution text under ‘Constitutions: Foundations’. current recombinant DNA proposals. CARCINOGENIC AND MUTAGENIC SUBSTANCES COMMITTEE The terms of reference of the Carcinogenic and Mutagenic Substances Committee are— 1. to maintain a database of known carcinogens and mutagens; 2. to provide guidance to departments in identifying chemical carcinogens and mutagens within their stocks of chemicals;
E17—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
CONSTITUTIONS: FOUNDATIONS
THE ARCHITECTURAL FOUNDATION •Donations OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA (c) solicit donations, gifts and bequests to the Foundation on behalf of the University; Name •Publications 1. The name of the Foundation is ‘The Architectural Foundation (d) recommend the printing of publications consistent with of The University of Western Australia’. these objects and the issue thereof; •Lectures Definitions (e) arrange for lectures, exhibitions and demonstrations; 2. In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires: •Visits ‘Foundation’ means The Architectural Foundation of The University of Western Australia. (f) assist in arranging visits to the University by specialists in architecture; ‘The Act’ means the University of Western Australia Act 1911. ‘University’ means The University of Western Australia as •Grants constituted by the Act. (g) recommend grants to the School of Architecture and Fine ‘Senate’ means the Senate of the University. Arts for any purpose whatsoever associated with the attainment of the above objects or any of them; ‘School of Architecture and Fine Arts’ shall consist of: (a) the professors and lecturers who hold full-time or 50 per •Liaison cent or greater fractional appointments in the School of (h) act as a link for liaison and co-operation between the Architecture and Fine Arts; School of Architecture and Fine Arts and the architectural profession; (b) the Executive Dean of each of the Faculties of Arts, Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, Science, and the Dean •Allied Organisations of the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, or their nominees; (i) subject to the concurrence of the Vice-Chancellor and (c) one member of the Western Australian Chapter of the President, enter into any arrangement with any organisation Royal Australian Institute of Architects nominated by that having objects similar to those of the Foundation; chapter; (j) do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the (d) two students elected annually by the Architectural student attainment of the above objects or any of them. body; and (e) such other persons as may from time to time be appointed Board by the Senate on the nomination of the foregoing and on the •Ratification recommendation of the Academic Board. 4. The control, management and conduct of the business and ‘Board’ means the Board of the Foundation. affairs of the Foundation shall be vested in the Board whose A ‘Degree in Architecture’ is one of the degrees in the School acts, decisions, directions, promises and agreements shall not, of Architecture and Fine Arts known as: except as provided by Clause 15 hereof, be binding on the (a) Bachelor of Environmental Design—BEnvDes University or the Foundation until ratified by the Senate to which the Board shall forward its recommendations direct. (b) Bachelor of Architecture—BArch (c) Bachelor of Fine Arts—BFA •Waiver 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 hereof, the (d) Bachelor of Landscape Architecture—BLArch Senate may waive the requirement of ratification both in (e) Master of Environmental Design—MEnvDes relation to specific matters or generally. No such waiver shall (f) Master of Building Science—MBldgSc be effective until the same shall have been communicated in (g) Master of Architecture—MArch writing under the hand of the Vice-Chancellor and President to the Board. (h) Master of Fine Arts—MFA (i) Master of Landscape Architecture—MLArch 6. The Board shall consist of: (j) Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts—MCur •Ex-officio Membership (k) Doctor of Architecture—DArch (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President; (l) Doctor of Philosophy under the General Regulations for (b) a member of Senate, nominated by the Senate; the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Arts; Words importing persons include companies, firms, corpor- (d) the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts; ations and unincorporated associations. (e) the President of the Western Australian Chapter of the Objects Royal Australian Institute of Architects; (f) the Vice-President (Education) of the Western Australian •Promotion Chapter of the Royal Australian Institute of Architects; 3. The objects of the Foundation shall be to assist the Senate (g) the representative on the Faculty of Arts from the Royal and the Vice-Chancellor and President in all matters associated Australian Institute of Architects; with the promotion of architectural education, study and (h) a member of the Faculty of Arts who is a member of the research within the University and in particular to— School of Architecture and Fine Arts; •Co-operation (i) if a member is eligible for more than one ex-officio (a) co-operate with the School of Architecture and Fine Arts position, an alternate should be appointed by the Foundation in the furtherance of architectural education, study and on the recommendation of the body not represented. research; •Nominees •Membership 7. The Vice-Chancellor and President, the member of the Senate (b) admit to membership of the Foundation persons, firms, and the President of the Western Australian Chapter of the companies and associations, whether incorporated or Royal Australian Institute of Architects may appoint nominees unincorporated and upon such terms consistent with these to act on their behalf at any meeting of the Board of objects as may be determined from time to time; Foundation.
E18—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Foundations
•Co-opted Membership •Special 8. The Board shall have the power to co-opt members. 21. The Board may at any time convene a special general •Removal meeting of the Foundation and shall convene such meetings on the requisition in writing of not less than five (5) members, 9. Members of the Board may retire or may be removed from but any special general meeting shall consider only the office on a resolution passed with a vote of at least two-thirds business which was the subject of the requisition. of the members of the Board, at a meeting which has been convened for the purpose and of which no less than twenty- •Notice one (21) days’ written notice shall have been given. 22. Not less than fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing of any •Frequency general meeting shall be given to the members of the Foundation and to the ex-officio members of the Board. 10. The Board shall meet at least twice a year and shall be convened by the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine •President Arts. 23. At each Annual General Meeting, the eligible voters shall •Chair elect a president who shall act until the election of his successor. 11. The Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts shall •Chair chair all meetings of the Board. 24. The Chair of all general meetings shall be the President or, in his absence, the Chair of the Board. Proceedings •Quorum •Quorum 25. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting 12. The Board shall regulate its meetings as it sees fit but, unless five (5) members are present personally or by until the Board determines otherwise, four members of the representation. Board including at least (2) non-university representatives shall constitute a quorum. •Voting 26. All members shall be entitled to vote at general meetings. •Majority 13. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a •Show of Hands majority of votes and, in the case of any equality of votes, the 27. At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote shall Chair shall have a second or casting vote. be decided by a show of hands, unless a request or a ballot is made by not less than three (3) persons present and entitled •Minutes to vote. 14. The Board shall cause minutes to be kept and recorded of all meetings and resolutions of the Board and general meetings •Declaration of the Foundation. 28. A declaration of the Chair of the meeting that the resolution has been carried or lost shall be conclusive. Delegated Powers •Adjournment 15. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 of this 29. The Chair may with the consent of any meeting at which a Constitution, the Board shall have the authority without the quorum is present adjourn the meeting to a date to be fixed, ratification of the Senate to— but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting (a) appoint project committees consisting of one or more other than the business left unfinalised at the meeting which persons (who need to be members of the Foundation) whose was adjourned. duty shall be to investigate and report to the Board on matters referred to them by the Board; Monies Received (b) prepare an audited balance sheet and statement of income •Vested in the University and expenditure for presentation at the Annual General Meeting of the Foundation; 30. All monies received, by or on behalf of, or as a result of the activities of the Foundation shall be vested in the University (c) appoint a person whose duty shall be to act as secretary and shall be held by the University upon trust in a fund to be to the Board, to keep and record all meetings and resolutions known as the Foundation Fund which, subject to the Act, of the Board and general meetings of the Foundation and to shall as to the capital and the income thereof be expended as carry out such other duties as the Board may direct. the Senate with the advice of the Council shall think fit for the •Power of Senate promotion of the objects of the Foundation but which shall 16. The Senate shall have the power on the expiration of otherwise be invested in accordance with the laws from time twenty-eight (28) days after service of a written notice to the to time in force governing the investment of trust property by Board to withdraw, revoke, amend or alter any of the delegated trustees. powers contained in Clause 15 hereof or any waiver pursuant to Clause 5 hereof, and thereafter those matters shall require Alterations to the Constitution the ratification of the Senate. 31. This Constitution may be added to, amended or repealed: •Annual Report •Two-thirds of the Board 17. The Board shall submit an annual report to the Senate. (a) by a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two- Membership of the Foundation thirds of the members of the Board present at a meeting specially convened for such purposes, of which not less than 18. The Board may from time to time determine the fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing has been given, provided qualifications for and the conditions of membership of the that no such addition, amendment or repeal shall have any Foundation and may admit persons to membership of the force or effect unless it has been approved by a general meeting Foundation. If any such person shall be a company, firm, of the Foundation and by the Senate; or corporation or unincorporated association, the rights, privileges •Senate and obligations attaching to membership shall be vested in a natural person who shall be nominated thereby as its or their (b) by the Senate following twenty-eight (28) days’ written representative. notice to the Chair of the Board. •Subscriptions Dissolution 19. The Board shall have the right, if necessary, to raise 32. In the event of dissolution of the Foundation the Foundation subscriptions from members. Fund shall become the absolute property of the University General Meetings of the Foundation and no member of the Foundation shall have any claim thereto or to any part thereof. •Annual 20. A general meeting of the Foundation shall be held annually.
E19—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
PROFESSOR RONALD M. AND (f) a trustee of the Estate of Catherine H. Berndt; and DR CATHERINE H. BERNDT RESEARCH FOUNDATION (g) up to five members co-opted annually by the foregoing. (2) If more than one ex-officio position is filled by the same The Professor Ronald M. and Dr Catherine H. Berndt Research person, the person concerned shall advise the Board of the Foundation was established from a sum of money bequeathed capacity in which he/she chooses to hold membership and to the University by Professor and Dr Berndt who, in 1956, the Board shall appoint an alternate to the second ex-officio established the discipline of Anthropology at The University position, after taking appropriate advice. of Western Australia initially as a centre within the Department (3) of Psychology and in 1963 as a separate department. The Ex-officio members may appoint nominees to act on Berndts’ field research focused on Aboriginal Australia and their behalf at any meeting of the sub-committee. their unique collaboration covered almost 50 years. The (4) When the Head of the Department of Anthropology is outstanding contribution which they made to Australian represented by a nominee, that nominee shall be the Chair. Anthropology was recognised by the University by the award to each of an Honorary Doctorate in Literature and the 6.(1) The sub-committee shall meet at least once a year and renaming of the Berndt Museum of Anthropology in their shall be convened by the Curator of the Berndt Museum of honour. Anthropology who shall also act in the capacity of secretary. The Foundation shall be administered in accordance with the (2) The sub-committee shall regulate its meetings as it sees following regulations: fit but three members from those listed in paragraphs 5(1)(a) to (f) shall constitute a quorum. 1. The name of the Foundation shall be the ‘Professor Ronald (3) Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined M. and Dr Catherine H. Berndt Research Foundation’. by a majority of votes and, in the case of any equality of 2. For the purposes of these regulations, unless the context votes, the Chair shall have a second or casting vote. otherwise requires: (4) The sub-committee shall cause minutes of all meetings ‘Anthropology’ refers collectively to the following: to be kept and shall forward these to the Board after each meeting. (a) the professors, associate professors, senior lecturers, lecturers, associate lecturers and tutors who hold full-time or 7.(1) All monies received, by or on behalf of, or as a result of fractional appointments in the Department of Anthropology the activities of the Foundation shall be vested in the at The University of Western Australia; University and shall be held by the University upon trust in a (b) staff who hold full-time or fractional appointments in fund to be known as the Professor Ronald M. and Dr the Berndt Museum of Anthropology; Catherine H. Berndt Research Foundation Fund. (2) (c) postgraduate students enrolled in the Department of The capital funds shall be invested in accordance with Anthropology at The University of Western Australia; the laws from time to time in force governing the investment of trust property by trustees. (d) staff and postgraduate students studying in the area of (3) ethno-archaeology and socio-linguistics in their relevant centres The funds available to the sub-committee for disburse- at The University of Western Australia. ment in each year shall be the interest from the capital sum in the fund, after capitalisation in accordance with Senate policy. ‘Bequest’ means the sum of money willed to The University of Western Australia for the purpose of establishing the 8.(1) Subject to paragraph 4(2)(a), the sub-committee shall Foundation. disburse the available funds at its discretion to promote the ‘Board’ means the Board of the Berndt Museum of Anthro- object of the Foundation, and in particular to— pology; (a) support Anthropology or any sub-group of Anthro- ‘Sub-committee’ means the sub-committee of the Board pology listed in Regulation 2 in the furtherance of social and established to administer the Foundation. cultural anthropological research in the area of Aboriginal Australia; 3. The object of the Foundation shall be to ensure that the (b) solicit donations, gifts and bequests to the Foundation funds available from the bequest are used for ‘encouraging on behalf of the University; and supporting research in the discipline of Australian (c) Aboriginal Social and Cultural Anthropology’ as specified in recommend and sponsor the printing of publications the terms of the bequest. consistent with these objects and the issue thereof, and to make a regular subvention to sponsor the publication of 4.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), the Board Anthropological Forum; of the Berndt Museum of Anthropology shall be responsible (d) arrange for lectures, exhibitions and demonstrations on to the Senate for the disbursement of funds available through the area of Aboriginal Australia; the Foundation in accordance with these regulations. (e) assist in arranging visits to The University of Western (2) The Board may delegate the management of the Australia by specialists in Aboriginal Australia; Foundation to a Foundation Sub-committee to be constituted (f) recommend grants to Anthropology or any sub-group as set out in Regulation 5, provided that: of Anthropology listed in Regulation 2 for the purpose of encouraging research in the discipline of Australian Aboriginal (a) the sub-committee shall submit minutes of all its meetings Social and Cultural Anthropology through visiting fellow- to the Board, and resolutions of the sub-committee shall not ships, postdoctoral fellowships and postgraduate scholarships; become effective unless endorsed by the Board; and (b) the Board may withdraw all or specific delegated powers (g) recommend financial support for Aboriginal and Torres from the sub-committee at any time; Strait Islander students enrolled in degree or diploma courses (c) the Board shall ensure that an Annual Report, including of The University of Western Australia, whether at an audited balance sheet and statement of income and postgraduate or undergraduate level, for the purpose of expenditure, is prepared and submitted to the Vice-Chancellor supporting the conduct of research in Anthropology. and President for reporting to the Senate each year. (2) The sub-committee shall take appropriate action to ensure that Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders are 5.(1) Subject to sub-regulations (2), (3), and (4), the Foundation encouraged to seek access to the opportunities offered by the Sub-committee shall comprise: Foundation. (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President; (3) The sub-committee may approve the use of funds to (b) the Head of the Department of Anthropology as chair; employ a person to assist the secretary with work relating to (c) the member of the staff of the Department of Anthro- the activities of the Foundation. pology nominated to the Board by the head of that department; (4) The sub-committee may, at its discretion, recapitalise (d) the Curator of the Berndt Museum of Anthropology; unspent income in any year, or carry it over into the funds (e) the Director of the Centre for Aboriginal Programmes; available for expenditure in the following year.
E20—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Foundations
(5) The sub-committee shall— Board (a) ensure that all researchers funded by the Foundation 4. The control, management and conduct of the business and adhere to established guidelines for ethical research; affairs of the Foundation shall be vested in a Board whose (b) do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the acts, decisions, directions, promises and agreements shall not, attainment of the objects listed in paragraphs 8(1)(a) to (g). except as provided by Clause 16 hereof, be binding on the University or the Foundation until ratified by the Senate. THE DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION OF THE 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4, the Senate may FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY OF waive the requirement of ratification in relation to specific matters or generally. No such waiver shall be effective until THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA the same shall have been communicated in writing, under the hand of the Vice-Chancellor and President, to the Board. Name 6. The Board shall consist of: 1. The name of the Foundation is ‘The Development Foundation of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry of The •Ex-officio University of Western Australia’. (a) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee; Definitions (b) a nominee of the Senate; (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and 2. In this Constitution unless the context otherwise requires: Dentistry. ‘Foundation’ means The Development Foundation of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry of The University of Western •Elected Australia. (d) six members elected from and by the full-time academic ‘The Act’ means the University of Western Australia Act 1911 staff in the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry; (as amended from time to time). (e) three members elected annually from and by the governors of the Foundation; ‘University’ means The University of Western Australia as constituted by the Act. (f) two members elected annually from and by the fellows and members of the Foundation. ‘Senate’ means the Senate of The University of Western Australia. 7. The members of the Board, other than ex-officio members, ‘Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry’ means that body defined shall be elected for a period of three years and shall not be by Statute No. 8 and Faculty Regulation. eligible to serve sequential terms. ‘Board’ means the governing board of the Foundation. 8. Those elected initially under (d) and (e) above shall serve terms of one, two and three years respectively decided by ‘Governor’ ‘fellow’ ‘member’ and ‘contributor’ mean those draw. Those elected initially under (f) above shall serve terms categories of subscriber to the Foundation as defined by Clause of two and three years respectively decided by draw. 20. ‘A Degree in Medicine or Dentistry’ is one of the degrees 9. The Board shall have the power to co-opt members on an listed in the regulations of the Faculty of Medicine and annual basis. Dentistry. 10. Members of the Board may (a) retire, or (b) be removed Words importing the singular number include the plural and from office by resolution of the Board passed with a vote of at vice versa. least two-thirds of its members, at a meeting which has been Words importing persons include companies, firms, corpor- convened for the purpose and of which no less than 21 days’ ations and unincorporated associations. written notice shall have been given. Objects 11. The Board shall meet at least twice a year. 3. The objects of the Foundation shall be to assist the Senate 12. The Board shall elect a chair from its non-University and the Vice-Chancellor and President in all matters associated members, on an annual basis. The Chair shall chair all meetings with the promotion and development of medical, dental and at which he or she is present. In the Chair’s absence the Board biological education, study and research within the Faculty of shall elect one of its members to chair the meeting. Medicine and Dentistry at The University of Western Australia, and in particular to— Proceedings (a) co-operate with staff of the constituent departments in 13. The Board shall regulate its meetings as it sees fit but, the furtherance of medical, biological and dental education, until the Board otherwise determines, the quorum for a study and research; meeting shall be five including at least two non-University (b) admit to membership of the Foundation persons, firms, representatives. companies and associations, whether incorporated or 14. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a unincorporated, and upon such terms consistent with these majority of votes and if voting is equal the Chair may exercise objects as may be determined from time to time; a casting vote. (c) attract and encourage donations, gifts and bequests to the Foundation on behalf of the University; 15. The Board shall cause minutes to be kept and recorded of (d) recommend the printing of publications consistent with all meetings of the Board. these objects and the issue thereof; (e) arrange for lectures, exhibitions and demonstrations; Delegated Powers (f) assist in arranging visits to the University by specialists 16. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 of this in Medicine, Dentistry or the Biological Sciences; Constitution the Board shall have the authority without (g) recommend grants to the Faculty of Medicine and ratification by the Senate to— Dentistry for any purpose whatsoever associated with the (a) appoint sub-committees consisting of one or more attainment of any of the objects; persons (who need not be members of the Foundation) whose (h) subject to the concurrence of the Vice-Chancellor and duty shall be to investigate and report to the Board on matters President, enter into any arrangement with any organisation referred to them by the Board; having objects similar to those of the Foundation; (b) prepare an audited balance sheet and statement of (i) do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the income and expenditure for presentation at the Annual General attainment of any of the objects. Meeting of the Foundation; (c) appoint a person whose duty it shall be to act as secretary to the Board, to keep and record the minutes of all meetings and resolutions of the Board and general meetings of the
E21—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Foundation and to carry out such other duties as the Board but no business shall be transacted at the reconvened meeting may direct. other than the business left unfinished at the adjourned meeting. 17. The Senate shall have the power on the expiration of 28 days after service by it of a written notice on the Board to Monies Received withdraw, revoke, amend or alter any of the powers granted under the provisions of Clause 16 hereof or waivers granted 33. All gifts, grants, bequests and contributions received, by pursuant to Clause 5 hereof, and thereafter those matters shall and on behalf of the Foundation, shall be vested in the require ratification by the Senate. University and shall be held by the University upon trust in a fund to be known as the Development Foundation of the 18. The Board shall submit an annual report to the Senate. Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry Fund which, subject to the Act, shall be expended as the Senate with the advice of the Membership of the Foundation Board shall think fit for the promotion of the objects of the 19. The Board may from time to time determine the Foundation but which shall otherwise be invested in qualifications for and conditions of membership of the accordance with the laws governing trusts. Foundation and may admit persons to membership of the Foundation. If any such person shall be a company, firm, Alterations to the Constitution corporation or unincorporated association, the rights, privileges 34. The Senate may add to, amend or repeal this constitution— and obligations attaching to membership shall be vested in a natural person who shall be nominated by it as its repre- (a) of its own motion following 28 days’ written notice to sentative. the Chair of the Board; or (b) after having considered a recommendation from the 20. (i) Voting Members Board made by resolution passed by a majority of not less Unless otherwise determined by the Board the categories of than two-thirds of the members of the Board present at a membership and the annual subscriptions to the Foundation meeting of which not less than 14 days’ notice has been given which shall be payable on admission to membership shall be: and approved at a general meeting of the Foundation. (a) governor not less than $5000 (b) fellow not less than $2000 Dissolution of the Foundation (c) member not less than $500 35. In the event of dissolution of the Foundation, the (d) contributor not less than $25 Development Foundation of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry Fund shall become the absolute property of the (ii) Non-Voting Members University and no member of the Foundation shall have any Members of the Board shall be non-voting members of the claim thereto or to any part thereof. Foundation unless subscribers under one of the above categories. THE ENGINEERING FOUNDATION OF THE 21. The subscription which shall be payable on admission to UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA life membership in any category shall be the annual subscription rate for the category multiplied by a factor of Name ten. 1. The name of the Foundation is ‘The Engineering Founda- General Meetings tion of The University of Western Australia’. 22. A general meeting of the Foundation shall be held annually. Definitions 23. The Board may at any time convene a special general 2. In this Constitution unless the context otherwise requires: meeting of the Foundation and shall convene such meetings on the requisition in writing of not less than five governors or ‘Foundation’ means The Engineering Foundation of The fellows, but any special general meeting shall consider only University of Western Australia. the business which was the subject of the requisition. ‘The Act’ means the University of Western Australia Act 1911. 24. Not less than 14 days’ notice in writing of any general ‘University’ means The University of Western Australia as meeting shall be given to governors, fellows, members and constituted by the Act. contributors of the Foundation and to the members of the ‘Senate’ means the Senate of the University. Board. ‘School of Engineering’ consists of the Engineering depart- ments of the University. 25. At each Annual General Meeting the eligible voters shall elect a president of the Foundation from the governors and ‘Council’ means the Council of the Foundation. fellows. Words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa. 26. The President shall chair all general meetings at which he or she is present. In the President’s absence the Chair of the Words importing persons include companies, firms, corpora- Board shall take the chair. tions and unincorporated associations. 27. No business shall be transacted at an general meeting unless Objects one-third of the total of governors, fellows, members and 3. The objects of the Foundation shall be to assist the Senate contributors are present personally or by representation. and the Vice-Chancellor and President in all matters associated with the promotion of engineering education, 28. The quorum for any general meeting shall be one-third of study and research within the University and in particular the number of subscribing members of the Foundation. to— 29. Only subscribers shall be entitled to vote at general (a) co-operate with staff of the School of Engineering, the meetings. Members of the Board who are not subscribers to Advisory Board in Engineering and the Engineering the Foundation may speak but not vote. Graduates’ Association in the furtherance of engineering education, study and research; 30. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote shall (b) admit to membership of the Foundation persons, firms, be decided by a show of hands, unless a request for a ballot is companies and associations, whether incorporated or made by not less than three persons present and entitled to unincorporated, and upon such terms consistent with these vote. objects as may be determined from time to time; 31. A declaration from the Chair of the meeting that a (c) solicit donations, gifts and bequests to the Foundation on resolution has been carried or lost shall be conclusive. behalf of the University; 32. The Chair may, with the consent of any meeting at which (d) recommend the printing of publications consistent with a quorum is present, adjourn the meeting to a date to be fixed these objects and the issue thereof;
E22—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Foundations
(e) arrange for lectures, exhibitions and demonstrations; 15. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a (f) assist in arranging visits to the University by specialists majority of votes and in the case of any equality of votes the in engineering; Chair shall have a second or casting vote. (g) recommend grants to the School of Engineering for any 16. The Council shall cause minutes to be kept and recorded purpose whatsoever associated with the attainment of the of all meetings and resolutions of the Council and general above objects or any of them; meetings of the Foundation. (h) subject to the concurrence of the Vice-Chancellor and President, enter into any arrangement with any organisation Delegated Powers of Council having objects similar to those of the Foundation; 17. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 of this (i) do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the Constitution the Council shall have the authority without the attainment of the above objects or any of them. ratification of the Senate to— Council (a) appoint sub-committees consisting of one or more persons (who need not be members of the Foundation) whose 4. The control, management and conduct of the business and duty shall be to investigate and report to the Council on affairs of the Foundation shall be vested in the Council whose matters referred to them by the Council; acts, decisions, directions, promises and agreements shall not except as provided by Clause 17 hereof be binding on the (b) prepare an audited balance sheet and statement of University or the Foundation until ratified by the Senate. income and expenditure for presentation at the Annual General Meeting of the Foundation; 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 hereof the (c) appoint a person whose duty shall be to act as secretary Senate may waive the requirement of ratification both in to the Council, to keep and record all meetings and relation to specific matters or generally. No such waiver shall resolutions of the Council and general meetings of the be effective until the same shall have been communicated in Foundation and to carry out such other duties as the Council writing under the hand of the Vice-Chancellor and President may direct. to the Council. 18. The Senate shall have the power on the expiration of 6. The Council shall consist of: twenty-eight (28) days after service of a written notice to the (a) The Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor and President, the Council to withdraw, revoke, amend or alter any of the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathe- delegated powers contained in Clause 17 hereof or any matical Sciences, the heads of the departments in the School waiver pursuant to Clause 5 hereof, and thereafter those of Engineering, the Chair of the Engineering Graduates matters shall require the ratification of the Senate. Association of The University of Western Australia, the 19. President of the Foundation and the immediate past Chair of The Council shall submit an annual report to the Senate. the Council, as ex-officio members. Membership of the Foundation (b) Governors and not more than ten (10) persons being members, associate members or honorary governors who 20. The Council may from time to time determine the shall be elected by ballot at each Annual General Meeting of qualifications for and the conditions of membership of the the Foundation. Foundation, and may admit persons to membership thereof as governors, honorary governors, members, associate 7. The Council shall elect a chair from among its members at members or contributors of the Foundation. If any such the Council’s first meeting after its election each year or person shall be a company, firm, corporation or unincor- otherwise at the first meeting after the office of chair shall fall porated association, the rights, privileges and obligations vacant. The Chair shall hold office until his successor is attaching to membership shall be vested in a natural person elected. who shall be nominated thereby as its or their representative. Reference herein to governors, honorary governors, members 8. The members of the Council, other than ex-officio or associate members shall be construed where appropriate as members, shall retire each year but shall be eligible for references to the respective representatives of their com- renomination and reappointment. panies, firms, corporations or unincorporated associations. 9. No person shall be eligible for nomination to the Council 21. The Senate may, on the recommendation of the Council, unless the person— appoint persons to be honorary governors of the Foundation (a) is a governor who is a retiring member of the Council; or for periods of up to three (3) years. (b) is a governor or member proposed for nomination by a 22. Unless otherwise determined by the Council the annual general meeting of the Foundation; or subscriptions to the Foundation which shall be payable on (c) is a governor, honorary governor, member or associate admission to membership shall be: member proposed for nomination by the Council. (a) by a governor, not less than $7500 10. Ex-officio members may appoint nominees to act on their (b) by a member, not less than $1500 behalf. (c) by an associate member, not less than $750 11. Members of the Council may attend general meetings of (d) by a contributor, not less than $75 the Foundation but shall not vote at such meetings unless (e) by an honorary governor, nil. qualified as governor, member or associate member of the Foundation. General Meetings 12. A member of the Council may retire and may be removed 23. A general meeting of the Foundation shall be held at least from office on a resolution passed by the members of the once a year. Council at a meeting convened for the purpose with a 24. The Council may at any time convene a special general quorum of at least one-third of the members thereof, of which meeting of the Foundation and shall convene such meeting no less than twenty-one (21) days’ written notice shall have on the requisition in writing of not less than five (5) been given. governors or members, but any special general meeting shall consider only the business which was the subject of the 13. The Council shall meet at least twice a year. requisition. Proceedings, Powers and Responsibilities of the Council 25. Not less than fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing of any general meeting shall be given to the governors, honorary 14. The Council shall regulate its meetings as it sees fit but, governors, members, associate members and contributors of until the Council otherwise determines, five (5) members of the Foundation and to the ex-officio members of the Council. the Council including at least two (2) non-University representatives shall constitute a quorum. 26. At each Annual General Meeting the eligible voters shall elect a president who shall act until the election of his successor.
E23—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
27. The Chair of all general meetings shall be the President or nomination of the Director of the School and having regard in that person’s absence the Chair of the Council. to the recommendation of the Academic Board. 28. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting ‘Graduate School of Management Board’ means the board unless five (5) governors or members are present personally established to advise the Director of the School. or by representation. ‘School’ means the Graduate School of Management of The University of Western Australia. 29. All members except contributors shall be entitled to vote at general meetings and they shall have votes in proportion to ‘Senate’ means the Senate of the University. subscriptions (i.e. associate members 1, members 2, governors ‘The Act’ means the University of Western Australia Act 1911 as 10). Honorary governors and ex-officio members of the amended. Council (unless qualified as governors or members) are not ‘University’ means The University of Western Australia as entitled to vote. constituted by the Act. 30. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote shall Words importing the singular number include the plural and be decided by a show of hands, unless a request or a ballot is vice versa. made by not less than three (3) persons present and entitled Words importing persons include companies, firms, corpora- to vote. tions and unincorporated associations. 31. A declaration of the Chair of the meeting that the resolution has been carried or lost shall be conclusive. Objects 3. The objects of the Foundation shall be to assist the University 32. The Chair may with the consent of any meeting at which a in matters associated with the encouragement and promotion quorum is present adjourn the meeting to a date to be fixed of excellence in education, study, teaching and research in the by the Chair, but no business shall be transacted at any school and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinalised at in particular to— the meeting which was adjourned. (a) co-operate with staff of the school, the Graduate School Received by the Foundation of Management Board and the Graduate Management Association in the furtherance of management, education, 33. All moneys received, by or on behalf of, or as a result of study, teaching and research; the activities of the Foundation, shall be vested in the University and shall be held by the University upon trust in a (b) admit to membership of the Foundation persons, firms, fund to be known as the Foundation Fund which, subject to companies and associations, whether incorporated or the Act, shall as to the capital and the income thereof be unincorporated, and upon such conditions and with such expended as the Senate with the advice of the Council shall privileges as may be determined from time to time; think fit for the promotion of the objects of the Foundation (c) solicit donations, gifts and bequests to the Foundation but which shall otherwise be invested in accordance with the on behalf of the University; laws from time to time in force governing the investment of trust property by trustees. (d) assist in or arrange the printing and dissemination of publications consistent with these objects; Alterations to the Constitution (e) sponsor or organise lectures, conferences and educational 34. This Constitution may be added to, amended or repealed: programmes consistent with these objects; (a) by a resolution passed by a majority of not less than (f) assist in the promotion of excellence in education, study, two-thirds of the members of the Council present at a teaching and research in the school by bringing to the meeting specially convened for such purposes, of which not University as visiting fellows or visiting lecturers, persons of less than fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing has been given, outstanding achievement in the field of management; provided that no such addition, amendment or repeal shall (g) help provide research funds, student scholarships and have any force or effect unless it has been approved by a bursaries for the school; general meeting of the Foundation and by the Senate; or (h) recommend to the Senate the application of funds (b) by the Senate following twenty-eight (28) days’ written received or raised through the activities of the Foundation to notice to the Chair of the Council. the promotion of teaching and research in the school and Dissolution of Foundation without restricting the generality of the foregoing in particular by— 35. In the event of dissolution of the Foundation the (i) the purchase of plant, equipment and materials for the Foundation Fund shall become the absolute property of the purpose; University and no member of the Foundation shall have any claim thereto or to any part thereof. (ii) the initiation and support of special projects which could not otherwise be funded; (iii) the development of new research activities; THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION (iv) the funding of research fellowship appointments; OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA (v) the funding of teaching fellowship appointments; (vi) the development of programmes of continuing Name education, special courses, seminars and symposia in fields of 1. The name of the Foundation is ‘The Graduate School of interest to the school and to industry, commerce and Management Foundation of The University of Western government; and Australia’. (vii) the construction or acquisition of premises, furniture and furnishings, including the residential accommodation for Definitions persons in attendance at courses of the school; 2. In this Constitution unless the context otherwise requires: (i) subject to the concurrence of the Vice-Chancellor and ‘Council’ means the Council of the Foundation. President, enter into any arrangements with any organisation having objects similar to those of the Foundation; ‘Foundation’ means The Graduate School of Management Foundation of The University of Western Australia. (j) do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the ‘Graduate Management Association’ means the association attainment of the above objects or any of them. formed for MBA alumni of the University. Council ‘Graduate School of Management’ shall consist of the Director of the School together with the professors, associate 4. The control, management and conduct of the business affairs professors, senior lecturers and full-time lecturers appointed of the Foundation shall be vested in the Council whose acts, to the school and such other persons as may from time to decisions, directions, promises and agreements shall not, except time be appointed by the Senate having regard to the as provided by Clause 16 of this Constitution, be binding on the University or the Foundation until ratified by the Senate.
E24—April/May 2000 Constitutions: Foundations
5. Notwithstanding the provision of Clause 4 above, the Senate (b) prepare an audited balance sheet and statement of may waive the requirement of ratification both in relation to income and expenditure for presentation at each Annual specific matters or generally. No such waiver shall be effective General Meeting of the Foundation; until it has been communicated in writing by the Vice- Chancellor and Principal to the Council. 17. The Senate shall have the power on the expiration of twenty-eight (28) days after service of a written notice to the 6. The Council shall consist of: Council to withdraw, revoke, amend or alter any of the delegated powers contained in Clause 16 above or any waiver (a)(i) the Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee; under Clause 5 of this Constitution following which decisions (ii) a nominee of the Senate; and actions of the Council shall require the ratification of the (iii) the Executive Dean of the Faculties of Economics & Senate. Commerce, Education and Law; 18. The Council shall submit an annual report to the Senate. (iv) the Director of the Graduate School of Management; (v) the Chair of the Graduate School of Management Board; Membership of the Foundation (vi) the Chair of the Finance Committee of the Graduate 19. The Council may from time to time determine the School of Management Board; qualifications for and the conditions of membership of the (vii) a nominee of the Graduate Management Association; Foundation, and may admit persons to membership of the (viii) the Secretary of the Foundation; Foundation as governors, fellows, members or contributors. If (ix) the President of the Foundation; any such person shall be a company, firm, corporation or unincorporated association the rights, privileges and (x) three members elected from and by the governors of the obligations attaching to membership shall be vested in a Foundation; natural person who shall be nominated thereby as its or their (xi) three members elected from and by the fellows and representative. Reference in this Constitution to governors, members of the Foundation. fellows, members and contributors shall be construed where (b) except that— appropriate as references to the respective representatives of (i) until the first general meeting of the Foundation is held their companies, firms, corporations or unincorporated an interim council shall have all of the powers assigned the associations. Council; 20. Unless otherwise determined by the Council the annual (ii) the interim council shall consist of members listed in subscriptions to the Foundation which shall be payable on Clause 6(a)(i) to (ix). admission to membership shall be: 7. The members elected to the Council pursuant to Clause (a) by a governor, not less than $5000 6(a)(xi) and Clause 6(a)(xii) shall be elected for a period of (b) by a fellow, not less than $2000 three years except that in the first instance in each category the person receiving the most number of votes shall be elected (c) by a member, not less than $500 for three years, the person receiving the next highest number (d) by a contributor, not less than $50. of votes shall be elected for two years and the third person shall be elected for one year. 21. The subscription which shall be payable on admission to life membership in any category shall be the minimum annual 8. The Chair of the Graduate School of Management Board subscription rate for the category multiplied by a factor of shall be the Chair of the Council. If that person is unwilling or ten. unable to act at any meeting, the members present shall elect a chair. 22. Any member of the Foundation may withdraw from the Foundation by giving notice in writing to the Council. 9. The members of the Council, other than the ex-officio members, shall be eligible for renomination and re-election. General Meetings 10. Casual vacancies among the elected members of the Council 23. A general meeting of the Foundation shall be held annually may be filled by co-option by the Council. at a time and place determined by the Council. 11. No person shall be eligible for election to the Council or to 24. The Council may at any time convene a special general remain an elected member of the Council unless that person meeting of the Foundation on its own motion or on the is a financial member of the Foundation. requisition in writing of not less than five governors or fellows, but any special general meeting shall consider only the Meetings of the Council business which was the subject of the motion or requisition. 12. The Council shall meet at least once a year and at such 25. Not less than fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing of any other times as it determines. general meeting shall be given to each member of the Foundation and to members of the Council. 13. Five members of the Council including at least two members from those listed in Clause 6(ix) to (xi) shall constitute 26. Every financial member of the Foundation shall be entitled a quorum. to attend any general meeting. 14. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a 27. Only subscribers shall be entitled to vote at general majority of votes and in the case of any equality of votes the meetings. Other than as provided by Clause 19 proxy votes Chair may exercise a second or casting vote. shall not be exercised. Members of the Council who are not subscribers to the Foundation may attend and speak at general 15. The Council shall cause minutes to be kept of all meetings meetings but may not vote. and resolutions of the Council and general meetings of the Foundation but the Council shall otherwise regulate 28. At each Annual General Meeting the eligible voters shall proceedings at its meetings and at meetings of the Foundation. elect a President of the Foundation from the governors and The Secretary of the Graduate School of Management Board fellows. shall act as secretary to the Council and to the Foundation. 29. The President shall chair all general meetings at which he Delegation of Powers of the Council or she is present. In the President’s absence the Chair of the 16. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 of this Council shall take the chair. If neither is present the members Constitution the Council shall have the authority without the present shall elect a chair. ratification of the Senate to: 30. The quorum for any general meeting shall be 15 per cent (a) appoint sub-committees consisting of one or more of the number of subscribing members of the Foundation. persons (who need not be members of the Foundation) whose duty shall be to investigate and report to the Council on matters referred to them by the Council;
E25—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
31. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote shall Alterations to the Constitution be decided by a show of hands, unless a request for a ballot is 33. This Constitution may be added to, amended or repealed: made by not less than three persons present and entitled to vote. (a) by a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of the Council present at a meeting Monies Received specially convened for such purposes, of which not less than fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing has been given, provided 32. All gifts, grants, donations, bequests and contributions that no such addition, amendment or repeal shall have any received, by and on behalf of, or as the result of the activities force or effect unless it has been approved by a general meeting of the Foundation, shall be vested in the University and shall of the Foundation and by the Senate; or be held by the University upon trust in a fund to be known as ‘The Graduate School of Management Foundation Fund’ (b) by the Senate following no less than twenty-eight (28) which, subject to the Act, shall as to the capital and the income days’ written notice to the Chair of the Council. thereof, be expended as the Senate with the advice of the Council thinks fit for the promotion of the objects of the Dissolution of the Foundation Foundation but which shall otherwise be invested in 34. In the event of dissolution of the Foundation, the Graduate accordance with the laws from time to time in force governing School of Management Foundation Fund shall become the the investment of trust property by trustees. absolute property of the University and no member of the Foundation shall have any claim thereto or to any part thereof.
E26—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
AUSTRALIAN MUSIC EXAMINATIONS BOARD (WA STATE BRANCH) GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE
1. DEFINITIONS 3. STATE MANAGER ‘AMEB’ is the Australian Music Examinations Board. 3.1 Appointment of State Manager ‘AMEB(WA)’ is the Western Australian branch of AMEB. The State Manager of AMEB(WA) shall be appointed by a ‘The School of Music’ is the School of Music at The University selection committee comprising at least three members of of Western Australia. AMEB(WA) including the State Chair. ‘The State Chair’ is the State Chair of AMEB(WA) appointed in terms of Clause 2. 3.2 Responsibilities of State Manager ‘The Advisory Committee’ is the AMEB(WA) Advisory The State Manager shall be responsible to AMEB(WA), Committee, established in terms of Clause 4. through the State Chair, for: (a) the management, administration and day-to-day 1.1 AFFILIATION operations of the AMEB(WA) office including academic, AMEB(WA) shall be affiliated to The University of Western financial, planning and staffing matters; and Australia through the School of Music in accordance with the (b) the provision of secretarial and executive support for provisions of Statute No. 21. meetings of AMEB(WA) and the AMEB(WA) Advisory Committee. 1.2 COMPOSITION 4.AMEB(WA) ADVISORY COMMITTEE AMEB(WA) shall comprise: 4.1 Functions (a) the State Chair (as chair); There shall be an AMEB(WA) Advisory Committee which (b) a nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and President; shall have the following functions: (c) two members appointed by and from the Advisory (a) to receive reports from AMEB(WA); Committee; (b) to report through the State Chair to AMEB as required; (d) one member appointed annually by the State Chair; and (c) to take such action as it deems appropriate to promote the (e) up to one member co-opted by the foregoing members. best interests of AMEB(WA).
1.3 ROLE 4.2 Membership (1) In accordance with the provisions of Statute No. 21— The Advisory Committee shall comprise: (a) the principal role of AMEB(WA) shall be to ensure that (a) the State Chair; public examinations in music, and in speech and drama, are (b four examiners who are resident in Western Australia and held in Western Australia in accordance with AMEB who have been engaged in examining in the two years regulations; immediately prior to their appointment, nominated by the (b) AMEB(WA) may also involve itself from time to time in Head of the School of Music for a period of three years; other activities in support of education in music and in speech (c) four members representing the specialist panels, and drama. nominated by the Head of the School of Music for a period of two years; (2) Within the overall role set out in Statute No. 21, (d) one member nominated by the WA Music Teachers’ AMEB(WA) shall be responsible for the following, within the Association for a period of three years; context of national guidelines set by AMEB: (e) one member nominated by the WA Speech Teachers’ (a) monitoring the operations of the AMEB(WA) office; Association for a period of three years; (b) monitoring income and expenditure; (f) one member nominated by the Australian Society of (c) setting financial policies; Music Education (WA Chapter) for a period of two years; (d) authorising the annual budget; (g) one member nominated by the WA Academy of Performing Arts for a period of two years; and (e) setting the policy framework for examinations; (h) up to six additional members co-opted by the foregoing (f) monitoring examination standards; for a period of one year. (g) authorising the award of prizes and scholarships; and (h) reporting, as required, to its Advisory Committee. 4.3 CHAIR The committee shall elect a chair from among the nominated 1.4 MEETINGS members. AMEB(WA) shall meet at least six times per year. 4.4 MEETINGS 2. STATE CHAIR The Advisory Committee shall meet at least four times in each The State Chair of AMEB(WA) shall be the Head of the School year. of Music, or nominee approved by Senate.
E27—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE 1
1 For information on the governance and structure of faculties not 2.1.1 Reporting procedures listed, contact the relevant Faculty Executive Officer or Faculty Administrative Officer. (1) By Senate Resolution 102/93 the Executive Dean is required to report biennially to the Senate through the Academic Council, on the Faculty’s achievements against the FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE Faculty plan. (2) The Executive Dean’s report shall be presented to the FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE Faculty whose comments shall be submitted to Academic Council at the same time as the Executive Dean’s report. 1. FACULTY 2.2 DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DEAN 1.1 MEMBERSHIP Clause 11 of Statute No. 8 provides that: The membership of the Faculty is as prescribed in Statute No. 8 and in the Faculty Handbook. (1) The Vice-Chancellor and President shall, after taking appropriate advice appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean 1.2 POWERS and Dean of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the Executive Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive The powers of the Faculty are set out in Statute No. 8. In Dean or Dean. addition, the Faculty of Agriculture shall have the following responsibilities: (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be appointed for a period of at least one academic year. (1) To recommend to the Executive Dean— (a) the Faculty’s budget for the following year, after 2.3 ASSOCIATE DEANS obtaining advice from the Faculty Executive Committee; (1) Clause 12 of Statute No. 8 provides that: (b) the planned five-year budget outline, after obtaining An Executive Dean or Dean of a faculty may, with the advice from the Faculty Executive Committee; approval of the Academic Board and Senate, delegate any of (c) policy for the use of bequest funds; the duties and responsibilities of the office to other officers or (d) the Faculty’s strategic plan; members of the Faculty for a specified period. (e) policy for scholarships, prizes and awards given (2) By R44/93, the Faculty resolved that three positions of through the Faculty within the constraints of bequest Associate Dean be established with responsibility for the co- provisions or donors’ wishes; ordination of the individual undergraduate degrees. (f) policy for capital expenditure/equipment, after (3) In accordance with Senate Resolution 337(5)/93, obtaining advice from the Faculty Executive Committee. Associate Deans shall be appointed from within the Faculty by a selection process determined by the Executive Dean in (2) To determine policy on academic issues referred to it by consultation with the Faculty. the Faculty Academic Committee. (4) The Associate Deans have delegated powers to— 1.3 MEETINGS (a) make decisions on particular student cases, within (1) Meetings shall be held— University and/or Faculty policy, on such matters as credits, deferred examinations and status; (a) at least once in each academic year; (b) provide advice and recommendations to the Executive (b) within ten working days of the service on its Executive Dean, heads of groups, Faculty, the Board of Examiners and Dean of a requisition signed by at least six members of the other various committees on matters of student-related Faculty and containing a statement of the matters to be policy. discussed; and (c) whenever the Executive Dean sees fit. 2.4 SENIOR FACULTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER (2) The agenda for a meeting will be sent to members at In accordance with Clause 12 of Statute No. 8 the Executive least three working days before the meeting date. Dean has delegated to the Senior Faculty Administrative (3) The conduct of Faculty meetings shall be governed by Officer the following duties in relation to student matters: the relevant clauses in Statute No. 8. (a) provision of advice to students and prospective students on a wide range of matters relating to admission, 1.4 QUORUM enrolment and examinations; In terms of Clause 6 of Statute No. 8, one third of the (b) provision of general advice to students on study membership of the Faculty or 25 members whichever is the problems, and other problems affecting their capacity to lesser shall constitute a quorum. benefit from University studies, and/or referral of students for appropriate professional help; 2. FACULTY OFFICERS (c) monitoring and reporting to the Associate Deans and to Faculty on various student-related matters, such as attrition 2.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN rates and unit pass rates. (1) The role of the Executive Dean is as prescribed by Senate Resolution 102/93 which provides that Executive 3. FACULTY COMMITTEES Deans have— 3.1 FACULTY ACADEMIC COMMITTEE (a) a Faculty executive role such that they will be bound by Faculty resolutions that cover research, teaching, academic 3.1.1 Functions structures and academic processes; and There shall be a Faculty Academic Committee which shall— (b) delegated authority from the Vice-Chancellor and President to manage University resources and to implement (a) provide advice to the Faculty on all academic matters Faculty plans, University policies and priorities. relating to the Faculty’s undergraduate degrees; (b) consider matters referred by the Higher Degrees (2) The extent to which the Faculty’s resolutions are Examinations Committee; binding on the Executive Dean is detailed in the minutes of the Academic Board meeting of 17 March 1993.
E28—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
(c) provide advice to the Faculty on all matters relating 3.3.2 Membership to postgraduate and preliminary applications and courses The individual councils shall comprise: (excluding PhD); (a) the Associate Dean of Agriculture and Animal Science, (d) consider recommendations from the Faculty Horticulture, Viticulture and Landscape Management or Advisory Councils and provide advice to Faculty on such Natural Resource Management as appropriate; recommendations; (b) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer; (e) provide advice to the Faculty on the recruitment of prospective students, both at the undergraduate and (c) industry representatives (the number and postgraduate level; representatives to be decided by Faculty); (f) scrutinise all proposals for new units taught by the (d) two undergraduate students; Faculty or jointly with other faculties; (e) one postgraduate student; (g) assess course developments in the Faculty and make (f) other persons as deemed appropriate by the recommendations to the Faculty; Executive Dean. (h) receive recommendations from the Faculty 3.3.3 Chair Development Committee. The Chair of each of the advisory councils shall be a 3.1.2 Membership representative appointed by the Faculty on the recom- (1) The committee shall comprise: mendation of the appropriate Associate Dean. (a) the Executive Dean; 3.4 FACULTY EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (b) the Associate Deans; 3.4.1 Membership (c) two postgraduate students; The committee shall comprise: (d) two undergraduate students; (a) the Executive Dean as chair; (e) the Faculty Executive Officer; (b) the Heads of Groups in the Faculty; (f) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer. (c) the Technical Administrative Officers; (2) The committee shall have the power to co-opt (d) the Faculty Executive Officer; additional individuals as members to provide representation (e) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer; across all faculty groups. (f) Directors of the Co-operative Research Centres of the 3.1.3 Chair Faculty or nominees. The Executive Dean shall be Chair of the Committee. In the 3.4.2 Functions absence of the Executive Dean from any meeting, one of the Associate Deans shall preside. The committee shall have responsibility for— (a) providing advice to the Faculty on policies for 3.1.4 Meetings resource allocation; The committee shall normally meet once every two months or (b) advising the Executive Dean on management of the as required. University resources under the control of the Faculty.
3.2 HIGHER DEGREES EXAMINATIONS COMMITTEE 3.5 FACULTY ADVISORY BOARD 3.2.1 Functions The Advisory Board shall be governed by the following constitution as resolved by Academic Council R29/94. The function of the committee is to oversee the examination of candidates for postgraduate degrees of the Faculty 1. The Faculty of Agriculture Advisory Board shall comprise: (excluding PhD) and to classify theses submitted for (a) a chair who is external to the University, recommended examination. by the Faculty and approved by the Chair of the Academic 3.2.2 Membership Board; The committee shall comprise the Executive Dean as chair, (b) the Chairs of the Faculty Advisory Councils in the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School and such Agriculture and Animal Science, Horticulture, Viticulture and members as the Faculty Academic Committee may Landscape Management, and Natural Resource Management; recommend provided such members— (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture; (a) possess a Doctor of Philosophy qualification; (d) the Deputy Executive Dean of the Faculty of (b) possess considerable experience at a senior level; Agriculture; (c) provide some continuity of membership; (e) one member of the Faculty, other than the Executive Dean and Deputy Executive Dean, elected by the Faculty; (d) are representative of the range of expertise in which postgraduate study will be undertaken; (f) up to eight members appointed by the Faculty with special expertise in research, production or marketing in the (e) include one member who is external to the University rural sciences industries; and who is a professional in an area associated with the Faculty. (g) the Director of Muresk Institute of Agriculture; (h) the director or nominee of each co-operative research 3.3 FACULTY ADVISORY COUNCILS IN AGRICULTURE AND ANIMAL centre attached to the Faculty of Agriculture; SCIENCE, HORTICULTURE, VITICULTURE AND LANDSCAPE (i) the Chief Executive Officer of Agriculture Western MANAGEMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Australia. 3.3.1 Functions (2) The members of the Advisory Board referred to in The councils will be responsible for— paragraphs 1(a) and 1(f) shall hold office for three years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible for re- (a) providing advice to Faculty on teaching and research appointment. activities; (b) maintaining close links with industry for the area of 2. The Advisory Board shall provide advice to the Faculty of study; Agriculture on the strategic direction of its future development including: (c) assisting the Faculty to enhance its standing with prospective students, industry and the wider community. (a) recommendations from the Faculty Advisory Councils on matters relating to the objectives of the Faculty’s degree courses, in particular the type of graduates the Faculty should be producing;
E29—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) the directions and scope of the Faculty’s research 3.9 FACULTY DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE programmes; (c) the directions and scope of the Faculty’s consulting and 3.9.1 Functions continuing education areas; The functions of the committee shall be to— (d) the direction and scope of other community-related (a) promote the Faculty and its courses to the public both activities of the Faculty; in Australia and overseas; (e) relationships between the Faculty and relevant (b) recruit students at both undergraduate and post- professional or community groups and employers; graduate level; (f) the overall functioning of the Faculty, with particular (c) increase the quality of undergraduate and post- reference to its future development to meet emerging and graduate students. anticipated needs; 3.9.2 Membership (g) other matters it sees fit to comment on. The membership shall comprise: 3. Recommendations of the Advisory Board shall be (a) the Executive Dean as chair; transmitted by the Executive Dean to the next meeting of the Faculty. (b) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer (c) the Associate Deans; 4. Meetings of the Advisory Board shall be held whenever the Chair sees fit and preferably once each year. (d) two undergraduate student representatives; (e) two postgraduate student representatives; 3.6 MSc (NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT) (f) co-opted representatives as decided by the committee. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
3.6.1 Functions The function of the committee is to assess the suitability of FACULTY OF ARTS applicants for the degree of Master of Science in Natural At its meeting of 26 April 1993, the Senate adopted a new Resource Management. structure of governance of the University. By R171/93 a revised Faculty of Arts was established, incorporating the 3.6.2 Membership former Faculty of Architecture. The membership of the The committee shall comprise: revised Faculty was approved by Senate Resolution 217/93. (a) the Executive Dean (chair); By R11/96 of the Faculty of Arts the following statement of Faculty governance and structure was approved. (b) the Co-ordinator of the Master of Science in Natural Resource Management programme; FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE (c) co-opted members as determined by the Executive Dean; 1. FACULTY (d) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer. 1.1 MEMBERSHIP 3.7 UNDERGRADUATE SELECTION COMMITTEE The membership of the Faculty is as prescribed in Clause 4 of 3.7.1 Functions Statute No. 8 and in the Faculty Regulations. The committee is responsible for the selection of applicants 1.2 POWERS into the Faculty’s undergraduate degrees in the following categories: The powers of the Faculty are set out in Clause 5 of Statute No. 8. (a) non-standard first-year enrolment; (b) students transferring into second and higher years; 1.3 MEETINGS (c) second degree enrolments; (1) Meetings shall be held— (d) re-enrolments after unsatisfactory progress. (a) at least once in each academic year, normally on the afternoon of the first Monday following cessation of second 3.7.2 Membership semester classes; The committee shall comprise: (b) within ten working days of the service on the Executive (1)(a) the Associate Deans; Dean, or Executive Officer, of a requisition signed by at least (b) the Senior Faculty Administrative Officer; six members of the Faculty and containing a statement of the matters to be discussed; (c) the Chair of the Matriculation and Admissions Committee (or nominee); (c) whenever the Executive Dean sees fit. (2) The Chair of the committee shall be elected by the (2) The conduct of Faculty meetings shall be governed by Associate Deans. the relevant clauses in Statute No. 8.
3.8 BOARD OF EXAMINERS 1.4 QUORUM In terms of Clause 6 of Statute No. 8, 25 members present shall 3.8.1 Functions constitute a quorum. In accordance with General Regulation 15 the function of the Board of Examiners is to consider the results of examinations 1.5 NOTICE OF MEETINGS and report them to the Registrar for publication and recording. Except for meetings held under the provisions of 1.3(1)(b) items for the full Faculty will normally be published ten Membership working days before the meeting. The membership shall comprise: 2. FACULTY OFFICERS (a) the Executive Dean (chair); (b) members of the Faculty of Agriculture involved in 2.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN that year’s teaching; (1) The role of the Executive Dean is as prescribed by (c) departmental representatives appointed by the Senate Resolution 102/93 which states: Executive Dean. (a) . . . (b) that Executive Deans have—
E30—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
(i) a Faculty executive role such that they will be bound by the Faculty Board be advisory to the Executive Dean/Dean Faculty resolutions that cover research, teaching, academic on resource matters; structures and academic processes; and (iii) that the composition of the Faculty Board be (ii) delegated authority from the Vice-Chancellor and determined by Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty President to manage University resources and to implement to Academic Council. Faculty plans, University policies and priorities. (2) The sense in which the Faculty’s resolutions are binding 3.1 MEMBERSHIP on the Executive Dean is explained in the minutes of the The Faculty Board shall comprise: Academic Board meeting of 17 March 1993. (a) the Executive Dean; 2.1.1 Reporting Procedures (b) the Sub-Dean; (1) By Senate Resolution 102/93 the Executive Dean is (c) the Associate Sub-Dean; required to report biennially to the Senate through the (d) the heads of the following schools: Academic Council, on the Faculty’s achievements against the Faculty plan. (i) Schools (2) The Executive Dean’s report is presented to the Architecture and Fine Arts Faculty whose comments are submitted to Academic Council Humanities at the same time as the Executive Dean’s report. Music Social and Cultural Studies 2.1.2 DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DEAN (ii) Subject to paragraph (iii), either the heads of Clause 11 of Statute No. 8 provides that: departments 1 in Group A or those in Group B, appointed in rotation, normally for periods of two years except in special (1) The Vice-Chancellor and President shall, after taking circumstances where the Faculty board may approve a appropriate advice, appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean different term: and Dean of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the Executive Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive Group A Group B Dean or Dean. English History (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be Anthropology Social Work and Social Policy appointed for a period of at least one academic year. Philosophy Political Science Asian Studies European Languages and Studies Linguistics Classics and Ancient History 2.2 SUB-DEAN 1 In accordance with Clause 12 of Statute No. 8, the Executive In this document wherever the term ‘departments’ has been used in a Dean has chosen to delegate to a Sub-Dean the following generic sense, it shall be taken to include departments, schools and centres. duties in relation to student matters: (iii) If no such head of department exists the members of a (a) provide advice to students and prospective students department shall choose a representative. (usually, but not necessarily exclusively, undergraduate students) on a wide range of matters relating to admission, (e) seven members elected from the Faculty, other than enrolment and examinations; heads or acting heads of departments; (b) provide general advice to students on study problems, (f) three student members nominated as follows: and other problems affecting their capacity to benefit from (i) two undergraduate students nominated by the their University studies, and/or refer them for appropriate undergraduate student body; professional help; (ii) one postgraduate student nominated by the (c) make decisions on particular student cases, within postgraduate student body; University and/or Faculty policy, on such matters as credits, (g) the Faculty Executive Officer; deferred examinations; (h) the Senior Administrative Officer; (d) provide advice and recommendations to the Executive (i) Dean, heads of departments, the Faculty Board, the Board of the representative of the administrative, secretarial and Examiners and other various committees on matters of technical staff elected to membership of the Faculty; student-related policy; and (k) up to three co-opted members chosen by the Board (e) monitor and report to the Faculty on various student- from any of the categories of membership of the Faculty to related matters, such as attrition rates and unit pass rates. ensure equal opportunity for all Faculty members, representation from at least one of the non-resourced 2.2.1 Method of Appointment departments and from any other area which the Faculty Board considers desirable. The Sub-Dean is appointed in accordance with the University’s standard procedures for the selection of 3.2 MEETINGS academic staff. (1) Chair 2.3 ASSOCIATE SUB-DEAN (a) Meetings shall be chaired by the Executive Dean or, in In accordance with Clause 12 of Staute No. 8, the Executive his or her absence, by the Deputy Executive Dean. Dean has chosen to delegate to an Associate Sub-Dean (b) If both the Executive Dean and the Deputy Executive responsibility to assist the Sub-Dean with student-related Dean are absent, the members present shall determine which matters. one of them shall take the chair. 2.3.1 Method of Appointment (2) Quorum The Associate Sub-Dean is appointed by the Senate on the recommendation of the Executive Dean. Nine members present shall constitute a quorum. 3.3 TERMS OF OFFICE 3. FACULTY BOARD Members’ terms of office are as follows: By R104/93 the Senate resolved— (a) Heads of Departments—two years; (i) that faculties have faculty boards which shall be responsible to the Faculty for the conduct of all Faculty (b) other academic staff members—two years, to be eligible business (except constituting the Faculty Board); for re-election for one further term of two years; (ii) that resolutions of the Faculty Board that relate to (c) student members—one year, eligible for re-election for research, teaching, academic structures and academic two further periods of one year. processes, be binding on the Executive Dean/Dean, and that
E31—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
3.4 METHOD OF ELECTION (d) three members of different departments or units resourced by the Faculty, other than heads or acting heads of (1) Elections for the Faculty Board are held annually at the departments or schools, appointed by the Faculty Board on full meeting of the Faculty normally to be held on the first the nomination of the Executive Dean, chosen for their proven Monday following cessation of second semester classes. managerial experience or demonstrated managerial potential (2) No more than two persons may be elected from any one and with the intention of maintaining a balance of older and department. younger members, male and female staff, and a breadth of (3) Heads of departments are not permitted to nominate disciplines. the elected members of the Faculty Board but are permitted to (2) The committee shall have the power to co-opt. vote in these elections. (3) Members shall hold office for two years and may be 3.5 SAFEGUARDS reappointed. (1) The Faculty retains the right to withdraw delegation 4.3 ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE from the Faculty Board. 4.3.1 Functions (2) Agenda and minutes of all Board meetings shall be circulated to Board members and other members of the The committee is entrusted with selection into the Faculty’s Faculty. undergraduate degrees in the following categories: (3) Although copies of agenda and minutes circulated to (a) non-standard first-year enrolments; non-Board members will not normally include attachments, a (b) selection of students transferring into second and full copy with all attachments will be sent to each higher years; departmental secretary for perusal by staff. (c) second degree enrolments; (4) Any member of the Faculty may ask to attend a meeting (d) dual enrolments; of the Board at which matters of concern to the individual or (e) re-enrolments after unsatisfactory progress. to his or her department are to be discussed. 4.3.2 Membership 4. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD (1) The committee shall comprise: 4.1 HIGHER DEGREES COMMITTEE (a) the Executive Dean or nominee (chair); (b) the Sub-Dean; 4.1.1 Functions (c) the Chair of the Matriculation and Admissions The committee has all powers of Faculty concerning— Committee (or nominee); (a) student applications to enrol in postgraduate and (d) the Admissions Officer; preliminary courses (excluding PhD); (e) two members of the Faculty Board nominated by the (b) determination of eligibility for awards. Associate Dean. 4.1.2 Membership (2) The committee shall have the power to co-opt (1) The committee shall comprise: representatives from the Schools of Architecture and Fine Arts, Music and the Department of Social Work and Social (a) The Executive Dean or nominee (chair); Policy for admissions to the relevant degree courses of these (b) the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School; schools and department. (c) one member of the Schools of Architecture and Fine (3) The committee shall have the power to establish ad Arts, Music, and the Department of Social Work and Social hoc sub-committees to make recommendations on specific Policy; categories of students. (d) five members of Faculty elected by the Faculty Board. (4) Members shall hold office for one year and may be (2) Elected members shall be selected with the intention reappointed. of maintaining a reasonable representation of male and female staff and a breadth of disciplines. 4.4 BOARD OF STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL POLICY (3)(a) The committee shall have the power to co-opt. 4.4.1 Functions (b) The committee shall seek the advice of a (1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Board of representative from each of the Schools of Architecture and Studies shall make recommendations to the Faculty Board on Fine Arts, Music, and the Department of Social Work and policy, structure, content and admission requirements of the Social Policy on matters relating to student applications to following degrees and diplomas: postgraduate courses in these schools and department. Bachelor of Social Work (4)(a) Elected members shall hold office for one year and Master of Social Work may be re-elected. Graduate Diploma in Advanced Social Work (b) The term of office of elected members shall be (2) The Board shall refer all recommendations concerning staggered to ensure continuity of membership. postgraduate courses to the Higher Degrees Committee prior to submission to the Faculty Board. 4.2 BUDGET COMMITTEE 4.4.2 Constitution 4.2.1 Functions The constitution of the Board is set out in Faculty of Arts (1) The committee assists the Executive Dean in the Regulation 200. formulation of the Faculty budget. (1) The Board of Studies shall comprise: (2) Prior to final presentation of the Faculty budget to the Faculty Board, the committee is required to invite all heads of (a) the Head of the Department of Social Work and Social resourced departments, schools and centres to a meeting to Policy; provide comment on the draft budget. (b) the full-time members of the teaching staff of the Department of Social Work and Social Policy and the part- 4.2.2 Membership time lecturers in the department responsible for full units in (1) The committee shall comprise: the course for the degrees of Bachelor of Social Work and Master of Social Work; (a) the Executive Dean (chair); (c) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; (d) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; (c) The Heads of the Schools of Architecture and Fine Arts, Humanities, Music and Social and Cultural Studies.
E32—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
(e) two persons at senior lecturer level or above, drawn than the School of Architecture and Fine Arts, which from the staff of the University and having a relevant contribute to the teaching for the degrees administered by the academic background, nominated by the Executive Dean, Board of Studies; having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the (f) one undergraduate student and one postgraduate Department of Social Work and Social Policy; student elected annually by and from the students enrolled in (f) three persons, not otherwise included, actively degrees administered by the Board of Studies; engaged in the practice of social work and social (g) one member of the Western Australian Chapter of administration appointed by the Faculty, having regard to the the Royal Australian Institute of Architects nominated by the recommendation of the Board of Studies; chapter; (g) one representative of the Australian Association of (h) one member of the Australian Institute of Landscape Social Workers (WA Branch) nominated by that association; Architects (WA Group) nominated by the group; and (h) three undergraduate and one postgraduate student (i) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as elected annually by and from the students enrolled in degrees may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to administered by the Board of Studies; time, provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not (i) a member of the academic staff of the School of Social exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of Work at Curtin University of Technology nominated annually a period of office. by the head of that school; Appointment (j) a member of the academic staff of the Department of 4.5.3 Rural Community Studies at Edith Cowan University The members listed in paragraphs (g) and (h) of 4.5.2 shall be nominated annually by the head of that department; appointed for two years and shall be eligible for (k) a member of the staff of the Centre for Aboriginal reappointment. Programmes at this University, nominated by the Executive 4.5.4 Meetings Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Social (1) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such Work and Social Policy. times and places as the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts thinks fit but no less than twice a year. (l) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as may be co-opted by the foregoing members, provided that (2) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be chaired by each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding two years the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts but, in and may be co-opted again at the end of a period of office. the head’s absence from a meeting, the members present (2) The members appointed under paragraphs (1)(e), (f) shall determine which one of them shall take the chair. and (g) above shall hold office for a period of two years and (3) Five members present shall constitute a quorum. be eligible for reappointment. (3) Meetings of the Board shall be chaired by the Head of 4.6 BOARD OF STUDIES IN MUSIC the Department of Social Work and Social Policy but, in the 4.6.1 Functions head’s absence, the members present shall determine which one of them shall take the chair. (1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Board of Studies shall make recommendations to the Faculty Board (4) Nine members present shall constitute a quorum. concerning the structure, content and admission require- (5) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such ments of the following degrees and diplomas: times and places as the Head of the Department of Social Bachelor of Music Work and Social Policy thinks fit but no less than twice a Bachelor of Music Education year. Bachelor of Music Teaching Master of Music 4.5 BOARD OF STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS Master of Music Education Diploma in Music (Orchestral Practice) Functions 4.5.1 Diploma in Music (Technology) (1) Except as provided in sub-regulation (2), the Board of Graduate Diploma in Music Education Studies shall make recommendations to the Faculty Board Graduate Certificate in Music Education concerning the structure, content and admission requirements (2) The Board shall refer all recommendations of the following degrees: concerning postgraduate courses to the Higher Degrees Bachelor of Environmental Design Committee prior to submission to the Faculty Board. Bachelor of Architecture Bachelor of Landscape Architecture 4.6.2 Membership Bachelor of Fine Arts The Board of Studies shall comprise: Master of Architecture Master of Building Science (a) the Head of the School of Music; Master of Environmental Design (b) the full-time members of the teaching staff of the Master of Landscape Architecture School of Music; Master of Fine Arts (c) two members elected by and from the part-time Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Arts teaching staff of the School of Music; Doctor of Architecture (d) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; (2) The Board shall refer all recommendations (e) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; concerning postgraduate courses to the Higher Degrees Committee prior to submission to the Faculty Board. (f) one undergraduate student being the President of the Music Students’ Society and one postgraduate student 4.5.2 Membership elected annually by and from the students enrolled in degrees administered by the Board of Studies; The Board of Studies shall comprise: (g) one full-time academic staff member of each of the (a) the Head of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts; Faculties of Arts and Education, nominated by the Executive (b) the Executive Dean of the Faculty or nominee; Dean of the Faculty of Arts, having regard to the (c) the Sub-Dean of the Faculty or nominee; recommendation of the Head of the School of Music; (d) seven members elected annually by and from the (h) one representative of the WA Symphony Orchestra, teaching staff of the School of Architecture and Fine Arts; nominated by its General Manager; (e) one member nominated by the Executive Dean on the (i) one representative of the Ministry of Education recommendation of the Head of the School of Architecture (music branch), nominated by the Ministry; and Fine Arts, from the teaching staff of departments, other
E33—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(j) one representative of the Australian Music 4.9 BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations Board (WA Committee), nominated by the board; 4.9.1 Functions (k) a member of the staff of the WA Conservatorium of In accordance with General Regulation 15 the function of the Music, nominated by the Vice-Chancellor of Edith Cowan Board of Examiners is to consider the results of examinations University; and and report them to the Registrar for publication and (l) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as recording. may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to 4.9.2 Membership time, provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of The committee shall comprise: a period of office. (a) the Executive Dean (chair); (b) the Sub-Dean; 4.6.3 Appointment (c) two members of the Faculty, appointed by the Faculty The members listed in paragraphs (g) to (k) of 4.6.2 shall be Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean. appointed for two years and shall be eligible for reappointment. FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND 4.6.4 Meetings MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (1) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held at such times and places as the Head of the School of Music thinks fit, FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE but no less than three times a year. (2) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be chaired by 1. FACULTY the Head of the School of Music or, in his or her absence, by 1.1 MEMBERSHIP the Acting Head. (1) In addition to the members listed in Clause 4(2) of (3) If both the Head and Acting Head are absent from a Statute No. 8, the membership of the Faculty in terms of meeting, the members present shall determine which one of Statute No. 8 is as follows: them shall take the chair. (a) the Executive Dean; (4) Ten members shall constitute a quorum. (b) the Executive Dean or nominee from each of the 4.7 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY COMMITTEE University’s other faculties; (c) the Associate Dean; 4.7.1 Functions (d) the Sub-Dean; The committee gives initial consideration to all matters relating to the Master of Philosophy (MPhil) degree course (e) persons holding full-time or 50 per cent or greater and recommends as appropriate to the Higher Degrees fractional appointments as professors, lecturers, assistant Committee. lecturers, research fellows and research associates in the departments, centres and schools funded by the Faculty; 4.7.2 Membership (f)(i) two students elected by and from the students who are (1) The committee shall comprise: enrolled in the BSc or BA and who are majoring in Mathe- matics or Computer Science, or who are enrolled in the BCM; (a) the Executive Dean or nominee (chair); (ii) the President of the Engineers Club of the University (b) one staff member to represent each MPhil programme; and one other student to be elected by and from the students (c) two members of the Faculty Board, elected by the enrolled in the BE; Faculty Board having regard to the recommendation of the (g) two postgraduate students to be elected annually by Associate Dean; and from the postgraduate students enrolled in the Faculty or (d) the MPhil Co-ordinator. in the departments of the Faculty; (2) The committee shall have the power to co-opt. (h) up to ten other persons co-opted by the foregoing members of the Faculty, each for a period not exceeding two (3) Members shall hold office for one year and may be years. reappointed. (2) A person co-opted to membership of the Faculty under 4.8 RESEARCH COMMITTEE the provision of paragraph (1)(h) above may be co-opted again at the end of a term of office. 4.8.1 Functions (1) The Research Committee has all powers of Faculty 1.2 POWERS concerning staff applications for research grants. (1) In terms of Clause 5 1 of Statute No. 8, the Faculty of (2) The committee gives initial consideration to matters Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, subject to the relating to the Faculty’s policies on research and recommends Statutes and regulations and to resolutions of the Senate, shall as appropriate to the Faculty Board. have power to determine the following: (a) the general administration of courses under its 4.8.2 Membership governance, within the constraints of University policies; (1) The committee shall comprise: (b) the enrolment of students in its courses under (a) the Executive Dean (chair); conditions determined by the University; (b) seven members of the Faculty, appointed by the (c) the timetabling of lectures, tutorial classes and Faculty Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean, laboratory work; chosen for their proven research skills or demonstrated (d) the enrolment of students in its courses under research potential and with the intention of maintaining a conditions determined by the University; balance of older and younger researchers, male and female staff, and a breadth of disciplines; (e) exemption from any part of a prescribed course and variations of such courses; (c) one postgraduate student for discussion of policy issues only. (f) the approval or disapproval of the proposed subject matter of theses or dissertations to be submitted in fulfilment (2) Members shall hold office for two years and may be of the requirements for any of its courses; reappointed. 1 For the purposes of these regulations the name of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences has been inserted.
E34—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
(g) the credit or advanced standing to be granted to a (b) The Executive Dean has delegated to the Associate student towards any of its courses, in recognition of work Dean authority to chair the Board of Examiners and the completed in this University or in another institution Higher Degrees Committee and may delegate to the recognised by it. Associate Dean authority to chair other Faculty committees. (2) In terms of sub-clause 5(2) of Statute No. 8 the Faculty (3) With the approval of the Executive Dean the Associate of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences may— Dean may further delegate to the Sub-Dean. (a) provide advice to the Executive Dean on all policy (4) The Associate Dean shall be elected by the Faculty for a issues relating to the Faculty’s resources; and period of two years, normally commencing 1 July. (b) through the Executive Dean make recommendations to (5) An election for the Associate Dean shall be held as far the Academic Board on any matter related to research or the as is practicable in the November before the position is to teaching of the courses, which it may not approve by become vacant. delegation under the provisions of this or another Statute, by regulation or Senate resolution; and (6)(a) When the Associate Dean and Deputy Executive Dean are the same person the title of that person shall be the (c) through the Executive Dean provide to other University Associate Dean. bodies or officers advice on any matter referred to it for consideration. (b) The title of the Associate Dean when acting in the position of Executive Dean during the absence of the 1.3 MEETINGS Executive Dean shall be Acting Executive Dean. Meetings of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical 2.3 SUB-DEAN Sciences shall be held— (1) The Sub-Dean is appointed in accordance with the (a) at least once in each academic year; University’s standard procedures for the selection of (b) within ten working days of the service on the Executive academic staff. Dean, or Executive Officer, of a requisition signed by at least (2) In accordance with Clause 12 of Statute No. 8 the Sub- six members of the Faculty and containing a statement of the Dean has delegated duties and responsibilities to make matters to be discussed; and decisions on undergraduate student matters. (c) whenever the Executive Dean sees fit. 3. FACULTY BOARD 2. FACULTY OFFICERS 3.1 FUNCTIONS 2.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN In terms of Senate Resolution 104/93 the Faculty Board has (1) The role of the Executive Dean is as prescribed by the delegated powers of the Faculty and is the Faculty’s major Senate Resolution 102/93 which states: decision-making committee. (a) . . . 3.2 MEMBERSHIP (b) that Executive Deans have— (1) The Faculty Board shall comprise: (i) a Faculty executive role such that they will be bound by Faculty resolutions that cover research, teaching, academic (a) the Executive Dean; structures and academic processes; and (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; (ii) delegated authority from the Vice-Chancellor and (c) the Associate Dean; President to manage University resources and to implement Faculty plans, University policies and priorities. (d) the Sub-Dean; (f) the heads of the departments resourced by the Faculty, (2)(a) The Executive Dean is responsible to the Vice- or in the absence of the Head, a nominee; Chancellor and President for the academic leadership and management of the Faculty. (g) the Director of the Centre for Oil and Gas Engineering; (b) The Executive Dean co-ordinates academic planning (h) one representative from each of the smaller departments and resource allocation to departments and such other resourced by the Faculty and two representatives from each of academic units and services as are allocated to the Faculty. the larger departments resourced by the Faculty, to be elected by the departments; (c) The Executive Dean reports directly to the Vice- Chancellor and President or designated deputy. (i) an undergraduate student elected by the Faculty; (j) a postgraduate student elected by the Faculty, and 2.1.2 DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DEAN (k) a maximum of two co-opted members. Clause 11 of Statute No. 8 provides that: (2) For the purposes of paragraph 1(h) departments will be (1) The Vice-Chancellor and President shall, after taking classified annually as small or large by the Executive Dean on appropriate advice, appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean the advice of the Management Advisory Committee. and Dean of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the (3) Departments may nominate an alternate to elected Executive Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive members to attend meetings in the elected member’s absence. Dean or Dean. (4) The Faculty Executive Officer and Faculty (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be Administrative Officer attend all meetings of the Faculty appointed for a period of at least one academic year. Board as secretaries. (3) With the approval of the Vice-Chancellor and President the Deputy Executive Dean may also be the 4. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY BOARD Associate Dean. 4.1 BOARD OF EXAMINERS 2.2 ASSOCIATE DEAN 4.1.1 FUNCTIONS (1) Clause 12 of Statute No. 8 provides that: The Executive Dean may, with the approval of the Academic The Board of Examiners in Engineering and Mathematical Board and Senate, delegate any of the duties and Sciences has powers delegated by the Faculty to make all responsibilities of the office to other officers or members of decisions on examination results, admission to honours, the Faculty for a specified period. award of honours and prizes in accordance with Faculty policy. (2)(a) The Associate Dean has delegated power to make decisions on student matters, both postgraduate and 4.1.2 MEMBERSHIP undergraduate, and to make decisions on other academic matters as approved by the Executive Dean. (1) The Board of Examiners shall comprise:
E35—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(a) the Associate Dean or nominee (as chair); (a) the Associate Dean; (b) the Sub-Dean; (b) the head of each of the departments resourced by the (c) the head of each department in the Faculty or nominee; Faculty or their nominees. (d) one representative from each department in the (2) The Sub-Dean shall attend to provide information. Faculty; 5.3 ADVISORY BOARD AND ADVISORY PANELS IN ENGINEERING (e) such other examiners who shall be co-opted at the discretion of the Board for consideration of specific results. A two-tier system provides advice from external practising engineers to the School of Engineering. The tiers consist of: (2) Examiners must be available to be consulted by the Board and at the discretion of the Board, any examiner in the (1) an Advisory Board; and Faculty may attend meetings of the Board as an observer. (2) one or more small advisory panels in each of the engineering departments, teaching and research centres and 4.1.3 QUORUM for each of the cross-disciplinary streams. The quorum for a meeting of the Board of Examiners in Engineering and Mathematical Sciences shall be at least seven 5.3.1 ADVISORY BOARD including the Associate Dean or nominee as chair and at least one member from each resourced department in the Faculty. 5.3.2 FUNCTIONS (1) The main role of the Advisory Board is to assist the 4.2 HIGHER DEGREES COMMITTEE School of Engineering to meet its objectives. 4.2.1 FUNCTIONS (2) In carrying out its role, the Board— (a) shall have power to consider and make The Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty of Engineering recommendations concerning all matters of relevance to the and Mathematical Sciences has powers delegated by the School of Engineering; Faculty to make all decisions in relation to higher doctorates, master’s degrees, graduate diplomas and master’s (b) may contribute towards the formulation and preliminaries in accordance with Faculty policy. achievement of the objectives of the various departments and teaching and research centres in the School of Engineering; 4.2.2 MEMBERSHIP (c) shall consider recommendations made by the advisory panels described in 5.3.6 and decide whether the The Higher Degrees Committee shall comprise: recommendations should be considered by other advisory (a) the Associate Dean or nominee (as chair); panels. (b) the head of each department in the Faculty or nominee; 5.3.3. MEMBERSHIP (c) the Director of the Centre for Oil and Gas Engineer- ing, and (1) The Advisory Board shall comprise: (d) one representative from each department in the Faculty. (a) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Mathematical Sciences, or nominee; 5. OTHER COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY (b) the heads of departments and directors of teaching and research centres in the School of Engineering; 5.1 MANAGEMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE (c) two persons, selected by each advisory panel, from the panel’s external representatives; FUNCTIONS 5.1.1 (d) one representative nominated by The Institution of The Management Advisory Committee of the Faculty of Engineers, Australia, Western Australian Division; Engineering and Mathematical Sciences provides: (e) up to two additional representatives co-opted by the (a) advice to the Executive Dean on the Academic Plan, members listed in (a) to (d). on preparation of budget estimates from internal submissions (2) The members of the Board selected from the advisory and on the allocation of resources within the Faculty; panels shall hold office for the duration of their membership (b) advice to the Faculty Board on resource matters; and of their panel or for three years, whichever is the lesser, and (c) a forum for discussion and advice to the Executive shall be eligible for reappointment. Dean on general management matters. (3)(a) The Chair shall be elected annually by the members from the external members of the Board. 5.1.2 MEMBERSHIP (b) In the absence of the elected Chair, the members then The Management Advisory Committee shall comprise: present shall elect one of the external members to chair the meeting. (1)(a) the Executive Dean (as chair); (4) All questions which come before the Board shall, (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; unless statutes and other regulations otherwise provide, be (c) the Associate Dean; decided by a simple majority of the members present and (d) the heads of departments resourced by the Faculty. voting. (2) The Management Advisory Committee may co-opt (5) The Chair of the meeting shall have an ordinary and a one member. casting vote. (6) The quorum for the Board shall be one quarter of the 5.2 DEAN’S APPEALS COMMITTEE external members and one quarter of the University members. 5.2.1 FUNCTIONS The Dean’s Appeals Committee considers appeals against 5.3.4 MEETINGS sanctions and academic assessment in terms of the Faculty (1) Meetings of the Advisory Boards shall be held— Policy on Appeals against a Sanction which appears in the (a) at least every six months; or faculty handbook and, where the Executive Dean deems appropriate, in terms of the University Regulations governing (b) within ten working days of the service on the Chair of Appeals against Academic Assessment published in the a requisition signed by at least three members of the Board Interfaculty Handbook. and containing a statement of the matters to be discussed. (2) The Chair shall ensure that, as far as it is practicable, 5.2.2 MEMBERSHIP all members have at least five working days’ written notice of (1) The Dean’s Appeals Committee shall comprise: meetings of the Advisory Board and of the business to be transacted.
E36—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
5.3.5 RECOMMENDATIONS Interfaculty Handbook, the Faculty is required to have an Appeals Committee which shall consider student appeals (1) The recommendations of the Advisory Board shall be regarding the process of assessment leading to the award of a reported by the Chair to the next meeting of the Faculty result. Board for appropriate action, which may include transmission to the Senate if the Advisory Board so requests 6.2 MEMBERSHIP or the Faculty Board so decides. (1) The membership of the Faculty Appeals Committee is (2) When transmitting recommendations of the Advisory prescribed in Regulation 19 of the regulations governing Board to the Senate the Faculty Board may make such Appeals against Academic Assessment as follows: comments as it thinks fit and shall communicate any such comments to the Advisory Board. ‘19.(1) Subject to sub-regulation (2), a Faculty Appeals Committee shall comprise: 5.3.6 ADVISORY PANELS (a) the Chair of the Academic Board; 5.3.7 FUNCTION (b) an Executive Dean, Deputy Executive Dean, Associate Dean or Sub-Dean of another faculty, appointed by (1) The function of the advisory panels is to contribute to the Chair of the Academic Board; the formulation of the objectives of the engineering (c) two senior academic members of the Faculty departments, teaching and research centres and cross- appointed annually by the Faculty, or if either or both are disciplinary streams in the School of Engineering and to assist unavailable to serve, alternatives drawn from a panel of at in their achievement. least five senior academic members of the Faculty elected by (2) The main role of the advisory panels is to provide an the Faculty each year in terms of paragraph 21(1)(b); external industry perspective on the functions and operations (d) subject to sub-regulation (2) below, one student, of the departments, teaching and research centres and cross- appointed by the Faculty, having regard to the disciplinary streams in the School of Engineering with the recommendation of the Faculty’s student association/s aim of ensuring that they are— provided that— (a) of significance to the profession; (i) if that person is unavailable or ineligible to serve, (b) consistent with industry and government objectives; an alternative shall be drawn from the panel of three students (c) in accordance with industry needs for engineering elected by the Faculty each year in terms of paragraph graduates; 21(1)(a); (d) consistent with changes in technology; (ii) if the appeal relates to a postgraduate case, the student shall be drawn from the panel of postgraduate (e) likely to benefit the State of Western Australia, and students referred to in sub-regulation 21(2). the community at large; and (2) A person with a direct interest in or previous (f) likely to promote research in areas that are critical to involvement in the case shall be ineligible to serve on the the profession, the development of Western Australia and the committee.’ nation. (3)(a) The panels may make recommendations concern- In accordance with Regulation 21 of the regulations ing all matters of relevance to the School of Engineering. governing Appeals against Assessment— (b) The panels may make recommendations to the Advi- ‘21.(1) (the) Faculty shall each year elect two panels as sory Board for the benefit of other advisory panels or for follows: submission to the Faculty Board. (a) a panel of three undergraduate students to be (4) One external member of each advisory panel shall drawn on as necessary in terms of sub-regulation 19(1)(d)(i); report on the activities of the panel to the next meeting of the and Advisory Board. (b) a panel of at least five senior academics who are members of the Faculty to be drawn on as necessary in terms 5.3.8 MEMBERSHIP of paragraph 19(1)(c), with ‘‘senior academics’’ defined for (1) Each advisory panel shall comprise— the purposes of this regulation as academics at senior lecturer level or above, or academics of lecturer status who have held (a) the head of the relevant department, director of the full-time teaching and research positions at this University for relevant teaching and research centre, convener of the relevant at least 10 years. cross-disciplinary streams or their nominees; and (b) not less than four other members selected by the de- (2) . . . the Postgraduate Students’ Association shall partment or centre concerned or, in the case of a cross-disci- elect a panel of three postgraduate students for endorsement plinary stream by the School of Engineering, so that the ma- by the Faculty. jority of the panel shall be persons who are practising engi- (3) Members of the panels shall be numbered neers external to the School of Engineering. sequentially and shall, subject to eligibility under sub- (2)(a) The members of each panel shall hold office for regulation 19(2) be called upon to serve in order of their three years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible numbering. for reappointment. (4) If an eligible alternative member, or alternative (b) Appointment to the panel shall be staggered so that eligible members, cannot be provided when necessary from there is a continuity of membership on the panel. the appropriate elected panel, the Chair of the committee shall appoint a person from the requisite category to serve on (3) The Chair of each panel shall be elected annually from the committee.’ the external members who are members of the Advisory Board.
5.3.9 MEETINGS (1) Subject to sub-clause (2), meetings of each advisory FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY panel shall be arranged to discuss particular initiatives at the At its meeting of 26 April 1993, the Senate adopted a new convenience of the members. structure of governance of the University. By R101/93 the (2) Meetings shall be held at least every six months. Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry was created with its membership being approved by Senate Resolution 222/93. 6. FACULTY APPEALS COMMITTEE By Resolution 53/95, the Senate approved the adoption by the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry of the following 6.1 FUNCTIONS statement of governance and structure. In terms of sub-regulation 17(1) of the regulations governing Appeals Against Academic Assessment, which appear in the
E37—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE 2.2.2 With the approval of the Vice-Chancellor and President, the Deputy Executive Dean may be one of the Associate 1. FACULTY Deans.
1.1 MEMBERSHIP 2.2.3 The Deputy Executive Dean shall undertake such responsibilities and special projects as delegated by the The membership of the Faculty is as prescribed in Statute No. Executive Dean. 8 and the Faculty Regulations. 2.3 ASSOCIATE DEANS POWERS 1.2 (Matters pertaining to the School of Oral Health Sciences are The powers of the Faculty are as set out in Statute No. 8. listed under 2.4.) (1) Associate Deans 1.3 MEETINGS In accordance with Senate Resolution 337(5)/93, the Associate (1) Meetings of the Faculty shall be held— Deans shall be appointed from within the Faculty by a (a) at least once in each academic year; selection process determined by the Executive Dean in (b) within ten working days of the service on the Executive consultation with the Faculty. By R1/94 of the Faculty Board Dean, or Faculty Executive Officer, of a requisition signed by there are three Associate Deans, who each hold office for a at least six members of the Faculty and containing a statement period of three years, with delegated responsibilities as of the matters to be discussed; follows: (c) whenever the Executive Dean sees fit. (a) Associate Dean (Student Affairs) (i) undergraduate student matters in terms of General and (2) The agenda for a meeting shall be sent to members at Faculty regulations; least three full working days before the meeting date. (ii) admissions and prospective students; (3) The conduct of Faculty meetings shall be governed by (iii) access for special entry groups (API, Rural, Disabled); the relevant clauses in Statute No. 8. (iv) international students; 2. FACULTY OFFICERS (v) other appropriate matters as delegated. (b) Associate Dean (Research) 2.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN (i) research funding and scholarship matters; 2.1.1 By R102/93 the Senate provided— (ii) facilities—laboratories, animal care, equipment, space; (iii) (i) that the roles of Dean and Divisional Head be relationships with centres; combined into a single role to be known as the Executive (iv) relationships with external bodies (foundations, etc); Dean; (v) postgraduate student matters in terms of General and Faculty Regulations; (ii) that the Executive Deans have: (vi) other appropriate matters as delegated. (a) a Faculty executive role such that they will be bound by Faculty resolutions that cover research, teaching, academic (c) Associate Dean (Teaching and Learning) structures and academic processes; (i) curriculum and course design; (b) delegated authority from the Vice-Chancellor and (ii) teaching technology; President to manage University resources and to implement (iii) development of new courses; Faculty plans, University policies and priorities; (iv) continuing education; (iii) that the Executive Deans be required to report (v) other appropriate matters as delegated. biennially to the Senate through the Academic Council, on the Faculty’s achievements against the Faculty Plan and that Note: The Associate Dean (Teaching and Learning) is assisted these reports be presented to the Faculty whose comments by the Lecturer in Curriculum Development. will be transmitted to Academic Council at the same time as (2) Deputy Associate Deans the Executive Dean’s report. Subject to sub-regulation (3) the Faculty Board may from time . . . . to time appoint Deputy Associate Deans. (vii) that Executive Deans be permitted to delegate (3) Method of Appointment elements of their role to elected, or otherwise designated, Associate and Deputy Associate Deans are appointed by the Associate Deans; 1 Faculty Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean, . . . . subject to final approval of the Academic Board and the Senate in accordance with Clause 12, Statute No. 8. In addition to the committees detailed in this statement, the Executive Dean may establish working parties and 2.4 DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF ORAL HEALTH SCIENCES committees as necessary to advise on such issues, among others, as accommodation, budget and equipment Clause 7(1)(c), Statute No. 8 provides— distribution. that the head of a department designated a school shall assume the title of Dean of School. 1 Such delegations must be approved by the Academic Board and the Senate as defined in Clause 12, Statute No. 8. By R337(12)/93, the Senate allowed the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences to assume the title of Dean of School. 2.1.2 The Executive Dean may delegate various The position has the following responsibilities, delegated by responsibilities to the Deputy Executive Dean. the Executive Dean: (a) dental student matters both postgraduate and 2.2 DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DEAN undergraduate, in terms of General and Faculty Regulations, some of which may be further delegated to academic staff of 2.2.1 Clause 11, Statute No. 8 provides that: the School of Oral Health Sciences; (1) The Vice-Chancellor and President shall, after taking (b) curriculum matters in conjunction with the Board of appropriate advice, appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean Studies in Dentistry; and Dean of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the Executive Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive (c) representation of Dentistry on external boards and Dean or Dean. committees and in a professional interface capacity; (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be (d) other appropriate matters as delegated. appointed for a period of at least one academic year.
E38—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
The title of Dean may only be used for the purposes of the (2) The agenda sent to members of the Board shall include role as a representative of the professional discipline in the all the attachments. Other Faculty members shall receive external environment. For matters within the University the selected attachments only in the first instance, but shall be title of Head of School must be used. provided with any other attachments (except those dealing with the personal or private affairs of staff or students), on 3. FACULTY BOARD request. (3) A member of the Faculty may request permission to By R104/93 the Senate provided— attend a meeting of the Board to speak to an item on the (i) that faculties have faculty boards which shall be agenda. responsible to the Faculty for the conduct of all Faculty (4) A member of the Faculty may request that an item be business (except constituting the Faculty Board); removed from the agenda of a particular meeting for (ii) that resolutions of the Faculty Board that relate to discussion at the next meeting of the Board, in which case, the research, teaching, academic structures and academic member shall be required to— processes, be binding on the Executive Dean/Dean, and that (a) provide a written statement to the Executive Dean for the Faculty Board be advisory to the Executive Dean/Dean consideration by the Board, justifying the request; on resource matters; (b) provide a statement on the item for circulation with the (iii) that the composition of the Faculty Board be agenda for the next meeting; determined by Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty (c) attend the meeting to speak to the item. to Academic Council. (5) Minutes of each meeting of the Board shall be sent to its 3.1 MEMBERSHIP members and to other members of the Faculty as soon as possible after the meeting has been held. 3.1.1 Composition 3.5 FUNCTIONS The Faculty Board shall comprise: (a) the Executive Dean; The Board shall be empowered to act in relation to all matters within the control of the Faculty, except for constituting the (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; Board and may delegate those matters within its control to (c) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences; sub-committees or Faculty officers. (d) the Associate Deans of the Faculty; (e) the Heads of Departments within the Faculty, as 4. BOARD OF STUDIES IN DENTISTRY defined in Clause 1(b) of Faculty membership regulations, as By Resolution 105/93, the Senate established the Board of detailed in the faculty handbook; Studies in Dentistry. (f) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or nominee who shall be a member of the academic staff of the 4.1 FUNCTIONS Faculty of Science; The Board of Studies shall make recommendations to the (g) one undergraduate student elected by the Faculty Board concerning the structure, content and undergraduate students in the Faculty; admission requirements of the degrees listed below: (h) one postgraduate student elected by the postgraduate Bachelor of Dental Science students in the Faculty; Bachelor of Science in Dentistry (j) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as Master of Dental Science may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time. 4.2 MEMBERSHIP The Board of Studies shall comprise: 3.1.2 Terms of Membership (a) the full-time members of the academic staff of the Members co-opted in terms of paragraph 3.1.1(j) shall serve School of Oral Health Sciences and those holding fractional for a period of one year and may be co-opted again at the end appointments; of a period of office. (b) the Executive Dean or nominee; 3.2 CHAIR (c) a representative of each of the following groups of (1) The Executive Dean shall be the Chair of the Board. In departments, nominated by those departments, each of whom the absence of the Executive Dean from any meeting, the shall be a full-time member of the teaching staff of one of the Deputy Executive Dean shall preside. In the absence of the departments concerned; Executive and Deputy Executive Deans, the members present (i) Anatomy and Human Biology at that meeting shall elect from their number an acting chair Biochemistry for that meeting. Physiology (2) The Chair shall have a casting vote. (ii) Microbiology Pathology 3.3 MEETINGS Pharmacology (1) Meetings of the Faculty Board shall be held— (iii) Medicine (a) as determined by the Executive Dean but normally at Surgery least once each calender month; (iv) Agriculture (b) within ten working days of the service on the Executive Chemistry Dean or Faculty Executive Officer of a request signed by at Physics least three members of the Faculty and containing a statement (d) a nominee of the Western Australian Committee of the of the matter to be discussed. Royal Australian College of Dental Surgeons; (2) Two-thirds of the members shall constitute a quorum. (e) a nominee of the Australian Dental Association (WA (3) All questions which are before the Board shall be Branch); decided by a simple majority of the members present and (f) a nominee of the University of Western Australia Dental voting with the exception of 5.5.3(2) below. Alumni Society; 3.4 AGENDA AND MINUTES (g) the most senior dental officer of the Western Australian Department of Public Health or nominee; (1) The agenda for a meeting of the Board shall be sent to Board members and other members of the Faculty of (h) the Chair of the Dental Board or nominee; Medicine and Dentistry, at least three full working days before the meeting date.
E39—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(i) one person elected annually by the University Dental 5.3 HIGHER DEGREES COMMITTEE Students’ Society who shall be a member of that society as an enrolled undergraduate in the course for the degree of 5.3.1 Membership Bachelor of Dental Science; The Higher Degrees Committee shall comprise: (j) a postgraduate dental student enrolled in the Faculty of (a) the Associate Dean (Research) as chair; Medicine and Dentistry elected annually by and from the (b) the Dean of the Postgraduate Research School; postgraduate dental student body; (c) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences or (k) such other persons, not exceeding three in number, as nominee; may be co-opted by the foregoing members from time to time provided that each shall be co-opted for a period not (d) three other members of the Faculty appointed by the exceeding two years and may be co-opted again at the end of Faculty Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean; and a period of office. (e) up to two members co-opted annually by the foregoing to ensure balanced representation across the 4.3 APPOINTMENT Faculty.
Those members appointed under 3(c) to (h) inclusive shall 5.3.2 Functions serve for a period of three years. The committee shall— 4.4 CHAIR (a) act for the Faculty in all matters pertaining to (1) Meetings shall be chaired by the Head of the School of postgraduate students (except PhD students), including Oral Health Sciences but in the absence of the Chair from any admission to candidature, approval of supervisors and meeting, the members present at that meeting shall elect from examination of theses, in terms of General and Faculty their number an acting chair for that meeting. Regulations; (2) The Chair shall have an ordinary and a casting vote. (b) recommend to the University Scholarships Committee on the award of graduate scholarships and 4.5 MEETINGS fellowships within the ambit of the Faculty; (c) act for the Faculty in all matters pertaining to the (1) Meetings of the Board of Studies shall be held— degree of Bachelor of Medical Science, including admission to (a) as often and at such times and places as the Chair shall candidature, approval of programmes and confirmation of think fit but at least twice each year; results, in terms of General and Faculty Regulations; and (b) within ten working days of the service on the Chair or (d) undertake such other functions as the Faculty may the Faculty Executive Officer of a request signed by at least determine. three members of the School and containing a statement of the matter to be discussed. 5.3.3 Meetings (2) One third of the members shall constitute a quorum. (1) Meetings shall be held as determined by the Chair. (3) A resolution shall be carried by a simple majority of (2) Four members shall constitute a quorum. those present and voting. 5.4 ADJUNCT APPOINTMENTS COMMITTEE 5. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY The guidelines governing the conferment of University 5.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN’S ADVISORY COMMITTEE adjunct titles require the establishment of a Faculty Adjunct Appointments Committee. 5.1.1 Membership 5.4.1 Membership The Executive Dean’s Advisory Committee shall comprise: The Adjunct Appointments Committee shall comprise: (a) the Executive Dean as chair; (a) the Executive Dean as chair; (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; (b) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences; (c) the Associate Deans; (c) the Deputy Executive Dean; (d) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences. (d) the Chair of the Academic Board or nominee; 5.1.2 Functions (e) one professor elected from within the Faculty. The committee shall act as an advisory committee for the Executive Dean. 5.4.2 Functions The committee shall recommend to the Vice-Chancellor and 5.2 RESEARCH COMMITTEE President on the conferment of adjunct titles in accordance with the guidelines governing their award. 5.2.1 Membership The Research Committee shall comprise: 5.5 MEDICAL CURRICULUM COMMITTEE (a) the Associate Dean (Research); 5.5.1 Membership (b) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences or (1) The Medical Curriculum Committee shall comprise: nominee; (a) the Associate Dean (Teaching and Learning) as chair; (c) three other members of the Faculty appointed by the (b) a student representative who shall be enrolled in the Faculty Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean; fifth year of the MB BS course appointed by the Faculty on 5.2.2 Functions the nomination of the WA Medical Student Society; The committee shall— (c) three members of the Faculty who shall be full-time members of the academic staff appointed by the Faculty (a) allocate research grants from funds endowed to the Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean; Faculty; (d) three members representing the profession, one of (b) recommend on research policy; whom shall be a recent graduate, appointed by the Faculty (c) undertake such other functions as the Faculty may Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean. determine. (2) The committee shall have the power to co-opt.
5.2.3 Meetings 5.5.2 Terms of Membership (1) Meetings shall be held as determined by the Chair. (1) The terms of membership shall be— (2) Four members shall constitute a quorum.
E40—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
(a) three years for those members appointed under (c) monitor and recommend to the Faculty methods of 5.5.1(1)(c) and (d) above; selecting students for admission to the MB BS course; (b) one year for the student representative and co-opted (d) monitor the progress of non-standard entrants in the members. MB BS course; (2) Of the three members initially appointed under each (e) undertake such other functions as the Faculty may of 5.5.1(1)(c) and (d), one shall serve for one year, one for two determine. years and one for three years. (3) Nominated members shall be eligible to serve on the 5.7 BACHELOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE SELECTION COMMITTEE committee for no more than two consecutive terms. In accordance with the Selection Policy for admission to the course for the degree of Bachelor of Dental Science (BDSc), 5.5.3 Functions there shall be a Selection Committee as follows: (1) Subject to the provision of (2) below the committee shall— 5.7.1 Membership (a) monitor and review the MB BS course with regard to The Selection Committee for admission to the BDSc course content, teaching methodology, duplication of subject shall comprise: material and effectiveness, and timetabling; (a) the Head of the School of Oral Health Sciences (chair); (b) monitor and review the examinations in each year of (b) the Executive Dean of the Faculty of Science or the MB BS course with regard to methodology, frequency and nominee; effectiveness; (c) the Chair of the Matriculations and Admissions (c) deal with such matters as Faculty may direct; Committee or nominee; (d) amend the MB BS curriculum as a result of findings in (a) and (b); (d) three members of the School of Oral Health Sciences nominated annually by the Board of Studies in Dentistry; (e) approve the amendment of existing units in the MB BS course subject to Resolution 20/93 (2 and 3) of the Senate. 1 (e) up to two members co-opted annually by the foregoing. (2) The decisions of the committee shall be transmitted to the next scheduled meeting of the Faculty Board for 5.7.2 Functions confirmation and then, if necessary further transmission to The committee shall— the Academic Council. A decision of the committee may be overturned only by a vote of the full Faculty, or by a two- (a) select entrants to the first year of the BDSc course in thirds majority vote of those present and voting at a meeting accordance with the Selection Policy; of the Faculty Board. (b) select entrants to the second and later years of the (3) The minutes of each meeting shall be circulated to BDSc course. members of the Faculty Board. 5.8 BOARDS OF EXAMINERS 1 Senate Resolution 20/93 allows the Academic Council to approve deletions and additions to Faculty Regulations and faculties to 5.8.1 In accordance with General Regulation 15, the Faculty approve administrative amendments to their regulations. shall appoint Boards of Examiners as necessary.
5.6 BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND 5.8.2 Boards of Examiners shall be chaired by the Executive BACHELOR OF SURGERY SELECTION COMMITTEE Dean or nominee.
In accordance with the Selection Policy for admission to the 5.9 APPEALS COMMITTEE—ACADEMIC ASSESSMENT course for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, there shall be a Selection Committee as follows: In accordance with the University’s approved procedure on appeals against academic assessment, the Faculty shall 5.6.1 Membership constitute Appeals Committees as necessary. The Selection Committee for admission to the MB BS course shall comprise: 5.10 AD HOC COMMITTEES (a) the Associate Dean (Student Affairs) as chair; The Faculty reserves the right to establish working parties and committees as necessary. (b) the Chair of the Matriculations and Admissions Committee or nominee; (c) a nominee of the Australian Medical Association (WA FACULTY OF SCIENCE Branch), who shall be a medical practitioner registered in Western Australia; At its meeting of 26 April 1993, the Senate adopted a new (d) three members of the Medical School appointed by structure of governance of the University. By Senate the Faculty Board on the nomination of the Executive Dean. Resolution 180/93 the new Faculty of Science was created. By Resolution 21/94, the Faculty of Science adopted the 5.6.2 Terms of Membership following statement of governance and structure. (1) The terms of membership for appointed members shall be three years for the person appointed under 5.5.1(c) FACULTY GOVERNANCE AND STRUCTURE and elected under 5.5.1(d). 1. FACULTY (2) The person appointed under 5.5.1(c) shall not be eligible for reappointment at the completion of the term of 1.1 MEMBERSHIP membership. The membership of the Faculty is as prescribed in Statute No. (3) The members appointed under 5.5.1(d) shall retire in 8 and the Faculty of Science Handbook. rotation and shall be eligible to serve on the committee again provided these terms are non-consecutive. 1.2 POWERS 5.6.3 Functions The powers of the Faculty are as set out in Statute No. 8. The committee shall— 1.3 MEETINGS (a) select non-standard entrants to the first year of the MB BS course in accordance with the Selection Policy; (1) Meetings of the Faculty shall be held— (b) select entrants to the second and later years of the MB (a) at least once in each academic year; BS course in accordance with the Selection Policy;
E41—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
(b) within ten working days of the service on its Executive students) on a wide range of matters relating to admission, Dean, of a requisition signed by at least six members of the enrolment and examinations; Faculty and containing a statement of the matters to be (b) provide general advice to students on study problems, discussed; and other problems affecting their capacity to benefit from (c) whenever the Faculty Board refers an item for their University studies, and/or refer them for appropriate discussion, upon ten working days’ notice of the meeting; and professional help; (d) whenever the Executive Dean sees fit. (c) make decisions on particular student cases, within (2) The agenda for a meeting shall be sent to members at University and/or Faculty policy, on such matters as credits, least three working days before the meeting date. deferred examinations; (3) The conduct of Faculty meetings shall be governed by (d) provide advice and recommendations to the Executive the relevant clauses in Statute No. 8. Dean, heads of departments, the Faculty Board, the Board of Examiners and other various committees, on matters of 2. FACULTY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS student-related policy; and (e) monitor and report to the Faculty on various student- 2.1 EXECUTIVE DEAN related matters, such as attrition rates and unit pass rates. 2.1.1 By R102/93 the Senate provided— (3) Alternate Sub-Deans (i) that the roles of Dean and Divisional Head be There is one Alternate Sub-Dean who shall perform the duties combined into a single role to be known as the Executive of the Sub-Dean during any absence of the Sub-Dean. Dean; (4) Method of Appointment (ii) that the Executive Deans have— (a) Associate Deans and Sub-Deans shall be appointed (a) a Faculty executive role such that they will be bound from within the Faculty by a selection process determined by by Faculty resolutions that cover research, teaching, academic the Executive Dean in consultation with the Faculty; and structures and academic processes; (b) Alternate Sub-Deans shall be appointed from within (b) delegated authority from the Vice-Chancellor and the Faculty and by the Faculty Board. President to manage University resources and to implement Faculty plans, University policies and priorities; 3. FACULTY BOARD (iii) that the Executive Deans be required to report By R104/93 the Senate resolved— biennially to the Senate through the Academic Council, on the Faculty’s achievements against the Faculty Plan and that (i) that faculties have faculty boards which shall be these reports be presented to the Faculty whose comments responsible to the Faculty for the conduct of all Faculty will be transmitted to Academic Council at the same time as business (except constituting the Faculty Board); the Executive Dean’s report; (ii) that resolutions of the Faculty Board that relate to . . . . research, teaching, academic structures and academic (vii) that Executive Deans be permitted to delegate processes, be binding on the Executive Dean/Dean, and that elements of their role to elected, or otherwise designated, the Faculty Board be advisory to the Executive Dean/Dean Associate Deans. on resource matters; . . . . (iii) that the composition of the Faculty Board be 2.1.2 DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DEAN determined by Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty to Academic Council. Clause 11 of Statute No. 8 provides that: (1) The Vice-Chancellor and President shall, after taking 3.1 COMPOSITION appropriate advice, appoint a deputy for each Executive Dean (1) The Faculty Board shall comprise: and Dean of a faculty, who shall perform the duties of the Executive Dean or Dean during any absence of the Executive (a) the Executive Dean; Dean or Dean. (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; (2) A Deputy Executive Dean or Dean shall normally be (c) the Sub-Dean; appointed for a period of at least one academic year. (d) the Alternate Sub-Dean;; (e) the heads of the following departments which are ASSOCIATE DEANS AND SUB-DEANS 2.2 resourced by the Faculty, or nominees who act on authority In accordance with Clause 12 of Statute No. 8, the Executive of the Head of the Department: Dean may with the approval of the Academic Board and Anatomy and Human Biology Senate delegate any of the duties and responsibilities of the Botany office to other offices or members of the Faculty for a Chemistry specified period. Geography By Resolution R39/94 Academic Council resolved— Geology and Geophysics Human Movement and Exercise Science that faculties be permitted to determine whether they use the Physics title Associate Dean or Sub-Dean for officers to whom the Psychology Executive Dean or Dean of Faculty delegates responsibilities Zoology relating to students. (f) elected representatives from each of the following At the time of writing this document the Executive Dean does departments and disciplines: not intend delegating duties to an Associate Dean. Anthropology (1) Associate Deans Biochemistry In accordance with Senate Resolution 337(5)/93, the Associate Computer Science Deans shall be appointed from within the Faculty by a Linguistics selection process determined by the Executive Dean in Mathematics and Statistics consultation with the Faculty. Microbiology Pathology (2) Sub-Deans Pharmacology There is one Sub-Dean to whom the following duties in Physiology relation to student matters have been delegated: Soil Science and Plant Nutrition (g) the Chairs of the following standing committees: (a) provide advice to students and prospective students (usually but not necessarily exclusively undergraduate Environmental and Marine Science Physical Science
E42—April/May 2000 Faculty Governance and Structure
Cognitive, Behavioural and Human Science 5.1 COMPOSITION Biological Science The Resources Committee shall comprise: (h) one undergraduate student to be nominated for a term of one year by the Science Union; (a) the Executive Dean; (i) one postgraduate student enrolled in the Faculty of (b) the Deputy Executive Dean; Science and elected annually by the Postgraduate Students’ (c) the Associate Dean (if appointed); Association. (d) the Heads of the following departments which are (2) The Executive Deans of the following faculties may resourced by the Faculty, or nominees who act on authority attend but are not entitled to vote: of the Head of the Department: Agriculture Anatomy and Human Biology Arts Botany Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Chemistry Medicine and Dentistry Geography Geology and Geophysics 3.2 CHAIR Human Movement and Exercise Science (1) The Executive Dean shall be Chair of the Board. In the Physics absence of the Executive Dean from any meeting, the Deputy Psychology Executive Dean shall preside. In the absence of the Executive Zoology and Deputy Executive Deans, the members present at that (e) the Directors of the following centres— meeting shall elect from their number an acting chair for that meeting. Crystallography Microscopy and Microanalysis (2) The Chair shall have an ordinary and a casting vote. 5.2 QUORUM 3.3 QUORUM The quorum shall be eight. The quorum shall be 14. 5.3 MEETINGS 3.4 MEETINGS The Resources Committee shall normally meet at least once in (1) The Faculty Board shall normally meet at least once in each month from February to November inclusive and at each month from March to November inclusive and at other other times as required. times as required. (2) The Faculty Board may arrange a meeting of the full 6. HIGHER DEGREES COMMITTEE Faculty to consider any matter which it decides should be 6.1 There shall be a Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty referred to it and shall, by Faculty resolution R46/86, give ten Board, comprising the Executive Dean (as chair) and five days’ notice of the meeting. members appointed by the Faculty Board, which shall deal executively with matters relating to postgraduate courses 3.5 SAFEGUARDS offered in the Faculty. (1) Faculty Board agenda, and minutes, shall be sent out to Faculty Board and Faculty members simultaneously. 6.2 Members shall hold office for a period of one year and may be reappointed. (2) Any member of Faculty may attend a meeting of the Faculty Board to discuss an item. 7. STANDING COMMITTEES IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 3.6 AGENDA AND MINUTES There shall be a standing committee in each of the following areas: (1) See item 3.5(1). Environmental and Marine Science (2) The agenda sent to members of the Board shall include Physical Science all the attachments. Other Faculty members shall receive the Cognitive, Behavioural and Human Science agenda without attachments, but may consult attachments in Biological Science the departmental office. (3) Minutes of each meeting of the Board shall be sent to its 7.1 FUNCTIONS members and to other members of the Faculty as soon as The functions of each committee shall be to— possible after the meeting has been held. (a) consider changes to the structure of specialist degrees 3.7 POWERS AND DUTIES (including changes to units) and to majors which lie within their area; (1) The Board may— (b) co-ordinate promotional material for their area; (a) act in relation to all matters within the control of (c) advise the Faculty on new developments in their area; Faculty, except for constituting the Board; and and (b) delegate those matters within its control to sub- (d) liaise with industry groups and schools. committees or Faculty officers. 7.2 MEMBERSHIP 4. STEERING COMMITTEE OF THE FACULTY BOARD (1) The membership of each committee shall include a rep- There shall be a Steering Committee of the Faculty Board, resentative from each department involved in the teaching of comprising the Executive Dean (as chair), the Associate Dean, that field as set out in sub-regulation (4). Undergraduate Programmes, the Sub-Dean, the Alternate Sub-Dean and two other members appointed by and from the (2) Each standing committee shall have the power to co-opt Faculty Board, each for one year. up to two additional members for up to one year. (3) A Faculty Executive Administrator shall be a member 5. RESOURCES COMMITTEE OF THE FACULTY BOARD of each committee and shall provide administrative support. There shall be a Resources Committee of the Faculty Board (4) The departments/centres/groups represented on each which shall provide advice to the Executive Dean on resource committee shall be as follows: issues as set out in Senate Resolution 108/93. The committee (a) shall report to the Faculty as appropriate. Environmental and Marine Science Agriculture (Natural Resource Management) Botany Chemistry
E43—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
Environmental Engineering 8. BOARD OF EXAMINERS Geography Geology and Geophysics MEMBERSHIP Microbiology Soil Science and Plant Nutrition 8.1 There shall be— Zoology (a) an undergraduate Board of Examiners comprising the Executive Dean (as chair), the Sub-Dean, the Faculty (b) Physical Science Executive Officer and a representative from each department; Chemistry and Computer Science (b) a postgraduate Board of Examiners comprising the Geology and Geophysics Executive Dean (as chair), the Faculty Executive Officer, the Mathematics and Statistics members of the Higher Degrees Committee, and the co- Physics ordinator of each of the specialised programmes in the (c) Cognitive, Behavioural and Human Science Faculty as listed in the Parts following the Faculty of Science Anatomy and Human Biology Regulations. Anthropology Computer Science 8.2 Examiners must be available to be consulted by the Geography Faculty Office. Linguistics Mathematics and Statistics 8.3 Examination results will be circulated to members of the Pathology Board of Examiners for consideration prior to being made Philosophy available to the Registrar for publication and recording. Physiology Psychology 9. FACULTY APPEALS COMMITTEE Human Movement and Exercise Science (d) Biological Science FUNCTIONS Anatomy and Human Biology 9.1 In terms of sub-regulation 17(1) of the regulations Biochemistry governing Appeals Against Academic Assessment which Botany appear in the Interfaculty Handbook, the Faculty is required to Human Movement and Exercise Science have an Appeals Committee which shall consider student Microbiology appeals regarding the process of assessment leading to the Pathology award of a result. Pharmacology Physics MEMBERSHIP Physiology 9.2 The membership of the Faculty Appeals Committee shall Psychology be as described in Regulations 19 and 21 governing Appeals Zoology Against Academic Assessment which appear in the Interfaculty Handbook. 7.3 CHAIRS Each standing committee shall elect a chair and deputy chair from its members on an annual basis.
7.4 MEETINGS Each standing committee shall meet at least once a year.
7.5 REPORTS Each standing committee shall submit a biennial report on its activities to the Faculty.
E44—April/May 2000 Senate Standing Rules and Orders
STANDING RULES AND ORDERS OF THE SENATE 1
1 At the time of going to press, changes to the Constitution of Senate (a) General Business: have been proposed. Amendments are expected to be made to the Standing Rules and Orders of the Senate to provide for such changes (i) reading, amendment, confirmation and signature by the as might be approved. Chair of the minutes of the last meeting; (ii) business arising out of the minutes; MEETINGS (iii) admission to degrees; 1.(a) The Senate shall have seven scheduled meetings in 2000 (iv) correspondence; and three ‘reserved’ meetings which shall be held if there is (v) the Vice-Chancellor and President’s report. pressing business. Meetings may be cancelled by the Chancellor on the grounds of insufficient business provided (b) Reports of the Academic Board, Academic Council and not less than five days’ notice is given. Senate Standing Committees: (i) reports of the Academic Board and the Academic (b) At its final meeting each year in December, the Senate Council; shall appoint an Executive Committee to deal with urgent and emergent matters prior to the first meeting of the Senate (ii) Strategic Resources Committee; in February of the following year. (iii) External Strategies Committee; (iv) Academic Policy Committee; 2. At any meeting of the Senate 12 members shall constitute a (v) Development Committee; quorum. (vi) Audit and Review Committee; 3. If, after the expiration of 15 minutes from the time (vii) Legislative Committee; appointed for a meeting, there should not be a quorum (viii) Honorary Degrees Committee. present, the meeting shall lapse. (c) Reports of ‘ad hoc’ committees 4. The Chair shall have a vote, and in the case of an equality (d) Business brought forward by officers of the University of votes, a second or casting vote. (e) Notices of motion, adjourned business and other 5. The Senate may adjourn any meeting or debate to a future business raised by members. sitting. 13. All reports of Standing Committees will be divided into 6. Each member of the Senate shall receive at least five clear Part 1, items to be dealt with ‘en bloc’ and Part 2, items for days’ notice in writing of the date of a meeting, except in any discussion. case of special urgency, when two days’ notice shall suffice; a notice paper of the business of every meeting shall be issued 14. If the Vice-Chancellor and President indicates that due to with the circular calling the meeting. the unavailability of records and files at the time it is not possible to reply adequately to any incidental question raised 7. All the proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in a by a member such question shall be taken on notice. minute book which shall be kept for the purpose; and the names of the members present at each meeting shall be 15. Correspondence for consideration at a Senate meeting entered in such minute book. should be received by the Tuesday previous to the meeting concerned. Correspondence received after this date will only 8. Should a member be absent without leave obtained from be considered at the meeting concerned provided that in the the Senate, or without submitting a formal apology, from all opinion of the Vice-Chancellor and President it is urgent. meetings of the Senate held during a consecutive period of four months or from 50 per cent of meetings during any one 16. All notices of motion must be in writing and duly signed, year, the fact shall be reported to the Senate. and must reach the office of the Registrar seven days before the day of the meeting. A notice of motion may be given by 9. Members of the Press and the public may attend Senate one member on behalf of another member. meetings for items of business taken in open Senate, but only in so far as there is seating capacity for them to do so. 17. At a special meeting only the business specified in the notices of such meeting shall be considered. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS 18. Except by permission of two-thirds of the members present, no member shall introduce for discussion at a 10. Senate business shall be conducted in the following meeting a subject which has not been duly inserted on the modes: notice paper for that meeting. Open Senate—may be attended by Senate members, observers, the Registrar as secretary, members of the Press 19. A question shall be decided on the voices or by a show of and members of the public, subject to the provisions of 9 hands, unless a ballot be demanded by at least five members. above; When a question has been decided by show of hands, any member may require the votes to be recorded in detail in the Restricted Senate—may be attended only by Senate members, minutes. Members may also require that their opposition to a observers and the Executive Director (Academic Services) and motion which is carried, be recorded by name in the minutes. Registrar as secretary; Closed Senate—may be attended only by Senate members, RULES OF DEBATE the Executive Director (Academic Services) and Registrar to keep the record, and other officers of the University, by 20. The following rules of debate shall be observed for all invitation of the Chancellor, who Senate may need to consult Senate business, except when Senate suspends its Standing for information. Rules and Orders and becomes a Committee of the Whole (see Clauses 35–37). 11. At the beginning of each meeting Senate shall determine which business it will deal with in open Senate, in restricted 21. Should the Chair desire to take part in a debate he or she Senate and in closed Senate, and shall order its business may vacate the chair and call upon any member to act as accordingly. chair.
12. Subject to the designation of business into these three 22. Any member desiring to speak shall address himself or modes, the order of business at each regular meeting shall be herself to the Chair. as follows:
E45—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
23. When two or more members indicate that they wish to SELECT COMMITTEES speak, the Chair shall call upon the members who, in his or her opinion, first addressed him or her. 38. The Senate may refer any matter to a Select Committee.
24. A reply shall be allowed to a member who has made a 39. Unless it be otherwise determined by the Senate, Select substantive motion, but not to any member who has moved Committees shall consist of five members, three of whom an amendment. shall form a quorum. The Chancellor shall ex officio be a member of all committees, and shall have the right, if he or 25. No member may speak to any question after it has been she wishes, to act as chair. Otherwise the committee shall put by the Chair and the show of hands or ballot has been elect a chair. taken thereon. 40. The Chair shall have a vote, and in the case of an equality 26. In the absence of a member who has given notice of of votes, a second or casting vote. motion any member present may move such motion, provided he or she has the authority of the member who gave such notice. CLOSED SENATE
27. A motion may be amended or withdrawn by the mover 41. At the discretion of the Chancellor the Senate may move with the leave of the Senate. into closed session. For business conducted in ‘closed Senate’ only full senators may remain in attendance, plus such other 28. A motion which has been brought forward as part of a officers of the University who the Chancellor may invite to committee report shall have precedence over any other attend for the purpose of giving information. motion on the issue under consideration and shall be dealt with first. GENERAL 29. Any motion or amendment not seconded shall not be further discussed, and no entry thereof shall be made in the 42. Should questions which are not dealt with in these minutes. standing orders arise, at either an ordinary, or a special, or an 30. When amendments have been proposed and defeated or adjourned meeting, or in Committee of the Whole Senate, the withdrawn, the motion shall be put as originally proposed. decision of the Chair shall be final; but in all cases not specially provided for by these standing orders, resort shall 31. A motion may be superseded— be had to the then existing standing orders of the Legislative (a) by a motion, ‘That the Senate proceed to the next Council of Western Australia, which shall be forwarded and business’; observed as far as the same can be applied to the proceedings of the Senate. (b) by the motion, ‘That the Senate do now adjourn’, either or which, if seconded, shall be put forthwith. 43. All the powers which are conferred on the Chancellor in these standing orders shall vest in the Pro-Chancellor during 32. A debate may be closed by the motion, ‘That the question the Chancellor’s absence. Should both the Chancellor and the be now put’, being proposed, seconded, and carried, which Pro-Chancellor be absent from a meeting, such powers shall question shall be forthwith put without amendment or debate; vest in the Chair elected by the members of the Senate present but such motion shall not pass in the affirmative unless by a at the meeting. vote of the majority of the members present in favour thereof. 44. Any of these standing orders may be suspended for the 33. Unless previous notice has been given, a motion to rescind time being, on motion made with or without notice provided any decision of the Senate cannot be carried except by an that such motion shall have the concurrence of an absolute absolute majority of the Senate. majority of all members of the Senate present at the time. 34.(a) A member may at any time move that the strict order of debate be followed. METHOD OF ELECTION (b) The motion shall be put to the vote without debate and if carried no member without the permission of the Chair shall THE CHANCELLOR 1 speak twice during a debate, except that the mover of the 1 original motion may reply, or that on one amendment being Under review. negatived a member may second a further amendment. THE PRO-CHANCELLOR (c) A member who may have been misrepresented or misunderstood shall be allowed to explain immediately before 45. At the meeting held after the first Tuesday in March in the mover replies. every year the Senate shall elect one of its members to be Pro- (d) When an amendment becomes the question it shall be Chancellor of the University. Any vacancy which occurs in open to discussion as though it were an original motion. the office of Pro-Chancellor from any cause whatsoever, except annual retirement, shall be filled as it occurs by election by the Senate. (See Sections 12 and 21 of the SUSPENSION OF STANDING RULES AND ORDERS University Act.)
35. Any of these Standing Rules and Orders may be 46. In connection with the statutory annual election a notice suspended for the time being on a motion made with or shall be sent to each member of the Senate not later than the without notice, provided that such motion shall be voted on first day of February in every year, stating that nominations and receive support from a majority of all Senate members for the office of Pro-Chancellor, addressed to the Executive present at the time. Director (Academic Services) and Registrar, may be received at the University within 21 days of the date of the notice. 36. When Standing Rules and Orders are suspended the Notices hereunder shall be sent by letter posted in Perth, but Senate forms itself into a Committee of the Whole, during the omission to send any notice or notices or the misdirection which time the normal rules of debate do not apply, although or non-receipt thereof shall not invalidate any nomination or the Chancellor will continue to run the meeting from the election. chair. No minutes are taken while the Senate operates as a ‘Committee of the Whole’, and no motions can be moved. 47. No person shall be eligible for election to the office of Pro- Chancellor at the statutory annual election unless his or her 37. At the end of discussion during the suspension of standing nomination signed by two other members of the Senate rules and orders, the Chancellor may propose that standing together with his or her written consent to his or her orders be resumed, and the meeting then continues in its nomination, addressed to the Executive Director (Academic normal mode, but dealing first with any formal motions Services) and Registrar, shall have been received at the which may have emerged from the informal discussion, while University within 21 days of the date of the notice. Provided acting as a Committee of the Whole. that if no nomination for the office of Pro-Chancellor has been
E46—Apri/Mayl 2000 Senate Standing Rules and Orders received within the prescribed period, the Senate at its The result of the election shall be reported to the Senate on meeting after the first Tuesday in March shall call for the completion of the scrutiny, and in any case before the nominations and proceed to elect the Pro-Chancellor as close of the meeting. required by Section 12 of the University Act, and in accordance with these Standing Orders. 51. All communications about the election of Pro-Chancellor shall be sent to the registered address of Senate members. It is 48. On the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of Pro- the responsibility of Senators to ensure that mail is forwarded Chancellor from any cause except annual retirement, the to them while they are absent on leave. Senate at any ordinary meeting shall provide for the election of one of its members to fill such vacancy in accordance with 52. Faxed nominations and ballot papers will be acceptable the provision of the Standing Orders. provided they are properly signed, ‘E’ mailed nominations and votes will not be acceptable. 49. If at any election more than one nomination is received for the office of Pro-Chancellor, the election for the office in 53. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the Executive Director question shall be by postal ballot to each member of Senate. (Academic Services) and Registrar shall determine conclu- Senators shall be given 21 days from the date of despatch of sively all questions of details concerning the election of a Pro- ballot papers to return their vote to the Executive Director Chancellor. (Academic Services) and Registrar. In the case of a ballot, each voter shall be supplied with a voting paper, containing CO-OPTED MEMBERS the names of the candidates for the vacancy arranged in alphabetical order of surname. Each voter shall insert 54.(a) Any member wishing to nominate a person for co- opposite the names on his or her voting paper the figures ‘1’, option to the Senate in terms of Section 10(g) and 10A(1)(d) of ‘2’, ‘3’, etc., in accordance with his or her order of preference, the University Act shall notify the Executive Director and no voting paper shall be valid on which more than one (Academic Services) and Registrar in writing by the second name has been left unnumbered. Monday in February each year. Any nomination must be accompanied by biographical details of the nominee except in 50. Should a ballot be required, the Chair of the meeting at the case where the nominee has served previously on the which the election is held shall appoint two from among Senate, together with the signed consent of the nominee. those present who are not candidates, to count the votes in (b) Nominations will be submitted to the Senate for accordance with the manner prescribed in Clause 18 of consideration at the Senate meeting to be held on the fourth Statute 12 for the election of Convocation members of Senate. Monday in February each year.
E47—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY REGULATIONS
These regulations, effective from 22 July 1996, supersede the ‘student’ means, despite anything to the contrary in any other University’s Patents Regulations. statute or regulation, a person who created intellectual property in the course of the person’s studies or research at INTERPRETATION the University undertaken in pursuance of a qualification, subject or unit offered by the University, and who was not in 1.(1) In these regulations, unless the contrary intention that capacity employed by the University. applies— (2) Headings in these regulations are inserted for guidance ‘computer program’ means a computer program as defined only and for the purposes of interpretation are deemed not to by the Copyright Act 1968 (Commonwealth) as amended or be part of these regulations. replaced from time to time. ‘intellectual property’ means, without limitation, all rights in Intellectual Property Governed by Agreements relation to any: with Sponsors • circuit layout which means a circuit layout as defined by the 2. Where— Circuit Layouts Act 1989 (Commonwealth) as amended or (a) a person sponsors research within the University by replaced from time to time. providing funding for the research; and • confidential information which means information of any kind (b) an agreement has been made between that person and which, because of its confidential character, is capable of the University governing ownership of intellectual property protection by contractual or equitable means, and includes which would otherwise by virtue of these regulations be information of a valuable commercial or technical character. owned by the University, the provisions of the agreement • copyright work which means any work or thing in which prevail to the extent of any inconsistency between that copyright may subsist including, without limitation, ‘artistic agreement and these regulations. work’, ‘literary work’, ‘dramatic work’, ‘musical work’, ‘sound recording’, ‘cinematograph film’, ‘television Other Agreements broadcast’, ‘sound broadcast’, ‘published edition of work’ or ‘photograph’, as those terms are defined by the Copyright Act Agreement with an Originator or Other Person 1968 (Commonwealth) as amended or replaced from time to 3.(1) The University may enter into an agreement with an time. originator or other person in relation to the creation, • design which means a design as defined by the Designs Act ownership, licensing, use or commercialisation of intellectual 1906 (Commonwealth) as amended or replaced from time to property. time. Provisions of Other Agreements Prevail • eligible layout which means an eligible layout as defined by the Circuit Layouts Act 1989 (Commonwealth) as amended or (2) Where the ownership, licensing or exploitation of any replaced from time to time. intellectual property is governed by any agreement between • invention which means an invention (including both the University and a student or member of staff or any other products and processes) which may be patentable under the person, the provisions of the agreement prevail to the extent Patents Act 1990 (Commonwealth) as amended or replaced of any inconsistency between that agreement and these from time to time. regulations. • patent which means a patent within the meaning of the University to Consult where Practicable Patents Act 1990 (Commonwealth) as amended or replaced from time to time, and includes a standard patent, provisional (3) In circumstances in which the University wishes to enter patent application, patent application, or a petty patent. into agreements as contemplated in sub-regulations (1) and • plant variety which means a plant variety which may qualify (2)— for a grant of rights under the Plant Breeders’ Rights Act 1994 (a) the University shall consult as far as practicable with the (Commonwealth) as amended or replaced from time to time. staff and students who will be affected by that agreement; • trade mark which means a trade mark as defined by the and Trade Marks Act 1955 (Commonwealth) as amended or (b) the University shall strive to negotiate agreements on replaced from time to time, whether or not registered under terms which reflect the terms and intent of this policy as that Act. much as is reasonable in each case.
and includes rights of a related nature. Assignments and Confidentiality Undertakings ‘net revenue’ means revenue less all external costs to the University directly attributable to the patenting and defence (4) Where an agreement has been entered into by the of patents, and other charges authorised by the Intellectual University under Regulation 2 or 3(1), and— Property Committee in the commercialisation of the (a) that agreement contains obligations about intellectual University’s intellectual property within a calendar year: in property or confidential information; and determining net revenue, the University may carry forward (b) students, staff or other persons are engaged in activities net losses from one calendar year into the next, but in making on behalf of the University and carrying out the University’s such determination, the University shall have regard to the obligations under that agreement; and interests of the originator. (c) intellectual property or confidential information is (or ‘originator’ means any person who creates, whether or not in may be) created or disclosed as a result of those activities, conjunction with another person, any intellectual property. then each such staff member, student or other person shall ‘patent’refers to intellectual property. assign the intellectual property to the University or sign ‘resources’ include administrative support and other human licence or confidentiality undertakings, upon the request of resources. the University. ‘revenue’ means the sum of any lump sum, royalty or other payments received within each calendar year as a result of the commercialisation of the University’s intellectual property.
E48—April/May 2000 Intellectual Property Regulations
Ownership of Intellectual Property (b) is currently determined by the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) to be a disclosure or use which Originator to Own Copyright would prejudice the protection, enforcement or 4.(1) An originator shall own the copyright in all copyright commercialisation of that intellectual property which is works created by the originator, subject to the other owned wholly or in part by the University, or by another provisions in these Regulations. person under an agreement made pursuant to sub-regulation 3(1) or would be contrary to any Government or legislative Students to Own Intellectual Property which They Create requirement.
(2) Students shall own intellectual property which they Consultation and Publication of Determinations create, subject to Regulations 2 and 3(2), and shall always own the copyright in their theses. (10) The Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) shall consult with relevant senior academic staff before Students Covered by Policy and Separate Agreements making a determination under sub-regulation (8) and shall cause to be published and have readily available the current (3) In circumstances in which students do not own determinations which prohibit disclosure or use of intellectual property which they have created— intellectual property. (a) the students shall be treated as staff for the purposes of this policy including but not limited to receiving returns from Originator not to Act Contrary to University’s Rights the proceeds of commercialisation; (11) An originator shall not apply for any form of protection (b) the University shall enter into a separate agreement with for, or commercially exploit or otherwise deal with any the students to confirm the arrangements made with regard intellectual property, or do any act or thing in a manner to the intellectual property; and inconsistent with the University’s rights under these (c) the University shall take all practicable steps to ensure regulations or otherwise. that the academic progress of students, including the examination of theses, is not hindered by the provisions of Inventorship to be Acknowledged these regulations. (12) Where the University owns intellectual property, other than copyright, it shall ensure if practicable that the originator University Ownership of Intellectual Property is acknowledged as the inventor or co-inventor, as the case (4) In respect of intellectual property created by an requires, in any relevant patent application or other originator in the course of the originator’s employment with documentation. the University, the University shall own copyright in computer programs, but no other copyright, and own all Applications shall be in the Name of the University other intellectual property. (13) Subject to Regulations 2 and 3(2), all applications (whether in Australia or overseas) for registration of any University has Licence for Originator’s Works intellectual property to which these regulations apply shall be (5) Where an originator owns copyright in a copyright in the name of the University, unless expressly otherwise work, the University is by operation of these regulations determined by the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and granted a non-exclusive, royalty free and irrevocable licence Innovation). to reproduce, publish, perform, broadcast, disseminate and otherwise use the work for the University’s teaching and Specific Contribution to Students, Visitors and Others research purposes. (14) Where a specific contribution of funds, resources, facilities or apparatus, excluding a scholarship, which is Originator has Licence for Own Works designated for the purpose of creating intellectual property is (6) Subject to Regulations 2, 3 and sub-regulation (9), where made available to students, visitors or others, then agreement the University owns copyright in a copyright work, the shall be reached with the recipient of those resources as to the originator is granted by operation of these regulations a non- ownership of any resulting intellectual property and that exclusive, royalty free and irrevocable licence to use the work agreement shall be in writing. for the originator’s teaching and research purposes. Visitors Restrictions regarding Computer Programs (15) Staff collaborating with visitors working within the (7) Subject to Regulations 2 and 3(2), where the University University shall advise those visitors that they may be owns copyright in a computer program, the originator of the required to enter into an agreement with the University program may not disclose it or information about it, other concerning issues including the ownership of intellectual than reasonable disclosure to persons employed by or property and confidentiality. contracted to the University, without the prior approval of the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) who, in Moral Rights deciding whether to give approval, shall ascribe primary importance to the need to preserve appropriate academic Acknowledgment of Authorship interchange and discourse. 5.(1) In the case of a copyright work owned by the University pursuant to these regulations which the University publishes Originator Required to Execute Further Documents or causes to be published— (8) An originator shall, if required by the Vice-Chancellor (a) without adaptation or other modification, the University and President or authorised officer, execute any document or shall ensure that the authorship of the work is acknowledged do anything reasonably required by the University in relation in the publication; or to intellectual property created in whole or in part by the (b) with adaptation or other modification, the University originator to demonstrate or prove ownership to third parties shall consult with and obtain the agreement of the originator or secure intellectual property protection, or assist the and the adaptor of the work on whether the authorship of the University to commercialise the intellectual property. work is to be acknowledged and if so the form of the acknowledgment. Certain Use or Disclosure of Intellectual Property to be Disclosed University to Bind Others to Acknowledge Authorship (9) Subject to Regulations 2 and 3(2), an originator shall not (2) Where the University proposes to assign or license a disclose the details of or use intellectual property if the copyright work, the University shall consult with the disclosure or use— originator of the work as to whether the University shall (a) involves computer programs or related information not ensure that a term of the assignment or licensing agreement approved under sub-regulation (6); or
E49—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
requires the purchaser or licensee to acknowledge authorship leading to the commercialisation of the intellectual property, of the work and if so, the form of the acknowledgment. including how the costs of patent protection will be met.
Withdrawal of Attribution University may Assign Rights to Originator (3) Where an originator wishes not to be acknowledged as (4)(a) In the event that the originator wishes at his/her own the creator of intellectual property which has been modified expense to apply for, or continue, protection of intellectual or adapted, the University shall take reasonable steps to property in which the University has no further interest, then respect that wish, and to ensure that others respect it. the originator shall have the option to do so. (b) If this option is exercised, the University, where Modification of Copyright Works appropriate, shall assign to the originator within ninety (90) (4) Where the University uses intellectual property created days, rights to the intellectual property on fair terms. by an originator, it shall take reasonable steps to consult with the originator before modifying or adapting that intellectual Availability of University Facilities property. (5) University facilities may be made available for the originator to develop further the intellectual property Duty to Report described in sub-regulation (4) with the approval of the Vice- Chancellor and President and with appropriate cost recovery. General Obligation to Report Intellectual Property 6.(1) Where any intellectual property to be owned by the Intellectual Property Committee University, which is likely to be commercially significant is created, any originator, executive dean, head of department, Intellectual Property Committee to Advise Vice-Chancellor director of a centre or other officer who becomes aware of the and President creation, commercialisation or unauthorised use or 8.(1) The Intellectual Property Committee shall be an advisory infringement of that intellectual property shall promptly committee to the Vice-Chancellor and President on matters inform the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) in relating to intellectual property. writing of all relevant details of the intellectual property, such as— Reporting Guidelines may be Set Down (a) the date upon which the intellectual property was (2) The Intellectual Property Committee may set down created; guidelines, procedures and criteria for reporting to the Pro (b) the identity of any person or persons who contributed to Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) the creation, com- the creation of the intellectual property; mercialisation, unauthorised use or infringement of (c) the details of any pre-existing intellectual property which intellectual property to which these regulations apply. was used in creating the intellectual property; (d) whether any person other than the originator claims any Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) entitlement or interest in the intellectual property; 9.(1) The Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) may (e) the details of any University facilities or resources used do all or any of the following on behalf of the University for to create the intellectual property, (especially including grant the purposes of these regulations— monies or other research funding); (a) consult with the originator and the relevant executive (f) the details of any known existing or partial use or deans of faculties and make such enquiries as the Pro Vice- commercial exploitation of the intellectual property; and Chancellor (Research and Innovation) considers appropriate concerning the commercial exploitation of any intellectual (g) the details of any provisional patent application that property to which these regulations apply; may have been filed with regard to the intellectual property. (b) apply for protection or registration of, or take any other Duty not to Act Contrary to University’s Rights steps necessary or desirable for securing, maintaining and protecting in Australia or elsewhere throughout the world (2) A student or member of staff shall not apply for any any intellectual property owned by or licensed to the form of protection for or commercialise or otherwise deal University under these regulations or otherwise; with any intellectual property, or do any act or thing in a manner inconsistent with the University’s rights under these (c) commercialise any intellectual property owned by or regulations or otherwise. licensed to the University under these regulations or otherwise (whether by itself or in conjunction with or through Protection of Intellectual Property an authorised third party) upon such terms and conditions as the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) considers Originator to Consult with Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and appropriate; Innovation) (d) grant to the originator an assignment or a licence of 7.(1) Where action is to be, or has been, taken to protect intellectual property owned by or licensed to the University intellectual property which is likely to be commercially under these regulations or otherwise on such terms and significant, the originator shall consult with the Pro Vice- conditions as the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Chancellor (Research and Innovation) with regard to Innovation) considers appropriate; undertaking in a timely fashion the work necessary to (e) apportion the net proceeds of the commercialisation of complete the relevant formalities and facilitating the any intellectual property owned by or licensed to the commercialisation of the intellectual property. University under these regulations or otherwise having regard to— Decision within Ninety (90) Days (i) the costs incurred by the University, the originator and (2) A decision on the action to be taken arising out of the any other person in providing facilities, apparatus, services consultation described in sub-regulation (1) shall normally be and resources for the creation, registration, protection and made within ninety (90) days of the consultation taking place. commercialisation of the intellectual property. (These costs include, but are not limited to, any registration fees, legal or Filing of a Complete Patent Application is Conditional patent attorneys’ fees, the cost of secretarial, word processing, printing, binding, publishing, distribution, academic and (3) The University shall not normally file a complete patent administrative services provided or incurred by or on behalf application unless during the currency of the provisional of the University, the originator and any other person.); application a third party undertakes to meet the expected costs of completion of the Australian application and/or (ii) the extent to which the University, the originator and overseas filings, or the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and any other person has contributed (whether by intellectual Innovation) determines a strategy for further development input, provision of finance, time, pre-existing intellectual property, know-how, research facilities and data) to the
E50—April/May 2000 Intellectual Property Regulations creation, registration, protection and commercialisation of the Cumulative Net Revenue Thresholds to Vary intellectual property; (5) An inflationary correction factor shall be applied (iii) the University’s policy on earnings from outside work; according to the Consumer Price Index, Perth prices. (iv) any submissions by the originator or any other person who claims an entitlement or interest in the intellectual Dispute Resolution property; (v) the desire of the University to encourage and reward the Appointment of Mediator creation of intellectual property by persons within the 11.(1) If a dispute arises as to the operation of this policy, or University; and as to any matter on which the operation of this policy hinges, (vi) the provisions of Regulation 10. the Intellectual Property Committee shall appoint a mediator to assist the parties in resolving their dispute. Some Intellectual Property not Covered by Discretions Appointment of Arbitrator (2) A reference to intellectual property licensed to the University appearing in sub-regulation 9(1) does not include (2) If such a dispute cannot be resolved through the a reference to intellectual property licensed to the University assistance of a mediator, the Intellectual Property Committee pursuant to sub-regulation 4(5). shall appoint an arbitrator to investigate and decide the matters in dispute. Discretions Subject to Regulation 10 Arbitrator to Give Fair Hearing (3) Nothing in sub-regulation 9(1) allows the Pro Vice- Chancellor (Research and Innovation) to override the (3) The arbitrator may adopt whatever procedure they see entitlements of an originator under Regulation 10, without fit, provided each party is given a fair hearing. the consent of the originator. Appointment should be Acceptable to all Parties Apportionment of the Net Revenue (4) In selecting an arbitrator, the Intellectual Property Committee shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, choose a Net Revenue to be Distributed person who is acceptable to all parties. 10.(1)(a) Net revenue received by the University from the commercialisation of the University’s intellectual property Information and Education will be distributed in accordance with the following guidelines, provided that any individual contractual Policy to be Communicated arrangements will prevail over the general provisions. 12.(1) The University shall take reasonable steps to ensure (b) In negotiating arrangements, the University shall give that this policy is communicated and explained to staff and due consideration to the originator being paid in reasonable students. time. Education Programmes to be Arranged Net Revenue to be Shared Between Originators (2) The University shall arrange intellectual property (2)(a) Where there is more than one originator, the share of education programmes from time to time with the following net revenue shall be apportioned equitably between them by objectives: the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research and Innovation) after (a) to alert new staff and students as to their rights, taking into account Regulation 9(1)(e). responsibilities and opportunities in relation to intellectual (b) The share of net revenue shall be distributed within property; thirty (30) days of its receipt by the University. (b) to alert staff and students of any changes to policy; and Share of Net Revenue Determined by Schedule (c) to generate a better understanding of intellectual property issues in general. (3) Normally, the distribution of cumulative net revenue for the entire life of the intellectual property shall be according to the following schedule:
Cumulative Net Originators Retained by the Revenue University <$50,000 85% 15% Next $100,000 65% 35% Further amounts 50% 50%
University to Use Share of Net Revenue (4) A significant portion of net revenue retained by the University after distribution according to Regulation 10(3) shall be returned to the originator’s faculty, and the remainder shall be set aside for other activities, including research and commercialisation.
E51—April/May 2000 The University of Western Australia Calendar
COMPUTER AND SOFTWARE USE REGULATIONS
DEFINITIONS (2) It shall be the responsibility of any person who wishes to use a facility to ascertain who is an authorised person for that 1. In these regulations: facility and to obtain the permission of that person for its use. (1) ‘authorised person’ shall mean a person who had been authorised in writing by the Executive Director (Academic 6.(1) In granting permission to use a facility an authorised Sevices) and Registrar, the executive dean or dean of any person may impose conditions upon the use of that facility faculty, or the head of a department, unit, centre or section of which, among others, may include conditions relating to— the University to authorise persons to use a facility; (a) the purpose for which the facility may be used; (2) ‘facility’ shall mean every item and kind of computer (b) the manner in which the facility may be used; equipment, computer software, network and related items (c) the time at which the facility may be used; and equipment provided by the University, whether or not (d) the period of time for which the facility may be used; owned by the University, and includes any items and (e) the number of persons who may be permitted to use a equipment to which access is given by or through the facility; University; (f) payment for use of the facility; (3) ‘non-University facility’ shall mean any item and kind of (g) compliance with the Copyright Act 1968 (Commonwealth) computer equipment, computer software, network and as amended from time to time or any corresponding law in related facility which is not provided by the University. force at any time and all other laws (statutory or otherwise) 2. Without limiting the generality of the definition contained and any licences relating to the use of that facility. in sub-regulations 1(2) and (3), the terms ‘facility’ and ‘non- (2) A person shall use a facility in accordance with the University facility’ shall include: conditions imposed upon the use of that facility. (a) free-standing computers, networked computers, time- (3) Without limiting the general application of sub- shared computers and terminals; regulation (2), a person shall use a facility only for a purpose (b) any network connecting a computer or terminal to any permitted by an authorised person or, if no purpose for the other computer or terminal wherever that other computer or use of that facility is specified by an authorised person, only terminal is located; for a purpose reasonably connected with their employment at the University or their enrolment as a student at the (c) peripherals; University. (d) media; 7.(1) A person shall not divulge a password or code enabling (e) all forms of software; access to a facility unless permitted to do so by an authorised (f) components and parts of components; person. (g) operating manuals. (2) A person who is permitted to use a facility shall take reasonable precautions to secure his or her passwords, accounts, software and data. APPLICATION (3) A person shall not use the password or code of another 3.(1) These regulations shall apply to the use by any person of person to gain access to a facility unless permitted to do so by any facility provided by the University. an authorised person. (2) Sub-regulation 12(3) shall apply to employees of this 8.(1) A person shall not examine or attempt to examine the University who use a non-University facility in the course of data or programmes of another person stored on a facility their employment. unless permitted to do so by that other person or by an (3) For the purpose of these regulations the University shall authorised person. be taken to have provided a facility when it makes a facility (2) A person shall not modify or attempt to modify the data available for use, regardless of whether the University is the or programmes of another person stored on a facility unless owner of that facility. permitted to do so by that other person or by an authorised person. AUTHORISED PERSONS (3) A person shall not disclose, copy, rename or delete the data or programmes of another person stored on a facility or 4.(1) The Executive Director (Academic Sevices) and attempt to do any of those things unless permitted to do so by Registrar, the executive dean or dean of any faculty, or the that other person or by an authorised person. head of any department, unit, centre or section of the University may give written authority for persons to act as 9. A person shall not use a facility for the purpose of sending authorised persons within the meaning of and for the or attempting to send an obscene, abusive, fraudulent, purpose of these regulations. threatening or unnecessarily repetitive message. (2) The authority conferred upon an authorised person may 10. A person shall not modify, alter or destroy a facility or be limited in respect of— attempt to do so. (a) the facility or facilities which the authorised person may permit persons to use; 11. A person shall not connect any item of computing (b) the conditions which the authorised person may impose equipment to, or install any software on any facility or on the use of a facility; attempt to do either of those things unless permitted to do so by an authorised person. (c) any other condition which the Executive Director (Academic Sevices) and Registrar, the executive dean or dean 12.(1) A person shall use a facility in a manner which of any faculty, or the head of any department, unit, centre or complies with the provisions of the Copyright Act 1968 section of the University may impose. (Commonwealth) as amended from time to time or any corresponding law in force at any time and with the USE OF FACILITIES requirements of all other laws (statutory or otherwise) and any licences relating to the use of that facility. 5.(1) A person shall not use a facility without the permission (2) Without limiting the general application of sub- of an authorised person for the facility. regulation (1), a person shall not—
E52—April/May 2000 Computer and Software Use Regulations
(a) on or in connection with a facility, use any software 14. An authorised person may seek authority through the which has been unlawfully obtained; Registrar to examine any data stored on or any software used (b) use any facility in such a way as deliberately to in connection with a facility for the purpose of ensuring that interfere with the reasonable use by another person of that the use of that facility complies with— facility, any other facility or any non-University facility. (a) the conditions imposed on its use by that authorised (3) An employee of the University who uses a non- person; University facility in the course of his/her employment— (b) these regulations; (a) shall use that facility in a manner which complies with (c) any licence relating to the use of that facility; the provisions of the Copyright Act 1968 (Commonwealth) as amended from time to time or any corresponding law in force (d) the Copyright Act 1968 (Commonwealth) as amended at any time and with the requirements of all other laws from time to time or any corresponding law in force at any (statutory or otherwise) and any licences relating to the use of time and with the requirements of all other laws (statutory or that facility; otherwise). (b) shall not use any software which has been unlawfully 15. A breach of these regulations shall be— obtained; (c) shall not use that facility in such a way as deliberately (a) a breach of discipline for the purpose and within the to interfere with the reasonable use by another person of any meaning of Statute No 17; facility or any non-University facility. (b) a breach of the terms of the contract of employment of any employee of the University; 13.(1) A person who acquires any facility in the name or on behalf of the University shall notify the appropriate executive (c) a breach of the terms of the contract of engagement or dean or dean of the faculty, head of department, unit, centre any other agreement pursuant to which any person is given or section of the acquisition and provide that person with access to a facility. copies of any licence agreement applicable to the facility. (2) The executive dean or dean of the faculty, the head of the department, unit, centre or section shall— (a) appoint an authorised person for the facility; and (b) provide the authorised person with a copy of any licence agreement applicable to the facility. (3) The authorised person for the facility shall take reasonable steps by acting pursuant to Regulations 6 and 14 and by such other measures as shall appear appropriate and reasonable to ensure that there is compliance with the terms of any licence agreement applicable to that facility.
E53—April/May 2000